THE TA RGUMS

O N K E L O S A N D JO N ATHA N BE N UZZI E L

ON TH E P E N TA TE UC H ;

WIT H THE FR A GME N T S O F THE

JE R U S A L E M T A R G UM

FRO M THE CH A L DE E .

J . W ETHE R ID G E
.
, MA . .
,

T R AN S L TO
A R O F T HE NE W T TA M T
ES EN O
F R M T HE P E S C H IT O S YR I A C .

GE N E S I S AN D E XO DUS .

Fo a this L aw is our I nheritance, not only as a lesson of mem ory, but as .

a m ean s of k nowing the C om m andm ent which the L ord our God hath

com m an de d u s, to learn an d to teach, to ke ep and to pe rform : for

th e wi ll be our life, and the prolongm en t of our days .

ME N DE L S S OH N .

L O N DO N
L O N GMA N , GRE EN , L O N GMA N , A N D RO BE RTS .
 A
P TRO N E m am . El
' ‘
o xon ,

E L IS E ,

P U L CH BE , P IE , S E M P E R CA B I S S I M E ;

CO M P L O R A TE ,

VE R U N T A M E N NON S I N E S PE CO N S TA N T I E T CE R TA ;

E VA N E S CE ,

TA N TUM D O N EC A S P I RE T D IE S , E T D I F F U GI A N T UM BR E .
 PRE F A CE .

A M O N G the reli cs of ancient Je wi sh literature the ,

A ram ai c p araph ras e s on the Book s of the O ld Te sta

m e n t h ave a pe cu li ar v al u e ; an d ye t thou gh l on g ,

e s te e m ed by the m o s t l e arn e d di vi n e s bo th I s rae lite ,

an d Ch ri s ti an th e y h ave n e v e r b ee n m ade ac c e s s ibl e

,

to the E n gli s h re ade r b y a tran slatio n i nto o ur o wn

,

lan gu age . Thi s defe ct it is attem p te d to re m e dy ,

at l e as t so far as relate s to the writin gs of M o se s i n ,

the wo rk n ow su bm itte d The tran slatio n m ade

.
,

dire ctly fro m the Ch al de e i s s tric tly ad li teram

, ,

an d pre serve s the i dio m ati c ch aracte ri stics of the

ori gi n al . The Targu m of O n k e los po ss e s s e s an in

trin s ic philolo gic al an d cri tical wo rth fro m its clo se ,

adh e re n ce to the H e b re w text an d as b e in g a ,

v o u ch e r for the co n ditio n of th at te xt as e xtan t in

the fi rs t ce ntu ry ; w hil e the m o re di ffus e p araph ras e

o f th e Jo n ath an o r P al e s tin i an T arg u m v ari egate d ,

wi th the pic tu re s qu e tradi tio n s of the J e ws w ill ,

g iv e it a n at trac tio n to th e g e n e ra l rea d e r T h e .

re e n t v ol u m e e x hibi ti n G i d E o d w ill
p s , g e n e s s a n x u s ,

in du e ti m e b e follo we d by an o th er co m pl e tin g the ,

re m ai n i n g book s of the Pe n tate u ch .

I n a pre vio u s w o rk I h ave e n de av o u re d to g ive

!

an i de a of the afflu e n c e an d v al u e of the tre as ure s

o f H e b re w l e arn i n Th a t book t w a d
g . o o s u n e r , ,

tak e n b e c au s e at the ti m e n othi ng of the ki n d was

to be ob tai ne d in E n gli s h N ot lo n g after i ts pu b
.

J erusalem an d Ti b erias S ora and Cordova : a y

S urve of the
Religious and S cholastic L earning of the Jw e s . Designed as an I ntro
duction to the S tud y of H ebrew l i terature .
”
L ongm an and Co .
vi P RE FA CE .

l ication, ho we ve r app e are d the e ru dite p ro duc tion

,

o f H e rr S te i n s ch n e i de r Je wi s h Li te ratu re fro m
, ,

the E i gh th to the Eig h te e n th C e n tu ry Ye t ( n o t ,

to s p e ak of the gre ate r chro n olo gic al ran ge o f m y

o wn w o rk s u ch i s the di ffe re n c e i n the c as t an d

c o m pl e x io n o f the two book s th at th ey i n n o wi s e ,

in terfe re wi th e ach o th e r I f it be too m u ch for m e

.

to s ay th at m y vol u m e m ay b e acc e p te d as a com

a n io n to th at o f the l earn e d G e rm an I will at le ast
p ,

e xp re s s the hop e th at it m ay se rve as an h u m bl e

atte n dan t .

The pre se n t oppo rtu n i ty i s take n of m e n tion i n g

m y re gre t th at in the acco u nt of J e wi s h Com
,

m e n tarie s on the S crip tu re s I o m i tte d tho s e o f M ,

.

Cah e n of P ari s in fo urte e n vol u m e s which co m p ri se

, , ,

the H e b re w text an d a n e w Fre n ch tran sl atio n wi th

, ,

n o te s philolo gic ge og raphic al and li te rary

, ,
I h ave , .

the pl e asure als o o f addi n g to the li s t o f thi s cl ass

, ,

o f w o rk s the m o re re c e n tly p u bli s h e d co m m e n tari e s

of D r M K ali s c h on the Book s of G e n e s i s an d

. .
,

o
E x du s — rich i n l e arn i n g
,
an d b e au ti fu l i n s tyl e
, .

I t m ay b e acc e ptabl e als o to m e n tio n th at an e x c e l ,

l e n t e di tion of the M achsor the e n tire Ri tu al for ,

the fe s tiv al s o f the H e b re w y e ar h as b e e n l ate l y ,

pu bli s h e d by M r V alen ti n e of Lo n do n in six port

.
, ,

abl e v olu m e s I t has the H e b re w te xt w e ll p ri n te d

.
, ,

w i th an E n gli s h tran slatio n u n de r the c are of the

Re v D A D e S ol a Min i s te r o f the S p an i s h S yn a
. . .
,

g go u e i n th e M e tropoli s Th at e m i n e n t J e wi s h
.

s chol ar H err L e opol d D u k e s h as als o i n cre as e d ou r

, ,

obligation s to his l ab o riou s pe n by his G e rm an D is ,

u i s itio n o n the e thic al wo rk s of S alo m o b e n G ab irol

q ,

as we ll as hi s e ditio n o f the S hi rz S he lom o of th e

'

s am e au tho r ; an d his N achal K edum zm o r Col

'

l e c tio n of choice S p e ci m en s of the An cien t an d

M e diaeval H e bre w Poe ts N or in re feren ce to the .
,
 m e nace . vii

m e tap hy s ic s of Gab irol, m u s t I o m i t to point out to

th e atte n t ion of the s tu de n t the re c e n t pro fo un d an d

le arn ed M e lang es dc P hilos op hie Jm ve e t A rabe

’ '

of the J e wi s h pro fe ss or S M u n k of Pari s

! .
, , .

M ore akin to the w o rk n o w in h and i s a transla ,

tio n o f the H e b re w Bibl e i n to E n gli s h for the u se ,

o f J e wi s h s chools an d fam ili es by D r Be n i s ch of , .

,

Lon do n c arri e d on as we u n ders tan d u n der the

, , ,

su p e rvi s io n of the Chi e f Rab bi th e Rev D r A dler ; , . .

an d an o th e r o f the s am e ch aracte r in the G e rm an ,

l an gu age by D r Lu dwi g Philippson w ith the ori

,
.
,

in l t x t an d illu stratio n s in fo ur vol u m e s I m a k

g a e , e .

a s p e ci al n o te al s o of a b e au ti ful e di tio n o f the

H e bre w Bibl e l ate ly p u blis h e d at W il na an d Pe te rs

,

b urg w i th the G e rm an tran s l ation b e gu n by M e n

,

de ls s ohn an d co m pl e te d by his conti nu ato rs

,
Thi s .

n ob l e e ditio n i s i n s i x tee n v o lu m e s l arge octavo ; ,

th e o ri gin al te xt b e i n g acco m p an i e d by the Ch aldee

Targ u m s the com m e ntary of Rashi (R S al I z haki )
, , . .
,

an d a co n de n s e d co m m e ntary gath e re d fro m Ebe n

E z ra L e vi b e n G ers ho m D avi d Kim chi an d o the r

, , ,

e m i n e n t e xpo s i to rs The Bibl e te xt o n ly has the

.

Ge rm an ve rs io n ; the Targu m s an d co m m e ntarie s

are u n tran sl ate d The octavo si z e of the wo rk m ak es
.

i t m u ch m ore co n ve ni e n t th an the u n wi e l dy folios of

the Poly glo ts an d the o th e r Rabbin ical Bibl e s .

S u ch work s as the se an d I have m entio ne d bu t a

,

fe w ou t of m an y w hich hav e app eare d wi thi n the

,

las t s e ve n y e ars give plain in dic ation th at the re vival

,

of H e b re w l e arn i n g i n the p re se n t ce n tu ry is s till

, ,

ac qu i ri n g s tre n gt h ; an d th at the J e wi s h li terati

e s p e ci ally by th e ir n obl e e n te rpri se s fo r the adv an ce

,

m e n t of the stu dy of th e ir glo rio u s lan gu age an d of ,

the Holy Wri ti ngs deliv e re d in it to m an ki n d are ,

Gabirol Mibchar H appenim m ,

’
S election
'

s or, of Pearls, (a
catena of m oral prover s b)h b as een rendered into E nglish by M r. A sher .
vi ii P RE FA CE .

doi n g a at wo rk, an d are w o rth y of the gratitu de

gre

an d ho n o ur o f all ve re the Wo rd of God

who re .

I n the e n s u in g Tran sl ation I h ave follo we d u pon ,

O n k elo s the Aram aic te xt of Walto n c are fu lly col

, ,

l ate d wi th the l ast e ditio n of the Targu m s pu b lis h e d ,

at Wil n a u n der th e care of an as s oci atio n o f l e arn e d

,

Je ws The prin cipal v ari atio n s are n oted in ou r

.

m argi n alo n g w i th the m o re re m ark abl e re adi n gs o f

,

the S am ari tan ve rs io n of the Pe n tate u ch Be twe e n .

O nk elos an d the Pal e stin i an T argu m th ere is a gre at

di ffere n c e of m ann e r the p araph ras e i n th e l atte r
,

b ein g lar ge ly in te rs perse d wi th hagadistic o r l e ge n d

ary ill u s tration s s o m e of which w h e n e x pl ai n e d o n
,

the prin cipl e l ai d do wn i n the I n tro du c tio n are ,

g oo d e n o u g h tho u g h for o th e rs o f th e m as u n w o rthy

, ,

of the s ol e m n m aj e s ty o f Holy S criptu re I h av e n o ,

apolo g y . I n fact th es e p araph ras e s co n tai n two

,

e l e m e n ts : the s ac red in the tru e re p re s e n tatio n of

,

the Word of God ; an d the m ere ly hu m an wi th its ,

in fi rm i ty an d folly E ach m u s t h ave i ts prop e r

.

j u dgm e n t .

T he p e ru s al o f th e se Targu m s will h ave on e goo d

re su l t if it l e ad to a re ne we d e x am i n atio n an d stu dy
,

of the Pe n tate u ch a Re co rd s ac re d in e v e ry s en s e

e ve r an d fo r e v erm o re the s u bj e ct of re ve re n ti al

affe c tio n to the Be li e v e r as b e i n g the fou n datio n o f

,

all li te ratu re the orig ines of all au th e n tic hi s tory

, ,

the s hrin e of the pri m aev al re v e latio n the re gi ste r o f ,

the e te rn al cove n ant of grac e an d the p an o ram a of ,

tho se s ac ro s an ct e m bl e m s w hich s h ado w ou t the

Re de e m in g Work acco m pli s h e d in the fuln e ss of
ti m e by H i m o f w ho m M o se s in the L aw and the
, , ,

p r oph e t s di d w ri te .

Sr . AU S T E L L ,
O ctober 24th, 1 8 62 .
 I N TRO DUCTI O N .

TH E opening of the Christian Dispensatio n was an

e poch re pl ete wi th wonde r worki ng e ffe cts in the i ntel
-

le ctu al m oral and civil co ndi ti ons of h u m an life

, , Till
.

th en, darkness had cove red the e arth and g ro ss dark

,

n e s s the p e op le b ut to the Ch ri s ti an ch urch had b ee n

de c re ed the glo ry of b e co m i ng the i nstructress of the
Ge ntiles the angel of revelatio n to the worl d I n the
,
.

reco rd of the great facts e m bo die d in the Go s pel and ,

th e d n e —
octri s it i nc ulcate s doctri nes in which the
,

oracles of the H ebre w rev elation c ulm inate in a gran

deur vi sibly D ivi ne — the Bibl e for all h u m ani ty was
,

com plete d an d a m eans of e nli ghte nm ent at o nce

, ,

s i m p le an d e ffe ctual de velop e d far an d wi dely by which

, ,

all the fam ili es of the earth m i h t be m ade wi se to sal

g
vation The day spring from on hi gh was now to arise
. -
,

to gi v e ligh t to them who sat blin d in the sh adow of

death and to gui de their feet in to the way of p eace
, .

Hitherto they had sou ght bu t fo und not D ark as sin

, .

had m ade the G e ntile m i nd the consciousness of its

,

rel atio n to the D ivi ne and E ternal had never b ee n

exti ngu i she d in i ts de p th s and an u n sati sfied e arn i ng

, y
afte r the tru th unkno wn had b etraye d i tsel f i n the

a
2 I N T RO DU C TI O N .

fab rication by s om e , c p tion by o thers o f

an d the re e ,

codes of law s agas of tradi tio n an d de cre tals o f doc

, ,

tri ne which bare to the b elief of their v o tari es the s e al

, , ,

and auth ori ty of H e ave n So the Egy ptian de ciphere d

.

his hi eroglyph s ; the Chi ne se li stened at the p ago da to

the ch apte rs o f the Circa Q5729 the Book of Book s ;
-
,

the Brah m i n in his te m pl e h eard the Ill anava D /zarm a

S aetm and in the laws of M enu re c ognise d the oracl e s
,

o f e te rni ty ; the G ree k an d Ro m an i n se arch of the ,

b eau tifu l and true conv erse d with the ab stractio ns of

,

Pl ato the riddles of Py th ago ras the dogm as o f the

, ,

S toics or the m o re se nsu o u s i m agi ni ngs o f H om e r and

,

the po e ts ; whi le the C elt and the Brito n ask e d for the
e at s e cret fro m the lip s of the D rui d in the c av e rn
g r

te m ple s of p ri m e v al fo re s ts .

Meanwhil e the great pu rpo se of God fo r the ul ti m ate

re novatio n of ou r falle n world had n ot b e e n fo rgo tte n .

Ti m e had b ee n designe dly given to m anki nd to te s t the

s tre n th o f th ei r own res o u rc e s Al re ady had the v er
g .

dict b een p ro no unc e d of which the ap ostle s fam o u s

’
,

wo rds are b u t the tru e e cho T he wo rld by wi s do m

,
“
cannot k no w God .Nothi ng s aid Anaxagoras
”
,
”
,
“
can be s u rely k no wn ; nothi ng there fore can be
l earne d ; nothi ng can be certai n : the se nses are li m ite d
an d delus iv e i ntelle ct is we ak ; life is sho rt Plato ”
.

th erefore carri e d wi th h im the asse nt of all the thi nkin

g
m e n of his day wh e n be s u m m e d up his own p ers as
,

s rons an d th ose of the at m as te rs who had gon e

, g r e

before him in affi rm i ng th at if e v er m an was destine d

,
“
,

to k no w the D i vi ne tru th it m u s t be by a re v el atio n ,

fro m the De ity .

”
—Th at re velation cam e in its ful nes s
u pon the lip s o f the I nc arnate Wo rd :
“
I n H im was
li fe and the li fe was the ligh t of m en .

The s am e Spi rit who sp ake by the proph ets co m

p le t e d th e s avi n
g rev e l atio ns o f th e D ivi ne wi ll to the
 I N TRO DU CTI O N . 3

a postles of Him who cam e to fulfil the ty pes and pre

dictio ns of the O ld Te stam e nt and pu t the worl d in ,

po ssessio n of the Bo ok which tells its dyi ng ge nerations

of m e rcy an d i m m o rtal ity .

T he Bible is for the worl d T he fam ilies of m anki nd

.

h av e in it th eir co m m o n ge ne alo gical regis ter and the ,

D ivi ne ch arte r of th e i r com m o n ri ghts The great .

p rincipl es of the m oral gov ern m ent u nder which we liv e

are h e re u n folde d ; the l aws which i n s u re the wel fare o f

ou r s oci al life the tru th th at wil l co rre ct ou r e rro rs the

, ,

b al sam that can heal ou r wou n ds the re de m ptio n that ,

has ato ne d fo r o ur gu ilt an d will at last aboli sh de ath

, ,

have here th eir seale d rev el ation A s in these dis .

cov e rie s e v e ry h u m an b e i ng has an i ntere st re aso n , ,

bene v olence and the m andate of the Spi rit who s p eak s
,

in the wo rd all bind u p on the Ch urch the du ty o f

,

ivi n g the Bib le to the n ati ons of the e arth and as a

g , ,

m atter o f ne ce ssity for the attai nm e nt o f thi s obj e c t of ,

translati ng it i nto thei r v ario u s l angu ages .

But whil e the nece ssity of tran slatio ns for the b e ne fit

o f the G e ntil e p e ople s ne e ds no ill u stratio n it m i gh t ,

s e em s tran e n th first vie w of the fact th at the

g o ,e ,

H e brew pe ople sho ul d re qu i re a translatio n o f the

H eb re w Bibl e Thi s appare nt ano m aly di sappe ars
.
,

ho wever on our c alli ng to m i nd the circum stance s in

,

which th at people were fo u nd at the co m m enc e m ent of

the Ch ri stian era A t th at ti m e the Je ws re si de nt in
.

Palesti ne form e d but a fragm ent of the nation ; for ,

b es ides variou s colo nies s catte red am ong the chi ef ci ties
o f the civili z e d wo rld a m ulti tu de of th e m we re regu
,

larly establi sh e d in E gypt an d another co nsi derable

,

portion were equally or m o re fi rm ly rooted in the

, ,

Babylonian lands fro m whe nce at the clo se of the

, ,

Capti vi ty their ancesto rs had not chosen to return and

, ,

wh ere in poss es sio n of e v ery civi l advantage with e nti re

,

13 2
4 m rxo nu c rro n
'
.

re ligio us lib erty th ey had be co m e a gre at and prospe r

,

o u s p eo pl e I n E gypt the H e ll e nistic Je ws s poke the

.

cu rre nt Mace do ni an G ree k an d in Babyl o ni a the o rdi ,

nary Aram aic o f the c o u n try I n Pal e s ti ne al so with .

, ,

v ery fe w e xceptio ns the l anguage i n c u rrent u se was a

,

dial e c t co m pos e d of an Aram aic b as is with a sli ght

i nte rm ixtu re o f H ebre w and e xo tic ele m e nts I n dee d .
,

fro m the ti m e o f the res toratio n u nde r E z ra or rath er , .

as we m a
y sa
y for ne arly a c e ntu ry b e fo re it
,
th e ,

H eb re w l angu age as it exi s ts in the Bi ble had cease d

, ,

to be the v e rnac ul ar o f the Je wish p e o pl e .

Wh eth er therefore deniz e ns of Egypt or of Baby

, ,

lo nia or o n th eir ho m e s oil of Palestine the co m m on

, ,

p eople neede d a trans latio n o f the h oly writi ngs into

the i r e ve ry day s pe e ch -
I n E gypt thi s want was we ll
.

m e t by the e xi s ten c e o f the S e p tu agi nt v e rsi o n an d in ,

C halde a an d the Holy Lan d by the offi ce of the sy na

“
o i nte d
”
g go al m e tu r e m an or
g i n te rp reter w hich app , ,
“
by Ez ra and the natio nal cou nci l of the G reat Sy na
b cam e an establis h e d ins ti tutio n in Israe l for
” ’

g go ue ,e

n e arly a tho u san d y e ars .

The earli es t l ab o urs of the m e turgem anin we re m erely

o ral. A s the re ader in the sy nagogu e reci te d the le s
s o ns for the da fro m the H e b re w o ri i nal s the i nter
'

y g ,

p reter rendere d th e m ve rse by v erse i nto the po pu lar

, ,

dialect ; and i n those s easo ns wh e n p ublic dis co urses

w e re deli ve re d in H e b re w it was his offi ce as am o ra
1
, , ,

to gi v e th e m to the p eople p assage afte r p as sage in the , ,

s am e way .

Thi s m i ni s teri al i nterp re tation of the Sc riptures was

n ot lo ng co nfi ne d to the vi va ? voce m anne r ; for, wheth e r
by the no tes of the lai ty, or by the official pe n of the
m etu rge m an, tho se p araph rases s oo n too k a writte n

S ee the cha pt er Vortrag w escs dc: A lte rthum in Z ux z

’
s

oam m mm Vorl rég c der Judas , 829

'

s . .
 I N TRO DU CTI O N . 5

fo rm , u n de r the n am e of TA R G UMS — Targu m s i nter ,

p re tat o, i fro m Targe m , ecp om it .

O f thi s de s cri ptio n o f bi blical lite rature the pri m e v al

s p e ci m e ns are no lo n e r e xtan t
g W e h av e re fe re nce s i n .

the Tal m u d to wri tte n p araph rase s whic h we re e vi de ntly

i n u se b e fo re the Chri stian e ra ; an d it has b e e n well
arg ue d th at Targ u m s o n tho se book s i m ply the e xi s te nce

o f oth ers on the L aw an d the Proph e ts I t m ay be .

n ote d h ere als o, that the Peschito Sy ri ac v ersi o n o f the

O ld Te stam e nt, which is, stric tly s pe aki ng, a Targu m i n

the We s te rn Aram aic s pok e n th ro ugho ut Sy ri a, is
tho u gh t by goo d cri tic s to be a J e wis h p ro duc tio n of
ti m es l on g anterio r to the apo s tolic age A s a li teral .

an d v e ry ab le translatio n of the H e b re w Sc rip ture s, th at

v ersi on is b eyon d all price .

T he Cuthi m , or S am aritans, to o, glorie d in the pos

s ession of the p ure te xt of the H e b re w P e ntate u ch ; bu t

i n the i r te m pl e at G ari s the pe opl e li stene d to a p ara

ph rase of it in thei r o wn u nco u th dialect ; a paraphrase
wh ich, lik e the Ch aldee Targu m s, took a writte n fo rm
a lo ng ti m e b e fo re the Ch ri sti an e poch The ge neral .

ton e of thi s v e nerabl e trans l atio n is a li te ral adhe re nc e

to the H eb re w text, v ari e d o nly by the p ractice of the
autho r, who app e ars to h av e b e e n a s tric t Mo no th ei st,

in re duci ng all an thropom orphis tic rep res e ntations of the

D ivi ne Bei ng to other m o des of ex p ressio n, and in re n
de ri ng tropical ph rases i nto c orrespon di ng p rope r on es .

I n a m ann er si m il ar to the Ch al de e Targu m is ts in the

u s e of the ti tl e M em m da Yey a ,
the Word of the ,

Lord be e m ploy s the title M ala/c l i lo/La the An gel

,
”
,

o f God to e xp re ss the Di v i ne n am e s J e h ov ah and

”
, ,

3
O ne on Job : Tosqfta S hah , c . 1 4 ; S habbatlz, c . 1 6, I ; Jerus . ,

with othe r re ferences in and Tract S qfe rim , 5 , 1 5

’
R NAm
.
'
AN s A rm ]: .
.

O ne on E sther, Megi lla, f 3, . a. O ne on the Psalm s, Vaj i /cra Ra bba ,

1 74. c.
6 I N TRO DUCT I O N .

E lohi m . The
p araph rase was p rob ably reto u ched in
late r day s fro m the Targu m of O nk elos .
”

The Ch alde e Targu m s n o w extant range ov er the

wh ole are a O f the O ld Tes tam e nt Sc rip ture s wi th the -
,

e xc e p tio n of the Book of D ani el O n the Pe ntate uc h .

th ere are two wi th the nam es o f O nke los and Jo nath an

, .

O n the form er and latter p roph e ts one attri b ute d als o ,

to J o nath an ; o th ers on the K etu m m an d JP I eg i llot/i

'

ascrib e d tho ugh du bio u sly to Mar J o s e f a p re si de n t

, , ,

o f the s chool o f So ra i n the fo urth c e ntury ; and fi nally

a m odern on e on the C hro n icl e s and E z ra .

O n the autho rship of the Targu m s on the Pe ntateu ch

the l earne d Je w s of the p res en t day are di v i de d by two
O pposi te o pi ni o ns O ne cl ass attri bute the m to O nk e los
.

a p ro sely te an d to Jo nath an ben Uz z i el who are h el d

, ,

to h ave b ee n co n te m po rary s tu dents at the rabbi nic al

s chool i n J e ru s al e m wi thin the h al f c e n tu ry b e fore
C hrist D r Zunz m ay b e s ai d to rep rese nt the O pi nio n
. .

of the greater n u m b e r o f his co re li gi o ni s ts wh en he -

say s in e ne ral te rm s th at O nk e los s o m e wh ere u po n

, g , ,

the ti m e of Phil o transl ate d the Pe ntate u c h and th at , ,

J onath an he n Uz z i el the paraphrast o n the p rophetical ,

b ooks was a sch olar of Hillel

, .
”

O n the o the r h and in the j u dgm e nt of L u z z atto and , ,

G eiger and i ndee d of o th e rs b e fore the m these Tar

“
, ,
6

u m s are the wo rk of the Bab ylo ni s h s ch ool m e n ; lik e

g
the S e ptu agi nt e l abo rate d by a s oc ie ty o r c ol le ge o f
,

3
S ee WI N E R
Dis s e r t ati o d c Ve ra P e n ta t S a m I n dole , L ip s 1 8 1 7 .

p
. . .
, .

Com S c n wanz , D ias d e S am aria! e t S am aritanis , Vz te bq 1 7 5 3, and

. .

the E x erci tationes B i b l ic a o f BA N MO R I N U S I ha ve g i veJn th e m o s t .

im portant readings of the S am aritan ve rsion in the m argin of the fol

lowi ng translation of the Targum of O nk elos .

Z u n z , G V , 62 . . .

5
Urscl mf t a nd Ue bers etz u ng en der Bibel i n i llrer A blzang ig k e it van
de r i nn e m E ntm c/ce lu ng ales
'

Ju de n t/ mm s Vo n D B.A B R M G E I G E R . AHA .

1 85 7
WO L
.

F, Bibliot/ze ca Hebrew , 3 891 , .

 IN TRO D UCTI O N . 7

m eturgem anin, who com pl ete d th em in the fo u rth ce n

tu ry . T wo ne w trans latio ns of the H e bre w B ibl e i nto
Gree k had b e e n m ade a co ns i derable ti m e p rev i ou sly ,

by Aqu il as and Theodotion which to the m inds O f , ,

m any of the G ree k readi ng J e ws had e clips e d the old-

,

v ersion of the S e v enty ; and so m e featu re s of rese m

b lance in the spi rit and s tyle of the ne w Chaldee Tar
u m s wi th the two favo u ri te G ree k v e rsio ns i n du ce d
g , ,

the au thors o f the form er to i ndic ate th at re sem blan ce

by givi ng them the H e b raiz e d nam es of the popul ar
transl ato rs Th us to the Targu m on the Pentate u ch
.

th ey affi xe d the nam e of Aqu il as or as it was pro , ,

n ou nce d in Babyl oni a A nke los or O nk elos ; whil e the ,

v ers ion of the Prophets b ore the nam e of J o nath an ,

which in H eb re w is of ex actly the s am e m e ani ng as the

G re ek T he odotion By thi s n ot u nu su al proc e dure
.

th e y i nte nde d to say no thi ng m o re th an th at the on e

Targu m was do ne afte r the strictly l ite ral m anner o f
Aqu ilas and the oth er after the m o re free m anner of
, ,

The o dotion T hi s opi nio n will be es ti m ate d upo n its o wn

.

m eri ts I t wants hi s toric co rroboration and so far fai ls

.
,

to cl e ar u p a p robl e m which has not yet b e e n s o lv e d 7

.

O f the ch aracte ri stics of the Targu m at large I s

,

hav e giv e n s o m e acco u nt else where The fe w rem ark s .

7 A quil as lived in the be gin ni ng of the se con d ce ntur y Th f g e ra

O TA O
.

m e nts o f his translation yet e tant have been edited by M x N F UC N

A qu i la V T Vers ion is Frag m enta qu a s up e rs an t

. . T he m ay b e foun d . y
in his H ex aplarum O rig am i: qu a sup ersu nt Frag m e n ta, tom 2 Paris, . .

1 71 4 ; b
and
y C F B A H RD T : H e.r ap
/ l
. O rig q u a: c ap e rs F rag m en ta . . .

au ctiora e t e m e ndatiom , tom 2 L eipz ig, 1 7 69 O n the application

L
. . .

of his nam e to the Targu m on the Pentateu ch, se e RU D O F A N GE R, De .

O nke lo, Cha ldai co, qae m f e m at, P en tate u ch P araphras te , e t qu id ci

Ba tionic intercedat cum A kila L eip z ig, 1 84 5 Rich in qu otations. .

from the Talm u ds and Midrashim b earing on the qu estion Theo dotion .

was a J wi h
e s
prose l yt
e towards the clo se of the first ce ntur y . The
re m ains of his versi on are also treas ure d in the above work of

Montfaucon .
8 IN TRO D UCTI O N .

ofle re d h ere wil l i ly to the two p ara

'

n ow re fe r en t re

p h rase s o n the —
Pentate u ch the first
two b o ok s of
,

which in an E ngli s h dress are p lac e d b e fo re the reader

, ,

in the p re s ent v olu m e .

T he Targ u m o f O nkelos is di sti ngui sh e d from the

othe rs by the fi del i ty wi th which it restricts i ts elf to the
si m pl e re nde ri ng o f the H e bre w tex t Who ever did .

the work he or th ey gave go o d e vi de nc e o f sou nd

, , ,

j udgm ent an d a co rrect theology By co m paring the .

Book s of G e nesi s and E xo dus here gi v en with the li te ral

and adm irabl e tran sl atio n of the s am e Bo ok s in our

E nglish Bibl e it will be see n th at in ge ne ral the Tar

, , ,

m is t adheres to the l ette r of the i ns p ire d do cu m e nt

g u .

I n tho se p ass age s i ndee d in which the Di vi ne di s posi

, ,

tio ns are i llus trate d analo gically by the p assi ons and
, ,

affe ctio n s of h u m an natu re he u ses s o m e m e taph rase

,

which take s off the seem i ng gro ssn e ss of the expres sion ;
bu t in the c urre nt renderi ng as a whol e with h ere and , ,

the re a to u ch wi th the ti nts of the Img ada he e vi den tly ,

acte d on the o bli gatio n o f gi v i ng a faith ful re p re se nta

tio n i n Ch al de e o f wh at M os es had wri tte n in H e b re w .

I n e ffe c ti ng thi s he did good s e rv ice to the s tu de nts o f

the H e bre w Bibl e i n all after ge ne ratio n s in re co rdi ng ,

his o wn well qualifie d j u dg m ent on the m eani ng o f

-

m any H e b re w w ords an d ph rase s abo ut which the ,

G entil e le xicograph ers and c om m entators hav e had con

fl icting opi ni ons The oth er Ch al dee p araph rase o n the
.

Pe ntateu c h has com e do wn to u s in a twofol d s tate ; as

“
an e nti re work u nde r the ti tl e o f
, T he Targ um of
Jo nath an an d in certain fragm e ntary portions which
,
”
,

The l atter has

”
hav e th at of the Tacy u m Jeru sfialm i .

b e e n c om m o nly co nsi de red a p rodu cti on dis tinc t fro m

‘

the so c all e d Targu m o f Jo nath an ; b u t inte rnal e vi

-

de n ce de m ons trates the m to be one and the s am e wo rk ,

—the Targu m of Palestine to which the older rab ”

,
l0 I N T RO DUCTI O N .

Th ey are em ploye d not to add to the word of God bu t

, ,

to ex plai n it Once fo r all we m us t dis ti ngu i s h b e twee n

.
,

the Targum and the TE XT A Je w woul d s oon e r die

.

th an al ter a word of the te xt of H oly Sc rip tu re ; b u t

he thi nk s him se l f at lib erty to i llu strate what he con
s i de rs to be its m e ani n by t h e s e antiq u e and authori z e d
g
e l u ci datio ns as b es t s u ite d to the pop ul ar cap aci ty
, .

A t fir t si gh t th e se hagadoth appear extravagant and

s

preposterou s bu t wh ile the s upe rficial o r conce ited

p ass th em ove r with contem p t the m an who has a ,

dee pe r i nsi ght in to the wo rki ngs O f the h um an i ntelle ct

and h eart and who k n o ws anythi ng of the h abi tu de s of
,

the Asi atic m ind an d re c oll e cts the m anne r in which

,

o u r S av i o u r Hi m s el f adap te d H is m etho d o f i nstru cti o n

to it by co nv eyi ng the m ost s u bli m e an d sol e m n l e s s o ns

,

in the form of parabl e s will p au s e b efo re he di s m i sse s

,

the se picture squ e fanci es and stu dy to ascertai n the

,

i m po rt which lies c once ale d b en eath the m For in .

stan ce wh e n i n the J o nathan Tar um o n G e n e s is i i t

, , g .
,

is s ai d that in the creation of m an the Lo rd Elohi m took

dus t fro m the pl ace o f the s anctu ary an d fro m the fo u r ,

w in ds o f the wo rl d an d m i xe d from all the waters o f

,

the wo rl d and c re ate d him white re d and black th ere

, , , ,

are i nti m ate d 1 The sanc ti ty of our o rigi n ; 2 The

, . .

o n e ness of the h u m an rac e wh e the r bl ack whi te or re d

, , , ,

in the m ere col ou r of the s ki n fo rm e d as all m e n are ,

fro m o ne p ri m i ti v e m ate ri al ; an d 3 T he Di v i ne desi gn , .

that the wh ol e e arth in all i ts vari e tie s of cli m ate and

,

locali ty sh o ul d be p e o pl e d wi th m e n wh os e phy sical

,

constituti on is adapte d to the m .

I n the sam e s pi rit of alle gory the rabbins hav e h aga ,

di z e d th at the s tature o f Adam was s o hi gh th at his ,

head re ach e d the s u m m it o f the h e av e ns ; an e xp re ssio n

in whi ch lo fti n e ss is pu t fo r em i ne nc e or co ns u m m ate
e rfe ctio n of n atu re O n the o th e r han d it is s ai d
p .
, ,
 IN TRO DUCTI O N . 11

th at whe n he lay do wn, his h e ad repose d in the e as t,

and his feet in the we st : an d s o is den oted, in re fere nce

to the p ro stratio n in which ou r first paren t sank thro u gh

transgressio n, th at tho u gh he fe ll , the i ntelle ctu al or
s u p e rio r p art of his natu re i n dic ate d by the h ead ,
was ,

n o t de s troy e d b u t s till la to ward the e ast th e sour c e

, y ,

whil e his fe e t i q his i nferior or ani m al

”
O f li gh t , , . .
,

n atu re ten de d to the re io n of de cli ne and darkness

, g .

Agai n on G enesis iii we read that b efo re H e had

, .
,
“
,

cre ate d the worl d the Lord create d the L aw and pre
, ,

p ared E den for the goo d and Gehenna for the wick e d
a s e n ti m ent which is am plifi e d in the Ch apters of
an d the tal m u dic tre ati se Pe s achim
”
Rabbi E li ez e r ,

wh ere th ey affi rm th at s ev e n thi n s exi ste d b efo re the

g
c reation of the worl d : the law h ell paradise repent , , ,

an c e the th ro ne O f gl ory the te m pl e an d the nam e o f

, , ,

the M essi ah . E xtrav agant as thi s dictum m ay appe ar

”
,

it is n e v erth el es s foun de d u po n the phil o sophic p ri n

ci le t h at i t ll c t l d i n m u st i n th e o rde r o f
p , n e e u a e s g ,

thi n gs p re cede the act which fu lfil s it

,
I n a word .
,

thi s h agada o f the H eb rews illu strate s th ei r ax io m that ,

“
the l as t i n op eration is the first in thou ght an

axi o m which li e s at the b asi s of Ari s totl e s e qu ally

’

“
s tran e lo oki n a ss ertio n th t co m m n w l th i
g -
g a a , o e a s

p rior by natu re to each i ndivi du al Pu nish m ents and .

”

r e wards an d the whol e m o ral app aratu s of m an s

’
ro
, p
b ationary an d post p rob atio nary e xi ste nce were c onte m
-
,

pl ated by the Creato r b e fore the c reation .

8

We nee d not go b eyon d the firs t chapter in the

Targu m on G e nesis for ano ther exam ple I t is th ere .

sai d th at the Lo rd m ade two re at lu m i nari es which for

g
“
a ti m e were e qu al in g lory ; bu t th at afterward the
m oo n re cite d against the s u n 3 fal se re p ort and she was ,

S ap /i m aas eli be m acfisfi e bah te chillali .

y
S e e the E ssa by H nnwrrz , prefi x ed to his H ebrew Tales .
12 IN T RO D UCTI O N .

there u pon di m ini sh ed, ppoi nte d to be the and the s un a

”
eate r li ght H e re the m o ral purpo s e is explaine d by
g r .

the J ewi sh co m m entato rs to i ncul cate a lesso n on the

sin an d p u ni sh m e nt o f an en viou s an d c al um nious

tem per T he ex pres sion I have rendere d

. a false ,
”
re po rt ,is lislm a te lit/i aai li terally a triple tongue an , ,
”

i diom for slander peculi ar to the H e bre w and Aram aic ,

which the rabb ins illu strate by the aphoris m that the
tripl e ( sl ande rou s ) to ngu e i nj ures th ree p erso ns at on ce :
the slande re r hi m self the sl an de re d one an d whoe ver , ,

re c e ives an d re po rts the falsehoo d

”
.

I n the Tal m u d there is an allego ry which has an 5

e v i de nt re fe re nce to thi s pl ace of the Tar u m

“
g T he .

m oon s pak e b e fo re the E ternal b lesse d be H e Lo rd of , ,

the wo rl d I s it p os sibl e th at two mo narch s can u se on e

,

c ro wn ? Then sai d H e to her De part an d let thy , ,

strength b e dim i nish e d a p arabl e which H erder

”
&c , .

has ( too diffu sely ) ren dere d in his Garl and fro m the
O riental Poets in this ki nd of styl e : D au ghte r of
,

b eau ty beware of b e ing e nviou s E nvy has cast down

,
.

an ge l s fro m h eav en and dark en ed the e ntle fo rm

g ,

which gi v es lov eli ness to the n i ght Fro m the coun cil .

of the E te rnal we nt fo rth the c reatin g voic e : T wo li gh ts

s hall re ig n res pl e nde nt in the s ki es to o rder the rol l o f ,

the se as ons I t was do ne

. U p ro se the su n : as the .

b ri de groo m co m es forth fro m his cham b er or the h ero ,

u p o n his v ic torio u s way so did he appe ar cl ad wi th , ,

s pl e ndou r from the gl an c e of Go d A ll colou rs b le nded .

in the c ro wn which ci rcl e d his b row The e arth .

rejoice d the h e rb s sh e d p e rfu m es and the fl o we rs pu t

, ,

o n th e i r o rn am en ts .

Com pare the phil l gi

o o cal n ote s on this idiom , along with the para
ton gue , from T anchum a,
’
ble of the serpent s in that adm irable colle ction,
the Ra bbinis cli e Blu m ea les e of LE O OL P D D UK E S , N O 4 6 1 . .

T r Cholin , 60 , 2
. .
 IN TR O DU CTI O N . 13

The other li gh tood j ealou s while she saw how

st ,

i m possible it was to ou tshi ne the su n H ow m u r .

,

m ure d she can two m on arch s poss e s s the sam e thro ne ?

,

Why m u st I be s e cond and not fi rst ? ,

A t onc e as if fro m the stress of he r i nterior gri ef

, ,

her b eau ti fu l radi an ce fle d away Away it fle d wi de in .

,

the h eav ens and b ecam e a h os t of stars

, .

“
Lu na sh am e d b e fore all h eave n stoo d gh astly as a
, ,

corpse Wee ping she pray s fo r m e rcy

.
, .

“
The ange l o f God app e are d to the dark e ne d and ,

th u s sp ak e : Be c au se thou h ast b ee n j eal ou s of the li ght

of the su n in futu re th ou art to shi ne o nly by its ai d ;
,

an d wh e n y on der e arth p asses b e fo re th e e thy bo rro we d ,

beam s wi ll either partly or altogether fade away .

”

I t wo ul d be easy to m u ltiply th e se e x am ple s The .

Rabboth on the Pe ntateu ch the Y alk u ts and o th er , ,

w ork s o f th at cl ass are c ro wde d wi th th e m

, These are .

su ffi ci e nt to gi v e an i de a o f the e thical si gni fic ance of

m any of the hagadoth A t the sam e ti m e we h ave no

.

dis posi tio n to endo rse th e m i ndisc ri m i nately ; for s o m e

of the m are ab su rd and o th ers abo m i nabl e
,
A gainst .

s uch the m o re e m i ne nt rabbi ns th e m s el v e s h av e re co rded

th eir pro tes t M ai m o ni des strongly cau tio ns the Je wis h

.

p e ople agains t the m H e who wri te s th e m

. s ays ,

Je hoshu a ben Le v i will hav e no p ortio n in the wo rld

,

to com e ; he who expl ai ns th e m wi ll be s co rch e d ; and

he who li sten s to th e m will fi nd n o re ward
”
.

I n the texts in Ge nesi s which re fer to E sau an d

Laban the reader of the Targum will b e e ither am u se d
,

or i ndi nan t at the b ad ani m us which anci e nt J u daism

g
e ntertai ne d to wards tho s e pe rs onage s a b as e calu m ni ,

ous s pi ri t which h e sitate s not to e x p re ss i tse lf in b are

,

faced li es This fe eli ng it gi v es m e great pleasu re to

.
,

rem ark do es n ot app e ar to be app ro v e d by the m o de rn

,

Jews To s ee the co ntrast com p are what the Targu m

.
,
14 I N TRO DU CT I O N .

Jonathan s ay s in chapte r xxxiii 4— 1 1 on the interv ie w

.
,

b etween Jac ob and his b ro ther after th eir long estrange

m ent wi th the no b le wo rds of a re c ent Jewi s h com
,

m entator o n the Pe ntate u ch But no w the ch arac ter

of E s au appe ars in its m o st b eauti ful li gh t He is .

thro ughou t the full and ge nu ine m an o f nature ; his

h eart overflo ws wi th a tru e and i m pu lsive ki ndness ; he
s pre ads a
g e ni al
gl o w o v e r t he s c e n e : t h e t ru th fu l
s i m p lici ty of his m i nd s tan ds ou t in pleasi ng relief
agai nst the co m plicate d e m otions which hi th e rto had

k e pt J acob in con stant stru ggle and ex ci te m e nt The .

si gh t of his b ro th er at on c e as if by m agic fo rce wip e s

, ,

away all the an i m o si ty of the p ast ; he is i rres i stibly

attracte d b t h e m y s te rio us tie of relatio ns hip fo rm e d

y
by natu re ; he hastens to wards his trem bling b ro th er ,

an d sh e ds te ars of joy in a l o n d co rdial e m b race

'

g an .

Who does not feel the o v erwhelm i ng patho s O f the

sce ne ? Who has not p ortray e d to him sel f the hardy
chie f carele ss wild bu t u nco rrup ted in fe eli ng and
, , , ,

n o ly fo r ivi n i th arm s of the m an o f refine d

g e e r us
g g n , e

i ntellec t as piring schem i ng at las t re pentant and

, , , ,

resto red to his b e tter self ?

”

Am o ng the m o m e nta o f the Targu m s the re is one of

s u ch
g r e at i m po rtan c e to t h e C h ri s ti an th e ol o g i an th a t it ,

wou ld be u np ardo nab le to o m i t it in th e s e b ri e f notic es .

I allude to the rem ark able u se in them of the title ,

3 M E M R A D A YE Y A
-
“
th e,
W o rd o f th e Lo rd .
”

The Aram aic term m u m Me m ra is a no un com , , ,

posed wi th the form ative 73 from the ro ot uni ts to s peak

,
“
, .
”

I n the nu m erou s p ass ages re fe rre d to it is e m ploy e d ,

wi th the ge ni tiv e of the D ivi ne Nam e n gn I or a

,
s ‘ "
: ,

the Targu m i s ts ab ri dge it y ,

1 ans weri ng to the N e w
‘
,

Te stam ent epithet o A 0 7 0 9 r e v 9 6 0 0 as applie d to the

, ,

Historical and Critical Com m entar y on the O ld Testam ent. by

D a M M K A L I S CII
. . . .
 I N TRO DU CTI O N . 15

Messiah . This appellatio n is e m ployed in the Targu m s

’

with s u ch an i nti m acy of rel ati o n to the Al m igh ty as to

re nder it in m any cas e s a sy no ny m for the Di v i ne N am e

itsel f ; an d the q u estio n is Whether it is n ot u se d to ,

e x p re s s a hypostatic di sti nc tio n in the Infi ni te S u b

si s te nc e ; wh eth e r the m ono th ei s m of the ancie nt J e ws

p recl uded the b elie f in a pl u rality o f Persons in the

Go dhead ; wh eth er in brie f the M em m da Yey a be
, ,

n o t e q ui v al e nt wi th the A 67 0 9 of the Go s p el

of S t Joh n ?
.

Th e th e ol ogians o f m o dern J u dai s m an d the rational

is ts am o ng C hri stian di v ines tak e the negativ e si de and ,

res ol v e the fo rm ul a
“
Word o f God i nto a figu rative ”

p ers o nific atio n They m ai ntai n th at as the wo rds of a

.

m an re pres e nt his tho u gh ts an d p u rpos es s o the Wo rd ,

of Go d has e ffi ci e ncy or acti on as c rib e d to it and so ,

b e co m es an d is n o thing m ore than the sy m bol or

re pre s e ntati o n o f the m i n d an d w ill o f the D e i ty S u ch .

a cano n h owe v e r will b e fou n d u tterly i ns u ffici en t to

, ,

e xpl ai n the u s e o f thi s fo rm ul a as it occurs in m any o f

the m o st wei gh ty p as s ages o f the H oly Scrip ture s .

We adm i t that the term M em ra l ike that of L og os , ,

does n o t ety m ol o gic ally n ecessi tate the i de a o f p e rs o nal

s u b s i s te nc e —
E ach term the form e r in the Targu m s
.
,

and the l atte r in the N e w Te s tam e nt the apoc r phal

y ,

boo ks and the wri tings of Philo —is take n in a varie ty of

,

acc e ptati ons bu t as in the N e w Te s tam e nt whe re

, , ,

alo n g wi th ne arly th irty asp e c ts o f m e ani ng th e re is o ne ,

in which the 1 1 67 0 9 9 eai) shi ne s re s pl e nde nt as

a ti tl e o f H im who was i n the b egi n ni ng who was wi th ,

God who was God and by w ho m all thi n gs we re m ade ;

, ,

so in the Targu m s am o n se ve ral applicati o ns there are

g ,

7
The e xp ression ME M B A is com m onl y use d with a p e rsonal

re fe rence : for a wor in the se ns e of m e re l y articulate s ee ch,

p the
Targum ists em plo y th e nou ns p z thg am a, m iller/z, &c .
16 I N T RO DU CTI O N .

so m e abo u t which it is i m po ssible wi th an y show of ,

tru th to de ny th at th ey s et forth a pe rs on al su b s i ste nce

, ,

and o ne p ers onal s u b s i ste nc e as di sti ngu i sh e d fro m

an oth e r in the Di vi ne natu re .

We adm it als o th at the Targu m i sts so m eti m es u se

, ,

thi s fo rm Mem ra ( la Yey a to de note the e nergy of Go d

in actio n ; as whe n the Wo rd is s ai d to gi v e forth the
s no w and the flo o ds ( Jo b xxx vn 1 0 or w h e n the .

Lord sends fo rth H is Word as arro ws for the destructio n

o f the wick e d P s al m x v iii 5 by H is Wo rd
( 1 o r .

H e fo un ds the e arth and b uil ds u p the h eav en s ( Is ai . .

xlv .

I t is em l oy e d too, we all ow as an e x pon ent for the

p , ,

di s po si tio ns o f the Div in e m ind, an d as s u c h is an e qu iva

len t fo r the H eb rai s tic i di o m , the h eart of Go d as,

wh ere in H e b rew we hav e God sai d in H is h eart the , ,

Targu m giv es it Go d sai d in His Word

, ( G e n viii . .

“
21 or ch ap vi 6 H e b re w. .I t gri ev e d H im in H is
, ,

h eart ; Chal dee in His Wo rd

“
, .

I n oth er pl ace s m ore o v e r it si gnifie s the D iv i ne wis

, , ,

dom di spl aye d in the di s pe ns ati on s o f Pro vi de nce as

whe n the Wo rd o f the Lo rd is s ai d to deliv er the law to ,

pu ni sh the g uil ty an d to be the h elpe r o f the good

, .

But tho u gh he who c on si de rs e v e n th e se exam ples will

fin d it diffi c ult to di v est th e m of the i dea of s u bstantial
p erson ali ty he will m eet wi th a varie ty o f o th e r p assages
,

in which the phrase in qu e stio n is o nly u se d to express

the p res en ce and agen cy of a re al PE RS O N I n tho se .

te xts the e m ph atic prono u ns th em sel v es are m e taphrase d

by the u s e of the app el lati on M am ra T hu s H e bre w .
, ,

By Mys el f h av e I sworn ; C hal dee By My Word

“
,

hav e I s worn ( Ge n x
. x ii W h o d o e.s n o t.h e re s e e

th at the fo rm is e quival ent wi th an i n te nsiv e p ro n oun ,

an d b ecom es a designatio n of the p ersonal D eity

Hi m sel f ?
18 I N T RO DU CTI O N .

Abi m elech fro m the p re se nce of the Lo rd Mark the .

di s ti ncti on als o in I sai xl v 1 8 2 2 : ( Targ Jon

, , . .
-
. .

“
T hese thi ngs saith the Lord who cre ate d the he avens , .

Look u nto My Wo rd and be ye s ave d an d in ,

verse 2 4 : H e said to m e that by the Word of the Lo rd

he wo uld b ring righ teo u s nes s .
”

I n the H e b re w Bibl e we o fte n read of a D ivi ne

Pe rs on who b e ars the n am e o f the ( Mala/c) Angel o ne ,

who is se nt ; the M alak l m beritfi the A ngel of the -

,

Co v e nant li a m ala/c lia goel the A ngel who re dee m s

,
”
- -
, ,
”

fia m ala i Je/iova/L “
the Ange l the Lo rd The passage s
”
-
l , , .

whic h de sc rib e the m ani fes tation of H is p re se nce to the

p atriarch s an d o th ers de si gnate H im in the Targ u m s ,

the Me m ra We h av e an exam ple in a text al ready

.

q uote d I n Ge n x vi the Angel J e hovah appears to

. . .
-

H agar in the wilderness ; speaks to her as God ( v erse ,

and is adore d by he r ( v e rse as Je ho v ah th at ,

s p ak e u nto her wi th the i nv o cati o n o f

“
, Th ou Go d s e est ,

The God o f s ee i ng fo r she sai d D o I e v e n

”
me , or , ,

s till se e ( li v e ) afte r se e i ng GO D N o w the Targu m ,

( J o n
) g i
. v e s the p araph ras e th u s A n d s he re tu rne d

th anks be fo re the L ord whos e Word s p ak e u nto her an d ,

th u s she sai d : Tho u art livin g and e te rnal who s ee st ,

and art not se e n ; for she s ai d after the v i sio n H e re , ,

h ath b e en re v e ale d the glory of the Sheki nah of the

L ord The J erusal e m frag m e nt re ads “
A nd H agar ,

re tu rne d th ank s an d p ray e d in the nam e of the Me m ra

o f the Lo rd who had app e are d to he r

”
.
,

O nk e los on Ge n xxviii 2 0 p araphrases

,
. A nd .
, ,

Jacob vo wed a vow saying I f the Me m ra o f the Lo rd , ,

will be m y h elp an d will k e e p m e in th at way in which

,

I go an d will giv e m e b read to eat and rai m e nt to we ar

, ,

and b ri n ai n in p e ace to m f h h h
’

g m e ag y at e r s o u s e t e ,

Me m ra of the Lord shal l be m y God Bu t i n ch apte r

9
K aL I sc n
’
s Translation .
 I N TRO DU CT I O N . 19

xxx i . Malak Jehov ah appe ars to Jacob wi th I am

the , ,

God who was rev eal e d to thee at Be th el So in ”

.
,

N u m bers xxn the Mal ak or A ngel who ap pears to

.

Bals am is calle d by O nke los the Me m ra fro m the face

o r p re s e nce o f the L ord I n lik e m anner the A ngel
.

Jeho v ah who spoke to Mos es at the flam i ng b ush

, ,

E x o d iii i d i d by h J l T
( . s e.s
gnate t e e rus a e m ar
g u m
the Me m ra of the Lo rd .

I n Isai ah lxiii 7 1 0 the Targu m of Jo nath an re co g

.
-
,

ni s es an i de nti ty of p e rson in the A ngel the Re de e m e r , ,

the Me m ra and Je hovah : I will re m e m b e r the ki nd

“
,

nes s o f the Lo rd and the prai se of the Lord

, fo r .

they are My pe opl e s ai d the Lo rd children who do n ot

, ,

lie ; and His Me m ra was thei r Re de e m e r Every ti m e .

th at th ey si nne d be fo re H im s o th at H e m i gh t hav e ,

b rou gh t tribu latio n u p on th e m H e did not afflic t th e m , ,

and the A ngel s en t fro m H is p re se nc e re dee m e d th e m .

I n H is lo ve and in H is pi ty b e hold H e lib e rate d th e m , , ,

an d b are the m and carri e d the m all the day s of old ;

,

bu t th ey wo ul d not obey ; so H is Me m ra bec am e th e i r

”
e ne m y an d fo u h t a ains t th e m
, g g .

A nd in the las t O ld Te stam e nt o racle ( Mal achi ,

the sam e T argu m m ak es the Co m i ng O ne to be in

Him sel f the Angel of the Co v e nant and the Me m ra of
the Lo rd .

T hese exam ples are sel ec te d fro m a m ul titu de In .

re adi ng o nly the Targ u m o f O nke los o n the Pe n tate u ch ,

I h av e m ade a m em orandum of m o re than a hu n dre d

an d fi fty pl ace s in which the Mem ra da Y ey a is s pok e n

of i n one way or an oth e r A n d wi th the facts b e fo re u s

.

which I have s tate d ab ov e it se e m s I re p eat i m p oss i ble

, , ,

to re stri ct the si gni fic atio n of the e pithet in q ue s ti o n to a

m ere fi g urativ e perso nific ation and n ot to p erce iv e th at ,

S t Joh n wh e n he wrote the fi rs t v e rse s of his Gosp e l

.
, ,

com m unicate d to the Gentil e c hurches a m y ste ry o f the

20 I N T RO DU C TI O N .

truth which had lo ng bee n he ld s a re dc by the an cie n t

pe opl e o f Go d .

This c oncl usion b ecom es yet m ore stro ng whe n we

tak e i nto acc ou nt the u se of the corre s p on di ng term ,

A 67 0 9 9 6 0 i} bv the Je wi s h th e olo gi ans of the ante

,

apo s tolic age who wro te in the Gree k l an g uage

, Tak e .

a s e nte n c e fro m the apoc ryph al Bo ok of Wi s do m wh ere ,

the author s peak i ng of the fatal ni ght whe n all the

,
“
fi rst born di e d in Egyp t s ay s
o
For whil e all thi ngs
, ,

were in qu i et s il en ce and th at ni ght was in the m i ds t

,

of her s wi ft co u rs e th alm i gh ty Wo rd ( wa vr o dfivap de

y ,

a o v A 67 0 9 l e ap e d do wn fro m h e av e n ou t o f Thy roy al

)
thro ne as a fi erc e warrio r in to the m i ds t of the land o f
des ol ati o n b e aring Thy truth fu l com m andm ent as a
,

sh arp s word and stan din fill d all wi th de ath H ”

e
, g , e r e .

the p e rs onal Lo go s is di s ti ngu ish e d fro m the spok en

wo rd or c o m m andm e nt .
1

A nd in the writi ngs of Philo of Al exandri a there is a

pro fusio n of passages in which the p e rs onal Word of
God is refe rre d to i n te rm s n ot l e ss ab s olu te Philo .

e m p loy s the term L og os n ot o nly in the c o m m o n ao

ce ptatio n o f artic u late s p e e ch n or i n the phi lo sophic ,

s e n se o f i ntelle c t or re as on wh e th e r h um an o r Di v i ne
, , ,

n o r in the re li gi ous s e n s e as de n o ti ng an o racl e or ,

re vel ati o n only bu t al s o in re ard to the su bj e c t b e fo re

, g
us , as s etti n g forth the hyp ostatic su b si ste nc e o f a

D i vi ne p ers on in and by wh om God the Fath er c re ate d

,

and ov e rns the u n i v e rs e T h i w i ll b pp t f o m

g s e a . a re n r

the fo ll o wi ng ci tati on s
“
Pl ace d o v e r the ark an d wi nged are the Che ru bi m
, , ,

who re pre se nt the c re ativ e an d roy al p ower But ov er .

th e s e is the D i v i ne Wo rd who doe s n ot as s u m e a v i s ibl e

,

a p earanc e n or re s e m bl e an t h in cc ibl by
p , y g a e s s e s e n s e ,

b ut exi s ti ng as the I m age of God is the El des t of all

, ,

1
Ch p x iii 1 4 1 6 ;
a . m pa
v . Ex d 29 co re o us x1 1 . .
 IN TRO DU CTI O N . 21

thi ngs th at k no wn place d nearest and wi tho u t

can be , ,

any thi ng i nte rv e ni ng to H im who al o ne is the Se l f

,

E xis te nt —
. D e P rqfuq is .

I t was n ot fi tti ng th at the s ou l o f m an shou l d hav e

be e n m o delle d after any create d b ei ng bu t afte r the ,

Word of Go d Man be i ng H is c o pi e d i m age the

.
,

Creato r b reath ed u po n hi s fac e which is the th rone of ,

the se ns e s . m an wi th resp e ct to his u n de r ,

s tan di ng is re l ate d to the D i v i ne Wo rd b ei ng an i m

, ,

pres sion a de ri v atio n a radi ance of th at bles se d natu re

, , .
”

The D iv i ne Word abou t to m ak e Hi m self the ,

com p anio n of the l one ly s o ul s u dde nly s hini ng fo rth , ,

di ffuses joy u ne xp ecte d and su rp as sing h o p e God b ath .

for Hi s i m age His m o st co m pl ete Ward who is His ,

ligh t.
”
Q u ad d D ec m i ttan tu r S am mie tom 1 . . .

“
The e ternal Wo rd o f the e v erlasti ng Go d is the
stro nge s t and s te adfas t su p port o f the u ni v e rs e From .

the cen tre to the e xtre m i ti es and from the u tm ost li m i t ,

to the m i ds t H e p e rvade s the lon g range o f n ature ,

binding togeth e r all its p arts For the Father who .

begat Him h ath m ade H im the indissol u ble b ond of the

u iver e
n s — .
”
D e P lan t N ora . .

For as tho se who canno t look u po n the s u n hi m self ,

behold him in his re flected ligh t e ve n thu s do they ,

re gard the I m age o f God who is H is Ange l the W ord , , ,

”
as Go d Hi m s el f I aid . .

Mo ses wonderi ng at the b o u ndles s e xcellence of

,

the U nbe gotte n sai th Tho u s h alt s wear by H is nam e

, , ,

n ot by Him s elf : it is e no u gh to pl e dge o u r fai th by

the Be gotte n an d to i nvoke the D i vi ne Word to wit

,

ne ss.
—”
D e L eg A lley . .

O ver these (the thi ngs c reate d) God has place d His
d
( p d w
c
‘
A 67 )
0 » ri gh t W ord H i s Fi rst Be o tte n S o n
g ,
-
,

who as the Viceroy of a m igh ty Ki ng re c e ives the

, ,
22 I N T RO DU CT I O N .

charge
°

of the c
sa re d fl ock . Th us al so it is wri tte n
Be hol d I Am : I will se nd m i ne A ngel b efo re thy fac e
to kee p th ee in the way Ag ricu l .
”
— De .

To the A rch ange l the El dest Word the Fath er o f , ,

the u ni ve rse h ath acc orde d this il lu strio u s gi ft th at , ,

s tan di n as a Me di ato r H e s ho u l d de term i ne b e twee n

g ,

the c re ature an d the C reato r H e is at on ce the S u p .

pli an t on b eh al f o f p e rishi ng m o rtals to the Incor

ru ptible an d the Am b ass ado r of the Sov ere i gn to H is

—
,

s u bj e c ts Q uis Ber D iv e
”
. . . .

Ado rne d afte r thi s m anner did the high p rie st

p roce e d to the sacre d ri tes T he twel ve stones of the .

pe ctoral b e cam e the oracle o f the Ward who hol ds ,

and di re c ts the u ni v e rs e F or it was n ee dful th at he .

who p erform e d the p rie stly ri tes to the Fath er o f the

wo rl d sh o ul d e m pl oy as his Adv ocate the S o n m ost
,

p erfe ct in vi rtue for the p ardo n of sins an d for the

, ,

s upply o f the m ost abun dant bl essi ngs D e Vitd

”
.

T he blance b etween the doctri ne of thi s Jewi sh

res em

philosoph e r o f Alex andria and th at o f the apo stl es of ,

Ch ri s ti ani ty o n the p e rs on ality an d Divine dignity

,

of the L o go s app e ars throu ho u t his wo rk s in a m u l

, g
titu de o f p aralle li s m s L e t the stu dent c om p are th e se
.

fol lo wi ng exp re ssi on s of Philo wi th the texts o f the

N e w Te stam e nt gi ve n in j u xtapo sition wi th th e m T he .

Divi ne Word is s uperio r to all angel s — D e P rqfag is .

—
Com pare He b i 4 6 H e is s u pe rio r to the whol e
. . .

—
creation D e A llegor H eb n 8 H e is b efo re all . . . .

thin gs — D e E ng Conf Col i 1 7 ; Joh n i 2 1 8 ; v

—
. . . . . .
,

2 6 H e s ne arest to God
. i John i 1 H e ordered . .

all thi n s
g
— Q u i t R e r D iv Col i 1 5 1 6 H e b x. i . . .
, . .

3 . Uni te s p re serv e s and p erfects the wo rl d —D e

, ,

P rqf Joh n iii 35 ; Col i 1 6

. . He is the Fi rst . . .

t n f —
Bego te o God D e S ca m Col i 1 5 Jo hn i 1 8 . . . . .
 I N TR O DUCTI O N . 23

The S on of God —
D e Ag ri c M ark i 1 T he (36 257 6 . . . .

p o s 9 6 69) S e co nd God the Word — Joh n i l Th e ,

. .

—
I m age o f Go d D e M au d 012i) f
Col i 1 5 H e b i . . . . .

2 . The intelle c tu al su n the li g t of he o l d

h t w r — De ,

8 0 am . Joh n i .
—
4 9; John viii 1 2 . . The fo u ntai n of

wi s do m — D e P rof . J oh n i v 1 4 ; . vii . 3 8 ; 1 Cor i . .

24 H e is ne are st to Go d — D e P rqf Joh n i l , 1 8 ;

—
. . .

x vii 1 1 H e is se
. n t fro m God . Qu it Rer D iv . . John
v . 37 ; viii . 2 9, 4 2 . H e is the Me diator standin
g
b etween li vi ng an d the the Rer Div de ad — Qu it :
. . 1
Tim 11 5 ; H e b viii 1 6
. .
— The Hi gh Prie st ( A rel i. . .

e reu s ) — D e S cam . H eb iv 1 4 The H eal e r o f evil s. . . . .

—D e A l ley Lu k e i v 1 8 1 Pe ter 11 2 4 The Advocate

. . . .

o m o rtal m am
f — Qu is Be r Rom v iii 2 1 1 J o hn 11 1 . . . . .

The Sh e phe rd of Go d s flock — D e Aq ric J ohn x 1 4 ’

. .

1 Peter ii 2 5 H e is po ss e s se d of re gal po wer

. .
— De .

P rqf 1 Cor xv 2 5 ; Eph i 2 1 2 2 ; Re v x vii 1 4

. . . . .
,
. .

H e lib erates m e n fro m co rru ption and e nti tl es th em to ,

i m m rta t —
o li y De Cong reg al E m dil Rom viii 2 1 . . . .

1 Co r xv 5 2 5 3 ; 1 Pe ter 1 3 4
. . Im p arts s pi ri tu al
, .
, .

fre e do m — M id J oh n viii 3 6 H e is the s ure refuge

. . .

o f ho se who s e k H i m
t e — D e P rqf Matt xi 2 8 1 Pe ter . . .

11 2 5
. H e is the h eav e nly b read of the s oul
. Frag m . .

Joh n v i 3 2 3 5 I t was H e who c alled to A dam in

.
, .

the garde n S om e s p ak e to H a an
, g
— D e C l eru l .
’

wres tl e d with J acob — D e N am and s pok e , .

to M os es from the b u sh — D e S om e . .

N ow wh e n we co nsi der that th e se state m ents we re

wri tte n by the Alexandri an th eol ogue s o m e y e ars b efore
an e v an eli s t or apo stl e had s et n t p arch m e nt and
g pe o , ,

in fac t b e fo re o ur S av io ur had b e g un H is pu blic m ini stry

, ,

we are s hu t u p to the co nclusion th at the D ivin e

p erso nali ty of the Word was a doctrine already b elie v e d
am o ng the J ews I n philo s ophy i nde e d Philo was a .
, ,

Plato ni st ; and m any of his sp eculatio ns are strongly

24 IN TRO DUCTI O N .

ti nge d wi th the colou rs of th at s chool ; bu t the Pl ato nic

learning n e v er tau gh t him the wo nde rs which he has
re co u nted o f the E te rnal Wo rd Philo was not m ere ly .

a Pl ato ni s t he was a Je w ; and in the theo lo gis m s we

,

h av e cite d he giv es exp ression to the tradi tio nal dogm as

o f his own p e o ple .

We h ave gi v e n the se qu otations fro m Philo and the

Targu m s to p ro v e an historic and i nco ntro vertible fact ,

— th at the J e ws of the ante ap os tolic age b e li e v ed in a -

Di vi ne Perso nality in the Go dhead wh om they disti n ,

i h d f m an oth e r th e rei n by the app e ll atio n o f the

g u se ro

Wo rd O n the q ues tio n wh eth er they we re warranted

.

in su ch a b el ie f by the te achi ngs of D i vi ne Re v elati on ,

I nee d n ot no w e nter The app e al he re wo uld be not .

to the Targu m s as s u ch b ut to the text of the cano nical

, ,

H eb rew Sc rip tures an d he who searches the m wi th

intellige nc e and with free do m fro m p rej u dice will be
, ,

s ure to fi n d th at th ey were ri ht
g .

I t was thi s Div i ne P erso n who wi th the nam es of ,

the Word an d the Ange l appeare d as J e h ovah to the , , ,

—
p atri arch s : Gen iii 8 2 1 ; x11 7 Co m pare xv n 1 ; . . . . .

xv .
—
1 ; x viii 1 1 6 3 3 ; x ix 1 7 2 4 ; xxii 1 1 1 2
.
-
,
. .
,

xx vi 2 24 ; xx v iii
.
,
—
1 1 2 0 ; m i 1 1 13 ; xxx ii 24 .
,
. .

3 0 with H osea xn 4 5
, Gen x l v iii 1 5 1 6 .
,
. .
, .

I t was H e who deliv e re d I srae l fro m E gypt and ,

b ecam e their Gu ardian and G ui de to the prom i se d land .

—
Exo d iii 1 1 4 wi th J oh n viii 5 8 Ex o d xiv 1 9 2 0 ;
. .
, . . .
,

i — .
—
x x 3 1 1 1 6 1 8 ; Acts VI I 3 8 ; E x o d xxiii
,
—
20 25 ; . . .

. .
—
Isai l xiii 9 Exod xxi v 9 1 5 ; Xxx h 3 3 34 ; . .
,
.

xxx iii — .
— —
2 4 1 4 ; xxxiv 5 7 1 0 1 4 ; Jo shu a v 1 4
, .
, .
,

15 J u dge s ii 1 4— Com p are this las t i m p ortant

. .

s —
pas age ith E xo d xxxi v 1 0 1 4 J udges vi
w . . .

A nd it was He who was so o ften m ani fe ste d in glory

an d grac e to the p roph e tic s e ers Ez ek i 2 8 with . . .
,

ix 3 xliii 3 s eq
. Dan x11 1 wi th x 5 6
.
, Jer i . . .
, .
, . . .
26 IN TRO DUCTI O N .

Ge or Ben Winer,
. .
—D e Jonalkanis in P entateuc kau
P arap kras i Ckaldaicd . E rlangen ,
1 82 3 .

J H Pete rm ann
. .
,
- D e D ual u s P entateacki P ara
p krasikue Ck alda icis Be rlin, 1 8 2 9
. .

Walto n s twelfth Prolegom enon to the Polyglot, and

’

the ex te nsi v e dis quis i tio n of Wolf in the se co nd volu m e

of his Bi kliolke ca H el m a To those who read A rabic
.

it m ay be worth m e ntio ning, that the Abbe Barges an d

Dr Goldb e rg h av e re ce ntly edited the e pi stolary treatise
.

o f Rabbi Je hu da Be n K oreisch on the U tility O f the

S tu dy of the Targu m s : p ri nte d in H eb rew characte rs .

Pari s D uprat This work co ntai ns a v aluable glossary

.

o f wo rds an d te rm s I n the latter departm e nt the

.

—
wo rk of Phibel Be n D avi d an E x po si tio n of diffi cult
Wo rds in the Targ um s : H anover, 1 6 1 4 —also de serves
atte ntion The fi fth chapter of the Gottes diem l lickcn
.

Vorlm ge der Jacl m of Dr Zunz is a m asterly e xposi .

tio n ; and in an ex c u rs u s in the work of Ge i ger, already

refe rred to, the Urccknfl and Uekersctz uug en der Bibe l,

the re will be foun d an exte nsive coll ectio n of readi n s

g
I n S chichard s Becki
’
fro m the Pentateu ch Targu ms .

natk ka p em kim , an d the Co m m e ntary of Rittange l on

-

the S efer Jclaim , there are s om e cu rio us researches,

whi ch wou ld reward a fe w hours reading A nd on the
’
.

im portant subj ect of the Memra, or Word of the L ord,

g oo d co lla teral h e lp is ob tain e d in J acob B ryant
’
s
”
Treatise O n the Senti m ents of Philo Ju daau s, Cam
b ridge, 1 7 97 I refer also with pleasu re to the I n
.
.

quiry into the D octri ne of the E ternal So ns hi p of our

Lord Jesu s Christ, by the late Re v Rich ard Treffry ;
”
.

an d to an excelle nt com pe n diu m by the Rev F D enham . .

i n the Jou rnal of S acre d Lite rature, for 1 84 9

”
.

A s to the questio n whether the ancient He b re w doc

tors i dentifi e d the Me m ra or personal Word of God with
the Messiah, I m ay not speak with su ch confi dence .
 IN TRO DUCTI O N . 27

O n the h and there are passages in the Targu m s

one

which stro ngly i m ply th at i de ntity Thu s O nkelos on .

,

N um xxiii 2 1 re ads
.
“
The Mem ra O f the Lord he lp eth
.
, ,

them an d the S heki nah of th eir Ki ng is am ong th e m

, .

The Je ru s ale m on the sam e pass age has “

The Mem ra ,

o f the Lo rd is wi th them an d a sho ut fro m the l or of

g y ,

th eir Ki ng prote cte th th em ; an d the so calle d J on a -

th an Targu m The Me m ra of the Lo rd th ei r God is a

,

help er to them and the shout of the Ki ng M essiah is ,

h e ard am ong the m ( Co m pare also O nkelos on Ju dges .

”

vi 1 1
. There is a te xt al so in Jonathan on Isai
, .

x vi 1 which b rings to m i nd the s ayi ng of S t S te

.
, .

phen in Acts vii “

This is H e who was with the .
,

c hurch i n the wilderness They shall b ring gifts to .

”

the Mes si ah O f the I sraelite s who shall be strong ,

b ecau se H e Him se l f was in the wil derne ss the Ro ck o f ,

the ch u rc h of Zion O n the othe r h and th ey s om e

”
.
,

ti m e s m ake a distin cti on be twee n the Mem ra and the

Me ssiah which se em s to forbid the i de a O f perso nal
,

ide ntity Thu s Jonath an on Isai ah xlii 1 : Behold

.
,
.

My S e rv ant the Messiah : I will draw n igh to H im ;

My Chosen in who m My Mem ra h ath deli gh ted
, .
”

But to the Me ssiah Hi m sel f the Pri nc e and D eli ,

ve rer o f I srdel an d the Redee m er of the world the T ar

'
,

g u m s ab o un d with so l e m n an d affecti n
g re fere n ces W e .

will O ffer a cons p ectus of the p ri ncip al p assages .

1 H is Divine
. Said the prophet to the house
nam es .

O f D avi d : For to u s a S on is b orn to u s a S on is ,

g ive n : and H e s ha ll re ce i v e the L aw u

p o n H im to k ee
p
it ; and H is nam e is calle d from o f old Wonderful , ,

Co u nsellor Elob e the Mi ghty Abiding to Eternity the

, , ,

Me ssi ah; b ecau se peac e shall be m ultiplied upon u s in

His days ( I sai ix . . .

2 . S o» of David A nd the re shall go forth a .

c 2
28 I N T RO D UCTI O N .

Ki ng fro m the sons O f Jess e and the Messiah s h all be ,

anoi n te d fro m his chil dre n s chil dren I i ’

( s a xi . . .

D esce nde d from Ba tlz A nd he sai d Bring the cov er

.
.
,

ing th at is o v er th ee and hol d it ; and she held it an d,

b e m e asu red six m e asu re s O f b arl ey and place d th e m ,

u po n he r A nd stre ngth to he ar th em cam e to he r

.

fro m b efore the Lord : and forth wi th it was s pok e n in

prop he cy th at hereafter wo ul d p rocee d from he r the six
,

ri h te ous o ne s o f the w orl d (z edi/ce h s ho u l d

g y olm a ) w o , ,

e ach of the m be des ti ne d to be bl e ss ed wi th six ble ss

i ngs : Davi d D aniel and his co m panion s an d the King
, ,

Messiah ( Ru th iii .
”
.

3 Til e Brothe r of M an
. A nd in that ti m e s h al l .

the Ki ng M es si ah ( M alka M ae /150 M ) be re v eale d to the

c o n re atio n O f I srael Th e n s h all the chil dre n of
g g .

Israel s ay Co m e b e Thou wi th u s for a Broth er ( Song

, , .

v iii .

4 m e Healer (y til e orig inal won/n11

.
r
A nd I will .

t nm i ty b e twee n thee and the wo m an and b e twee n

p u e ,

the s ee d of thy s o ns an d the se e d O f her s o ns A nd it .

s h all be wh e n the s o ns O f the wo m an s h all k e e p the

com m an dm e nts of the law th ey will turn and s m ite thee ,

u po n thy h e ad ; bu t wh e n they fo rs ak e the co m m and

m e nts O f the law tho u wilt turn thy s el f and wo u n d th em

,

in thei r h e el Ne verth eless for the m th ere sh all be

.

m e dicine b u t fo r the e n o m edici ne

,
and th ey s h all

m ak e a rem e dy for the he e l 1n the day s O f the King

”

M essia ( G e n iii
. . .

5 W L ord ou r Rig/ateonsnese
. Behol d the days .
,

co m e saith the Lord that I will raise u p to Dav i d the

, ,

Messiah who is righteo u s ( teach/rag a ri gh te o usness ) , , ,

and He s h all reign a K i ng an d s hall p ro s p er an d e xe , ,

2
The will be able in the da s
S o m e translate , “
y y of the Ki ng
M e ssiah to m ake a bruise wi th the heel ”
k n v an) is . vari ous ly ren

dared I n the lexicons, contritio, m p laatru u , heil m itte l

'

.
 I N TRO DUCTI O N . 29

cute j u dgm ent of tru th and j ustice in the earth I n

the .

H is day s they who are of the ho u se of Je hu dah s h all be

s av e d and I srae l s h all dwe l l safe ly : and thi s is H is
,

n am e by which th ey will i nv ok e H im Righ te o u sness ,

shal l be wrou gh t for u s from b e fore the Lo rd

”
( J e r . .

xxiii .

6 Til e S ervant o
.
f G o d B ehol d m y
. S er v a n t th e ,

M essiah I will b ring Him near m y cho sen O ne in

.
, ,

who m m y Word tak e th deligh t I will pu t the Spiri t .

O f H oli ne s s u po n H im ; m j u d m e nts to the n atio n s

y g
s h al l H e re v eal I i )
”
( s a x 1
. 11 l . . .

7 me Res torer o
.
f I s ra e l T h e child re n . o f I sra el

s h all abi de m any day s witho ut a Ki n of th ho u se o f

g e

D avi d an d witho u t one who e xe rcis e th dom i nio n o v e r

,

Israel or who O fiereth the sacrifices of pleasantne ss in

'

Jeru salem and wi th ou t epho d or annu nciatio n After

, .

ward s h all the chil dre n O f I srael re turn an d se e k the

s e rvi c e O f the L ord th e i r Go d an d be o be di e nt to ,

M essi ah the S on O f Dav i d thei r K i ng : and H e shall

,

te ach th e m the wo rship O f the L ord an d i nc rease the ,

g oo d th a t is to c o m e to th e m at the e n d o f the day s .

”

( Ho s ea iii 4 .
,
“
The ir King sh all ari se fro m th eir children and their ,

Re dee m e r fro m am ong th e m selv e s ; H e s hall be am o ng

th em and gath e r the m ( N u m x xiv
. . .

“
The fou rth night will be wh en the world s h all arri v e
at its e n d to be di ssolv e d : the co rds of the wick e d s h all

b e co ns u m ed and the iro n yok e be b rok e n

, M os es .

wil l co m e forth from the de se rt and M e ssi ah fro m the ,

hig h place This is the Passover Night b e fo re the I

Lo rd ( E xo d xii
. . .

What art tho u to be reckon ed O m igh ty ki ngdom , ,

be fo re Ze rubb ab el ? I s it not as a pl ai n ? For H e

s h all re v e al His M e ssi ah wh ose n am e is de cl are d fro m

O f O ld and H e sh all rule ov er all ki ngdo m s

, ( Z e ch i v . . .
30 I N TRO DUCTI O N .

Gog and Magog and the ir army wi ll go up agains t

Jeru sale m b ut by the hand of
, the Ki ng Messiah they
s h all fall ( N xi
”
. u m . .

I sh all see Him b u t not now ; I sh all behold Him

, ,

but not near when there shall reign a m i ghty Ki ng O f

,

the ho use of Jacob an d Me ss i ah be an ointe d and a

, ,

stro ng s c e ptre be fro m I srael A nd H e shall kill the .

p ri nces of the Moabites and all the chil dre n of Sheth , ,

the arm y of Gog who wi ll set the rank s O f war in array

agai nst I srae l ; and all th e ir bo di es wi ll fall be fore Hi m .

The fi rst of the natio ns who wage d war with Israel

was A m alek ; and their e n d in the day s o f the King
Mes siah is to se t in array the ranks of war with all the ,

s o ns O f the E ast a ai nst the h ouse of I rael ; bu t the

,
g s

e nd of the on e and the oth er is th at th ey s h all peris h ,

for e v er . S hip s will be se nt forth with instru m ents O f

war an d they sh al l go ou t wi th m any b urde n beare rs
,
-

fro m the lan d O f Ital ia and j oi n the m selves wi th the ,

l egio ns who go out from Constanti ne : bu t the end

o f bo th O f the m is to fal l by the h an d O f the Kin
g
M essiah and pe ri sh for e ver (N u m xxiv . . .

I f any th e re be of yo ur disp e rs e d o nes in the ends of

the h e av e ns fro m the n c e wil l the Word o f the Lo rd
,

vo ur Go d gath er yo u by the h an d of Elij ah the hi h

g
p rie st and fro m th en ce will He b ring you by the hands
,

of the Ki ng M essi ah D
”
( e u t xxx . . .

8 1 % K ing o
.
f I sr ae l N o w th e s e are the. w o rds of
the p roph e cy of Davi d which he pro ph es ie d concerni ng
the e nd of the worl d c on ce rni ng the day s of co ns ol ation
,

which are h ereafte r to c om e : D avi d the S on of Jesse

sai d, The God of I srae l s pak e by m e the Mighty ,

O ne of Is rae l who ruleth am ong the s o ns of m e n j u dg ,

ing truly sai d th at H e wou l d s e t u p to m e a Ki ng who

,

is M e ssi ah that hereafter sh all com e and rule in the

,

fe ar of the Lord ( 2 S a m .xx iii 1 . .

 INTRO DUCTI O N . 31

Thou wilt prolong the days of the King Messiah and ,

His years as the generations O f the world and the gene ,

ratio ns of the world to com e H e shall abi de b efore .

the Lord for e ver So will I glorify thy nam e whe n

.

I shall p erform m y vo ws in the day of the redem ption

of I srae l an d in the da th at th K in M ssi ah is
, y e
g e

an ointed to rule
”
( P sal m lxi 7 . .

9 WM Gatli erer of til e N ati ons and til e K ing o

.
f til e ,

World “
There sh all not cease kings fro m the ho use of
.

Js h u dah nor scrib es teaching the L aw from his chil

,

dren s children u ntil the tim e whe n the Ki ng M essiah

’
,

sh all co m e who se is the ki n dom and to Him are all

, g ,

the kingdo m s of the earth to be su bj ect H ow b eau .

te e ns is the King M es si ah who s h all arise from the

ho use of J shu dah l ( G en x li x
”
. .

“
My h eart produceth a goo d thing : I will sp eak of
the work of the King ; m y tongu e is like the pen of a
s wift write r Thy b eau ty 0 King Messiah is m ore than
.
, ,

that of the s o ns of m e n ; the s pi rit of p rophe cy is

ingiven to Thy lip s b ecau se the Lord hath bl esse d Thee ,

for e v er The thro ne of Thy glo ry O God ( Yey a )

. .
, , ,

s hall stand for e ver and e v er ; a s ce p tre of a c i t h

g r e s e

sce p tre of Thy ki n do m B c u se Tho u h ast lov ed u s

g e a .
j
tice and h ate d wick e dnes s therefore the Lo rd Thy God ,

hath anointe d T hee wi th the O il of gladness abov e Thy

fello ws
”
( P s alm
. xlv 1 .

Su ch on the e vi de nce of th ese v enerabl e docu m e nt

,
s
,

was the faith of Israel of olde n ages in the m aj esty and

m e di ato rial glo ry of their S aviou r an d King ; an d su ch ,

though wi th variou s drawb ack s and dark eni ng influ

ences is s ub stanti ally the expe ctant fai th of the pio us in
,

Israel at the present tim e U nh appily ho wev er too .

, ,

m any am o ng the m o de rn Je ws h av e de cli ne d from the

hope of their fathers and exch an ged the heavenly light ,
 32 I N TRO DUCTI O N .

of faith in the re v ealed pro m i se s of God for the ignis

f atn ns O f infi del ratio nalism , an d the poo r dream s of

se c ular i aggran d z e m en t
wi th th eir G e nti le nei ghbo urs .

Ye t m ay we hope that thi s fo rl orn infi de li ty is not the

las t rep rob ate conditio n of any o f th e m ; an d m ost
arde ntly s h ou l d we pray th at the breath O f God m a
y
c o m e u po n th em to renew th em to repentance For
, .

tho ugh the v eil is i n dee d to thi s v ery day u po n the

n ati o nal h eart we re ad in the sure o racl es O f m ercy th at
,

wh e n it s h all tu rn to the L ord the v ei l s hall be tak en ,

away N or are there wan ti ng am o ng th e m m any who

.

de ire s u ch a c o ns u m m atio n m ore de v o utly th an we

s

o urs el v e s do ; m any in who se p ray e rful b osom s live

,

th ose s o le m n prese nti m e nts an d spi ri t sti rri ng v o ws -

which fi nd exp re s si o n from y ear to y e ar in th ei r O ld

Litany of the H osannas .

“
For Thy s ak e 0 o u r God s av e u s
, For Thy s ake , .
,

0 o ur Cre ator s av e u s Fo r Thy s ak e 0 o u r

,
.
,

Re dee m e r sav e us ,
For Thy sake 0 T ho u who wilt
.
,

s e e k for u s sav e u s ,
.

“
For the sak e O f T hy tru th ; fo r the s ak e O f Thy
cov e nant ; for the s ak e of Thy greatn ess an d Thy glo ry ;
for the s ak e of Thy law T hy i nstitu ti ons and Thy , ,

m e m orial ; for the sak e o f Thy m ercy and goo dness ,

T hy u nity and Thy ho no ur Thy ki ngdo m T hy s trength , , ,

an d Thy gl ory ; for the s ak e o f Thy holi ness and the

s ak e of Thy p rai se ; O s av e T h p eo pl e
y .

“
A s the ey es of se rvants look up to the m as ter for
help s o we c om e b efo re T he e for pro te ctio n we lo ok u p
, ,

to Th ee for s u ccou r for the c o nte n de rs hav e striv e n

wi th u s and we are tro dde n u nde r foo t
,
Save us 0 .
,

God ou r S av i ou r
“
O E verl asti ng b uil d in m ercy Sav e the fo unds
,
.

ti on s tone e v e n the ch os en h o use the thre shi ng floor O f

, ,
-

Arno n the h idde n o racle Mo unt Mo riah an d the m o unt

, , ,
34 I NTRO D UCTI O N .

I t is the voice of the Mighty O ne of heaven and

earth, ex claim ing , Can a nation be born at once ?
“
A nd I will de clare the glad tidings .

I t is the voice p roclaim ing the ti m e of re dem ption,

wh e n the pe ople shall see light, and it sh all com e to
t venti de th ere shall be li ht
pas s a e
g
A nd I will declare the gl ad tidings .

I t is the v oice to m ak e glad the Rose of S haron ;

for they shall rise who s lee p in H e bron :
A nd I will declare the glad tidings .

I t is the voice of the Man who se nam e is the

Branch
A nd I will de clare the gl ad tidi ngs .

I t is the v oice p roclai m ing, Arise from the dust,

awa e, an d s n ,
k i who dwel l in the dust :
g ye

A nd will de clare the glad ti dings

I .

I t is the voice of granting sal ation to His v pe ople

for v
e er, e en v to Davi d, and to his children for e ver.

O rder o R
”
m ore .
f til e H os anna al l a .

Who is a God lik e u nto Thee, th at pardoneth

i niqu ity, an d p asse th by the transgressio n of the rem .

nan t of H is h eri ta e ? H e re tai ne th not H is anger for

g
e v er b ecau se
, H e deli ghteth in m ercy H e will tu rn .

agai n ; H e wi ll h av e co m passion u pon u s ; H e will

s u b due ou r i niq ui ti es, an d Th ou wilt c as t all the i r si ns

i nto the dep ths of the sea Tho u wilt perform the .

truth o Jacob and the m ercy to Ab rah am which

u nt , ,

T ho u hast sworn unto our fathers from the days of old .

”

5 m in :
rm:
 THE TARGUM O F O N KE L O S

TH E BOO K BE R E S H I T H

GE N E S I S .

SECTI ON I .

BE RE S H I TH BARA E L O HI M .

“
I I N the first ti m es the Lord create d the heavens
.

an d the earth A nd the earth w as waste an d em pty,

.

and darkn es s was u po n the face of the aby ss ; and a

‘

wind fro m b efore the Lord blew u pon the face of the
waters A nd the L ord sai d, L et th ere be light ; and
.

there was li ght An d the Lord saw the li ght th at it was

.

g oo d A n
. d the Lord di sti n u i s h ed b etween the ligh t
g
and b etwe e n the darkn ess A n d the Lord calle d the
.

lig ht the Day, and the dark ness H e calle d the Night .

A n d there was evening, and there was m orni ng, Day

the First .

A nd the Lord s ai d, L et th ere be an expanse in the

m i dst of the waters, and let it di s tingui s h b etween
wate rs and waters A nd the Lo rd m ade the expan s e,
.

an d di stingui sh e d b etween the waters whi ch were u nde r

Be -badm in, in anti quities This expression, when used, as here,

p
.

in the lural, is som etim es put for eternit

”
y
Com pare O nk elos on
.

Dent xm ii 27, E ta/ca de m

. .
- il kad m i n , th e E ternal Go d, or,
G od
y
who is from eternit , with onathan on M icah v 2,
”
J ”
M essiah, .

whose nam e is call ed ( m ilkad m in) from eternity

p p p
.

S om e co ies, Darkness was outs read u on the face, 8m .

36 TA R GUM or O a L os [
O R AL

the panse and b etween the waters which were ab o ve

ex ,

the ex p an se : and it was so A nd the Lo rd call ed the .

exp ans e the H e av e ns A nd it was e ve ni ng and it was .

,

m orni ng the S e co nd D ay
,
.

A nd the L ord sai d T he wate rs s hall be co llected ,

u nder the h eav en s i nto on e re gi o n and the dry land ,

s hall app e ar A nd it was so

. A nd the Lo rd calle d the .

dry land E arth and the pl ac e of the coll ection of wate rs

,

H e call ed S ea A nd the Lord saw th at it was good

. .

A n d the L ord s ai d T he e arth shall b ring forth grass ; ,

“
the pl ant who s e ge rm s e e d is to be s o wn the fruit tree
- -

“
m aki ng frui t according to its kin d who s e germ se e d is ,
-

in i t u po n the e arth — and it w as so A nd the earth .

t forth ras s th e h e rb who se germ see d is so wn afte r

p u g
-
,

its ki nd ; and the tree m aki ng fruit who se seed is in it ,

afte r i ts ki nd A nd the L ord s aw th at it was goo d

. .

A nd it was e v e ni n g an d it was m orni ng Day the Thi rd , , .

A n d the Lo rd s ai d T he re shall be Li ghts in the ,

e xp an s e of h e av e n to di sti ng uis h be twee n the day an d

,

the n i gh t ; an d th ey s hall be for si gns an d for ti m e s ,

.

for the nu m b e ri ng o f day s and y e ars A nd they s hal l .

be for l u m i nari es in the exp anse o f h eav en to shin e

u on the e arth — an d it was s o A n d the Lo rd m ade
p .

the two great l u m i nari e s : the gre ate r l u m i nary to rule

in the day and the s m all er l um i nary to ru le in the

n i h t an d the s tars A n d the L o rd set the m in the

g , .

e x an s e of he av e n to shin e u pon the e arth an d to ru le

p ,

i n the day and in the nigh t and to di stingu ish ,

b etwee n li ght and darknes s A n d the Lord saw that .

it was go od A nd th ere was e v e ni ng an d th ere was

.
,

m orni ng D ay the F ourth

, .

A n d the Lo rd sai d L e t the wate rs gen erate the '

,

Lit , . S on -seed .

S am aritan Version the ple n itude , of the greater light .

7
S warm with, produ ce ab u ndantl y .
”
 ON GE NE S I S . 37

m ovin g creature (h avi ng) life ; an d the fo wl which

fi ieth ov er the earth on the fac e of the p
ex ans e O f
h e av e n A nd the L ord cre ated the great taninia and
.

e v ery li v i n ani m al which m ov e th wh i ch th w t

g e a ers ,

e ne rate d acco rdi n to th e i r ki n d an d e v e ry fo wl which

g g ,

flie th acco rdi ng to his ki n d ; an d the Lord saw that it

was goo d A n d the Lord bl e sse d th em sayi ng S p re ad
.
, ,

ab ro ad an d b eco m e m any an d fi ll the wate rs O f the ,

s eas an d le t the fo wl b e c om e m any o n the e arth A nd .

it was e veni ng and it was m o rni ng D ay the Fi fth

, , .

A n d the L ord s ai d L et the earth p ro duce the livi ng

,

ani m al afte r its ki nd cattle and reptil e

, an d b e as t O f
, ,

the e arth acco rding to its ki nd

,
— an d it was s o A nd .

the Lo rd m ade the b east of the earth after its ki n d and ,

cattl e afte r their kin d an d e v ery re ptile of the e arth

,

afte r its ki n d ; an d the L ord s aw th at it was goo d .

A n d the L ord s ai d L et u s m ak e Man in O u r im age as

, ,

O ur like ness ; and they sh al l hav e do m ini o n ov e r the

fi sh O f the s ea an d ov er the fowl O f the h eav e ns an d
, ,

the c attl e and over all the e arth and o v er e v e ry

, ,

re til e which m ov e th u p o n the e arth n d the Lo rd

p A .

created the A dam in H is i m age in the i m age of the

8
,
“
Lord H e create d him ; m ale and fe m ale H e cre ate d
them . A nd the Lo rd ble sse d th e m an d s ai d to th e m , ,

Sp re ad ab ro ad an d be com e m any an d fill the earth and

, , ,

b e s tro ng u pon it ; an d h av e do m in io n o ver the fi s h o f

the sea an d ov e r the fo wl of the heav en s and o v e r
, ,

e v e ry livin thi n th t m ov e th u po n the e arth A nd

g g a .

the Lo rd s ai d Be hold I h av e gi v e n to you e ve ry pl an t

, ,

whi ch s ee deth ge rm see d which is u p on all the e arth ;

-

and e ve ry tre e i n which is the fru it of the tree which

s e e de th rm see d ; u n to
- ou it sh all be for foo d an d
ge y ,

u nto e ve ry b eas t o f the e arth an d to e v ery fo wl of ,

S am Vers , fashioned
pi
. . .

S om e co es , in the im age of Elohim .

38 Tan c unI or O N xs nos [ CHA R

the heavens and to every re ptile Upon the earth in

,

which is the b reath of life e very gree n h erb to eat ; and ,

it was s o A nd the Lo rd saw all that H e had m ade

.
,

and b ehol d it was v ery steadfast

, , A nd it was evening .
,

an d it was m orni ng D ay the Six th , .

II A nd the heavens and the earth and all their host

.

were co m pl e te d A nd the Lord fi nished in the Se venth

.

Day H is work which H e had wrou gh t and rested in the ,

Se ve nth Day fro m all His work which He had wro ught .

A nd the Lo rd b le ssed the S even th Day and m ade it

holy b e cau se in it He reste d from all H is work whi ch
,

the Lord had create d to m ak e These are the .

m e m ori als of the h eaven s an d the earth whe n they

l
,

were cre ate d in the day wh en the Lo rd God m ade the

earth an d the he av ens A n d all tre es O f the fi eld were
.

n ot et in the earth an d e v e ry h erb O f the fi eld had not

y ,

et s p rung u p b e c ause the Lo rd God had n ot cau sed

y ,

rain to com e u po n the e arth and there was n o m an to ,

cul tivate the grou nd A nd a m ist ascended from the

”
.

earth and m oi ste ne d all the face of the o n d A nd

, gr u .

the Lord God c reate d Adam fro m dust of the gro und ,

and b reath e d u pon his fac e the b reath of lives an d i t ,

becam e in Adam R D iscoursing Spirit An d the Lord .

God p lante d a garden in a regio n O f pleasantnes s in the '

tim e of the b egi nning and H e m ade to dwell th ere the ,

m an whom He had create d A n d the Lord God cau se d .

to grow fro m the earth e v e ry tree desirable to look u pon,

an d goo d for foo d an d the Tre e of Li fe (Live s) n the
, i
m i dst of the garden an d the Tree of whose frui t the y
,

who e at kno w b etween goo d an d ev il A nd a river .

went fo rth from E den to water the garden and from ‘

,

thence i t was di vi ded and b ecam e fo ur h eads of rivers ‘I

1
Tole datit, recitals, histor y
0 r, cloud . .

“
O r, in E den ”
D istinguish between the region and the garden
V
. .

S am Paradise S am Vera, islands

” 5 “ ”
era ,
. . . .
IL ] ON GE N E S IS . 39

( or fo ur chi ef rivers) . The nam e of the first is Pishon ‘

,

that which e ncom

p ass eth all the land of H avilah where ,

is gold ; an d the gol d of that land is goo d ; th ere is

be dalcha and burilla sto ne s A nd the nam e -

. of the
7
s e co nd river is Gichon, which encom pass e th all the
land of K ush A nd the nam e of the third river is
.
8

Digelath, which go eth to the east of A thur

’ l
A nd the .

fo urth river is Phe rat A n d the Lo rd God took Adam .

and pl ace d him in the garde n of E de n to cu l ture it an d

k ee p it A nd the Lord God co m m an de d Adam , saying,

.

O f eve ry tree of the garde n eati ng tho u m aye st e at b ut

O f the tre e of who s e fruit th ey who e at k no w b etween

oo d a nd e vil tho u sh alt not e at ; for in the da th at

g y
tho u eate st o f it dyi ng th ou s h al t die A nd the Lord
”
.

God s ai d, I t is not righ t that Adam shoul d be solitary

I will m ak e for him a h elper as for his sak e (or, as
suite d to him : H e b re w, keneg ao, as his c ou n terp art)
’
.

A n d the Lord God c re ate d fro m the earth e very b eas t

O f the fi el d an d e very fo wl of the h eav ens, an d bro ught

th em to Adam to see wh at he wou ld call him ; and

e v ery ( nam e by ) which Adam c al le d the living an i m al,

h
t at was its nam e A nd Adam call ed the nam e of all
.

cattle and of the fo wl O f the heaven an d of ev ery

, ,

beast of the field ; but to Adam was not fo und a

helper as for him A nd the Lo rd God thre w a sleep .

u po n Adam and he sle p t ; an d H e took one of his

,

ri bs an d fill ed with fles h in plac e thereo f ; an d the Lo rd

,

God b uilded the rib which H e too k fro m Adam i nto

Wo m an and H e b rou gh t he r un to Adam A nd Adam
,
.

sai d Thi s n ow ( thi s ti m e ) is bo ne of m y bo ne and fles h

, ,

of m fl s h : this sh all b e calle d Wo m an b ecau se fro m

y e ,

S am Vera , “
Phison -kadoph .
7 S am Vere
.
“
A skoph .

V
.

S am era , Chophin .
9
S am Vera ,
. K ephlosah .

V
.

1
S am ers King dom of H atsphu
V
. . .
,

S am . era , Consum ing thou shalt be con sum ed .

40 TA R GU M or om m s [ cu m

her h usb and thi s was tak en There fore sh all a m an .

fo r ake the co u ch ( be lls m i c/li ed, the sl ee pi ng ho use ) of

s -

his father an d his m o ther, an d s hall cl eav e to his wife,

and th ey s h all be O f o ne fle sh A nd th ey were both .

n ak e d, A dam an d his wi fe, an d we re not as ham ed .

III . A n d the ( p o
s e r ent re c rafci
y th
l ng/a) was
t an m
all the ani m al s of the fi el d which the Lo rd God had

m ade . A n d he s aid to the wo m an I s it in tru th ( th at) ,

the L ord sai d You sh all n ot eat O f e v ery tree of the

,

g a r de n ? A n d th e w o m a n s ai d to the s e r
pe n t O f th e ,

frui t of the tre e s of the g arden w e m ay e at bu t of the

fru it of the tre e which is i n the m i dst of the garden ‘
,

the L ord h ath s ai d Y ou s h all not eat of it , nor ,

app roach to i t l e t o u die nd the s e rpe nt s ai d to

‘
y ,
A s .

the wo m an N ot to die will you die : fo r it is m ani fe st

,

b e fore the L ord that in the day in which you e at of it

,

yo u r ey es will be o pe ne d an d you will be (ki rabrel in )

,
-

as the G re at o n e s k no win g goo d an d e vil A nd the

-
,
.

wo m an s aw that the tree was goo d to e at an d th at it ,

was sal u tary to the ey e s an d a tre e de sirabl e to con ,

te m pl ate ; an d she took of its fru i tage (aiba) an d ate ;

an d she gav e to her h usb and wi th her and he ate ,
.

A nd the e y es of b oth o f th e m we re O p ene d an d the y ,

k new that they were n ake d ; an d they se wed for them

sel v e s the l eav e s O f the fi g tree an d m ade for the m -
,

se lv es cin c tu re s A n d th ey h eard the v oice of the

.

Word of the Lord God walkin g in the garde n in the

e v e nin o f the da ; an d Adam an d his wi fe hi d th em
5
g y
s elv e s from b efo re the Lo rd Go d am o ng the trees of

the garden A nd the Lo rd God c alle d to Adam and

.

s aid to him Wh e re art thou ? A nd he sai d The

, ,

v oice O f T hy Word h eard I in the garden and I was ,

“
S am Vera ,
.
“
Paradise . S am Vera ,
. be consum ed.
“
S am Vera .
, calli ng them in Paradi se in the bre athing of the
 G
TA R UM or O m b os [
O RAL

Lo rd God sai d, Behold, m an is beco m e singular

alo ne,
‘3
y e s l
/ id ) i n th e w or ld b y hi m s e lf, kn o wi ng g ood
and evil ; and now, lest he stretch forth his h and and

take al so of the lhs e of Li fe and e at, a nd live for ever ;

' -
,

an d the Lord God s ent him forth fro m the garden

of E den to till the gro u nd fro m whence he had been

create d A n d H e drov e out the m an, and b efore the

.

g arde n o f E de n h e ca us e d to d we ll t h e k er nb ay a, an d
the sh arp s word which re volve d to k ee p the way of the
Tree of Life .

V
I A nd Adam k new H ava his wife, and she con
.

ceive d, and gav e b i rth to K ai n ; an d she said, I have

acqu i re d the m an from b efore the Lord A nd she .

adde d to give birthb rother H ab el A nd H abel

to his , .

was a sh e pherd of the fl ock and K ain a m an working ,

on the ro u nd A n d it w as at the e nd
( r m l
g . o co p e

m en t) of day s that K ain b rought of the p ro duct of the

,

e arth an oblatio n b e fore the Lo rd ; an d H ab el he

b rou gh t also of the first born of his sheep an d of their
-

fatli ngs A n d th ere was acc e ptableness b efore the

.

Lord in H ab el an d in his oblatio n ; b ut in Kain and

hi s obl ation there was not acc ep tableness A nd it was .

g r e atly di s ple as i n
g to K ai n an d hi s cou n te n anc e,w a s

do wncast A n d the Lo rd sai d to Kain Why art tho u

.
,

di spleased an d why is thy cou ntenance downcast ? I f

,

th ou do es t thy wo rk well is it n ot re m i tted to thee ? ,

an d i f th ou do est n ot th work well th sin u nto the

y y ,

day of j udgm ent is re serve d wh e n it will be exacte d of ,

th ee if thou co nv ert not : bu t i f thou co nve rt it is

, ,

re m itte d to th ee A n d K ain s p ak e wi th H ab el his

.

b ro ther ; and it was in their b eing in the field that

Kai n aro se against H ab el his broth er and killed him , .

A n d the L ord sai d to Kain Whe re is H abel thy ,

b ro ther ? A nd he s ai d I k no w n ot ; am I the keeper

,

S am . V era , as a branch .
I v. ] ON em srs . 43

of my brothe r ? i d Wh at hast thou done ?

A nd H e sa ,

The voice of the blood of ge ne ration s which were to

co m e fro m thy b ro the r co m plain e th b efo re Me fro m the

earth I A nd n ow accu rse d art thou fro m the earth

, ,

which hath op e ne d her m o u th an d re ceive d the bloo d

o f thy b ro th er fro m thy h and When thou tillest the .

earth it s hall not add to gi ve its virtu e to th ee ; a cas ta

,

way and a wanderer sh alt tho u be in the e arth A nd .

Kain said before the Lord Gre ater is m y guilt th an ,

m ay be fo rgiv e n Behol d Tho u h ast rej e cte d m e thi s

.
,

day from the fac e of the earth and from Thy p re sen ce ,

it is not po ssibl e to hi de ; and I sh al l be a c astaway

an d a wande rer in the e arth and any on e who fi ndeth ,

m e wil l slay m e A n d the Lord sai d to hi m There

.
,

fore any one who ki ll e th K ai n — u nto se ve n

ge neratio ns ,

it sh all be e xac te d of him A nd the Lord set u nto .

K ain a sign le st any one who fou nd him sho u l d kill

,

hi m A nd K ain went ou t from b e fore the Lord and

.
,

dwe l t in the land of the wan derer and o utcas t which 7

,

was m ade for him in the b e gi nnings in the garden of

E den A n d Kain kn ew his wife and she conceiv ed
.
,

an d b are H an och and he b e cam e the b u il de r of a city

, ,

an d c al le d the n am e of the ci ty afte r the nam e of his

s on H ano ch A nd th e re was b orn to H an och Irad

.
,

an d Irad b e gat M e h uj ael ; and Mahu ael b egat Me th u

j
8

sae l and M eth u sael b e at L em e k A n d L em e k to ok

, g .

u n to him two wiv e s the n am e of the on e A da an d the

, ,

nam e of the se co n d Zi llah An d A da b are J aval he.

was the m aster ( m l ) of all dwellers in te nts an d lo rds

o f c attle A nd the n am e of his b rother was Ju val
. He .

“
was the m as ter of all who play u po n the m o u th of the
pipe who k n o w the song of the harp and of the organ
, .

A nd Zill ah als o she b are T uv al k ai n the m aster of

,
-
,

7
S am Vere “
the L and of K eli
”
S am V ers
“
Mihal
pi
. . . .

S am Vera ,
”
chief.
9
. r nce , or
44. TARGUM or O N s os [
O R AL

all th e m who u n de rstand the working of b rass and

iron .
1
A n d the Tuv al k ain was Naam ah
sis ter of - .
’

A nd Le m e k s ai d to his wi v e s A da and Zill ah H ear m y ,

voice wive s of L e m e k atte nd to m y words : I h ave not

, ,

s lai n a m an th at on his accou nt I s houl d b e ar the con

,

de m n ation of death ; or de stroye d a you ng m an that o n ,

his accou n t m y p os terity s h oul d be consu m e d If .

s e v e n gen eratio ns are sus p e n de d u nto Kai n will th e re ,

n o t be to Le m e k his so n se v enty and se v e n ? A nd

Adam knew yet his wife and she b are a s on and called , ,

his n ame Sh e th Be cause sai d she the Lord h ath giv en , ,

m e an o th er son i nste ad of H abel whom K ai n sl e w

.
,
.

A n d to S heth al s o was bo rn a son and he call e d his ,

n am e E nos h Then in his day s the sons O f m e n de

.

s iste d ( or forbo re) fro m p rayi ng in the nam e of the Lo rd .

V This is the b ook of the ge ne rations of Adam

. .

I n the day th at the Lo rd Go d c re ate d m an i n the ,

rese m b lanc e o f Elohi m H e m ade hi m m al e an d fe m ale

’

H e cre ate d the m ; and H e bl esse d th e m and call e d th eir ,

n am e Man in the day th at th ey were c re ate d

,
A nd .

Adam liv e d a hun dred and thirty years and be gat in ,

his re s e m b lanc e ( one ) who was like to hi m sel f and he ,

calle d his n am e S heth A nd the days of Adam afte r .

he had b egotte n Sh e th w ere ei ght hu ndre d y e ar an d

'

s
,

he b e gat so ns and dau ghte rs A n d all the days of .

A dam whic h he live d we re n i ne hu ndre d and thi rty

ars an d he di e d
y e ,
.

A n d Sh e th liv e d a h u ndre d and fiv e y e ars an d b egat ,

E nos h A nd Sh e th li v e d afte r he had begotto n E nos h

.

e i ht hu ndre d an d se v e n y e ars a n d b e at s o ns an d
g g ,

dau ghte rs A n d all the day s of S heth were n i ne

.

hu ndred an d twelve y ears an d he die d , .

who m el t an d con oin . j S am . V

era , Zalkipha .

”
of A ngels .

afte r he had begotte n his substitute ( cfialiplm ) .

v. ] ON GEN E S I S .

A nd E nos h liv ed ni nety ye ars and b e gat K e inan , .

A n d E no s h li v e d afte r he had b e gotten K ei ne n e i ght

hu n dred and fi fte en ye ars and b e gat s o ns an d dau g hte rs ,
.

A n d all the days of E no sh were nine h un dred and fiv e

y e ars and he die d
, .

A n d K einan li v e d se v e nty y ears and be gat Mahalalel , .

A n d K e inan li v ed afte r he had be gotte n Mahalalel

e i gh t h u n dred and fo rty y e ars and b e gat s ons and ,

dau ghte rs A nd all the day s of K e inan were ni ne

.

hu ndre d and ten years an d he di e d , .

A n d Mahalalel liv e d si xty and fiv e years an d b egat ,

J ere d A nd Mahalalel li v e d after he had b e go tten

.

Je re d eigh t hu n dred an d thi rty ye ars and begat so ns ,

an d dau ghte rs A nd all the day s of Mahalale l were

.

e ig ht h u ndre d and ni n e ty an d fiv e y ears an d he di e d , .

A nd J ered l ive d an h u ndre d and s i xty an d two y e ars ,

an d b eg at H anok A n d J ere d liv e d afte r he had

.

b e go tte n H anok e ight h u n dre d y e ars an d be gat so ns ,

an d dau ghte rs A nd all the day s o f J are d were nine

.

hu ndred and six ty an d two y ears and he die d , .

A nd H anok li v e d sixty and fi ve years an d b egat ,

Methushelach A nd H anok walked in the fear of the

.

L ord afte r he had b ego tte n Methus helach th ree hun

,
Ii
,

dre d y ears and b e gat s o n s and dau ghte rs

, A nd all .

the day s of H ano k we re th ree h u ndre d an d s ixty an d

fi ve y e ars A nd H anok walk e d in the fe ar of the
.
.

Lord ; and he was not ; for the Lo rd had not m ade

him to die .
‘

A nd Methus he lach liv e d an hun dred and e i ghty and

se v e n years and b egat Lem ek , . An d Me thu shelach

li v e d after he had beg o tte n Le m e k '
v
se e n hu n dre d and

ei h ty an d two years and b egat sons an d dau ghte rs

g , .

5 '

Peshito S yi r ac and H anok pl

ease d Go d, after, &c
V
.

“
Peshi to ,
A loha took hi m . S am aritan e rsion, the A ngel
46 G
TA R UM or O N K E L O S [ O RA

A n d all the days of Methu shelach were nine hundrc

and si xty an d n i ne y ears, an d he di e d .

A nd Lem e k live d a h un dred an d e i gh ty an d tv

y ears, and be gat a son A nd he called his n an .

Noach saying This shall c onsole u s fro m the worl

, ,

and fro m the lab ou r of our h an ds fro m the earth whi t

the Lo rd h ath c urse d A nd L e m ek live d after he h :

.
,

b ego tten No ach fiv e hu ndre d an d ninety and five year

,

an d b egat so ns and dau ghters A n d all the days .

L em ek were sev en hundred and seventy and save

y ears an d he died
, .

VI A nd Noach was a son of five hu ndred year

.

and No ach b egat Sh em Che m an d Japhe th Ar , , .

it was when the sons of m e n had b egun to m ultip

u po n the e arth an d dau h ters were bo rn to the m th
g , ,

the s ons of the m i ghty saw the dau gh ters of m en th

7

th ey were b eau ti ful and to ok to th em wi ves o f a

,

who m th ey ple ased 8

A n d the Lord s ai d This at
.
,

n ratio n sh al l not stan d b efore m e for e v er be cam

g e e ,

th ey are fles h and th eir wo rk s are e vil

, A term ( c .

length ) will I give them an h u ndre d an d twenty year ,

if they m ay be co nve rted Gi ants were in the earth 1

'

tho se day s ; and als o when after th at the son s of tl

'

m ighty had go ne in u n to the dau gh ters of m en the ,

were b orn fro m them giants who fro m of old were m s

of n am e .

A n d the Lord saw that the wick edness of m an ht

m ultiplie d in the v y form ation ( o
e art h
, an d th at e er

im age ) of the th ou ght of his heart was only evil ever

day . A n d it re pe nte d the Lord in His Word th
H e had m ade m en u pon the earth A nd H e sai d ( .
,
1

H is that H e wou ld b reak th ei r strength accon

ing to His pleasure A n d the Lord sai d Man who.
,

7
Bne i ral re baia. The S am V ers. reads, sons of the rulers.

pi pi
.

O ther co es, that the y chose .

”
S om e co es om it this .
VL ] ON GEN E S I S . 47

I have m ade will I blot ou t fro m the face of the 1

earth — from m an to the b eas t, to the re p tile, and to

the fo wl s of he aven ; b ec aus e it re p e nteth Me in My
Word th at I h ave m ade th e m But Noach fo u nd .

m ercy b efo re the Lord .

SECTION II .

E L E H TO L E DO T H N O A CH .

TH E S E are the m em o rial sNo ach was a of Noach .

m an righteou s an d perfect i n his gene ratio n ; in the

fear of the Lord walke d No ach A nd Noach b egat .

three s o ns She m Chem and Y ape th

, , A nd the e arth
, .

was corru pte d b efo re the Lord an d the e arth was fille d ,

with violences ”
A nd the Lo rd saw the earth an d
.
, ,

behold it was corru pt be cause all flesh had corru p ted

, , ,

each one his way u po n the earth

, .

A nd the Lord sai d to No ach T he end of all flesh

‘

com eth b e fore Me b ecau se the earth is fille d with

,

violences fro m the face of th eir wicke d work s ; an d ,

behold I will de stroy th em wi th the earth

, Make .

thee an ark with the wo od of ce dar ; dwelli ngs sh alt

the n m ak e in the ark and ov erl ay it wi thin and withou t
,

with p itch A nd thu s shal t thou m ake it three hu n

.

dred cu bits shall be the le ngth of the ark fi fty c u bits ,

its breadth and thirty cu bits its h eigh t

,
A ligh t s halt .

tho u m ak e to the ark and at a cu bit sh alt thou com

,

1
p
S om e co ies ra d. A nd H e said I have created (them ) good, that
p p
,

they m ight be erfect on the earth ; but the have not be en erfect in y
”
( their) outspreading; and the L o rd s ai d I will bl ot out , dcc .

p pp
,

8am Vera , o ressions

” ”
O r, ra ines . . .
48 TA RGI M o r O N x E Los
'

[
CH A R

lete it abov e , an d the doo r of the ark tho u s h alt l c

p p a e

i n its si de Lo wer dwellings, se co nd and thi rd, s h alt

.

tho u m ak e in it I behold I do b ri ng the de l uge

. A nd , ,

o f waters u po n the e arth to des troy all fle sh in which is

the b re ath of li fe fro m u n de r the h e av ens Every .

thi ng that is o n the earth shall di e A nd I will es tab .

li sh My c ove nant with thee ; and tho u shalt e nter i nto

the ark tho u and thy s o ns and thy wi fe and the wives
, , , ,

o f thy s o ns with th e e A nd of all th at liv eth of all

.

fl e sh two and two of all that enter i nto the ark to abi de
with th ee m al e an d fe m al e sh all they be
, O f fo wl .

acc ordi ng to its kin d and of c attl e acco rdi ng to her

,

kind an d of e v ery cree ping thing of the earth afte r his

,

kind two of all shall e nte r with thee to abide A nd

, .

tho u take with th e e of all foo d which is eate n and

, ,

g ath er to b e with th ee ; an d i t sh all be for th ee and for

th e m to eat A nd No ach did according to all whi ch

.

the L ord had co m m and e d him so did he ,

.

VII A nd the Lord said to No ach E nte r tho u an d all

.
,

the m e n of thy h ou se i nto the ark ; fo r th ee h av e I seen

ri h teo u s b efo re Me in thi s ge neration O f all clean
g .

ani m al s tak e tho u se v e n and se ve n m ale and fe m ale ; ,

and of anim al s not cl e an two an d two m ale and , ,

fem ale . Also of the fo wls of h e av e n seven an d se ven , ,

m al e and fe m ale to co ntinue the s ee d u po n the face of

,

all the earth Becau se yet a ti m e of sev en day s and I

.

will c aus e rain to des ce n d u po n the earth forty days and

fo rty ni ghts an d I will b lot ou t e v ery su b s i sten ce which
,

I have m ade upo n all the face of the earth A nd No ach .

did accordi ng to all th at the Lord had instructe d him .

A nd N oach was a son o f six hu ndre d y ears ; and the

del uge of waters was u po n the e arth A nd N oach .

e nte re d and hi s s o ns an d his wi fe and the wives of his

, , ,

s ons with him i nto the ark from b efo re the wate r of the
,

Ye kuma . Tllp ’ld fl a .

50 TA RGUH o r O N II E L O S
[ O RAL

who se n s tr ls o i was the b reath of the Spirit of life of all ,

which was pon the u dry gro u nd died A nd e ve ry s ub , . .

sis te n ce was bl otted ou t that was u pon the faces of the

earth fro m m an to the beast to the re ptil e an d to the

, , ,

fo wl of h e aven it was blotted out fro m the earth and

, ,

No ach was left alone and they who were with him in ,

the ark A n d the waters pre vailed u pon the earth an

.

hun dred and fifty days .

VIII A nd the Lord rem em b ere d N oach and e very

.
,

livi ng thi ng an d all the cattl e which were with him in

,

the ark ; and the Lord caused a wind to p ass over the
earth ,and the waters rested an d the s p rings of the ,

aby ss were shut and the windows of the heav e ns and

, ,

the rain fro m the heavens was res trained and the waters ,

tu rned fro m on the earth going and returni ng ; and the ,

wate rs di m inis h e d fro m the end of a hundred and fifty

days A n d the ark res te d on the seventh m onth onthe
.
,

s e venteenth day of the m onth u pon the m o untains of ,

K ardu A nd the waters went and dim ini sh e d u ntil the

.
o

te nth m onth : in the te nth on the fi rst of the m o nth the , ,

heads of the m ou ntains app eared An d it was at the .

e nd of fo rty day s and No ae h op en ed the windo ws of the

,

ark whic h he had m ade A nd he sent forth a raven .

,

and goi ng he wen t out an d re turne d u ntil the waters ,

were drie d u pon the earth A nd he se nt forth a dove .

from ( being) with hi m to s ee whether the waters ,

were lightene d ( or co ns u m ed) from the surface of the

e arth . But the dove fo und no res t for the divi ding of
her foo t and she returned u nto hi m into the ark
, ,

b ecau se the waters were u pon all the earth ; and he

stretche d fo rth his h and and took he r and brou ht her
g , ,

to b e with him in the ark A nd he prolonged yet'

.

S am Vera , A l te borak Sa m ai l , Upon the m ountu ns S u ne dib ”

'

. .

y
The Pes chito S riac, Upon the m ountains of K ardu (A rm enia) .

7 Ve orik the S am aritan tex t has, Vol ts /te l, A nd he exp ected ;

the S am aritan V ers ion, Veasren, A nd he b li
e e ved, or confi ded yet,
”
M
var ] ON GE N E S IS . 51

seven days, and afterward added to se nd forth the dov e

from the ark . A nd the dove c am e to him at the ti m e
of e v ening, an d, b e hol d, a l eaf of oli ve b ro ke n O fl was
'

in her m o uth ; and Noach k ne w that the waters were

lighte ned from u po n the e arth A nd he prolonged yet
.

othe r se ve n day s, an d s ent forth the dov e, and s he added

not to return to be wi th him again A nd it was in the .

s ix -h u ndre dth and fi rst y e ar, in the b e inni n f the

g g o

first m onth, the waters were drie d fro m ofl the earth ;

'

an d Noach re m ove d the cov eri ng of the ark, and look e d,

and, b e hold, the face s o f the grou nd we re dry A nd in .

the second m o nth, in the se ventee nth day of the m on th,

the earth was fully dry .

A n d the L ord spake with No ach, sayi ng : Go forth

fro m the ark, thou , and thy wife, and thy s ons , and the
wives of thy s o ns wi th thee er li v ing thi ng which
Ev y .
.

is wi th thee of all flesh , of fowl, and of c attle, an d e very

creepi ng thi ng that c ree pe th u po n the earth, b ri ng fo rth

with thee , and the y shall ge nerate in the earth, and

s p re ad ab road an d m ul tiply u po n the earth A nd Noach .

went forth, an d his s ons, an d his wife , and the wives of

his sons with him ; every anim al, e ve ry reptile and
bird, eve rything which m oveth u pon the e arth after the ir
kind, we nt forth fro m the ark .

A nd No ach b u ilded an altar b efore the Lord, an d took

o f every clean beast and of e very cl e an bird, an d u plifte d

an offe ring u po n the altar A nd the Lord rece ive d with

.

appro val his o blati o n ; and the Lord sai d in H is Word,

8

I will not add to curse again the earth on ac count of the

u ilt of m an, be cau se the creation s o f the heart of m an
g
are evil from his infancy and I will not add agai n to
1

s m ite e very livi ng thing as I have do ne Yet all the days of .

y
Unto ( roach) his m ster y—S am Vet s
. . .

The se cret of the heart of m an I bid

”
-
. .

”
H is sm allness, seirs ia
.
52 TA RGUII or O N xE L os
[ O R AL

the eart h , seed-t old and heat and

im e an d harvest , an d c ,

s u m m e r and winte r and da an d ni ht shall not cease

y g , , .

I X A nd the Lord ble s sed N oach and his s ons and

.
,

s ai d to th e m Spread ab road and m ultiply and fill the

, , ,

earth A n d the fear of you and the dread of you shall

.

b e u po n ev ery beast of the earth and upon e very fowl ,

of the h e av ens in all which c ree peth u pon the earth and
, ,

i n all fi sh of the se a ; into your hands shall they be

deli v ered Every m ovi ng thing that liveth for you it
.
,

sh all be to e at ; as the gre e n h e rb I hav e iv n th

g e
yo u e

whole But the flesh with its life bloo d you s hall not
.
-

eat . A nd also yo u r bloo d of you r lives will I re quire ,

from e v ery beast will I re qui re it and from the hand O f ,

m an From the h and of the m an who sh eddeth the

.

b lood of hi s brother will I req uire the life of m an .

Who so sheddeth the bloo d of m an by witnesses u pon , ,

the s ente nce of the j u dges his bloo d shall be shed ; ,

b ecause in the im age of the Lord m ade H e m an A nd .

y o u s
, p rea d ab ro ad and m ul tiply ; b rin
g fo rt h in the

e arth an d m ul tiply th ere in .

A nd the Lo rd spake to N e ach and to his s ons with ,

him s aying A nd I behold I establi sh my covenant with

, , , ,

u and with yo ur childre n afte r ou and with ever liv

y o y y ,

ing thing which is with you of fo wl of cattle an d of every , , ,

beast of the field that is with you of all going forth from ,

the ark of e very anim al of the earth A nd I will estab lish .

My cove nant with you and all fles h shall not again be ,

consu m ed by the wate rs of a deluge nor shall th ere be ,

agai n a deluge to des troy the earth A nd the L ord .

s ai d Thi s is the S i gn of the cove nan t whi ch I appoint

,

iv e ) betwee n My Wo rd and b etwee n you and b e tween

(g , ,

e ve ry li ving s o ul that is wi th you unto perpe tual gene .

ratio ns I have set My how in the cloud and it shall

.
,

be for a sign of the co v enant between My Wo rd and

S am . V crs , of s ngcls.
”
 ON GE N E S I S . 53

b etween the earth A nd it shall be that wh en clou ding

.

I b eclo ud the earth the how shall be se en in the clou d

, ,

an d I will rem em b er the cove nant which is b etwee n My

Wo rd and between you and b etwee n every living so ul

, ,

of all fles h an d there sh all not be agai n the wate rs of a

delu ge to destroy all flesh A nd the how sh all b e in .

the clo ud and I will look u pon it to rem em b er the

, ,

e v e rlas ting cov e nant b etwee n the Wo rd of the Lo rd and

b etwee n every living soul of all flesh that is upon the

earth .A n d the Lo rd sai d Thi s is the S ign of the ,

c ov enant which I h av e establi sh e d b etween My Wo rd

and b e twee n all fles h whi ch is u po n the earth .

A nd the s ons of No s ch who went fo rth fro m the ark

were Shem an d Cham and Yapheth : and Cham is the
fath er of Ken aan These three are the sons of No ach
.
,

an d fro m the m was the whol e e arth ov ers pread A nd .

Noach began to be a m an worki ng on the earth ; and 3

b e plante d a vin ey ard and he dran k of the wine and ,

‘
,

was dru nk ; an d he was u ncov ere d in the m i dst of hi s

tent. A nd Cham the father of Kenaan saw the n ak e d
ne ss of his fathe r and he showe d to his two brethre n
,

withou t A nd Shem an d Yapheth took a m antle and

.
,

lai d it u po n the sho u l ders of b oth and went back ward , ,

an d covere d the nak e dne s s of th eir father ; and their

faces were av erte d and the nak edness of thei r fath er
,

th ey saw not A nd Noach awok e fro m his wine and

.
,

k ne w th at which his youngest son had done u nto him

and he sai d

Accurs ed be Kenaan ,

A worki ng servant s hall he be to his breth ren .

A nd he sai d
Bles se d be the Lord the God of Shem ,

A n d Kenaan shall b e serv ant u nto th em .

S am .
, A m an of husbandr y .

Clum H ayayin S am
'
ra, red wine H eb .
, . , A mra/l .
54 TAB GUI or O N n m s [
0 mm

The Lord shall enlarge Yapheth ‘

,

A nd he shall m ake his S hekinah to dwell in the

tabernacles of Sh em
A nd Ke naan shall be servant unto them .

A nd N oach live d afte r the delu ge three hu ndred and

fifty ye ars A nd all the days of No ach were nine hun
.

dre d and fi fty ye ars ; and he died .

X A nd these are the generati ons o f the sons of

.

N oach She m Che m and Yapheth and sons were born

, , ,

to th e m after the del uge The sons of Yapheth C orner .

, ,

and M agog and Madai and Y av an and Thuval and Me

, , , ,

sh e k and Tiras
, A nd the s ons of Gom er A s hkenaz and
.
, ,

Rephath andThogarm ah A nd the sons o avan E lishah

, .
,

an d Th arshis h Kitti m and D odan i m , From these were .

the isle s (nay vatll ) of the pe oples di vi ded in thei r lands ,

e ach accordin t h i la c o d i t th i f m i
g o s n
g g
u a e a c r ng o e r a ,

lies in th eir nations An d the so ns of Chem Kus h and

.
, ,

Miz raim and Phut and Ke naan A nd the sons of

, , .

Ku sh Seba and Chavilah an d Sabe tha and Raam ah

, , , , ,

and S abte k ah; A nd the so ns of Raam ah She ba and ,

De dan A nd K u sh b egat Ni m ro d : he began to be a

.

powerfu l m an in the earth H e was a powerful m an .

b efore the Lord : th erefore it is sai d Lik e Nim rod ,

the m an of m i gh t b efo re the Lord A nd the head .

b
( ge i nn i n
g) o f hi s ki n
gd o m w as B e v el an d E re k an d , ,

Akad and K alneh in the land of Bav el From that land

,
- ‘
.

he went forth to A thura and built Nine ve h an d the city

7
, ,

of Re chov and K al ach an d Re sen be tween Nine veh

’ ll ”
, , ,

and Kal ach which was a great city, A nd Miz raim .

b egat the L udaee and A nam aee and L e habae e and ,

’
, ,

N aphtuhae e, and Pathrusaee, an d K aslu chaee, from

who m cam e forth the Pe lis htaee an d K apu tkaee .

’
Yap fi ti I s ia I Yep /u tls . Yap he fl a signifi es enlargem ent .

S am Vers , Zopha 7 “
A stun S atks l
p
. . . . .

“ ” “ “ ”
L ukisa . As a. E nam b u .
 XL ] on e m srs . 55

A nd Kenaan begat Zi don his firstborn , and Cheth , and

the Jebusaee, Girgashee, and H ivaaee,

and A m oraee, and

an d A rk aee, and An tasae e, and A rv adaee, and Ze m araee,

and Cham athaee : an d afterwards the see d of the

K enaanaee were scattere d abroad A nd the fro ntier of

K e naanaah was from Zi do n, co m ing to G erar and to
Az z a, com ing unto Sedom , an d Am orah, and Adm ah,
an d Ze boi m , unto L ash a The se are the sons of Che m ,
.

according to th eir p ro geni es, to the ir languages, in their

lands, in th e ir peoples .

A nd of She m was b orn : ( als o he is the father of all

the sons of E b er, an d the b rother of Yapheth the
Great the so ns of Shem , Elim , and As s hur, and
Arphaxad, and L ud, and Aram A nd the sons of Aram , .

Uz , and Chul, and Gether, and Mash A nd Arph axad .

begat S helach ; and S helach be gat Eber A nd to E ber .

were born two sons : the nam e of the one was Peleg
b ecau se in his day the e arth was di vi ded A nd the .

nam e of his b rothe r was Y oktan A nd Y ok tan begat .

A lm o dad, and Sheleph, and Chatsarm aveth, and Yarech,

an d Chadorem , and Uz al, and D ikelah, and Obal, and

A vim aél, and Sheba, an d Ophir, and Chavilah, and

Y ohab : all these are the s ons of Yoktan A n d the ir .

dwelli ng was from M es h e , com ing to S eph ar, an

’
'

easte rn m o untain These are the sons of Sh em ;

.

accordi ng to th eir p ro gen i es, acco rdin to th eir lan

g
uages, in th eir lands, in th ei r p e o ples Th i th
g es e a e e
'
.

ro eni es of the so ns of No ach, by thei r enerati o ns, in

p g g
th eir p eoples : and by th em were the p eo ples ou tsp re ad
in the earth after the delu ge .

XI An d all the earth was of one language an d

.

on e s pee ch A nd it was in the ir m igrations at the

—S m
.

“
Misbal ”
a .

V p
.

“
S am . era , This is the orti on of the sons.

H eb , their rem oval from the

‘
east S yriac , I t was while
they ascended from the ou t. ”
56 TA BGUI or om nos [
cm n

beginning that th ey foun d a plain in the land of

,

Bab e] an d
, dw l
e t th ere — A nd they sai d a m an to his ,

co m panion Co m e let u s cast bricks and bak e them

, ,

in the fi re A nd th ey had b rick for sto ne an d b itu

.
,

m e n for m ortar A nd the y sai d Co m e let us b u ild a

.
, ,

city and a to wer the head of it co m ing to the pinnacle

, ,

of the h eav e ns A nd we will m ak e to us a nam e lest

.
,

we be dis pe rse d u p on the face o f all the earth A nd .

the L ord was re v e al e d to p uni sh the wo rk of the city

and the to wer which the s o ns of m e n had b uilded .

A n d the Lord s ai d Be hol d the pe ople is one and the

, ,

language one wi th all of the m : and thi s is what they

begin to do A nd now n othi ng will be res trai ne d fro m
.

th e m of wh at th ey im agi ne to do Com e We will be .

,

m anifes t an d will confu se th eir langu age th ere th at a

, ,

m an shall not he ar the l angu age of his com pani o n .

A nd the Lo rd di s pe rse d the m fro m thence u pon the

face of all the e arth and th ey we re restrai ned from
,

buil di ng the city There fore the n am e of it is called

.

Con fusion b ec au se the Lord there co nfused the to ngu e

o
,

o f all the e arth an d fro m th e nce the L ord dis p ersed

,

th e m u po n the fac e o f all the e arth .

Thes e are the gene rations of S he m S hem was a son .

o f a h un dred y e ars an d he b e gat Arphaxad two y ears

, ,

after the de l uge A n d Sh em live d afte r he had be

.

o tte n Arphaxad five h u n dre d y ears and b e gat so ns

g ,

and daughter A nd Arph axad lived thi rty an d fi ve

s .

y ears and b egat S helach A nd Arphaxad lived after

,
.

he had b egotte n S helach four h undred and thirty ye ars ,

and b e gat son s an d dau gh ters .

A nd S helach liv e d thirty y ears an d be gat E ber ,

.

A nd S helach li v e d afte r he had b ego tte n Eb er four

hundred and three y ears and b egat s ons and dau ghters ,
.

A nd E ber live d thi rty an d fo ur y ears and begat ,

Babel . S am . V era ,
“
Lilaq .
58 r u s t) ! or oa os [
orm n

SECT ION 111 .

m e n L E CHA .

XII Am : the Lord sai d to A r m , Go thou away

.

fro m thy cou ntry, and from the house of thy father, to
the land which I will sho w th ee A nd I will m ake .

th ee to (be ) a great pe opl e, and will bless th ee, and

m agnify thy nam e, and tho u sh alt be blesse d A nd I .

will bl ess hi m who b lesseth th ee, an d him who curse th

th ee I will c urse ; and thro u gh th ee all the proge nies
of the e arth s hall be b les se d A nd Abram we nt away, .

ac co rdi ng as the Lord had spok en to hi m , and L ot

went with him A nd Abram was a son of se v enty and

.

fi ve y ears in his fo rthgoing from Ch aran A nd Ab ram .

took S ara his wi fe, and L ot his brother s s on, and all
’

the po sse ssio ns which th ey po ssessed, and the s o uls whom

th ey had m ade su bj e ct to the law in Charan, and went
forth to go i nto the l and of K enaan ; an d they cam e
u nto the land of Ke naan A nd Abram travers ed .

thro u gh the land u nto the place o f Shekim u nto the

°
plain of Moreh 3 an d the K enaanah was then in the land .

A nd the Lord rev eale d Him self unto Abram , and said,
To thy s o ns will I give thi s land A nd he b uilded .

th ere an altar b efore the Lo rd who had b een re vealed

to him A nd he as cen de d from th ence to the m o u ntain
.

e ast of B e th E l, and s p re ad ou t his tab ernacle, having

Beth E 1 on the west and Ai on the east ; and he b u ilded

th ere an altar b efo re the Lord, and prayed in the
n am e of the Lo rd A nd Ab ram m i grated, going and
.

m i grati ng to the sou th .

7 S am . V
era , unto the cit y of S hekam
V pl i
.

S am . era, the a n or valle y of vi sion.

x xn . ] ON GE N E S I S . 59

An d there was a fam ine in the land, and Abram

went do wn to Miz raim
ojourn th ere becau se the, to s ,

fam ine was strong in the land A n d it was that as he .

dre w nigh to en ter Miz rai m he sai d to S ara his wife ,

Be hold n ow I kno w th at thou art a wom an beautiful

,

in sigh t ; and it will be that when the Miz raee see thee
th ey will say This is his wife ; and they w ill kill m e,
,

and thee will they reserv e S ay now thou art m y sis .

,

ter that it m ay be well wi th m e through th ee and m y

, ,

life m ay be preserv ed thro u gh thy words A n d it was .

that when Abram had entere d into Miz rai m the Miz ,

raee saw the wo m an th at she was s i n ularly fair n d

g a

the princes of Pharaoh s aw her and extolled her to ,

Pharaoh and the wo m an was taken to the house of

Pharaoh A nd A bram was well treated o n account
.

of her A n d he had sh eep and oxen, an d asses and

.
, ,

servants an d m ai dens
, and cam els A n d the Lord , .

brou ght u pon Pharaoh great plagues and u pon the ,

m en of his ho u se for the affai r of Sara the wife of

,

A bram A nd Pharaoh calle d Abram and s ai d What

. ,

is this that thou hast done to m e ? Why di dst thou not

show m e that she is thy wife ? Why sai dst tho u S he is ,

m y sister —s e th at I would h av e tak en her to m e to

,

wi fe ? A n d now b ehol d thy wi fe : take and go

,
A nd ,
.

Pharaoh instru cted the m en concerning him and they ,

condu cted him away and his wi fe and all th at he had

, ,
.

XII I A nd Abram went u p from Miz raim he and

.
,

his wife and all that he had and L ot with him u nto
, , ,

the south A nd Abram was exceeding stro ng in cattle

. ,

in silver and in gold ; an d he proce eded according to

,

his encam pm ents from the s ou th an d u nto B eth el u nto , ,

the place where he had s pread his tab ernacle at the

fi rst b etween Beth el and Ai ; to the place of the altar
,

S am . Vera betw
,
“
een Beth-sheila and Kaphrah .
60 TA BGUI or onn nos [ su n

which he had there m ade A b ram at the first : and

p ray ed there in the N am e of the Lord A nd L ot also, .

who wen t with Ab ram , had sh eep and o xen and tents .

A nd the land could not s u pport the m , th at they m ight

dwell toge the r A nd th ere was conte ntion betwee n the
.

sh e ph e rds of the fl ock of Ab ram and the sh e ph erds of

the fl ock of L ot ; and the K enaanah and the Pheriz aah

th en dwelt in the land A nd Ab ram said to L ot, L et
.

the re n ot now be co nte nti o n b etween m e and th ee, and

b etween m y she phe rds an d thy sh epherds ; for m en,
b reth ren, are we I s not all the land before thee ?
.

S ep arate now fro m m e : if thou to the north, I to the

so u th and if the n to the s ou th, I to the north An d .

L ot li fted u p his ey es , and saw all the plain of Y ardena

th at it was altoge the r a watere d place, — b efore the
—
Lord had destroye d S edo m and A m orah, as the gar
den o f the Lo rd , the lan d
Miz rai m com ing u nto
as of

Zo ar A nd L e t chose to him all the plai n of Yardena ;

.

and L ot we nt fo rth b efo re an d they we re se p arated ,

e ach m an fro m his b ro th er Ab ram dwelt in the land .

o f K e naan and L ot dwel t in the ci ties of the plai n an d

, ,

e xte nde d u nto S e do m A nd the m e n of Se do m were

.

wick e d in th ei r riche s and g uilty in th ei r bo dies before

,

the Lo rd greatly A n d the Lord said to Ab ram after

. ,

L ot was sep arate d fro m him Li ft u p now thi ne eyes ,

and see fro m the pl ace where thou art the nc e to the
, ,

n o rth and to the s o u th and to the eas t an d to the

,

we s t ; for all this land th at thou s eest to thee will I ,

g iv e it and
,
to th y chi ld re n for e v er A nd I will p lace .

thy chil dre n nu m e ro u s as the dust of the e arth ; so that

as it is n ot po ssibl e for a m an to n u m b er the dust o f

the e arth so also thy s ons s h all n ot be nu m b ere d

,
.

Arise go th rough the l and in its length and in its

, ,

breadth ; for u nto thee will I gi ve it A nd Ab ram .

s p re ad his tent c d d l i h pl i f
( ) an d am e an , w e t n t e a n o
xrv .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 61

M am re whi ch is n ear H e bron ,

1
an d buil ded there an

altar before the Lo rd .

XIV A nd it was in the days of Am raphel, ki ng o f

.

Bab el, Ari c k, king of E lasar, Kedar laom e r, ki ng of E lam , -

an d Thidal, ki ng of p eo pl e s, ( th at) th ey m ade war wi th

Bera, ki ng of Sedom and with Birsha king of Am ora , , ,

Shenah king of A dm ah Shem e ber king of Zeboim and

, , , ,

the ki ng of Bel a whi ch is Zo ar All these were

, .

as se m bl e d at the pl ai n o f the fi e l d which is ( now) the ,

place of the sea of s al t Twelv e y e ars they had serve d .

K edar le o m e r and in the thirtee nth y e ar they re belled

-
, .

A nd in the fo u rte en th y ear c am e K edar laom er and -

,

the kings who were with him and s m o te the gian ts who ,

were in As htaroth Karnai m and the m igh ty who were ,

in Che m ta and the terribl e ones who were in Shav e h

,

K iryathai m and the Horace who were in the

,

m o u n tai n of S e ir u nto the pl ain of Paran whic h li e th

,

u po n the de s ert A n d th ey tu rn e d an d cam e to the

.
,

lai n of the division of j u dgm e nt which is Rekam and

p , ,

s m o te all the fi el ds of the A m alkaah and al s o the ,

A m oraah who dwelt in E in gadey

’
A nd the king o f - .

Se do m and the ki ng of A m oraah an d the king of

, ,

Adm ah an d the ki ng of Ze boi m and the king of Bela

, , ,

which is Zo ar we nt fo rth and s et the b attle in array

,

agai nst the m in the pl ai n of the fi e l d with Ke dar ,

laom er king o f Elam and Thidal ki ng of people s and

, , ,
8
,

A m raphel king o f Bab e l and At i e k king of E las ar

, , ,

fo ur kings against fi ve A nd the pl ain of the fie l d had .

m any pi ts fro m which th e y rais e d asph alta ; and the

,

kings of S edo m and A m orah fle d and they fell there ,

and they who re m ai ne d fl e d to the m o u ntai n A nd .

Peachito S yr , A nd A braham dwelt

. am ong the oak groves of

M amre Am uroyo, whi ch is by H ebron

”

V
.

”
S am era , H aphinith
V
. .

S am . era , Thidal, king-shultan of the Cham ai .

62 rn e m r or om nos [
on e

they took all the possession of

S edom and A m ereh, and
all thei r foo d, and wen t A nd they captured L ot and his
.

su b stance , son of the b rother of Ab ram , an d went .

A nd he had dwelt in S e do m A nd ( one) cam e from .

those es caped, and showed to Abram the I vraall ; and be

had rem ained in the plain of Moreh A m oraah, the
b rother of E shkol and brother of A ner ; and they were
Ab ram s m en of cove nant A nd A bram heard th at his
’
.

b rother had b een captured ; and be arm ed the young

m en born in his house, th ree h un dred and eigh teen, and
p ursu ed u nto Dan A nd be divi ded against them by
.

night, he and his servants, and s m ote th e m , and pursu ed

them u nto Ho b a, which was north ward of Dam asek

‘
.

A n d he recovered all the s ubstance, and L ot also, the

son of his brother ; and his su b stance he recovered, the

wo m en also, and the pe ople A nd the king of S edom .

cam e out to m eet him after returning fro m the s m iting

of K edar-laom e r and the kings who were with him , at

the plai n of Mephana, which was the k ing s place of

‘

racing . A nd Malki z e de k, ki ng of Yerushele m , b ro u ght

- ‘

forth bread and wine and he was m inister

°
f E I L AA H, and he blessed him,
( m es/l a m ent) b e o re L L

an d sai d

Blessed be A b ram bf
e ore El mash
p
,

Whose ossession is heaven an d earth

A nd blessed be El mash}
Who hath delivered thine enemies into thine hand .

A nd he gave him one in ten of the whole A nd the .

ki ng of S edo m said to Abram , Give m e the souls, and

the s ub stan ce tak e thou A n d Ab ram said to the king
.

of S e do m , I hav e u plifte d m y h ands in p ray er b e fore

S am V era ,
“
Phoga
V
. .

S am . ers .
, A nd he was K ohen of the Most Might y
V
.

the Most Mighty. who, a shield, hath delivered. &e

7
S am . era ,
"
.
x v. ] ON e ar ners . 63

the Lord God m o st high who se possession is h eaven ,

and e arth : if from a thread u nto the s ole of a s an dal I

tak e of all th at is thi ne ( and not th at tho u sho u lds t

,

say I h ave e nrich e d Ab ram ) exc e pt o f the foo d for the

, ,

yo un g m en and the share of the m e n who went with m e

,
’

A m er E shkol and M am re th ese will rece ive their share s

, , , .

XV After thes e things the wo rd (p it/lgam a) of the

.

“
Lo rd cam e to Abram in prophecy saying Fear not , , ,

Abram My Word (Mam ra) sh all be thy strength and thy ,

ex ce eding great reward A nd Ab ram sai d Lord God .

, ,

what wilt Tho u give m e and I go withou t a child : and ,

thi s son of b u siness ( Mr p fiargam a) who is in My hou se

is the Dam asekah E lieser ? A nd Abram s ai d Be hold , ,

Tho u hast not giv en m e a child and behold the so n of , , ,

m y ho u se is m y he ir An d lo the word ( p i t/y awn) of

.
, ,

the Lord was wi th him sayi ng This sh all no t be thy , ,

heir but a son whom tho u shalt be get will be thine

,

heir A nd H e le d him wi thou t and s ai d Behold now

.
, ,

the heav ens and nu m b er the stars i f tho u art able to

, ,
“
n u m b e r the m ; and H e sai d to him So will be thy s o ns , .

A nd he b eli ev e d in the Word of the Lord ( M em ra da ,

Yey a ) and H e re ckoned it to hi m u nto j u stifi cation

, .

A nd H e sai d to him I am the Lord who brou ght th ee

, ,

fo rth fro m Ura of the K asdaee to give th ee thi s land to ,

in he rit it A nd he said Lord God by what m ay I

.
, ,

know that I s hall inherit it ? A nd He sai d to him ,

Brin g Me thre e calv e s an d three goats and three ram s

, , ,

and a tu rtle dove an d the you ng of a pi ge o n

, A nd he .

brought before Hi m all these A nd he divi ded them .

e qu ally an d se t the divisio ns a divi sio n against his

,

fell o w ; bu t the b irds he did not divi de A nd the fowl .

descended upon the divisions an d Ab ram drave the m ,

The S am has also bm bia,

. in p ph y
ro ec

V
.

S am
”
era , cl ahpsk, thy
' '

. successors .
 64 TA R GUM or os u nos [
0 mm

awa y . A nd it was s u nset, and slee p

fell u po n A b ram
an d, lo, a ho rro r of gre at dark ness fell u pon hi m A nd .

H e sai d u nto Ab ram , Kno wing thou shalt k n o w that

thy s ons wil l be s ojourners ( or aliens) in a lan d not
th eirs, and th ey will serv e am o ng th em ; and th ey will
afflic t th e m fo ur h u n dre d y e ars A nd the pe opl e whom
.

th ey will se rve I will j u dge, and afterwards they shall

g o fo rth wi th m u ch s u b s tance A n d tho

. u s h a lt b e

g ath e re d t o thy fath e rs i n pe ace , and s h alt b e b ur i e d 1

i n

g oo d o ld age A nd in the fo u rth a e ( or

.
g g e n er a t io n
)
th ey wi ll return hi ther ; b e cause not (yet) co m ple te is
the gu ilt of the A m oraah A nd it was at the going
.

away of the su n, an d the re was darkness A nd be hold

.

a furnac e th at b urne d, an d a flam e of fire which pas sed

b etwee n those divi sio ns I n that day the Lord com

.

p ac te d w i th Ab ra m a cov en an t, sayi ng , To th y so n s w ill

I gi ve this lan d ; fro m the river of Miz raim unto the
reat riv er, the riv e r of Pherat, the S halm aee, and the
’
g
K eniz aee, and the K adm onaee, and the Hi ttaee, and the
Pheriz aee, and the Gibbaraee , and the A m oraee, and
the K enaan ae e, and the Girgashae e, and the Yebu saee .

XVI A nd Sara wife of Abram had no child ; and

.

she had an h an dm ai d, a Miz re tha, and her nam e was

H agar A n d Sara sai d to Abram , Behold now, the

.

Lord hath restraine d m e fro m chil dbearing ; go in now

to m y h an dm ai d, if, p erh ap s, I m ay h ave s ons fro m her .

A nd Abram rec e ive d the word of Sara A n d S ara wife

.

of Ab ram to ok H agar her han dm ai d, the Miz retha, at

the en d of te n y ears of Ab ram s dwelli ng in the land of

’

Kenaan, and gav e her to Ab ram her hu sban d to be his

wi fe ; an d he wen t in u nto H agar, and she co nce i ved,
an d she saw th at she had co nc e iv e d, and her m istress

was despi sed in her eye s A n d Sara sai d to Ab ram ,

.

S am Vera,
.
gathered . S am Vera
.
“
the riv er of S haln ah.
66 rm e m r or oxn nos [0 mm

XVII An d Abram was son of ninety and nine years

.

an d the Lord was re veal ed to Abram , an d said to hi m ,

I am E l-s/ladas serve b efore Me, and be perfect

'

an d I will se t a covenant between My Word and thee,

an d I will m u lti ply thee exceedingly m uch A nd A bram .

fell on his face an d the Lord spake with hi m , saying,

Behold, I hav e dedicated My covenant with the e, and
tho u shalt be the fathe r of m any peoples, and thy nam e
shall no m o re be calle d Abram ; bu t thy nam e shall be

Abraham , b e cau se the father of m any pee ples have I

appoi nte d ( i v en thee A d I i ll s p read th ee ab road
g ) n w.

v ery gre atly, and I will appoint to thee that assem blies
an d ki ngs, who sh all rule the pe opl es, from thee shall

co m e forth A nd I will es tablish My covenant between

.

My Word and th ee, and thy sons after thee unto

p e rpetu al generations, to b e un to thee a Go d, and to
thy so ns after th ee A nd I will giv e to thee and to
.

thy s ons after th ee the land of thy habitation, all the

lan d of K enaan, for an e verlasting po sses sion ; an d I
will be u nto them E loha A nd the Lo rd s ai d to
.

Abrah am , A nd tho u My covenant shalt keep, thou and

thy so ns after the e in the ir generations This is My .

covenant which you shall kee p b etween My Word and

an d th n after th e e, to circ um ci se e ve ry m ale
y o u y so s

th at is am o ng you A n d you sh all circum cise the flesh

.

of you r fo re skin, an d it s h all be for the s ign of the

cov enant b etween My Wo rd an d ou A nd the so n of

y .

ei gh t day s sh all be circu m ci sed am o ng you e very m ale

in yo ur ge ne rations, born in the ho use, or bou ght with

m o ney, of e v e ry son of the p e oples , who 18 not of thy
son s, circum ci si ng you sh all circu m cise the one born in

the hous e, and him bou ght with m oney ; an d it s hall

S am . Vere A nal: Cl ue lalt S ap at e la, I am the Mighty, the

S u ffi cient . S yr , E l S hadai A la/ta
. .

7
'

Sizeh m .
x vn ] . ON GE N E S IS . 67

be My covenant in you r fl esh for a co enant v for v

e er.

A nd the m ale who is circum cise d in the fl esh of his

not

foreskin that m an shall pe ri sh from the people ( be cause )

,

he h ath m ade voi d My covenant .

A nd the Lord sai d to A brah am The nam e of Sara thy ,

wi fe s h all not be called S ara for S arah sh al l be her ,

n am e : an d I wil l bl e s s he r an d I will als o giv e th e e a

,

s on fro m her an d I will b less her and assem bli es an d ,

kings which hav e dom inio n over peoples from her shal l
be . A n d Ab rah am fell u po n his fac e and rejoiced and ,

sai d in his h e art Will the s on of a h u ndre d y ears

,

have a child an d Sarah the dau ghte r of ni nety y ears

,

b ring forth ? A nd Abraham sai d before the Lord 0 ,

th at Yishm ael m ay be establi sh ed b efore th ee ! A nd the

L ord sai d I n v erity Sarah thy wife sh al l b ear thee a
,

son an d thou sh alt c all his n am e Iz h ak ; and I will

,

establi sh My covenant with him for an everl asting

c oven ant to his s on s after him A nd con cernin g .

Y is hm ael I h ave acce pted thy prayer Behol d I h ave .

,

b l e ssed him an d I will sp re ad him ab ro ad very greatly

, .

T welve princes will he b eget and I will set him ( as) a ,

g reat
p e opl e B u t My . cov en an t I w ill e sta b li s h wi th
Iz h ak whom S arah shall b ear to thee at this tim e in the
, , ,

y e a r follo w i n g A n d wh e n H e
. h a d e nd e d t o sp e a k wi th
him the Glory of the Lord ascende d u p from Ab rah am
, .

A n d Abraham took Yishm ael his son and every one ,

born in his hou e and eve ry one bo ught with his m o ney
s
, ,

e v ery m ale the m en of the ho u se of Abraham and

, ,

ci rc um ci se d the fl esh of thei r fore skin in th at v ery sam e

day wh e n the Lord had spok e n with him A nd .

Ab raham was son of ninety and nine years when he ,

circ um ci se d the fl es h of his foreski n An d Yishm ael .

his son was son of thirtee n y ears wh en the fl es h of ,

his foreskin was circu mci se d I n th at sam e day .

3
S am . V era, the A ngel of the L ord .
”
68 rans o m or os x nnos [ em u

Ab rah am was c rcu m c se d, an d

Yishm ael his son, an d all
i i
the m e n of his ho use, ( wh eth er) bo rn in his house,
or bo u ght with m o ney from the so ns of the Ge ntiles,

were circ u m ci sed with him .

SECTION IV .

vm r
nna .

XVIII A N D the . Lor d was re ealed

v to him in the
Vale of Mam re and he sat in the door o f the tent
whil e the da was hot A n d h e lifted u p his ey es and
y .

look ed and b e hol d three m en stood to wards him and

, , ,

he saw an d ran fro m the doo r of the tent to m e et them

, ,

and wo rs hipp e d u po n the earth An d he said Lord .

, ,

if now I h av e fou nd favo ur in Thine eyes p ass no t I , ,

p ray fro m Thy servant Acce pt now a little water and

, .
,

was h yo ur fee t and re cline u nder the tree and take a

, ,

m o uthfu l of b re ad and stre ngthen yo ur hearts after

, ,

ward you sh all p ass ou ; b e caus e for this you have com e
ov er u nto yo ur serv ant A nd H e said So do as thou .
,

h as t spoke n A n d A braham h astened to the te nt to

.

S arah and sai d Make haste wi th three seyi n of the

, ,

fl o ur of m eal m ix and m ake cakes ,

A nd to the herd .

ran Ab rah am an d took a c alf tender and goo d and

, , ,

g av e to a yo u n g m an an d he h as te ne d to dress him, .

A nd he took b u tter and m ilk and the calf whi ch he ,

had prepare d and set b e fore the m and he waite d u po n

, ,

th e m u nder the tree and they ate A nd H e said to

,
.

hi m Wh ere is S arah thy wi fe ? A nd he sai d Be hold

, , ,

in the te nt A n d H e said Return i ng I will return to

.
,

th ee according to the ti m e that you sh all re vive and

, , ,

b ehol d Sarah thy wife shall hav e a son An d S arah

, .
xvm .
] ON GE N E S I S . 69

h eard in the door of the tent and it was b ehi nd Him , .

A nd Abrah am and S arah we re old and adv ance d in

days an d wi th Sarah had ceased to be the way of
,

wo m en A n d S arah lau ghe d within h erself sayi ng

.
, ,

After th at I am old S hall I hav e a child and m y lord ,

b i l so ld d h Lo rd sai d to Ab rah am
( e n g a ) o ? A n t e ,

Where fore lau ghe d Sarah sayi ng Can it be in truth , ,

th at I sh all b ri ng forth an d I b ei ng old , What word

is hi dden fro m befo re the Lord ? A t the tim e I will
return to th e e acco rdi ng to the ti m e th at you S h all
,

re viv e an d S arah sh al l h ave a s on

, A nd S arah denie d .
,

s ayi ng I l au gh ed not : for S he was afrai d

, A nd He .

s ai d N o bu t thou di dst lau gh

, , A nd the m en arose
then ce and looke d to wards the face of Sedo m ; an d
,

Abrah am went with them to accom pany them A nd .

the Lord said Shall I conceal fro m Abrah am what I

,

am doi ng ? A nd Ab raham shall be i ndee d a p e ople

m any an d stro ng and in him S hall all the p e oples of
,

the earth be blesse d ; b e cau se it is m an ifest be fore m e

th at he will instru c t his children and the m en of his ,

ho u se after him to keep the ways which are right be fore

,

the Lo rd to do ri ghte ou sne ss and j u dgm ent ; that the

,

Lo rd m ay bring u pon Abraham that which H e hath

s p oken con cerni ng him A nd the Lord sai d The
.
,

cry of Se dom an d A m orah [is h eard b efo re Me] be

cau se it is gre at an d the gu ilt of th e m is v e ry m ig hty

,

I will now see an d will j u dge wheth er they do accord

, ,

i ng to the report of th em whi ch h ath asc ende d b efore

me . I will deal with them thoroughly u nless they
c on vert ; but if the y conve rt I will not p uni s h A nd
,
.

the m en turned away fro m th e nce and went toward ,

S e do m A nd Abraham yet m in i stere d in prayer b efore

.

the Lo rd An d Ab raham approached an d sai d Wilt

. , ,

T he n in anger des troy the ri ghteo u s with the guilty ?

, ,

K e be latl .
70 u nc un or om nos [
CR A B

I f pe rhaps th ere be fifty righteous within the ci ty, wilt

Tho u in ange r destro y and not forgive the place for the
fi fty ri gh teo us who are withi n it ? More true are Thy
j u dgm ents th an that Thou sho uldst do a thing like that,
to destroy the j us t wi th the gu i lty, and that the j ust
s houl d be as the g u ilty ! T hy j u d m ents are true !
g
Can the Ju dge of all the earth but do ju stice ? A nd
the Lo rd sai d, If I fi nd in Sedo m fifty righteou s in the
m i dst of the ci ty , I will spare all the place for their
sak e .
l
A n d Ab raham answere d and s ai d, Be hold, I
h ave done a great thing, to speak before the Lord, and
I du s t and as hes l Perhaps of the fifty righteous there
m ay be wanting fiv e : sh all all the city perish through
five ? A nd H e said, I will not des troy, if I find there
forty and five A nd he added yet to s peak before Hi m,
.

an d s ai d, Pe rh aps forty m ay be fo und there A nd He .

sai d, I will not m ak e the end on account of the fort

y .

A n d he s ai d, L et not the ange r of the Lord n ow kindle,

and I will s peak P erhaps thirty shall be found there
. .

A nd H e sai d, I will not m ak e the end if I fi nd there

thirty A n d he sai d, Behold, I h ave do ne a great thing
.

to s p eak b e fo re the Lord : perh aps twenty sh all be found

th ere A nd H e sai d, I will not des troy for the sak e of
.

twe nty A nd he sai d, L et not n ow the anger of the

.

Lord kindle, and I will speak only this ti m e : perhaps

te n m ay b e fou nd th ere An d He said, I will not .

destroy for the sake of the te n l A nd the Glory of the

Lord ascended when H e had cease d to speak with
Ab rah am , an d Ab rah am returned to his place .

XIX A nd two angels e ntere d in to Sedo m in the

.

e v e ning ; an d L ot s at in the a te of S e do m A nd L e t
g .

s aw, and arose to pre sent him s elf b efore them , an d he

bowed with his face to the earth A nd he said, I pray .

m y lords (r i bbon s) to turn aside u nto the ho use of your

S am . V era , p
I will tolerate all the lace .
x 1x .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 71

se r ant an d
v lo dge, and
you r feet ; and risi ng early
was h
ou shall go on yo ur way A nd th ey sai d N ot so b u t
y .
, ,

in the wi de pl ace will we lo dge A nd he was greatly .

in earne st with the m and they turned aside with him

, ,

an d e nte red i nto his house : and he m ade them a s upp er ,

and dres se d u nl e av e ne d cake s for them an d they ate , .

A s yet they had n ot sle pt ; and the m e n of the city ,

the m e n of S e do m gathered again st the ho u se fro m the

, ,

youth u nto the old m an all the pe ople fro m the e x ,

tre m e s ; and they cried to L ot and sai d to hi m Wh ere , ,

are the m e n who cam e to thee to nigh t ? Bring them -

fo rth to us and we will kn ow them

, A nd L ot went .

out to th em to the gate and the doo r be sh u t afte r him

, .

A nd he said I pray you m y b re th ren do not (so)

, , ,

wicke dly Behol d n ow I have two daughte rs who have

.
, , ,

not k nown m an I wo uld b ri ng th em to you and you

, ,

s h ou l d do to th em wh at pl eas e s in your ey e s o nly to

the se m en do nothi ng b e cause the y have ente red under
,

the S hado w of m y dwelli ng ’

A n d they sai d Go in .
, ,

however l A nd they said O ne cam e to sojourn and , , ,

b ehold he j u dgeth j u dg m e nt ! N ow will we do worse

,

to thee than to them ; and they p revai le d against the

m an agains t L ot gre atly an d cam e ni gh to sh atter the
, , ,

d oor An d the m en pu t forth the ir han ds and b roug ht

.
,

in L ot to be with them in the hou se and shu t the ,

door A nd the m en who were at the gate of the house

.

they sm ote with bli ndnes s} from the li ttle to the great ,

and they were wearie d to fi nd the gate A nd the m en .

s ai d to L ot Whom s oe ver tho u has t yet h ere thy son

, ,

i n law and thy sons and thy dau ghters and all that
-
, , ,

tho u h as t in the city lead out fro m the place : for we

,

Under the shadow of m y fam il y .

” —S am . Ve re .

O r, with diz z iness of the e es

”
y .
-
S tab id s ,
which Castel defi nes,

S cotosrata, rum ace ton e: m e tro

”
cuss certi fi es .
72 m as on or O N II E Los

the Lord , Lo rd hath sent us to destroy it A nd

an d the .

L ot went fo rth and spake with his sons in law the

,
- -
,

tak e rs of his dau ghters an d s ai d Ari se co m e forth fro m

, , ,

this plac e for the Lord will de s troy the city A nd he .

was as a trifl er in the eyes of his so ns in law A nd it - - .

was as the m orni ng ro se that the angels were urgent

u po n L ot s ayi n
g A ri tak e th w ife an d th tw
, se
y , y
, o

dau gh ters who are fou nd faithful with thee lest thou be ,

s m i tten with the punish m ent of the ci ty But be .

delay e d ; and the m en lai d hol d of his h ands and of the ,

ha nd of his wife and of the h and of his two dau ghte rs ;

,

for the Lord had m ercy u pon hi m ; and th ey brought

him forth and se t him withou t the city
, A n d it was .
,

wh en he had b rough t them wi thout he s ai d Be m erciful , ,

on thy life look not be hind th ee and stand not in all

, ,

the pl ain es cape to the m o untain for deliverance lest

, ,

tho u p eri sh A nd L ot sai d to th em Be entreated O

.
, ,

Lord b ehold now Thy servant hath foun d m ercy before

,

Th ee and Thou h ast m agnified Thy goodness which

,

Thou h ast shown m e in saving m y life and I cannot ,

take refu ge in the m o untain l est evil b efall m e and I , ,

die . Behold n ow this city is nigh to flee there an d

, ,

it is (b ut) sm all ; let m e now escape thi ther I s it not .

s m all ? an d m y life shall be s ustai ned A nd H e said .

to him Behol d I have accepted thee

, , in this thing
al s o in th at I will not ov e rthro w the ci ty for which
,

thou h ast praye d H aste e scape thither for I cannot

.
,

do anythi ng u ntil thou be co m e thi ther Therefore he .

“
called the nam e of the city Zoar The su n had come .

forth u pon the earth and L ot e nte red Zo ar , An d the .

Lord rai ned u pon Sedom and u pon Am orah sulphur and
fi re from b e fore the Lo rd from the heavens an d destroyed ,

tho se citi es and all the plain and all the dwellers in the ,

cities and the he rbage of the earth An d his wife .

A ccepted thy face .

”
74 m as on or om nos [ 0 11 0 .

XX A nd Ab raham m igrated from thence to the

.

so uth e rn land and dwelt between ,

Be kam and H a
nd he s ojou rned in Gerar A n d Ab raham sai d
’
g r a a .

of S arah his wi fe S he is m S i ster A n d A bim elek

y , .
,

king of Gerar se nt an d to ok Sarah A nd the word

,
1
.

c am e from the prese nce of the L ord to A b im elek in a

dre am of the night an d said to him Behold thou , , ,

die s t on acco unt of the wom an whom thou has t taken

, ,

an d she a m an s wi fe But A bim elek had n ot co m e

’
.

ni gh he r A n d he s ai d Lord wilt T hou also kill the

.
, ,

innoce nt people ? Did he not say to m e She is my ,

s iste r ? A n d she als o sai d H e is m y b ro the r I n the , .

re c ti tu de o f m y h eart an d the cl eanness of m h a nds

y , ,

hav e I done this A n d the L ord sai d to hi m in a

.

dre am I t is also m anifest to Me that in the in tegrity

,

of thy h e art thou has t done this and I have also ,

re strain e d th ee fro m sin ni ng b e fore Me there fo re I

have not perm itte d thee to appro ach to her A nd no w .

return the m an s wife ; for he is a pro ph e t an d he wi ll

’
,

pray for the e an d thou shalt live Bu t if tho u wilt

, .

n ot retu rn ( he r) k now th at d i n g thou sh alt die h

’
y , t en , ,

an d all who are thi ne A n d A bim elek arose in the .

m orni ng and calle d all his serv an ts and s p ak e all these

, ,

words b efo re th em ; and the m en feare d gre atly A nd .

A bim elek call e d Ab rah am and sai d to him What has t , ,

thou do ne to u s an d in wh at have I si nne d agains t

,

th ee th at tho u sho uldst h ave b ro u gh t u pon m e and

,

u o n m y kingdo m a great S in ?
p
‘
W o rks which are

not wo rthy to b e don e h ast thou do ne with m e A nd .

A bim elek said to Ab raham What sawes t thou that , ,

9
H eb . , be tween K adesh and S hur .
9
S am Vere ,
. A skelon .

1
S am Ve ra ,
”
. S hultan of A skel on .

S am Ve rs from b ecom ing un clean before M e

p
. .
. ,

3
S am Vers
”
peris hin
g tho u shalt erish.

V p
. .
,

S am . era , a great olluti on

”
.
XXL ] 0N GEN E S I S . 75

thou di dst thi s thing ? Abraham s pake Be c au se A nd ,

I said Perhaps the fear of the Lo rd is not in this pl ace

, ,

and they will kill m e o n acco u nt of m w i f N v

y e e er .

thele ss in truth s he is m y S is te r the dau gh ter of m y

, ,

fathe r b ut not the dau ghter of m y m other ; and she

,

becam e m y wife A n d it was when the pe ople erre d.

,

after the works of the i r hands the Lo rd did b ri ng m e ,

n ear to the fear of Him se lf fro m ( am ong) the hou e of ,

s

m y fathe r A n d I sai d to he r Thi s is thy favo ur which

.
,

thou canst do fo r m e ; in e very pl ace th ro ugh which we

p a s s
, s a
y o f m e H e is m
y b ro ther A n d ,A b im e le k .

took sh ee p and oxen and se rv ants and han dm ai de ns

, , , ,

an d gave to Ab rah am and re turne d to him S arah his ,

wife . A nd A bim e lek sai d Be hol d m y l and is b efo re , ,

thee : whe re it is pleas ant in th ine ey e s dwe ll A n d to , .

S arah he s ai d Be hol d I have given a thous and se le eu

, ,
'
o f S ilver to thy b rothe r ; b ehol d th at is to thee a v e il of
“
,

ho nour fo r m y having sen t to take th ee and to see

, ,

th ee and all that is with thee ; and c once rni ng all

,

w hate ve r thou hast spok en tho u art re prov e d A nd .

A braham prayed be fo re the Lord an d the Lord h ealed ,

.

A bim elek and his wi fe an d his h an dm aids and they

, , ,

were re vived : for the Lord had s hu t all the wo m b s of

the house of A bim e lek on acco u nt of S arah the wi fe , ,

o f Abraham .

XXI A nd the Lord re m e m bered Sarah as H e had

.

sai d ; and the Lord did u nto Sarah acco rdi n g as H e had

s pok e n A n d Sarah conce ive d and b are u nto Ab rah am

.

a so n in his old age in the ti m e of whic h the Lord had ,

to ld him A nd Ab rah am call ed the nam e of hi s s on

.

who was bo rn to him whom S arah b are to him Iz h ak , , .

A nd Ab raham circu m cise d Iz hak his son ( when) the son

o f e i ght days as the Lord had co m m ande d him
,
A nd . .

S am . V era, ta b ernacle . 0 r, covering of the y

e es .
76 m as o n or om nos [ c ane

Ab raham was the hu ndred years wh en Iz hak

son of a

his s o n was born to him A n d Sarah sai d The Lo rd .

,

h ath m ade m e to have gladness ; e very one who heareth

will give m e joy A nd she sai d Fai th ful is H e who
.
,

s ake u nto Ab rah am and certified that S arah s ho uld

p ,

s u ckl e chil dre n for she hath born a son in his old age .

A nd the c hil d gre w an d was weaned ; and Ab rah am ,

m ade a great feas t in the day whe n Iz hak was

we ane d 7
.A nd Sarah ob serve d the son of Hagar the
Miz ritha whom she b are to A b raham deriding A nd
, ,
.

she said Cast out this h andm ai d and her son

,
for the
son of the handm ai d S hall not i nh erit with m y son with ,

Iz h ak A n d the word was evi l exceedingly in the eyes

.

of Ab raham on acco u nt of his so n

, A nd the Lord .

s ai d to A b rah am L et it n ot be e vil in thi ne eyes con

,

cerni ng the yo uth an d co ncernin g thi ne h an dm ai d A ll .

th at S arah saith to th ee receiv e fro m her b e cau se in ,

Iz hak shall thy sons be call e d to thee A nd als o the .

son o f the handm ai d will I set for a p e ople b ecau s e he ,

is thy son A nd Ab raham ro se u p in the m orni ng and

.
,

took b read and a skin of water an d gave to H ag ar , ,

setting u po n her s ho u l der and the yo u th and dis

8
, ,

m i sse d her A nd she went and wandere d in the dese rt

.
,

of the well of S hav a ( Beara de Sh av a) A nd the water .

was fi ni sh e d from the S kin ; an d she lai d the yo u th

u n der one of the tre e s and we nt and sat over agains t, ,

as far ofl as a bow fligh t : for she sai d I canno t see

’
,

the de ath of the chil d A nd she sat over agai nst and ,

li fte d u p her voice and wep t A nd the voice of the .

you th was heard b efo re the Lord an d the An ge l of the

Lord called to Hagar fro m the h eavens an d said to her , ,

Wh at to thee Hagar ? Fear not for the voice of the

, ,

yo u th is heard before the Lord in the place where he is .

7
S am Vers. . in the day of the (pe lutu t/z) liberati on
, of his son .
8
M ia ,
a rowing chil d
g .
XXL ] 0N GE N E S I S . 77

Ar i se, take u p the you th and strengthen thi ne h an d in

him , b e cau se for a gre at p e ople hav e I appo inted him
1
.

A nd the Lord opene d her ey es, and she saw the well of
'

w ate rs, an d went an d fille d the skin wi th wate r, and

gave the you th to drink A nd the Word of the Lord .

was the H elper of the you th and he gre w and dwelt ,

in the wildernes s an d b ec am e a m aster of the bow

, .

A n d he dwelt in the wil derness of Paran and his ,

m other took for him a wife fro m the l an d of Miz raim .

A nd it was in th at tim e th at A bim e lek an d Phik ol ,

chief of his host spak e to Ab raham sayi ng The Word

, , ,

of the Lo rd is thy H elp er in e very thing tho u do e st ;

an d n o w S wear to m e h ere by the Wo rd of the Lo rd , ,

th at thou wilt not be fal se wi th m e nor with m y s on , ,

an d th at acco rdi n
’
n or wi th m y s o n s s on g to the

oo d w h ich I h av e do ne to th ee tho u wilt do wi th m e

g
an d wi th the l an d in which tho u art a s ojourne r A nd .

Abrah am said I will swear An d Abrah am re pro v ed

, .

A bim elek on ac cou nt of the well of waters which the

,

serv ants of A bim elek had taken by force A nd .

’

A bim elek sai d I kne w not if thi s thing had b een done
, ,

an d the n als o h adst not S hown m e n or h ave I h eard bu t , ,

this day A nd Ab rah am took sheep and oxe n and gave

.
,

to A bim elek and th ey struck both of th em a covenant

, .

A nd A braham m ade se v en lam b s stand ap art an d

A bim elek sai d to Ab raham Wh at are th ese s ev en l am bs ,

which tho u h ast m ade to stand apart ? A nd he sai d ,

That thou m ayest take the s ev en lam bs from m y h an d ,

to te s ti fy for m e th at I have digged th at well Th ere .

fo re he c alle d that place Bee r Shava b ecause there they ,

s ware to e th er
g A n d th ey s.tru ck a cov en an t at B e er

O r, “
onhim hold him firml y S o the L atin, App rehende m e nu
V
.

tad m m . The S am aritan ersi on has, Take the y outh, and fortif y thy
hand in hi m
”
.

O r, illum inate d . S am . V era , had taken fraudulentl y .

78 G
TA R UM or O N XE L os
[
C HA R

Shava A nd A bim elek and Phikol the chief of his

.
,
‘

host arose and re turned to the lan d of the Phelishtaee

, , .

A nd be pl ante d a tre e in Be er Shav a an d praye d there

“
,

in the nam e o f the Lord the Mos t High Go d ‘

A nd , .

Abraham soj o urned in the land of the Pheli shtaee m any

day s .

XXII A nd it was afte r these things that the L ord

.

te m p te d Ab rah am an d H e sai d to him Abrah am ,

A nd he s ai d Be hol d I am A nd H e sai d Take now

, , .
,

thy so n thy o nly who m tho u lo v est Iz hak an d go in to

, , , ,

the lan d of worship and o ffe r him b efore Me th ere a

’
, ,

b urnt offering u pon one of the m o u ntai ns which I will

,

tell th ee A nd Ab raham arose in the m orni ng and

.
,

saddl e d his ass an d too k two o f his y oun m en w i th

g ,

him an d Iz h ak his so n an d s lave the woo d for the

, ,

b urnt offering and arose and went to the place of which

,

the L ord had spok e n to him A nd in the third day .

Ab raham lifte d u p his eye s an d saw the place from afar , .

A n d Ab raham sai d to his y o u ng m en Wai t you h e re ,

wi th the as s an d I an d the yo u ng m an will ascend

,

y onder an d worship and retu rn to yo u A nd Abrah am , .

to ok the woo d of the b urnt oflering an d l aid on Iz hak

'

his s on ; an d he to o k in his hand the fi re an d the k nife ,

an d th ey we nt bo th of th e m as on e A nd Iz h ak spake .

to Ab raham his fath er an d sai d Fath e r l A nd he sai d , , ,

Be hol d I am m y so n, A n d he sai d Be hol d the fi re

, .
,

an d the wo od bu t where is the lam b for the b u rnt

o ffe ri ng ? A nd Ab rah am said The l am b for the burnt ,

o ffe ring is re v eale d b efore the L ord m y son A n d they ,

.

we nt bo th of the m as o ne
, A nd they cam e to the , .

pl ace o f which the Lord had told him A nd Ab rah am .

S am . Vers .
,
Pu m k ol, a nam e with the sam e m eaning as the
H ebrew form .

5
S am Vers . .
, a
paradi se .

6
S am Vers . .
, the Might y ,
the M ost H igh .

7
S am Vers . .
, v isi on.
”
xx n . ] 0N GE N E S I S . 79

b uilded there the altar and set in order the woo ds and , ,

bo und Iz hak his son an d lai d him u pon the altar above
,

the woo ds A n d Ab rah am stretche d fo rth his h and and

.

took the kni fe to cut off his son A nd the Angel of .

the Lord calle d to him fro m the h eave ns and said , ,

Abraham Ab rah am ! A nd he s aid Behold I am

, , , .

A n d he sai d to him S tretch n ot ou t thy han d u po n the

,

you th n eith er do any thing to him : for n ow I k no w that

,

tho u feare st the Lo rd an d th at tho u h ast not sp are d

,

thy o nly son for Me

8
A n d Abrah am lifte d u p his ey es
.

after th e se ( words) and saw and b ehol d on e ram

, , , ,

hol den in the bu sh by his horns A nd Ab raham went .

an d took the ram and oflere d him for a b u rnt ofl ering

'

instead of his son A nd Ab raham worshipp e d and

.

prayed there in that place and said b efore the Lord , ,

H ere shall generations worship : whe refore it S hall be

said in that day I n this m o u ntai n Ab rah am wo rs hippe d
,
“
b efore the Lord A nd the Angel of the Lord called to
.

Ab raham the S eco nd ti m e from the h eav ens and said , ,

By m y Word have I sworn saith the Lord b e cau se tho u , ,

h ast done this thi ng and h ast n ot sp ared thy only son
, ,

th ere fore blessi ng I wi ll bless th e e an d m u ltiplyi ng I

, ,

will m ultiply thy s o ns as the stars of h eave n and as the

sand which is on the sea shore ; an d th so n s s h all
y
inh erit the citie s of th eir enem ies A n d all the p e oples .

o f the e arth sh all b e bl ess e d th ro u h th son fo rasm u ch

g y
as tho u hast receive d My word An d Ab raham .

returne d to his yo u ng m en and th ey aro se an d wen t ,

to geth er u nto Be e r Shav a and Ab rah am dwe lt in ,

Beer Sh av a .

A nd it was after th ese things it was shown to

Abrah am saying Behold Milcha also h ath bo rn so ns
, , , , ,

to N achor thy b ro th er : Uts his first born and Booz

,
-
,

S am V ers . , the son of thy heart

V py
. .

S am . ers .
, In the m ountain the L ord will see, will m ulti l .
80 [ 1q
' '
or O N XE L os CH A R

his b roth er and Kem uel the father of Aram and Ke se d

, , ,

and O baz u and Phildash and Y edlaph,

and B ethu el , , .

An d Bethu el b egat Revek ah These e ight b are Mil cha .

to Nahor b roth er of Abrah am

,
A n d his co nc u b i ne .
,

wh os e nam e was Reii m a she als o b are Te bach and , ,

Gacham and Tachash and M aaka

, ,
.

SECTION V .

CH A IYE Y S A RA H .

XXIII . A N D the hu ndre d andlife of Sarah was a

twenty an d se v en y e ars the years of the li fe of S arah , .

A nd S arah die d in K iryath arb a which is H e bron in -

, ,

the l and of Ke n aan A n d Ab raham cam e to m o urn for

.

S arah and to lam ent her A nd Abraham rose u p fro m

, .

the p rese nc e of his de ad and sp ak e with the s ons o f ,

H ittah s ayi ng I am a guest and a s oj ou rner with you

, ,

g i v e m e the po s s e s s io n of a se p ul chre wi th
y o u th at I ,

m ay bury m y dead fro m b e fo re m e A nd the so ns o f .

Hittah ans we re d Ab rah am s ayi ng to him Receive from , ,

u s Ribb on s ; a p ri nc e b e fo re the Lo rd art tho u am on g

u s ; in the b e s t of ou r sep u lch res b u ry th d ead N o

y .

m an of u s will re fu s e his se p ulch re to th ee for the b uri al

of thy de ad A nd Ab raham ro se and bowe d to the
.

p e ople of the land the sons of H ittah A nd he spak e , .

with th em sayi ng I f you are willing in yo ur m i nds th at

, ,

I sho ul d b u ry m y dead fro m before m e re ce ive from ,

m e an d re qu est for m e of Eph ro n bar Zo c har th at he

1
,

will giv e m e the D ou bl e Cav ern which is in the s i de of ’

,

1
S am Vers
. .
, consult with .

Mu rat/1 K ap lze lta . H ebre w, Mearath ha m abp /l ela. the double

cave ; root, kap l ml, to couple .
”
L XX vb c r fiv '
h bark e d»
r .
82 m as o n or GN XE L os I
on a .

day s, and Lord had bles se d Abraham in all thi n g

the s .

A n d Ab raham sai d to his servant the el der o f his ,

ho u se who had au thori ty ov er all which was his Pu t

, ,

now thy h an d u nder m y thigh and I will adj u re thee ,

by the Word of the Lord the God of heave n an d the ,

God of the earth th at tho u wil t not take a wife fo r m y

,

son fro m the dau h ters of the K enaanaee am o n w ho m

g g
I dwell But to m y cou ntry an d to m y kindred tho u
.

wilt go an d tak e a wife for m y son Iz hak

, A n d the .

serv ant s ai d to him Perhaps the wo m an will not be

,

wi lli ng to co m e after m e to thi s l an d —returning am I ,

to retu rn thy s on to the land fro m which thou h as t

g o n e fo rth ? A n d Ab rah am sai d to h i m T ak e care ,

th at tho u return n ot m y so n thith er ; the Lord the ,

God of he av en, who to ok m e from the ho u se of m y

father an d from the land of m y birth and who spak e to ,

m e and sware to m e sayi ng I will giv e th ee this lan d

, , , ,

will send His ange l b e fore th e e and tho u wilt tak e a ,

wi fe for m y s on from th e nce A n d if the wom an be .

n ot willi ng to c om e afte r th e e tho u s hal t be ab s olved ,

fro m this m y oath ; o nly cau se not m y son to re tu rn

thith er A n d the serv ant pu t his han d u nder the thigh
.

of Ab rah am his m aste r and sware to him co n ce rn i n , g

th at m atter A n d the serv ant took te n cam els of the
.

cam el s of his l ord and went A nd all the goo ds of his .

m aster were in his h and A nd he aro se an d wen t to .

Aram which is u pon Phrath the river to the city of

, , ,

Nachor A nd he m ade the cam els rest without the city

.

at a we ll of waters in the e v en i ng tim e at the tim e wh e n ,

th ey c am e forth to fill A nd he sai d Lo rd God of m y

.
,

m as te r Ab rah am let it I p ray be oppo rtu ne with m e

, , ,

thi s day an d de al tho u gracio usly with m y m aster

,

Abraham Behol d I stan d by the fountain o f waters

.
, ,

an d the dau h ters o f the m e n of the ci ty will co m e fo rth

g
to draw water L e t the m ai de n to who m I S h all s ay
.
,
xx n .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 83

Reach thy waterpo t I p ray th at I m ay drink and she

, ,

s ay D rin k and I will als o give thy c am el s dri nk

, ,
— be ,

she who m Th ou h ast prep are d for Thy servant fo r Iz h ak ,

an d in thi s I s h all kn o w th at Tho u h as t deal t graciou sly

with m y m aste r A nd it was while he had n ot ce ased

.

to sp e ak th at b e hol d Re vek ah cam e fo rth ( she) who

, , ,

was bo rn to Bethu e l the son of Milcha wife of N achor , ,

b rother of Abraham and her pitcher u pon her S hou lder, .

A n d the m ai de n was v ery fai r to b ehol d a v irgi n and ,

m an had n ot k no wn her ; an d she desc en ded to the

fo untai n and fi lle d her pitcher and cam e u p
, A nd the , .

s erv ant h aste d to her p re sen c e and sai d L et m e taste I , , ,

pray a little wate r from thy pitcher An d she sai d

, .
,

D rink Ribboni ; an d S he m ade haste an d held her pitch er

, ,

u po n her h and an d gav e him to drink , A nd wh en she had .

e nde d g ivi n g him drink s he s ai d F or th c am l a l o

y e s , s ,

I will draw u ntil they sh all hav e e nough to drink A nd

, .

she hasten e d an d po u red ou t her pitch e r i nto the pl ace

o f wateri ng and ran agai n to the well to fill and she

, ,

fille d for all his c am els A nd the m an won dere d at he r.

,

a z in silently to kn o w wh eth er the Lo rd had p ro s p ered

g g ,

his way or not A n d it was whe n the cam el s had dru nk

.

e no u gh the m an took a ri n f ol d i h
, g (g e dd a/ m) o g w e
g in
g
S h ek e l and two brace le ts (alteri n) for the hand -
a ,

weighing ten sile e n of gol d A nd he s aid Who se .

,

dau ghter art thou ? Tell m e I pray wh ether th ere be , ,

’
roo m in thy fath er s ho u s e su ffici e nt for u s to lo d e ?
g
A n d she sai d to him I am the dau ghter of Bethu el the , ,

so n of Milcha w ho m she b are to N acho r

, A nd she sai d .

to him Th e re is m u ch straw and prove nder with u s

, ,

also roo m e n o ugh to lo dge A nd the m an k neele d and .

,

wo rship pe d b efore the Lord an d said Blesse d be the , ,

Lord the God of my m aster Abraham who h ath not ,

withh eld H is grace and H is truth from m y m aste r ;

and m e bath the Lord le d in a ri h t wa t t h
g y o e
84 TA R GU M or O N XE L os
[
ca n e

ho u se of b rother A nd the m ai de n
’
m y m as te r s . ran

an d s h o wed these things to her m other s ho use A nd ’

.

R e v e k ah h ad a brother who se nam e was L ab an

and L ab an ran to the m an wi thou t at the fo u ntain .

A nd it was wh e n he saw the ri ng and the b race l ets

u po n the h ands of his si ste r an d h e ard the wo rds o f ,

Re ve k ah his si ster sayi ng A S thi s spak e the m an wi th

, ,

m e th at he c am e to the m an an d b ehol d he sto o d b

,
y , , ,

the cam e l s at the fo u ntai n an d he s ai d E nter b lesse d , ,

o f the L ord ; why standest thou wi tho u t ? an d I h av e a

p re pare d hou se and a proper p lace for the cam els .

A nd the m an e n te red the ho use an d he loo s e d the ,

c am el s and gav e straw and p rov ender for the cam e l s

, ,

and wate r to wash his fe et an d the feet o f the m e n who ,

w e re wi th hi m A nd th ey se t be fore him to eat

. A nd .

he sai d I will n ot e at u ntil I have s pok en m y words

, .

A n d he s ai d Sp e ak , A nd he sai d I am a servant o f
.
,

Ab raham ; an d the L ord hath blesse d m y m aster

m u c h and i ncre as e d and h ath gi v en to him S h e e p
, ,

an d o x e n s il v e r an d l d s erv ants an d h andm ai de ns

, g o , ,

c am els an d as ses A nd S arah the wife of m y m as ter

.

b are a son to m y m as ter after S he was old and he ,

hath giv e n to him all that he hath A n d m y m as .

ter adj ure d m e sayi ng Tho u shal t n ot take a wi fe

, ,

for m y s on fro m the dau gh ters of K enaan in who s e

lan d I dwell ; bu t tho u sh al t go to m y father s
’

hou s e an d to m y ki n dre d and tak e a wi fe for m y so n

, , .

A n d I s ai d to m y m aster Pe rh ap s the wo m an will n ot ,

co m e after m e A n d he sai d to m e T he Lord b efo re

.
,

w hom I w o rship will s e n d His angel with th ee and will ,

p ros per thy way and thou sh al t tak e a wi fe for m y son

,

fro m m y ki ndre d an d fro m m y fath er s ho u se Th en ’

.

shal t tho u b e ab sol v e d fro m m o ath w h n tho u ha st

y e ,

5
S am Vers
. .
, ble ssed of the L ord who com est.
xx1v .
] 0N GEN E S I S . 85

g o n e to m y ki nd re d : an d if th e y w i ll n ot giv e un to
th e e thou sh al t be ab solv e d fro m m y o ath
, A nd I cam e .

thi s day to the fo untain and I sai d Lo rd God of m y , ,

m as te r Ab rah am if n e w it is pl e as i ng b efo re th ee to
,

o p er the wa in which I go b eho ld I stan d at the

p r s y , ,

fou ntain of wate rs and a dam sel m ay co m e fo rth to

,

fi ll ; an d I will say to her Give m e to dri nk I e ntreat , , ,

a little water from thy pi tch e r an d s he sh all say to m e ,

B oth f o r th ee a n d th y c am e l s a l s o I w i ll fi ll — le t her ,

b e the wife who m the Lord h ath ordai ne d for m y

A nd I had n ot l e ft s peaki ng in m y h e art
’
m aste r s son .
,

wh en b ehol d Re vek ah c am e fo rth wi th her pi tch er

, , ,

u po n he r sho ulder and went do wn to the fo u ntai n and

,

fi lle d . A nd I sai d to her L et m e now dri nk , A nd .

S he h aste n ed and let down her pitch er and sai d D ri nk , , ,

and I will giv e thy c am e ls al s o dri nk A nd I drank .

,

and the c am e ls als o S he watere d A nd I ask e d her .

and sai d Who se daugh te r art tho u ? and she s ai d I

, ,

am the dau gh ter o f Be th u el the son of N achor whom , ,

M ilch a b are to him A nd I set an ornam ent on her

.

face and b racelets u pon her h an d and bo wed down

, ,

an d worshippe d b efore the Lord and ble sse d the Lord ,

God of m y m aster Ab rah am who had led m e in a tru e

w ay to tak e the daugh ter of m y m aster s b ro th er for
’
,

his s on A n d now if you wi ll act with goo dne ss

.
,

and truth with m y m as te r sho w m e and if n ot I will

, ,

tu rn to the ri gh t o r to the le ft A nd Lab an ans were d .

,

an d Beth ue l an d sai d Fro m b e fore the Lo rd the word

, ,

hath com e forth : we h ave no power to s ay to thee

e i th er e vil or goo d Behol d Revekah is b efore thee ;
.
,

tak e ( he r) and go ; and le t he r be the wife of thy

m as ter s son as the Lo rd h ath s pok en
’
,
A nd it was .
,

wh e n the serv ant of Ab rah am h eard th ese words b e ,

wo rshi ppe d on the earth be fore the Lord A nd the .

s erv ant brou ght out v es sel s of silver and v ess els of gol d
86 TA R GU M or GN XE nos [c al m

an d v estm ents and gave to Re vekah and prese nts gave

, ,

he to her b ro the r and to he r m other A nd th e y ate .

and drank, he and the m e n who were wi th him , and

th ey lo dge d an d aro se in the m o rning A nd he sai d, .

Se nd m e to m y m aster A nd her broth er said, and her

.

m o the r, L et the m aiden abi de with u s a s eas n o of ti m e,

or te n m o nth s afterhall go A n d he said
that she s .

to th em Kee p m e n ot b ack
,
the Lord will direct m y
way an d I will p rocee d to m y m aster
,
A nd th ey sai d .
,

We will call the m aiden an d h ear w hat she will say

, .

A n d they call e d Re vek ah and s ai d to her Wilt thou go , ,

wi th thi s m an ? and S he sai d I will go A nd they ,

di s m i s se d Re vekah thei r S ister and her nu rse and the , ,

s ervant of Ab rah am and his m en , An d they b l es se d .

Re vekah and said to he r Thou art ou r sis ter ; he tho u

, ,

( m u lt ipli e d) u nto t ho u s an d s a n d m y r i ad s an d m a y th y ,

chi ldre n i n h e ri t the ci ti es o f th ose who h ate th e m .

A n d Revek ah aro s e and he r m aide ns ; and th ey ro de

,

u po n c am e l s an d wen t after the

, m an A nd the .

serv ant took Re vek ah and we nt A nd Iz h ak as cen de d .

i n comi ng fro m the well o v er which the Angel of Life

“ ”
( m al a k a
gy a m a th e E te,
rn al A n
g e l ) ha d app ea re d ;
and he dwe l t i n the l and of the s o u th A nd Iz h ak .

went fo rth to p ray in the fi el d at the p re se nce of the ,

e v e ni ng ; and he lifte d u p his ey e s and look e d an d , , ,

b e hold the c am els cam e A nd Revek ah lifted u p he r

, .

e es a n d s aw I z h ak and s he b o we d h erself on the

y ,

cam el A n d s he sai d to the servant Who is the m an

.
,

who is wal ki ng i n the fi el d to m e et u s ? A n d the

serv ant s ai d H e is m m a ste r A nd she took a m antle
, y .

and cov e re d h e rsel f A nd the se rv an t reco unte d to

.

Iz hak all the things which he had do ne A nd Iz h ak .

b ro u ght her to the tab ernacle an d he saw and b ehold , , ,

he r wo rk s we re right as the works of S arah his m oth er .

A nd he took Re vek ah and she b e cam e his wife an d , ,

xxv ]
. 0N GE N E S I S . 87

he lov ed her . A nd Iz hak was com forted after his

m o th er .

XXV . Ab raham adde d and took a wi fe and

A nd , ,

her nam e was K eturah ; and s he b are to him Zi m ran ,

an d Y ok s han and M e dan and Midyan an d Y es hbach

, , , ,

an d Shu vach An d Y ok shan b e gat She ba an d D e dan ;

.
,

an d the s o ns of D e dan hav e b e e n in c am p s and tab er

nacles an d i sl ands A nd the s o ns of Midyan E ipha

.
6
, ,

an d Eph er an d H an ok an d Abi dah

, an d El daah : all
, ,

th e se the s o ns of K etu rah A nd Ab rah am gav e all .

th at he had u nto Iz h ak Bu t to the s ons of the con

.

cu bi ne of Ab rah am av e Ab rah am po rtio ns and s e nt

g ,

th e m fro m his S on Iz hak while he yet li ve d e astward , ,

in the land of the s u nrise A nd th ese are the days of.

the y ears of the li fe of Ab raham th at he liv e d an hu n ,

dred and se venty an d fi ve years A n d Ab raham expi re d .

,

an d di ed in a go o d old age age d an d fu ll o f day s ; an d , ,

he was gath ere d u n to his p e ople A n d Iz h ak an d .

Is h m ael his so ns b urie d him in the two fold c ave in the

fi eld of Eph ron bar Zoch ar the Hittah which is b efo re , ,

M am re ; the fiel d which Ab rah am bo ught from the

so ns of Hittah : th ere th e y b uri e d Ab rah am an d S arah

his wife A nd it was after the de ath of Ab rah am that

.

the Lo rd bl e s s ed I z h ak his s on and Iz h ak dwe l t at the ,

well ov er which the E te rnal A nge l had app e are d A nd .

th ese are the ge nerati on s of I shm ae l bar Ab rah am ,

who m H agar the Miz re tha the handm ai d of S arah b are , ,

.

to A b rah am A nd th e se are the n am e s of the s o ns of

.

Ish m ael by thei r n am es in their generatio ns The .

fi rstbom of Ish m ael N e b aioth ; and K e dar and A db ee l

, , ,

and Mib sam an d Mi shm a an d D u m a an d M ass a H adad

, , , ,

an d The m e Y etoor N aphi sh an d Ke de m ah

, ,
These ,
.

are the s o ns of I sh m ael an d th ese are th ei r nam es in ,

their villages and th e ir to wns twe lve chi efs of th ei r ,

S am Vera
. were Ritorim and A m shaki m and A m anim .
88 TA R
[ GU M or O N K E LO S cram

peoples A nd th ese are the ye ars of the li fe of Ish m ael

7
.
,

a h u ndred and thi rty an d S ev e n y ears A nd he expire d .

and di e d an d was gath ere d to his p e opl e

, A nd th e y .

hav e dwe lt fro m H avi lah u n to H agra which lo ok eth ,

to ward Mi z rai m reachi ng u nto A thoor , I n the pre .

se nc e of all his b reth ren he dwe lt .

SECT ION VI .

TO L E DO TH .

A N D th ese are Iz hak bar Ab rah am

the ge neration s of .

Ab rah am b egat Iz hak and Iz h ak was a son of fo rty

y ears wh en he took Re vekah the dau ghter of Bethue l ,

the A ram ite of Padan Aram the si s ter of L ab an the ,

Aram its to b e his wife A n d Iz hak p rayed b efo re the

, .

Lord for his wife b ecause she was b arren ; an d the L ord
,

hearken e d to hi s p rayer an d Re vekah his wife con ,

ceiv e d A nd the chil dren stru ggl e d in he r wo m b

. an d

s he s ai d If thus why h av e I con c e i ve d ? A nd she

, ,

went to s ee k i n stru ction b efore the Lord an d the Lord

s ai d to he r T wo n atio ns are in th wo m b a nd two
, y ,

kingdo m s from thy wo m b sh all be div i de d an d ( one) ,

ki ngdo m ( sh all be ) stro nger th an (the o th e r) ki ngdo m ,

an d the gre ater shall be su bj e ct to the leS S A nd her .

days we re ful fill e d to give bi rth A n d b e ho ld twi ns .

, ,

were in he r wo m b A nd the fi rst cam e forth re d all

.
,

of him as a garm e nt ( cove ring) o f h ai r ; an d th ey c all e d

his nam e E s au A n d afterwards cam e forth his b roth er

.
,

and his h an d g ras p ed the he e l o f E s au an d th e y c alle d ,

his nam e Jakob A nd Iz h ak was si xty y e ars old wh e n

.
8

he b egat th e m A nd the yo u th s gre w ; and E sau was a

.

m an of i dl eness a m an going ou t into the fi el d ; and

,

7
S am . V ers . , according to their elevations .
90 TA BGUM or O N XE L o s

Re vek ah ; for S he was of b eau tiful as pe ct .An d it was

when he had b een there m any day s that A bim ele k the
king of the Phi listaee look ed from a win dow, an d, be
he ld, Iz hak was s porting with Re v ek ah his wife . An d
A bim elek calle d Iz h ak and sai d, N evertheless, b ehold,
s he is thy w i fe : why th en h ast tho u sai d, S he i s m y

s ister ? A n d Iz h ak sai d to him , B ecause I sai d, Lest

I be killed on account of her A n d A bim elek s aid,
.

What is this that tho u hast done to u s ? I t m ight

have b ee n that so m e one of the p eople had lain wi th
thy wi fe, and tho u woul dst hav e b rou ght u po n u s the
g u il
. t A nd A bim ele k co m m an de d all the p eo pl e s ayi ng,

Whoev er inj ure th thi s m an sh all surely be pu t to de ath .

A n d Iz hak so wed in the l an d, an d fou nd in th at ye ar a

hu ndred fold on th at which he had exp ende d, (o r e sti
m ate d, ) and the Lord bl es sed him ; and the m an ia
creas ed, an d went on m ul tiplyi ng an d i ncre asing, u ntil

he had increase d greatly .An d he had flock s o f sh ee p,

and h erds of cattl e, an d m any s ervants ; and the Phili s

tae e were envio u s of him A n d all the well s that the

.

serv ants o f his fath er had di gge d in the day s of Ab ra

ham the Philistaee ste ppe d u p, an d fill e d wi th du st .

A nd A bim elek sai d to Iz hak, Go fro m u s ; for tho u art

m u ch stro nger th an we .A nd I z hak we nt the nc e, and
s ojo u rn e d in the v al e of G erar, and dwe lt th e re . A nd
Iz h ak return ed, and digge d the well of water which
th ey had di gged in the day s of Ab rah am his fath e r, an d
which the Philistaee had s topp e d after the death of
Abraham ; an d he called their nam es after the nam es
by which his fathe r had called th em A nd the serv ants
.

of Iz hak di gge d in the v all ey , an d fo u nd th ere a we ll

of flo wi ng waters. A nd the sh eph erds of G e rar strov e

with the S heph erds o f Iz h ak , s ayi ng, T he water is o u rs ;
an d he c all e d the nam e of the we ll Con tentio n, b e caus e

5
S am Vere
. sweet
.
xxn .
] 0N GE N E SI S . 91

th ey had c nte nded

o with him . An d th ey di gge d ano
ther well, and th ey strov e as l o on acco u nt of it, and he

l
cal e d the Hatred A nd he we nt u p from
nam e of it .

then ce and digged ano the r well ; and for that they
,

s trov e not and he cal le d the nam e of it Sp acious nes s .

For he sai d Be cau se now bath the Lord e nlarged u s

, ,

an d we sh all s p re ad abro ad i n the land A nd he went .

u p fro m th e nc e to Be ers hav a ; an d the Lo rd appe are d

to hi m in the ni gh t and s ai d I am the God of Ab ra , ,

ham thy fath er ; fe ar not : for in thy help is My Wo rd ;

an d I will bless th ee an d will m u l tiply thy s o ns for the
,

sak e of Ab rah am My se rv ant A nd he b u ilde d there .

an al tar and p ray e d in the nam e of the Lord

, A nd .

he spread there his tab ernacle ; and the s erv ants o f

Iz hak digge d th ere a well A nd A bim elek cam e to .

him fro m G erar and a com p any of his fri en ds an d

, ,

Phikol the chi ef o f his h ost A n d I z hak sai d to him . ,

Why have you co m e to m e wh e n you have h ate d m e , ,

an d s e nt m e from you ? A nd th ey s ai d Se e ing we ,

hav e se en th at the Word o f the Lord is for thy h elp ; and

w e h ave s aid L et the o ath which was b etwe en ou r
,

fathers be no w confi rm ed b e twe e n u s and thee and let ,

us enter i nto a cov en ant wi th th ee th at thou do u s n o ,

e vi l as we h av e n ot i nj u re d th e e an d as we hav e do ne
, ,

th ee only goo d and we will leave thee in pe ac e ; th ou

,

art now bl e ss e d o f the L ord A n d he m ade th em a .

feas t and th ey ate and drank

, A nd th ey arose in the .

m o rning an d cov e nante d e ach m an with his broth er ; ,

and Iz h ak dis miss ed th e m and they went fro m him in ,

e ac e A nd it was in th at day th at the se rv ants of

p .

Iz h ak c am e and sho wed him co ncerning the wel l that

th ey had di gge d A nd th ey s ai d to him We hav e fou nd
.
,

water A nd he called it Sh e v a ( the s we aring)

.
,
.

H ere the S am Vera m etaphrase s the n am e into Mim arkol with

p p
. .
,

the sam e im ort as Pam kol in cha . xxi .

92 m oon or O N K E L O S [
0 mm

Wh erefo re the nam e of the city is Beer-sh eva u nto

this day .

A nd E sau was the

years and he took to son o f forty ,

wi fe Jehudith dau ghter of Beeri the Hittite and Bas e

, ,

m ath dau ghte r of E lo n the Hitti te ; an d th ey we re

,

reb els an d irritato rs against the wo rd of Iz hak an d

Re vek ah .

XXVII A nd it was, whe n Iz hak was old, an d his

.

ey es we re dark e ne d from s eein g, th at he c alle d E sau ,

his el dest son, an d sai d to him , My son A nd he sai d .

to him , Be hol d, I am A nd he sai d, Beh ol d n ow, I

.

am old, I k no w n ot the day th at I s h all die an d now

tak e thy we apo ns, thy k nife an d thy b ow, an d go o u t

in to the fiel d, and hu nt m e v eniso n, and m ak e m e foo d 7

s u ch as I lik e, and b ri n g i t to m e, an d I will e at, and

my o l s h all bless thee b e fore I die A n d Re v ek ah

s u .

li stene d as I z h ak was s p e aki ng wi th his son E sau .

A nd E sau went into the fi el d to h u nt v e ni son to b ri ng

it. A nd Re vekah sp ak e to Jakob he r son s ayi ng , , ,

B ehol d I have h eard thy father sp eaki ng with E sau

,

thy broth e r s ayi ng Bri ng m e n o w v e ni s o n and m ake

, , ,

m e foo d an d I will e at an d bl e s s th ee in the p re se nc e

,

of the Lo rd b e fore I die A n d n ow m y son ob ey m e

.
, ,

in what I co m m an d th ee Go now to the fl ock and .

,

tak e th ee from th e nce two goo d go at ki ds and m ak e -

,

them into foo d for thy fath er su ch as he lo v es and ,

carry in to thy father th at he m ay eat and bles s th ee, ,

b e fo re he die A nd Jakob sai d to Re v ekah his m oth er

.
,

Behol d E sau m y b ro th er is a h airy m an and I am a

, ,

s m ooth m an I t m ay be th at m y father will fee l m e

.
,

an d I s h all b e in his eyes as a de ce iv er an d sh all b ri ng ,

u po n m e cu rses an d not bl e ssi ngs

, A n d his m other .

s ai d to hi m Un to m e it h ath b e e n sai d in proph e cy

, ,

that th ere sh all b e no cu rses u pon th ee m y son ; only ,

7
Tavrlwlin, ste vved m eats .
94 m as o n or O N KE L O S [ 0 mm

an e of corn and of w ne
c i L et the peop les serve th ee and .
,

kingdom s be s ub servi ent to thee : be th ou chie f of thy

brethren and let the s o ns of thy m o th er worship the e
,

curse d sh all they be who c u rs e the e and bl esse d s hall ,

they be who b less thee !

A n d it was whe n Iz h ak had co m plete d to b l e ss Jakob ,

and Jakob had goi ng o nly go ne ou t fro m Iz h ak his

, ,

fathe r that E sau his b rothe r cam e in fro m his h u nt

,

ing .A nd he had als o m ade fo od and he b rou gh t it ,

to his fath er and s ai d to his father Ari se m y fath e r

, , , ,

and eat of thy s o n s v en i s o n th at thy s ou l m ay bl e s s

’
,

me . A nd Iz hak his father sai d to him Who art ,

thou ? A nd he sai d I am thy s on thy fi rstb orn , , ,

E sau A nd Iz hak was wonderstruck with exceedin g great

.

wonder and sai d Who was he who p rep are d v e ni so n

, , ,

an d b rou ght it to m e an d I h av e eate n o f all b e fore ,

thou cam est an d I h av e bl e ssed him ? an d bl e s se d

,

s h all he be When E sau heard the words of his fath er

.
,

he crie d a cry gre at an d bitter ex c ee dingly

,
A nd .

he sai d to his fathe r Bl ess m e al so m e fath e r ,

A nd , , ,

he sai d Thy brother cam e wi th su b til ty and h ath

, ,

rece i v ed thy bl essi ng A n d he sai d Rightly is his n am e

.
,

calle d J akob he h ath dealt su b tilly wi th m e th e s e two

,

ti m es ; m y bi rth right he to ok an d b ehol d n ow he h ath , , ,

re ce iv ed m bl e ss in A d h s ai d H t tho u n ot
y g n e a s ,

left m e a blessing ? A n d Iz h ak answere d and sai d ,

to E sau Be hold I h ave set him a chief ov er th ee

, , ,

and all his brethren I hav e giv en to him for serv an ts ,

and wi th corn and wi ne h av e I su stai ne d him : and

for thee now what can I do m y son ? A nd E sau ,

s ai d to his father H as t tho u but one b le ssi ng fath er ?

, ,

Bless m e m e als o m y father

, A nd E sau lifte d u p his
, .

voice and wept A n d Iz hak his father answered and

.

s ai d to him Behol d th h abi tat io n h all b f th b t

y , s e o , e es

of the earth and of the de w of h eav en from abo v e

, .
xx vm ] . 0N om nsrs . 95

A n d by thy sword sh alt tho u liv e and thy b rother o be y ,

and it wi ll be th at wh en his s o ns sh all h av e trans

a d the w o rds of the law thou wi l t c as t his yoke

g re se ,

fro m ofl thy ne ck A nd E sau kept enm i ty to wards

’
.

Jakob for the blessing wh erewith his father had blessed

hi m. A n d E sau s ai d in his h eart The day s of m ou rn ,

ing for father draw n e ar and I wil l kill J akob m y ,

brother A nd the words of E sau her e l dest s on were

.

sho wn to Re vek ah and she se nt an d calle d Jakob her

,

younger son an d said to him Behold Esau thy

, , ,

b rother pl otteth agai nst th ee to kill thee A n d n ow .

,

m y s on receiv e fro m m e an d ari se an d go to L ab an m y

, ,

brother at Haran an d dwell with him a fe w days u ntil

, ,

thy b ro th er s wrath tu rn away u ntil the anger of thy

’
,

b rothe r tu rn from thee an d wh at thou h ast do ne to

,

him be fo rgotte n ; and I will send an d b ri n g thee

thenc e . Why should I b e b ereav e d of b oth of you in
on e day ? A nd Rev ek ah s ai d to Iz h ak I am gri e v e d in ,

m y li fe at the sight of the dau ghte rs of Hittah If .

Jakob take a wife of the daughters of Hittah lik e ,

th e se of the dau gh ters of the land what to m e is li fe ? ,

XXVIII A nd Iz hak called Jakob an d bl essed him

. .

A nd he co m m an d e d him an d s ai d to hi m Tho u sh alt

, ,

n ot tak e a wife from the dau hte rs of Ke naan ; arise

g ,

o to Padan Aram to the ho u se of Bethu el the fath er

g
of thy m o th er an d tak e to th e e fro m th e nc e a wi fe of
,

the dau ghte rs of Lab an the b roth er of thy m oth er , .

A nd the All suffi cient God bl ess thee an d m ak e thee

-
,

to inc rease and m u l tiply and b e com e an as se m bl age of

,

trib es ; and giv e the bl e ssi ng of Ab raham to th e e and

thy s o ns wi th thee that tho u m aye st i nh erit the l and
,

of thy h abi tatio n which the Lo rd gav e to Ab rah am .

A nd Iz hak sent J akob away and he went to P adan ,

A ram to Lab an bar Beth u el the A ram ite the b rother , ,

of Re v ekah the m other o f J akob and E sau

, A nd .
96 [
rans o m or O N K E L O S 0 mm

E sau when he saw that Iz hak had blessed J akob

, ,

and se nt him to Padan Aram to tak e from th en c e a

wife and as he blesse d hi m co m m ande d him sayi ng

, , , , ,

Thou shalt not take a wi fe from the dau ghters of

Kenaan and that Jakob had obeye d his fath er and his
,

m oth er and had go ne to P adan Aram E sau co nsi der

, , ,

i ng that the dau ghters of Ke naan we re evil in the ey es

o f Iz hak his fath er we nt to Ish m ael and took M ah a
, ,

lath dau gh te r of Ish m ael b ar Ab raham the s is ter of

, ,

N eb aio th over his wiv es u nto him to wife

, , .

SE CT IO N VII .

VA YE TS E YA AK O V .

AN D Jakob went fo rth from Be ershe va, an d went to

H aran ; andived at a pl ace and lodged th e re
he arr , ,

be cau se the su n had gone A nd he took of the s to nes

.

of the place an d s e t his pill o w an d lay do wn in that

, ,

place A nd he dre am ed : and be hol d a ladder was

.
, ,

planted in the e arth and the h ead of it reach ed u nto

,

the h e ight of h eaven ; an d b ehol d the ange l s of the

, ,

Lord ascended and descen ded u pon it ; and b ehol d , ,

the Glory of the Lord stoo d above it and H e ,

sai d,
I am the God of Ab raham thy fath er and ,

the God of Iz hak The l and where tho u sl eepest

.
,

u nto th ee will I give it an d u nto thy s o n s , A nd .

thy s ons sh all be m any as the dust of the earth ,

an d sh all prev ail to the west an d to the e ast and ,

to the n orth and to the so u th ; an d th ro u gh th e e sh all

all the k i ndre ds of the earth be blesse d and th rou gh ,

thy s ons A n d b e hold My Word shall be for thy h elp

.
, , ,
98 rans m r or on a os [
0 mm

th ey sa d,
i Peace ; and, b ehold
, R ah e l his dau
ghte r

c om eth with the fl ock . An d he s ai d, Behol d, the day is

y et gre at, it is not tim e to gather the cattle ; water the
s heep , an d pasture A nd they said We cannot
go to the .
,

till all the fl ock s are gath ere d and we re m o v e the sto ne ,

from the m ou th of the we ll and water the fl ock , .

Whil e he sp ake with them Rah el cam e with the flock , ,

of he r fath er ; for she was a s h eph e rdess A n d it was .

,

when J ako b saw Rah e l the dau ghte r of L ab an the ,

b rother of his m other and the flock of Lab an the bro

,

th er of his m o th er th at Jakob went ne ar and with drew

, ,

the sto ne from the well s m ou th and watere d the flock

’

’
of Lab an his m oth er s b roth er
,
A n d Jakob ki sse d .

Bab e] and lifted u p hi s voice and we p t A nd Jakob

, .

sho wed Rah el th at he was the son of her fath er s s iste r

’
,

and th at he was the son of Revek ah A nd she ran an d .

sho wed to her fath e r A nd it was when Lab an h eard

.

the h e aring of J akob the son of his si ster th at he ran ,

to m e e t hi m and em b rac ed him and kis se d him and

, , ,

b rou gh t him into his house ; and he narrate d to Lab an

all th ese wo rds A nd Laban sai d to him Thou art
.
, ,

ho wev er m y n ear (kinsm an) and thou art m y fles h

, ,
.

A n d he abode with hi m a m onth of day s A nd Lab an .

s aid to Jakob Be cau se thou art m y b ro th e r s h alt thou

, ,

serv e m e for n othi n g ? Tell m e what shall be thy ,

wages ? A n d L aban had two dau ghters the nam e of ,

the el der Le ah and the nam e of the you nge r Bahel

,
.

A nd the eyes of Le ah were b eau tiful ; 8

b ut Rahel was
adm irable in fo rm and b eau tiful in aspe ct
,
A nd Jakob .

lo v e d Babe] and he sai d I will se rve thee se ve n years

, ,

for Rahe l thy you nger daug hter A nd L aban sai d I t .

,

is b etter that I giv e her to thee than giv e her to another

m an res ide with m e A nd Jakob served fo r Rahel
.

se v e n y ears ; an d th ey were in his ey es as a fe w day s ,

Com p . S ong i 1 5 . .
xxn .
] ON onm rs . 99

inasm flch he loved her

as A nd Jakob sai d to Lab an, .

Gi ve m e m y wife ; for the days of m y service are fulfilled,

and I will go to her A nd Lab an as s em bl e d all the
.

m en of the place , and m ade a feast . A nd it was in the

e ve ning, that he to ok Leah intro his dau ghter, an d

du ced her to him and he ente re d to her A nd Lab an

, .

a ve he r Zilpha his handm ai d u nto Le ah his dau gh ter

g ,

to atten d on her A nd it was in the m orn ing and

.
, ,

behold she was Le ah ! A nd he sai d to Lab an What

, ,

is thi s th at thou hast done to m e ? Was it not for

Babel that I served thee ? and why h ast thou been false
with m e ? An d Lab an sai d I t is not so done in our ,

p h oe ,to give the yo u n ger b e fo re the e l de r F ulfi l this .

week and I will give thee al s o th at for the servic e th at

, ,

thou s halt s erve with m e yet sev en other y ears A nd .

Jakob did so and fulfilled the we e k of thi s ; and he gav e

,

him Bahel his dau ghter to be his wife A nd Laban .

a v to Rah e l his dau ghter Bilh ah he r h an dm ai d to wait

g e

u pon her A n d he went in al s o to Rahe l and he loved

.
,

Bahel m ore th an Leah An d he serve d yet wi th him

.

se v en o the r years A nd the Lo rd saw that Leah was

.

hated and He gave her to conceive but Rahel was b ar

, ,

ren . A nd Leah conce ive d and b are a son and she ,

called his nam e Reu b en for she s aid Becaus e m y afflic ,

tion was m anife st b efore the Lord ; for n ow will m y

hus band love m e An d she con ce ived again and b are a
.

son and she sai d Becaus e it was heard b efore the Lo rd

, ,

that I had hatred an d H e gave m e this al o ; and she

,
s

called his nam e S hem e on fl

l
A nd she co nceived agai n
an d b are a son : and she sai d Thi s tim e will m y hus ,

b and adhere to m e ; for I have bo rn hi m three sons

therefore she calle d his nam e Le vi
‘
A nd she con .

ce ived agai n and b are a son ; and she sai d This tim e ,

will I give p aise b efore the Lo rd : th erefore she called

r
Manifestation . H earing .
8 “
union .

1 2
l 00 m as o n or O N K E L O S
[ 0 mm

his nam e Jebu dab .

‘
A nd she ceased ( stoo d) fro m
hearing .

XXX A nd Rahel saw that she did not b ear u nto

.

Jakob ; and Babel e nvie d her sister an d she sai d to ,

Jakob Give m e chil dren ; and if not I die A nd the

, , .

anger of J akob was i nce nse d a ai n st Bab e] an d he s ai d

g , ,

Why ask of m e ? I s it n ot b efore the Lord that tho u

sho ul dest ask who h ath deni e d th ee the ge neratio n of
,

the wo m b ? A nd she sai d Behol d m y h andm ai d Bil ,

hah go in u nto her and she s h all b ear an d I als o shall

, , ,

n o u ri s h ( chil dre n) an d be b ui l de d u from her A d

p , n .

she gave him Bilh ah her h andm ai d to wife ; and Jako b

went in u nto her and Bilh ah con c eiv e d and b are to

, ,

Jakob a son A nd Babel said The Lord h ath j u dge d

.
,

m e,an d h ath al s o re ce ive d m y prayer an d give n m e a ,

s on : th e re fo re she calle d his nam e D an

‘
A nd Bilhah .

the h andm ai d of Bab e l co nc e ived again and b are a ,

seco n d s on to J akob A nd Bab el sai d T he Lord h ath .

,

re c e iv e d m re que st w hen I entre ate d in m y pray er I

y ,

desire d that I m i ght have o ffs p rin g as m y si s te r and ,

al so it is giv e n m e A nd she c all e d his n am e N aphtali

. .
‘

A n d Leah saw that she had cease d fro m he aring and ,

she took Zil ha her h an dm ai d and av e her to J ako b

p g ,

to wife A n d Zilpha the h andm ai d of L e ah b are a s on

.

to J akob and L e ah sai d Th ere c om e th p ro s perity ; and

, ,

she c all e d hi s n am e Gad A n d Zilpha the handm ai d .

6

of L eah b are a se co nd s on to J akob ; an d L e ah sai d ,

Prai se shall be min e ; n ow will wom en praise m e ; and

she c all e d his nam e Ash er
7
A nd Reu b e n we nt in the .

day s of wheat h arves t an d fou nd m andrakes in the 8

,

3
Prai se 4 cc
J udgm ent. Wrestled for
p
.
.

Fortu ne, rosperit y .

”
I n Chaldee, a fortunate star .
”

7 H appi ness
”
.

3
Yam H ebrew, dudaim
ah a S eptuagint, p fik a p ay dpa yopwv, '

p
. .

a ples of m andra k es a trop a m andrag o m

”
L m r
z m u s) T he S am an

p
.
,

tan ex ressi on is as the H ebrew, and the Peachito as the Targum .

1 02 m as o n or mu m s [slu m

now I h ave found grace in thine eyes I have proved ,

that the Lord h ath blessed m e for thy sake A nd he .

said Certi fy
, thy wages with m e and I will give A nd , .

he said to him Thou k nowest how I h ave serve d thee

, ,

and what th fl ock s hav e been with m e ; for thou hadst

y
few be fore m e and they have increased into a m ulti
,

tude : and the Lord h ath blessed thee for m y sake

But now wh at shall I do also for m y (own) hou se ? A nd
,

be sai d What shall I give thee ?

, A nd Jacob said ,

Thou shalt not give m e anything ; but if thou wilt do

with m e this m atte r I will re turn and pastu ring thy
, , ,

flock s will k ee p (the m )

, I will pass throu gh all thy.

fl ocks to day and set apart from them e v ery lam b streake d
-
,

and s pe ckle d and ev ery bl ac k lam b am o ng the lam b s

, ,

an d the streaked and s peckled am on th oats an d

g e g ,

th ey s hall be m y wages A nd m y righte o usness sh all

.

he testi fied in the day followi ng when thou wil t co m e ,

u po n m y reward th at sh all be b efore th ee : e ve ry one

which is not streak ed or s pe ckle d am o ng the goats and ,

black am ong the lam b s that shall be (as if) stolen by ,

me . A n d Laban sai d L et it be according to thy word

, .

A n d he set apart that day the he goats of vario us colour -

,

an d all the goats which were s pe ckl ed or s po tte d e very ,

one which had ( so m e ) white in him and all th at we re ,

black am ong the lam b s : and he gave them i nto the

h and of his sons A nd he set a walk of thre e day s
.

betwee n them and Jakob ; and Jakob pastured the flock

of Lab an which re m ai ne d A nd J akob took to him .

rods of whi te poplars and of alm o nd (or h az e l ) and of

, , ,

pl ane tree and p eeled in them white peelings (so that

, , ,

wh ere ) p eeled the white which was in the ro ds

,

appe are d A nd be fi xe d the ro ds th at he had p eeled in

.

the canals in the place of the wateri ng of waters the

, ,

place to which they b ro ugh t the flocks to dri nk to be ,

O r, di stingui sh .
” 7 S am . Vr e s .
, through m y hel
p .
”
xxn .
] ON s m e ars. 1 03

over against the flocks, that they m ight be i ncited when

they cam e to dri nk A nd the shee p were incited b efore
.

the rods , and the she ep brou ght forth with ch e q ue red
feet and streak e d A nd Jakob se parated the lam b s, and
.

se t b e fo re th e s h e e p all which w e re v ario us-colo u red and

all th at were b lack am o ng the shee p o f Lab an ; and

la ce d th em for hi m self a flock ap art, not m ixi ng th e m

p
with the shee p of Lab an A n d it was th at whenev er
.

the early ( pri m e ) sh eep conceiv ed, Jakob place d the

ro ds b efo re the ey e s of the sh ee p in the canal s, th at th ey

m igh t conce iv e b e fo re the ro ds : but b e fore the l ate

shee p he di d n ot plac e the m An d ( so) the l ate o n es
.

were Lab an s, and the p ri m e o nes Jacob s: A nd the

’ ’

m an inc reased v ery greatly, and had a m u l ti tu de of

flocks, and handm ai ds, and servan ts, and cam els, and
ass es .

XXXI . A nd he
heard the words of L ab an s sons ’
,

sa i n J acob b ath tak en all th at was our fath er s ;

’
y g ,

and of th at whic h was our fath er s he hath gotte n all

’

th ese possess io ns An d Jakob saw the look s of Lab an

.
,
3

and b ehol d they were n ot with him as y es terday and

, , ,

the ti m e b efore A nd the Lo rd sai d to Jacob Re tu rn

.
,

to thy co untry and to thy nativ e (pl ace) and My Word

shall be for thy h elp A nd Jacob s ent and call ed
.

Rabel and Le ah to the fi eld wi th his flocks : and he

said to th em I s ee the look s of you r fath er that th ey
, ,

are not wi th m e as y esterday and the tim e b efore ; an d

the God of m y father hath b een to m y h elp A nd you .

kno w that with all m y stren gth I have served your

fath er ; but you r father h ath lied to m e and bath changed ,

m y wages ten ti m es ; bu t the L ord h ath not perm itte d

h im to h urt m e I f no w he sai d The streak e d sh all be

.
,

thy wages ; th en all the flock b are s treake d : an d if

now he sai d The che qu e red sh all be thy wages ; all the
,

O r, “
the p
as e ct of the looks of b
La an.
1 04 rane rm
'
va
or or os [
e x am

flock b are cheq uered Lord hath sep arate d . A nd the

th em fro m the cattle of yo ur fath er and h ath given ,

( th e m ) to m e A nd it was at.the ti m e w h en the

flocks co nceived I li fte d u p m y eyes an d saw in a

, ,

dream an d b ehold the ram s which le aped u pon the

, , ,

flock were ch e quere d streake d and s p e ckl e d A nd

, , .

the angel of the Lord said to m e in a dream Jacob , .

A nd I s ai d Be hold I am, A n d he sai d Lift u p now

, .
,

thine eyes and s ee all the ram s which l eap u po n the

, ,

flock are ch e qu ere d stre ak ed and sp e ckle d : b e cause , ,

all that Lab an h ath done to th e e is m anife s t b efo re Me .

I am E loha who appeared to thee at Bethel where

,
’
,

tho u didst anoint the pillar an d where b efore Me tho u ,

didst swear the oath : ari se now go from this lan d and , ,

re tu rn to the l and of thy birth A nd Babel and L eah .

ans were d an d sai d to hi m H av e we yet a portio n or ,

inh eri tance in our father s house A re we n ot

’

accou nted as strange rs by hi m ? for he h ath s old u s ,

and b ath de vo u red ou r m oney al s o Therefore all the .

,

wealth that the Lord b ath se p arate d fro m our fath er is

ou rs and ou r children s : and now all that the L ord hath ’

said to th ee do A nd Jak ob aro se and lifte d u p his

, .
,

s o n s an d his wiv es u o n c am e ls ; and le d all his h erds

p
and all his su b stan ce which he had ob tai ne d his h erds ,

and his s u b stanc e which he had ob tai ned in Padan .

Aram to go u nto Iz h ak his father in the land of

,

Kenaan A n d Lab an had gone to sh ear his flock and

.

Bab el took the im age s that were her fath er s A nd 1 ’

.

Jakob conceale d fro m Lab an the A ram ite and sho wed ,

him n ot that he went A nd he we nt b e and all that .

,

we re his ; and he aro se and p ass e d the Phrat and set ,

his face toward the m ou ntai n of Gilead A nd it was .

9
S am V
ers I am the Most Might y
bb
. .
, .

The word in the H ebrew tort (tera lrim ) is ro a l

Ts ilma nai a .

p p y
from the Aram aic terapla, to inquire . ”
1 06 TA RGUM or or
va os [
CH A R

and ente re d the te nt But Babe l had tak en

of Bab el .

the i m ages, an d lai d them in the p anniers of the cam el s,

and sat u po n th e m A nd Lab an searched all the te nt,
.

bu t fo u nd not A nd she sai d to her father, L et it n ot

.

be di spleas ing in the eyes of m y lord, that I am n ot able

to r sei b e fore th ee for the way of wo m en is u pon m e .

A nd be s cruti ni z e d bu t fou nd not the im ages ,

A nd .

Jakob was angry and conte nde d with Laban A n d

,
.

Jakob ans wered and said to Lab an What is m y gu ilt , ,

wh at is m y cri m e th at thou h ast pu rsue d after m e

,
?

N ow that thou hast search e d all m y thi ngs what has t 7

,

thou fo und of all the things of thy ho use ?

,
S et it here
before m y b rethren and thy brethre n and they shall ,

deci de be twee n u s b oth These twenty years have I

.

been with thee ; thy ewes and thy goats have n ot faile d ,

an d the ram s of th fl ock I h ave not e aten Th e

y .

wo unde d I h ave not b rough t to thee ; wh at was defi

cient in n um b er from m y h and hast thou requ ired it
, .

I have watc hed by day and I have watc h e d by n ight ,

.

( Th u s ) h a v e I b e e n i n th e day t he h e at d evo u r e d m e a n d ,

the fro st cam e do wn u po n m e at ni gh t an d sl eep p assed ,

away fro m m y ey es These twenty y ears have I serv ed

.

in thy ho use ; fourteen y ears for thy two dau ghters ; an d

six y e ars for thy s h e ep ; an d tho u h ast ch an e d m
g y
wages te n ti m es Unless the God of m y fathers the
.
,

God of Ab rah am and H e who m Iz hak hath feare d had

,
8
,

b een m y h elper even n ow thou hadst sent m e away

,

e m p ty : bu t m labo d th t v il f m h d
y u r an e ra a , o y a n s ,

have b een m anifes t b e fo re the Lo rd and H e re bu k ed ,

the e in the eveni ng A nd L ab an answered and said to

.

Jakob The dau ghters are m y daughte rs an d the sons

, ,

m y s o n s an d the sh e ep are m y sh ee p and all wh atso

, ,

The H ebre w kar answers to the A rabic baron, a p an nier, cradl e ,

or chair, pl aced on each side the cam el.

”

7
O r, v essels .
3
S am Vers ,
”
. . the Redee m er of I z hak .
xxn .
] on a ns rs . 1 07

e ver thou seest is m ine ; and to these m y dau g hters , ,

wh at can I do this day or u nto their chil dre n whic h ,

they hav e born ? A nd now co m e let u s e nte r i nto a ,

c ovenan t I an d tho u , an d it shall be for a witness ,

between m e and thee A nd Jakob took a sto ne and .

,

se t it u a a pilla A nd J kob ai d t hi b th n
p s r a s o s re re.
,

Collect sto nes ; and th ey took sto nes and m ade a ,

m ou nd and ate there u po n the m o und

”
, A n d L ab an .

call e d it Y egar S ahadutha b ut Jakob c alle d it Gal 1

,

Ed .
‘
A nd Lab an sai d Thi s m ou nd te stifieth b e twee n ,

m e and thee to day Therefore he called the n am e of it

- .

The H e ap o f Witnes s and The O b servato ry ; for he ,

3

sai d T he Wo rd of the Lord will ob serv e b etwe e n m e

,

and th ee when we are hi dde n (e ach) m an fro m his

,

n eighbo u r I f thou sh alt afflict m y daughte r or if

. s
,

thou shalt tak e wiv es ove r m y daugh te rs no m an is ,

with u s ; s ee the Wo rd of the Lord is witness b etwe en

,

m e an d th ee A nd Lab an sai d to Jakob B e hol d this

.
,

m ou nd and thi s pillar which th ou h ast erec ted b etween ,

m e and thee Thi s m ou nd an d pillar are a wi tness that I

.
,

will not pass over this m oun d to th ee ; and th at tho u shalt

not pas s o v er thi s m o u nd an d thi s pillar to do m e e vil ,
.

The God o f Ab raham and the God of N achor s hal l

j udge b etween us the God of th eir fath ers ‘
,
A nd .

“
Jakob sware by Him whom Iz hak his fath er fe ared .

A nd Jakob sacrifi ce d victi m s in the m ou ntain and ,

called his breth ren to eat b read ; and they ate b read ,

and tabem acle d in the m ou ntai n A nd Lab an arose .

Beg u m , a cum ulus or m ou nd ; from deger, H eb . dag ar, to

p
,
”
collect, ile up .

Th e H eap of Witness The oldes t specim en of A ram aic e xtant .

H b p
.

e re w, The H ea of Witness .
”

S ak u tlaa . Chald , from S eka,

. aq aez it, contemp late» eat . The
H ebrew M iz peh
V
.

“
S am ers , the Go d of A b raham
V
. . .

S am . ers . , by the Redeem er of his father I z hak .

 1 08 m as on or O N K HL C S [
CH A R

in the m orni ng, and ki sse d his sons and hi s dau hte rs,
g
an d b les se d the m and went and Lab an re turne d to his
, ;
p l ace A. n d Jako b went on hi s way an d the angels , of

the Lord m et him A nd wh e n Jakob s aw them

.
, he
s ai d Thi s is a b o st
,
‘
fro m b efore the Lo rd and he
called the nam e of the place Mah anaim .

SE CI I O N
‘
VIII .

VA YIS H L A CH .

AN D Jakob se n t m esse ngers be fore him to E sau his

b rother to the
land of Se ir in the regio n
,
,
7
of E dom ;

an d b e i n stru c te d the m sayi n So h all ou tell to m y

g s y , ,

lord to E s au : Thu s saith thy servant Jako b With

, ,

Lab an I have dwelt an d hav e tarried u ntil now A nd

, , .

I have oxen and asses sh ee p and servants and ban d

, , , ,

m ai ds and h ave se nt to sho w m y lo rd to fi nd rac e in

, g ,

thi ne ey e s A nd the m e sse nge rs retu rne d to Jakob

.
,

s ayin
g W, e c am e to thy b r o th e r to E s au ; a n d h e ,

co m eth als o to m eet thee and fo ur hu ndre d m en with ,

him . A nd Jako b feare d greatly an d it di stre sse d him , .

A nd be divi ded the pe opl e th at we re with him an d the ,

s h ee p an d o x e n and cam e ls
, i nto two h osts an d sai d
, , , ,

I f E sau com e to the one ho st and s m i te it the ho st ,

that is le ft m ay esc ap e A nd Jak ob sai d God of m y

.
,

fathe r Ab rah am and God of m y father Iz h ak the Lord

, , ,

w ho di dst s ay to m e Re turn to thy co u ntry an d to thy

,

n ative p lace an d I will do th ee

, g oo d l e ss are m
y ri gh t

e ou s ne s ses th an all the m erci es and all the b e n efits

which Th ou h ast p erfo rm e d u n to Thy se rvan t : for

alone I passe d thi s Y arden a an d now I h av e b e co m e ,

two b ands Deliv er m e now from the h and of m y

.

b rother fro m the hand of E sau for I am afraid of him

, ,

O r, cam p .
7 S am . V
ers. , g able , (
g ebe l , ) the m ountain .
1 10 m as o n or O N K E L O S [ CH A R

thi g h, and the

hollow of J acob s thigh was dislocate d ’ 9

in wre stli ng with him A nd he s ai d L et m e go ; 1

.for ,

the m orning as c e nde th A nd he s ai d I will not le t .

,

Thee go unless Thou bless m e A n d H e said to him

, .
,

Wh at is thy nam e ? A nd he sai d Jakob A nd He , .

s ai d Thy nam e s hall b e n o lo n er J akob b ut I srael ;

, g ,

for a p ri nce art thou b efo re the Lord and wi th m e n , ,

an d thou h ast p re vail ed A nd Jakob ask e d H im an d .

,

sai d Sho w m e n o w Thy Nam e

, A nd H e sai d Why do st ,

tho u ask My Nam e ? A nd H e blesse d hi m the re A nd .

Jakob calle d the nam e of the place Peniel : be cause I

h ave seen the Angel of the Lord face to face and m y ,

sou l h ath b e en sav e d A nd the s un aro s e u p on him as

he pass e d over Pen u el an d he went l am e u po n his ,

thi gh Therefore the so ns of Israel do not eat the

.

si n e w which s h rank which is u po n the hollo w of the

,

thi gh u nto thi s day b ecau se H e to uch e d the hollo w

, ,

of J akob s thigh in the sine w th at sh rank

’
.

XXXIII A nd Jakob lifte d u p his eyes and saw

.
, ,

an d b ehol d E s au c am e an d with him fo u r h u n dre d

, , ,

m en ; an d b e di v i de d the childre n wi th L e ah and with ,

Babel and with the two conc u bi nes

, A nd he s et the .

concubines and their children first and Le ah and her ,

children afte r and Bab el and J o seph after th e m A nd

, .

he p ass ed over b efore th e m an d bowe d to the e arth ,

seve n ti m es u ntil he c am e n i gh to his b roth er A n d E sau

, .

ran to m eet him an d e m b race d him an d fell u po n his

”
, ,

n e ck an d ki ss e d him ; and th ey we pt
, A nd he li fte d .

u p hi s ey e s and saw the wo m e n and the childre n and

, ,

sai d Wh at are th e se to th ee ?
, A nd he sai d The ,

children who m the Lord h ath given to thy se rvant .

A nd the con cu bines approache d they and th eir chil dren , ,

and bo we d A nd L eah also app ro ache d and her childre n

.
,

O r,
“
m oved .
1
S end m e awa y .

O r, to preve nt him .
xxxi i i .
] OH GE N E S I S . 1 11

and bowed ; and afterward Jose ph and Babel appro ached ,

and b o wed A nd he said What to thee is all this

.
,

tro op which I have m et ? A n d he sai d To fin d m ercy ,

in the eyes of m y lo rd A nd E sau s ai d I h av e m u ch .

, ,

m y broth er ; let wh at is thi ne own p rofi t thee A nd

’
.

Jako b said I pray thee if I hav e now fou nd m ercy in

, ,

thine eye s th at tho u wo ul dst acce pt the pres ent from

,

m y han d b ec ause I h ave now se en thy face as the v i sio n

,

o f the face o f the G reat an d tho u art pl e as e d wi th m e , .

Rece ive I p ray m y offeri ng whi ch is b rou gh t to thee

, , ,

b ecause the Lord hath b een m erciful to m e and b ecause ,

I h ave all A nd he was urgent on him and he took it

.
, .

A nd he sai d L et u s journ ey and go and I will go

, ,

al ong wi th thee A n d he s ai d My l ord k noweth that

.
,

the little o nes are ten der an d the s hee p and kine giving ,

m i lk are wi th m e ; and i f th ey ov e rdri v e th e m one day ,

all the flock m ay die L et m y lo rd p ass on b e fore his

.

servant an d I wil l lead on qu i etly acco rdi ng to the foo t

, ,

o f the little ones accordi ng to the fo ot of the work th at

,

is be fo re m e and acco rdi ng to the fo ot of the su ckli ngs

, ,

u ntil I co m e to m y lo rd at S ei r A n d E sau sai d L e t m e .

‘
,

leave wi th thee of the pe ople who are wi th m e A nd he .

sai d Why sho uld thi s be ? L e t m e fin d grace in the ey es

,

of m y lo rd A nd E sau returne d that day on his way to

.

Seir A nd Jakob jo urneyed to S u ccoth and b uilded him

.
‘
,

an house and m ade tab ernacl es fo r his cattl e ; the refo re

,

he called the nam e of the pl ace S u cc oth .

‘

A nd Jakob cam e in pe ace to the city of S heke m ,

whi ch is in the l and of K enaan in his co m i ng fro m ,

Padan Aram and he abo de n ear the face of the city

,
.

A nd he bo u ght the po sses sio n of the fi e ld wh ere he had

s p read his te nt o f the han d of the s ons of H am o r the
, ,

father of S heke m for a h u ndred l am b s A n d he rai sed

,
.

O r, p ro sper wi th thine own S am V

ers Gabla
b
. . .
, .

“
Ta ernacles .
”
112 m as on or O N K E L O S
[CHAL

th ere an altar, an d offered service u po n it b efore God,

the Go d of Israel .

XXXIV . A nd D i nah, the daughte r

L eah who m of ,

s he b are to Jakob we nt fo rth to s ee the dau h ters of

, g
the land A nd Shek e m bar H am o r the Hivite the
.
,

ri nce of the l an d saw her an d took her an d la with

p , y , ,

he r an d h u m bl e d her
, A nd his so ul took pl easu re in
.

D inah the daughter of Jakob and he lo v ed the dam sel , ,

an d s p ak e to the h e art of the dam se l A nd S hek e m .

s p ak e to H am o r his fath er s ayi ng Take to m e thi s , ,

dam sel for a wi fe A nd Jakob h e ard th at he had pol

.

lute d D i nah his dau gh ter A nd hi s so ns were wi th his

.

fl ock s in the fi eld ; an d Jak ob was s ilent u ntil th ey were

co m e A n d Ham or the fath er o f S hekem c am e fo rth to
.

Jakob to speak with him A nd the son s of Jakob cam e .

f o m t he fi e ld wh en th ey h eard A n d the m e n we re
u
p r .

indi gnan t an d v ery angry b ecau se sham e had b een ,

wro ught in Israe l by his lying wi th the dau ghter o f

J aco b ; for so it shou ld n ot have b een done A nd .

H am or s p ak e with the m sayi ng The sou l of S hek em m y

, ,

s on h ath ple asu re in yo u r dau ghter ; give her n ow to

him to wife A n d m arry with u s and tak e ou r

.
,

dau ghte rs to you ; an d the l and sh all be b efore you ;

i nh abit and do b usi ness in it an d p ossess it A nd ,
.

S hek e m s ai d to her fath er an d to he r b re thren L e t m e ,

fi n d favo u r in yo ur eye s and wh at you s hall te ll m e I

,

will give Mu l tiply u p on m e dowry and p resent and I

.
,

will give as you m ay te ll m e ; bu t gi v e m e the dam sel to

wife .A n d the so ns o f Jakob ans were d S hek em and
Ham o r his fath er and with su btl ety they sp ake b ecause
, ,

he had defil e d Di nah th eir si ste r A nd th ey sai d to .

the m We can not do thi s thing to give our si ste r to a

, ,

m an u nci rcu m ci se d ; for th at ( woul d b e ) a re p ro ach to

us. Ne verth eless in this we will agree wi th you if you ,

will be as we are by ci rcu m cisi ng e v ery m al e am ong

,
1 14 m as o n or onxnnos [
O RA L

their oxen and th eir asses an d all that was in the city
, ,

an d the fi eld th ey to ok A n d all thei r s ub stance an d all

, .
,

the ir little o nes an d th eir wi ves th ey c apture d and

, ,

s oil e d an d all whi ch was in the ho use A n d Jak o b

p , .

sai d to S he m e o n an d L evi You h av e trou b le d m e in , ,

u tting strife b etween m e and the inhabi tants of the

p
lan d the K enaani tes and the Perrez ites and I a pe ople
, ,

f
( )e w for n u m b e r ; an d th e y w ill g at h er ag ai ns t m e ,

and sm ite m e an d I sh all p eri sh I an d the m e n of m

, y ,

house A nd they sai d A s with an outcas t should he

.
,

deal with ou r si ster ?

XXXV A nd the Lord said to Jakob Arise go u p
.
, ,

to Beth el an d dwe ll th ere an d m ake th ere an altar

, ,

u nto Elobe who ap pe are d to th ee wh en in thy fli ht fro m

’
, g
before E sau thy b rother A nd Jakob s ai d to the m en .

of his ho use and to all who we re with him Pu t away

, ,

the gentil e i dols th at are am o ng you an d p urify ; and

1
,

ch ange yo ur rai m ent an d we will arise and o u t

g p o

Bethel and I will m ake there an altar u nto E loha who

,
9
,

h eard m y prayer in the day of m y distress and whose ,

Word was m y h elper in the way that I went A nd .

th ey gav e J akob all the gentile i dols th at were in the ir

hands and the j e wels that were in their ears an d Jakob
, ,

hid them u nder the terebi nth which was near S hek em .

A nd they jou rneyed ; an d fe ar fro m b efore the Lord

was u po n the p eopl es in the citi es surro un di ng th em ;
an d th ey follo wed n ot afte r the s on s of J akob A nd .

Jak ob c am e to L uz which is in the land of Kenaan , ,

which is Beth el be and all the p eople wh o were with

,

him . A nd he bu ilded there an altar and call e d the ,

place El Beth el b ecause the Angel of the Lord had,

appe ared to him th ere wh en he fle d fro m befo re his

brother A nd Deborah the nurse of Revekah di ed

.
, , ,

9
S am Vers the Most Might O ne y
p pl
. . .
,

The idols of the eo es .

xxn .
] ON s m asrs . 1 15

and was b uried below Bethel in ,

the de clivity of the
vale ; and he calle d the nam e of it, The vale of

weepi ng .
‘

A n d the Lo rd appeared u nto Jakob agai n wh en he

had com e fro m Padan Aram and bl e ssed him A nd , .

the Lord sai d to Jakob Thy nam e shall be n o m o re ,

Jakob bu t Israel shall be thy nam e ; and he called his

,

n am e I srae l A n d the Lord sai d to him I am E l

.
,

S hadai increase and m ultiply a people and an

asse m b lage of trib es s h all be fro m the e and ki ngs who ,

s hall rei gn over the pe oples sh all co m e forth fro m th ee .

A n d the l and th at I gave to Abraham and to Iz h ak I

will give u nto thee and to thy s o ns afte r th ee will I give
, ,

the lan d A nd the glory of the L ord as ce nde d above

.

him in the place where He had s pok en wi th hi m

, A nd .

Jakob ere cte d a pillar in the place where H e had sp oken

with him a pillar of ston e and o u tpo u re d lib ations u pon
, ,

it and p ou red oil the re on

, A nd Jak ob calle d the nam e .
‘

of the place wh ere the Lo rd had s pok e n with hi m

Bethel A nd they journey ed from Be thel and th ere

.
,

was yet a sp ace of land to co m e u nto Eph rath ; and ‘

Babel travaile d an d had hard ( p ai n) in her birth

,

labo ur A nd as she travail e d in her lab ou r the m id

.
,

wife sai d to her Fear not for al s o this to thee is a , ,

son . A nd it was in the goi ng fo rth of her so ul for s he ,

died that she call e d his nam e The s on of m y woe

, bu t
his father calle d him Benj am in ‘
A nd Bab el di e d and .
,

was b uri e d in the way of Ephrath which is Be th ,

L e chem A nd Jak ob erecte d a pill ar u p on he r grav e

.

th at is the pillar of the to m b of Babel u nto thi s day .

A nd Israel p ro cee de d and spre ad his tab ernacle

3
Mirar be lcitlta
'

S kep l mls m isera . .

L iterall y Ice m b araa lr, an acre of groun d S om e thi nk that l am b

”

p
.
,

araah m eans as m uch land as can be loughed in a day ; a tract of ground .

S on of the right hand .

1 16 m as o n or ona os [ CH A P.

b eyond the tower of Adar A nd it was . while I srael

dwel t in that land th at Reu b en went an d lay ,

wi th Bilhah the co ncu bine of his father A nd Israel

, .

h eard it .

A n d the sons of Jakob were twe lve The s o ns of .

Leah the fi rstbom of Jakob Reu b en and S hem eon

, , , ,

an d L evi and J ehu dah and I ssak ar an d Z eb ul on

, , T he , .

s o ns o f Bab el Jo se ph an d Be nj am i n
, The s o ns of .

Bilhah the handm ai d of Bab el D an and Naph tali and

, ,

the so ns of Zilpha the h andm ai d o f L eah Gad and

, ,

As her . These are the s o ns of Jakob who were born to ,

him in P adan Aram A n d Jakob c am e u nto Iz h ak his

.

fath er u nto M am re the city of Arb a which is H eb ro n ;

, , ,

for Abrah am an d Iz hak had dwe lt there A nd the .

days of Iz h ak were an h undred and e i ghty years A nd .

Iz hak expire d and die d and was gath ered u nto hi s ,

op le old an d con tent with day s ; an d E sau and Jako b

p e ,

his so ns b urie d him .

XXXVI A nd these are the generations of E sau who

.
,

is E dom E sau took his wi ve s fro m the daughte rs of

.

Kenaan : A da daughter of H elon the Hittite and

, ,

A halivam a the daugh te r of A na the dau ghter of

, ,

S ibeo n the Hivite and Base m ath the dau ghter of

, ,

I sh m ael the sister of Nebaioth

, A n d A da b are to .

E sau E liphaz ; and Basem atb bare Reii el ; andA halivam a

b are Jehus and Jaalam and K orach Th ese are the
, , .

s o ns of E sau who were bo rn to him in the l an d of

Kenaan A nd Esau took his wives and his s o ns an d

.
, ,

his dau ghters an d all the so ul s of his house and his

, ,

fl ock s an d all his cattle and all his su b stance which he

, ,

had gotten in the land of Kenaan an d went i nto ,

anoth er l an d from b efo re Jakob his b roth er ; b e cau se

th ei r su b stan ce was too gre at for th e m to dwel l to geth er ,

an d the lan d of th eir h abitatio n co ul d n ot s u s tai n the m

with regard to their cattle A nd E sau dwelt in the .

118 m as o n or on xnnos [ CHA L

H em aim , i an d the
Lotan was Tim na A nd the se
s ste r of .

are the B eni S hob al Alv an an d M an ah ath and Eb al , , , ,

S h ephi and Gu am , A n d th e e are the s o n s of Ze becn

. s
,

A ya an d A na ; he is A na who fou nd the gi ants in the 1

dese rt whil e he tende d the as ses of his fath er Zib eon .

A n d these are the chil dren of A na D i sho n an d Ahali , ,

vam a the daughte r of A na A nd these are the sons of .

D is han : H em dan and E shb an an d Jethran an d , , ,

K eran These are the sons of E tser : Bilan and Zaavan

.
, ,

a nd Ak an These are the sons of D ishan : H uts and

.

Ar an These are the chieftains of the Choras i Babb a

.

Lotan Babb a Shobal Babba Zebeon Babb a A na Babb a

, , , ,

D ishon Babba Etser Babba Dishan These are the

, , .

chi eftai ns of the Choraai acco rding to th eir p rin cip ali ties ,

in the l and of S eir .

A nd the se are the kings who rei gne d in the l and of

E do m b efore that ki ngs reigned am ong the so ns of
,

Israel : Bela the son of Be or reigned in E do m and the ,

n am e of his ci ty was D in hava A nd Bel a die d and .

,

instead of him rei gne d Yobab the son of Zerah of

Botsra A nd Yohab died and i nstead of hi m reigned
.
,

Hu sh am of the land of the sou th

, A n d H usham .

die d and in stead of him reigned H adad the son of

, ,

Be dad who slew the Me di ana in the fi elds of Moab ;

,

an d the nam e of his city was Avith A nd H adad die d .

,

and in his stead reigne d S im lah of M ase re ka A nd .

S im lah die d and in his stead reigned Shaul of Be cho

,

voth which is on the Ph rat A n d Shau l di ed and in

,
’ ’
.
,

his stead re igne d Baal Ch anan bar Akhor A n d Baal -

.

Chanan bar Akhor died and in his stead reigne d H adar , ,

and the nam e of his ci ty was Pa u ; and the nam e of

his wife Mehetavel the dau ghter of Matere d the , ,

1
H ebrew, fia ye mim , the m ules The S am Vera
'

I t}; g i bbaraza
p
. . . .

“ ”
has, am aim ai, the E mi m peo le
V
.

S am . ers Paths .
”
xxxvn .
] 0N sm srs . 119

daughte r of a ch anger of gold A n d th ese are the .

‘

nam es of the chi eftains of E sau , afte r the ir ki n dre ds, by

their places , with th eir nam es : Bab b a Ti m na, Babba

Alvah, Bab b a Jetheth, Babba A halivam a, Bab ba El ab,
Babb a Phi non, Babb a Kenez , Babb a Te m an , Bab ba
Mabz ar, Bab b a Magdiel, Babb a Iram : th es e are the
chie ftai ns of E do m , after th ei r habitatio n s in the land

of their posse ssio ns H e is E sau, the father of the

.

E dom ites .

SECTION IX .

VA YE S HE V .

XXXVII A N D Jakob dwelt in the l and

.

hab i tation o f his fath er in the land of Ke naan These

,
.

are the ge ne ratio ns Jo se ph was a son of

of Jakob .

se venteen y ears ; he k ept the flock with his b roth ers ;

and he had b ee n b ro u ght u p with the s o ns of Bilhah ,

and with the so ns of Zilpha the wive s of his fath er ; ,

and Jos e ph b ro ugh t th ei r evil report to his fath er .

But I srael love d Jo seph m ore than all his son s b e cau se ,

he had in him a wis e son and he m ade him a v ari e ,

d robe A d his b ro th ers saw that th eir father

‘
gate n .

Bal ls Metm rep h Jakart a

pi
.

0 r, ( K stona M assa) a rob e of i a , coloured ones

'

. eces , . . .

H ebrew, K e tonatfi p assim I n the treati se N egaim xi 7, w e have

p
. .

i
p ps e s in, sm all ieces
”
Cast el de
. fine s the Ch ald ee root p esa, to

e xpand,
”
an d the H ebrew noun payou ts, extens ion H ence , som e .

would render Ki tona M ass es;

“ ”
a long robe ; or, as Gesenius does

the H ebre w, a garm ent reaching down to the extrem ities

”
Com are . p
J J
onathan an d the erusalem Targum on the verse The S am ari tan reads .

as the H ebrew The Paschite has K atina da p edyotlm , a hi nged

b
.

the L XX , a various ro e
”
sm a rt ; .
1 20 m as o n or O N K E L O S [ CHA L

lov ed him bette r th an all hi s b rethren, and th ey h ate d

him , and we re not willi ng to spe ak wi th him p eace ably .

A nd Jose ph dream ed a dream , and sho wed it to his

b rothers, and they h ated him the m ore ‘5
A n d he sai d .

to the m , H ear now thi s dream w hich I h av e dream e d

Behol d, we were binding sh eave s in the m i dst of the
fi eld, and lo l m y sh eaf aro se and b e cam e u prigh t, and,
b ehold, your sheaves sto od around and wor hippe d m y s

s h eaf A nd his brothers sai d to him , I s it thy fancy

.

rei gnn to rei gn over u s ? or a shultan, do st tho u thi nk

to govern us ? A n d th ey adde d yet to hate him for
his dream s and for his wo rds A nd he dream e d yet
.

ano the r dream , an d des c rib e d it to his b roth ers, s ayi ng,

Be hold, I h av e dre am e d a dream agai n ; and lo, the sun,

an d the m oo n, and e l ev en stars wo rshipped m e A n d he .

desc rib e d it to his father and to his brethren ; an d his

father re b uk ed him and sai d to hi m , What dream is
6

thi s that tho u h ast dre am e d ? A m I and thy m oth er

and thy b rothers to co m e an d worship th e e on the

e arth ? A n d his b rothe rs en vie d him ; b u t his father

kept the wo rd A nd his b rothers went to te nd the flock
.

of th e ir fath er in S hek e m A nd I srae l said to Josepb,

.

D o not thy bro th ers te nd the fl ock in S hek em ? Co m e,

I will sen d th ee to th em A nd he said, Behold m e
. .

A n d he sai d to him , Go now, and see the wel fare of

your b roth ers and the welfare of the fl ock, an d return
m e wo rd A nd be sent him fro m the v al e of H e b ron,
.

and he c am e to S hek em A n d a m an fou nd him , and,

.

b ehold, he wandered in the fi el d A nd the m an .

inq uire d of him , sayi ng, Who m see kest thou ? A nd he

sai d I look for m y b rothers show m e I b eseech thee
, , ,

where they fee d A n d the m an s ai d They h av e go ne

.
,

hen ce ; for I h eard them say We will go to D othan , .

A nd Jo se ph went after his brethren an d found them ,

A dded to hate him . S am Vers ,

. . was y with him
angr .
”
1 22 m as o n or O N K E L O S [
0m m

in the pit A nd he rent his clo th es, and retur ne d to

.

his b re thren, and said, The yo uth is not ; and I, whi the r
sh all I go ? Bu t they took Jo seph s rob e, and kille d
’

a kid of the goats, an d dabb le d the rob e i n the b loo d .

A nd they s ent the v ariegate d rob e, and they brou ght to

their fath er, and sai d, This h ave we fo u nd ; know now
wh eth er it is the r obe
A nd he
of thy son, or n o t
.

knew it, and said, I t is m y son s robe ; an e vil beast

’

hath de vo ure d him : slain, slain is Jose ph A nd Jakob

rent his clothes, and wrapp e d s ackclo th u po n his loins,

and m o u rne d for his so n m any day s A nd all his so ns, .

an d all his
ho use arose to com fort him ; b u t he refused
,

to take co m fo rt and sai d For I will go do w n u nto m y

, ,

son m o urning i nto Sh eol

, A n d his fathe r wep t for .

him A nd the Mi dianites s old him in Mi z raim to

.

Potiphar a pri nce of Pbaroh chief of the kille rs

, ,
.

X XXVIII A nd it was at that tim e th at J ehu da went

.

do wn from his b rethren an d tu rned asi de to an A dulam ite

,

m an who s e nam e was Hira A nd Je hu da saw th ere .

the dau ghte r of a m erchant m an who se n am e was Sh uv a ,

an d he took her and we nt in with he r ; and she co nc eive d

and b are a son and he c all e d his nam e H e r ; an d s he

,

co nceived again an d b are a son and c alle d his nam e

, ,

O nan A nd she added agai n and b are a son and

.
, ,

called his nam e S helah ; and he was in K ez ib when she

b are him A nd Jehu da took a wi fe for H er his first
.

b orn and her nam e was Tam ar A nd H er the first

, .

b orn of Jehu da was e vil before the Lord an d the Lord ,

cau se d him to die A nd Jehuda s ai d to O nan Go in

.
,

wi th the wi fe of thy b roth er and associ ate with her , ,

an d rai se u p see d to thy b ro ther

’

A nd O nan k new .

th at afte r his n am e the s ee d wou ld n ot b e c alled

an d it was that whe n he wen t in with the wi fe of his

b ro ther b e corru pted his way u p on the earth that he

,

m i ght not rai se up seed u nto his b roth er and wh at he

xxxv m .
] 0N GEN E S I S . 1 23

did was e vil be fo re the Lord, an d b e cau se d him also to

die . A nd J ehu da sai d to T am ar his dau ghte r in law, - -

Re m ai n a wi dow in thy fathe r s ho use u ntil Sh el ah m y

’

son be gro wn u p F or he sai d, L es t he al s o die like

.

’
his b ro thers and Tam ar went and dwel t i n her father s
house A nd after m any days the dau gh te r of S hu va,
.

Jehu da s wi fe, die d : and Je hu da was co m fo rte d ; and

’

he went u p to the shearers of his sh ee p, he and Hira

the A du lam ite his fri end u nto Ti m nath A nd it was .

s ho wn to Tam ar, sayi ng, Behol d, thy father-in law -

c o m eth to Ti m nath to sh ear his shee p A nd she l aid .

aside the dress of he r wi do whoo d an d co v ere d h e rse l f ,

with a m an tl e ( or a large v eil ) and ado rne d h e rs elf and , ,

”

sat in the di v i ding o f A y nin which is in the way to ‘

Ti m nath For she saw that Shelah had gro wn u p and

.
,

s he had n ot b ee n iv e n to him f a wi fe A n d J e hu da
g or .

s aw he r an d tho u gh t th at she was an o utc a t b e cause

,
s
,

s he had cov ered her fac e A nd he de cli ned to her by

.

the way and sai d Give m e n ow to go in u nto th ee ; for

, ,

he did not k now that she was his dau gh te r in law - - .

A n d s he sai d What wilt thou giv e m e th at tho u m aye st

, ,

co m e to m e ? A n d he sai d I will s e nd th ee a kid of ,

the go ats from the fl ock A nd s he s ai d I f th ou wilt

.
,

g i v e m e a pl e d ge u n til tho u s e nd A nd he s ai d .
,

What is the pl edge th at I shall gi ve thee ? A n d she s ai d ,

Thy seal ring and thy scarf and thy staff that is in thy
-
, ,

hand A nd he gav e to her and went in to her an d

.
, ,

she c on ce ive d by hi m A nd she aro s e and we nt and

.
, ,

t ff th v il f o m h a n d dre sse d h e rs elf in the dres s

p u o e e r er ,

o f he r wi do whoo d A n d J ch u da se nt the kid of the

.

a ts by the b and of hi s fri e n d the A du lam ite to re ce iv e

g o , ,

S am Vers changed herself

pi
. . .
,

B p /za ras lzofl r Aym s , branching of the road

’
’
in a con s cuous .

The S am Vere has, in the gate of Ch asbim

. . .

”
-
S hos hep h, a handkerchief, radarism .

s 2
1 24 m as o n or O N KE L O S [ CHA R

the fro m the h and of the wo m an ; bu t he co u l d

pledge
not find her A nd he in quire d of the m en of the pl ace,
.

sayin , Wh ere is the h arlo t who was in A nin u po n the

g y
way ? A n d th ey sa d
i to him There is no h arlot here , .

A nd be re turned to J ch u da and sai d I co uld not fin d , ,

he r ; the m en of the place also sai d th e re is no harlot

there A nd Jeb uda said L et her take it to her le st we
.
, ,

be in co nte m pt : b ehold I sent this kid and tho u h as t

, ,

not foun d he r A nd it was three m onth s and it was

.
,

s ho we d to J ehu da sayi n T am a th d au hte r in law

g r y, g ,
- -

hath co m m itted fornication and b e hold she is with , , ,

child by forn ication A nd Jehu da sai d Bring her out

.
, ,

and let her be b u rne d A nd she was b rou ght ou t

. .

A nd she sent to her father in law saying By the m an - -

, ,

to who m th es e b elong I am with child A nd she .

sai d Ack n owl e d e now whose are th ese the s eal th

, g , e , ,

s c arf and the staff ?

, A n d Jehuda ack no wle dged and
sai d ,S he is j u sti fie d in h avi ng con ce ived from m e ,

b ec ause I have not given her Shelah m y son A nd he .

ad ded n ot again to k n o w her A nd it wa the ti m e o f . s

her giving birth an d b e hol d twins were in her wom b

, , , .

A nd it was in givi ng birth th at one of the m put forth a

hand ; and the m idwife took and tied sc arlet up on his
h and saying Thi s c am e the fi rst A nd it was when he
, , .

had drawn b ack his h and th at his b rothe r cam e forth

and she sai d H ow m u ch gre ate r strength is wi th thee
, ,

that thou h ast prevailed ! A nd she c alled his nam e

Pharets A n d afterwards c am e forth his b rother who
.

had the cri m son on his hand and she calle d his nam e ,

XXXIX But Joseph was b rou ght down into Miz rai m
.
,

an d P otiphar a chief o f Pb aroh a chi ef of the killers a

, , ,

Miz raite m an bou ght him fro m the hand of the A rabaee
,

who had brou gh t him do wn thither A nd the Word o f .

the Lord was the helper of Joseph and he becam e a ,

1 26 m as o n o r O N K E L O S [CHA R

le ft his r ob e with m e, and fle d

i nto the and we nt forth
stree t. A nd she let his robe re m ain wi th he r u ntil his
m aste r cam e in to his hou se A nd s he s pak e wi th him
.

th e s e wo rds sayi ng The H e b rew s e rv ant wh o m thou

, ,

b ro u gh te st u s cam e in to m e to m o ck at m e A nd it was .

wh en I li fte d u p m y v oic e and c ri e d he left his rob e ,

with m e an d fle d i nto the stree t A nd wh en his m as te r .

h eard the words o f his wi fe which she s pak e Wi th him ,

sa i ng Accordi ng to these thi ngs bath thy se rv ant do ne

y ,

to m e his anger waxe d s tro ng and his m as te r too k

, ,

Jo seph and delivere d him to the h ouse o f the bou nd

, ,

wh e re the p ri soners of the ki n g were b ou nd ; an d he

was th e re in the ho us e of the bou nd But the Word .

of the Lord was the h e l pe r of Jo s e ph and s h owed him ,

m ercy and gav e him favo ur in the ey es o f the captai n

,

of the p ri s on A nd the cap tai n of the pri so n gav e i nto

.

the h and o f J ose ph all the p ri son e rs who were in the

ho u se o f the bo u n d and all that they did th ere was do ne
,

acco rdi ng to his word T he captain of the p ri so n saw

.

n o fau lt in his h an d b e c ause the Word of the Lord

,

was his help er an d th at which he did the Lo rd m ade to

,

pro spe r .

XL A n d afte r these things the cu p b earer and the

.
-

b ak er o f the king of Miz rai m offe nde d their m as te r ,

the ki n g of Miz raim A n d Pb aroh was angry with

.

two of his chi e fs wi th the chi e f o f the cu pb e arers an d

,

with the chie f of the b ak ers A nd he gav e th em i nto .

ward in the hou se o f the c ap tai n of the e xe cu tio ners

( kill e rs ) in the ho u se of th e p ri s o n the p lac e wh e re ,

J ose ph was confine d A n d the cap tain of the exe .

cu tion ers app oi nte d Jo s e ph wi th th e m an d he m i ni s ,

te rad to th e m an d th e y were ce rtain day s in ward

, .

A n d they dre am e d a dre am b oth of th em e ach m an his , ,

dre am in one night each m an acc ording to the inte rpre

,

tatio n o f his dre am the c u pb e are r and the b ak e r of the

,
XL ] 0N s aN asrs . 1 27

king of Miz rai m who were confined in the hou se of the

,

b ound A nd Jose ph cam e to them in the m orning and

.
,

saw th e m and b e hol d they were m elancb cly

, , A nd he
, .

aske d the chi efs of P b arc h who were wi th him in ward ,

in hi s m aster s ho u se sayi ng Why are y our fac e s evi l

’
, ,

to day ? A nd th ey sai d to him We h ave dream e d a

-
,

dream and there is no i nterprete r of it

, A nd Jo se ph .

sai d to the m A re not i nte rpretations fro m b e fore the

,

Lord ? Relate it now to m e A nd the chief of the .

cu pb eare rs relate d his dream to Jo se ph an d s ai d to ,

him I n m y dre am b ehol d a vine was b efo re m e and in

, , , ,

the vin e were th re e b ran che s : and it was as it s pro u te d , ,

it p ro du ce d b u ds and h avi ng fl owere d ripe ne d cl u ste rs

, , ,

of gra e s A n d the cup of Pb aroh was in m y h an d ;

p .

and I took grap es an d exp re sse d th em i nto Pharob s

’

cu p and gav e the cup i nto Pharoh s h an d A n d J ose p h

’
.
,

s ai d to him Thi s is the inte rp re tati on

,
the three
b ranches are three day s A t the e nd of three day s .
,
“
Pbaroh will rem em b er thee an d re store thee to thy
se rvice an d tho u wilt giv e the cu p i nto Pharoh s h an d
’
, ,

acco rdi n to th form er c usto m wh e n th o u wast cu

g y p
b earer to him Bu t let re m em brance of m e be with
.

thee when it sh all b e well with thee and do m e fav o ur , ,

I besee ch thee and re m e m b er m e b e fore Pbaroh an d

, ,

deliv er m e from thi s pri s on For I was ve rily tak en by .

frau d fro m the lan d of the H ivraee and here h av e I do ne ,

no thi ng e vi l th at I shou ld be i m pri s one d A n d whe n .

the m as te r of the b ak ers saw that he had i nte rprete d

p leasantly he sai d to Joseph I also ( was) in m y dream
, , ,

and b e h ol d th re e b as kets of co nfe c tio ne ry

’
, ,
were u pon
m y head an d in the u pper b a k e t were all ( s o rts of)
,
s

foo d for Pbaroh the work of the b ak e r ; an d the bi rds

,

ate th em from the b ask e t th at was o n m y h e ad A nd .

S am Vers
. .
, will take up thy reck oning, or accou nt .

7 ”
Cl aim , ( Heb , chori,)
. white bread .
1 28 m as o n or O N K E L O S [CHAR

Joseph answere d an d sa
i d This is the i nterpretatio n of ,

it : The th ree b askets are three day s ; at the e nd of

three day s will Pb arc h re m ov e thy h e ad fro m off the e ,

and will h ang the e u po n a gibb et an d the bi rds will e at ,

thy fl esh from off th ee A nd it was on the thi rd day .

,

the day of the n ativi ty o f P barc h that he m ade a fe as t ,

fo r all his se rv ants and he to ok the h ead o f the chie f,

8

cu pb earer and the head o f the chi e f of the b ake rs i n 8

the m i ds t of his servants A nd b e re sto re d the chie f .

c upb earer to his offi ce and he gave the c up i nto ,

Pbaroh s h and A n d the chi ef of the b akers b e

’
.

hange d as Jo se ph had interp reted to th e m Yet the

, .

chi ef c u pbearer did not re m em b er Joseph bu t forgat ,

him .

S E CTION X .

VA YE H I ME K E TS .

A N D it was y ears th at Pbaroh

at the en d of two
dre am e d and b eh ol d he s tood by the River
, , A nd,
.
,

b eh ol d there cam e u p fro m the Rive r seven oxen go odly

, ,

in app e arance an d fat fleshe d ; and they graz ed in the

,
-

m eado w A nd b e hol d s e v en o the r o xe n cam e u p

9
, ,

fro m the ri ve r afte r th e m e v il i n app earanc e and le an , ,

flesh ed ; and they stoo d b e si de th e m by the b ank of the

ri v e r . A n d the e vi l looki ng and l ean fle s he d o xe n ate - -

u
p th e s e v e n we ll l ooki ng an d fat one s : an d P barc h
-

awok e A nd he sl ept and dre am e d a s ec on d ( ti m e) ;

.
,
.

and b e hol d s ev e n e ars rose u fro m o ne s talk large

, , p ,

an d oo d a n d b h ol d s e v en e ars thi n an d bl i hte d

g e , , g , , ,

8
S am . V ers .
,
“
the account .
9
O r, se dge .
1 30 m as on or O N K E L O S [CH A R

flesh, th at thei r like I have n ot see n in all the lan d of

Miz rai m for b adness . A nd the

lean oxen and evil o ne s
ate u p the se v e n fi rst fat o xe n A nd they e nte re d i nto
.

their sto m achs bu t it co ul d not be k nown th at they had

e nte re d i nto th ei r stom ach s for th ei r ap pearanc e was
,

b ad as b efo re ; and I awoke I s aw in m y dre am and

.
, ,

behold seve n e ars of corn aro se on one s talk full and

, ,

o d A n d b e hold se ven ( o th e r) cars b ard thi n an d

g o .
, , , , ,

blaste d ( with the ) east ( wind) sp rang u p afte r the m , .

A nd the thi n e ars de voured the se v e n goo d ears A nd .

I tol d it to the m agicians bu t there was no one who

,

could S ho w it to m e A nd Joseph ans we re d Pbarch

.
,

T he dre am of Pbaroh is on e Th at which the Lord is

.

abo ut to do H e h ath sho we d to Pharoh The se v e n .

o o d oxe n are se ve n y ears ; and the s e v e n goo d e ars of

g
corn are se v e n y ears ; the dream is one A nd the sev e n .

lean and e vi l oxen which c am e u p afte r th e m are se v e n '

years ; and the seven ears thin and blas ted wi th the east
, ,

wi n d are se v e n y ears of fam i ne

, This is the word .

which I h ave s poke n to Pbaroh What the Lord is .

ab ou t to do H e h ath S h o we d to Pb arc h
, Beh ol d there .
,

com e se ve n years of gre at pl e nty in all the land of Miz

raim . A n d afte r them will ari s e s even y ears of fam ine ,

an d all the pl e nty in the l an d o f Miz raim will be fo r

o tte n an d the fam in e wil l co nsu m e the p e ople of the

g ,

lan d A nd plenty will not be k no wn in the lan d fo r

.

that fam i ne which will be afterward for it will be very

m i ghty A nd fo rasm u ch as the dre am was re peate d to
.

Pbaroh twice it is a co nfirm e d thi ng b e fore the Lord

, ,

and the Lo rd wi ll h aste n to do it A n d no w let Pharoh .

look ou t a p rudent an d wi se m an and ap poi nt him o v e r ,

the l an d of Miz rai m L et Pb aroh do this an d appoi nt

.
,

offi c ers fai th ful m en ) o ver the l and an d let the m ,

s o w the l an d of Mi z rai m in the seve n y e ars of pl e nty ,

and c oll e c t all the p ro du c e of tho s e d y ears th at

g o o
m .
) 0N GE N E S I S . 1 31

om e an d
lay u p provi sio n u nder the hand of Pharoh s ’
c ,

ofli cers, and pre s erv e it in the citi e s and it will be

provision for the p eo ple of the land in the seven y e ars

o f fam i n e th at are c om i n i n the land of Mi z rai m , th at
g
the p e opl e of the l an d m ay n ot be cons u m e d by the
fam ine An d the thi n g was goo d in the ey es of
.

Pb aroh, an d in the ey e s of all his servants A nd .

Pbaroh said to his serv ants, Can we find a m an lik e

thi s, in whom is the s pirit of p roph e cy fro m the Lord ?
An d Pbaroh sai d to Jose ph, Si nce the Lord h ath m ade
all thi s k nown to th ee, th ere is no n e m o re pru de nt or

wi se th an thou ; tho u sh al t be appoi nted ov er m y ho u se ,

an d by thy w o rd sh all all m y pe opl e be go v erne d ; o nly
7 ’

in the throne of this kingdo m will I be m o re hono urabl e

th an thou A n d P barch sai d to Joseph, S e e, I have
.

appoi nte d th ee over all the l an d of Miz rai m A nd .

Pharoh to ok off his ri n g fro m his h an d, an d s et it u p on

Jose ph s hand, and clothe d him in a robe of lawn, an d
’ 6

u t a ch ai n of gol d u po n his n e ck A n d he m ade hi m

p .

ride in his own se co n d ch ariot, an d they p ro cl ai m ed

7

b efore him , This is the father of the kin g ; and be 8

a ppointe d over all the land of Miz raim

him A nd .

Pbaroh said to Jo se ph I am P barch and wi thou t thy ,

word S h all no m an lift u p his h an d to hol d a weapo n ,

n or his foot to m ou nt a hors e in all the l an d of Miz ,

rai m A nd P barc h call e d the nam e of Jose ph T he

.
,

m an to who m m y steri es are re v e al e d A n d he gav e .

9

him Asenath the dau ghter of Po ti Bhera p ri n ce of

, ,
l

O n to be his wi fe ; and Jo se ph we nt forth ru li ng

,

ov er the lan d of Miz rai m A n d Jo seph was a son .

of thirty y ears wh en he stoo d b efore Pb arc h king ,

7
S am Vers . .
,
be fed.

9
7
S am Vers . . dou ble chariot . Been aba lem alka .
,

7
S am Vers . .
, Tam iril u g ala,
'

The Re vealer of m yt
s eries .
”

”
1
S am Ve rs . .
,
the daughter of the K ohen Potiphera .
1 32 m as o n [ or O N K E L O S C H AR

of Miz rai m A nd Jose ph went ou t from b e fore

.

Pbaroh an d pas sed th ro ugh all the land of Mi z rai m

, .

A nd the inh abitants of the land coll e c ted in the

s e v e n y ears of plenty the p rovi sion into granari e s .

A nd he collected all the p ro v i sio n of the se ve n y e ars

whi ch was in the land of Miz rai m and lai d u p the pro ,

vision ia cities in the m i dst o f each city the provision

,

of the lan d su rro un di n it A n d Jo s eph athe d

g g re pro .

vi sion as the sand of the se a exceedi ng m u ch u ntil he , ,

cease d to nu m ber for it was withou t nu m ber A nd

, .

u nto Jo se ph were b o rn two s o ns ( b efo re the year o f ,

fam i ne cam e ) which Ase nath dau ghter of Potiphera

, , ,

p ri nce of O n b are to him A n d Joseph called the

, .

n am e of the fi rstbom M en ash e h be cause the Lord 7

hath m ade m e to forget all m y lab our and all m y

father s ho u se A n d the n am e of the seco nd he call e d
’
.

Eph raim ; b ecau se the Lord hath m ade m e to i ncrease

- -
7

in the lan d of m y servi tu de A nd the se v en y ears of .

pl e nty which were in the land of Miz rai m were com

le t e d A nd the s eve n y ears of fam i ne beg an to co m e
p .
,

as Jo se ph had s ai d ; and the fam i ne was in all the

l ands b ut in all the lan d of Miz rai m there was bread

, .

Yet all the lan d of Mi z raim was fam i she d and the ,

p e opl e crie d b efo re Pbarc h for b read and Pharoh said

to all the Miz raee Go u nto Jo seph and wh at he sh all
, ,

s a to ou do A n d th e fam i ne was o v er all the fac e

y y , .

of the l an d ; an d Jo seph op e ne d all the granari e s in

which w as the co rn an d s ol d to the Miz raee and the, ,

,

fam i ne b e cam e m i ghty in the l and of Mi z rai m A nd all the .

i nhabitants of the earth cam e i nto Mi z rai m to buy corn of

Jo se ph b e cau se the fam ine was m ighty in all the earth
, .

XL II A nd Jakob saw that corn was sold in Miz rai m

.
,

and Jak ob s ai d to his s o n s Whylook you ( on e ac h ,

7 7
From nas fiala, to forget . From p harah, to be frui tful .

L am a ti t/zelraz u n .
1 34 m as o n o r C N x E L oS [CH A R

th e m in the ho u se ofcu sto dy th ree Jo se ph day s . A nd

s ai d to th e m the do and li v e ; for I
thi rd day Thi s , ,

fear b e fo re the Lo rd I f you be tru e let one o f yo u r

.
,

b reth re n be bou nd in the pri s on an d go you carry the ,

p rovi sion whic h is nee de d in your ho u se an d b rin g ,

your you ngest b rother to m e an d y ou r words will be ,

v eri fie d and s hal l n o t die A n d th y d id A n d

, y o u e so . .

the y sai d a m an to his b rothe r We are ve rily guilty

, ,

concerni ng our broth er that we s aw the angui sh of his

s o ul wh en he i m plo re d u s an d we wo uld n ot h earke n
, ,

to him th e re fo re is thi s distre ss c om e u po n u s A nd .

Reu b en answere d the m sayi ng Did not I te ll yo u , , ,

s ayi n
g ,
D o n o t sin a ai ns t the yo u th ? bu t
g y ou w o u l d
n ot h eark e n Thus b ehol d his bloo d is re qu ire d
.
, , .

But th ey k ne w not th at Jo se ph h e ard ; for th e re was

an i nte rpre te r b etwe en th e m A n d he turne d hi m sel f
.

away fro m th e m and we p t

, A n d he retu rne d and .

s pak e to th e m an d to ok S he m e on from th em
, and ,

bo u nd him b efore their ey e s A nd Joseph co m m anded .

to fill th ei r v essel s with c orn an d return thei r m one y ,

h ch i ck nd iv h foo d i n
( t at o f e a ) m a n i n h s s a a g e t e m ,

the way A nd he did so by th e m

. A n d they l ai d .

th eir co rn u p o n th ei r as se s an d wen t th en ce ,
A nd one .

O p en e d his s ack to iv p rov e n der to his ass at the

g e
“
hou se of l odgi ng an d s aw his m o ney and b ehold it
, , , ,

was in the m o u th o f his p ack age ; an d he sai d to his

b roth ers My m o ney is re turne d and b eh old it is in
, , , ,

m y p ack age A nd the k no wl edge o f th ei r h e arts faile d

.
,

an d th ey were e ach o f th em co n fou n de d s ay i n g Wh at , ,

is thi s which the L ord h ath do ne to us ? A n d th ey

c am e to Jak ob thei r father in the l an d o f Ke naan an d ,

s ho we d him all th at had h app e ne d to th e m s ayi n

g T h e , ,

m an the l ord o f the co u ntry s pok e h ardly wi th u s and

, , ,

de al t wi th u s as spi e s o f the l an d A nd we told hi m .

,

6
Be th m e batfia .
 0N GE N E S I S . 1 35

We are true m en, not S pies : we are twelv e b ro thers ,

o
s ns of o ne fath er : on e is n ot, and the yo ungest is to
day with ou r father in the lan d of Kenaan . A nd the
m an, the i d to u s By thi s I shall
lord of the cou ntry ,
sa ,

kno w th at you are true m e n L eave one of y ou r b reth .

re n wi th m e and tak e the corn which is ne e de d in

,

your hous e and go an d bring you r you ngest b rother

, ,

to m e and I sh all kn o w th at you are not s pi e s : an d

,

wh en you ( wi ll be p rov e d to) be tru e m e n I will giv e ,

u p yo u r b ro th er to yo u and you sh all trade in the l an d

, .

A n d it was as th ey e m pti e d their s ack s b e hol d eac h

, , ,

m an s m on ey was b o u nd u p in his sack an d wh e n they

’

and th eir fath er saw the e nv e lopes of th eir m o ne y the y ,

we re afrai d A n d Jakob the ir father sai d to th e m Me

.
,

have yo u m ade desolate ; Jo se ph is not and S hem eon ,

is n ot (here ) and Benj am in you woul d tak e away ;

,

u pon m e are all thes e ! A nd Reu b en s pak e wi th his

fath e r sayi ng Thou sh alt pu t m y two chil dre n to death
, ,

if I do not bring him b ack to thee D eli ve r him i nto .

m y h and an d I will return him to th ee

, Bu t he sai d .
,

My s o n sh all not go do wn with yo u for his b ro ther is

de ad and he alo ne re m ai ns ; an d if death shoul d b efall
,

him in the way in which you wi ll go you will b ri ng ,

do wn m y grey h ai rs wi th m ourni ng u nto Sheol .

XLIII But the fam i ne p re vail ed in the land

. A nd .

it was wh en they had en de d to eat the co rn which they

had b rou gh t from Mi z rai m that th ei r father sai d to ,

the m Re tu rn and buy for u s a little co rn A nd J ehu da

, , .

spak e to him s ayi n T he m an atte sting atte s te d to us

g , , ,

s ayi ng Y o u s h all not se e m fac e u nl e s s you r b ro th er

, y
he wi th you I f thou wilt se n d ou r b ro the r wi th u s
.
,

we will go do wn and bu y thee co rn ; but if thou wilt

not se nd we wil l not go do wn : for the m an tol d u s
, ,

You shall n ot s e e m y fac e u nl e ss you r b ro ther he wi th

A d I l ai d Wh d id d m thi vil
y ou. n s ra e s
y yo u o e , s e ,
1 36 m as o n or O N K E L O S [ CHA R

in ho wing the m an th at you h av e a broth er ? A n d

s

they s ai d The m an asking as ke d u s co nc e rn ing o ur

,

fam ily s ayi ng I s y ou r fathe r yet ali v e ? H av e you a

7
, ,

b rother ? A n d we showe d him accordi ng to the wo rd

of the s e thi ngs : k n owi ng co u l d we k no w th at he
wo ul d s ay Bri ng y our b roth e r to m e ?
, A nd Je hu da
s ai d to I srae l his fath e r S e n d the yo u th wi th m e and , ,

let u s arise an d go th at we m ay li ve and not die we , , ,

and tho u an d ou r littl e o ne s

, I will be the ple dge for .

him ; o f m y h and shalt thou re qu lre him ; if I do not

b ri ng him b ack to thee and se t him b e fore th ee let , ,

m ine he the sin wi th th ee all the days F or e xce pt we .

had del ayed in thi s we m igh t now h av e re tu rne d twi ce

, .

A n d Israel th e ir father sai d to the m I f th en it is to be , ,

do this : tak e of wh at is prai se worthy i n the land in

‘7

y our ve ssel s and carry do wn to the m an an o ffering ; a

,

little gu m and a little ho ney storax and ladanu m

, , ,

n u ts an d al m on ds an d sil v e r two for o ne tak e in yo u r ,

h an ds eve n the silv e r which was re tu rned in the m outh

,
.

o f y our b ags tak e b ack in y o u r h ands p erhap s it was

an o v e rsi ght A nd tak e yo u r b ro ther and ari se return
.
, ,

to the m an ; an d Go d the Al m i gh ty give you favour

be fore the m an th at he m ay release to you you r other
,

bro the r and Be nj am i n A nd I wh en desolated sh all be .

, ,

desol ate ! A nd the m e n took th at offering an d the ,

m oney two for on e took th ey in th e i r h ands an d they

took Be nj am i n an d aros e an d we nt do wn in to Miz raim

, , ,

and sto o d b e fo re J o s e ph A n d Jose p h S aw Be nj am i n .

wi th th e m and he sai d to hi m who was appoi nte d o v er

his h o u se Bri ng the m e n i nto the hou se an d kill a

, ,

killing an d p re p are ; fo r the m en sh all eat with m e at

9

di nner A nd the m an did as Jo se ph had sai d ; an d the

.

m an b rou gh t the m en in to Jo seph s h ou se A nd the

’
.

7 O ur ge ne rati on
”
.
9
Bl edim shabaeh . 8am . V e rs .
, ce lebrated.

O r, a vi ctim , niks atl m

.
1 38 m as o n or O N K E L O S [CHAR

Mercy fro m the Lord be u pon thee m y son A nd , .

1

Jo seph m ade haste for his bowels we re co m m ove d over

,

his b ro th e r an d he s ou gh t ( wh ere) to we e p ; and he

,

e nte re d i n to the ch am b e r the pl ac e o f sle e pi ng and , ,

we p t th e re A nd b e was he d his fac e an d cam e o u t,

.
,

an d was co m fo rte d and sai d Put o n b re ad ; and th e y

, ,

s et for him alo ne an d for them alo ne ,

an d for the ,

Miz raee who ate with him alo ne For the Miz raee ,
.

m i gh t n ot eat b read wi th the H ivraee b e c au se the ani ,

m als th at the Miz rae e wo rshi ppe d the H iv rae e did eat .

A n d they re cli ne d b efore him the c hi ef accordi ng to ,

his chi e fship and the l ess accordi ng to his m i no rity ;

,

an d the m en wo nde re d each m an at his co m p anion ,

.

A nd portions were b rou gh t from him and s et b efore ,

the m and greater was Be nj am in s po rtio n th an the por

’
.
,

tio ns of th em all fi ve portio ns A n d they drank and

, .

we re m e rry with him .

’

XLIV A n d Joseph co m m anded the s te ward of his

.

ho u se sayi ng Fill the m e n s b ags with co rn as m uch

, ,
’

as the can c arry and ut e ach m an s m o ne y in the

’
y p ,

m o u th of his b aggage A nd put m y cu p the s ilver .

,

cu
p ,
i n the m o uth o f the you n est o ne s b a
g a
gg g e a n d ’
,

his p urch ase m oney A n d he did acco rdi ng to Jo se ph s

’
- .

wo rd which he spak e T he m o rn i ng lighte ne d and the

.
,

m en we re s ent away the y an d their ass es Th ey had

, .

n ot o ne far fro m the ci ty wh en J ose b sai d to him

g p ,

who was set ov er his ho u se A ri se follo w after the m e n , , ,

and o v ertak e th em and sa

y to th e m W hy ,h av e y o u ,

re n de re d e vi l for goo d ? I s it not thi s from which m y

lord dri nketh an d b ehol d by which i nqu i ri ng he
, , ,

i nqu ireth ? You h av e done the thi ng th at is e vi l

’
.

A nd he o v ertook th e m and sp ak e wi th th e m the se ,

7
S am Vers E lohim be propitiou s to thee , m y son
V
. .
, .

3
L it , . were dru nken
”
S am ers ,
. were heav
”
. . y .

Badaqa m e bad ig .
xL Iv .
] ON GE N E S I S . 1 39

words . i d Why do es m y lo rd speak these

A n d th ey sa ,

words ? Be it far from thy serv ants to do acco rdi ng to

thi s thi ng ! Behol d the m oney which we fo u n d in the
,

m ou th of ou r b aggages we b rou gh t to thee agai n fro m

the l an d of Kenaan ; ho w th e n sho ul d we steal fro m the
ho use O f thy lord v es sel s of silver or vessels O f gol d ? ,

Wi th whom soev er of thy servan ts it is fo und let him ,

die ; and we al s o will be se rv ants to m y lo rd A nd he .

sai d
, According to yo u r wo rds so let it be With , .

who m s o ev er it is fo u nd he sh all be m y servant b u t yo u

, ,

will be acq ui tte d A n d they m ade h aste and b ro u gh t

.
,

down e v e ry m an hi s b aggage to the grou nd ; and e v ery

m an O pe ne d his b aggage A n d b e searche d b egin ni ng
.
,

wi th the greate st and fi ni s hing wi th the le ast and the

chalice was fou nd in the b aggage O f Benj am i n A nd .

th ey rent th e ir clo th e an d l ade d e v e ry m an his ass

s
, ,

an d re turned to the ci ty A n d J ch uda ente re d and

.

his b rothers i nto Jo seph s ho u se for he was still th e re ;

’
,

an d th ey fell b e fo re him o n the gro u nd A nd J ose pb .

s ai d to th e m What wo rk is thi s which h av e don e ?

, you

D id you not k now th at a m an lik e m e divi ni ng can

divine ? A nd Jehu da sai d to him What shall we say ,

to m y lo rd ? Wh at s h all we s p e ak ? H o w sh al l we be
j ustifi ed ? Be fo re the lo rd there is sin fou nd in thy
s erv ants Behol d we are the servants of m y lo rd ;
.
,

we als o an d he i n who se b an d the chalic e hath b ee n

fou nd Bu t be sai d Far b e i t from m e to do S O the
.
,

m an i n who se h and the ch alic e has b ee n fo u nd sh all be

m y serv ant b ut go you u p in p e ace to you r fath er .
1 40 m as o n or O N xE L O S [CHA R

SECTION XI .

VA YI GGA S H A L A IF YE H UDA H .

AN D Jch u da cam e near i d We b eseech

to him an d s a ,

m y lo rd let thy s erv ant sp e ak a wo rd be fo re m y lord

, ,

and le t n ot thi ne an ger be great with thy s ervant ; for

as Pharoh s o art thou My lord aske d his servants

.
,

s ayi ng H av e o u a fath er or a b roth er A n d we tol d

, y
m y lord We h av e an age d fath er an d the yo unge st
, ,

( )
s on i s the s on O f his O ld ag e ; his b r o th e r is de ad ;
and he only rem ain s o f his m oth e r an d his father lov e s ,

him . A nd thou sai dst to thy serv ants Bri ng him ,

down to m e and let m e se t m ine eyes u pon him

, A nd .

we tol d m y lord H is fath er canno t p art with the yo u th ;

,

for if our fathe r s ho ul d p art with him he wou l d die , .

A nd thou sai dst to thy S erv an ts If yo u r you nge st ,

b ro th er co m e n ot do wn with you you sh all not see m y ,

fac e agai n A nd it was wh en we had go ne u p to ou r

.

fath e r we told him th e se words of m y lord

,
A nd ou r .

fath e r sai d to u s Re turn and bu y u s a littl e co rn A n d

, , .

we s aid We c an no t go do wn : if o ur you n ges t b ro th e r go

,

down wi th u s we will gO do wn ; for we sh all n ot be

,

abl e to see the m an s fac e u nl es s our yo u n ge s t b ro th er

’

do w n wi th u s A n d th se rvant our fath e r s ai d to

g o .
y
u s You k no w th at m y wi fe b are m e two ( s o ns)
,
O ne .

we nt fo rth fro m m e and I h ave sai d Dyi ng be is de ad ;

, ,

an d I h av e n ot b eh el d hi m sin c e A n d if you tak e.

thi s on e al s o fro m m e an d de ath happ en to him yo u

, ,

wil l b ri ng do wn m y age wi th e vi l u n to S h e ol A nd .

n o w wh e n I co m e to thy s e rv ant m y fath e r an d the

, ,

o u th he n ot wi th u s an d his s o u l lo v eth hi m as his

y ,

n s o ul ; whe n he s e e th th at the you th is n ot with

( o w )
us he wi ll die ; and thy serv ant wil l h av e b ro ugh t do wn
,
1 42 m as o n or O N K E L O S [CH A R

Miz rai m : co m e do wn to m e delay not and thou s h alt ,

‘7
,

dwell in the l and of G oshe n and be n ear m e tho u and , , ,

thy s o ns an d thy s o us chil dre n and thy sh e e p and thy

’
, ,

o xe n and all that tho u h ast A nd I will nou rish thee

,
7
.

th ere for there are ye t five ye ars o f fam i ne l es t tho u , ,

an d the m e n O f thy ho u se and all th at tho u h ast b e , ,

was te d away A nd b ehold yo ur ey e s s ee and the

.
, , ,

ey es of m y b ro th e r Benj am i n th at in y o u r l angu age I ,

s p eak with A n d you will s ho w m fath er all m

y ou .
y y
lo ry in Miz rai m an d all th at u e an d m ak e
g yo ,
se

h aste an d b ring down m y father hither A nd he fell

,
.

u po n the ne ck O f Benj am in his b ro th e r an d we pt an d ,

Benj am i n wep t u po n his ne ck A nd he kisse d all his .

b rothers and wept ov er th em ; and afterward his b ro

,

thers dis co urse d with him A n d a v oic e was h eard in .

the hou s e of Pharoh sayi ng The b ro th ers of Jose p h , ,

are co m e A nd it was pl eas ing in the eye s o f Pharo h

.
,

an d in the ey e s of his serv ants A n d Pb aroh s ai d to .

Jo seph Tell m y b rethren D O this ; l ade y ou r beasts

, ,

and go ; carry i nto the l an d of Ke naan an d tak e

yo u r fath er and the m e n O f you r hou se and co m e to

m e and I will gi v e you the goo d of the l an d O f Miz
,

rai m an d s h all e at the goo d of the l an d A nd

, yo u .

o w) tho u art co m m an de d thi s do T k

( n a e to yo u ou t , .

O f the l an d o f Miz rai m waggo ns for yo ur chil dre n an d ,

yo u r wi v es ; and b ri ng yo ur fath er and co m e A nd le t , .

n ot yo u r e e l ook wi stfu lly u po n yo u r furni tu re ; for the

y
oo d f all th e l an d O f Mi z rai m is yo u r o wn A nd the
g o .

s on s of Israel did S O an d Jo se ph gav e th e m waggo ns ,

acco rdi ng to the wo rd of Pharoh an d he gav e the m ,

p ro vi sio ns for the way A nd he gave to e v e ry one of .

th e m v estm ents for weari ng ; and to Benj am i n gav e be

th ree h u ndred sh ek el s O f silv er and fi ve v estm e nts for ,

7
S am Vers stand n ot

V
. .

7 S am . ers .
,
I will give thee su ffi ci en c y .
x nvr .
] ON GE N E S I S . 1 43

weari ng . An d to his fath er he sent ten asse s l ade n

with the goo d things O f Miz rai m , and te n s he - as se s
laden wi th co rn, and b re ad and provisio ns for the way .

A n d be di s m isse d his b re th ren, and th ey we nt, and he

sai d to th e m , D O not co nte n d by the way A nd th ey .

we nt u p fro m Miz rai m and c am e i nto the l and of

Ke naan u nto Jakob their fath er A nd they sho we d
, .

him s ayi ng Jo se ph is ye t ali v e and he ruleth ov e r all

, , ,

the l an d O f Miz rai m ! A n d th e se wo rds were u nc e rtai n 9

u po n his h e art b e cau se he did n o t b eli e v e th e m

, A nd .

th ey tol d him all the words of Jo se ph which he had

s pok e n with th e m ; and he saw the waggon s th at

Jose ph had sent to fetch him ; and the H oly Spirit

reste d u pon Jakob th eir fath er A n d Israel s ai d G re at
.
,

to m e is the joy ! Joseph m y son is yet aliv e ; I will

an d b eho ld him b e fo re I die
g o
, .

XLVI A nd Israel journeyed and all th at he had

.
, ,

and c am e to Bee rshav a an d b e o ffe re d sac rifice s to the

God of his father Iz hak A nd the Lo rd sp ake to I srael

.

in a visio n of the night and sai d Jakob J ak ob

,
A nd , ,
.

he s ai d Be ho ld I am
, A nd H e sai d I am God the
, .
, ,

God of thy fathe r fear no t to go do wn i nto Miz rai m

for a gre at p eop le wi ll I m ak e th e e th e re I will go .

do wn wi th thee i nto Miz rai m and wil l s u rely b ri ng ,

thee u p ; bu t Jo s ep h s hall lay his band u pon thi ne ey es .

A nd Jakob aro se fro m Be ershava A nd the s o ns of .

Israel carried Jakob their fathe r, and their chil dren ,

and th ei r wiv es in the waggon s which Pharoh had se nt

,

to fetc h the m A n d th ey took their flock s and their

.

s u b stance which th ey had go tte n in the l and o f K en aan ,

and cam e to Miz rai m J akob an d al his s o ns wi th him

,
l .

H is sons and his so n s so ns wi th him his dau ghters

’
, , ,

an d the daughters of his so ns and all his see d he , ,

b rou ght wi th him i nto Miz rai m .

O r, fain t .
 1 44 m as o n or O N xE L O s [CHA R

A nd th ese o ns o f I srae l which

are the nam e s o f the s

cam e into M iz raim Jakob and his s o ns The fi rs tbo rn , .

O f J akob Re u b e n , A nd the s ons O f Reu b e n H an u k .

,

and Ph all u H e sron an d Karm i , A n d the so ns O f .

S heem o n Je m u e l and Janin and Ah ad an d J aki n and

, , , , ,

Zoch ar and Shau l the son of a K e naanitha A nd the

, , .

s o n s O f L evi G e rs ho n K e bath and M erari

, A nd the , , .

s o n s of J ch u da E 1 and O nan and S he l ah an d Bharats

, , , , ,

an d Zarach But E r and O nan had di ed in the land

.

O f K enaan A nd the s o ns O f Phare ts H es hron and

.
,

Ch am ul A nd the sons of I ss akar Tola and Phe ua

.
, , ,

and Job an d S e m e ro n
,
A n d the s ons of Zab ulo n .
,

S e re d and E lon and Jahlee l Thes e are the sons of

, ,
.

Leah which she b are to Jakob in Padan Aram and

, ,

D inah his dau ghter ; all the s ou l s his so ns and his

'

dau gh ters thi rty and th ree

,
A nd the childre n of Gad .
,

S ephyon and H aggi Sh u ni and E z bo n E ri and Aro di , , , ,

an d Areli A nd the so ns of Ash er Jem u a and Je s va

. , , ,

and Je svi an d Be ri ah ,
and S erach the i r si s te r A nd , , .

the s ons O f Be ri ah H e b e r an d M alchi el These are the

,
.

s o ns o f Zilpha whom L ab an gav e to Le ah his dau gh te r ;

,

an d s he b are th es e u nto J akob s i xtee n s ou l s The , .

s o ns O f Bab el the wi fe of J akob Jo s e ph an d Be nj am in

, , .

A n d to J osepb were bo rn in the l and O f Mi z rai m

M enash e an d Ephrai m whom Asenath daughter of , ,

Potiphera p rince of O n b are u nto him

,
A n d the so ns ,
.

o f Benj am i n Bel a an d Beko r and As hb e l G era an d

, , , , ,

N aam an A cbi and Bo sh Mu ppi m and H uphim an d

, , , , ,

Arede Th ese are the sons of Babel whic h were born

.

to J akob ; all the s ou ls fo u rteen A nd the so ns o f .

D an Hus hi m
,
an d the s on s of N aphtali Jahz iel , ,

and G u ni an d J ez er and S hilem

,
These are the , .

childre n o f Billah who m Lab an g av e to Babel his ,

dau gh ter and she b are the m to J ako b ; all the soul s
,

se ven . Al l the sou ls which went wi th Jakob i nto

146 m as o n o r O N xE L O S [CHAR

s hepherds b oth we and our fathe rs . A nd they sa id to

Pharoh, TO dwel l in the l and are we co m e, for th ere is
n o p asture for thy s e rvants fl ock s for the fam i ne pre
’

vails in the land O f Kenaan, and we pray th ee let thy

serv ants dwell in the land of G os hen A nd Pharoh .

s
p k to Joseph saying Thy father an d thy b rethren
a e , ,

are co m e to the e ; the lan d of Mi z rai m is b e fo re thee ,

in the b est of it let thy fath er an d thy breth ren dwell ,

e v en) in the l an d of Go sh en : an d i f tho u k no w an

( y
O f th em to be m en O f ability appoint th e m to be chi e fs ,

over m y flock s A nd Jose ph b rou ht Jakob his father

.
g
,

and p resente d him b efore Pharoh : an d J akob b l es se d

Pbarch A n d Pharoh said to Jakob H ow m any are

.
,

the day s of the years of thy life ? A nd Jakob sai d to

Pharoh The day s O f the years of m y pilgrim age are a
,

h undred and thi rty years Few an d e vil have b een the
.

days of the ye ars O f m y li fe an d I hav e not attained to ,

the day s of the years of the li fe O f m y fathe rs in the ,

days O f th eir pilgrim age A nd Jakob bl e sse d Pharoh

. ,

and went out fro m b e fo re Pharoh A n d Jo se ph m ade .

hi s father and his b rethren to dwell and gave the m a ,

o sses sio n i n the l and O f Miz rai m in the b est of the

p ,

land in the l and O f Bam e sis as Pharoh had com

, ,

m e nde d A nd Jo se ph s us tai ne d his father an d his

.
1

b rethren and all the hous e O f his fathe r wi th bread

, , ,

according to the m o u th o f the fam ily ( of e ach ) A nd . .

there was no b read in all the lan d ; fo r the fam i ne pre

v aile d greatly an d the p eople of the l and of Miz raim
,

and the p eopl e O f the lan d of K e naan fail ed b e fo re the

fam ine . A nd Jo se ph colle cted all the m o ney which was

fou nd in the l and of Miz rai m and in the land of
Kenaan for the corn which they bought A nd Jose ph
, .

brought the m oney i nto the hou se of Pharoh And .

the m oney was fini she d fro m the lan d of Miz rai m and
7
S am . V
ers. , sufficientl yfd e .
xnyn .
) ON GEN E S I S . 1 47

from the land of K e naan and all the Miz rae e c am e to

Jos eph , sa b re ad : for why should we die
yi ng Giv e , us

before thee ? for the m oney is fi nishe d A nd Jose ph .

s ai d Bri n yo ur c att l e and I will iv p ovi io

, g g e y
, ou r s n ,

if your m o ney is fi ni sh e d A nd they b ro u ght th eir .

cattle to Jos e ph an d Jos e ph gav e th e m b read for th ei r

,

horses and for their flocks O f sheep an d for th e ir h erds

, ,

of o xe n and for the ir as se s an d for all th e ir cattl e ; b e

, ,

fed them with b read for that ye ar

’
A nd that y e ar was .

com pleted ; and they cam e to him in the secon d y e ar ,

and sai d to him We will not co nce al it fro m ou r l o rd

, ,

but the m oney is en de d an d ( we h ave deli v e re d u p) ou r ,

cattl e to o u r lo rd and there is no thi n l ft b fo ur

, g e e re o

lord bu t our b odies and ou r l and Why shou ld we .

i s h be fore th e e both we and our l an d B d

p e r , u
y us a n

our lan d for b re ad an d we and o ur l an d will be s e rvants

,

to Pb arc h and gi v e us s ee d co rn th at we m ay live and

, ,

not di e and the land m a n ot b e de sol ate A nd Jo se ph

, y .

acqu ire d all the land o f Miz rai m fo r Pharoh ; for the
Miz raee s ol d e very m an his portio n be cause the fam ine ,

prevaile d ov er the m and the land becam e Pharoh s ,

’
.

A nd the people he m ade him to p ass fro m city to city ,

from one en d of the lim it O f Miz rai m to the oth er .

Only the land of the prie sts he did not buy ; for a
p o rt io n ( w as g iv e n) by Ph a ro h to th e p ri e sts a n d t h e y
ate their po rtio n which Pharoh av t h e m t h refore
g e ; e

they sol d n ot the ir land A nd Jo sep h sai d to the .

p e o pl e B
, e hold I h av e b o u
g h
, t you thi s d ay a n d yo u r

land for Pbarc h Behol d ( I give ) you s ee d corn that

.
, ,

o u m ay sow the land A nd it sh all be w h e n it

y .
,

b ringeth forth pro duce that you shall give one i n five ,

to Pbarc h and fo ur parts sh all be yours O f the corn

,
.

of the fi el d that ou an d the m e n of yo ur hou se m a

y , y
S am . V ers .
, he allotte d them bread .

y
Thus literall followi ng the H ebrew .

H 2
1 48 m as o n or O N xE L O s [CHA R

eat, you r li ttle ones have food A nd they sai d

an d .
,

Thou hast p reserv ed u s ; m ay we fi nd grace in the

e y es O f m lo rd and we will be the s erv an ts o f Pharoh
y , .

A nd Jo se p h m ade it a statu te u nto thi s day o v e r the

land O f Miz rai m th at one of five sho uld be given to
,

Pharoh ; o nl y the l an d O f the p ri es ts alo ne was n o t

Pharoh s
’
A nd Israel dwelt in the l and of Mi z rai m i n
.

the l and O f Go shen and po ssesse d it : an d th ey in

,

creased and m ultiplie d greatly .

SECTION XII .

VAYE CHI .

AN D Jakob lived in the land of Miz rai m seventeen

years A n d the day s O f the y ears of the li fe of Jakob
.

were a hu n dre d and forty an d se v en y ears A nd the .

day s O f Is rael dre w near to die A nd he c alle d to hi s .

s on to Jo s eph and s ai d to him I f n o w I hav e fou n d

, , ,

fav o ur in thi ne eyes put I b es eech the e thi ne h an d

, , ,

u nde r m y thigh an d deal with m e in goo dne ss and

,

truth ; n or b u ry m e I b es ee ch th e e in Miz raim

,
bu t I ,

will sl e ep wi th m y fathers ; and tho u s halt carry m e

fro m Miz raim and b ury m e in th eir se pul ch re A nd he
,
.

s ai d I will do accordi n t th w o rd A n d h sai d

, g o y e .
,

S wear to m e ; an d he sware to him A nd I srael .

worshipped u pon the pi llow of the be d .

XLVIII A nd it was afte r the se words that it was

.

sai d to Jo se ph Beho ld th fath er is ill A n d he took

y
, ,
.

hi s two so ns wi th him M enas he an d Ephr ai m ,

A nd it .

was shown to J ak ob and told ( him ) Behol d thy son

, , ,

Al ris k fi arsa, upon the head of the bed .

15 0 m as on or O N xE L O s [ CHA R

Menashe , his h a n d
usings des i gn i n ly ; ( or, instru c tin
g g
his hands for Menas he was the first-born A nd be .

blesse d Joseph, and said, The Lord, before who m m y

fath ers Abraham and Iz hak did s erve ; the Lord, who
fed m e fro m m y com ing u nto thi s day ; the Angel
who redee m ed m e from all evil, bless the yo uths ; an d
let m y nam e be calle d u pon th em , and the nam e o f m y
fathers Ab raham an d Iz h ak an d as the fish of the sea
m ay th ey m ultiply am o ng the ch ildre n of m e n u o n
p
the earth ! A nd Jose ph saw that his father l ai d his
right hand u p on the he ad of Ephrai m ; and it was e vil

in his ey es A nd he u pli fte d his father s han d, to

.
’

rem o v e it fro m Eph raim s h e ad, that it m igh t rest on

’

the he ad of Menashe A nd Jose ph sai d to his father,

.

N ot s o, m y father ; for this is the first-born : lay thy righ t

hand O n his head Bu t his father willed not, and said,
.

I k no w, m y son, I k now he al so shall be for a pe ople,

and he also sh all be great ; yet his yo unger bro th er wi ll

be greater th an he, and his s o ns sh all h ave d o m inion

am o ng the nations A n d be b lesse d them in that day,
.

s ayi n , B th ee s h al l I srae l bl e ss, s ayi ng, The Lo rd set

g y
the e as Ephrai m and as Menashe A nd he set Ephraim .

b efore Menashe A nd Israe l said to Jose ph, Behold, I

.

die ; b ut the Wo rd of the Lord will be yo ur Helper,

an d re store you to the l and o f your fath e rs A nd I .

wi ll giv e thee one po rtio n m o re th an thy b reth ren ,

which I took fro m the h an d of the A m oraah by m y

p ray er and by m y depre catio n .

XLIX A nd Jacob calle d his sons and said G ather

.
, ,

toge the r and I will sh o w you wh at will be fall you in

,

the e nd of the day s ass em ble and h e ark e n 0 s on s o f , ,

Jakob and receive instru c tio n fro m Israel y ou r fath er

, .

RE UBE N tho u art m y first bo rn, m y strength and the

,
-
,

9
S am Vers
. .
,
“
from the house Of my y
nativi t .

“
S am Vers ,
”
. . be spread abroad .
m ] ON GEN E S IS . 15 1

beginni ng power Thine should it h ave b een

of m y .
1

tak ing to tak the three portions

e —the bi rthright the , ,

rie sth oo d and the ki ngdom : but b e cau se tho u h ast

p ,

d ed p erv erse ly b e hol d as wate r ou tpo u red thou

’
p r o ce e , ,

wilt not p ros per neither wil t thou re ceive the exc ell ent
,

portion ; b ecause thou wentest up to thy fath er s place ’

of s lee p : th en m y s on di dst thou b ecom e p rofane

, , ,

whe n thou wentes t u p to m y be d .

Shim eon an d Levi are broth ers ; m igbty m en in

the land of th eir s ojo urni ng th ey did m i ghtily My , .
’

soul was n ot in their sec ret ; into th ei r co m p any to

com e I wo ul d n ot h av e desce nde d from m in e ho nour

'

For in th eir anger they slew a slau ghter and in th eir ,

wilfulness they raz ed the wall of their e ne m y Ao .

cursed was the ir anger for it was stron g and th eir , ,

wrath for it was relentless

, I will divide them in .

Jakob and I will scatter them in Israel

, .

Jehu da thou art praise and not sh am e ; thy b rethren

,

shall praise thee ; thy h and shall pre vail agai nst thine
adversari es thi ne en em ies sh all be di sp e rs e d ; th ey will
,

be turne d b ackward b efore thee and the s on s o f thy ,

father will com e b efo re thee with salutations The .

dom i nion shall be ( thi ne) in the b e ginni ng and in the ,

en d the ki ngdo m sh all b e i ncre ase d fro m the hou se o f

J ehu da b ecau se fro m the j u dgm ent of death m y son

, , ,

has t thou wi th drawn c

H e shall re pose and abi de in
.
,

strength as a lio n and as a lion e s s, the re s hall be ,

n o king that m a cu t him O ff H e w h o ex erci se th

y .

do m inio n sh all n ot p ass away from the ho use of Jehu da ,

nor the saph ra fro m his chil dren s chi ldre n for e ver
’
,

7
S am . Vers the beginni ng of m y ti m e
.
, .

7
O r, pr ocee de d de ceitfull
”
A z a l ta laka beyl app e l a
'

V p
. .

S am ers , y
the accom lished the frau d of their covenant
V p
. . .

S am S am Vers , “
”
. ers . , roud. . . love thee .

O r,
”
gone up.
15 2 m as on or O N xE LO s [CHAR

u nt li the Me shiha co m e, whose is the k i ngdo m , and

u nto hall be the O b edience of the natio ns (or

whom s ,

who m the pe oples shall O bey ) Israel s hall p ass roun d

abou t in his ci ti e s ; the pe ople sh all b u il d his te m pl e ,

th ey will be ri gh te o us ro und about him an d be doe rs ,

o f the law thro u gh his doctrine O f goo dly pu rpl e will .

be his rai m e nt and his v esture o f cri m so n wool wi th

,

colours 7
H is m ou ntai ns sh all be red with his vi ne
.

y ards and his hills be droppi ng with wi ne ; his

,

valleys shall be white with corn and with flocks of ,

s h ee p .

Ze bu lon will dwell nigh the haven of the se a ; he will

su b du e p rovin c e s wi th ship s an d wi ll eat the goo d of ,

the se a and hi s bo undary s hall com e u nto Sidon

, .

I s sakar rich in su bstance will h av e his h eritage

,
‘3
,

b etween the bou ndaries ; an d b e see ing his portion ,

th at it is goo d and the land that it is frui t b earing}

,
-

will su b du e the p ro vince s of the p e opl e an d di spe rse ,

thei r i nh abitants and th ey who rem ain of th e m will ,

b eco m e servants to him and bringers O f trib u te .

Fro m the hou se of Dan will be cho sen and will arise
a m an in wh o se day s hi s p e ople sh all be deliv ere d and ,

in wh ose ye ars the tribe s of Is rael have re st together .

A chose n m an will ari se fro m the hou se of Dan the ,

terror O f who m shal l fall u pon the p eoples ; ( a m an )

who will s m i te the Phili s ti nes with s tre ngth as the ,

s erp e nt the de adly s e rp e nt 1

lu rki ng by the way he 7!
, , ,

will slay the m i gh ty O f the P hili stine s ho st the horse

’
,

m e n wi th the foo t ; he will weak en ( loo s e n) the horse s

7
O r, wool d y d b ight with
e r colours .
7
S am Vers . I sseksr, j
an as s so ourning, y
l ing down between two
burdens
”
.

7
S am Vers , . . fat .

7
Cfiu rm an sp e cie s s erp e ntis ad ar ue g m oreum nu lla es t m edic ine
—CA s rE L
.

'
. Boot, ckare m , to devote to destruction .

7
S am Vers , . . erecti ng itself
.
15 4. rw uu or O N XE L O S [cn an

in his posses sion will the sanctuary be b u ilde d I n the .

m o rni ng and e v ening will the priests o ffe r the o bla

tion and at e v entim e divi de the re m aini ng portions of
,

the re si du e of the sacred things .

Al l the se the trib es of Is rae l are twelv e and thi s it is

which their father spak e to th e m and bless ed the m ; ,

ac co rdi ng to the bles si ng of each m an bl esse d he th em , .

A nd he co m m anded th em and said to th e m I am to be , ,

a th d u nto m p e opl e ; b ury m e with m fathers in the

g ere y y
cav e rn which is in the fie ld of Ephro n the H itaah ; in

the cave rn which is in the do u ble fiel d over against

Mam re in the land of Kenaan whic h field Ab raham
, ,

bo u ght o f Ephron the H itaah for an inhe ritance

se p ulch re There b uried th ey Ab raham and S arah his
.

wife ; there b uri ed th ey Iz hak and Re vekah his wife ;

and th e re b uri e d I Le ah The fi el d and the cave rn .
,

that is in it p urch ased of the so ns of H itaah

, A nd .

Jakob ceas ed to instruct his s ons and dre w his feet ,

to ge the r in the b e d and di ed and was gathe re d u nto his

, ,

p e0 p1e .

L A n d Jose ph fell u pon his father s face and we pt

.
’
,

over him and kissed him A nd Joseph com m anded

, .

his serv ants the physici ans to e m b al m his father ; an d

, ,

the physicians e m b al m e d Israel An d fo rty day s were .

co m ple te d to him ; for s o are com plete d the days of the

e m b al m e d ; an d the Miz raee m o urne d for him se venty

day s .A nd the day s of his m ourning pa se d and s

Joseph spake with the hous e of Pharoh saying I f now , ,

I h ave fo u nd fav o ur in yo ur ey es speak I pray befo re , , ,

Pharoh s ayi ng My fath er adj ured m e saying Be hold

, , , , ,

I die ; in m y se pulchre which I have prepared for m e in

the l an d of Ken aan there shalt tho u b ury m e , A nd .

n ow let m e I p y d I w ill b y m fath

go u p ra an u r
, y e r ,

an d retu rn A nd Pharoh sai d Go u p and b ury thy

.
,
'

Pam a . Conf the E thiopic in CA S T] :L ,

. under p an u, col . 3 0 21 .
L ] on om srs . 15 6

father as
, he adj ured th ee A nd Jose ph went u p to
.

bury his fath er ; an d all the serv ants of Pharoh, the

elders of his ho u se , and all the el ders of the lan d of

Miz raim , went u p with him and all the house of Jo seph,
and hi s b rethren, an d the ho u se of his fath e r : only the

chil dre n, and the flock s, an d the cattle, they left in the
land of Gos hen A n d wi th him went u p, al so, ch ariots
.

and ho rs e m e n and th ere was a v ery gre at h ost A nd .

th ey cam e to the thre shing floor of Atad, which is -

beyond Jardena, an d lam ente d there wi th lam entatio ns

g re at an d v ery s tr o n
g A n d h e m. ad e a m o u rn i n
g fo r

his fathe r se ven days A n d the i nh abitan ts of the l and

.

of Kenaan saw the m o urni n a t the th res hi n fl f

g g o o r o -

Atad, an d said, This is a m i ghty m ou rni ng of the

Miz raee th e re fore its nam e is c all e d Ab el Miz rai m
which is b eyond Jarden a A nd his s ons did as he had
.

com m an ded th e m A nd his s on s c arrie d him i nto the

.

land of Ke naan, and bu ri e d him in the cav e rn of the

D o u ble Fi eld, which Ab rah am bo u ght for an inh eritance
se p u lch re o f Ephro n the Hitaah, b efo re M am re A nd .

Jose ph retu rne d into Miz rai m , he an d his b rethre n, and

all who went u p wi th him to b ury his fath e r, after he

had b uried his father A n d the b reth re n of Jo se p h

.

saw that th e i r fath e r was de ad an d th e y sai d, P erhap s

Jose ph will retai n enm ity against u s, and re quitin g will

re q u ite u s all the e vi l which we did him A n d the y .

m ade vi si tation to Jo se ph, s ayi ng, Thy fath er co m m an ded

before his death, saying, T hus sh all you sp eak to Jo seph ,
I pray yo u to forgiv e the guilt of thy b rethren an d th eir
sin wh e re wi th th ey did e vil agai ns t th e e A n d n ow .

forgiv e, I b e see ch th ee, the gu il t of the servants of the

God of thy father A n d Jos ep h wept wh e n they sp ake
.

with him A n d his b re th ren cam e and fell b e fore him ,

.

an d sai d, Be hol d, we are t hy serv ants A n d Jo sep h .

S am . V
ers footm en . The house of barns .
15 6 rans o m or onu [ m a ON GE N E S I S . cu m L.

s aid to the m F ear not for I fear the Lo rd

, , When you .

th o u ght e vil against m e before the Lo rd it was i nten de d

,

fo r goo d to be done as at thi s day for the pre servation

, , ,

of m uch pe ople A nd now do not fear ; I will s ustain

.

o an d yo u r childre n A nd he co ns ole d th e m an d
y u .
,

sp ak e co nso latio n to th e ir heart .

A nd Jose ph dwelt in Miz raim he an d his fath er s

’
,

house A nd Joseph lived an hu ndre d and te n y ears

. .

A nd Jo se ph saw of Ephraim three so ns ; al so the s on s

of Makir the son of M enash e were bo rn who m Jo se ph
, , ,

brou ght u p .

A nd Jo seph sai d to his bre thren I die ; bu t the ,

Lord re m em b ering will re m em ber you and b ring you ,

u p from this land to the l an d of which H e sware to

Abraham to Iz hak and to Jakob A nd Joseph adj ure d

, , .

the s ons of Is rael sayi ng The Lo rd re m e m b eri ng wil l

, ,

re m em b er you and you s h all c arry m bo n e s up fro m

, y
hence A nd Jose ph die d the son of a h undred and
.
,

te n years an d th ey em b alm e d him and laid hi m in an

, ,

ark in M iz rai m .

EN D O F O N KE LO S ON BE RE S H ITH .
15 8 m as o n or ram s rm E
'

[ cm .

the creatures i h have re st A nd it w as

m g t . e ve ni n
g,

and it was m o rni n g the First Day , .

[J E R U S A L E H T aa m m A n d it w a s
. e v e n i n
g an d it w as ,

m orning in the o rder of the wo rk of the cre atio n ( o r of

, ,

the b e gi nn i ng ) the Firs t Day ]

, .

A n d the Lo rd s ai d L et there be an e xpanse in the

,

m i dst o f the wate rs an d le t it s e parate b e twee n the

,

waters abov e an d the waters beneath .

[ J E R US A L EM A n d .le t th er e b e a se aratio n b etwee n

p
the wate rs abo v e and the wate rs
A n d the Lord m ade the exp anse u pb earing it with ,

th ree fi nge rs b e tween the co nfi nes of the heave ns and

,

the wate rs of the oce an and se p arate d b etwe en the ,

waters whi c h we re b elo w the e xpanse an d the wate rs ,

whic h were ab o v e in the co lle c tio n ( or co veri ng) o f the

,

e xp ans e ; and it was s o A nd the Lord c alle d the

. .

ex p anse the H e av e n s A nd it was evening and it was

.
,

m o rning the S eco n d Day

, .

A nd the Lord sai d L e t the lo wer waters which ,

re m ai n u n de r the h e av e ns b e a t h re d t o eth e r into one

g e g
place and the e arth be drie d that the land m ay be
, ,

visi ble A n d it was so A nd the Lord calle d the dry

. .

( l an d ) th e E art h an d th
, e p la c e o f th e a s e m bl ag e o f s

wate rs c all e d H e the S e as ; and the Lord saw th at it

was goo d . A n d the Lo rd s ai d L et the earth i n creas e ,

the grassy h erb who se s ee d s e e de th and the frui t tree ,

-

m aki ng fru i t after its kin d who se se e d is in i ts e lf u po n ,

the e arth . A n d it was so A nd the e arth p rodu ce d

.

g ra s ses ( )
an d h e rb a
g e w ho se s e e d s ee d e th a n d th e tree ,

m aki n g fru it afte r i ts ki nd A nd the Lo rd saw th at it

.

was g oo d . A n d it was e ven i ng and it was m o rning , ,

the T hird D ay .

A n d the Lo rd sai d L e t there be li gh ts in the expanse

,

o f the h e ave ns to di s ti n u i s h be twe e n the da and the

, g y
7
Maia
'
arae e, the te rrestrial waters .
 on GE N E srs . 15 9

nig ht ; and le t for fes ti v al tim es,

th em be for signs and

an d for the n u m b eri ng by th em the accou nt of day s,

and for the san cti fying o f the be gi nning o f m o nth s, and

the b e gi nni ng of y ears, the p as s i ng away o f m o nths,

and the p assi ng away o f y ears, the revol ution s of the

s u n, the birth of the m oon, a nd the re volvings (of

o )
seas n s .
8

[J E R U S A L E M A n d le t th e m. b e fo r s i gn s an d for ,

se aso n s an d for the san c ti f i n by th m f th b

, y g e o e e

g i n ni n
g o f m o nth s a n d y e ars
]
A nd le t the m be for l u m i narie s in the ex panse of the
heavens to gi v e li ght u po n the e arth A nd it was s o . .

A nd the L ord m ade two gre at lu m i narie s ; and they

we re e q u al in glo ry twenty an d one y e ars l e s s six ,

h u ndred and two an d s ev enty parts of an hou r A nd .

afte rwards the m oo n re cite d again st the s u n a false

re port ; an d s he was di m i ni s h e d
1
an d the s u n was ,

appoi nte d to be the re ate r li h t to rul e the da ; and

g g y
the m oo n to be the i nfe ri o r ligh t to rule in the night ,

an d the stars A nd the L ord o rdai ne d th e m u nto th ei r

.

offi ce s in the expan se o f the he av e ns to gi ve forth

, ,

light u po n the earth and to m i niste r by day an d by ,

ni gh t to di s ti ngu is h b e twe e n the li h t of the da an d

, g y
the dark nes s o f the ni gh t A n d the L ord b ehel d that
.

it was goo d A n d it was ev e ni ng and it was m o rni ng

.
, ,

D ay the Fo u rth .

A nd the Lo rd sai d L et the lakes of the waters ,

swarm fo rth the re p tile the livi n an i m a l an d th e fo w l

g , ,

which flie th who se nes t is u po n the e arth an d let the

,

way of the bi rd be upo n the air of the e x panse of the

heave ns A nd the L ord c re ate d the gre at tani ns the
.
,
’

lev ya th an and his y ok e fello w which are pre p ared for

- - -

O r, ne w m oo ns Vida Introduction, p 1 1
by g
. . .

“
A ny anim als distinguished reat length, from tuna» , to extend, to
be prolonged.
”
1 60 1m or PA L E S TIN E
[
' ‘
0 11 11 2 .

v
the day of co nsolatio n, and e ery living an i m al which
cre e peth, and which the cl ear wate rs had s warm e d
forth after th ei r ki nd ; the ki n ds which are cle an, and
the ki n ds which are n ot cl e an ; an d e v ery fo wl which
flieth with wi ngs afte r th e i r ki nds, the cl ean and the
'

u n cl ean A n d the Lo rd b ehe l d th at it was go o d

. .

A nd H e bl e s se d the m , s ayi ng, In c re ase and m u l tiply,

an d fill the wate rs of the s eas , an d let the fo wl m u l tiply

u po n the e arth . A n d it was e v eni ng, and it was m o rn

ing, Day the Fi fth .

A n d the Lo rd sai d, L et the soil of the e arth b ring

forth the livi ng cre atu re according t o his ki nd ; the
ki nd th at is clean and the ki nd th at is u ncl ean cattle,
an d cre e pi n t hi n g, an d the c re ature of the e arth ,
g
acco rding to his ki n d A nd it was s o
. A n d the Lo rd
.

m ade the b east o f the e arth afte r his ki n d, the cle an

an d the u n cl ean, and c attle after th ei r ki n d, an d

e v ery re ptil e o f the e arth afte r its kind, the cl e an

an d the u nclean . A nd the Lord saw that it was

g oo d .

A n d the Lord sai d to the angel s who m ini s tere d

b efore H im , who had b e en created in the se con d day
of the c re atio n o f the wo rl d, L e t u s m ak e m an in O ur

i m age, in O ur like ness ; an d let them ru le o v er the fi sh

of the s e a, an d o v e r the fowl which are in the atm o

s ph e re o f h e av e n, and ov e r the cattl e, an d ov er all the

e arth , and over e v ery re p til e cree pi ng u pon the earth .

A n d the Lo rd cre ate d m an in H is lik en e ss : [JE RUS A

L E M A nd th
.
e W o rd of the Lo rd create d m an i n H is

lik eness, in the lik e nes s o f the presen ce o f the Lo rd

H e cre ate d him , the m al e an d his y o ke fe llo w H e -

create d the m ] I n the im age of the Lo rd He created

.

him , wi th two h u ndre d an d forty and eigh t m e m b ers,

with thre e h u ndre d an d s ixty and fi ve nerv es, an d ov er
lai d th em with ski n, and fill e d it wi th flesh and bloo d .
1 62 m e an or PA L E S TI N E
[
0 mm

eart h and m an was n ot to cultiv ate the ground Bu t

, .

a clo u d of glo ry desce nde d fro m the th rone of glory ,

and was fille d with wate rs fro m the o ce an and afte r ,

ward we nt up fro m the e arth and gave rai n to com e ,

down and water all the face of the gro u nd .

A nd the Lord God c reate d m an in two form atio ns ;

an d to ok du st fro m the pl ace of the house of the san ctu

an d fro m the fo ur wi nds of the worl d and m ixe d

‘
ary , ,

from all the wate rs of the world and c reated him re d , ,

black and white ; and bre athed i nto his no strils the
,

i nspiratio n of life and there was in the bo dy o f Adam

5
,

the i nspiratio n of a spe ak i ng s piri t un to the illu ,

‘

m in atio n of the eyes an d the h eari ng of the ears .

[ J E R U S A L EM A n d A
. da m b e ca m e a s o u l of l ife ] .

A n d a garde n from the E de n of the j ust was planted

by the Wo rd of the Lord God be fore the creatio n of
the world and He m ade th ere to dwell the m an wh en
,

H e had c re ate d him A n d the Lo rd God m ade to

.

ro w fro m the gro u n d e v e ry tre e th at was de sirabl e to

g
b ehol d and good to eat an d the tree of life in the ,

m i dst of the garde n whos e h e ight was a jo urney o f five

,

h u n dre d y e ars and the tree of who s e fruit th ey who

,

ate wo uld di s ti ngui s h b e twe en goo d and ev il .

[ J E E U M L E M A nd t h e. tr ee o f k n o wl e d e
g o f whi ch ,

any o ne who ate wo uld di sti n u i s h b etween oo d an d

g g
e vil ]
.

A nd a ri ve r we nt fo rth fro m E de n to water the ,

arde n an d fro m th e nc e was s e p arate d and be c am e

g , ,

fou r h e ads of ri vers ( or fo ur chie f riv e rs) The n am e .

o f the fi rst is Phis ho n ; th at is it which co m p as seth all

‘

the lan d of H indik i wh ere th ere is gol d , A nd the .

ol d f th at l and is ch oic e Th ere is the b e diloh a and

g o .
,

the p re cio u s sto nes o f byrils A nd the nam e of the .

M ount Moriah . Com p . p

cha . iv 23
. .
5
N ie lzm e l lza .

L em u el; m e m al le la .
 on GE N E S I S . 1 68

second r iver is
Gichon ; th at is it which encom passeth
all the land of K o o sh A n d the nam e of the thi rd
.

rive r is Diglath ; th at is it which o t h t o the e a st of

g e

A thoor A nd the fou rth ri v e r is Phe rath

. .

A nd the Lo rd Go d took the m an fro m the m o untai n

of w ors hip, wh ere he had b ee n create d, an d m ade him

dwe ll in the garde n of E den, to do service in the law,

and to ke e p its co m m an dm e nts .

J U A d h L ord Go d took the m an,

[ E R S A L E M n . t e

an d m ade him dwe ll in the garden of E den ; and se t him

to do service in the law, and to k ee p it ] .

A nd the Lo rd God co m m an de d Adam , sayi ng, O f

every tre e of the garden e ati ng thou m ay e s t eat But .

o f the tre e of who se frui t th ey who e at ( be co m e) wise

to k now b etween good an d e v il, th ou shal t not e at for

in the day th at tho u eates t thou wi lt be gu ilty of
death .

A nd the Lo rd God s ai d, I t is not ri ght that A dam

shou l d be slee pi n a lo n I w il l m ak e u nto him a wi fe
g e

who m ay be a h elp e r b efo re him .

[J E B U S A L E M I w i.ll m ak e f o r hi m a yok e -f ello w,

g o i n
g f o rth w i th h i m ] .

A nd the L ord God cre ate d fro m the e arth ev ery

beast of the fie l d, and e v e ry fowl of the h eav en s, and
brou ght the m to Adam , to see by wh at nam e he wou ld
call it A nd whatever Adam calle d the li v ing ani m al,
.

th at was its nam e A n d A dam call e d the n am es of all

.

cattle , an d all fo wl of the h eav e ns, an d all be as ts of the

fi eld . Bu t for Adam was not fo un d as yet a h elper

b e fore him .
[J E R U S A L E M A n d fo .r A d am w as not

foun d a yoke -fellow goi ng forth with him ] .

A nd the Lord God th rew a dee p slum b er u pon

Adam, an d he sl ept A nd H e took one of his rib s, it
.

was the thi rteenth rib of the ri ght s ide, and close d it
w i th fl esh A nd the Lo rd God b uil de d the rib
u
p
'

.
1 64 TA as o n or PA L E S TIN E [ C HA R

which he had tak e n fro m Adam into a wo m an ; and

H e b ro ught her to Adam A nd Adam sai d Thi s tim e
.
, ,

an d n ot agai n is wo m an create d fro m m an

, Thu s .
,

b e cau se she is created from m e ( she is ) bo ne of m y ,

bone an d flesh of m y flesh

, This it is fit to call
.

Wo m an b e cau se from m an she was tak en The refore

, .

a m an s h all le av e and be se parate fro m the h o u s e of

,

the be d of his father an d of his m other and sh all con ,

soci ate wi th his wi fe an d both of th e m sh all be one

,

fles h . A nd bo th o f th em were wi se Adam an d his ,

'

wife ; b ut th ey were not faithfu l ( or tru th ful ) in their

g l o ry .
[ JE E U S A L E IL Th erefo re a m an sh all le av e the

ho use of the bed of his father and his m other A nd

they k ne w not wh at is sh am e ]
III A nd the serpent was wiser u nto evil than all
.

the b e asts of the fi el d which the Lord God had m ade .

A nd he s ai d to the wo m an I s it truth th at the Lord ,

Go d h ath s ai d You sh all n ot eat of every tree of the

,

g a r de n ? A n d t h e w o m an said to t he se rp e nt Fro m ,

the res t of the fru its o f the trees of the garde n we h av e

po we r to e at ; but of the fruit of the tree which is in
the m i ds t o f the garde n the Lo rd h ath sai d Yo u s h all ,

n ot e at o f it nor app ro ach it les t ou di e I n th at

, y , .

ho u r the se rp ent sp ak e accus ation against his C re ator ,

an d s ai d to the wo m an Dying you will not die ; for

,

e v ery artifice r h ateth the son of his art : for it i s m an i

fes t b e fo re the Lo rd th at in the day that you eat o f it

, ,

o u will be as the e at an e l s who are wi se to k no w

y g r
g ,

b e twe en good and evil .

A nd the wo m an b e hel d Sam m ael the ange l of death , ,

and was afraid ; e t she k new th at the tre e was goo d

y
to e at and th at it was m e dicine for the e nli ghte n m e nt o f
,

the e y e s and a de si rabl e tree by m ean s of which to

,

u n de rs tan d A nd she to ok of its fru i t an d did eat

.
,

and s he gav e to her h u sb and wi th her and he did eat , .

1 66 G
TA R UM o r P AL E S TI N E [ CH A R

with his su bti lty , and dec eive d m e wi th his wick e dne ss ,
and I ate . Lord God bro u ght the thre e u n to
A n d the
j udgm e nt ; an d H e said to the s e rpe nt Be caus e thou ,

hast don e this c urse d art thou of all the cattl e and of
, ,

all the b e asts o f the fi el d : u p o n thy b elly thou s halt

an d thy fe et shall be cu t off and thy ski n thou

g o, ,

sh al t cas t away o n c e in se v e n y e ars an d the poi so n of

death sh all be i n thy m o uth and du st sh al t thou e at ,

all the day s of thy life A n d I will put e nm i ty be twee n

.

the e and the wo m an an d b e twe en the see d of thy son

, ,

an d the s ee d o f her son s an d it sh all be wh e n the s o ns

of the wo m an k ee p the com m an dm e nts of the law th ey ,

will be pre p are d to s m i te th e e u po n thy head bu t

whe n th ey fo rs ak e the co m m an dm e nts of the law thou ,

wilt be ready to wo un d them in th e ir h e el N ev erthe .

le ss for th em th ere shall b e a m e dici ne bu t for th ee ,

th ere will be n o m e dici ne ; and th ey s hall m ak e

a re m edy for the hee l in the day s of the Ki ng
Mes hiha .
“

[J E E U S AL E M A n d it sh all be whe n the so n s of the

.

wom an co ns i de r the law an d p erform (its) i nstru c tion s , ,

th e y will be p re pare d to sm ite th ee on thy head to kill

th ee ; and whe n the so ns of the wom an fo rsak e the com
m an dm e nt of the law and p e rform n ot ( its) i nstru c ,

tions thou wilt be ready to wo un d th em in thei r he el

, ,

and hu rt them Neverth eless th ere shall be a m e dicine

.

for the sons of the wo m an b ut for th ee serpent the re , , ,

shall be n o m e dicin e : b u t it is to be that for thes e

th e re sh all be a re m edy for the heel in the day s of the 8

k i ng Me shiha ]
Unto the wom an H e sai d M ultiplying I will m ulti , ,

l
py y th afll i c tio n by th e blo o d of thy v i r
gi ni ty an d by ,

thy conception ; in sorro w sh al t tho u b ear chil dre n and ,

/

O r, “
m ake a bruise wi th the he el in the da y s of the king
H eshiba Shep hiufl za,—eontfl tio, at comp l as trum —CA STI L
"
. . . .
 ON s E N E S Is . 1 67

to thy husband shall be thy de sire and he will h ave ,

rule ov er th ee u nto ri ghte ou nes s or u nto sin s .

Bu t to Adam he sai d Be cau se tho u h ast h e ark ene d

,

to the word of thy wi fe an d h ast eate n of the frui t,

of the tree of which I co m m an de d th ee

, saying Thou , ,

shalt not eat of it accurse d is the gro u n d in th at it did

, ,

n ot s ho w thee thy gu ilt ; in l ab o u r sh alt tho u e at ( of)

it all the days of thy li fe A n d tho rns an d thi s tl es will

.

it put forth and i ncre ase o n accou nt of th ee and th ou ,

s h al t eat the h e rb which is on the face of the fi el d .

A nd A dam ans were d I pray thro u gh m ercie s from ,

b efore Thee O Lord that we m ay not be acco unte d as

, ,

the cattle to eat the h erb of the face of the field

, L et .

u s stand u p an d l abour wi th the l abour of the h ands

, ,

and e at food of the foo d of the earth ; an d th u s le t

th ere be dis ti nctio n b efore Thee b etwe en the children ,

o f m e n an d the o ffs p ri ng of cattl e .

J d ho nd dardareen h ll i
[ E E US A L E M A n t . rn s a s a t
i ncrease to thee and tho u shalt eat the h erb which is
o n the face of the fi eld Adam answere d and said
. ,

I pray throu gh m ercies fro m b efo re Thee O Lord

, , ,

that we be not accou nte d b efore Thee as the cattl e to ,

e at the he rb which is on the face o f the fi e l d L et u s .

now stand u p and l abo u r wi th the l abo u r o f the h ands

, ,

and e at foo d o f the fru i ts of the e arth ; an d in the se

things le t the re be di s tinc tio n be fo re Th ee b e tween

the childre n of m e n and the cattle ] By the l abo ur of
thy hands thou sh alt eat food u ntil tho u turn again
’
,

to the du st fro m which tho u was t create d : for dust

tho u art an d u nto du st thou shalt retu rn ; fo r from the
,

dus t it is to be that thou art to arise to render j u dg ,

m e nt an d reckoni ng for all th at tho u hast do ne in the ,

day of the great j udgm ent 1

.

A nd Adam calle d the nam e of his wi fe H av a because ,

Kap ‘ y edaba, of the p lma of thy hands .

”
Bayou din r4 664 .
 1 68 TA E s o M or P A L E S T I N E [ CH A P .

sheis the m o ther o f all the chil dre n of m en A nd the .

Lord Go d m ade to Adam and to his wife vestures of

ho nou r from the skin of the se rpe nt which he had cast ,

fro m him u pon the s kin o f the i r fle sh i nstead of that

, ,

adornm e nt which had b ee n c ast away ; and H e cloth e d

th e m .
1

A nd the Lord God s ai d to the ange l s who m inis tered

be fore H im Behol d A dam is s ole on the earth as I
, , ,

am sol e in the h e avens abo v e ; and it will b e th at the y

will aris e fro m him who will k no w to dis cern b e twee n

oo d an d e vil H d h k p t th co m m n dm n t
g . a e e e a e s

which I appointed to him he wo u l d h av e liv e d and su b

,

s i s te d as the tre e of li fe for e v er Bu t now be cau se he

.
,

h ath not ke pt that which I prescribed it is de c ree d ,

agai nst him th at we k ee p

3
hi m fro m the garde n o f
E den b e fore he re ach forth his hand and tak e of the
,

tre e o f li fe : for b e hol d if he e at th ere o f liv i ng he will

, , ,

li v e and s ub sist for e v er A n d the L ord God re m ove d

.

him fro m the garden of E den ; and he went and dwelt

o n M ou nt Mo ri ah to cu ltiv ate the rou n d from which
, g
he had b ee n cre ate d A n d H e drav e o u t the m an fro m
.

the n ce wh e re H e had m ade to dwell the glo ry of H is

S I1 eki na at the fi rst b etwee n the two K eru baia Be fo re .

H e had cre ate d the wo rl d H e created the law ; H e pre

,

a re d the arden of E den for the ri h te o u s th at the

p g g y ,

m i ght eat an d delight th e m selv es with the frui t o f the

tre e ; b e c au se th ey wo u l d h av e prac ti se d in their lives
the doctrin e of the law in thi s worl d and h av e m ain ,

taine d the c om m an dm e nts : ( bu t) he prep are d Gehi n

ri am for the wicke d which is lik e the sh arp co nsu m ing
, ,

s wo rd of two e d e s ; i n the m i ds t of it H e hath pre

g
p are d flak es of fi re and b urning coals for the j u dg
m en t of the wick e d who re b elle d in th eir li fe again st
the doctri ne o f the law To serv e the law is be tte r
.

Yec/l idai—u nicus , u n iy e ni tus .

3
O r, p hibit
ro .
”
 1 70 TA as o M or P A L E STI N E
[ CH A P .

sa i d I have acquired
, a Angel of the Lord
m an, the .

A nd she adde d to hear fro m her hu sb and A dam his

twi n e v e n H ab el
, . A nd H ab el was a sh eph e rd of the
flock bu t Kai n was a m an wo rking in the e arth
, A nd.

it was at the end of day s on the fo urtee nth of Ni san

, ,

th at Kai n brou gh t of the p ro du ce of the earth the see d ,

of co tto n or li ne b l io f fi hi b o
( ) a,
n o a t n o rs t t n g s e f re th e

Lord and H abel b rou ght of the fi rstlings of the flock ,

and o f th e ir fat ; and it was p leas i n b f th Lo d

g e o r e e r ,

and He
g a v e ( )
H is co u n te n an c e t o H a b e l a nd to h is

oblatio n ; bu t to Kai n and to his oblation H e gave no

co u nte nance A nd Kain was angere d gre atly and the
.
,

feature s of his face were down cast A n d the Lo rd sai d

.

to Kai n Why h ast th ou an ger and why are the feature s

, ,

of th fac do w c t ? I f tho d o s t th wo k w ell

y e n as u e y r ,

will not thy gu ilt be forgive n thee ? But if thou doest

n ot th work well in this wo rld th sin is retained u nto
y y ,

the day o f the great j u dgm ent and at the doors of thy
,

heart lieth thy sin A n d i nto thy h and have I delivere d

.

the po wer over e vil pass ion and u nto th ee s h all be the
,

incli natio n there of that tho u m ayest h ave authori ty

,

over it to becom e righte ou s or to s in ,

.

A n d Kai n said to H ab el his broth er Co m e an d let , ,

us two
g o fo r th i nt o t h e fi eld A n
,
d it w as th at wh e n

th ey two had gone fo rth i nto the fi e l d K ai n an s we re d ,

an d sai d to H ab el I p erce ive that the wo rl d was cre ate d

,

in goo dness but it is n ot gove rne d ( or condu cte d)

,

acco rdi n t o the fruit o f oo d w o rk s for th e re is re

g g ,

sp e ct to p ers o ns in j u d m e nt ; th e re fore it is that thy

g
offe ri ng was accepte d an d m ine not accepte d with goo d
,

H abel answered an d s ai d to Kai n I n goo dness was ,

the wo rl d c re ate d and accordi ng to the frui t of goo d

,

works is it governe d ; and there is no res pe c t o f p ers o ns

in j u dg m ent ; b ut b ecau se the frui ts of m y works were
1v .
] 0N s E NE SIs . 1 71

better than thi ne, m y obl ation, b e fo re thi ne, hath b e e n

acce pte d wi th go o d will .

Kai n answere d and sai d to H ab el, There is nei th er

j u dgm ent nor Ju dge, nor anoth er worl d nor will goo d
re ward b e give n to the ri gh te o u s, n or v e ngeanc e be

tak en o f the wick e d .

A nd H ab el ans we re d and s ai d to Kai n, Th ere is a

j u dgm ent, an d th e re is a J u dge ; and th ere is another
wo rl d, and a goo d re ward gi v e n to the ri gh te o us, and
v enge an ce tak en of the wick ed .

A n d b e cau se of th e se wo rds th ey had co nte ntio n

u po n the fac e of the fi el d ; and Kai n arose against
H abel his b rother, and drave a sto ne i nto his foreh ead,
and kille d him .

A n d the Lord s ai d to K ai n Where is H ab el thy ,

broth e r ? A nd he sai d I k no w n ot ; am I the keep er

,

of m y b ro th e r ? A n d H e s ai d Wh at h ast th ou done ? ,

T he voice of the bl o o ds of the m u rde r o f thy b roth e r

whic h are s wallo we d u p in the s o d cri eth b e fo re Me ,

from the earth A n d now b ec au se thou h ast kill e d

.

him tho u art cu rs ed fro m the e arth which h ath open e d

, ,

the m ou th and re c e i v e d the bloo ds o f thy b roth er from

,

thy hand Wh en th ou till est the earth it sh all not

.
,

add to gi ve stre ngth to its fru i ts fo r th e e A wanderer .

an d an e xil e s h alt th o u b e in the e arth A n d Kai n .

s ai d b e fo re the Lo rd M ore h e av y is m re b ellio n th an

, y
can be bo rne ( away ) Yet is th e re po wer b efore Th ee
.

to fo rgi v e it Behold Tho u has t cast m e forth to day

.
,

fro m the face of the e arth and fro m b e fo re Th ee is it ,

po ssible to be hidden ? A nd b ecau se I am a wanderer

an d an e xil e in the earth an j u s t on e who fin de th m e
y ,

wi ll kill m e A n d the L ord sai d to him Beh ol d now

.
, ,

any one who kill e th K ai n u nto s ev e n ge ne rati o ns v enge

,

ance s h al l be tak en o f him A nd the Lo rd se aled .

u p o n the fac e o f K ai n the m ark of the Nam e e at an d

g r .

1 2
1 72 rans o m o r Pm ; [
cm .

hono u rable, that any o ne who m ight find him should

no t k ill him when he saw it u on him

p .

[ Jn oS A L n I . 7 . If thou m arke t thy work good

in
the world to com e ? Bu t if thou dost not m ake thy
work go od in this world, th sin is retaine d u nto the
y

po wer over e vil pas ion, and to thee m ay be do mini on

o ver it , to becom e righte o us or to sin 8 A nd Kain .

u pon the face of the field . A nd it was when they had

g o ne o u t u
po n the face of the field, K ain answered and

sa id to Habel his bro ther , There is neither j u dgm en t

nor Judge , n or another world ; neither is a good
re w

be taken of the wick e d N or was the world create d

.

in go odn es s , nor in goodness is it conducwd There .

will, and m ine not acce pted with good will . Habel
answered and , Th
saereid
is a j u d
togm Kain
e nt, and
th ere is a J u dge : the re is another wo rld, an d a goo d
re ward is g ive n to the ri hte o us, and ve n e ance taken
g g
o f the wi cke d A nd in goodnes s was the world create d,
.

an d in goo d nes s is it con du cte d Bu t according to the .

frui t of good wo rks is it co ndu cted Because m y works .

with good will, and thine was not acce ted with good p
will A nd as they two dis u te d on the face of the
. p

him 10 . The blood of the m ultitu de

voice of the .

of the ri ghte ou s who were to arise from Habel thy

b rother 1 3 A nd Kain said before the Lo rd My

.
,

s ins are greate r than can be borne Nevertheless .

there is po wer b efore Thee to absolve and forgive m e ] .

1 7 4: w on or P A L E sTIN E
[
a r
.

hundred and thi rty

y ears afte r Habe l had been slai n ;
and s he b are a so n an d call e d his n am e S he th ; for s he
,

sai d The Lo rd h ath

, g i v e n m e a n o th e r so n i ns te a d of
H ab el whom K ai n sle w A nd to Sheth al so was born .

a s o n and he call e d his name E nos h

, T hat was the .

e neratio n in who se day s th ey be an to e rr and to

g g ,

m ak e th e m selves i dols and surnam e d the ir i dols by the

,

nam e of the Wo rd of the Lo rd .

V T his is the book of the genealogy of Man

.
7
In .

the day that the Lo rd c reate d m an i n the lik e ne ss o f

’
,

the Lord H e m ade him M al e and fe m ale H e create d

.

th em an d b less e d the m in the nam e o f H is Wo rd an d

,

H e calle d th eir nam e Man ’

in the day th ey we re
create d A nd Adam lived a hu n dred and thirty ye ars
.
,

an d b e gat S h e th who had the lik e ness of his i m age an d

,

o f his s i m ilitu de for b e fore had H av a born Kai n who ,

was n ot l ike to him ; an d H ab el was kill ed by his h an d .

A n d Kai n was cast o ut ; n ei th e r is his se e d ge ne al ogiz e d

iu the b o ok o f the ge ne alogy of Adam Bu t afterwards .

there was bo rn one l ik e him an d he c alle d his nam e ,

Sheth A nd the days of Adam afte r he be gat S heth

.

were e i gh t h u ndre d y ears and he b egat s o ns and ,

dau ghte rs .

J Ei h h u n dre d ears n d in tho s e

[ E E US A L E M 4 g t .
y a .

years he b egat s o ns an d dau ghte rs 5 A n d he die d, . .

and was gath ere d fro m the m i dst o f the wo rl d ] .

A nd all the day s hu ndred and

of She th we re n nei
twel v e y e ars and he di e d ,
A nd E no sh li v e d ni n e ty .

e ars and b egat K e nan A n d E no sh li v e d afte r he had

y ,
.

b e gotten Ke n an ei gh t h u ndre d an d fifteen y ears and ,

b e gat s ons an d dau gh ters A n d all the day s o f E nos h .

w ere ni ne h u n dre d and fi ve y e ars ; and he di e d A nd .

Ke n an li v e d se v e nty y ears an d b egat Mahalalel A n d .

Ke nan live d after he had b ego tte n Mahalalel eight

7
A dam .
v .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 1 75

hundred and forty years and b egat sons and dau gh ters , .

A n d all the day s o f K enan we re ni ne h u n dred an d te n

y ears ; an d he died A n d Mahalalel lived sixty five
.
-

years an d b egat Jared A nd Mahalalel liv ed after he

,
.

had b e gotten Jare d ei gh t h un dre d and thirty ye ars and ,

begat so ns and dau gh te rs A nd all the days of .

Mahalalel were ei gh t h undred and ninety fi ve ye ars and -

he die d A nd J ared lived a h u ndre d and sixty two

.
-

years and begat H anok A nd J ared lived afte r he had

,
.

bego tten H an ok eight hu ndre d years and begat sons ,

and dau gh te rs A nd all the day s of Jared we re n i n e

.

h undre d and sixty two years and he died -

A nd .

Han ok li ve d si xty fi ve years and begat Methu she lac h

-
, .

A nd H an ok wo rs hippe d in tru th b efo re the Lord after

3

he had b e go tten Me thu shelach three h undred y ears and ,

b egat sons an d dau ghters A nd all the day s of H anok .

with the sojourners of the e arth were three h un dred

and s ixty fi ve y e ars - A n d H an ok serve d in the tru th
.

before the Lord ; and behold he was not with the , ,

s ojo u rners of the e arth for he was wi th drawn and ,

he as c ende d to the fi rm am e nt by the Word b e fore the

Lord and his nam e was calle d Metatro n the G reat
,

Saphra .

J A nd H anok serv e d in the tru th b efore

[ E E US A L E M .

the L ord ; and b e hol d he was n ot ; for he was with

, ,

drawn by the Wo rd fro m b e fo re the Lord ] .

A nd Me thu she lach li v e d a h u ndred and eighty se ven -

years and begat Le m e k A nd Methushelach li v e d after

,
.

he had b e go tten L em ek seve n h u ndred an d eigh ty two -

y ears an d b egat sons and dau gh ters A nd all the days

,
.

of Methu s he lac h we re ni ne h u ndre d and two and sixt

y
and nine y e ars an d he di e d A nd L em e k li ve d a .

h undre d and eighty two years and b egat a son ; and

-
,
 1 76 TA ns o n or PA L E S TI N E [
CH A P .

he ca le d
l his nam e Noah ( Consolati on ) saying This
, , ,

shall co nsole us fo r our wo rk s that are n ot p ro spe ro u s ,

and for the l abour of ou r h ands with the earth which

the Lo rd h ath curse d o n accou nt of the guilt of the

so ns o f m en A nd Lem ek li ve d after he had b e gotte n
.

No ah fi ve hu ndred and ni ne ty and five y ears and b egat ,

s ons an d dau hte rs A nd a ll t he day f L m k w e

g . s o e e e r

se ve n h u ndre d and se v e nty and s e v e n y ears ; and he

died A nd No ah was the son of fiv e h u ndre d y ears

.
,

an d No ah b egat She m Cham and J aphet , , .

VI A nd it was when the sons of m en began to

.

m ultiply u pon the face of the earth and fair dau ghte rs ,

were born to th e m ; an d the so ns of the great saw that

the dau ghters of m e n were b eau ti ful and painted an d , ,

cu rle d walking with rev elation of the flesh and with

, ,

i m aginatio ns of wick edness ; th at th ey took the m wive s

of all who pl e as ed th em A nd the Lord s aid by H is
.

Word A ll the ge nerations of the wicke d which are to

,

ari se s hal l not be p urge d afte r the order o f the j u d

g .

m e nts of the generati o n of the del u ge which s h all be ,

de stroye d and exterm i nate d fro m the m i dst of theworld .

H av e I not i m parte d My Holy Spirit to the m (or , ,

placed My Holy S piri t in the m ) that th ey m ay wo rk ,

oo d w o rk s ? and b e hold th ei r wo rks are wick e d

g , , .

Behol d I will giv e the m a p rolon gm ent of a h undre d

,

and twen ty y ears th at th ey m ay wo rk re p e ntanc e an d

, ,

n ot p eri s h .

J A nd the Wo rd of the Lo rd sai d T he

[ E E US A L E M .
,

e ne ratio ns which are to ari s e sh all n ot be j u dge d afte r

g
h nn e r of) the ge ne ratio n of the de lu e hich
( t e m a g ( w is ) ,

to be de s troy e d an d e xte rm i n ate d and fi nall y blo tte d

, ,

ou t . H av e I n ot i m parted My Spirit to the so ns of

m e n b e c au se th ey are fle sh th at th ey m ay work go o d
, ,

wo rk s ? But th ey do wo rk s of e v il Behol d I h av e .
,

i ven them a rol o n m e nt of a h u ndred and twe n t

g p g y
1 78 T u cs o n o r PA L E S TI N E [ a r .

A nd No ah be gat th ree o
s ns, Shem , Cham ,

Japhe th .

A nd the corru pte d th ro u gh the i nh abitants

e art h was
there of who had de cline d fro m the ways o f ri ghte ou s
,

nes s b efore the L ord ; and the earth was fill e d wi th

rapi ne J rth was fi ll e d wi th

.
[ E RUS A L E M A n d th e ea .

viol e nce s and frau ds ] A nd the Lo rd beheld the e arth

and 10
, it was co rrup t ; for all flesh had ev ery one
,

corru pte d his way u pon the earth .

A nd the L ord sai d to N oah The e nd of all flesh ,

c om eth b e fo re Me b ecau se the e arth is fille d wi th rapi ne

,

by th ei r ev il work s ; and b e hol d I will destroy th em, ,

with the e arth Make th ee an ark of the wo od of

.

ce dars ; a hu ndred and fi fty cells shalt thou m ake to

the ark i n its left si de and thi rty and s ix in its b re adth ;
,

and te n cabi ns in the m i ds t to la u in th em provi s io n

y p ,

and fi v e re p o sito ri es on the ri ht and fi v e on the l e ft

g ,

an d th ou sh al t p rote ct it wi thi n an d with ou t with pi tch .

Go thou u nto Phiso n and tak e from thence a p reci ous

,

s ton e an d fi x it in the ark to illu m i nate

, y ou w i th the

m e asu re of a cu bi t ( o r s pan) shalt thou c om pl ete it

abo v e . A n d a door shal t tho u se t in the si de of the
ark ; and with dwe lli n p la ce s i n fe ri or s e c on d an d
g
-
, , ,

thi rd s h al t th ou m ake it
, A nd I b e h old I b ri ng a
.
, ,

floo d of wate rs u pon the e arth to s wall o w u p all fle s h

which h ath i n it the s pi ri t o f li fe fro m u n der the
h eave ns : whate ver is u p on the earth sh all b e s we pt
away . Bu t I wil l e s tablish m y c ov e nant wi th th ee ;
an d th o u sh al t go i nto the ark th o u an d thy s ons ,
an d , ,

thy wi fe an d the wi v es of thy sons wi th the e

,
A n d of .

all th at li v eth o f all fl e sh two of ev ery ( ki nd) sh all g o

,

i nto the ark to be p reserve d ali ve with thee : m al e an d

,

fem ale sh all th ey b e O f the fo wl after its ki nd an d

.
,

o f all c attl e after its ki n d and of e v e ry re pti le of the

,

e arth after i ts ki nd two of e v e ry ( s ort) s h all e nte r to

,
 l
VI I - 0N GEN E S I S . 1 79

thee by the hand of the ange l who will tak e an d cau se

,

th em to e nter A n d thou ,
to th e e, to be p reserv ed .

take to th e e of all foo d th at is e aten, and le t it b e to

thee an d to th em for foo d A n d No ah did accordi ng to .

all that the Lo rd had in s tru cte d him . .

VII A nd the Lord sai d to Noah, Enter, tho u, and

.

e v e ry o ne of th ho us e, i nto the ark ; for th e e h av e I

y
see n ri h te o us b efo re m e in thi s n atio n O f all
g ge er .

clean cattle tak e tho u se v en by seven , m al e and fe m ale,

and of all cattle ( n ot cl ean , two an d two) , m ale and
fem ale Bu t of b irds of the h eav e n sev en by sev e n
.
, ,

m ale an d fe m ale to p re s e rv e from th e m s ee d u pon the

,

e arth . Fo r b e hol d I giv e you s p ace of s eve n days ; if

, ,

they will be co nv e rted it sh all be fo rgiv e n th e m b u t if

,

th ey will not be co nv erte d after a ti m e of day s yet ,

s e v e n I will cau se rai n to c o m e down u on the e arth

, p
forty days and fo rty ni ghts an d will destroy all b odie s ,

of m an an d of b east u po n the e arth A nd Noah di d .

accordi ng to all th at the Lord had co m m an de d him .

A n d Noah was the son of six h u ndre d y ears when the

de l u ge of waters was u pon the earth
:

A nd No ah .

e nte red and his so n s an d his wife an d the wi v e s of his

,

s o ns wi th him i nto the ark fro m b e fo re the wate rs of

, ,

the de lug e O f all c attle cl e an an d of cattl e u nclean

.
, ,

o f birds an d of wh ate ve r c re e p e th u po n the e arth two

, ,

and two th ey entere d u n to No ah into the ark m ale ,

and fe m al e as the Lord had i n stru cte d Noah

, .

A nd it was at the ti m e of s e v e n day s afte r the co n

s lu sion of the m o urni ng for Me thu shelach th at the ,

Lo rd b eh e l d and lo the so ns of m en had n ot turne d

, , ,
.

A n d the wate rs of the del uge cam e down hotly fro m

’I

the he avens u po n the e arth I n the six h u ndre dth .

-

year of the life of Noah in the second m o nth whic h , ,

Re tlcichi n, boiling . The Mid ras fi s a s, y that the ge neration of

”
the fl ood w as chas tised with scalding wate r .
1 80 TA E s o M o r PA L E S TI N E [a r

was the m onth of Marchesvan} for hitherto the m onths

had b een nu m bered from Ti shri which w as the b egin
n ng of
i the y ear at the co m pl etion o f the world in the ,

s ev en teenth da of the m onth in th at da we re all the

y y ,

fou ntai ns of the great de ep brok en u p A nd the .

g i an ts w ere
g a th e re d th ere to g e th er w ith th ei r s o ns

an d p e rtu rb e d th em an d afterwards the wi ndows of

,

heav en were ope ned [J E E US A L E M

. A n d th e w i n d o w.s

of h eaven we re open ed ] A nd the rai n cam e down

u p o n the e arth forty days an d fo rty n i h ts I n that
g .

sam e da e nte re d No ah a nd Sh e m an d Che m a nd

y , , ,

Yapheth the sons of Noah and the wife of Noah and

, , ,

the th ree wiv es of his sons wi th him into the ark : th ey , ,

and e v e ry anim al after his k i nd an d all c attle afte r ,

th e i r ki nd an d e v ery rep tile that c re e p eth u po n the

,

e arth after his ki n d and e v ery fo wl afte r its kind

, ,

e v ery bird which fli e th A nd they entered to No ah

.

into the ark two and two of all fle sh in which was the
,

b reath of life A nd they com ing entere d m ale and

.
,

fe m al e of all fle s h u nto hi m as the L o rd had instru cte d

, ,

him ; and the Word of the Lord covered over the

door of the ark u pon the face the reof [J E E U S A L E M . .

A nd the Wo rd of the Lord was m e rcifu l u pon him ] .

A nd th e re was a floo d forty day s u p on the earth and ,

the wate rs we re m ul tip li e d and b are u p the ark and it ,

was li fte d from the earth A nd the waters waxe d

.

m i ghty and i ncrease d gre atly u pon the earth and the ,

ark we nt fl oating u po n the face of the wate rs A nd .

the w ate rs pre v ail e d greatly u pon the earth and all the ,

high hill s which were u n de r the he av ens we re covere d

fi fte en cu bi ts highe r did the waters pre vail and the ,

m o u ntai n s were covere d A nd all fles h expi red which

.

m ov eth u pon the earth ; of fo wl and of c attle an d of , ,

wil d be asts an d e v e ry m o v i ng th ing that m ov eth u pon

,

3
N ovem be r . O ctober .
1 82 TA E s o M or PA L E S TnvE [
C HA R

fro m b e i ng wi th him , to see wh eth e r the waters we re

li ghtene d fro m off the face s of the e arth A nd the .

dove fou n d n o re st for the s ole of the foot, and re tu rn e d

u nt o him to the ark and he k new that the waters were
et) u p o n the fac e o f all the e arth d re ach e d
(y A n h e .

out his h and and took and b ro u gh t he r u nto him i nto

,

the ark A nd he p rolonge d ( waite d) ye t sev en day s

.
,

[ J E E U S A L E M A n d he b e
ga
.n to n u m b e r ] a n d ag a i n he ,

s e nt the dov e fro m the ark A nd the dov e cam e to .

him at the e v en ing tim e and b e hold a leaf of oli v e , , ,

a th e re d brok e n off s he bro u h t in he r m o u th d

g , g , an ,

which s he had tak e n fro m the M ou nt of the Me s hiha “

.

A nd No ah u nde rs to od th at the waters had li ghte ned

from b ei ng on the earth A nd be prolo nge d ye t se v e n.

day s and adde d to s e nd forth the do v e ; b u t s he adde d

,

not to re tu rn to him again . A nd it was in the six

h undred an d fi rs t y e ar in Tishri in the first o f the , ,

m o nth i n the b egin ni ng o f the y e ar th at the wate rs

, ,

were drie d fro m u p on the earth A nd N oah re m o v e d .

the co v eri n g of the ark an d saw the faces of the grou n d

,

to b e dri e d A n d in the m onth Marche sv an in the

.
,

twe nty s e v e nth day o f the m on th the e arth was dry

-
,
.

A nd the L ord s p ak e wi th No ah s ayi ng : Go forth ,

fro m the ark th o u an d thy wi fe an d thy s o ns and the

, , , ,

wi ve s of thy s o ns wi th th e e E ve ry liv i ng anim al that

, .

is with the e of all fle sh o f fowl of cattl e and of e ve ry, , ,

re p til e th at c re e p eth o n the e arth b ri n f orth wi th th ee

g , ,

that the y m ay p ro du c e in the e arth and s p read ab ro ad ,

an d m u ltiply o n the e arth A n d Noah we nt fo rth and .

,

his s o ns an d his wife an d the wi v es o f his s ons with

, , ,

him . E v ery ani m al ev ery reptil e and e very bird

, , ,

which m o v eth u pon the e arth according to its see d , ,

we nt forth fro m the ark .

A nd Noah b u il de d the altar b e fo re the Lord ; that

T he M ount of O lives .
 ON GE N E S I S . 1 83

l
a tar which Adam had b uilde d in the ti m e wh en he was
cas t forth fro m the arde n of E de n and had o ffere d an
g ,

oblation u po n it ; an d u po n it had Kai n and Habel

offere d th eir oblations But whe n the waters of the .

delu ge des ce nde d it was destroy e d and No ah re bu il de d

, ,

it and he to ok of all cle an cattle and of all clean fo wl , ,

an d sac rifice d fo u r u pon th at altar A nd the Lord .

accep te d his obl atio n with fav ou r and the Lord s ai d in

H is Word I will not add agai n to c u rse the earth on

,

acco u nt of the sin of the chil dre n of m e n ; for the

i m agi natio n of the h e art o f m an is evil fro m his you th ;

nei the r wil l I add to de stroy wh ate v er liv e th as I h ave

do ne Until all the day s of the e arth so wing i n the

.
,

of Ti sh ri an d h arv e s t in the s easo n of Ni s an

’
seas o n , ,

an d col dn es s in the seas on of Te b eth an d warm th in ,

the s eas o n o f T am m uz and su m m e r and wi nte r and , ,

day s and nigh ts sh all not fail [J E E US A L E M U n til

. all .

the day s of the earth from no w s o wing an d re api ng , ,

an d col d an d h eat an d day s an d ni ghts s h all not c e as e ]

,

IX A nd the L ord bl e sse d Noah and his sons and

.
, ,

s ai d to th e m Sp re ad forth an d m u l tiply an d repl e ni s h

, ,

the e arth A nd the fe ar o f you an d the dre ad o f you

.

sh all b e u po n e v ery b e as t o f the e arth and on ev e ry fo wl ,

of the h e av en s of all th at the e arth s warm eth forth and ,

all the fi s h e s o f the s ea i nto y o u r h an d are th ey de li ,

v e re d Every m oving thing whic h liveth to you shall

.

b e for foo d as the gre e n h e rb have I gi v e n to you the

whole Bu t flesh which is tom of the livi ng b east
. ,

what ti m e the li fe is in it or that torn from a slaughte re d ,

a n i m a l b e fo re a ll th e b re ath ha s go n e fo rt h y o u s h a l l ,
“
not e at But the bl oo d of yo u r li ves will I re qui re
.

o f e v e ry a n im al which h a th kil l e d a m an I w i ll re q u i re ,

7 Teguplaa, course, re volution of nature, season . Vi da CA S TE L ,

col 8 30 5
b ti
. .

O r, dem and retri u on .

1 841 TA E s o N or PA L E S TI N E [ O RA L

th at it be put to death on his accou nt . A nd from the

hand of the hum an b ei n g, from the hand of the m an
who hath s hed the blood of hi s b rother will I require ,

the life of m an Whoso sh e ddeth the b loo d of m an

.
,

the j u dges by witness es

, s h all condem n him u nto
,

death b ut he who s he ddeth it withou t witness es the ,

Lord of the worl d will b ring p unis hm ent on him in the

day of the great j u dgm ent ; b e cau se i n the im age of
the Lord H e m ade m an A nd you s pread yourselv es
.
,

ab road an d m ultiply ; b ri ng forth in the earth an d ,

increase in it .

A nd the Lord spak e to No ah and to his s ons wi th ,

hi m saying I b e hol d I estab li sh m y cov enant wi th

, , , ,

u an d with your children afte r ou ; and with ev ery

y o , y
livi ng s o ul th at is with you of birds and of cattle and , , ,

o f e v ery b eas t of the earth that is wi th you of all that ,

fo rth fro m the ark of e v ery b e as t of the earth A nd

g o ,
.

I will e stablish my covenant with you an d will not ,

agai n cause all fle s h to p eri sh by the waters of a floo d ;

and th ere shall not again b e a fl oo d to destroy the

e arth .

A nd the Lord sai d Thi s is the sign of the co venant

,

which I e stab li sh b etween My Word and b etween you

an d e v e ry li vi ng s o ul that is wi th yo u u nto the genera ,

tio ns of the wo rl d I have set My Bow in the clou d

.
,

and it shall be for a tok e n o f the co v e nant b etween My

Word an d the earth A nd it shall b e that when I.

s pre ad fo rth My glo rio u s clou d ov er the e arth the how ,

s h all b e se e n in the da i ) h i l h sun is n ot

y ( t m e w e t e ,

s unk ( or hi dde n) in a clo u d A nd I wi ll re m em b er My

.

co v enant which is be twe en My Word and b etween you

and e v ery livi ng so ul of all fles h th at th e re sh all n ot be ,

the wate rs of a floo d to destroy all fle s h A nd the how .

sh all b e in the cl ou d an d I will look u po n it to rem em

, ,

ber the e v erlasting cov e nant b etwee n the Word of the

 1 86 TA E s o M or PA L E ST I N E [ O RA L

an d dwell in the Sh em and Kenaan shall be s chools of ,

a se rv ant to th e m A n d N oach liv e d after the del u ge.

th re e hu n dre d and fi fty y ears A nd all the days of .

Noach were ni ne hun dre d and fifty years ; and he die d .

X Thes e are the generations of the sons of No ach

.
,

and ( of the ) s on s ( who) we re born to th em afte r the

deluge l
The sons of Japheth Go m e r an d M agog
.
, , ,

and Madai an d Jav an an d Thu bal an d M esh e k and

, , , ,

Thiras A nd the n am es of their pro v inces A friki and

.
’
, ,

Germ ani a and Me di and Mak adonia and Is ti aia an d

, , , ,
’

As ia an d Th arhi
,
A nd the s ons of Gom er Ashk e naz .
, ,

and Riph ath and To garm a A n d the s o ns of Jav an

, .
,

E li sha Alas and Tarse s A kaz ia and D ordonia

, , , ,
.

J T he s o ns of J a heth Go m e r n d the
[ E E US A L E M p . a ,

nam e o f th e i r p ro v i nc es A friki an d G arm ania an d , , ,

Madai and Mokdonia an d Yatania and Asi a an d

, , , ,

T hark i A nd the sons of Go m er and the nam e of

.
,

th eir p rovi nce s As i a and Phark u i (Phry gi a , an d Bar

b eria A nd the so ns of J av an E lish a and the nam e

.
, ,

o f th e i r p ro v i nc e s Al a tarasom I tali a and D ordo nia ],

s
, ,
.

Fro m these were distribu te d the tribe s o f the isl ands

of the G e n til es e v ery one acco rdi n g to his l angu age to
, ,

his kin dre d i n the i r n atio ns A n d the so ns of Cham .

,

Ku sh and Miz rai m an d Phut and Kenaan A nd the

, , , .

nam e of th ei r p ro v i nc es Arabi a and M iz rai m an d , , ,

A lichrok and Ke naan , A n d the s ons of Ku s h S e b a .

, ,

an d H av il ah and S ab ta and Raam a an d S ab te ka ; an d

, , ,

the n am e o f th e i r p ro v in c e s S inirai and H i ndiki an d , , ,

S e m adi an d Lu b ai and Zingai

, A nd the so ns of , .

O n the e thnographic details of this te nth chapter of Genesi s, com

p are M id ras h Rabba f 3 2 a ; Talm u d Jew s , m eg illa 5 , b ; the dis
O OL
.
, ,

i i i of LE D UK E S , Be i trag e Ges clzi c/zte de r atte s ts »

'

qu s t on P D z

AL H
.

A as leg u ng d es A l te n Tes t , band ii .

,
5l and that of DE K . IS C ,
in
his Com m entar y on the chapte r .

Ip ar/ca iot/z, i q ! wap e

p
. .

A theni a ? We have re tained the uncouth s ellin

g of the Targum ist .
x .
] 0N s E N E S Is. 1 87

Mauritiu os Zm argad , Mez eg A nd Kus h b e gatand .

N i m ro d : he b egan to be m i ghty in s in and to rebel ,

b efore the Lord in the earth H e was a m igh ty reb el .

b efore the L ord th ere fore it is sai d Fro m the day that ,

the wo rld was c re ate d th e re h ath not b ee n as Ni m ro d ,

m i gh ty i n h u n ti ng an d a reb el b efore the Lo rd

, A nd .

the b e gi nni ng o f his k i ngdo m was Bav e l the G reat an d ,

H adas and N etsibin and K etispon in the land of Pon

, , ,

to s From that lan d went fo rth Nim ro d an d rei gned

.
,

in A thur b e cau se he w ou l d not be in the co unsel o f a

,

di v i de d ge ne ratio n A n d he l e ft tho se fo ur citi e s ; and

.

the Lo rd th e re upo n gav e him a pl ace and he b ui l de d

fo u r o ther citi e s Ni ne v eh and Pe latiath Karth a an d

, ,

Parioth A nd Tale sar which was b u il de d b etwee n

.
,

Ni nev eh an d H adiath that is a great ci ty A nd .

Miz rai m b egat the N ivatee and the Mariotee and the , ,

L ivak e e, and the Pantas cine e, and the Pathrosim , an d

the N as iotae e, an d the Pantapolote e , fro m who m we nt
forth the Philistaee an d the K aphodik ae e .

J H e was m ighty in h u nti ng an d in

[ E R U S A L E IL 9 .

si n Lo rd ; for he was a h unte r of the so ns

be fore the
of m e n in the i r l angu ages A nd he s ai d to them .
,

Leav e the j u dgm ents of Shem and adhere to the ,

j udgm ents of Ni m ro d O n this accou nt it is sai d .

,

A s Ni m ro d the m i ghty m i gh ty in h u nti ng and in ,

S in b e fo re the L ord 1 0 A n d the b egi nni ng of .

hi s ki ngdo m was Bav e l an d H adas and N e tsibi n , , ,

and K atispa i n the l an d of Bav el 1 1 F ro m th at . .

lan d he we nt ou t to wards A thur and b uilde d Nine v e h , ,

and Pe latiath K arth a an d H adiath - A nd Talesar , ,

betwee n N i nev eh and H adiath which is a great ,

city 1 3 A nd Miz raim b e gat the Mariotae e and

. .
,

Pe nte pohtaee, and L u setaee, an d Pe lu s aee, an d the Pan

task e nae e , fro m who m went fo rth the Philistaee and
K apodek ae e .
]
1 88 TA E s o n or PA L E ST IN E
[ on e

A nd Kenaan b egat Zi don his fi rstborn, ,

and H eth

and the Jeb u saee, an d the E m oraee, an d the Ger es haee,

g
and the H ivaee , and the I rk aee, and the A ntosaee, an d

the L u tas aee, an d the Chom tsaee, and the A ntekoee ;

and after then the s ee d of the K enaanaee were
s cattere d
.

[JE E US A LE M . l7 A nd the
Tripolaee, and the
A rkae e, and the K aphrusae e A n d the A ntri danaee,
.

and the Cham atsaee, an d the A ntuk eia : from Bav el,

after th en, were di stingu ished the i slands of the peo ples
]
A n d the li m it of the K enaanaee was fro m K othani s,
g oi ng u p to G e rar, u nto A z ah, u nto S e do m an d
A m orah, A dm ah an d Ze boim , u n to Kaldabi These .

are the s ons of Cham , according to the se e d of th e ir

e alo ies , after th e ir lan u a es, in the dwellin f

g e n g g g g o

thei r lands, in the ki ndre d of their p eople ] .

A n d to She m also was born a son H e is the father

.

of all the s o ns of the H eb re ws, the b roth er of J a he th,

p
e at in the fear of the Lord T he s o ns of Sh em
g r .

Elim , and A thu r, an d A rphakshad, and L u d, and A ram .

A rphakshad b egat Shelach, an d S helach begat Eb er .

A nd to Eb er were born two so ns : the nam e of the one

was Pel e g, b e cau s e in hi s days the earth was divi de d ;
and the nam e of the o th er Jok tan A nd Joktan b e gat
.

E lm odad, who m easu re d ( or line d) the e arth with lines ;

and S haleph, who le d fo rth the waters of rivers, and

Chatsarm ave th, an d Jarach, and Harodam , and Uz al,

and D ikla, an d Oval, and A vim ae l, an d She b a, an d

Ophir, and Havila, and J obab A ll these are the sons

.

of J ok tan . A n d the ho us e of the ir dwelling was fro m

M esha, by which thou goest u p to S epharvae, a m ou n
tain of the eas t .These are the s ons of Sh em , accord
in g to the ir ho u ses, in the dwe lli ng of thei r lan ds,
acco rdin g to the ki ndre d of th e ir p eopl e These are
.

the ho uses of the s ons of Noah, accordi ng to their

1 90 n ati o n or PA L E S TI N E [ on e

to do : an d n ow th ey will n ot be restra ne d
i from doi n g
wh ate v e r they i m agine L ord s aid to the
. A nd the
se v e nty angel s which s tand b efo re H im C o m e we wil l , ,

des c e n d an d wi ll there co m m i n gl e the i r langu age th at a ,

m an sh all n ot u n derstan d the s p e e ch of his ne i ghbo u r .

A nd the Wo rd of the L ord was re v e ale d agai nst the

city and with Him se v e nty angel s h av i ng re fere n ce to
, ,

s e v e nty nation s e ach h avi ng its o wn l angu age an d th e nce

, ,

the writi ng of its o wn h an d : an d H e di s pe rse d th em

fro m th e nce u pon the face of all the e arth i nto s e v enty
lan gu age s A n d on e k ne w not wh at his neighbo ur
.

wou l d say : bu t one sle w the o th e r ; an d they c eased

fro m b ui ldi ng the ci ty Therefore He calle d the nam e
.

o f it Bav el becau se there did the Lord co m m i ngl e the

‘
,

S pe e ch of all the i nhabi tan ts of the e arth and fro m ,

th e nce did the Lord di s pers e th e m u p on the faces of all

the e arth .

Th e se are the generatio ns of She m Sh em was a s on .

of a h u ndre d y e ars and he b egat A rphak shad two y ears

, ,

after the del u ge A nd She m liv e d afte r he had b egotten

.

A rphak shad fi ve h u ndred y e ars and b e gat sons an d ,

dau ghte rs A n d A rphak shad li v e d th irty an d fi ve y e ars

.
,

an d b e gat S helach A nd A rphak s had li v e d afte r he had

.

b egotten S helach four hu ndred and thirty years an d ,

b egat son s and dau gh ters A nd S he lach li ve d thirty .

ye ars and b e gat Eb e r A n d S helach live d after he had

,
.

b egotten Eber fo u r hu n dre d and thre e ye ars and b egat ,

s o n s an d dau ghters A nd Eb e r li v e d thirty fo ur ye ars

.
-
,

an d b e gat Pe le g A nd E b er li v e d after he had b e gotte n

.

P el eg fo ur h u ndre d and thi rty ye ars and b e gat s on s ,

an d dau gh te rs A n d Pe l eg li v e d thirty y e ars an d b egat

.
,

Reu . A n d Pel eg li v e d after he had b e gotten Re u two

h u ndre d an d ni ne ye ars and b e gat so ns and dau ghters , .

A nd Beu live d thi rty two y ears an d b egat Se ru g -

A nd , .

Confus ion .
 x1 .
] 0N s E N E S IS . 1 91

Be n live d after he had b egotte n Seru g two h u ndre d and

s e v e n y e ars an d b e at s o ns and dau h te rs A d S
g ,g n eru
g .

liv e d thirty years an d b egat Naho r A nd Serug li ved , .

afte r he had b e otte n N aho r two hu ndre d y e ars an d

g ,

b egat sons and dau gh ters A nd Naho r live d twe nty .

n i ne y e ars and b e at Terah A d N ho liv d ft h

g n
, a r e a e r e .

had b e gotte n Terah on e h u ndre d an d six te en y e ars and ,

b egat s ons and daugh ters A nd Terah li v e d sev enty .

years and be gat Ab ram an d Naho r an d H aran

, .

T hese are the gene rations of Terah Terah b e gat .

Abram Nah or an d H aran ; and Haran begat L ot A nd it

, , .

was whe n Ni m ro d had cast Ab ram i nto the fu rnac e of fi re

b ec aus e he wo u l d n ot worship his i dol and the fi re had no ,
“
powe r to b u rn him that H s ran s heart b e cam e do ub tful ,
’
,

sayi n
g I f Ni m ro d o v
, e rco m e I w i ll be on hi s s i de : b u t if ,

Abram overco m e I will b e 0 1 1 his side A nd wh en all the , .

p e ople who were there saw that t he fi re had no po we r ov er

Abram th ey said in their h e arts I S not H aran the brother
, ,

o f Ab ram fu l l of di vi natio ns an d ch arm s an d has he n ot ,

A bram , b ei ng brought before N im rod, was re quire d by the t rant y

to worship the fi re said the father of the fai thful ,
’
. Gre at kin g, woul d it
not be be tter to worshi p w ater P I t is m ightier than fi re , havi ng the po wer
to q ue nc h i t
’
W o rship the w
. ate r the n ,
’
s ai d N i m rod A E E AII . .

M ethinks it woul d be m ore reaso nable to worship the clou ds, since the y
carr y th e wate rs, and pour the m down on the earth .
’
N I M BO D . Well ,

the n, worship the clou ds , which , by thy own co nfession , have so great

p o w er .
’
A BE M A . N ay, if po wer is to b e the obj ect of worship the prefer ,

ence should be gi ve n to the wi nd, w hic h by its grea te r force dri ves the

have do ne with this

’
cl ouds b efore it . N IME O D . I see we S hall nev er

babbler Worship the wi n d, then, and we will forgi ve thy form er

p
.

rofanene ss .
’
A E E A II . Be not angr y , grea t ki n
g : I can not wors hi th
p e
fi re, nor the water, nor the clou ds , nor the wind, nor any of the thi ngs
that thou callest gods . y
The power the poss ess i s derived from :1 Being
who has all p o we r and m e rc y
and love : the Creator of H e aven and

E arth, H im onl y will I worship .

’
Then
,
th
’
e ki n g ,said
since
thou hast refused to adore the fire, thou shal t k now for th sel f its m ighty y
force
’
8 0 A bram was thrown into a y
fi er furnace, but Go d delivered
—Be reslzitlr Babba
.

him from its flam es .

”
.
 1 92 TA R GU M or PA L E S TI N E [ O RA L

u tte re d s ellsover the fi re th at it should n ot b urn his

p
b rother ? Im m ediate ly ( m in yad ou t of h an d) th ere fe ll ,

fi re fro m the high h e ave ns and con sum e d him ; and H aran
died i n the sight of Terah his fathe r wh ere he was b urn e d ,

i n the land of his nati vi ty in the furnace of fi re which ,

the K asdai had m ade for Ab ram his b roth er .

A nd Ab ram and N aho r too k to the m wiv es : the n am e

o f Ab ram s wi fe was S ara and the nam e o f the wife of
’
,

N ahor Milch a the dau ghte r o f H aran the father of

, , ,

Milch a and the father of Isk a who is Sara A nd S ara , .

was barre n she had no chil d

, [J E E US A L E M A n d . .

Sara was barren she had no son ] A nd Terah too k

,
.

Ab ram his son and L ot bar Haran the son of hi s son

, , ,

and his dau gh ter in law Sara the wife of Ab ram his son
- -
,

an d went forth with them fro m Ura of the K as dai to ,

to t h lan d o f Ke naan A n d th ey cam e u nto H aran

g o e .
,

and dwelt th ere A nd the days of Terah were two

.

hun dre d and five years A nd Terah died in Haran

. .

SECTION III .

L E CH L E CH A .

XII A N D the Lord sai d to Ab ram , Go thou from

.

thy land ; se p arate thy self fro m thy kindred ; go forth

fro m the ho use of thy father ; go into the land which I
will ho w th ee A nd I will m ake thee a great pe ople
s .
,

an d will bl ess th e e and m a nify th n am e and tho u

g , y ,

sh alt b e b le s se d .

[J E n oS A L E M A nd .I wi ll co nsti tu te th ee a great

p e opl e a
,n d I will b le s s th ee ; an d Ab r a m s h all be

s tren thened wi th m any b lessin s

g g ]
1 94 [
TA E s o M or PA L E ST IN E O RA P .

Ab ram said to Sara his wife Behol d u ntil this I hav e , ,

n ot b eh el d thy fles h bu t now I k no w that tho u art a

wom an of fair as pe c t I t will he the refore whe n th e
.
, ,

Miz rae e see thee and vi ew thy b eau ty th at th ey wi ll

, ,

say This is his wife ; an d th ey will kill m e and th ee

, ,

will k ee p ali v e S ay I pray th at thou art m y si ste r

.
, , ,

th at it m ay be well with m e for thy sak e and that m y ,

li fe m ay b e spare d on thy acco unt A nd it was whe n .

Abram had e ntered Miz raim the Miz raee saw the ,

wo m an to be v ery fair an d the pri n ce s o f Pharoh

b ehel d her and praised her to Pharoh ; an d the wom an

,

was con du cte d to the roy al hou se of Pharoh [J E no .

S A L E M A nd the wo m an was con du cte d to the p alace

.

o f Pb arc h
] A nd P b ar c h d id goo d to Ab r a m f o r h er

sak e ; and he had s h ee p and o xe n and as se s, an d , ,

S ervants an d handm ai ds
, and she asses and cam e ls
,
-
, .

A n d the Word o f the Lord sen t great plagu e s again st

Pb arch and the m en of his house on accou nt of Sara , ,

Ab ram s wife A n d Pbarc h c alled Abram and said

’
.
, ,

What is this that thou hast do ne to m e ? Why sai dst

tho u S he is m y si ster ?
,
When I wo ul d tak e her to m e
to wife pl agu es were at on ce se nt against m e a nd I
, ,

we nt n ot u nto her A n d now b ehol d thy wi fe take

.
,

h
( ) e r an d g o A n d Ph a r
.o h c o m m and e d m e n co n c ern

ing him and they le d him forth and his wife and all
, , ,

th at he had .

XIII A nd Abram went up fro m Miz raim he an d

.
,

his wi fe (and) all that he had ; and L ot wi th him to ,

o to the s ou th A n d Ab ram had b e co m e v ery s tro n

g .
g
in c attle i n silv er an d in gold
,
A nd he p roc ee de d in
,
.

his j ou rneyi ngs from the s ou th u nto Beth el and ,

retu rne d to the plac e wh ere he had o u ts pread hi s tabe r

n acle at the fi rst b etwe en Bethel and Ai ,

to the p lace ,

of the al tar whi ch he had m ade the re at the b eginning ;

and Ab ram p ray ed there in the N am e of the Lord .

 0N GE N E S I S . 1 95

A nd also unt o b ere d through the

L ot, who was re m e m

righte o u sness o f Ab ram the re we re s h e ep and o xen an d

,

tents . A nd the l an d coul d n ot su s tain the m to dwe ll

toge ther b e cause thei r po sse ssion s were great and they
, ,

were not able to dwe ll to ge the r A n d conte ntio ns .

arose b etween the sh e ph e rds of Ab ram s flock an d the

’
,

shephe rds of the flock s of L ot ; for the s h ephe rds of

Abram had b een instru cte d by him not to go am ong

the K enaanaee and the Phe riz aee who as yet had po we r , , ,

in the land and to restrai n the cattle th at th ey s h ou l d

,

m ake no de pre datio n in goi ng to the p lace of the ir

pasture : b ut the shepherds of L ot woul d go and feed
in the gro u nds of the K enaanaee and Pheriz aee who
et dw el t in t h e l an d [ Ja S A L E M 6 T h i tre a
y i . e r . .

su res 7. A nd there was strife b etwee n the s h e p

.

herds of Ab ram s cattle an d the she phe rds of the cattl e

’

of L ot The s he pherds of Abram restraine d thei r

'
.

beasts u ntil the tim e of their co m i ng to the place of

their p as tu re ; bu t the s h e ph erds o f L ot did not restrai n
the ir beasts bu t turned th em free and went
,
But , .

Abram s sheph erds had b een instru c te d by Abram the ir

’

righ te o u s m aste r Go not to the K e naanae e an d Phe

,

riz aee ; for as ye t th ey h av e po s se ssion in the land ]

A nd A b ram sai d to L ot Between m e and thee let ,

there not now b e contro v e rs y nor b etween m y sh epherds ,

an d thy sh e ph erds ; for we are b roth er m en I s n ot all - .

the land b e fore thee ? Se parate then fro m m e If .

tho u to the north I to the s ou th if tho u to the s o u th

, ,

I to the no rth A nd L ot u plifte d his eyes towards (the

.

l f fo i io n ; and b e h el d all the pl ai n o f J ar

p ace o ) rn ca t
“
de na that it was al together well watere d before the ,

Lord in hi s wrath had destroye d Sedom and A m orah

a land adm i rab le for trees as the garden o f the Lo rd , ,

and for fru i tage as the lan d of Miz rai m as thou goest
,

A pl
ace of wate rs .

x 2
1 96 TA E s o M or PA L E S T IN E [ O R AL

up to Zo ar . chose to him all the

A nd L ot of pl ain
Jarden a ; an d L ot jou rneye d fro m the ea t and the y s
,

s e p arate d the one m an fro m his b roth e r Abram .

dwelt in the land of Ke n aan and L ot dwelt in the ,

towns of the pl ai n an d s p re ad his tab e rnacl e to wards

,

Se dom A nd the m e n of Se do m were deprav e d in th e i r

.

wealth one wi th ano th e r and th ey si nne d i n th e ir ,

b o dies ; th ey sinne d wi th ope n nak edne ss and the ,

.

sh e dding of i n noc e nt bloo d an d p racti se d s trange wo r ,

sh ip an d re be ll e d gre atly agai nst the n am e o f the Lord

, .

A n d the Lord s ai d to Abram afte r th at L ot had ,

se p arate d fro m hi m Lift u p n ow thi ne e ye s

, an d look , ,

from the place wh ere tho u art to the n o rth an d to the ,

s ou th to the e as t and to the we st : for all the lan d th at

,

tho u s ees t will I gi v e u nto th ee and to thy s on s for , ,

e ve r . A n d I wil l m ak e thy so ns m ani fol d as the du st

of the earth as that as it is i m po s s ibl e for a m an to
, ,

n u m b e r the dust o f the e arth s o al s o it sh all be im pos ,

sibl e to nu m b er thy s o ns A ri se jou rney in the l and

.
, ,

and m ake occ u p ati on of it in l e n th and b re ad th ; for

g
to th ee w ill I giv e it A n d Ab ram stretch e d his tent
.

d d fol d s ) for o xe n and sh e e p n d c am e an d

( an m a e a ,

dwel t in the vale of M am re which is in H e bron an d ,

b uil de d th ere an altar b e fo re the Lo rd .

XIV A d i was in the days of Am raphel he is

n . t — ,

N im ro d who co m m ande d Ab ram to be c ast i nto the

,

furn ace ; he was the n king of Po ntos ; A riok ( s o ,

called) b ecau se he was (ari/c) tall am ong the giants ,

km g of T halasar K e darlaom er (so calle d) b e cau s e he

, ,

had bo u nd hi m se l f ( or gone over) am o ng the bo ndm e n

of the ki n of El am an d Thidal c rafty as a fox kin g
g , , ,

‘—
of the pe opl es su bj ecte d to hi m m ade war with Be ra , ,

7
K es/m r, to bind, changed to k edar, with the nam e El ma or
O lam —a dubious etym ology .

The gloss on e ach nam e is derived from the root .

1 98 [
TA E s oI r or PA L E S T IN E O RA P .

went fo rth an d set the array of b attle against th e m in

,

the v all ey of the garde ns ; with K e darlaom e r ki ng of

E lam and Thidal king of the natio ns ob edie nt to him
, ,

an d A m raph el ki ng of P o nto s and A riok ki n

g o f ,

Thelasar ; fo ur kings array ed in b attle again st fi ve .

J A n d Am raph e l ki n f Po d
[ E E US A L E M .
g o n to an s
,

A riok ki ng o f E la ar : fou r ki ngs against fi ve s pre ad

s

o u t the array of war ] A n d the v all ey of the garde ns

.

had m any pits fill e d with bi tu m en : [JE E US A L E M The .

v all e y o f the arde ns was full of pi ts of bi tu m e n d

g a n

the ki ngs of Sedom an d Am ora fl ed away and fell ,

there ; and they who were le ft fle d to the m ou ntai ns .

A nd they took all the p roperty of Sedo m and A m o ra ,

an d all th e i r foo d an d went A nd th ey m ade capti v e

, .

’
L ot the son of A bram s brother and his p rop erty an d , ,

we nt .A nd he had dwel t in S edo m .

A n d O g cam e who had b ee n spare d fro m the gi ants

l
,

th at di e d in the delu ge and had ridde n pro tecte d u pon ,

the top of the ark an d s ustaine d wi th foo d by No ah ;

,

n ot b e i ng s p are d thro ugh his ri ghte o u s ne s s b ut that ,

the inh abi tants of the wo rl d m i ght s ee the po wer of the

Lord an d say Were there not giants who in the firs t
, ,

ti m e s re b ell e d agai ns t the Lo rd of the wo rl d an d ,

perish e d fro m the e arth Bu t when the se kings m ade

war b e h ol d O g who was wi th th e m sai d in his heart
, , , , ,

I will go and S how Ab ram co ncerning L ot who is le d ,

capti ve th at he m ay co m e an d delive r him fi o m the hands

,

o f the ki ngs in to who s e h an ds he has b een delivere d .

A n d he aro se an d cam e u po n the eve of the day of ,

the Pas ch a an d fo u n d hi m m aki ng the u nl e av e ne d cak es

, .

Th e n sh o wed he to A bram the H eb re w who dwe lt in ,

Beside N oah O g the king of Bashan was saved ; for he laid hold
,

on one o f the be am s of the ark and aware to N oah that he and his ,

post y
erit woul d serve hi m as bondm en N oah m ade an O e nin g throu gh
p .

the w all of the ark , and av

g e y
O g som e food dail : for it is written,
O nl y 0 g th e kin g of Bashan survived of all the
gi ants
”
Midras b
.
— .
xrv ]
. 0N GE N E S I S . 1 99

the valleys of Mam re A m oraah b roth er of E shk 0 1 and ,

brother of Aner who were m en of covenant with,

Abram A nd when Abram heard that his brother was

.

m ade c aptive he arm e d his youn g m e n who were train e d

,

for war gro wn u p in his ho u s e ; bu t th ey willed not to

,

g o w i th h im A nd he cho se fro m th e m E liez er the s on

.

of Ni m ro d who was e qual in strength to all the th ree

,

hu ndred and e i ghteen and he pursu ed u nto D an .

[J E E o S A L E M D o m e stic s.
( m arfi its i d o w n li er s ) of his ,
-

hou se eightee n and three hu ndred and p u rsu ed afte r

, ,

th em unto Dan of Kisarion ] An d b e divi ded the m at .

night in the way a p art we re to e ngage wi th the ki n gs ,

an d a part were hi dden to sm i te the firstborn of E gyp t .

A n d he arose he and his serv ants and s m ote th em an d

, , ,

urs u e d th em which rem aine d of th em u nto ( the p lac e )

p
of the m em ori al of sin which was to be in D an fro m ,

the n o rth of Darm e sek [ JE E U S ALEM A n

. d h e pur .

su e d th em u nto H avetha which is fro m the n orth of ,

D arm es ek ] A nd he b rou ght b ack all the su b stan ce

.
,

an d als o L ot his b ro th er and his s ub stanc e he b rou ght

b ack and also the wom e n and the pe ople A nd the

, .

king of Sedom cam e forth after that he retu rned fro m ,

destroying K e darlaom er and the ki ngs who were wi th

him to m ee t him at the pl ai n of Mephana which was
, ,
‘
the king s race co urse [J n d the kin s
’
E E US A L E M
- A
.
g .

who we re with him at the plai n of vi sio n which was

,

the hou se of the ki ng s plain ]

’

A nd M alk a Zadik a who was Shem bar No ah the , ,

ki ng of Yeru shale m c am e forth to m eet Abram an d

, ,

brou ght forth to him bread an d wine ; an d in that ti m e

he m inistere d b e fo re Elob e Il ah a ’
[J E E U SA L E M A n d . .

Malki Zede k king of Yeru shalem who was Shem who

, , ,

was the gre at p ri e st of the Mo st Hi gh ] A n d be

ble ssed hi m and sai d Blesse d be Ab ram of the Lord
, ,

God the Most High .

200 T A E GUM o r PA L E ST I N E [ O RAP.

God Most High , h te ou s po ssesseth the

who fo r the rig

he av e ns an d the earth A nd blessed be E loha Ilaha

.
,

who h ath m ade thi ne e ne m i es as a shi el d which re

ceiveth a b lo w A nd he gav e to him one of te n of all
.
,

wh ich he b ro u gh t b ack .

A n d the ki ng of S e do m s ai d to Ab ram Giv e m e the ,

s ou l s of the m e n of m y p e opl e whom thou h ast b rou g h t

back and the s u b stance take to thy self [JE RUS A L E M

,
. .

A n d the treasu re tak e to th ee ] An d Ab ram sai d to

the ki ng of Se do m I h av e u pli fte d m y h ands in an o ath
,

before the Lord God the Most High who for the j ust ,

possesseth his po ssession of the heav ens and the e arth ,

if fro m a th re ad to the l atch et of a san dal I rec eiv e

an
y thi n
g of all th at is thi ne ; l est tho u m a ni fy thy self
g
i n sayi ng I h av e e nriche d Ab ram fro m m i ne own
, .

H ave I not power ov er all the s poil — Apart from what

the you ng m en hav e eaten and the p ortion of the m e n ,

who went wi th m e Aner E shkol an d M am re th ey

, , , ,

al s o re ceivi ng th eir po rtio n [J I f fro m a

‘

E RU S ALE M . .

th read to the l atch et o f a s andal I re c ei v e of all that is

thi n e : th at tho u m agni fy no t thy s e lf an d say I h av e ,

enrich e d A b ram ]

XV A fte r these wo rds wh en the ki ngs had gathered

.
,

to geth e r and had falle n b e fore Ab ram

,
an d fo u r ki ng s

h ad b e en sl ain an d nin e ho sts b rou gh t b ack Ab ram

, ,

re as oned i n his h e art and sai d Wo e to m e b e c ause I

, , ,

hav e re c ei v e d the re ward o f m y appoi ntm ents in thi s

worl d and h av e no portio n in the w orl d to com e
, Or .

p eradv e ntu re the bre thren and frien ds of tho se who

h av e b ee n s lai n will co m bi ne in legio ns an d co m e
agai n s t m e ; or th at at th at ti m e th e re was fou nd wi th

m e the re ward of a li ttl e ri ghte o us ne ss so th at th ey fell ,

b efore m e ; bu t the s e co nd ti m e re ward m ay n ot be

fou nd wi th m e an d by m e the nam e of the H eav e ns
,

m ay be pro fane d Thereu p on was the word (p i t/Lgam a)

.
202 TA R GUM [
or ? A L E S TI N E O RA P .

to s te al away the sac rifices of I srael b u t the ri ghte o us

ness of Abram was a shi eld ov er th e m A n d whe n the .

s u n was n earin to s e t a dee p s lee p was th ro wn u po n

g ,

Ab ram : and behol d fo ur kingdo m s aro se to e nslav e

, ,

his chil dre n : Te rro r which is Bave l ; D arkness which, ,

i s Madai ; G reatnes s which is J avan ; De cline whic h

,
‘
,

is Ph e rae which is to fall and to h av e no U pli fti ng

’
, , ,

and fro m wh e n ce it is to be that the chil dre n of Israe l

will co m e u p A n d he sai d to Ab ram Kno wi ng tho u

.
, ,

m u s t k no w th at thy s on s sh all dwe ll in a l an d no t th e i r

,

o wn b e caus e thou h as t n ot b e lie v e d an d th ey will su b

, ,

j ugate and afflict them four h undred years ; and als o

th at the p e opl e wh om th ey sh all s erv e I w ill ju dge with
two h un dre d and fi fty pl ague s an d afterwards th ey shall ,

g o f o r th i n to lib e rt y w i th gre at r ich e s A n d t ho u s h a lt .

be gath ere d to thy fath ers thy so u l shall rest in peace , ,

and thou sh alt be b urie d in a o d o ld ag e A n d in

g o .

the fo u rth ge neratio n o f thy son s th ey wi ll return hither

to i nhe ri t b e c au s e the g uil t o f the A m o raah is not ye t
c o m ple te A n d wh e n the s u n had set there was dark
.

nes s . A n d b e h ol d A b ram s aw Ge hinnam asce n di ng

, , ,

s m o k e wi th flam i n co a l d b rni n fl ak es o f fire

g s an u g ,

wh ere with the wick e d are to be j u dge d A n d be hol d .

, ,

H e p asse d b etwe e n tho s e divi si ons .

[J E R U S A L E M 1 A f
.ter th e e
. w o rd s w h e n all ths e ,

kings of the lan ds an d the su ltan s of the p rovin ce s

, ,

had gath e re d toge th er and had m ade w ar ag ain s t ,

Ab ram the J ust and had fallen b efore him an d he had

, ,

sl ai n o f th e m fo ur ki n gs and had b rou ght b ack nine ,

ho sts did Ab ram the J u st reas on in his heart an d say

, , ,

Woe now to m e b ecaus e I h av e recei ve d the reward

, , ,

o rdain e d i n the p re s e nt wo rl d an d h av e n o p ortio n in ,

the worl d to c o m e O r p e radv e ntu re the b re thren and

.

ki ndre d of the s lai n who h av e falle n b e fo re m e who are ,

Me dia .
5
Gre e ce . N ep lurla, falling .
17- 1 ON GE N E S I S . 208

in their cities and provi nces will com bine in great ,

legions and com e against m e ; or peradventure there

,

were in m y h and a few co m m andm ents in the fo rm er

tim e s s o that they fell b efore m e wh e n th ey had ri sen
,

u p a ai n st m e ; or it m a b th t i h t o s was
g y e a r g e us n e s

fo und in m e at the form er ti m es th at they fe ll b e fore ,

m e b ut at the seco nd ti m e it m ay n ot b e fou nd and

, ,

the He av enly N am e will be p ro fane d in m e Then was .

the wo rd of p rophecy from the Lo rd u nto Ab ram the

Ri ghteous sayi ng Fear not Abram thou gh th ey sho uld
, , , ,

g a th e r to geth er a nd co m e a ga i ns t t h ee w i th m any

legions My Word shall be thy re ward an d thy shield

,

in this world and a prote ctor o ver thee all the day s of
,

the worl d to co m e A n d tho u gh I deliver u p thy

.

adve rsari es b e fo re thee in thi s wo rl d the re ward of thy ,

d w ork s is p re ared for th ee also before Me i n the

g o o
p
world to co m e .

2 A n d Ab ram sai d Before Th ee I s uppli cate

.
,

m ercy O Lord God

, Manifold blessi ngs Th ou h ast
.

iv n m e an d m any h ast Tho u b efo re Th e e s till to gi v e

g e ,

nev erth eless what pro fit h av e I who go fro m the world

,

childle ss and Eliez er the s on o f m ho u se by who se

, y , ,

hands signs were wro u ght for m e in D am ase k expecteth ,

in hi m self to be m y heir ? 7 A nd H e sai d to him .

,

I am the Lo rd who b rou ght thee out of the fie ry

fu rnace fro m Ur of the K as dai 9 A nd a tu rtl e and . .

a yo u ng pi eo n
g 1 0 —1 2 A n d H
. e b ro u ht
g (
b e.fo re

him all these an d divided them i nto di v i s io ns and se t

, ,

o ne part ov er a ai nst its

g fe llow ; b ut the fo wl H e

divi de d not A nd when the birds descende d they cam e

.
,

not n igh the divi s io ns : tho s e birds are u ncl ean fo wl ,

ahd tho se u nclean fo wl are the ki ngdo m s o f the e arth

which are wo rshippe rs of idol s and which cou nse l e vi l ,

co u nsels a ain st the sons of I srael b u t the i nte ri ty of

g g
the ri ghte o us Ab ram hi ndere d th e m A nd whe n the .
2 04 T AR GU M or P A L E S T I N E [
O RA P .

su n was goi ng to s e t, a sle e p pro fo u n d an d s weet fell

u po n Ab ram A nd, b ehol d, Ab ram saw fo ur ki ngdom s
.

which s hou l d ari se to b ri ng his s o ns i nto s u bj e cti o n

( a n d ) T e rro r— t he G reatn e s s —o f D a rk n e s s—F e ll — u po n

him : Terror th at is Bavel ; D ark ne s s th at is Media ;

, ,

G re atness that is Greec e ; Fell that is E do m ( Ro m e )

, , ,

th at fo u rth ki n gdo m which is to Fall and n e v e r to ,

rise agai n for e v e r an d e v e r 1 7 A nd beh ol d the . .

, ,

s u n we n t to se t and th e re was dark ne ss an d Ab ram

, ,

b eh eld till the se ats we re array ed and the th rone s s et

forth . A nd lo Gehinam which was pre pare d for the
, ,

wi ck e d in the wo rl d to co m e e n v elope d i n b u rnin g ,

flakes an d fl am e s of fi re i nto which the wick ed had ,

fall e n whe n in th ei r li v e s they re b e ll e d agai n st the law ,

whil e the j u st who had kept it had b e e n de li v ere d from

aflliction A n d all were se en by Abram whil e H e
.

p as se d b e twee n those div ision s ] .

I n that day the Lord ordain e d a covenant with

Ab ram th at H e wo ul d not j u dge therein his so ns but
, ,

w o ul d deli v e r th e m fro m the ki n gdo m s ayi ng To thy , ,

s o n s will I gi v e this l an d fro m Nilo s o f Miz rai m u n to

,

the gre at riv er the riv e r Pherath the S halm ia an d the

, , ,

K e n iz ah, an d the K adm on aah, and the H ittae e , an d the

P heriz aee , an d the Gibarae e , and the E m o rae e, and the
K e naanaee , and the Girge shae e , an d the Jebus aee .

[J E R US A L E M A n d all th e
. s o n s o f the E as t ]
XVI Bu t Sara the wife of Abram had not hom e
.
, ,

to him Bu t he had a h an dm ai d a Miz re itha and her

.
, ,
“
n am e was H agar a dau h te r o f Pharo h w h om he gav e
g , ,

to him as a han dm aid at the ti m e th at he re ce ivhd he r ,

b eing s truck by the word fro m b e fo re the Lo rd A n d .

9
A ccordin g to the Midi -as k, H agar had bee n give n as a slave to
A braham by her father, the Pharaoh of E
g pt, who s ai d, My daughter y
had be tte r be a slave in the house of A bram , than m is tress in an
y
other
”
.
20 6 TA E GUII or PA L E S TIN E [
O RAP .

in her s ight . N o w m ay the Lord appear, and j u dge

betwee n m e and th ee , an d fulfil m ercies u po n m e and

th ee, H is pe ace be twe e n m e and thee , and

an d s re ad p
re pl e nis h the world fro m m e and fro m th e e, th at we m ay

not h eed the s on of H agar the Miz re itha h an dm ai d, who

is of the chil dre n of the p eople who cast thee into the
b urning furnac e of the K as diu .
]
A n d Ab ram s ai d to Sara, Be hol d, thy handm ai d is
u nder th au th ority do to her wh at is ri gh t in thi n e
y
y
e es . A nd Sara icte d he r
affl , and s he d fro m
e sca e p
b efore her . A nd the Ange l o f the Lord fo u nd her at
the fo u ntain of waters in the des ert at the fou ntai n of

wate rs which is in the way to Chagra [ J E RUS A L E M .

Chalitz a ] A nd H e said, H agar, h andm ai d of Sara,

.

whe nce com est thou and whither dost tho u go ? A n d

,

she s ai d Fro m b e fo re S ara m y m istress I hav e escap ed

, .

A nd the An gel of the Lord sai d to he r Re turn to thy ,

m i stress and b e su bj e c t u nder he r hand

, A nd the .

Angel of the Lord s aid to her Multiplying I will ,

m u ltiply thy s on s and th e y sh all not b e nu m bere d for

,

m ul titu de A n d the Angel of the Lord sai d to her

.
,

Behol d th ou art wi th chil d and tho u wil t b e ar a s on

, , ,

an d th ou s h al t c all hi s n am e Is h m ae l b ecau se thy ,

affl iction is re v e al e d b e fore the Lo rd A nd he shall be .

lik e the wil d ass am ong m en : his h ands shall take

v enge ance of his adv e rsarie s an d the hands of his ,

adv ers ari es b e p u t fo rth to do him e v il ; an d in the

p re se nce of all his b re thre n shall he be co m m i ngled ,

arbe b A rabi z e d ) an d s h all d e ll A n d s he

(y i tfi , ,w .

a v th nk s b e fo re the Lo rd who s e Wo rd s p ak e to her

g e a ,

an d th u s s ai d Th ou art H e who liv est an d art e ternal ;

,

who see s t bu t art n ot s e e n 1 for she sai d For b ehol d

, , , ,

h ere is re ve ale d the glory of the S hekina of the Lord

afte r a v is ion [J E R US A L E M
. A n d H a a
g gr a v.e th ank s ,

and p ray e d in the N am e of the Wo rd of the Lord who ,

xvn .
] oN GE N E S I S . 2 07

had b ee n ying Ble sse d be T hou

m anife sted to her, sa , ,

E loha the Li v in g O ne of all Age s who hast looked

, ,

u pon m
y aflli ction F o r s he s
. ai d B e hol d Tho u art , ,

m an ife s ted als o u nto m e e v en as Th ou wast m an ife ste d ,

to Sara m y m i stre s s ] Wh ere fore she call e d the well

.
,

The We ll at which the Livi ng and E ternal O ne was

re v eal e d ; an d b e hol d it is si tu ate b etwee n Re k am an d
, ,

Chalu tsa A n d H agar b are Ab ram a son an d Ab ram

.
,

call e d the nam e o f his s on who m H agar b are I s hm ae l , .

A nd Ab ram was the son of e i gh ty six y ears wh en H agar -

bare Is hm ael to Abram .

XVII A nd Abram was the son of ni nety and ni ne

.

y ears and the Lord appeared to A bram and sai d to

, ,

hi m I am El Shadai ; se rve b e fore Me an d be p e rfe ct

,

( h i h h I ill My c v
'

s ire m ) n t y fl e s A n d w s e
. t o e n an t
be twee n My Wo rd and the e an d will m ultiply thee very ,

a t ly A d b e cau se Ab ram was n ot ci rc u m ci se d he

g re n.
,

was not abl e to stan d bu t he bo wed hi m se l f u po n his

,

face an d the Lord sp ak e wi th him s ayi ng Be h ol d I , , ,

h ave confirm ed (or divide d) m y co v e nant with thee

and tho u sh alt b e the fath e r o f m any p e opl e s A nd .

thy nam e s hall be n o m o re calle d Ab ram b ut Ab rah am ,

shall b e thy n am e b e c ause to b e the fath e r of a gre at

,

m u ltitu de o f p eo ple s h av e I appoi nte d th ee A nd I .

will m ake th ee ex ce e din g fruitful an d will set th ee for ,

co ngre gations ; and kings ru lin o v e r p e opl e s sh all co m e

g
fo rth from the e A nd I h av e e stabli sh e d My c o v enant
.

be tween My Word and th ee and thy sons afte r thee in ,

th e ir generatio ns for an ev e rlastin g co ve nant to b e a

, ,

God to thee and to thy s o ns after th e e A nd I will .

iv e to th d t t h o ns afte r th ee the l an d o f thy

g ee an o y s

habitation all the l an d of Kenaan for an e verl asting

, ,

s s ess io n nd I w ill b t th m E l ha A nd the L ord

p o a e o e o .

sai d to Ab raham A nd tho u s h alt ob s e rve m cov e nant

, y ,

thou and thy s o ns after th ee in the ir ge n eratio n s This .

208 TA E GUM or PA L E STIN E [
O RAP .

is My covenant that you shall ob serve between My

,

—
Word and you and yo ur s on s afte r you E ve ry m al e of
,

u b e i ng circu m ci s e d tho u gh he h av e n ot a fath e r to

y o ,

circu m cise him A nd yo u shall circu m ci se the fles h of

.

you r fore sk i n as a S ign of the co v en ant b e twe e n My

,

Word and you A nd the son of ei ght day s shall be cir

.

cu m cise d am o ng yo u e v e ry m al e in you r ge ne ratio n s ;

,

fro m him who is b rou ght u p in yo ur hou s e or bo u ght ,

with yo ur sil v er u nto e ve ry s on o f the p e o pl e s who is

,

n ot o f you H e who is ci rcu m cis e d sh all ci rcu m ci se

.

him who is b ro ugh t up am on g you or b o ught wi th you r ,

s ilv er ; and it s h all be My c o v e nant in y ou r fles h for a

co ve nant fo r e ver A nd the u ncirc u m cise d m ale who

.

is not ci rc um ci se d in the fle sh of his foreski n u nl es s ,

he h av e s o m e o ne to circu m ci se him th at m an shall be ,

c u t o ff fro m his pe opl e ; he hath m ade My co v e nant to

p ass away A n d the Lord s ai d to Ab raham The nam e
.
,

o f S ara thy wi fe sh all be n o m o re c all e d S ara for S arah

sh all b e her n am e A nd I will bl e s s her in her bo dy
.
,

an d will al s o giv e from her a so n to th ee and I w ill ,

ble s s him and he shall be for assem blies an d kings

, ,

rul in g o v er natio ns s h all be from he r .

A n d Ab rah am fe ll on his face an d won dere d and s ai d , ,

in his h eart S h all the s on of a h u n dre d ye ars hav e

,

p roge ny and Sarah the daughter o f ni n e ty y ears bear

, , ,

a chil d ? [ J E R U S A L E M A n d Ab r a h a m b o we d u p on h is

face and wonde re d ] A nd Ab raham sai d b e fore the

,

L ord May n ot Is hm ae l be e stablish ed an d s erve b efore

, ,

T he e ? A nd the Lo rd sai d I n tru th S arah thy wife ,

sh all b e ar th e e a s on an d tho u s h al t c all his nam e

,

Iz h ak an d with him I will co nfirm My co ve nant for

an e v e rl as ti ng c o v e n ant to his s o n s after him A nd .

co ncerni n g Is h m ael I h av e h e ard thy p ray er Be hol d .

,

I h av e ble sse d him ; and I will spread him ab road and ,

m ultiply him v e ry g re atly T wel v e p rinces shall he

.
21 0 TA E GUII or PA L E S TI N E [O RA P .

th em , he ran to m eet th em fro m the door of the tent,

an d bo wed hi m self o n the earth .

[J E RUS A L E M Thre e ange l s were se nt to ou r fathe r

Abraham ; and the th ree we re s ent for three things ;

-b ec au s e it is n ot po ss ibl e th at one o f the hi h an els
g g
s ho uld b e se nt for m ore thi ngs th an one The firs t .

an ge l was se nt to ann ou nce to ou r fath er Ab rah am ,

th at b eh ol d S arah wou l d hear Iz h ak the sec o nd angel

, ,

was sent to deli v er L ot from the m idst of the o v e r

th ro w ; the third angel was se nt to o v erth ro w Se dom
and A m orah Adm ah an d Ze boi m , Therefore was there .

a word of p roph e cy fro m b efo re the L ord u nto Ab raham

the J u st an d the Wo rd o f the Lo rd was re veal e d to hi m

,

in the v alley of v ision ; an d he s at in the doo r of the

tab e rnacl e co m forting him self fro m his circum ci sio n in
,

the ferv o ur ( or s trength ) of the day ] .

A nd he s ai d I b esee ch by the m ercies (that are)

, ,

b efore Thee O Lord if now I hav e fou nd favour before

, ,

The e that the glory of Thy S hek ina m ay n ot n ow

,

asc en d fro m Thy serv ant u n til I h av e set fo rth pro ,

vi sion s u nder the tree A nd I will bring food of bread

.
,

th at you m ay stre ngth e n you r h earts an d gi v e th ank s ,

in the N am e of the Wo rd of the Lord an d afterwards ,

pass on For there fore at the tim e of repe at are you

.

com e an d have tu rned aside to you r s ervant to tak e

,

foo d .A nd they sai d Tho u h ast spok en we ll ; do ,

acco rdi ng to thy word A n d Ab rah am haste ne d into

.

the tent u nto Sarah and sai d to her H aste n thre e, ,

m easu re s o f flou r m e al m ix and m ak e c ak es

-
, A nd u nto .

the fl ock ran Abrah am and took a c al f ten der and fat , , ,

an d gave to a y ou ng m an an d h aste n ed to m ak e pre ,

p are d m eats ; and he took rich cream and m ilk and

the c al f which the y ou ng m an had m ade i nto pre
p are d m eats and se t the m before th e m accordi ng to the
, ,

way an d co ndu ct (ki lkatlr) of the c re atu re s of the world ;

v n .
] oN GE N E SI S . 21 1

and he v before them and th ey sat u nder the tre e ;

ser e d ,

and he q ui ete d hi m s elf (to se e ) whe the r th ey wo uld e at .

A nd th ey s ai d to him Where is S arah thy wi fe ? ,

A nd he sai d Behold she is in the te nt

, , A nd O N E of .

th e m s ai d Re turni ng I wi ll re turn to th ee in the co m i ng

,

year ; an d vou shall be reviv ed and b ehold Sarah thy , , ,

wi fe shall have a son A nd S arah was h eark e nin g at

.

the doo r of the te nt and Is h m ae l stoo d b ehind he r and

, ,

m arke d what the Ange l sai d .

J U A nd H e s ai d Re tu rnin I il l
[ E R SAL EM
g w retu rn ,

to th ee at th at ti m e to revi v e you and b e hol d S arah

, , , ,

thy wife s hall hav e a m ale chil d A nd Sarah was .

he arkenin g at the door of the te n t an d Ishm ae l stoo d ,

be hind her ] .

But Abrah am and Sarah we re old they had m o u nte d ,

ale ) in day s and wi th S arah the way of wo m e n had

( ,

ce ase d A nd Sarah wondere d in her heart sayi ng

.
, ,

After that I am old shall I hav e con ce ption s and m y ,

l ord Ab raham is old ? [JE RU S A L E M A nd Sarah de

ride d in her h eart sayi ng After that I am old is it
, , ,

oss ible to return to the day s of m y yo u th for m e to

p ,

h ave con ce ptio n and Abraham old P] A nd the Lo rd

,

sai d to Ab raham Why hath S arah s o laugh ed sayi ng

, , ,

Can it be in truth that I sh all b ear b eing old ? I s it ,

po ssible to hide anything from b efore the Lo rd ? A t

the gracio us ti m e I will return to th ee in the tim e wh e n ,

ou s hall be re viv e d and S arah sh all h ave a s on A nd

y , .

Sarah de nied and sai d I wo ndered not ; for she was ,

afraid . A nd the Angel sai d F ear not : yet in truth ,

thou didst l augh .

A nd the an gels who had the lik eness of m en aro s e

, ,

fro m th e nce and the one who had m ade k nown the
,

ti dings to Sarah as cen ded to the high h eave ns ; and

two of th e m look e d to ward Se do m and Ab rah am went

with them E RUS A L E M An d they look ed towards ]

[J . .
21 2 TAE GUM or PAL E S TIN E
[ O R AP .

A nd the Lord said with H is Word I c annot hi de from

, ,

Ab raham that which I am abou t to do and it is ri ght

that b efo re I do it I sho u l d m ak e it k no wn to him
, .

For Ab raham is to be a great and m i ghty p eopl e an d ,

thro u gh him shall all the pe oples of the earth be bl es se d .

A nd the Lord wi th H is Wo rd sai d Shall

[J E R U S A LE M ,

I hide from Abrah am My friend that which I am abou t

, ,

to do ? Foras m u ch as the town of Se dom is am o ng the

g if ts th at I h ave given to him it is j u s t th at I s ho ul d
,

not ov e rthro w it ti ll I h av e m ade it k no wn to him ]

, .

Be cau se his holiness ( pi ety c/ra sidu tlaa) is m anifes t

,

b efore Me (and) that he will instruct his so ns and the

, ,

m e n o f his ho use afte r him to k ee p the way s th at are

,

ri gh t b e fore the Lo rd to do j ustice an d j udgm e nt th at

, ,

the Lo rd m ay b ri ng u po n Ab rah am that which H e h ath

s pok e n co ncerni ng him .

A nd the Lord sai d to the m i ni steri ng angels The cry ,

of S e do m and A m orah b e c au se th ey opp ress the p o o r

, ,

an d de c re e th at who s oe v e r gi v e th a m o rsel to the n ee dy

sh all b e b urne d wi th fi re i s th e re fo re great and th e ir

, ,

g u il t ex c ee di ngly we i ghty I w ill

. n ow app ear and s ee ,

wh e th e r as the cry of a dam sel to rn away which

, ,

as c e nde th b efo re Me , th ey h ave m ade co m ple tio n of

th e i r s ins ; ( or wh ether th ey h av e m ade an en d o f thei r
,

si n s an d if th ey h av e wro u ht re p e ntance s h all th e y

g ,

n ot be as ( if ) i nn oc e nt b efo re Me ? and as if n ot k n o w

ing I will not p u nis h

, [J E
. R U S A L E M N o w will I
appe ar and s ee acco rdi ng as the cry o f the p e opl e of
,

Se do m and A m orah hath as cen ded before Me whether ,

th ey h av e m ade a com pl ete e nd I t m ay be th at s o m e

.
,

am o n g the se s inne rs do n o t k n o w th at th e i r wo rk s of

e vil are m anife st b e fore Me A nd if they see k to work

.

re p e ntan c e b e hol d th ey sh all be co n si de re d b e fore Me

, ,

as if th o se works had n o t b e en k no wn ] .

A n d the angel s who had the lik eness of m en turned ,

2 14 TA E GUII o r PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

before Lord the L ord of all the world

the ,
. Perh aps
twe nty who p ray m ay be fo u nd ; te n in each of the two
citi es and the three fo rgi v e Thou for Thy m ercy s s ake
'

A nd H e s aid I will no t destroy for the s ak e of the

,

twe nty i nn ocent A n d he sai d I im plo re m ercy b e fore

.
,

Thee L et not the anger of the Lo rd the Lo rd of all ,

the wo rl d gro w stro ng and I wi ll sp e ak o nly this ti m e

, ,
.

Perhaps ten m ay be found there ; and I and they will

ray for m e rcy u po n all the land and Tho u wi l t fo rgiv e
p ,

th e m .A nd He s ai d I will n ot de s troy for the s ake of

,

the te n who m ay be innoc ent A nd the m aj esty of .

the Lord we nt u p wh en H e had cease d to s peak with

Ab raham and Abraham retu rned to his plac e .

XIX Two angels cam e to S edo m at the evening ;

.

an d L ot sat in the gate of S edo m A n d L ot Saw and .

,

ro se u p to m ee t th e m fro m the gate of the tab ernacle .

A nd he bo wed hi s fac e to the gro und and sai d I beg , ,

no w m y lords turn now hi ther and en ter the ho use of

, , ,

you r se rv ant and lo dge and was h yo ur fe e t ; an d you

, ,

will ari se and p roce e d on yo ur way A nd they sai d to .

him No for in the street we wi ll lo dge [JE RUS A L E M

, .

A nd L ot sat in the gate of S edo m and he saw them , ,

an d ran and s al u te d th e m an d bo wed with his face to ,

the grou n d 2 A n d wash yo ur feet and wash yo u

.
,

in the m orni ng and go to yo ur te nts in pe ace

, An d .

th ey sai d to him No fo r in the op e n pl ace of the ci ty

,

we wi ll lo dge ] A nd be persu ade d th em earnestly an d ,

they turne d asi de to be wi th him and th ey e nte re d his

h o use and he m ade a rep ast for the m and prepare d

, ,

u nl e av e ne d c ak e s A nd it s e e m e d to him as if th ey did
.

e at.
[ J E R U S A L E M A nd it app ea re d as if th e y ate an d
drank ] .

T hey had not yet lai n down when the wick ed m en ,

of the city the m e n o f Se do m

, cam e rou nd u pon the ,

ho use fro m the y ou th to the old m an all the p eo ple

, ,
m ] 0N GEN E S I S . 21 5

throughou t A nd th ey crie d to L ot, an d sai d to him ,

.

Wh ere are the m en who ente re d with thee to-night ?

Bring them out to us, and we will lie with the m A nd .

L ot went ou t to th em to the gate, and sh ut the door

after him A n d he s ai d, I p ray, m y breth ren, do not
.

thus wick edly Behold, now, I have two dau ghte rs

.

who have had no dealing with a m an ; I woul d no w

bri ng e ve n the m ou t to you to do to the m as is m ee t
b efore you, rather than you s hould do evil to these
m e n, b ecause th ey have e ntered in to lo dge u nder the
S hado w of m y roo f [JE RU S A L E M
. 7 A n d L ot s ai d to .

th em , Wai t here a li ttle, till we h av e be sou ght m ercy

befo re the Lord 8 Who have not k no wn dealing
. .

A nd they id Give u p this A nd they sai d Did

sa , .
,

not thi s co m e alon e to sojourn am ong us ? and b e hol d , ,

he is m aki ng hi m self a j u dge and j u dgi ng the wh o le ,

of u s . Bu t n ow we will do worse to thee than to them .

A nd they p re vaile d agai nst the m an agai nst L ot , ,

re atly an d cam e n ear to sh atter the doo r A n d th

g , , e .

Men stretched forth their hands and b ro ught L ot u nto ,

them in the ho us e and sh ut the doo r , But the m en .

who we re at the gate of the hou s e they stru ck wi th a

s ufl u sion of the e y es fro m the yo u n t t h ld n d
,g o e o a ,

th ey we ari e d th e m s elve s to fi nd the gate [J E R U S A L E M .

With blindness ] A nd the Men sai d to L ot Hast thou ,

y e t in thi s ci ty kins m an or b ro th e r ? Thy s o n s i n la w - -

,

thy sons an d thy daugh te rs tak e forth from the place ; ,

for the cry of it b efore the Lord is great and the Lord ,

hath se nt u s to destroy it A nd L ot we nt forth and .

,

s p ake wi th his so ns in law who had taken hi s dau ghters

- -
,

and s ai d Ar i se
, com e forth fro m thi s place ; for the
,

Lord destroyeth the city But the word was as a wonder .

,

( an d he ) a s a m an rant i n
g in th e ey es o f h is ,
s o ns ia -

law A nd at the ti m e that the m orning was abo ut to

.
216 TA R GUM o r PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

u
pr se , i the angels were yi n g Up
u rge nt u po n L ot, sa , ,

take thy wi fe and thy two dau ghte rs who are wi th you ,

lest you pe ri sh i n the co nde m natio n of the i nh abi tants

o f the city Bu t he de l ay ed : and the m e n lai d hol d
.

o n his h and and on the hand of his wi fe an d o n the

, ,

han d of his two dau g hte rs for m e rcy fro m the Lo rd ,

was u po n th e m A nd th ey b ro u ght th e m fo rth and

.
,

s e t th e m witho u t the c ity A nd it was th at as th ey le d

.

th e m wi tho ut o ne o f th e m re tu rned in to S e do m to
, ,

de troy it ; and one re m ai ne d wi th L ot an d sai d to him

s
, ,

Be m e rcifu l to your l ife ; look n ot b e hi nd yo u and ,

s tand n ot in all the plai n ; to the m o u ntai n e s c ap e o r ,

o u p eri s h A nd L ot s ai d to him I b e s ee ch of the e

y .
,

e ndure with m e a l ittl e ho ur u ntil I h av e pray e d for ,

m e rcy fro m b efo re the Lo rd [ J E R US A L E M 1 5 A nd. .

it was at the ti m e o f the u pco m in g of the col u m n of the

m o rni ng 1 8 Be steadfas t h ere a little with u s u n til
.

I h av e b es o u ght m e rcy before the Lo rd ] Be hol d .

,

n ow th serv ant h ath fou n d m e rcy b efo re Th e e an d

y , ,

Thou has t m ul tiplie d the ki ndne ss Tho u hast do ne m e

in s av i ng m y li fe and I am no t abl e to es cap e to the
,

m ountai n l e s t e v il o v e rtak e m e an d I die

, Be hol d , .
,

n o w I p ray thi s city it is a ne ar h abi tatio n and con

, , , ,

v e nie nt fo r u s c p hi h d ll d
( ) to e s a e t t e r ; a n it is s m a an ,

the g uilt th e re o f li gh t I w111 flee thither the n I S it

.
,
.

n ot a li ttl e o n e ? and m li fe s h all be p re se rve d A nd

y .

H e s ai d Be hol d I hav e acce p te d the e in this m atte r

, ,

also that I will n ot o v e rth ro w the ci ty for wh ich tho u

,

h as t sp oke n to destroy it that th o u m ayes t escape to

, ,

it . H aste n and fle e thi the r : for I c annot do any thi ng

till tho u h av e e nte re d the re Th erefo re he calle d the .

n am e of the ci ty Z oar .

The s u n had passe d the se a and c o m e forth u pon the ,

e arth at the e nd of th re e h ours and L ot e nte re d in to

, ,

Zoar .
21 8 u ne u u or PA L E S TI N E [O RA P.

Ab rah am , and se nt forth L ot fro m the m i dst of the

ove rthrow ,
when H e overthre w the citie s wherei n L ot
had dwe lt .

A nd L ot went u p fro m Zoar, and dwelt in the m o u n

tain, and his two dau gh ters with hi m b ecau se he
feared to reside in Zoar A nd he dwelt in a cavern, he
.

an d his two dau ghters . A n d the e lder i d to

sa the less,
O ur fath er is old, and there is no m an in the l and to
co m e to u s afte r the way of the w hol e e arth : [JE RU

S A L E M A nd there is not a m an in the land who m ay

.

co m e with u s after the law of all the earth co m e ,

let u S m ake our fath er drin k wi ne, and when he is
dru nk e n we will lie with him , an d raise u p s ons fro m
ou r fath er A nd they m ade th eir fathe r drink wine
.

th at n ight, and he was dru nk A nd the elder arose ,

‘

an d lay wi th her fath er, nor di d he k no w wh e n she la

y
do wn , n or when she aro se A nd it was the day follo w
.

ing, and the elde r sai d to the less, Be hold, now, I lay
m y e v e ning wi th the fath er ; le t u s m ak e hi m drin k
wine thi s ni ght also, th at he m ay be dru nk ; and go
thou and lie wi th hi m , th at we m ay rai se u p s o ns from
ou r fath er A n d th e y m ade their father dri nk win e
.

that night also, and he was dru nk , and the yo unger

aro se, and lay wi th him ; an d he k ne w n ot in he r lyi ng

down n or in her ri si ng u p A nd the two dau ghters of

.

L ot b ec am e wi th chil d by th eir father A nd the e lder .

brought fo rth a son, and she called his nam e Mo ab,

b e cau se fro m her fath er S he had conceive d H e is the .

fath er of the Moab aee un to thi s day A nd the youn ger .

al s o b rou gh t fo rth a son, an d she calle d hi s n am e Bar

Am m i, b e cause he was the son of her father H e is the .

father of the Am m onite p eople u nto this day .

XX A nd Abrah am went on from thence to the land

.

of the s ou th , an d dwelt b etwee n Be kam and Cha ra, an d

g
had his habitatio n in G erar A nd Ab raham sai d con .
XL ] 0N GE N E S I S . 219

cerning Sarah his wife S he is m y siste r A nd A bim elek

, .
,

ki ng of Gerar sent and took S arah , [ J E R U S A L E M .

K in g of Arad ] A n d a wo rd cam e fro m b efore the

.

Lord u nto A bim elek in a dream of the night and said

, ,

to him Be hold tho u die st be cause of the wo m an whom

, , ,

thou hast carri e d away and s he a m an s wife But

’
.
,

Ab im elek had not co m e ni gh to defile her ; and he sai d ,

Lo rd shall the s on of a p eo pl e who hath not s in ne d

, ,

and who m it is ri gh t to ab s olv e in the j udgm e nt be ,

kille d ? Did he n ot tell m e S he is m y sis ter ? and did ,

n ot she als o sa H e is m b th e ? I n th e tru th

y y ro r ,

fulness of m y heart and the i nnocency of m y h ands

hav e I done thi s A nd the Wo rd of the Lo rd sai d to
.

him in a dream Before Me als o it is m an i fes t that in

,

the tru th fuln ess of thy h e art tho u di dst this and so ,

res trai ned I thee fro m S inni n be fo re Me ; th e re fo re I

g
wou l d no t pe rm it th ee to co m e near her An d now let .

the wi fe of the m an retu rn ; for he is a p rophe t ; he

will p ray for thee and thou s hal t li v e : but if thou wilt
,

no t let he r re turn k no w that dying tho u s halt die thou

, ,

and all who are thi ne An d A bim e lek arose in the .

m o rning and calle d all hi s s ervants and told all these

, ,

words be fo re the m and the m e n feared greatly A nd .

A b im ele k calle d A b rah am and said What has t tho u , ,

done to us ? A nd i n what h ave I sinned agai nst thee ?

For thou hads t b rought u pon m e and u pon m y ki ngdom
a great S in Thou h as t wrou ght with m e wo rk s that
.

are not ri gh t A nd A bim elek said to Abraham What

. ,

has t thou S een that tho u di dst this thing ? A nd

'

A braham said Be cause I sai d in m y heart T he fear of

, ,

the Lo rd is not in thi s pl ac e and th ey will kill m e ,

for the sak e of m y wi fe But I n tru th S he is m y S is ter

. ,

the dau ghte r of m y fathe r s bro ther b ut not of the

’
,

k i ndred of m y m o the r ; and she b ecam e m y wife A nd .

220 T A RG UM o r PA L E STI N E [ O RA P .

Sh ip o f idols and I we nt fo rth fro m m y fathe r s hou se

,
'

that I s aid to he r This is the kin dn ess tho u s halt do

,

m e i n e very pl ace to which we co m e s ay con ce rni ng ,

m e H e is m y bro ther
,
A nd A bim ele k took S hee p and
.
,

o xe n an d han dm ai ds and gave to Ab raham and t e

, , ,

s to re d Sarah his wi fe to him A nd to Sarah he sai d .

,

Be hol d I have gi v e n a tho usand sileen o f silve r to thy

,

b ro th er ; behold they are to thee a veil of the eyes

, ,

in asm u ch as tho u wast hidde n fro m thine hus band one

ni ght an d I wo uld h av e see n th e e : for we re I to give
,

all th at I hav e i t would not su ffi ce ( or be p ropor

tionate ) A nd the wo rds were de b ated

. A nd Ab ra .

ham k new that A b im elek had not co m e n ear S arah his

wife .
[ J E E US A L EM A n d to S arah h e s.ai d B e hol d I , ,

have given a thousand eileen of silv er to thy brother ;

behol d that silver is giv en to thee as a prese nt b ecau se
, ,

the n wast hi dden fro m the ey es of Ab raham thy hu s

band one night : an d of all that I have —for on be h alf
—
,

o f all I am co rre c te d behold were I to give all what

, ,

e ver I h ave it would not s uffice

, L et the words be .

app ro v ed an d m ay Ab raham the Jus t l e arn th at I h av e

,

n ot kn o wn th ee ] A nd Ab raham prayed b e fore the

.

Lord and the Lo rd healed A bim ele k and his wife and
hi s concu bines and th ey were se t at large
, For the .

Word of the Lord s hu tting had sh u t in disple asure

the wo m bs o f all the wom e n of A bim ele k s ho u se o n
’

acco u nt of S arah the wife of Ab rah am [ J E R U S A L E LL .

Closing had closed ] .

XXI A nd the Lo rd re m e m bere d Sarah according to

.

that which H e had said to her ; and the Lord wro u ght
a m i racl e for S arah lik e to that for which Ab raham

had s poke n in prayer for A bim elek [J E E U S A L E M A n d . .

the Lord wrou ght m iracl es for S arah as H e had s poke n ] , .

A nd she co nce ive d and Sarah b are to Ab rah am a ,

Eileen, S hekels .
2 22 TA R GU M or PA L E S T I N E [
CH A P .

thy han dm ai d whom thou se n de st awa y

H earken u nto .

all th at S arah sai th to the e becau se she is a proph etes s

,

fo r in Iz hak sh all so ns be c all e d u nto th ee an d thi s ,

s o n of the h an dm ai d s h all not be ge ne alo giz e d afizer

th ee . But the so n of the h an dm aid h av e I s e t fo r a

p re dato ry pe opl e ( la c m le
- is tm ) b e c au e h e ,
is th y s

so n. A n d Abraham ro se u p in the m ornin g and took ,

b read and a cru se of water and gave to Hagar to ,

b ear u po n her shou lder and bou nd it to her l oins to

, ,

si ni fy th at S he was a serv ant an d the chil d and die

g , ,

m i sse d he r with a le tte r o f di v o rce ( be A nd

she we nt an d wan de red from the way i nto the de se rt
,

whic h was h ard by B ee rsh e ba A n d it was wh e n th e y

.

c am e to the e ntrance of the desert th ey rem em bere d to ,

wande r afte r strange wo rship and I s h m ael was s eiz e d

with a b urni ng thirst and drank of the water till all the
,

water was consu m ed from the cruse A nd he was .

dried u p and wi th e re d in his fle s h ; an d she carrie d

,

him an d was exhau ste d and she crie d u n to the F e ar of

, ,

his father an d He answere d her not ; an d S he lai d the

,

you th do wn at on ce unde r on e of the trees [JE R US A .

LE M .A nd the water was co ns u m e d fro m the cru se ,

and she to o k u p the you th ] A nd S he we nt and sat on

one si de an d c ast away the i dol ( or the strange wo rs hip )
, ,

an d re m o v e d fro m her s o n as the di s tan c e of an arro w

,

fro m the bow for she sai d I am not able to s e e the

,

de ath of the chil d . A n d she sat o v er agai nst he r s on ,

an d li fte d u p her v oice an d we p t A nd the v oice of the

.

y ou th was h eard b efo re the Lord for the righ te o u sness ’

s ak e of A brah am and the An e l o f the Lo rd c alle d to

g
H agar fro m heav en and sai d What to the e H agar ?
, , ,

F ai nt not for the voice of the you th is he ard be fore

,

the Lo rd ; n eith er s hall j u dgm e nt be acc o rding to the

e vil which he will do b u t ac co rdi n t th i h te ou s
, g o e r g
ness of Ab rah am is m e rcy u o n him in the pl ace wh ere
p
 0N GE NE S I S . 2 23

he is Aris e, su pport the child, and strengthen thi ne

.

hand in him : for I have set him for a great p e ople ,

A n d the L ord opene d her ey es, and showe d her a well

of water, an d she went and fi ll ed the c ru se wi th wate r,

and gav e the you th to drink A nd the Word of the

.

Lord was the helper of the youth, and he grew and

dwelt in the wil derness, an d b e cam e a skilful m aste r of
the b ow A n d he dwe lt in the wil derness of Pharan,
.

an d took for a wife A disba, bu t pu t her away A nd .

his m oth er took for him Phatim a to wi fe, from the

land of Miz raim .

A nd i t was at th at tim e that A bim elek and Phikol,

chi ef of his ho st, spak e to Ab raham , sayi ng, T he Wo rd

of the Lo rd is in thine ai d in all wh atso ev er thou

doest A nd n ow, s wear to m e h ere, by the Wo rd of

.

the Lord, th at thou wilt not b e fal se with m e, n or with

m y son, n or wi th the son of m y s on acco rdi ng to the
ki ndness which I h ave done with thee, thou shalt do
with m e, an d wi th the l an d in which tho u dwell e st .

A nd Ab rah am sai d to him , I s wear A nd Ab rah am .

rem o nstrate d wi th A bim elek co nc erni ng the well of

water of which the s e rv an ts of A bim elek had dep ri v e d

him . A n d A bim elek sai d, I k new n ot who di d thi s
thi ng ; n e ith e r h ast thou sho wn it to m e ; n or
h av e I h eard it fro m oth ers, till to day fro m thy se l f -
.

A nd Ab rah am to ok sh ee p and oxen, an d gav e to

A bim ele k ; an d th ey both m ade a co ve nan t A nd .

Ab raham set sev en lam b s ap art an d s ep arate d th em

fro m the ox e n A nd A bim elek sai d to Ab rah am , What
.

are th esev l am b s which thou hast set apart ? A nd

se e n

he s ai d That thou m ay e st take the se ve n l am b s from

,

m y h and to be a te sti m ony for m e th at I h av e di gge d

,

this well There fo re he calle d that well the Well of

.

the Se v en L am b s ; b e c ause there th e y two did s wear

, .

A nd they stru ck a cov enant at the Well of the S e v en

2 24 TA E GUII o r PA L E S TI N E [
O RA P .

Lam b s A n d A bim elek and Phikol the chi ef of his

.

host arose and retu rned to the land of the Philistaee .

A nd b e plante d a garden ( lit a , at the We ll

.
,

o f the Se v e n L am b s an d p re p ared in the m i ds t o f it

,

food and dri nk for th e m who passe d by and who

retu rn e d ; an d he pre ache d to th em th e re Co n fess
y e , ,

and b eli e ve in the N am e of the Word of the Lord the ,

ev e rl asti ng God .

J A nd Abrah am pl ante d a p aradise in

[ E E US A L E M .

Beer Sheb a and pre p are d in the m i ds t of it food and

,

drink for those who arri v e d at the b order ; and the y

ate an d drank and sou ght to giv e him the ric f
, p e o

wh at the y had eate n and drun k bu t he will e d n ot to ,

rec e i v e it fro m th em ; bu t our father Ab rah am di s

cou rs e d to the m of th at which he had said that the ,

worl d was by H is word Pray be fore your Father

.

who is in h eaven fro m wh os e bo u nty ye have eate n an d

,

dru nk . A n d th ey stirred not from th e i r pl ace u ntil the

tim e when he had m ade the m p ro se lyte s and had tau ght ,

th em the way e v erlasti ng A n d Ab raham praise d and

.

pray e d there in the nam e of the wo rd of the Lord the ,

Go d of Ete rni ty ] .

XXI I A nd it was afte r th ese thi ngs that Iz hak

.

and Is hm ae l co n te nde d ; an d I s hm ae l s ai d I t is ri h t
g ,

th at I s ho ul d i nh e ri t what is the fath e r s b e cau se I

’
,

am hi s firstborn so n A n d Iz hak sai d I t is ri ght that

.
,

I sho ul d i nherit what is the fath e r s b ec ause I am the ’

,

s on of S arah his wi fe an d tho u art the son of H a ar

, g
the h an dm ai d o f m y m oth e r Ish m ael answere d and .

s ai d ,
I am m ore righ te o u s than thou b ecau se I was ,

ci rcum cise d at thi rte e n ye ars ; and if it had bee n m y

wil l to hi nder they S ho uld n o t h av e deli ve re d m e to be
,

circu m cised ; but thou wast ci rcu m ci sed a child o f

ei gh t day s i f tho u h adst had k nowl e dge pe rh aps th e y ,

co ul d n ot h av e delive red thee to be ci rc um cised Iz h ak .

2 26 T A E Gm r o r P A L E S TIN E [ O RAP .

b oth of i ly as one [JE E US A L E M

th em in heart en t re . .

A nd Abraham sai d T he Word of the Lo rd will p re p are ,

for m e a lam b ; and if no t then tho u art the offeri n g , ,

m y son ! A nd th e y we nt bo th of them to ge ther with a

co ntrite h eart ] .

A nd they cam e to the pl ace of which the Lord had

tol d him A n d Abraham bu ilded the re the altar whi ch
.

Adam had b u ilt whi ch had bee n de stroy ed by the ,

waters of the del uge whic h No ah had again b u ilded , ,

an d whic h had be en des troye d in the age o f di vi s io ns

and he se t the woo d in o rder u pon it and bo u nd Iz hak ,

his son an d lai d hi m o n the altar u pon the wo od

,
.

A nd Ab rah am stretch ed ou t his h and and to ok the knife ,

to S lay his so n .

A nd Iz hak ans were d and sai d to his fath er Bind m e ,

properly (aright) lest I tre m b le fro m the affliction of

,

m y so ul and be c as t in to the pit o f des tru ction an d

, ,

there be fo un d pro fane ne s s in thy o ffe ri ng ( N o w) the .

ey es o f Ab rah am lo ok ed on the ey es o f Iz h ak ; bu t the

eyes o f Iz h ak lo oke d to wards the an ge ls o n hi gh ( an d) ,

Mi d ras h While S arah was yet sleeping, A braham left in the

earl ym orni ng . S atana stood in his way as an age d m an, an d said

S Whither goest thou — A T o ra —S But wh with wood and y

p y
—S
. . . .

knife —A I m us t n ee ds
.
S hould a m an like you kill
re
p p are food .

hi s son who w as giv en him in old age — A God has com m ande d . .

T o I z hak the T em pter took the appearan ce of a oun g m an, and y

accosted I z hak — S W hither g est thou
o — I T o be instru cte d by m y
—
. .

father in righteousness and truth S I n thi s life , or in the ne t P For . x

h
he designs to kill t ee — I I t m atters not I follow hi m
. . .

S atana the n appeare d to S arah z — Where he, is thy husb and

, as ke d

—S ar H e has gon e u pon hi s affairs

.
— S at A nd th son
y . S
- ar W ith .

him — S at Didst thou n ot on ce resolv e that he sho uld n ot le av e the

—
.

hous e alo ne P S ar H e pra s w ith hi s fa

.ther -S at A nd thou wil
t y
ne ver . .

see him again —S ar . . T he L ord do unto my s on according to H is will .

”

which A braham would hav e

‘

The altar on ofi ered his son I z hak is

the sam e that N oah had rai se d when he cam e forth from the ark ; on

which K ain had offere d, an d where A dam him self, re e ntin

p g of hi s fall ,
had offered, and was m ade better .
”
— Ya llm t ,
i .
, 1 04 .
 xxn .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 27

Iz hak b ehe l d th e m
bu t Ab rah am saw th em not
, A nd .

the angels ans were d on hi h, Com e, b e hold how th e se

g
s olitary on e s who are in the worl d kill the o ne the o th e r
;
he who slayeth del ay s not ; he who is to be sl ai n
rea ch eth fo rth his n e ck .

[ JE R US A L E M A n d Abraham stretche d ou t his h and

.
,

an d took the k ni fe to s l ay I z h ak his s on Iz hak .

answere d an d s ai d to Ab raham his fath e r My fath er

, ,

bind m y hands ri ghtly les t in the hou r of m y affliction

,

I tre m ble and co nfu se th ee an d thy offerin g be fou nd ,

ro fane an d I be c as t i nto the it f d t c ti o n in the

p , p o e s r u

Worl d to co m e ( N o w) th. e ey es of Ab r ah a m re ach e d

u nto the ey e s of Iz h ak ; b ut the ey e s of Iz hak re ach ed

to the ange ls on high A n d Iz hak b eheld th em ; but

.

Ab raham saw the m not I n that ho ur cam e forth the .

angel s on high and s ai d th e se to th es e Co m e b e h old

, , , ,

two ri ghteo us o ne s alo ne in the m i dst of the world : the

o ne slay eth the oth er is sl ain
, He who sl ay e th .

deferreth n ot an d he who I S to be slain stretche th ou t

,

his neck ] .

A nd the A ngel of the Lord call ed to him from the

heavens an d sai d to him Ab raham ! Abraham ! A nd
, ,

he sai d Behol d m e J A nd H e said

, [ E E US A LE M
. .
,

Ab raham Abraham A nd Ab rah am an swe re d in the

lan guage of the sanc tuary and s ai d Behold m e ] A nd , , .

H e s ai d S tretch n ot ou t thy han d u p on the yo u ng m an

, ,

ne ith er do him any e vil ; for n ow i t is m anifes t b e fo re

Me that tho u fearest the Lord neither hast thou wi th .

h el d thy son thy only b egotten from Me .

A nd Ab rah am li fted u p his eyes and saw and b e hol d , , ,

a ce rtai n ram which had b e e n cre ate d b e twe e n the

ev en i ngs of the fou ndatio n of the wo rld was h eld in the ,

e ntanglem ent of a tree by his ho rns A nd Abraham .

we nt and took him an d o ffe red him an o fferi ng instead

,

of his son A nd Ab raham gave th ank s an d p ray e d

.
22 8 TA E GUN or PA L E S TI N E [
ORAP .

there, in th at place, i d I pray through the m ercies

and sa ,

that are b efore T hee O Lo rd before who m i t is m anifest

, ,

that it was not in the de pth o f m y h eart to turn away

fro m doi ng Thy decree with joy that whe n the chil dre n ,

o f Iz hak m n h all o ff in th ho u r of afflictio n

y s o S er e ,

this m ay be a m e m o rial for the m ; and Thou m ayest

hear the m an d deliver the m and that all generatio ns ,

to com e m ay say I n this m ou ntain Ab rah am bo u nd

,

Iz h ak his son and there the S hekina of the Lo rd was

,

re v eal e d u nto him .

J d Ab raham p raye d in the n am e o f

[ E E US A L E M. A n

the Word of the Lo rd and sai d Th ou art the Lord who

, ,

s ee st an d art not see n

, I pray for m ercy be fore Thee
.
,

O Lord . I t is wholly m ani fest and k nown b e fore The

that in m y h e art the re was no di v iding in the ti m e th at ,

Tho u di dst co m m an d m e to o ffer Iz h ak m y son and to ,

m ak e him dust and ashes b efore Th e e b ut that forth

with I aro se in the m o rnin g an d p erform ed Thy wo rd
with joy and I hav e fulfill e d Thy wo rd
,
A n d now I .

p ray for m erci es b e fo re Thee O Lord God that when , ,

the childre n of Iz hak o ffer in the ho ur of n eed the ,

bindi ng of Iz h ak the ir fath er Tho u m ayest re m e m be r

on th eir b e h al f and re m it an d for i v e the i r s ins an d
, g ,

deli ver the m ou t of all need That the ge neration s who

.

are to ari se after him m ay say I n the m o untai n of the ,

ho use of the sanc tuary of the L ord did A braham ofi er

'

Iz h ak his son and in this m ou ntai n of the house of

,

the san ctu ary was re veale d u nto him the glo ry of the
Sheki nah of the Lord ] .

A n d the Angel of the Lord calle d to Ab raham the

s e co n d ti m e fro m the h eav e ns and s ai d B M
y y W, o rd ,

have I sworn saith the Lord forasm u ch as thou hast

, ,

done this thing and has t not withhel d thy son thy
, ,

o nly be gotte n that in bl e ssi ng I will ble s thee and in

,
s
,

m u l tiplyi ng I will m ultiply thy s o ns as the s tars of the

 230 TA nG tur or PA LE ST IN E [
a r.

SE CT ION V .

CH A I YE Y S A RA H .

XXI II A N D the day s of the li fe of Sarah were an

.

h undre d and twe nty and se v en years, the years of the

li fe of Sarah . A nd Sarah died in K iryath Arba, which
is H e bro n J d S rah di e d in the cit
.
[ E E US A L E II . A n a y
of the gi ants ].

A nd Ab raham cam e from the m ou ntain of worshi p,

and fo u n d that she was dead ; and he sat to m o u rn for

S arah, an d to wee p for he r . A nd Ab raham ros e u p

fro m the si ght of the face of his dead, and spak e wi th
the s o ns o f H ittah, sayi ng, I am a S ojourner and
dwe ller wi th you I pray se ll m e the i nheritan ce o f a
se p ulch re am ong yo u, and I wi ll bu ry m y dead the re .

A nd the so ns of Hittah res pon ded u nto Ab rah am , saying

to him , A tte nd to u s, our lord . G reat be fo re the Lord
art tho u am o n g u s, i n the b es t of our se p u lch res b u ry

thy de ad th ere is not a m an of us who will refuse th ee

his s e pu lch re, th at tho u m ay e st b ury thy dead . A nd
Ab raham ros e and bo wed to the pe ople o f the land, the
sons o f Hittah . A n d he s pak e with th em , sayi ng, I f it
be with the co nse nt of yo ur m in d th at I b ury m y dead
fro m b e fore m y face , re ceive of m e, and i nte rce de for
m e b efo re Eph ron bar Zo char th at he se ll m e his do u bl e
cav e which is b u ilt in the s ide of his fi eld, for the full
p rice in silver le t him giv e it m e am o ng you, for an
i nh eritan ce of se pu lture . But Eph ro n the Hi ttite
answere d Ab rah am i n the p re se nce of the so ns of
H ittah, of all who e nte re d the gate of his ci ty, sayi ng,
My lord, li ste n to m e : the fiel d I gi ve thee, and the
cave whic h is in it, to thee I gi v e it, as a gift b efore the
son s o f m p e o pl e I iv it t th b y th d d
y g e o e e
g o, ur
y e a.
x xn .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 81

A nd A b rah am b o wed b efore the sons Hittah A nd of .

he s p ak e with Eph ron before the p eople of the l and,

sayi n g N e v erth e les s
,
if thou , art willi ng to do m e a

fav ou r h ear m e : I will gi v e th ee in silve r the price

,

of the fi e l d ; take ( it) of m e and I will b u ry m y dead ,

th ere A nd Ephron ans were d Ab rah am saying to him

.
, ,

My lord he ar m e : the lan d as to its price wo uld be

, , ,

fo u r hu ndre d ail ee n of sil v er ; b etwe en m e and thee

wh at is th at ? Bu ry thy dead A nd Ab rah am .

hearke ned u nto Ephron and Abrah am weighe d to ,

Eph ro n the S ilv er which he had nam ed befo re the so ns

o f H ittah fo u r h u ndre d sileen of S ilver goo d p as s i ng
, , ,

at e very tabl e and re ce i v ab le

, in all transactio ns .

J Fo ur h undre d silee n of silve r p a si ng at

[ E BU S A L E M .
,
s

e v ery tabl e and re c e i v ab le in all transac ti ons ]

, A nd
b e co nfi rm e d the p u rch ase o f the fi el d of Ep hro n in ,

which (was ) the dou ble ( cave ) which is b efo re Mam re ,

The fi el d and the c av e th at is the rei n an d all the trees

, ,

th at were in the fie ld i n all the bou n dari e s the re of ,

rou n d abou t — Unto A braham for a pu rchase d po sses

, ,

S I o n in the pres e nce of the s o n s of H ittah ( e v e n) of all

, ,

who entered in at the gate of the ci ty A nd afte rwards .

Ab rah am bu rie d Sarah his wife in the cave of the field

K apheilta which is b e fore M am re th at is H eb ro n in , ,

the l and of Ke naan A nd the fi el d and the cav e the rei n

.

were co nfirm e d u nto Ab rah am for an in h e ritance of

sepu lture fro m the s ons of H ittah .

XXIV A nd Abraham was old with day s an d the

.
,

Word of the Lo rd had bles sed Ab rah am with e very

kind of blessing A n d Abraham sai d to E liez er his
.

s erv ant the se nio r of his hou s e who had ru l e o ve r all

, ,

his property P ut no w thy hand u pon the se c tion of m y

,

c irc u m ci sio n [J E E US A L E M.A n d Ab rah am s ai d to his

.

se rvant the ru le r who had ru le o v er all th at was his

, ,

The Double .
232 TA E Gm I or PA L E S TI N E
[
O RA P .

Pu t now thy hand u nder the thi gh of m y covenan t ]

A nd s wear to m e i n the nam e of the Word of the Lo rd
God, whose habi tatio n is in heav e n on hi gh, the God
whose do m i nion is o v er the earth, that thou wilt not
tak e a wife for m y son fro m the dau ghte rs of the
K e naanites am ong whom I dwell ; b u t that thou wi lt
o to the l and an d the ho u s e of m y ki n dre d, an d tak e a
g
w i fe for m y 8 0 11 , for Iz hak A n d the dom es tic sai d to
.

him , Perhaps the wo m an m ay not be willin g to com e

afte r m e to this l an d ; sh all I retu rning m ake thy s on , ,

re tu rn to the lan d fro m wh en ce tho u cam es t ? A nd

Ab raham sai d to him Beware lest thou m ake m y son
, ,

re tu rn thi th er ! The Lo rd God who se seat is in heav e n ,

on hi gh who took m e fro m m y fath e r s ho u se and from

’
, ,

the l an d of m y bi rth and who sp ake to m e and sware ,

to m e sayi ng To thy son will I gi v e this land ; H e

, ,

will se as o nably se nd H is angel an d tho u shal t take a ,

wi fe for m y s on fro m th ence But if the wo m an he n ot

.

willi ng to co m e after th ee th ou shal t b e i nnoce nt fro m

,

thi s m y o ath ; on ly m ak e n ot m y son retu rn thith e r .

A nd the servant pu t his hand u pon the ci rcu m ci se d

p art of Ab raham his lord and sware to him according
,

to thi s thi ng .

A n d the s ervan t took te n cam el s from the cam el s of

his lo rd and we nt : for all the goo dly tre asu res of his
,

lord were in his hand ; and he aros e and we nt u nto

Aram which was by the Pherat to the city of Nachor
, , .

J A n d all the oo dly reasu res o f his lord

[ E R USA LEM .
g t
were in his h an d ; an d he aro se an d we nt to A ram ,

which is by Phe rat N aharaim ] A n d he m ade the .

cam els lie down withou t the city by the fountain of

wate rs at the tim e of e v e ni n g the ti m e wh en the
, ,

fille rs (of water) com e forth A nd he said Lo rd God .

,

of m m a te r Ab rah am p re p are tho u a p ro e r wom an

y s
, p
be fo re m e to day an d deal gracio usly with m y m aster
-
,
 2 34 TA E GIIII
[
or PA L E S TI N E CH A P .

tho u ? Tell m e no w if in thy fath er s hou se th e re be

’
,

roo m for u s to lo d e A n d she sai d I am the dau gh ter

g .
,

of Beth u e l the son of Milch a who m she b are to N ac ho r , .

A n d s he tol d him sayi ng T here is al so s traw and p ro

, ,

v ender in plenty with u s as al so p rop er roo m to lo dge, .

A nd the m an b owed and wo rshipp e d b efore the Lo rd ,

who had th u s pre p are d b e fore him a su i table wi fe .

A n d he sai d Bl esse d be the Nam e of the Lo rd the

, ,

God of m y m aster Ab rah am who h ath not restrai ne d ,

H is m ercy and His truth fro m m y m aster ; for the sake

of hi s ri ghte o u sne s s in the ri gh t way b ath the Lo rd led
“
m e to the ho use of m y m as te r s b roth er
’
.

A n d Rivek ah had a b rother whose nam e was L aban .

A nd Lab an ran to wards the m an wi th ou t at the fo un

tai n . A nd whe n L ab an saw the ring and the b racelets
u po n the han ds of his S i ste r and h e ard the wo rds of ,

Rivek ah his siste r sayi ng Th us bath the m an spo ken

, ,

with m e ; he cam e to the m an and b ehol d he s to od by , , ,

the cam el s at the fou ntai n A nd L ab an thou ght th at .

thi s was Abrah am an d sai d Co m e in tho u b les se d o f

, , ,

the L ord where fore stande st tho u wi th o u t wh en I h av e ,

p u rifi e d the hou se from strange worship and hav e pre ,

p are d a pl ace for the cam els ?

A nd the m an e nte re d the hou se and L ab an u ndid the ,

g e ar o f the c am e ls an d
gav e t he, c am e l s s tra w an d p ro

v e nder an d water ( to Eliez e r) to wash his fe e t and the ,

fee t of the m e n who were wi th him A n d he set in .

o rder b e fore him to eat prepare d foo d in which was ,

poi son to kill bu t he obj e c ted to it and sai d I will , ,

not e at u n til 1 h av e spok e n m w o rds A nd he sai d

, y .
,

Speak A nd he said I am the servant of Ab raham

.
, .

A nd the L ord hath bl e sse d m y m aster greatly and bath ,

The twen t y ighth

-e v e rse is wantin g in this Targum .

S am a , arse ni c . We iss e E rde aus de r I n s e t S amoa .

D E S S A UE E . What foundation i s there for this wretche d calum n y?

xx1v .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 236

increase d, and given him shee p and oxen, s ilv er and

g o ld, se rvants an d h a n dm ai ds, an d cam e l s an d asses .

A nd Sarah, m y m aster s wi fe, b are a son after s he was

’

old, an d he h ath iv en to hi m all that he hath A nd

g .

m y m aster m ade m e swear, sayi ng, Thou sh alt not take

a wi fe for m y s on fro m the dau ghte rs of the K e naanite s

in whose land I dwell, bu t s hall go to m y ki ndred, and

take a wife for m y son But I sai d to m y m aste r, Per
.

haps the wom an will n ot co m e after m e A nd he said .

to m e, The Lord befo re who m I worship will appoi nt

H is angel to be wi th thee, and wi ll pro spe r thy way ; and
thou sh al t tak e a wi fe for m y s on fro m m y house hol d,
fro m the race of m y father s hou se
’
Th en shalt thou be .

free from m y oath : if, whe n thou art com e to the ho use
of m y kin dre d, they give not to thee, tho u s hal t be free

fro m thy o ath .

A nd I cam e to-day to the fo untain, and s aid, Lord

God of m y m as te r Abrah am , if n e w Tho u h ast p ros
pered the j ourney u po n which I have com e, b ehold, I
stand at the fo u ntain of water, — let the dam se l who m ay
c om e forth to fill to whom I will say Give m e now a
, ,

little wate r to drink fro m thy pitcher and S he say , ,

Drink an d for thy cam els also will I draw be the Wi fe

, ,

who m the Lo rd h ath p re pared by H is de cree for m y

7

’
m aster s son .

I had finish e d s p e aki ng in the thou gh ts of

n ot
ye t
m y h eart, when, beho ld, Rivek ah cam e fo rth wi th the

pi tch e r u po n h
( )
er S ho u l der, an d w e nt do wn to the

fou ntai n, and fi lle d A n d I sai d, L e t m e now dri nk

. .

A nd she h as te ne d and le t do wn her pitch er fro m he r,

and sai d D ri nk, and I wil l al s o giv e thy c am e l s dri nk
, .

A nd I as ke d he r, and sai d, Wh ose dau ghter art tho u ?

A nd she sai d, The daug h te r o f Beth u el, the son of
Be m az la
a . Mas ai , a planet, p piti
ro ous star, influence of the
stars, destin y,
”
8w .
236 TA E GUII or PA L E STI N E [ O RA P .

Nachor who m Milcha bare to hi m A nd I set the

, .

j e wel u po n her bro w and the bracelets on her han d an d

, ,

bowe d and wo rshipped b efore the Lord ; and I blesse d

the Lord the Go d o f m y m aste r Ab rah am who had le d
, ,

m e in the true way to tak e the dau ghter of m y m aste r s

’

b rother for his S on .

A nd now if you will de al kin dly an d truly with m y

,

m as te r te ll m e ; and if not te ll m e that I m ay turn to

, , ,

the so uth or to the no rth An d L aban and Beth u el .

answe re d and sai d The thi ng hath com e fo rth fro m

,

b efore the L ord that Rivekah S houl d be gi v en to Iz hak ,

and we canno t s a to thee eith e r e vil or goo d

y B e hol d .
,

Rivek ah is b e fore th ee take and go and let her be the , ,

wi fe of thy m aste r s son as the L ord hath s poke n

’
.
,

A n d when Ab raham s se rvant h eard the s e words be

’
,

wo rs hipp e d on the gro un d be fore the Lo rd A nd the .

servan t b ro u ght forth ve sse ls of s ilve r an d of ol d and

g ,

ve stm ents and gave them to Rivekah ; and p resents

,

g a v e h e to her b ro the r an d to her m oth e r A nd they .

ate an d drank he an d the m e n who we re wi th hi m and

, ,

passe d the night A nd he aro se in the m orni ng an d

.
,

s ai d S e n d m e away to m m as te r Bu t as th ey were
, y .

talki ng in the e ve nin g Be thu el had e ate n of that pre

,

p are d foo d and in the m orning they fou nd that he was

dead . A n d the broth er and m o th e r s ai d the refore L et ,

the dam s el dwell with u s the days of one y ear or te n

m o nth s and then she sh all go
, An d he sai d Hi nder .
,

m e not wh e n the Lord h ath p ro sp ere d m y way ;

,
let
m e de part and I will go to m y m as te r
, A nd the y .

s ai d
, We will call Rivekah and hear what she say s , .

A nd th ey call e d Rivekah an d s ai d to her Wilt thb u , ,

o wi th thi s m an ? A n d s he s ai d I will
g g o ,
.

A n d they let Rivekah th eir si s te r go an d her nurs e , ,

an d the s e rv ant o f Ab rah am an d his m e n A nd they , .

ble s sed Rivek ah and sai d to her Hitherto tho u wast

, ,
 23 8 TA BGUM or P A L E S TIN E
[
O RA P.

as the wo rk s his m other of

A nd Iz hak was . cons oled
afte r his m oth e r s de ath
’
.

XXV A nd Abraham adde d and took a wife,

. an d her
nam e was K eturah s he is H a ar, who had b ee n b ou nd 9
g
to him fro m
b eginni ng the
[J E R US A L E LL S h e is .

H agar who had b een tie d to him from the begi nning ]
,

A nd s he b are to him Zim ran and J oks han and M edan , , ,

and Midyan an d Yishbak and S hovack

, A n d Jokshan
, .

b egat Shev a and D edan ; and the sons of D edan were

m erch ants and ne gotiato rs and c hiefs of p e oples
, , .

[ J E R U S A L E M M er ch an t s a n
. d ar tifi cers an d chi
, e fs o f ,

p e opl es ] A n d the s ons of Midyan E ipher and , ,

Epher and H anok and Ab ida and Al daah all thes e

, , , ,

were the s ons of Keturah A nd Abraham gave the .

i ft of all he had to Iz hak A nd to the s on s of the

g .

c o nc u bi nes of Ab raham gave Ab rah am rich es and m o ve

ab l e p rop erty as gi fts an d se nt th em away from Iz hak

,

his son while b e (ye t) li v e d ; and th ey went and dwelt

e as tward i n the l an d o f the o ri e nt .

A n d thi s is the nu m be r of the days of the life o f

Abrah am who liv e d a hu ndre d and se v e nty and fi v e
,

years A n d Abraham expi re d and die d in a goo d old

.
,

age age d and s ati s fie d wi th all goo d

, ( Al s o I sh m ae l .

wrou ght re p entan ce in hi s days and afte rwards w as ,

h e re d to his p e opl e d I h ak and I sh m ae l his

g at ) A n z .

s on s b u ri e d him in the dou bl e cav e rn at the fi el d of ,

E phran bar Z och ar the Hi ttite which is b efore Mam re

, ,

the fi el d th at Ab raham pu rch a e d o f the sons of H ittah s

there was Ab rah am b u ri e d an d Sarah his wi fe .

A n d b ecau se Ab rah am had not desi gne d to bless

Ish m ael therefore he blesse d n ot Iz h ak ; for had be
,

bl essed Iz hak an d n ot Ish m ael it woul d have ke pt ,

th em in e nm i ty Bu t afte r the death of Ab raham the

.
, ,

Lord bl esse d I z h ak ; and Iz h ak dwelt n ear the well

K etu rah, the b ou nd one , from l ater, to bi dn .
xx v .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 39

at which was reve ale d the gl ory of the Li v i n a n d

g
E ternal O ne who seeth and is not see n
, .

A n d the se are the generations of I sh m ael bar A b ra

ham who m H agar the Miz reitha the h andm ai d of
, ,

S arah bare un to Abrah am A nd these are the nam es

, .

of the s ons of I sh m ae l by th e i r nam es accordi ng to ,

the ir generatio ns The fi rstb orn of Is h m ael N ehoi

.
, ,

an d Arab and Ab deel an d Mibs ham — H earing Sile n ce

, , , , ,

Patie nce and Sharpness : and Te m a Ye tur Naphi sh

, , , ,

and Ke dem ah The se were the sons of Ish m ael and

.
,

the se th ei r n am es in th e ir vill ages and in th eir fe nc ed ,

dwe lli ngs twelve chiefs of thei r p e opl e s

, A n d these are .

the y ears of the life of Ish m ae l a h un dre d and thirty ,

and se v e n y ears ; and he was co nv erte d in rep entance ,

an d expi red an d was a th re d to his opl A d

, g e p e e n .

th ey dwelt fro m H indiki u nto O haluts a which is in ,

face o f Miz rai m fro m goi ng u p to A thur Before the .

face of all his b rethren he dwel t in his pos ses sion .

[J B E U SA L E M I n. th e i r vill ag e s an d in,
th e ir fe n ce d
dwelli n gs ( or enc am p m e nts ) Twelve chie fs of th e ir
.

p ee p l e s . A nd th e y d w el t f ro m Hi n dek aia u n to
O halutsa which is by the si de of Miz rai m fro m thy
, ,

g oin g p u to w ar d s A t h ur B e fo
. re all his b r e thr e n h e

dwe lt ]

SE CTION VI .

T O LE DO T H .

TH E SE are the gene rations of Iz hak bar Abraham .

A nd be cau se the appe arance of Iz h ak res em b l ed the

ap p earan c e of Ab raham the so ns of m en sai d I n truth
, ,

Abraham begat Iz hak A nd Iz hak was the son of

.
2 40 T A II GUII [ or PA L E STI N E O RA P.

fo rty y ears when he took Rivekah the dau gh ter o f ,

Beth u el the A ram ite who was of Padan Aram the s ister
, ,

of Lab an the Ar am ite u nto him for a wi fe , A nd Iz hak .

we nt to the m o u ntai n of worship the pl ace whe re his ,

fath er had bou nd him A n d Iz hak in his p ray er turne d

.

the atten tio n of the Holy O ne blesse d be H e ! from ,

that which H e had de c re e d re s p e cti ng his wife b e cau se ,

s he had b ee n b arre n twenty an d two y ears ; an d ch an e d

g
al so was the i nte ntio n of the Holy O ne bl es s e d be H e ! ,

fro m th at which H e had de cree d concerni ng him who

had b ee n chil dless A nd he was enl arge d an d Rive kah
.
,

his wi fe was with chil d A nd the chil dre n pre ssed in

.

her wo m b as m e n doing b attle A nd she sai d I f thi s .

,

is the angui sh of a m oth er wh at the n are childre n to ,

me ? A nd she went i nto the s chool of Shem Babb a to

su pplicate m ercy b efo re the Lo rd J A nd
[ E E US A L E M . .

the children press ed in her wo m b and she said If s u c h , ,

b e the an gu i sh of a m other what now is life that , ,

chil dre n are to be m i ne ? A nd S he we nt to s upplicate

m ercy b efore the Lord in the bet/t w hi m s /t o f Sh e m
Babb a ] A nd the Lord sai d to he r T wo p e ople s are ,

in thy wo m b an d two ki ngdo m s fro m thy wo m b S hall

,

be se parated and one ki ngdom shall be stro nge r than

the oth e r and the e l de r shall serve the you nge r if the
, ,

children of the yo u nge r will k ee p the co m m an dm ents of

the L aw .

A nd the two hu ndre d and seventy day s o f he r be i ng

wi th chil d were co m p lete d to b ring forth an d b e hold
'

, ,

twins were in her wom b A n d the firs t cam e forth .

wholly re d as a garm ent of h ai r : an d th ey calle d his

,

nam e E sau because he was bo rn altogethe r co m ple te

,
l
,

wi th the hai r o f the h e ad and the b eard and tee th an d , , ,

g ri n der
.s [J E R US A L E M A n d the fi rst cam e f
.o rth
wholly re d as a garm e nt of h air : and th ey call e d his
,

Re ad ym ade, or, according to others, rough, hair y .

”
2 42 T A R GU II or P A L E STI N E [
O RA P .

A nd he ar se, o and we nt . A nd E sau des pise d the

birth right , and v portio n in ilified the the wo rld th at
com eth an d deni e d the re surre ctio n o f the de ad ]
, .

XXVI A n d th ere was a m ighty fam i ne in the lan d

.

o f K en aan b es i des the form er fam i n e which had b ee n

,

in the day s of Ab rah am and Iz hak went to A bim elek

king of the Philistae e at G erar I t had b ee n in .

I z hak s heart to go down to Mi z rai m ; b ut the Lo rd

’

app e are d to him an d s ai d Go not down to Miz rai m ;

, ,

dwell i n the l an d as I h ave tol d the e ; s ojou rn in the

land and My Word sh all be for thy h elp and I will
, ,

bless thee ; for to the e nd to thy so ns will I gi v e all

th e se l an ds an d I will e stabli sh the co v enan t which I
,

hav e co v e n ante d with Ab rah am thy father A nd I .

will m u ltiply thy s ons as the s tars of the h e av e n s an d ,

will giv e to thy s o n s all th ese l ands and th ro u gh thy ,

s o ns s h all all the n atio n s of the e arth b e bles se d ; on

acc ou nt that Ab rah am ob ey e d My w o rd an d ke pt the ,

k eeping of My word My statu tes My cov enants and , , ,

My l aws A nd I z hak dwelt in G erar A nd the m en

.
,
.

of the pl ac e i n q u i re d c onc erni n h is wi fe ; an d he s ai d

g ,

S he is m y si ster for he re as o ne d in his he art L e st the ,

m e n o f the pl ace sho u l d kill m e for Rive k ah b e cau se ,

she was o f b e au tifu l app e aranc e A n d it was whe n .

day s had i ncre ase d to him in abi ding the re that Abim e ,

lek the ki n g of the Philistaee l ook ed fro m a wi ndo w ,

an d b e h el d an d Iz h ak was di s p orti ng wi th Rivek ah his

,

wi fe J E R U S A L E M A n d he l ook e d n d A b im e le k
.
[ ] A
c alle d Iz hak an d s ai d N e verthel ess S he is thy wi fe ;
, ,

an d why h as t tho u s aid S he is m s i s ter ? A n d Iz h ak

y ,

ans we re d hi m Bec au s e I s ai d in m h eart L est the y

, y ,

kill m e on her accou nt A nd A bim elek said Why has t .

,

the n do ne thi s to u s ? I t m i gh t h av e b ee n th at the

king who is the p rincipal o f the pe opl e had l ai n with
, ,

O r, the individu al the p ersonal representative .

xxn .
] GE N E S I S
0N . 248

thy wife , and tho u wo ul dst h av e b ro u ght g u il t u po n u s .

J U A n d A bim elek s ai d to him What is thi s

[ E R SALE M ,

th at tho u h as t don e to u s ? Very p ossibly m i ght one

o f the yo un g m en h av e l ai n wi th thy wi fe an d th e re ,

wo u l d h av e b een great g u il t b rou ght u po n u s ] .

A nd A bim elek i n s tru c te d all the p e opl e Who ever ,

s h all go ne ar to i nj u re thi s m an or his wi fe s h all v e rily ,

b e pu t to de ath A n d Iz h ak s owe d u nto righte o u s ne ss

.

in th at land and fo u n d in th at y ear a h u ndre d for one

, ,

accordi ng to his m e as u re A nd the L ord ble s s e d him

.
,

an d the m an i ncre as e d an d we nt forward i nc re as in

, g
u n til he w as v e ry gre at A n d he had fl ock s of she ep
.
,

and h e rds o f cattl e an d gre at c u ltiv ati on ; and the

,

Philistae e e nvi e d him A nd all the wells which the

.

serv ants of his fath e r had di d i n th d y s of Ab ra

gg e e a

ham his fath e r the Philistaee stop pe d u p an d fi ll e d with

,

e arth .

A n d A bim elek s ai d to I z h ak Go fro m u s for tho u ,

art stronge r th an we in rich e s v ery m u ch A n d Iz hak

.

went the nc e and soj ourn e d in the v al e of G erar and

,
.

dwel t there A n d I z h ak di gge d again the we ll s of

.

water which the s erv an ts of his father had digge d in

the day s of Ab raham his fath e r and which the P hili s ,

taee had stopp e d after Ab rah am was de ad and he call ed

th em by the n am e s his father had c alle d th em A nd .

the serv ants of Iz h ak digge d in the b order of the v al e ,

an d fou n d th ere a well o f fl o wi n w t A n d the

g a e r .

S h e ph erds of G erar co nte nde d wi th I z hak s sh e ph e rds

’
,

s ayi n T h w t i s o u rs A n d i t w t h e will o f
g , e a e r . a s

H e av e n and it drie d Bu t when th ey re turne d to

, .

Iz h ak it flowed A n d he c all e d the nam e of the well

, .

( E s e k ) Co n te n tio n b e c a
,u s e ( e t/ae se k u
) t h e y h a d q u ar

re lle d with him on acco u nt o f it A n d they digged .

anothe r well ; an d th e y c on ten de d for it al so ; an d it

dried and did not fl ow again

, A nd he c alled the
.
2 44 TA R G UM o r PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

n am e of it Acc u sation
( S i l u c k) A nd he rem ov e d .

fro m th ence and di gge d ano ther well and for th at th ey ,

did not co nte n d as fo rm e rly and he c all e d the nam e ,

o f it ( Rave/la th Sp ci o f h i d N b
) a u s n e ss o r e s a o w a th ,

the Lord given us sp ace to spre ad u s ab ro ad in the

l an d A nd he went u p from thence u nto Beers heba
. .

A n d the Lord appeare d to hi m th at n i ght an d sai d , ,

I am the Go d o f Abraham thy father : fear n ot for My

Word is for thy h elp and I will bless th ee an d m ultiply
, ,

thv s o ns for the ri gh te o u s ne s s sak e of Ab rah am My

’

se rvant A nd he b u il de d th e re an al tar an d p ray ed

.
,

in the nam e of the L ord A n d he s pread his tab ernacle .

th ere and the servants of Iz h ak di gged th ere a well

, .

A n d wh en Iz h ak we nt fo rth fro m G erar the we lls drie d

u p and the tree s m ade n o fru it
, and they fel t th at it

was b e caus e th ey had driven hi m away all th ese things ,

had b efallen th em A n d A bim elek we nt to hi m fro m

.

G erar and took his frie nds to go with him an d Phik ol

, ,

the chi e f of his ho st A nd Iz h ak sai d to th em Why

.
,

com e you to m e that I sho u l d pray for you wh en you ,

hav e hate d m e and driven m e fro m you

,
A n d th ey
an swere d S e ei n w e h av e se e n th at the Wo rd of the
g , , ,

Lord is for thy help and for thy ri gh te ou snes s s ak e all

,
’

g o od h ath b ee n to u s ; b u t wh e n tho u w e nte s t fo rt h

fro m our l and the well s dri e d u p an d our tre e s m ade ,

n o frui t th e n we sai d We will cau se him to retu rn to

,

us . A nd now let there be an o ath establi shed b etwe en

u s an d ki n dness e s b e twe e n u s and th ee an d we will
, ,

e nter i nto a cov enant wi th the e l est tho u do u s e vil , .

Forasm u ch as we have not co m e nigh th ee for e vil an d ,

as w e h av e ac te d wi th th e e o nly for oo d and hav e

g ,

i nde e d s e nt thee away in p e ace ; tho u art n ow bless e d

o f the L ord A n d th ey arose in the m orni ng e ach m an
.
,

wi th his b ro th er ; an d he b rok e off fro m the b ri dl e of

his ass and gav e one p art to them for a testi m o ny
, .
246 TA R GU M or PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

to Jakob he r son saying Behold

, , on
, thi s ni gh t tho se
hi gh p raise the Lo rd of the world and the treasures of ,

the de w are op ened in it and I h av e h eard thy fath er

spe aki ng with E sau thy b roth er s ayi n
g B ri ng m e , ,

veni so n and m ake m e foo d and I will bl es s th ee in the

, ,

pres ence of the Lo rd b efo re I die A n d now m y son .

rec eive fro m m e wh at I co m m and th e e Go now to the

house of the flock and tak e m e fro m th ence two fat
,

ki ds o f the go ats one for the p ascha and one for the ,

oblation of the fe ast ; and I will m ak e of th em foo d for

thy fath e r su ch as he lov eth A nd tho u sh alt carry to
.

thy fath er and he will eat th at he m ay bless th ee

, ,

b efore his death .

A n d be c aus e Jakob was afrai d to S in fearing lest his ,

fath er m i ght cu rse him he sai d Behold E sau m y

, , ,

brother is a hairy m an and I am a s m ooth m an Per

, .

h aps m y fath er will feel m e an d I S h al l be i n his eye s

,

lik e one who deri deth him an d b ri ng u pon m e a c urs e

,

an d n ot a bl e ssi ng .

A nd S he sai d I f wi th ble ssi ngs he b le ss thee they

, ,

S h all b e u po n th e e and u po n thy s o ns ; and if wi th

cu rses he should c urse th ee th ey sh all be u po n m e and

,

u po n m y s o u l : th erefo re re c e ive fro m m e and go an d ,

take for m e .

A nd he we nt an d to ok and b ro ught to his m other

,

an d his m o th er m ade foo d su ch as his fath er love d .

A nd Rivek ah took the pl easant v estm e n ts of E sau her

elder son which had form erly b e e n A dam s bu t which
’

th at day E sau had no t worn but th ey re m ai ned with ,

he r in the ho u se and ( with them ) s he dre s s ed Jakob

,

her y ou nger s on .A n d the s ki ns of the ki ds S he l aid

u pon his h an ds and the s m oo th p arts of his n eck .

A nd the fo o d and the b read S he had m ade she set in

the h and of J akob her s on .

A nd he e ntere d u nto his father and said My , ,

 24 7
XXVII .
] 0N GE N E S I S .

father . id Behol d m e : who art thou m y

A n d he sa , ,

son ? A n d Jacob s aid to his fath er I am E sau thy ,

fi rstborn I h av e done as thou spak e st with m e Arise .

an d e at of m y veni so n th at thy s ou l m ay b le ss
a
now sit , ,

me . A nd Iz hak s ai d to his son What is thi s that ,

thou h ast fo u nd so soon m y son ? A nd he sai d , ,

Becau se the Lord thy God had pre pare d it b efore m e .

A nd Iz hak said to J akob Co m e ne ar now and I will , ,

feel thee m y s on wh eth er tho u b e m y son E sau or

, ,

n ot A n d Jakob dre w n ear to Iz hak his father who

. ,

tou ch ed him an d sai d T hi s v oic e is the voic e of Jakob

, , ,

neverth eless the fe eli ng of the h an ds is as the fee li ng of

the hands of E sau Bu t he reco gnise d him not .

,

b ecause his h an ds were hairy as the h ands of E sau his

b rother and b e blessed him A nd he said But art
, .
,

tho u m y son E sau ? A nd he sai d I am A nd he sai d , .

,

Draw near and I will e at of m y son s v e nison that m y

. ,
’
,

so ul m ay bl e ss th ee A n d he app ro ach e d him an d he.

,

ate ; and he had n o wi ne ; bu t an angel p rep are d it for

hi m from the wine which had b een ke pt in its grapes

,

from the day s of the b egin ning of the world ; an d he

v i i o J ak ob s h and an d J akob b ro u ht it to hi s
’

g a e t n t g ,

fath er and he drank ,

A nd Iz h ak his fath er sai d Draw .
,

near no w and k i ss m e m y son , an d J akob dre w n ear ,

and kis se d him A nd he s m elle d the s m ell of his ve st

.

m e nts an d ble sse d hi m an d s ai d S ee the s m ell of m y

, , , ,

son is as the sm ell of the fragrant i nc en se which is to be

offered on the m ou ntain of the h ou se of the sanc tuary ,

whi ch s h al l be c alled a fi eld which the Lord hath

blessed and that H e hath cho sen th at therein His
, ,

S hekinah m igh t dwell .

Therefore the Word of the Lord gi ve thee of the

“
O r, recline .

“
JE RUSA L E M The feeling of his hands, the fad ing of the hands
E s au
”
of .
24 8 TA R GU M or PA L E STI N E [
C R AP .

oo d d w w hich d c d f o m th h ave ns a nd of the

g e s e s e n r e e ,

g oo d fo u nta in s tha t s p rin g pu an d m a k e th e ,

h erb age

of the e arth to gro w fro m b e neath an d pl enty of pro ,

vision and wine L et pe opl es be s ubj ect to thee all

.
,

the so ns of Esau an d ki ngdo m s b en d b e fo re thee all

, ,

the s o ns of K eturah ; a chi ef and a rul er be thou over

thy b reth ren and le t the so ns of thy m o th e r s al u te
,

th ee . L et th em who curse th e e m y son he acc ursed , ,

as Bil eam bar Bee r ; and th e m who bl ess th ee be bl ess e d

as Mo sh e h the p roph et the s crib e of Israel , [ J E R U .

SA L E M L et p eople s se rve b e fo re the e all the so ns ,

o f E s au : all ki n s b e su bj e ct to th ee a ll the s o ns
g ,

of I sh m ael be thou a chi ef and a ru le r o v er the son s of

Keturah : all the sons of Laban the b rother of thy
m o ther s hall co m e b efore th ee and sal u te thee Who s o .

curseth th ee Jakob m y son S hall be accursed as

, , ,

Bileam b en Bee r ; and whose blesseth the e sh all b e

‘
blesse d as Mosheh the p rophet and scribe of Israel ] .

An d it was wh en Iz hak had fi ni sh e d ble ss i ng J akob ,

an d J ak ob had o nly o ne ou t ab ou t two han db re adth s

g
fro m Iz h ak his fath er that E sau his b ro th e r cam e in
,

from his hu nti ng A n d the Word of the Lord had

.

i m p ede d him from takin g clean v eni s o n ; bu t he had

fou n d a ce rtain dog and kill e d him an d m ade foo d of
,
1
,

hi m and b rou ght to his fathe r and sai d to hi s fath e r

, , ,

Arise m y father and e at of m y v eni son th at thy soul

, , ,

m ay bl e ss m e .

A nd Iz h ak his fathe r sai d to hi m Who art th ou ? ,

A nd he sai d I am thy fi rstb orn E sau

,
A n d Iz h ak was, .

m ov e d with great agi tation wh e n he h e ard the v oice of

E sau and the sm ell o f his food rose in his no stril s as
,

the s m ell of the b u rni ng of Ge he nn am ; an d he sai d ,

Who is he who h ath got v eni so n an d c om e to m e an d , ,

I h ave eaten o f all which he b ro u ght m e b efore tho u

1
Calum n y .
25 0 TA R GUM [
or PA L E S TIN E O RA P .

A nd E sau k e p t h atred in hi s h e art agai nst J akob his

b roth e r on accou nt of the order of bles si ng with which
,

his fathe r had bl esse d him A n d E sau sai d in his .

heart I will not do as Kain did who sle w H abel in the

, ,

life ( tim e ) of his father for which his fath er b egat Sheth
, ,

b u t will wait til l the ti m e wh en the days o f m ou rni ng

for the de ath of m y father co m e an d th e n will I kill ,

Jakob m y b roth er and will be fou n d the kill e r and the

,

hei r .

A nd the words of E sau her el der S on who thou gh t ,

in his heart to kill J akob were sho wn by the Holy ,

Spi rit to Rivekah and she sent and call e d Jakob her
, ,

yo u nger son an d sai d to him Behol d E sau thy brother

, , ,

lie th in wait for th ee an d plo tteth against thee to

,

ki ll thee A nd now m y son hearke n to m e : ari se

.
, , ,

es cap e for thy life an d go u nto L ab an m y broth er at

, ,

H aran and dwell with him a fe w days until the wrath

, ,

of thy b ro th er he ab ate d u ntil thy b ro th e r s anger h ave

’
,

q uiete d from th ee and he hav e forgotten what tho u

,

hast do ne to him and I will sen d and tak e thee fro m

th en ce Why sh oul d I be b ereav e d of you both in one
.

dav : th ou b ei ng sl ai n and b e dri v e n forth as H ava

, ,

was b e re av e d of H ab e l whom K ai n S le w and bo th we re

, ,

re m o v e d fro m b efo re A dam an d H av a all the day s of

the li fe of A dam an d H av a ? [J E R U S A L E M U n til the

ti m e wh en the bi tterne ss of thy b roth er S h all be turn e d

away fro m the e ]

A nd Rive kah said to Iz h ak I am afflicte d in m y life ,

on acc o un t o f the i ndignity of the dau h ters of H eth

g .

I f J ak ob tak e a wick e d wi fe fro m the dau ghters of

H eth s uch as th ese of the dau ghters of the people of
,

t he l an d wh at will li fe be to m e ?
,

XXVIII A nd Iz h ak c alled Jakob and blessed him

.
, ,

an d co m m an de d him an d s ai d to him Tho u s h al t n ot

, ,

tak e a wi fe fro m the daugh ters of the K e naanae e .

XXVII I .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 25 1

Arise , go to Padan of Aramhou se of Bethu el

, to the
thy m other s fathe r and take thee fro m th ence a wife
’
,

from the daughters of Lab an thy m oth er s b roth er

’
.

A n d E l Sh adai will bl ess thee with m any po s se ssions ,

and i ncrea e th ee and m u l tiply th ee into twelv e trib es

s
,

an d tho u sh alt be worthy of the co ngregatio n of the

s ons of the S anh edri n the su m of which is s e v enty

, ,

according to the n u m b er of the nations A nd H e will .

g iv e the bl e s sin g of Ab rah am to th ee and to th so ns

y ,

with thee an d c au se th e e to inh eri t the land of thy

,

s ojo urning which he gave u n to Ab raham

, A n d Iz hak .

se nt J akob away and he we nt to P adan A ram u nto

,

Laban bar Beth u el the Aram its the broth er of Rivekah ,

the m oth er of Jakob and E sau .

An d E sau consi dere d th at Iz h ak had b lesse d Jako b ,

and had s ent him to P adan Aram to tak e to him fro m

th ence a wife wh en be bl ess e d him an d co m m ande d

, ,

him saying Tho u shal t n ot tak e a wi fe of the daughters

, ,

of the K enaanites ; and th at J ak ob ob ey e d the word of

his fath er and the word of hi s m o th er and was go ne to

, ,

Padan Aram : and E sau con sidere d that the dau gh te rs

of Kenaan were e vil b efore Iz h ak his fath er an d E sau ,

went u nto Ish m ael and took to wi fe Mah alath who is

, ,

Bas em ath the daugh te r of Ish m ael bar Abrah am the ,

si ster of N eb ai o th from his m o th er b esi des his o th er ,

wives .
25 2 T A R GUI I o r PA L E S TIN E [ CH A P .

SECTION VI I .

VA YE TS E .

FI VE m iracles were wrou ght for ou r father Jakob at

the ti m e that he went fo rth from Beersh eb a The firs t .

S i n : the hours of the da we re s ho rte n e d an d the s un

g y ,

we nt do wn b efo re his ti m e fo ras m u ch as the Word had

,

desire d to s p eak wi th him The sec ond si gn the fo u r

.

s to ne s which Jakob had s et for his pillo w he fou nd in

the m orni ng had b e co m e one sto ne Sign the third .

the sto ne which wh en all the fl ock s we re as se m bl e d

, ,

they roll e d from the m o uth of the we ll he roll ed away ,

with one of his arm s The fo u rth si gn : the well o ve r

.

flowe d and the wate r ro se to the e dge of it and con

, ,

tinne d to ov erfl o w all the day s th at he was in H aran .

The fi fth S i gn : the c o u ntry was sho rte ne d b e fore hi m ,

s o th at in on e da he we n t forth an d c am e to H aran
y .

A nd he p ray e d in the place of the hous e of the

san c tu ary and l od e d th ere b ecau s e the su n had gone
, g ,

do wn . A n d he took fou r stones of the holy pl ace and ,

s et his pill o w an d sl e p t i n th at pl ac e
, A nd he dream e d .
,

and b eh ol d a l adde r was fi x e d in the g ro u nd and the

, , ,

top of it re ache d to the h ei ght o f h e av e n A nd b e hol d .

, ,

the two angel s who we nt u nto S e dom an d who had ,

b ee n e xp elle d from the m i ds t o f th e m b ecau se they had ,

re v e al e d the s e cre ts o f the L ord of the worl d and b ei ng

cas t forth the y had walke d till the tim e that Jakob went
o u t fro m the h ouse o f his father an d had acc om p ani ed ,

him with k indline s s u nto Bethel — in that day had ,

as c e n de d to the h igh h e av e ns an d s ai d C om e s ee, , ,

Jakob the pi ou s who se lik e ne ss is inl ai d in the throne

,

of gl ory an d wh om you h av e so gre atly de sire d to

,

b eh ol d The n the re st o f the angel s o f the holy L ord

.

des cen ded to lo ok u po n him .

25 4 TA RGUII or PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

thy fath er, and the God of Iz h ak . The land on which

thou art lyin g I will give to the e an d to thy sons .

A nd thy s ons shall be m any as the du st of the earth ,

and S hall b e co m e stro ng o n the wes t and o n the east ,

on the no rth an d on the s o uth and all the ki n dreds of

the earth S h all th roug h thy ri ghte o usne s s and the righ t
eou sne ss of thy s o ns b e bl e s s ed A n d b e hol d My .
, ,

Word is for thy help and will keep th ee in every pl ace

,

wh ere tho u sh al t go and will b rin g th e e ( again) to thi s

,

land ; for I wil l not l e av e th ee un til the tim e when I

hav e perform ed all th at I have tol d thee .

A nd J akob awok e from his slee p and sai d Verily , ,

the Glo ry of the L ord s S h e ki nah dwell e th in this pl ac e

’
,

and I k ne w it n ot A n d he was afrai d and s aid H ow

.
, ,

dreadful an d glo rio u s is thi s place ! This place is n ot

com m o n b u t the s anc tu ary o f the N am e of the Lord
”
, ,

the p rop er spo t for p ray er se t fo rth b efo re the gate of

,

heav e n and fou n de d b en eath the thro ne of glo ry

, .

A nd Jak ob arose i n the m o rning and to ok the stone ,

which he had pl ace d for his p il low and set it standi ng , ,

an d p ou re d oil on the top of it A nd he call ed the .

nam e o f th at pl ac e Be th El bu t L uz was the nam e of

the city at the fi rst A nd J akob vo wed a vow saying
.
, ,

I f the Wo rd of the L ord will be m y H elper and will ,

keep m e from sh eddi ng inn ocent b loo d and from ,

stran ge wo rship an d fro m i m p u re co nve rse in thi s wa

, y ,

that I am goi ng ; an d wi ll gi v e m e b read to eat and ,

rai m ent to wear and will b ring m e b ack in p eace to m

, y
father s hou se ; the Lord sh all b e m y God : an d this
’

sto ne which I h av e s et ( for) a pill ar sh all be o rdained

for the hou se o f the san ctu ary of the Lo rd an d u po n it ,

S h all n erati ons wo rship the N am e of the Lord ; and

ge

of all th at Th ou m ay est
gi v e m e th e te nth wil l I ,

se parate b efo re Th e e .

3
Be t/I Mi kdaslr, the hol yh ouse .
xxn .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 25 5

XX I X A nd Jakob lifted u p his feet li gh tly to

.
”

proceed and he cam e to the land of the chi ldren of the

,

east. A n d he l ooke d and saw an d b eh ol d ( th ere was ) ,

a well i n a fi el d an d b eh ol d th e re th re e flock s of
,

s he e p lyi ng n e ar it b ecause fro m th at well they

wate re d the flock s and a gre at ston e was l ai d u po n the

m outh of the well A n d th ey gathe re d the fl ock s there

.
,
’
and rolle d the sto ne from the we ll s m o u th and wate re d ,

the sh ee p an d s e t the sto ne on the m o u th o f the well

,

in its place .

A nd J akob sai d to th em My b rethre n wh en ce are , ,

ou ? A n d th ey sai d F ro m H aran are we A nd he

y , .

sai d to th e m Kno w you L ab an bar Nacho r ? A n d

,

they sai d We k now ,

A n d he sai d H ath b e p e ace ?
.
,

A nd th ey s ai d P eac e ; an d b e hol d Rahe l his dau ghter

, , ,

co m eth with the she ep A nd he sai d Beh ol d the ti m e.

, ,

of the day is gre at ; it is n ot ti m e to gather ho m e the

cattle ; wate r the sheep an d let th e m go ( agai n) to ,

p astu re [JE RU S A L E M I t is not tim e to gather ]

. .

A nd th ey sai d We c annot u ntil all the fl ock s are

, ,

a th re d t o th e r an d we roll the s tone from the m ou th

g e g e ,

of the well and wate r the s he e p .

Whil e th ey were sp eaking wi th him Rahel cam e with ,

he r fath er s S h ee p ; for S he was a s h e pherdes s at th at

’

ti m e b e c au s e th e re had b ee n a pl agu e fro m the L ord

,

am o ng the sh e e p of L ab an an d b u t fe w o f th e m were ,

left and he had di sm isse d his sh ephe rds an d had put

, ,

the rem ain ing (flock ) b e fo re Bab el his daug hter A nd .

it was whe n J akob saw Bab el the dau ghte r of Lab an

his m oth er s b ro ther that Jakob went nigh and rolle d
’
,

the sto ne wi th one of his arm s from the m o u th of the

we ll ; and the we ll u pro se and the waters as c e nded to ,

the top of it ; and he watered the sh eep of Lab an his

m oth er s b roth er and it u p ro se for twenty ye ars
’
.

O r, with agili ty .
 25 6 TA R GU M [
o r PA L E S T IN E O RA P .

A nd Jakob ki sse d Babel and li fte d u p hi s voice and ,

we pt A nd J akob to l d u nto Bab el th at he was co m e to be

.
,

wi th her fath er to tak e one of his dau ghte rs A nd .

Bab el ans were d him The n canst n ot dwell with him , ,

for he is a m an of c unni ng A nd J akob sai d to he r .

,

I am m ore c u nni ng an d wiser than he nor can he do

m e e v il b e cau s e the Word of the Lo rd is m y H elper
, .

A n d wh en she kn e w th at he was the s on of Rivekah ,

she ran an d m ade it k no wn to her fath er A n d it was .

wh en L ab an h e ard the acco u nt of the strength an d

pi ety of Jakob the son of his si ster ; how he had tak en
the bi rth ri ght and the o rder of bl e s sing from the b an d
of his b roth er and how the L ord had reveal ed Hi m s e lf
,

to him at Bethe l ; how the stone had b een rem o v e d ,

and ho w the well had u pflowed an d ri sen to the b ri nk

he ran to m eet him an d e m b rac e him and ki ssed him ,

and le d him i nto his ho u s e ; an d b e rel ate d to Lab an

all th e se thi ngs A nd L aban s ai d to him Trul y tho u

.
,

art m y n ear o n e an d m y bl o o d ; an d he dwel t wi th hi m

a m o n th of day s .

A n d L ab an s ai d to J ak ob Thou gh thou art re pu ted ,

m y b roth e r s hou l ds t th e n s erv e m e for n othi ng ?

,
Tell
m e wh at sh all b e thy wage s ?
,
A n d L ab an had two
dau ghte rs the n am e of the el der Le ah and the nam e of
, ,

the yo u n ge r Bab el A n d the ey es of L eah were m oi st

.
,

r droppi ng ru nnin g ) f e e pi n an d p rayi n

4
( o , rom w g , g
before the Lord that he wou l d not desti ne her fo r E sau
the wick e d and Bab el was b eau ti fu l in app e aran ce ,

an d o f a fai r c o unten ance J U A n d the ey e s

[ E R S A L E M .

of L e ah we re te n der for she had we p t an d p ray e d that

,

she m i gh t n ot b e b rou gh t u p in the lo t o f E s au an d

Bab el was b e au ti fu l in app earan ce an d o f fai r coun ,

te nance ] A n d J akob l o v e d Bab el ; an d b e said I wil l ,

Tri m s ,
“
tri q d ug ig
’
DE S S U E R
.
— A .

“
in the plane t of E sau, i. e be destined to be hi s wife
”
L it , . .
25 8 TA R GUM o r PA L E S TIN E
[ GE AP .

A nd Lab an sai d I t is not so don e in our p lac e to give

, ,

the yo u nge r b efore the e l der F ulfi l now the sev en .

days of the feast of this an d I will gi v e thee al s o that

,

for the service which thou sh al t serv e wi th m e ye t s eve n

othe r y ears [JE RU S A L E M Fulfil the se v en day s of this
.

feast of L eah an d I wi ll gi v e ] A n d Jakob did so and

, .
,

fulfi ll e d the s e v en day s of the fe as t of L eah an d he gave ,

him Babe l his dau ghte r to wife A n d L ab an gav e to .

Babel his dau gh ter Bilhah who m his co ncu bine b are ,

him and he deli v e re d ber u nto her to be he r h an dm ai d

, .

A nd he went in als o u nto Bab el ; and he lov e d Babel

al s o m ore th an L eah A nd b e se rv e d with hi m for he r
.

t e ven o th e r y e ars A n d it was rev e al e d b e fo re the

y e s .

Lord that Leah was not lov e d in the S igh t of Jakob ;

an d H e s ai d i n H is Word th at so ns s ho uld be gi ven her ,

an d th at Bab e l sho ul d b e b arre n A nd Leah con ce iv e d .

an d b are a s o n an d c alle d his n am e Beu ben : for S he

,

said My affl ic tio n was m ani fe s t b efo re the Lo rd th ere

, ,

fore now will m y h u sb and l ov e m e ; for m y affli ctio n

h ath b ee n m anifes te d b efore the L ord as will be the
affli ctio n of m y chil dren b e fore the L ord wh en th ey shall

b e e n slav e d in the l and of the Miz raee A nd she con .

ce ive d agai n and b are a s on

, A nd she s ai d Be cau se it
.
,

was h e ard be fore the L ord th at I was hate d an d H e ,

g a v e m e thi s al s o : and s o wi ll be he ard b efo re Him the

voice o f m y chil dren wh e n th ey shall b e e nsl av e d in

Miz raim . A nd s he call e d his nam e Shi m eo n A nd .

she co nc eiv e d agai n an d b are a s on an d s ai d Thi s tim e

, , ,

will m y h u sb and be u ni te d to m e b e c au s e I h ave b o rne ,

him th re e so ns ; and th u s will it b e th at m y childre n

s h all be u nite d to se rv e b efore the L o rd th erefore S he
c all e d his nam e L evi A nd she co nceiv ed agai n an d
.
,

b are a son and said This ti m e will I giv e p rai se b efore

, ,

the L ord ; fo r fro m thi s m y s on kings s h all co m e fo rth ,

an d fro m him s h all sp ri ng Davi d the ki ng who shall ,

XXL ] 0N GE N E S IS . 25 9

ofle r praise b e fore the L ord ; there fo re she called his

'

nam e J e hu dah A nd S he ce as e d to b e ar
. .

XXX A nd Bahcl saw that she b are n ot to J akob

.
,

and Bab e l was e n v io u s of her s i ster an d s ai d to Jakob , ,

Pray b e fore the Lord that H e gi ve m e chil dren and if

not m y li fe I shall recko n as the dead
, A nd the an ger .

of J akob was s tro n g ag ai nst Bab e l an d he s ai d \Vh

'

y , ,

do you ask of m e ? A sk b e fo re the Lord fro m b e fo re ,

whom are ch il dre n and who b ath res traine d fro m th ee

,

the fruit of the wo m b A nd she s ai d Behol d m y han d

.
,

m ai d Bilh ah e nte r with her th at s he m ay b e ar and I

, , ,

m ay i ncreas e and m ay b e b ui lde d u p fro m he r A nd .

she m ade he r h an dm ai d Bi lh ah free an d de li v ere d her ,

to him an d Jak ob e nte re d wi th her

, A nd Bilh ah con .

ceived an d b are a s on to J akob

, A nd Babe l sai d T he .
,

Lord hath j u dge d m e i n H is good m ercies ; H e hath

also h e ard the voice of m y p ray e r an d gi v en m e a ,

so n ; and so it is to be th at H e sh all j u dge by the

hand of S him shon bar Man ovach who sh al l be of his ,

s ee d ; an d b ath he n ot de li v e re d i nto his h and the

p eople of the Philistaee ? Therefore she calle d his nam e

D an A nd Bil hah the h andm ai d of Le ah co ncei v e d
.

agai n an d b are a s e co nd s on to J akob

, A nd Bahcl .

sai d With affl ic tio n afllicte d was I b efo re the Lord in

,

praye r ; th ere fore H e hath recei ved m y re qu est that I

m ight h av e a s on as m y si ste r an d hath gi v en m e two ,
.

Even so are m y chi ldren to be re dee m e d fro m the ban d

of th e ir e ne m i e s wh e n th ey sh all affl ict th em selve s

in pray er b e fore the Lord ; and S he call ed his nam e

Naphtali .

A n d L eah saw th at she had ceas ed from he aring and ,

s he m ade Zil ha her h an dm ai d free and av e he r u nto

p g ,

Jakob to wi fe A nd Zilpha the h an dm ai d of Leah

.

con c e ive d and bare J akob a s on ; and L eah sai d G oo d

, ,

fortune co m eth ; his chil dre n shall s urely i nh e ri t their

260 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TIN E
[
cuA P .

h abitation the ide

Jardena : and she called
of
'

on east s

his nam e Gad [

.J E R US A L E M A n d L e ah s ai d Goo d ,

s u cc ess co m eth for the fe asti ngs of the G e ntil e s are to

b e cut off : and she c all ed ] A nd Zilpha the h andm ai d
of L eah b are a se co n d s o n to J ak ob A nd Le ah sai d .
,

Prai se sh all be m ine : for the daughte rs of Is rael will

p raise m e as his chil dre n will be praised b e fo re the
,

Lord for the goo dness of the fruit of hi s lan d ; an d she

call ed his n am e A sh e r .

A n d Re u b e n we nt in the day s of S iv an in the ti m e ,

o f wh e at h arv est an d fo u n d ( avm clz in) m an drak es in the

, y
fi el d ; and he brough t th em to L eah his m o th e r A n d .

Bab el sai d to L e ah Gi v e m e n ow o f thy so n s m andrak es

’
, .

A nd she sai d to her I s it a li ttl e thi n g th at thou h ast

,

take n m y h u sb an d an d tho u s e e k e st to take al s o m y

,

s on s m an drak e s ? A n d Bab el s ai d Th erefo re s hall be

’
,

lie wi th th e e thi s ni ght for thy s on s m an drakes ’

.

[ J E R U S A L E M For a we e k he shall c o ns ort wi th th ee

] .

A nd Jakob cam e fro m the fi el d at e v eni ng A nd L eah .

h eard the v oic e of the b rayi n g o f the ass and k ne w that ,

Jak ob had c om e an d Leah we nt forth to m e et him and

, ,

s ai d
,
T he n wil t e n ter with m e b e cau se hi ri ng I hav e ,

hire d th e e with m y son s m an drak e s from Bahcl m y

’

S i ste r. A n d he lay wi th he r th at ni ght A n d the .

Lo rd heard the p ray er of L e ah an d she c onc eiv e d and , ,

b are to Jak ob a fi fth s on A nd L eah s ai d T he Lord

.
,

h ath giv en m e m y re ward for th at I gav e m y h an dm aid

,

to m y h u sb an d e v e n so s h all his chil dre n re ce i v e a

o od reward b e c au s e th ey will o cc u py the m se lv e s wi th

g ,

the law . A nd she cal le d his n am e I ss ak ar .

A nd L e ah conc e i v e d agai n and b are a si xth s on to ,

J akob ; and s ai d T he L ord hath en dowe d m e with a

,

oo d d o wry by chil dre n T h i s tim e will the h abi tatio n

g .

o f m y hu sb an d he wi th m e b e c au se I hav e b orn e him s ix

,

s o ns an d thu s sh all his chil dre n re c ei v e a oo d o rtion

g p .
262 T AR GUM or PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

A n d it was wh e n Bahcl had bo rne Jose ph Jakob ,

sai d by the H oly Sp iri t co n c erni ng the ho u s e of J os e ph ,

They are to be as a flam e to c onsu m e the ho u se of E sau ;

an d b e sai d Th erefore will I not be afraid of E s au and
,

his l e gi ons A n d he sai d u nto L ab an S e nd m e away

.
, ,

and I will go to m y pl ac e an d to m y co u ntry Give m e .

m y wiv e s an d m y chil dre n for who m I h ave se rv e d th ee , ,

an d I will go ; for th ou k no we st m y s ervic e with which

I h ave serve d th ee Bu t Lab an sai d to him I f n ow I hav e

.
,

fo u n d grace in thy ey e s [J E R U S A L E M I h av e ob serv e d ]

, ,

I hav e ob s erve d by divi nation th at the Lo rd hath ble se d s

“
m e for thy s ak e A n d he sai d App oi nt thy wage s wi th
.
,

m e an d I will gi v e th ee
,
.

A n d he s ai d to him The n kn o we st how I h ave serv e d

,

th ee an d ho w thy c attl e h av e b e e n k e pt by m e for the

,

little flock which thou h adst b e fo re m e hath increas e d

tly n d the L ord b ath bl e sse d th ee at m f o t th at
g re a a
, y o ,

I h av e b een p rofitabl e to th ee from (the tim e of) m y

c om ing i nto thy hou se A n d n ow when shall I do the .

wo rk for which I am b ou n d to n ou ris h the m e n of m y ,

hou s e ? A nd he s ai d Wh at S hall I gi v e th ee ? A nd
,

Jak ob sai d T hou shalt not gi v e m e anything el se ( but)

, ,

do m e thi s thi ng an d I will retu rn an d p asture thy

,

fl ock and k e e p th e m
, I will p as s th rou gh thy whol e
.

fl ock to day and will s et ap art e v e ry l am b stre ak e d an d

-
,

sp otte d an d e v e ry b lack l am b am on th e l am b s an d
, g ,

sp otted an d s tre ak e d am on th at s an d th ey sh all

g e g o ,

be m y wage s [J E R U.S A L E M E v e ry l am b s p ot te d an d
s tre ak e d an d e v ery bl ack l am b am o n th e l am b s an d
, g ,

the s p otte d an d s tre ak e d am on g the goats ] A nd m y

righte ou snes s s hall te s ti fy for m e to m orro w wh e n m y
7 -
,

wage s shall be b rou gh t b efore th e e E very one which is .

n ot s tre ak e d o r s p otte d am o n the o ats o r bl ack am o n g

g g ,

the l am b s S h all be as if it had b een a th e ft o f m i n e

, .

O r, n egotiate . 7
The day after .
XXXI .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 63

A nd L ab an sa i d to him , \Vell, let it be ccording to

a

thy word . A nd be
p arate d th at day these g oats which
were m ark e d in th e ir feet an d the spo tte d and all the , ,

o t tre ak e d or sp otte d e v e ry on e which had a whi te

g a s s ,

l ac e i n h i m an d e v e ry bl ack on e am on th l m b
p , g e a s ,

an d gav e th e m i nto the han d of his so ns A n d he se t .

a jou rn ey of th re e day s b e twe e n his fl o ck s an d ( tho s e of)

Jakob A n d J ak ob te nde d the flock of L ab an the old

.
,

an d the fe e bl e which we re le ft .

A n d J ak ob to ok to him a ro d of fl o we rin g popl ar ,

an d o f al m o n d an d of the pl ane tre e an d p eele d in

, ,

th e m whi te p eeli ngs to di sclo se the white which was in

the ro ds A n d the rods w hich he had p e el e d b e fi xe d
.
,

in the c an als in the trou ghs of wate r ; at the pl ace to

,

which th e y b rou gh t the fl ock s to water th ere pl ac e d b e ,

th e m o v e r agai n st the fl o ck th at th ey m i gh t c on c e i v e ,

wh en th ey c am e to dri nk [J E RUS A L E M I n the c an als ]

.

A nd the she ep c on ce i v e d o v er agai nst the ro ds and the ,

S h e e p p ro du ce d su ch as were m ark e d in th ei r fe et an d ,

sp otte d and whi te i n th e i r b ack s A n d the l am b s did .

J akob se t ap art and place in front of the flock s ; all

,

the v ariou s c ol o u re d an d the b lack am o ng L ab an s sh ee p

’
-

he s et for hi m se l f a fl ock ap art and did not m ix th em ,

with the s h e e p of L ab an A nd it was th at wh e ne v er

.

the e arly (p ri m e ) S heep c on c eiv e d J akob se t the ro ds ,

in the c anal s b efore the ey e s of the sh e ep that th ey ,

m i ght co n c ei v e b e fore the rods Bu t wi th the l ate .

s h ee p he did n ot s e t th e m ; and the l ate sh ee p were

L ab an s an d the early ones J ak ob s A nd the m an

’ ’
.

increas e d greatly and had a m ul titu de of fl ock s and

, ,

h an dm ai ds an d serv ants an d c am e ls an d asse s

, , , .

XXX I But he he ard the words of the s on s of

.

L ab an sayin g Jak ob hath tak en all that was our

, ,

fath er s an d fro m th at which was ou r fathe r s he h ath

’ ’

m ade hi m s elf all the glo ry of th es e rich es A nd Jako b .

2 64 m ne un or PA L E S TI N E [
O RA P .

ob serve d the look s of Lab an and b eh old th ey were n ot, , ,

pe aceful to ward him as y este rday and as b efo re it .

A nd the L ord s ai d to Jakob Retu rn to the l and of thy ,

fathe rs and to thy n ativ e pl ac e ; an d My Wo rd sh all b e

,

for thy h elp .

A nd J akob sen t N aph tali who was a s wi ft m e s ,

s e n e r and he c al le d Rab el and L e ah a n d th ey cam e

g , ,

i nto the fi el d u nto his flock A n d he sai d to them I.

,

c onsi der the lo oks of you r father and b ehol d th ey are , , ,

n ot p e ace fu l with m e as y es te rday and as b e fore it bu t

the God o f m y fath e r h ath b ee n to m y aid A nd you .

k now th at with all m y strength I hav e served your

fath er bu t y our fathe r h ath de c ei v e d m e an d h ath
, ,

change d [JE RUS A L E M H ath co m m u te d] m y wage s ten

.

p ortio ns ; yet the Lord hath n ot given him p ower to do

m e ev il I f n ow he sai d The streak ed S h all be thy
.
,

w ages all the s h ee p b are s tre ak ed ; and if n o w he s ai d

, ,

T he sp otte d fo ote d sh all b e thy wages all the she e p

-
,

b are tho se which were s potte d in the i r fe et : and

the L ord h ath tak e n away the fl ock o f y our fath er ,

an d hath
g i v e n i
( )
t to m e [J E R U S A L E M A
. nd the .

Word o f the L ord h ath take n away ] A nd it was .

at the ti m e wh e n the fl ock s co n c e i v e d th at I lifte d ,

m ey e s an d s aw in a dre am a n d b e hol d the

u
p y , , ,

ats which ro se u po n the fl o ck w e re s o tte d in th eir

g o
p
fee t or s treak e d or whi te in the i r b ack s
,
A nd .

the An gel o f the L ord s ai d to m e i n a dre am , ,

Jak ob . A nd I s ai d Be hol d m e , [ JE RU S A L E LL.

J ak ob ans were d in the holy tongue and said Behold , ,

me ]. A nd H e sai d Lift u p n ow thine ey e s an d s ee

,

all the oats th at ri s e u po n the fl ock are spo tte d in

g
th ei r fee t or , stre ake d or whi te i n th ei r b acks
because all the i nj u ry that Lab an h ath done thee is
m ani fest b e fore m e I am E loha who did re veal My se l f
.

to th e e at Beth El wh ere tho u di ds t anoi nt the pi ll ar

, ,
2 66 o r P A L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

if th at it m ight ( agai n) ove rflo w ; b ut it ove rflowe d

not ; an d th e n cam e th ey to L ab an o n the thi rd da ,
y
and he k ne w th at Jakob had fle d be c ause th ro ugh his
righte o us ness it had fl o we d twe nty ye ars [ J E BU S A L E M . .

A nd it was w hen the s h e ph erds we re gath ere d to ge the r

, ,

th ey s oug h t to wate r the flock b ut we re n ot able ; and

,

they waite d two and th ree day s i f th at the well m i ght

,

o verflo w ; bu t it ov e rflowe d not ; an d th e n cam e they

to L ab an in the thi rd day be cau se J akob had fle d ]
, .

A n d he took his ki ns m e n with him and p urs ue d after ,

him goi ng se v en days and ov ertook him while soj ou rn

, , ,

ing in Mo u nt Gile ad o ffe ri ng praise and prayi ng b efo re

,

his Go d . A nd the re cam e an ange l with a word from

b efo re the Lo rd an d he dre w the s wo rd agai ns t L ab an
the de c e itful in a dre am of the ni ght and sai d to him
, , ,

Be ware l es t thou s pe ak with Jakob from good to evil .

A n d L ab an cam e u po n J akob A n d Jak ob had

.

s pre ad his te nt i n the m o u ntai n an d L ab an m ade his,

b reth re n abi de in the m ou nt of Gil e ad A n d Lab an .

s ai d to J akob “ hat h ast tho u do ne ? Thou hast

,
'

stole n m kn o wl ed e and le d away m y dau ghters lik e

y g ,

cap tiv es of the s wo rd \Vhy di dst tho u hide fro m m e

.

th at tho u wo ul d t go an d s te al m y k no wl e dge an d not

s
, ,

tell m e ? For if thou h ads t tol d m e I wo uld have se nt ,

th e e away wi th m i rth and with hy m ns an d with tam

, ,

b ou rine s and with harps

, N ei th er h ast th o u su ffe red
.

m e to ki ss the s o ns of m y dau ghters nor m y dau ghters ,

.

N ow hast th o u b ee n fo olis h in wh at th o u has t don e .

There is s ufficiency in m y h and to do e v il with thee ;

[ J E R USA LE M Th .e re are s tre n gth an d abili ty b u t th e

God of thy fathe r s pake with m e in the e v eni ng s ayi ng , ,

Be carefu l of s pe aking with Jak ob from go od to e vil .

A n d n ow going tho u wil t go ; b e cause de si ri ng thou

h as t de sired the ho use of thy fath e r : ( bu t) why has t
tho u stol en the i m ages of m y i dol s ?
xx n .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 267

A nd Jakob i d to Lab an B ecau se I

answered an d sa ,

fe ared and sai d L es t thou viol e ntly tak e away thy

, ,

dau ghte rs fro m m e With who m soev er tho u shalt fi nd

.

the im ages of thy i dol s le t him die b efo re his tim e , .

Befo re all ou r b rethren tak e kn owl e dge of what wi th m e

is thine and tak e it
,
But J akob k ne w not that Ba bel
.

had stol e n th e m A nd Lab an wen t i nto the tent of

.

Jakob and i nto the te nt of L eah and i nto the tent o f

, ,

the two co nc u bi nes bu t fo u nd not A nd he wen t ou t

, .

fro m the tent of Le ah and e ntere d the te nt of Bab e l , .

Bu t Rah el had tak e n the i m ages an d l ai d th e m in the ,

pani ers of the cam els and s at u pon th e m A n d he , .

search e d all the te nt bu t fo u nd no t A nd s he s ai d

,
.
,

L et it not be di spl easi ng in m y l ord s ey e s th at I am

’

not abl e to ari se b e fo re th ee b e c au se I h av e the wa o f

y ,

wo m e n A n d be se arch e d b ut fo und n ot the i m age s

.
, .

A nd the anger of J akob took fi re and he con te n de d ,

wi th Lab an A nd Jakob an swere d an d s ai d to L ab an

.
,

What is m y sin and wh at m y transgression that thou

, ,

hast so eagerly co m e after m e ? H av i ng therefore , ,

search e d all m v es sel s wh at h as t tho u fou n d of all the

y ,

vessels of thy h ou s e ? L ay now the m atter b efo re m y

b rethre n and thy brethren and let th e m de ci de the ,

truth b etween u s two Th ese twe nty years h ave I b een

.

with th ee : thy e we s an d thy goats h av e n ot fail e d and ,

the pric e of the ram s of the fl ock I h av e not e ate n .

That torn by wil d b easts I h ave n ot b ro u ght to thee ;

for b ad I si nne d from m y hand tho u wou l ds t h ave
,

re q ui re d it What was s tolen in the day by m en th at

.
,

have I m ade good ; and what was stole n in the night

by wil d b easts was m ade goo d al so [ JE R U S A L E M . .

T he de ad I h ave n ot b ro u ght to thee ; eve ry one which

had fled from the n u m b e r I h av e m ade th at goo d ; of ,

m y h ands tho u hast re qui re d it : and wh at thie ves s tol e

by day or wi ld b easts devou red by night I have m ade
N 2
268 m as o n o r PA L E S TI N E
[ O RA P .

g oo d]
. I h ave b ee n in the by d a
y th e h e at b at h fiel d ;
de voure d m e and the c ol d by ni gh t and sl ee p hath
, ,

b ee n p arte d fro m m e Th ese twe nty y e ars h ave I bee n

.

i n thy h ouse s erv i ng th e e ; fou rte e n v ears fo r thy two

,

dau ghte rs and S ix y e ars for thy S he e p an d tho u has t

,

change d m y wages te n parts Unles s the God of m y .

fath er the Go d of Abraham and H e who m Iz hak

, ,

feare th had b e e n in m y h elp e v en n o w h adst tho u se n t ,

m e away e m p ty bu t m y affl icti on and the travail o f m y

h ands are m ani fest b e fore the L ord and there fore H e ,

adm oni sh e d thee in the e v e n i n

g .

A nd L ab an ans we re d an d sai d to Jak o b The chil dre n ,

wh o m th o u has t re c e iv ed o f thy wi v es are m y ch il dre n ,

and the chil dre n wh om th e y m ay b e ar will be re p ute d as

m in e and the s hee p are m y sh e e p and all th at th o u

, ,

s e e s t is m i ne A nd for m y daugh ters wh at can I do

.

this day and for the s on s w hic h th ey h av e b orn e ?

,

A nd n o w c o m e let u s strike a c o v en ant I and thou

, , ,

and it s hall b e fo r a wi tn e s s b etwe e n m e an d th e e .

A n d J ako b to ok a s tone and set i t u p for a pillar .

A nd J ak o b s ai d to his s ons wh om he c alle d his ,

b re th re n Colle c t sto nes A nd th ey collecte d s to nes and

, .
,

m ade a m o u nd and th ey ate u p o n the m o un d

,
A nd .

L ab an call e d it Ogar S ahi d b ut J ak ob cal le d it in the ,

1

h oly to ng ue Gal e d , A n d T he Ob s erv ato ry

-
. al so it
”

was c all e d b e c au s e he s ai d The L o rd s h al l ob s e rve

,
’
,

b etwee n m e an d th ee wh e n we are hi dde n e ach m an

fro m his n ei ghb o u r If th ou s hal t affl ic t m y daughte rs
.
,

doin g th e m i nj u ry and if th ou tak e u p o n m y dau ghte rs

, ,

the re is n o m an to j u dge u s the Wo rd o f the L ord ,

s e ei n i th w i t b tw n m a n d th A n d
g s e ne s s e e e e e e .

Lab an s ai d to Jakob Beh ol d this m ou n d and beh old , ,

the pi llar wh ich th ou h ast re are d b e twe e n m e an d the e .

T his m o u nd is a wi tness and thi s pil lar is a witne s s th at , ,

The Mound of the Te stim on y

“
Yu teh Yey a
'

. S e k u tlm . .
 270 rA nGun o r PA L E S T I N E
[ O RA P.

S E CTION VIII .

VA YI S HL ACH .

AN D Jakob se nt m esse ngers b efore

E sau his him to
b rother in the land of G abla the te rritory o f the ,

E do m i tes and instru cte d the m to say Th us shall yo u

, ,

sp e ak to m lo rd E sau : Th us sai th th rv t J ko b,
y y s e an a

Wi th Lab an h ave I dwelt and h ave tarri e d un til no w

, .

A n d of all th at in which m y father bl esse d m e th e re is

n o thi n i n m h and b u t I h av e a fe w oxe n and asse s
g y ,

S h ee p and serv ants and h an dm ai ds

, and I h av e se nt to

te ll m y lord that th at b le ssi ng h ath n ot p rofi te d m e

that I m ay fi nd m ercy i n thi ne eyes and that tho u ,

m ay e st n ot m ain tain ( enm ity ) against m e on acco un t

th ere of .

A nd the m essengers returne d to Jako b saying We , ,

cam e to thy b roth e r to E sau and he also co m eth to

, ,

m ee t th e e and fo ur hu ndre d chie f warriors with him

‘
- .
,

J d fo h ndre d m en warlik e l eade rs

[ E E U S A L E M A n . ur u ,

with him ] . A n d Jakob was gre atly afrai d be cau se for ,

twe nty y e ars he had n ot b ee n m i ndful of the glory of

his fathe r : an d he had anxi e ty ; and he divi ded the
p eople who were with him the sh eep and oxen an d , , ,

cam els i nto three troop s for a portion to Leah an d a

, , ,

porti on to Rah el A nd he sai d If E sau com e to the

.
,

on e troop of th e m an d s m i te it the re m ai ni n t oop m a

g r
, y
e sc ap e . A n d J ak ob s ai d God of m y fath er Ab raham
, ,

Thou the God of m y fath e r Iz h ak the Lord who saids t

, , ,

to m e Re tu rn to thy co un try and to thy ki ndre d and I

, ,

will do th ee goo d : I am altoge th e r l ess th an any o f

the ( acts of) goo dne ss an d tru th whic h Thou h ast
exe rc ise d to wards Thy s e rv ant : for wi th m staff alone
y , ,

I passed th is Jardena and now I am be com e two b ands

,
.

P o h mark e e n, wroM p apxor .

n u n ] oN GE N E S I S . 2 71

D elive r m e I pray , , fro m the h and of my elder b roth er ,

from the hand of E sau for I fear him : for he hath ,

been m i ndful of the glo ry of his fathe r ; lest he co m e

and s m i te the m o th e r with the chi ldren But Thou .

hast p ro m i se d m e I wi ll su rely do th e e goo d and will

, ,

m ake thy so ns m any as the sand of the sea th at cannot ,

be nu m bere d for m u ltitu de .

A nd he ab o de there th at ni gh t ; and he took what

was re ad y at his h and a p re se n t for E sau his b ro ther
she -goats two h undre d , an d he -go ats twe nty ; e we s

two hu ndred and ram s twe nty : m ilch cam el s with

,

their you ng o nes thirty ; co ws fo rty and b ull s ten and , ,

s m all co lts te n [JE R US A L E M A

. n d s m all col ts te u ] . .

An d he m ade th e m ready by the hand of his s erv ants i n

flock s apart and sai d to his se rv an ts P ass ov e r b efo re
, ,

m e an d p ut m u ch ( roo m ) b etwee n flock an d flo ck

, .

A n d b e i nstru c te d the fi rst s ayi ng Wh e n E s au m y , ,

b rother sh all m eet thee and ask of thee saying Whose , , ,

art tho u and whi th e r art tho u jo u rne yi ng an d whos e

, ,

are th es e b efo re th ee ? Tho u sh alt say I t is a gift of ,

thy serv ant J akob which he s ends to m y lord E sau

, ,

and ,be hold he al so co m eth after us

, A nd so he .

instruc ted the se co nd and the thi rd and all th em who, ,

follo we d the fl ock s sayi ng Acco rdin g to th ese wo rds

, ,

ou m u s t s pe ak wi th E sau wh en ou fi nd him and say

y y , ,

A nd b ehol d thy servant Jak ob als o co m eth after us

, ,
.

For he sai d I will m ake his co un tenance fri e ndly by

,

the gi ft which go eth b efo re m e and afterward will see ,

his face : p eradv e nture he m ay acce pt m e A nd the .

p resent pas se d ov er b efore him and he abo de that ,

ni gh t in the cam p A nd he aro se in the nigh t and

. ,

took his two wives and his two co n c u bine s and his
, ,

e le v en chil dre n and we nt ov e r the fo rd J ab ek a

,
A nd .

tak i ng th e m he m ade the m p ass ov e r the to rre nt and ,

all th at he had went over .

272 rA E GUM or
'
PA L E S TIN E [
c HA P .

A nd Jakob re m ai ned alone b ey o nd the J ab ek a ; an d

an A n gel c o nte nde d wi th hi m in the lik e ne s s of a m an .

A nd he s ai d E ast tho u n ot p ro m i sed to gi ve the te nth

,

of all th at i s thi ne ? A nd b e hol d tho u h ast ten son s

, ,

and one dau gh te r : ne v e rth e l e s s tho u h ast not tith e d

the m . I m m e di ately he set apart the fou r fi rs tb orn o f

the fo u r m oth ers and th ere re m ai ne d eigh t
, A nd he .

b egan to n u m b er from Shim e o n and L e v i c am e u p for ,

the te nth .

Mich ael an s were d an d sai d Lord of the worl d th is , ,

is Thy lo t A nd on acco u nt of th ese thi ngs he

.

Mich l re m ai ne d fro m God at the to rre nt till the

( a e )
col um n o f the m orni ng was as ce ndin g A nd he saw .

that he had not po wer to h urt him and b e tou ch e d the ,

hollo w of his thigh and the h oll ow of Jakob s thig h

,
’

was di s to rte d in his co nte n di ng with him .

A nd he s ai d L et m e go for the colum n of the

, ,

m o rni ng as c en de th ; an d the ho u r co m e th wh e n the

angel s on hi gh o ffe r praise to the Lo rd o f the world

an d I am o ne of the angel s of p rai se b ut from the day ,

th at the wo rl d was created m y ti m e to p rais e h ath not

co m e u nti l no w .

A nd he sai d I will not le t th ee go u ntil th ou bl e s s

, ,

[J A d h h llo f J k b hi ’
me . E E U S A L E IL n t e o w o a o s t g h
was di spl ace d in co nte n di ng wi th him A nd he sai d .
,

Sen d m e away for the colu m n of the dawn ari se th and

, , ,

b ehol d the h o ur com eth for the angel s to p rai se A nd

, .

he sai d I will n ot rele ase th ee u n til th ou bl e ss m e ]

, .

A nd he sai d Wh at is thy n am e ? H e ans we re d

, ,

Jakbb . A n d he sai d Thy nam e shall b e n o m ore

,

calle d Jak ob but Israel b ecau se th ou art m agni fie d

, ,

with the an gels o f the Lo rd and with the m ighty and ,

thou h ast p re v ail e d wi th th e m A nd J akob as k e d and .

s ai d Sho w m e no w th
, y n am e A n d he s ai d W h y do
. s t ,

thou ask for m y n am e ? A n d he ble s se d J ak o b th ere .

xxxI v .
] 0N GE N E S IS . 2 75

A nd Jako b jo urneye d to S uccoth and s ojo urne d ,

there the twe lv e m o nth s of the y ear ; and he b u il de d in

it a m idrasha an d for his flocks he m ade b oo ths 5
,
‘

th ere fo re he c all e d the nam e of the pl ac e S u cco th .

Then c am e Jakob in peace with all that he had to

the city o f S he ke m in the l and of K e n aan in his , ,

co m i ng fro m Padan Aram and he dwel t near the city ,

and b ou g ht the po ss e s si o n o f a fi e l d whe re he s pre ad

his te nt fro m the h an d o f the so n s of H am o r fath er of

S hek e m for a h u ndre d p earls
,
7
A nd he rai se d th e re .

an al tar and th e re he gav e the ti th e s whic h he had

,

se t ap art of all th at he had b e fore God the Go d of ,

Israe l .

XXX IV A nd D inah the daughter of Leah who m

.
,

S he b are to J akob we nt fo rth to s e e the m ann ers of the

,

daugh ters o f the p e ople o f the l an d A nd S hek e m .

,

the so n of H am o r the Hi vite pri nce of the l an d saw , ,

her and took her by force an d lay with he r an d

, ,

afllicte d he r A nd his so u l deli gh te d in D inah the

.

dau ghte r of Jakob ; and he lov e d the gi rl and s pak e ,

ki ndly to the heart o f the gi rl A nd S hek e m spake to .

H am o r his father saying Take for m e this dam se l to , ,

wi fe . Bu t J ak ob had h e ard th at he had p oll uted

D in ah his dau gh ter A nd his s ons were with the .

flocks in the fi e l d and Jakob was S ile nt u nti l th ey ,

cam e .

A nd H am or the fath er of S hek e m c am e fo rth to

Jakob to sp eak wi th him A nd the s o ns o f Jakob had .

com e u p fro m the fi eld wh e n th ey h e ard A nd the m en .

were in di gn ant an d v ery viol ently m ov e d b ecau se

, ,

S hek e m had wro ught di sho no ur in Israe l in lying wi th

the dau gh ter of J akob ; for s o it was not right to have
b een do ne .

A nd H am o r s pak e with the m sayi ng The so u l of , ,

A school .
2 76 TA E GUII o r P A L E S TI N E [
a r .

S hekem m y delighte th in yo ur dau ghte r : give her,

s on

I p ray , to him to w i fe ; and conjoi n y oursel ves by

m arri ag e wi th u s Gi v e yo u r dau gh ters to u s, and tak e
.

o ur dau h te rs to o u ; an d dwell wi th u s , an d the land

g y
s hall b e be fo re o u, to dwell wh e re you pl e as e and do
y
b u s i ne ss in it and posse ss it A nd S heke m s ai d to her.

father and to her b re th ren, L et m e fi nd grac e in yo ur 8

s i h t, and wh at
g yo u s h all t e ll m e I w i ll gi v e M ul ti .

py l u po n m e g re atly d o w r y a nd i
g , ft an d I w ill gi v e a s

y o u s h all tell m e ; o nly

g i v e m e the dam s e l to wife .

J D io an d m arri a e p o rtio n ] B
[ E E U S A L E M . o t a t n g u t .

the s o ns of Jakob answe re d S heke m and Il am o r his

fathe r with s ubtilty and so s pake b ecau se he had
, ,

poll ute d Dinah th eir sister and sai d to the m We can , ,

n ot do thi s thi n t o give ou r si ste r to a m an who is

g ,

u n ci rc u m ci se d b e c au se th at wo u l d be a di s race to us
, g .

But in thi s we will acc ede to yo u if you will be as we ,

are by ci rc u m ci s i n e v e ry m al e A nd we will gi v e our

g .

dau ghte rs to yo u and will tak e you r dau ghte rs to u s

, ,

an d dwe ll wi th
y ou a n d be one p e op le
,
B u t if
y ou .

wi ll n ot h e ark e n to u s to be ci rcu m ci se d we will take ,

o u r dau gh te r by forc e an d will A n d th e i r wo rds

go .

were pl e as i ng in the e y e s of H am or and i n the ey e ,

s

o f S hek e m the s on o f H am o r A nd the y ou ng m an

.

del ay e d n o t to do the thing ; b e cause he wi s he d for the

dau ghter of J ak ob and he was m o re hono urabl e than
all his father s ho u s e
’
.

A nd H am o r and S he kem his son c am e to the gate of

th ei r ci ty and s p ak e with the m e n of the gate of the ir
,

city saying Th e se m en are frie ndly with u s ; and they

, ,

m ay dwell in the l an d an d do b u s i ness in it ; and the

l an d b e hol d it is b road (in) lim i ts befo re them ; le t u s
, ,

tak e the i r dau ghters to u s for wives and give ou r ,

dau ghte rs to the m Bu t i n thi s o nly will the m e n

.

0 r, m ercie s .
xxxrv .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 27 7

acce de to u s, to dwell with p e ople by

u s , an d to be o ne ,

e v ery m al e of u s b e i ng ci rc u m ci s e d as they are Their .

flocks an d the ir su bs tance an d all th e ir cattl e will the y

, , ,

n ot b e ou rs ? Only le t us c o nse nt to the m and they ,

will dwel l wi th u s A n d all th ey who cam e ou t of the

.

a te of his ci ty re ce i v e d from H am o r and fro m S he ke m

g
his son ; an d they ci rc u m ci se d e v e ry m al e all who cam e ,

ou t o f the gate o f the ci ty .

A nd it was on the thi rd day wh e n they we re weak ,

fro m the p ai n of thei r ci rc u m ci sio n two of the s o ns of ,

Jakob Shi m eo n and Le vi the b roth e rs o f D i nah to ok

, , ,

e ach m an his s wo rd an d c am e u p on the ci ty which was

, ,

dwe lli ng se cu re ly an d kill e d e v e ry m al e A nd H am o r an d

, .

S he k em his s on th ey kill e d wi th the e dge of the s word

and th ey took D i nah fro m the h o u se o f S hek e m an d ,

we nt forth .A nd the res t o f the so ns of Jako b c am e to

the spoil of the sl ai n an d th ey s ack e d the ci ty b e c ause
,

they had poll u te d the ir si ste r in the m i dst of it Th eir .

flocks and o xe n an d ass e s and wh ate v e r was in the

, , ,

city or in the fi el d th ey s poile d ; and all the i r we alth

and all the i r li ttl e o ne s th ey took an d s poil e d and all ,

that was in the h ou s e s .

A nd Jakob sai d to Shi m e o n and Le vi You h av e ,

m ade m y n am e to go forth as e v il am o ng the i nh abit

ants of the l an d am o ng the K e naanites and Pherez ite s
, .

A nd I am a p e opl e of (s m all ) n u m b e r and th ey will ,

at h to e th er a ai nst m e and de stroy m e an d the m en

g er g g ,

of m y ho u s e A nd Shi m e o n an d L e vi answe re d I t
.
,

wou l d not h av e b ee n fi t to be sai d in the co ngre gatio ns

of I s rael th at the u nci rc u m ci s e d p oll u te d the vi rgi n ,

an d the wo rsh ipp ers of i dol s de b as e d the dau gh ter of

Jakob bu t it is fi t that it S ho ul d be sai d The u nci r ,

cum cis e d were slain o n acc o u nt of the v irgi n an d the ,

worship pers o f i dol s o n acc ou nt o f the dau ghte r o f

Jakob S hekem bar H am or will not (now) de ri de u s
.
m m] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 79

had b een in the ears of the i nhabitants of the ci ty of

S hek e m , in which was po rtray e d the lik eness of th ei r
i m ages and Jakob hid th e m u nder the terebin th that
was near to the ci ty of S he ke m .

A nd they jo urneye d fro m the nce, o fferi ng p rai s e and

pray er b efo re the Lo rd A n d there was a tre m or fro m .

be fore the Lo rd u po n the p eople of the cities ro und

o th em an d they p urs ued not after the so ns of
ab ut ,

Jakob . A nd Jakob c am e to L uz in the lan d of

Ke naan which is Bethel he and all the people who
, ,

we re wi th hi m A nd he b u il de d the re an al tar and

.
,

nam e d that pl ace To God who m ade H is Sh e ki nah

, ,

to dwell in Be the l b e cau se there had b ee n re veale d

,

to him the angel s of the Lord in his flight fro m b efore ,

E sau his b roth e r .

A nd Deb orah the nurse of Rivek ah di ed and was

, , ,

bu rie d b elo w Be thel in the fi eld o f the pl ai n A nd there

, .

it was to ld Jakob co nce rni ng the de ath of Bive kah his

m othe r an d he c alle d the nam e of it T he oth er wee ping
o l
.
,

A n d the Lo rd rev ealed Hi m s e lf to Jakob agai n on

his return fro m Padan of Aram an d the Lo rd b le ssed ,

him by the nam e of H is Word after the death of his ,

m other . A nd the Lo rd sai d to him H ereto fore was ,

thy nam e J akob : thy n am e sh all be no m o re c alle d

Jakob bu t Israel S hall be thy nam e A nd the Lord
, .

s ai d to him I am E l S hadai : s p read fo rth an d m ul

,

tiply ; a holy p e opl e and a co ngregatio n of p rophets,

and p rie s ts s h all be fro m th so ns who m tho u h ast

, y
begotte n and two ki ngs S hal l yet fro m th ee go forth
,
.

A nd the l and whic h I gav e to Ab rah am and to Iz hak

will I giv e u nto the e an d to thy so ns after th ee will I
,

g i v e the lan d .

J d D bo h h urs e of Bivekah
[ E E US A L E M A n e ra t. e n

die d and was b u ri e d b elo w Be th E l u nder an oak

,
an d
1°
A e olian » bah t/ta . Be lu ta, quer y , chestnut
.
280 U
T A R G M o r PA I E S T IN E [
O RA P .

he calle d the nam e o f it, The O ak of Wee pin g .

”
T he
God of ity who se n am e be Blesse d for e ve r and
e te rn ,

e v er h ath tau gh t u s p re ce p ts w hich are b e auti ful and

,

s tatu te s th at are c o m e ly : H e hath taught u s the 4

blessi ng o f m atri m o ny fro m Adam and his b ride as the ,

s c ripture e x o u n deth
p A n d the.W o rd of the Lo rd

ble se d the m and the Wo rd o f the Lo rd s ai d to them

s
, ,

Be stro ng and m u l tiply and fill the e arth an d s ub due

, ,

it. H e hath taugh t u s to v i si t the afllicte d from ou r ,

fath e r A braham the Ri gh te ou s wh e n H e re ve ale d H im ,

s e l f to hi m i n the pl ai n of Vi s io n and g av e him the ,

pre ce p t o f ci rc um c isio n and m ade him to sit i n the

,

door o f his te nt in the heat o f the day ; as the s criptu re

e xpou n de th and s aith A n d the Word of the L o rd
,

re ve al e d Hi m sel f to him in the pl ai n of Vi sio n A nd .

agai n H e h ath tau ght u s to bl es s those who m o u rn ,

fro m our fath e r Jako b the Bighte ou s : for H e rev e ale d

Him sel f to hi m o n his c om i ng fro m Padan of Aram ,

wh e n the way o f the wo rl d had h app e ne d to De b o rah ,

the n urse o f Rivek ah his m o th er and Bah el di e d by ,

him in the way an d J ako b o u r fath er sat we e pi ng and

,

b e waili ng he r and m ou rnin g and cryi ng T hen was t

,
.

Thou O L o rd o f all w o rlds i n the p erfectio n of Thy

, ,

free m erci e s re v e ale d to hi m an d di dst co m fort him and

, ,

bles si ng the m o u rne rs di ds t bl e ss him con cerni ng his

m o the r e v en as the s criptu re e xpo u nde th and s ai th T he
, ,

Word of the Lord rev e ale d Him sel f u nto Jakob the se c ond
ti m e o n his c o m i ng fro m P adan A ram an d ble ss ed him ] ,
.

A nd the S he ki nah o f the L o rd as c en de d fro m him in

the place whe re H e had s p oke n wi th him A nd Jakob .

e re c te d th e re a pill ar o f s to ne in the p lac e wh ere H e

had sp ok e n wi th him a pi llar of sto ne ; an d be ou t

,

pou re d u pon it a l ib ati on o f wi ne an d a lib atio n of ,

wate r b e c au s e thu s it was to be done at the feast o f

,

2
Be l u t bak ed /1 a .
x xn .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 281

Tab e rnacl es and b e po ure d oil of olive s the reu pon .

A n d Jakob call e d the n am e o f the pl ace wh ere the Lo rd

had spok e n wi th him Be th El .

A nd th ey proc e ede d from Be th E l ; and th ere was ye t

m u ch s p ace of p ro vi sio n l an d in the co m i ng to Eph rath ;
and Bahcl trav aile d and had hard labo ur in her bi rth
, .

A nd it was in the h ardne ss of he r trav ail th at the m id

wi fe sai d to he r F e ar no t fo r this al s o is to th e e a m al e
, ,

child A nd it was in the go i ng fo rth of he r S ou l for

.
,

death c am e u p o n he r th at s he call e d his nam e T he son

,

of m y woe bu t his fath er c al le d him Be nj am in .

[J E RU S A L E M A n d th ere was a s ac e as m u c h
.
p g ro u nd , ,

to c o m e u nto E phrath ; an d Babe l trav ail e d an d had ,

hard l ab ou r in he r bi rth Bu t his fath e r cal le d him

in the l angu age of the sanc tu ary Be nj am i n] ,

A nd Bahe l di e d and was b u ri e d in the way to Eph

,

rath which is Be thle h e m

,
A nd J ak ob e recte d a pill ar
.

over the hou se o f burying which is the pill ar of the

a
,

to m b o f Babel u nto thi s day .

A nd Jakob p roc ee de d and s p re ad his te nt beyon d the

to we r of E de r the pl ace fro m wh e nce it is to be the
, , ,

K ing Me s hiha wi ll be re v e ale d at the e nd of the day s .

A nd i t was whi le I s rae l dwelt in thi s l an d th at

Re ub e n we nt and c o nfo unde d the be d o f Bilh ah the
‘

concu bi ne o f his fathe r which had b een o rdai ne d alo ng

,

with the be d o f Leah his m o ther ; and this is re p ute d

wi th regard to him as if he had l ai n wi th he r
,
A nd .

Israel he ard it and it afflicte d him and he s ai d Alas

, , , ,

th at one sho ul d h av e co m e forth fro m m e so p rofane ,

e v e n as I s h m ae l c am e fo rth fro m A braham and E s au ,

fro m m y fathe r ! T he Spi rit of Hol iness ans were d and ,

th us s pak e to him Fear not for all are righteo us and , ,

no ne of th e m is

So afte r that Be nj am i n was bo rn the s ons of Jakob

, ,

Be t}: k ebu rt/za . Bilbal .

x xn ] . 0N GE N E S I S . 2 88

E sau E liphaz bar A dah wi fe of E sau ; Beu el bar

, ,

Basem ath wi fe of E sau , A nd the so ns of Eliphaz were .

Te m an O m ar Ze phu an d Gaatam and Ke naz and

, , , ,

Tim na An d Ti m na was the co nc ub ine of Eliph az bar

.

E sau and s he b are to Eliphaz Am alek H e is E lip haz

, .

the co m panion of Job .

These are the s ons of A dah wi fe of E sau A nd .

these are the s o ns o f Re ne] N achath and Ze rach , ,

S ham m ah an d Mi z z ah The se are the s ons of Base .

m ath wi fe of E sau A nd these are the so ns of Ah ali

.

bam a the dau ghte r of An ah the daughte r of S e beon

wife of E sau ; and she bare to E s au J ehus an d Jaalam , , ,

and K e rach .

These are the chie ftain s of the sons o f E sau ; the sons
of E li phaz the fi rst b orn o f E s au Ba b b a Te m an Babb a
,
-
, ,

Om ar Babba Zephu Babb a Kenaz Babba Kors ch

, , , ,

Babb a Gaatam Bab ba A m ale k : th ese are the chie ftai ns

,

of Eliph az who se h abitatio n was in the lan d of E dom

,

they are the s o ns of Adah .

A nd these are the s o ns o f Reu el bar E sau ; Babba

N achath Babba Zerach Babb a Sh am m ah Babba
, , ,

Miz z ah th es e are the chi e ftai ns of Be uel who se hab i ,

tati e n was in the land of E do m These are the so ns of .

Basem ath wife o f E sau .

A nd the se are the s ons o f Ahalib am a wi fe o f E sau ;

Babba Jcu s h Bab b a J aalam Babba K orach th ese are
, ,

the chie ftai ns of A halib am a dau ghter of Adah wife of ,

Es au T hese are the sons of E sau and these their

.
,

chieftain s H e is the father of the E do m ites

. .

These are the so ns o f Geb al the generations who ,

b efo re that had dwelt in that land : Lotan and Shob al , ,

and S eb eon an d Anah an d D i sho n

,
an d E ts er and , , ,

D ish an These are the chie ftai ns of the generations of

.

the so ns of G eb al who s e h abi tatio n was of old in the

,

land of the E dom i tes A nd the sons of Lotan were the .

2 844 TA R GUM [
o r PA L E S TIN E O RAP .

Cho ri and H em am and the si ste r of L otan was Ti m n a .

A n d the se are the sons of S hob al Al v an and M an a , ,

cho th an d Eb al Sh e ph o an d O nam
, ,
A n d th e se are
, .

the s ons of S e be o n A j a an d A nah : he i s A nah who

,

cou ple d the onage rs with the s he asse s an d afte r a -

,

tim e fo u nd m u le s which had co m e forth fro m th e m ,

wh e n he was te n di n g the as s e s o f S e be o n his father .

A n d the se are the chil dre n o f A nah : D i s ho n and

A halibam a was the dau gh ter o f Anah A nd the se are .

the son s o f Di sh o n H e m dan, and J isb an and Ji thran

, , ,

an d K eran T he se are the so ns of E tser Bilhan and

.
, ,

Zaav an and Ak an T hes e are the s ons of Di sh an

, .
,

H u tz an d Aram T he se are the chi e ftai ns o f the

.

fam ili e s : Babb a L otan Babb a S h o bal Babba S e be o n

, , ,

Babb a Anah Babb a Disho n Babb a E tser Babb a

, , ,

D ish an : th ese are the chi eftai ns of the fam ili es accord ,

in g to thei r p ri ncip aliti e s who se habi tation was of old,

in the l an d o f G abl a .

Th ese are the kings who rei gn e d in the l and o f E do m

b e fo re any ki ng re igne d o ver the S on s of I srael I n .

E do m reigne d Bile am the s on of Be hor an d the n am e ,

o f the ci ty of the ho use of his ki ngdo m was D i nhaba .

A nd Be l a di e d and in his ste ad rei gn e d Job ah the s on

,

o f Zerach o f Bo ts ra A nd J obab di e d an d in his s te ad

.
,

re igne d H u sh am o f the s o u th cou ntry and H u sh am

di e d and in his ste ad re i gne d H adad the s on of Be dad

, ,

who sl e w the Mi di anite s wh e n he array e d W ar wi th th e m

i n the fi e l ds of Mo ab and the nam e of the ci ty o f the

,

hou s e o f his ki ngdom was Avi th A nd H adad died .

,

an d in his s tead rei gne d S im lah of Mas re k ah A nd .

S im lah di e d and i ns te ad o f him rei gne d S hau l who

, ,

was of Roh ob oth o n the P he rat A n d S haul di e d and .

,

in his ste ad rei g ne d Baal H anan bar Ak hor A nd .

Baal H anan bar A k bo r di e d an d i nste ad of him reig ne d ,

H adar ; an d the n am e of the city of the house of his

xxxv r .
] 0N GE N E S I S .

k ingdom was Pah u and the nam e of his wi fe was

Me he tab el the daughter o f M atre d H e was the m an .

who l abo ure d wi th p erse v eran c e and v i gil anc e an d who , ,

afte r he had b e co m e weal thy and had gotte n rich es ,

turned to b e co m e m o re l ofty in his h eart sayi ng What is , ,

si lv e r and wh at is gol d ?
, [ JE R US A L E M A n d afte r him .

reig ne d H adar ; and the n am e o f his ci ty w as P ahu an d ,

the n am e o f his wife M e hitab e l the daugh te r o f Matre d ,

t he dau gh te r o f the ch an ge r of gol d : the m an who

lab ou re d wi th p erse verance all the day s of his l i fe ; bu t
w ho after he had e ate n and was s ati sfi e d c o nv erte d
, , ,

and s ai d Wh at is go ld and wh at is sil v e r

, ,

A n d the s e are the nam e s of the ch ie ftai ns of E sau ,

afte r th eir ki n dre ds after the place o f th ei r habi tati o ns

, ,

with th e i r n am es : Babb a Ti m na Babba Al v a Babba , ,

Jethe th Babb a A halibam a Babb a El ah Babb a Phi no n

, , , ,

Babb a K e naz Babb a Te m an Babb a Mi bz ar Bab ba

, , ,

M agdiel — he was called Magdie l fro m the n am e o f his

,

—
ci ty whose (m ig dol ) to wer was s tro ng Bab ba Hiram , .

These are the chie ftai ns of E do m according to their ,

habitati o ns in the land of the ir p ossessions H e is E sau .

the fath er o f the E dom i te s .

SECTION IX .

VA YE S HE V .

AN D Jakob dwelt in p eace in the land o f the soj o urn

ing of his fathe rs in the l and of Ke naan These are the
,
.

n e ratio ns of J akob Jo s e ph was a s on o f s e v e nte e n

g e .

y ears H e had com e fo rth fro m the school and was a

. ,
xxx vr .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 87

be cau se they sm ote H am o r and S hek em and the i nh a

bitants o f the ci ty C o m e no w, and I will send thee to
.

them A n d he s ai d, B ehol d m e
. A nd he sai d, Go, see .

the welfare of you r b re thre n, an d the welfare o f the

fl ock, an d retu rn m e wo rd Bu t he sent him accordi ng .

to the de ep co u nsel which was s pok en to Ab rah am

in H e bro n for on th at day b egan the c ap tivity of
Mi z rai m .

A nd Jo se ph ar se, and
o c am e to S hekem . A n d G ab ri el,
i n the lik ene ss of a m an, fo un d him wanderi ng in the
fi e ld . A nd the m an aske d him , sayi ng, Wh at s ee ke st
tho u ? A n d he sai d, I s e e k m v b roth ers ; sho w m e, I
p ray ,
w h ere th ey fe e d i d
. Th ey h ave
A nd the m an sa ,

o u rne y ed h e nc e : for I h e ard b eyo nd the Ve il th at

j , ,

behol d from to day wo uld b e gi n the servitu de to the

,

Miz raee and it was s ai d to th e m in p roph e cy th at the ,

H iv aee wo uld seek to s e t b attl e in array agai ns t th em .

Therefore sai d th ey we will go u nto D o than

, , .

A n d Jo seph we nt after his b ro th e rs an d fo u n d th e m ,

in Doth an A n d th ey saw him fro m afar b efo re he

.
,

had co m e ni gh to the m an d pl otte d agai ns t him to ,

kil l him A nd Shim e on an d Levi who were bro thers

.
,

in cou nsel s ai d each m an to his b roth er B ehold this

, , ,

m aste r o f dre am s co m eth A n d no w co m e le t u s kil l .

, ,

hi m an d thro w him into one of the pi ts an d say that

, ,

an e v il b e as t h ath de voure d hi m and we S hall se e wh at

will be the i nte rpre tation o f his dre am s .

A n d Re u b en he ard an d deli v ere d him fro m thei r

,

h an ds and sai d We will not ki ll him nor b e com e

, , ,

uil ty of his b loo d A n d Reu b en s ai d L et u s n ot sh e d

g .
,

i nnocent bloo d Throw him in to this pit in the wilder

.

n e ss b ut the h and of the s lay e r s tretc h n ot forth agai nst

,

him ; b e cau s e he woul d deliv er him fro m th e ir h an d to ,

res to re him to his fath e r .

A nd wh en Jo seph c am e to his broth ers they stri pped ,

2 88 T A E GUM or PA L E S TIN E [
O RA P .

him his garm e nt, the fi gu re d garm e nt that was o n

of

him , an d to o k an d th re w hi m i nto the pit ; bu t the pit

was e m p ty , n o water was th e re i n, b u t s erp e nts an d
c
s orp on s i we re in it . A nd th ey
b read s at aro u nd to eat .

A n d they li fte d u p th e i r ey e s and lo ok e d an d beho ld a , ,

b an d o f Arabi ans [JE RU S A L E M A band o f S arac en s] .

we re c om i ng fro m Gil e ad wi th th e i r c am e l s c arryi ng ,

wax re si n b al s am an d s tacte p ro c e e ding to go i nto

, , ,

Miz rai m A nd Je hu da s ai d to his b rethre n Wh at

.
,

p rofi t of m am m on sh ou l d we h av e if we kill e d o ur
b ro th e r and c ov e re d his blo o d ? Co m e,le t u s sell hi m
,

to the A rab ians an d o u r h an ds s hall n ot be u p o n hi m

,

to kill him ; for o ur b roth e r is o ur o wn fles h A nd .

his b re thre n agre e d A nd the Mi diani te m e n m as te rs

.
,

o f b u s i ne s s pass e d by ; an d th ey dre w and b ro ught u p

,

Jo se ph ou t o f the pit and s old Jose ph to the A rabi ans

,

for twe nty m ahi n o f sil v e r ; and th ey b o u ght s andals

of the m A n d th ey b rou gh t Jo s e p h to Mi z rai m
. .

A n d Re u ben re tu rne d to the pit ; for he had n ot

b e e n with the m to as s i s t wh e n th ey s o l d him , b ec au se he

had s at fas ti ng on acc o un t that he had c o nfou nde d the

co u ch o f his father ; and he had go ne and s at am ong
the hill s th at he m i ght re tu rn to the pit an d b ri ng him
,

for his fath e r if h ply he m i ht av e rt his an er

u
p a g, g .

Bu t whe n he had re tu rne d and l ook e d an d b e h ol d , , , ,

Jo sep h was n ot in the pit he re n t his clo the s and , ,

re tu rne d to his b re thre n an d s ai d T he yo u th is n ot ;

, ,

and I whi th er shall I go an d ho w sh all I s e e the lo o k

, ,

o f m y fath e r s fac e
’
?

Bu t th ey took the garm en t o f Jos e ph an d kill e d a ,

k id of the go ats b e c au se his bl oo d is lik e the bl oo d of

,

a m an an d th ey dabbl e d the arm e n t in the bl oo d

, g .

A n d they s en t it by the h and of the s o ns of Zilpha and

o f the s ons o f Bilh ah the fi u re d a rm e n t ; and th ey
g g ,

b rought it to th eir fath er an d sai d This have we , ,

xxx vm ] 0N GE N E S I S .

’
fo u nd k no w no w wh eth er i t be thy s on s garm e nt or, ,

An d be re co gnise d it an d sai d I t is m y so n s
’
n ot .
,

a m ent : a b eas t of the wil dernes s h ath n o t de v ou re d

g r

him ne ith er h ath he b ee n sl ai n by the h and of m an ;

,

bu t I s ee by the Holy S pi rit th at an e v il wo m an

, ,

s tandeth agai n st him [J E RUS A L E M A n d b e d is . .

ce rned it an d s ai d I t is m y so n s garm ent et a wil d

’
, y
b e ast hath n ot de v oure d him nei the r is m y son Joseph ,

s lai n bu t I se e by the S pi ri t of the sanctu ary th at an ,

e v i l wom an s tandeth agai ns t him ] A nd J akob re nt .

his clothe s an d wrappe d s ackcl o th on his l oi ns and

, ,

m ou rne d fo r his s on m any day s A nd all his s ons and .

all the m en of his hou s e aros e an d we n t to co n s ol e

him ; bu t he refu s e d to re cei v e c onsol atio n an d s ai d , ,

For I will go do wn to m y son m o u rni ng to the hou se

of the grav e A n d Iz hak his fath er al s o we p t for him
. .

Bu t the Mi di ani tes sol d hi m in Miz raim to Potiphar

a cap tai n of P barc h a c ap tai n o f the gu ards [J ‘
, E nu .

SALEM To Potiphar an o ffic er of Pharoh a c aptain

.
,

of the gu ards ]

XXXV I II I t was at th at ti m e th at Jehu da had

.

g o n e do wn fro m his p rop e rty an d s e p arate d him sel f ,

fro m his b reth re n an d had i ncli ne d to a m an an Adu l

,

le m ite who se nam e was Hi ra that J ch u da saw th e re the ,

dau ghter o f a m e rch ant m an wh ose n am e was S h u v a ,

an d he p ro s e ly te d her and en tere d wi th he r A n d S he ,

.

conceiv e d an d b are a son an d c all e d his n am e E r

’
, ,

b e cau se he was to die witho ut a chil d A nd s he con .

ceiv e d agai n and b are a s on ,

an d c all e d hi s n am e ,

O nan b e cau se his fath er wo ul d have to m ou rn for

,
8

him A n d s he adde d an d b are a s on and call e d his

.
, ,

n am e She l a b e cau se her hu sb and had fo rgo tte n her

1
,

j aveli n m en
'

S ap ukla tofi p i a,
cul a t
sors,
. S /zah ta, ruler .

7
E r, nak ed, destitute
”
.
8
0 m m, sorrow,
'
or, iniquit y .

” ”
The Chaldee v erb ahe la h is either ceasam t, des titat, or
'
”
rg eci t, e el ablitas est .
 0N GE N E S IS . 2 91

ho use, and Jehnda did not lov e her [J E.E US A L E M F or .

she had e nwrapp e d her fac e ] . A n d he i ncli ne d to her

in the way and sai d, L et m e n ow go in wi th th ee for
he k new n ot th at s he was his dau gh ter ih law -A nd
- .

she s ai d, What wilt th o u giv e m e to go in wi th m e ?

A n d he sai d, I wi ll s e n d th e e a kid of the goats from

the flock . A nd S he s ai d, I f tho u wil t gi v e m e a pl edge
u ntil thou s h al t h av e s e nt . A n d he sai d, Wh at ple dge
shal l I giv e th e e ? A n d she ans we re d, Thy s eal, and
thy m antl e, and thy staff which is in thy hand A nd he .

v h h r, an d we nt in wi th he r ; and she con

g a e ( t em
) t o e

ceive d by him . A nd she aro se and we nt, an d put he r

v eil from he r, and pu t on the dre ss of he r wi do whoo d .

A nd Jehu da S ent the kid of the goats by the h an d of

his fri e nd the A dulle m ite , to b ri ng b ack the ple dge from
the h and of the wo m an ; b u t he fo u n d her n ot A nd .

he ask e d the m e n o f the pl ace, sayi ng, Wh ere is the

harlo t who was in the si ght of the eye s by the way ?
A nd th ey sai d, T here is n o h arlo t h ere A nd he .

returne d to J ehu da an d s ai d, I co u ld n ot fi nd her : and

the m en of the pl ac e al s o s ai d th at n o h arlo t was the re .

A nd Jehu da sai d, Les t she s ho ul d h av e tak e n the pl e dge,

l est we b ecom e a l au ghing-s tock, b ehol d, I h av e sent
this go at, an d tho u canst n ot fin d her .

A n d it was at the ti m e of th ree m onth s, th at she was

kno wn to be wi th chil d : an d it was to l d to Jehu da,
s ayi n g, T am ar thy dau ghter ih law hath co m m itte d
- -

fornication , an d, b e hol d, s he is with chil d by fo rnic ation .

A n d Jehu da sai d, I S she n ot the dau gh ter of a p riest ?

L et he r b e b ro u ght forth and bu rne d .

Tam ar was b ro u ght forth to be b u rned, an d she

s earch e d for the thre e pl e d e s, bu t fo u n d th e m n ot
g .

Uplifting her eyes to the heave ns ab ove, she th us sai d,

M ercy I i m plore fro m Th ee O Lo rd :
, ans we r T hou me
in this hou r o f n e e d, and en lighte n m i ne ey es to fi nd
0 2
292 [
TA E GE N or PAL E S TI N E GE A P .

the three witnes ses ; and I will de dicate u nto The e

from m y loi ns th ree sai nts who sh all s an ctify Thy ,

nam e and des cend to the furnace of fi re in the pl ai n

,

of D u ra .

I n that H oly O ne blesse d be H e signe d

ho u r the , ,

to Michael who e nlighte ne d her eyes that s he fo u nd

, ,

h i ess e s and took an d cas t the m b e fore the fee t

( t e w tn )
of the j u dges an d sai d T he m an to who m th es e ple d es
, g ,

b elo ng is he by who m I am with child Ye t tho ugh .

I m ay be b urned I do not m ake him m anifest ne ver

theles s the Lo rd of the worl d will cau se him in his
heart to ack nowled e the m and will deliver m e fro m g
,

this gre at j u dgm ent .

N ow whe n Jchu da saw th em he re cognise d th e m , ,

an d sai d in his h eart I t is b ette r for m e to be as h am e d,

in thi s wo rld that p as seth away th an be asham e d in ,

the fac es of m y ri gh te ous fath ers in the world to co m e .

I t is b etter th at I b urn in thi s world by a fire th at is

exti n ui sh e d th an b urn i n the wo rld to co m e wi th fi re
g ,

devou ring fire F or m easure is set agai nst m e as ure

.
’
.

This is according to that which I sai d to Jakob m y

fathe r K no w now the rob e of thy son so am I now
,

co nstraine d to hear at the pl ace of ju dgm en t Whose ,

are thi s se al and m antle and s tafl

'

A nd Jehu da ack no wl e dge d and sai d Tam ar is ,

in nocent ; S he is wi th chil d by m e A nd the Bath kol .

fell fro m heave n and s ai d From b efore Me was thi s

, ,

thi ng do ne and let both b e delivered fro m j u dgm ent

, .

A n d J ch u da sai d Be c au se I gav e her not to S h ela m y

,

son h ath thi s h app e ne d to m e

,
But he added not to .

k no w her again .

[J E E U S A L E M 1 9 H e r v e il 2
. 5 T am ar w as b
. ro u
gh t . .

forth to be b urne d with fi re ; and she s ou ght the three

'

witnesses bu t fo und th e m n ot S he li fted up he r eye s o n

, .

3
Melce la ke be l m ekela .
xxxv m .
] 0N GE N E S I S .

high and sai d For m ercy I p ray b efore the Lord Tho u
, .

art H e 0 Lo rd Go d who ans we res t the affli cte d in the

, ,

ho u r of th eir afflicti o n ans wer m e in thi s the hou r of

m y afflictio n and I will de dic ate to th e e th ree s ai n ts in
,

the v all ey of Du ra H an any a Mi sh ael and A z ary a , , , .

I h ho ur the Wo rd o f the Lo rd h eard the voic e

[ n t at
o f her su pplic ati on and sai d to Mik ael D e s c en d an d le t , ,

her eyes h av e she s aw th e m she to o k ,

th e m and c as t the m b e fo re the fee t of the j u dges

, ,

s ayi n
g B y th e m an to who m th e se b e l o ng I am wi th
,

chil d But tho u gh I m ay be b urne d I decl are him

.
,

n ot b u t co n fide in the Ru l e r of all the wo rl d the Lo rd

, ,

who is wi tnes s b etween m e an d him th at H e will g ive ,

to the h e art of the m an to wh o m th e se b elo ng to s e ,

k nowle dge wh ose are thes e his ring and m antle and staff , , .

d J d c i se d the thre e wi tnes se s an d aro s e

[A n e hu a re o
gn ,

u po n his fee t an d s ai d I p ray you m y b re th re n an d e , y , ,

m e n o f the ho u se o f m y fath ers to h e ar m e With the , .

m e as ure th at a m an m eas ure th sh all it b e m e as u re d to

him ; wh ether goo d m e asu re or e vil an d bl e s s e d i s

e v ery m an who con fe sseth his wo rk s Be cau se I took .

the co at of Jo seph m y b roth e r and dipp e d it i nto the

blo o d of a go at and brou ght it be fo re the feet of m y
,

fath er an d s ai d to him K no w n ow wh e th er thi s be thy ,

s on s co at or n o t the m e asu re is according to the

’
,

m e a u re and the rul e to the rul e

s
,
Be tter is it for m e .

to bl us h i n thi s w o rl d th an to bl u s h in the wo rl d to
co m e ; b e tter to b u rn with a fire th at go es ou t th an to ,

b urn in the fire dev o u ri ng fi re L et Tam ar m y daughter .

in law be s p are d
- S he hath n ot c o nc ei v e d a chil d by
.

fo rnic ation b ut b e c aus e I did not giv e to her Sh el a m y

,

8 0 11 .

The Bath
kol cam e forth from heaven and sai d Both
[ , ,

o f you are acq u i tte d in the j u dg m en t T he thi ng was .

fro m the Lord A nd he adde d not to k no w her ]

. .
XXXIII .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 95

An d Jose ph was of g oo dly form and b eau ti fu l asp ect .

A nd it was after these thing that the wi fe of his m aster

s

lifte d u p he r eye s to Jose ph, and s ai d, L ie wi th m e .

Bu t he re fu se d to co m e n ear her, and sai d to his m aste r s

’

wife, Behol d, m y m aster tak e th n o k no wl e dge of wh at

is with m e in the hou se, an d all he h ath he deliv ereth
into m y hand ; there is n o ne in the ho u se greater than
I nor h ath b e restricted m e from anything but thyself
, ,

b ecau se thou art his wi fe an d how can I do thi s great

wicke dn e ss and b ecom e gu ilty b e fore the Lord ? A nd
,

i t was whe n she sp ake wi th Jo se ph thi s day and the

n e xt an d he h e ark e ne d n ot to her to lie with he r l est
, ,

wi th he r he sho ul d be co n de m ne d in the day o f the

reat j u d m e nt o f the wo rl d to co m e it w a s o n a c e rtai n
g g
day th at he e ntere d the ho u se to exam i ne the tabl e ts of his
accou nts and th ere was no m an of the ho u s e wi thi n ;
,

th at she c au gh t him by his garm ent sayi ng L ie with , ,

m e : an d he le ft his garm e nt in he r han d an d we nt ,

fo rth i nto the street A n d wh en she s aw that he had

.

left his garm ent in her h an d an d had gone fo rth in to

,

the s tree t th at S he
,
c alle d the m en of the ho use and
sai d S e e thi s which the H e b re w m an h ath do n e who m
, , ,

your m as ter b ath b rou ght to m ock u s He cam e in to

lie wi th m e and I cri e d with a hi gh voice
, A nd wh e n .

he h eard th at I li fte d u p m y voic e he le ft his garm e nt ,

wi th m e and we nt forth into the stre et

,
A nd s he let .

the garm ent re m ai n u ntil his m aster c am e i nto his

hou se ; an d she sp ake to him acc ordin g to these words ,

sayi n T h e H e b re w s erv ant wh o m thou b ro u gh te st to

g ,

u s cam e i n to m e to m ock m e [J E E US A L E M 1 8
. A n d . .

it was wh e n I th u nde re d wi th m y voic e ] .

A nd whe n his m aster h e ard the wo rds which his wi fe

s ak e wi th him sayi n Acc rdi n t th es e thi ngs did
p g ,
o
g,
o

thy s erv ant to m e his wrath b e cam e s tro ng

, An d .

Jo seph s m aster took cou nsel of the pri ests who

’
, .
2 96 U
TA R G M o r PA L E S TI N E
[
O RA P .

put him n ot to death, bu t delivere d him ho use i nto the

of the bou n d wh e re the ki ng s p ris o ne rs we re bo u nd
’
,

and he was th ere in the ho u se o f the bo u n d [J E R US A .

LEM . I n the p ri s o n ho u se ] A nd the Word of the .

Lord was Jo seph s H elp er an d exten de d m ercy to him

’
, ,

an d gav e him favo u r in the ey e s of the c ap tai n o f the

p ri so n A n d the captain of the prison confided all the

.

p ri soners who we re in the ho use to Jo seph s hands and ’

,

whatso ev er was do ne there he co m m ande d to b e do ne .

I t was n ot nee dful for the captai n of the pri so n to watch

Joseph after the cu stom of all p ri so ners b ecau se he saw
, ,

th at th ere was no fault in his han ds ; for the Wo rd of

the L ord was his H elp er an d th at which he did the ,

Lo rd m ade it to pro sp er .

XL A nd after th ese things it was sho wn saying The

.
, ,

chie f o f the b u tl ers of the ki ng of Miz raim and the ,

chi ef of the b ak ers hav e oflende d having tak e n co unse l

'

to throw the poi s o n of de ath in to his foo d an d into his ,

dri nk to k ill th ei r m aster the king o f Miz rai m

,
A nd .

Pharoh was angry wh en he he ard co nc erni ng his two

serv ants the chi e f cu p b e are r and the chi e f b ak e r
,
-
A nd .

he gav e the m in ward in the ho u se o f the chief e xecu

tion e r the p ri s on ho u s e wh e re Jo seph was co nfin e d
, .

A nd the chi e f e xe cu ti on er i ntru s te d Jo se ph wi th the m ,

and he s e rv e d th e m an d they were c ertai n day s in the

,

ho u se o f c u sto dy .

A n d th ey dre am e d a dre am b oth of th e m e ach m an , ,

his dre am in one n i gh t e ach m an his own dre am and the, ,

i nterp re tatio n of his co m p ani on s dre am the b utler and ’

,

the b ak e r of the kin g of Mi z rai m who we re co nfi ne d in the

p ri s o n A nd J oseph cam e to the m in the m o rni ng and
.
,

s aw the m an d b eh ol d they were tro u bl e d

, , A nd Jo se ph
, .

ask e d the c hi e fs o f P b arc h who we re wi th hi m in the

c u s to dy of his m aste r s ho u se sayi ng Why is the look

’
, ,

of yo u r fac e s m o re e v il to da t h an all the o the r day s

y
-
XL . ] 0N GE N E S I S . 2 97

th at you h ave b een h ere ? A nd th ey i d to him We

sa ,

have dream e d a dream , and the re is no i n terpre ter for

it. A nd Joseph ans were d A re not , the i nte rp re tatio n s

of dream s fro m the L ord ? Tell it n ow to m e A nd .

the chief of the b u tl ers rel ate d his dre am to Jo s e ph ,

and sai d to him I saw in m y dream an d b eh ol d

, , , ,

a vi ne w as b e fo re m e A nd in the v i ne were th re e
.

b ranches ; and as it sp ro ute d it b ro u ght forth b u ds an d ,

i m m ediately they ripe ne d i nto cl usters and b e c am e ,

rapes A n d I s aw till th ey gav e the cu o f Pharoh

g .
p
i nto m y hand an d I took the grap es and ex p re ss e d
, ,

th em i nto Pharo h s cu p and gav e the cup in to P haro h s

’ ’

h an d .

A nd Jo se ph sai d to him Thi s is the e n d of the inte r ,

etatio n of the dre am T he th re e b ran ch es are the

p r .

three F ath ers o f the wo rl d Ab rah am Iz h ak an d J ak o b, , , ,

the chil dren of who se s o n s are to be en sl av e d in Mi z rai m

in cl ay an d brick ( work ) an d in all l abo u r of the face
,

o f the fi e l d : b u t afterwards shall th ey b e deliv ere d b y

the h and of th ree sh e pherds A s th ou h ast sai d I too k

.
,

the grapes and exp res s e d th e m i nto Pharoh s cup an d

’
,

g a v e t h e cu
p i n to Ph aroh s h an d : I t is the v ial o f wrath
’

whic h Pharoh ( him sel f) is to dri nk at the l ast But .

the n the chi ef b u tl e r sh al t re c e iv e a good reward

, , ,

co nc erni ng the good dream whic h th ou hast dream e d ;

and the i n terpre tatio n of it to thy se l f is thi s : T h: , ,

th ree b ranch e s are thre e day s u ntil thy lib erati on At .

the en d of three day s the m e m o ry of th ee will co m e

b efore Pbarch and he will lift up thy h e ad with hono u r
, ,

an d re sto re th e e to th s ervic e and th ou wil t i v th

y g e e ,

cu
p o f P h a ro h i nto his h an d acc ordi n
g to th y f o rm e r
,

cu sto m in p ou ri n ou t for him

g .

[ J E E U S A L E M A n
. d Jo s e ph s ai d Thi s is the i nterp re ta ,

tion of the dre am : The th re e b ranch es are the th re e

“
O r, com m i ngling .

0 5
1m ] 0N GE N E S IS . 299

chie f of b akers wilt recei v e an evil award by the

the , ,

dream which tho u h ast dream e d A nd Jo seph ex pl ained .

it as it was p roper in his eyes an d s ai d to him : This

, ,

is its i nte rp re tatio n to thy sel f The th ree b ask ets are .

three day s u ntil thy death A t the end of th re e day s

. ,

Pbarc h wi th the s word will tak e away thy head fro m

thy bo dy an d will hang th ee u pon a gibb et and the
, ,

b irds will eat thy fl es h fro m th ee [J E E US A L E M A nd . .

he sai d to him The th re e b ask ets are the thre e h eavy

,

e nslavem e nts which are to happ en to the hou s e of I s rael

in the land of Miz raim in cl ay and in b rick s and in all

, , ,

work on the face of the fi el d I t will be th at Pbarch .

king of Miz raim will decre e evil de c rees agai nst Is rael ,

and th ro w the i r childre n i nto the ri ver

.
N e vertheless .

Pbarch will perish and his host be destroyed bu t the

, ,

s o ns of I s rael will go forth re de e m ed wi th u n covere d

h ead A n d thou the chief of the b ak ers wilt re ceiv e

.
, ,

uni shm e nt ; for thi s dre am which tho u h as t dre am e d

p
is e vil Bu t the i nterpretatio n of the dream Jo se ph did
.

not ( at on ce ) m ak e k no wn to him but afterwards

Jose ph e xpo un de d it whe n it please d him A n d Joseph
,
.

s ai d to him Thi s is the i nterpre tatio n of the dre am

, .

The three b ask ets are th re e day s ]

A n d it was on the thi rd day the nativity of Pbarch , ,

th at he m ade a fe ast to all his serv ants A nd he lifte d .

u
p the h e ad of the chi e f b u tl e r an d the h ead of the chi e f ,

b aker in the m i dst of his serv ants A nd b e restored

, .

the chi ef b u tl e r to his b u tl ers hip b ecau se he fo u n d he ,

had not b ee n in that cou nsel A nd he gav e the cup .

into Pharoh s hand

’
But the chi e f b ak e r he hanged
. ,

b ec au se he had taken co u nsel to kill him eve n as Jo se ph ,

had expoun de d to th em .

But b e c ause Jo se ph had with drawn fro m the m e rcy

9

th at is abov e and had pu t his co nfi den ce in the chief

,

“
S he ba/c, had forsaken .
300 TA E GUM o r PA L E S T I N E [
a r .

b u tle r he wai ted on the fle sh Th ere fore the chie f

,
.

b utl e r did not re m em b er Jo se ph b u t forgat him un til , ,

fro m the L ord c am e the tim e o f the e nd that he S hou l d

be rel ease d [J E R US A L E.M Jo s e ph l e ft the m e rcy abov e.
,

an d the m e rcy b e neath an d the m erc which acco m p ani e d

y ,

him fro m his father s h o u s e and p ut his confi denc e i n

’
,

the c hie f b u tler : be tru ste d in the fl esh and the fle s h ,

he taste d o f e v e n the cu p o f de ath

, Neither did he .

re m e m b er the sc rip tu re w h ere it is writte n express ly ,

Curse d S hall be the m an who trusteth in the flesh and ,

se tte th the fle s h as his co nfi de nc e Ble se d sh all b e the . s

m an who tru ste th in the N am e o f the Wo rd of the

’

Lo rd and who se confide nce is the Word of the Lo rd

,
.

There fore the chief b utl er did n ot rem e m b e r Jos eph bu t ,

forgat him u ntil the ti m e of the e nd cam e that he sho u l d

,

be rel ease d ]

SECT ION X .

VA YE H I ME K E TS .

I T was at y e ars that the rem em brance

the e nd o f two ,

o f J os eph c am e b e fo re the Wo rd o f the Lo rd A nd .

P barch dre am e d and b eh ol d he stoo d by the riv er and

, , , , ,

b e hold from the riv e r cam e u p sev e n o xen go o d looking

,
-

and fat fl e he d ; an d th ey s raz e d in the m i dst o f the

g
-

se d e s J l
g [
. E R US A L E DL G r a z i n
g i n th e m i ds t o f the

A n d b e h ol d s e v e n o th er o xe n cam e u p from
, , .

the ri v e r e v il l ooki n an d l e an i n th e ir flesh an d s too d

g
-
, , ,

by the si de o f the o xe n on the b ank of the ri ver A nd .

1
Gam ay a, a
p pyri .
XL I .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 30 1

the vil looking and lean fleshed oxe n devou re d the

e - -

s e v e n goo d looki ng and fat

- A nd P barc h awok e fro m .

his s l e e p .

A nd he sl e p t and s aw a se cond dre am ; and b ehold

, , ,

se v e n e ars aro se o n o ne stalk full an d goo d ; and , ,

b ehol d seve n e ars thi n and bligh te d wi th the east

, ,

wi nd s prang u p after the m

,
A nd the s e ve n thi n cars .

de v o ure d the se v en fat an d full A nd P barc h awoke .

,

an d b ehol d it was a dream

, , A n d in the m orni ng his .

s pi ri t was tro ub le d an d he s e nt and c all e d all the m agi

,

e i aus of Mi z rai m an d all the wi se m e n ; and P barc h

,

tol d them the dre am s ; b ut n o m an was abl e to i nter

pret it for it was occasi oned by the Lo rd because the ’
,

ti m e had co m e th at Jo se ph s ho u l d co m e forth from the

ho u se of the bou nd .

A nd the chi e f of the cu p b earers sp ake b e fo re Pharo h -

,

sayi ng My faults do I re m e m ber this day I t was

,
.

occasio ne d from the L ord that Pb arc h was an gry with

his serv an ts and he put m e in ward in the ho u se of the
,

chief executioner m e and the chie f b ak er A nd we

, .

dream e d a dre am in o ne nigh t I and he e ach m an his ,

nd the i n terp re tatio n of his co m p anio n s

’

( o w n ) dre am a ,

dre am we dre am e d A nd there was with u s a H eb re w

.

you th a servant of the chie f exec utioner ; an d we re

,

co u nted to him an d he e xplai ne d the dream to u s to

, ,

e ach m an he e xpl ain e d the i nterp retatio n of his dre am .

A nd ev e n as b e i nte rp re te d to u s s o it was ; m e be
res tore d in his s en ten c e to the o rder o f m
y s e rv ic e and ,

him be h ange d .

A nd Pharoh se nt and c all e d Jo seph and h as te ne d ,

him fro m the pri s o n ; and b e dres se d his hai r an d ,

8

ch anged his garm e nts an d we nt u nto Pbarc h A nd , .

Pbarc h sai d to Jo seph I h av e dream e d a dream and , ,

there is no i nterpre ter for it an d I h ave h e ard of th ee ,

I s takap /z
”
. S b ap /aar, totoudi t .
xu .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 8 08

the land f
Miz rai m A nd after them will arise seve n
o .

years of fam i ne which will m ak e all the plenty th at was

,

in the land of Mi z rai m to b e forgo tten and the fam i ne

will co ns um e the i nh abi tan ts o f the l an d ; n eith er wi ll
the ple nty which had be e n in the land be kn o wn for ,

the fam ine th at will b e afterward be c au s e it will be ,

e x cee di ng stro ng A nd fo rasm u ch as the dre am was

.

re peate d to Pharoh twic e the re fo re is the thi n con

, g
firm ed before the Lo rd and the Lord has tene th to
,

do it .

But now let Pharoh look pru dent and

ou t a m an
wise and appoi nt him o v er the land of Miz rai m
, L et .

Pbarch m ake s u perinte ndents over the l and and let ,

the m tak e ou t one p art in fi ve of all the pro du c e of the

land of Mi z rai m in the se v e n ye ars of pl e nty [J E RU .

S A L E M L et Pb arch m ake an d appoi nt him a s upe rin

.

te nden t over the lan d ; an d le t him set ap art o ne in five

throughou t the lan d of Miz rai m in the se v e n y ears o f
plenty ] A nd let them coll e ct all the p ro du ce of those
.

oo d y a th at are com i ng and gath er to ge th er the

g e rs ,

produ ce u nder the hand of Pharoh s s u perinte ndents ’

,

and set the p ro du ce in the ci ti es to be k e pt and th ere

will be p ro v i sio n l ai d up ( as) in a cav ern in the earth ,

that th erefro m they m ay tak e in the y ears of fam ine

which com e u pon the lan d of Miz rai m th at the p eopl e ,

o f the lan d pe ris h n ot th rou gh the fam i ne .

A nd the word was goo d b efore Pharoh and b e fore ,

all his s erv ants AJI d Pharoh sai d to his se rv ants Can
.
,

we find a m an like thi s in who m is the s pi rit o f p roph e cy

,

from the Lo rd ? A nd P b arc h sai d to Jo se ph Si nce ,

the Lord h ath m ade k no wn all thi s to th ee th ere is no ,

one s o p ru de nt an d wi se as tho u art Thou shalt be .

su pe rinte nde nt ov er m y ho u s e an d by the de c ree of thy

,

m onth sh all all m y pe opl e be arm e d ; o nly in the throne

of the kin gdo m will I b e greater than the n A nd .
3 0 41 TA R G UM o r PA L E S TI N E [ O RA P .

Pharoh id
sa Jo seph S ee I h ave appoi nted thee
to , ,

prin ce o ve r the l and of Miz raim .

A n d Pharoh took off his ri ng from his h and an d se t ,

it on J o s e ph s h an d ; an d he clothe d him i n v e s tm e n ts
’

of fi ne li ne n an d s e t a coll ar o f ol d u po n his n e ck an d
, g ,

m ade hi m ri de i n the s e co nd ch ariot of P barc h ; and

th ey ch ante d b efore him T hi s is the F ath e r o f the ki ng ;
,

G reat in wi s dom fe w in y ears A n d b e app oi nte d him

,
6
.

p ri nce o v er all the l an d of Miz rai m [ J E E US A L E M . .

A nd they chante d b efo re him and sai d L iv e the F ath er , ,

o f the ki n g G reat in wisdo m an d fe w in y e ars ] A nd

,

Pharoh sai d to J o se ph I am Pharoh the k ing and tho u

, ,

art v ic erege nt an d wi tho u t th o d a m an s h all n ot

7
, y w r

l ift u p his h and to gi rd on arm s or his foot to m ou nt a ,

horse in all the lan d of Miz rai m An d P barch call e d .

the n am e of Jo se ph The m an who re v eale th m y ste ri e s

,
.

A nd he gav e him Ase nath who m Dinah had b o rne to ,

S hek e m and the wi fe of Potiphe ra p ri nce (Bab b a) o f

,

Tanis had b ro u gh t u p to be his wife A nd Jo se ph , .

we nt forth rule r ov er the l and of Mi z rai m A nd .

Joseph was a s on of thirty y e ars wh en he sto od be fo re

Pharoh ki ng of Mi z rai m
,
A n d Jo s eph we nt ou t fro m .

Pharoh an d p ass e d a p ri nce and a ruler thro u gh all

, , ,

the l and of Miz rai m .

A nd the e arth ( s o) b rou gh t fo rth th at e v e ry bl ade ,

m ade two han dsfu ll in the s e v e n y e ars of pl e n ty u ntil ,

all the gran aries we re fu ll A nd they gath e re d all the .

produce o f the s ev en years of pl e nty which were i n the

l and of Miz raim an d he l ai d u p the pro du c e in the ci tie s
,

the p ro du ce o f the fi el ds which we re ro u nd abo ut a ci ty

he l ai d u p th erei n .

A nd to Jo se p h were b orn two so ns b efo re the y ear of

fam ine arose which Ase n ath who had b e e n b ro u ght U p
,

in the hou se of Potiphe ra p rinc e of Tani s b are to him .

S arita» . O r, te nder .
7
A ll ap lzta
'
.
 XL I I ] . 0N GE N E S I S . 30 5

A nd Jo seph called the n am e of his first b orn M e nas heh -

b ecau se The Lord hath m ade m e fo rge t all m y we arines s

,

and all the hou se o f m y fathe r A nd the nam e o f the

.

s ec on d he c all e d Ephrai m for he s ai d The Lord h ath ,

m ade m e m i ghty in the l and of m y afli iction as he will ,

m ak e the ho use o f m y fathe r m i gh ty here i n th ei r

afflictio ns .

A nd the s ev e n y e ars of pl enty were co m pl e te d which

were to co m e in the l an d of Mi z rai m ; and the s e v en
y ears of fam i ne b egan to be as Jose ph had sai d A nd
, .

th ere was fam i ne in all l an ds bu t i n all the l and o f

,

Miz rai m the re was bread A n d all the l an d o f Miz rai m

.

had dearth ; b ec au se the s ee d wh e at b are no frui t and ,

the p eopl e c ri e d b efore Pharo h for b re ad A nd Pharoh .

s ai d to all the Miz rae e Go to Jo s eph an d what he S h al l

, ,

te ll you do A n d the fam i n e was u po n all the fac e of

.

the lan d ; an d Jo se ph op e ne d all the tre asu re s an d s ol d

to the Miz rae e A n d the fam i ne wax e d m i gh ty in the
.

l an d of Miz rai m an d all the inh abitants of the earth

cam e i nto Miz rai m to b u p rovi sio n of Jo se ph ; for the
y
fam i ne was m igh ty in all the earth .

XLII A n d Jako b saw th at p ro vi sio ns m ight be

.

bo ugh t an d that th ey b ro u gh t co rn fro m Miz rai m and

,

Jakob sai d to his so ns Why are you afrai d to go do wn

,

to Miz rai m ? A n d he sai d Behol d I hav e heard th at

, ,

co rn is sol d in Miz rai m go down thith e r and b uy fo r

u s fro m th e nce th at we m a li v e an d n ot die A n d the
, y .

te n b ro th e rs of Jose ph wen t do wn to b uy c orn from

Mi z rai m Bu t Be nj am i n Jos e ph s bro ther Jak ob sent
.
,
’
,

n ot do wn with his b reth ren for he s ai d Beh ol d he is , ,

a yo u th an d I fe ar l e st de ath S ho u l d b e fall him

,
.

A nd the s on s o f Israel we nt e v e ry one by o ne door ,

le st the e v il eye sho ul d h av e sway ov er th em as they wen t ,

tog eth er to buy am ong the K e naanites who we nt al s o

to b uy ; b ec ause the fam i ne was in the l and of K enaan .
XL II .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 3 07

on e of o u, an d
b ring you r b ro ther ; bu t you shall be
y
b ou nd and y ou r wo rds be prove d if the truth is with
,

ou : an d if not ( by ) the li fe of Pharo h you are s pi e s

y , .

A nd he k ept the m together in the ho us e of confi ne m e nt

th ree day s .

A n d Jo se ph sai d to th e m on the thi rd day Thi s do , ,

th at you m ay li v e ; for I fe ar the Lo rd I f you are tru e .

,

let one of y ou r b roth ers be bo u nd in the ho u se of y ou r

co n fin em e nt an d go you c arry the cor n th at you m ay , ,

b uy for the h un ger of yo ur hou se an d b ri ng y ou r ,

you ngest b roth er to m e that yo ur words m ay be v erified , ,

and you m ay not die A n d they did s o . .

A n d th ey sai d a m an to his b rother I n tru th we are

, ,

g u il ty co nc erni n g o ur b rothe r wh e n we saw the di stre ss ,

of his sou l wh e n he e ntre ated u s an d we wo uld not

, ,

hearken to him there fore h ath thi s afflicti o n c om e u pon

us A nd Reu b en ans we re d th e m an d sai d Di d I n ot ,

tell you sayi ng D o not sin agains t the yo u th ? But you

, ,

wo uld n ot li sten to m e ; and thu s b e hol d his bl oo d is , ,

re quire d of us But they k ne w not th at Josep h un der

.

s too d ( h e ard h holy l n u age ; for M e nash e h was

) t e a g
i nte rpreter b etwe en them
8
[ J E E US A L E M Bu t th ey . .

knew n ot th at Jo seph h eard in the holy langu age ; for

as an inte rpeter M e nash e h s too d b etwe e n th e m ] A nd .

he with drew from th e m and we pt and retu rne d and ,

s p ak e wi th th e m A n d fro m the m he took S hi m e o n

. ,

who had co u nsell e d th e m to kil l him and b ou nd him ,

befo re them .

A nd Jo se ph co m m ande d his S ervant to fill their

vehicles with corn and to re tu rn each m an s m o ney in
,
’

his sack an d to give the m p rovi sions for the way

,
.

A nd he did s o for th em A n d they l ai d the ir corn .

u on th ei r asses an d went th e nc e
p .

9
Metm y e m an .
30 8 T A E GUII or PAL E S TI N E [
O RA P .

Le vi who had b een left withou t Shim eon his com

,

p anion ,
op e ne d his s ack to
g i v e foo d to his as s at the

p l ac e of lo dgi ng and s aw his m o ney : b eh ol d it was i n

, ,

the m ou th of his p anni e r A n d he sai d to his b ro th er

. s
,

My m o ney is retu rne d b ehol d it is in m y p annier A n d

, , .

k no wle dge faile d from th ei r h earts an d each wondere d ,

wi th his b ro th e r s ayi n g Wh at is thi s which the L ord

, ,

h ath do ne and not for sin of o u rs

,
?

A n d th ey cam e to J akob the ir fath er in the l and of

Kena n and relate d to him all that had b efallen th e m
, ,

s ayi n g The m an the lo rd of the lan d s p ak e wi th u s

,

h arshly and treate d u s as spie s of the cou ntry bu t we

,

s ai d to him We are faith fu l m en n ot spies We are

, , .

twel v e broth e rs s ons of ou r fath er ; of one we k no w

, ,

n ot wh at was his e nd an d the you nges t is to day wi th

,
-

ou r fath er in the l an d o f K e naan A nd the m an the

.
,

lo rd o f the land sai d to u s By this I shall kno w th at,

y o u a re true L e
.a v e m e one o f
yo ur b roth e rs wi th m e ,

an d wh at is nee de d by the h u nge r o f you r ho u ses tak e ,

an d go an d b ri ng y o ur yo u nge s t b ro th e r to m e and I
, ,

S hall k now that

y ou are n ot s p ie s bu t fai th ful , I w il l .

( th en ) re s to re y our b ro th er t o
y o u a n d yo u
,
s h all
trans act bu s ines s in the l an d .

A nd it was as th ey e m p ti e d th ei r b aggages b ehold , ,

e v ery m an s b u n dl e o f m o ne y was in his b aggage ; and

’

they and th e i r fath e r s aw the bu n dl e s of m o ney and ,

they were afrai d on acc ou nt of S hi m eo n wh om th ey had

left th e re A n d J ak ob th eir father sai d to them Me
. ,

h av e you b ere av e d ! O f Jo se ph you said A n ev il b east ,

h ath de v o ure d him ; of Shi m e on you h av e sai d The ,

king of the l and h ath b ou nd him ; and Benj am in you

s ee k to take away : u po n m e is the an u i sh of all of
g
th e m J d J kob h e ir fath e r s ai d to
.
[ E E U S A L E M A n . a t
th e m Me h av e you b ereav e d o f J ose ph
, F ro m the .

ho ur th at I sent him to you I hav e not k nown wh at was

x L I II .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 30 9

his end Benj am i n you are S eeki ng to take

an d Ye t .

by m e are to arise the twel ve trib es ] A nd Re u b en

spak e to his fath er, sayi ng, Sl ay m y two s on s wi th a
“
curs e if I do n ot b ri ng hi m to th ee Giv e him i nto .

m y h an d, an d I will restore him to th ee But he sai d, .

My son S hall not go do wn with you for his b roth e r is

de ad, an d he al o ne re m ai ns of his m oth e r ; and if death
s ho ul d b e fall him in the way th at you go, you wil l

b ring down m y age wi th m o u rni ng to the grav e Bu t .

the fam i ne was stro ng in the l an d [JE R U S A L E M . .

D eath ] .

XLIII A nd it was when th ey had fi ni sh ed eati ng

.

the corn th ey had b ro ugh t from Miz rai m th e i r fath e r ,

s ai d to th e m Re tu rn an d b uy u s a l ittl e co rn
, A nd .

Jehu da spak e to him sayi ng The m an attesting atte sted

, ,

to u s sayi ng Y ou sh all n ot se e the si ght o f m y fac e u nl es s

,

yo ur yo u ngest b ro th er he wi th you I f thou wilt send .

ou r b ro th er wi th u s we will go do wn an d buy c o rn for

,

th e e ; b ut i f th ou wil t not s e nd ( him ) we will not go ,

down ; for the m an tol d u s Y ou shall n ot see the si ght ,

of m y fac e u nl ess yo ur b ro th er b e wi th you .

A n d I srael s ai d Why did you do m e e vil in sho wing

,

the m an th at you had yet a b roth er ? A n d th ey sai d The ,

m an de m an ding de m ande d (to kn o w) abo ut u s an d ,

abo ut ou r fam ily sayi ng I S you r fath er yet li vi ng ?

, ,

H av e you a b roth er ? A n d we i nform e d him acc ording

to the wo rd of th es e things Co u l d we kno w that he .

wo uld say B ri ng yo u r b roth er do wn ? A nd Jebu de

,

said to I srael his fath er Se n d the yo u th wi th m e th at

, ,

we m ay ari se and go ; an d th at we m ay li v e and n ot

die both we an d you an d ou r li ttle o ne s
, , , I will be .

s urety for him : o f m y h an d sh al t tho u re qu ire him .

I f I brin g hi m n ot to th ee agai n and set him b e fore ,

th ee the gu il t be u po n m e b e fo re th ee all day s

,
.

9
Be -scham atka .
XL I I I .
] 0N GEN E S I S . 31 1

The m en feared wh en th ey were b ro u ght i nto

Jose ph s ho use, and sai d, For the m oney th at was
’

return e d in ou r sack s at the fi rs t are we b ro u gh t in,

that he m ay fi nd occ as io n agai nst u s an d co nde m n u s , and

sell u S fo r sl av e s, and tak e ou r ass es A n d they drew near
.

the m an who had bee n appoi nte d i nte n dant o v er Jo se ph s

’

hou se, an d s pake with hi m at the gate of the house .

A n d th ey sai d, We e ntreat you, m y lo rd : we i n dee d

cam e do wn at fi rs t to b uy co rn Bu t it was wh e n we
.

had com e to ou r pl ac e of l odgi ng, th at we op en e d ou r

sack s, an d, b e hol d, the m o ne y o f a m an was in the m o uth

of his sack : b u t we h av e b rou ght it b ack in ou r h an d .

A nd oth er m on ey h av e we b ro u ght do wn i n hand to

b uy corn We kn ow n ot who put the m oney in our
.

sacks A n d he s ai d, Pe ace to you be n ot afrai d of

.

m y lo rd Yo ur God an d the God o f you r fathers gave

.

ou tre asure i n y o ur s ack s : yo ur m o ne y c am e to m e

y .

A n d he bro u gh t ou t Shi m eon to th em .

The m an bro ugh t the m en i nto Jo s e ph s ho u se, an d

’

av e th e m water, an d th ey wash e d th ei r fee t ; and he

g
av th e m p rov en der for th ei r ass e s A nd th ey m ade
g e .

re ady the p rese nt agai n st the e ntran c e o f J os e p h at the

n oon -
day feas t ; fo r th ey had h eard fro m him th at th ey
were to eat b re ad th e re .

A nd Jo seph e ntered the hou se an d they ofle re d to

’

him the p rese nt which was in th ei r h an ds for the h ou se ;

an d bowe d b e fo re him u p o n the gro u nd A nd J o s e ph .

sal ute d th e m an d sai d I s it we ll wi th y ou r fath er the

, , ,

old m an of who m you tol d m e ? I s he still ali v e ? The y

ans were d I t is we ll wi th thy s erv an t ou r fath er ; he is
,

e t ali v e A nd th ey bowe d and m ade ob ei s an c e A nd

y . .

he li fte d u p his ey e s and s aw Benj am i n his b ro ther the ,

son of his m oth er and s ai d , I S thi s yo u r y ou ngest

,

broth er of who m you tol d m e ? A nd he sai d Mercy ,

fro m the L ord be u pon th e e m y son ,

 31 2 TA E GUM or PA L E S TI N E
[ O RA P .

A nd Jo s eph m ade haste for his co m p ass ions were

,

m ov e d u p on his b ro th er an d he so u gh t to we e p and
, ,

he we nt i nto the c ham b er [J E R US A L E M I nto the .

cham b er] the ho u se of sleep and we pt th ere A nd be , .

wash e d [J E RU S A L E M A nd he was he d] his fac e fro m

.

tears an d c am e forth an d h aste ne d and s ai d S et b read

, , , .

A nd they set for him by him sel f an d for the m by ,

the m s e l v e s an d for the Miz raee who ate with him by

,

th e m s el v e s ; for it was n ot p rope r for the Miz rae e to

eat b re ad with the Y ehu daee b e cau se the anim al s
,

wh ich the M iz raee wo rshipp ed the Y ehu dae e ate A nd .

they s at aro u nd him the greates t acco rdi ng to his

,

m aj ori ty an d the l e ss acco rding to his m in o rity

, For .

he had tak en the sil v er cu p in his hand :an d so un ding , ,

3

as if divini ng he had s et in o rder the s ons of L e ah o n

,

one si de an d the s o ns of Zilpha on the o th er s i de

, an d ,

the so ns of Bilh ah on an oth e r si de and Benj am in the ,

s o n o f Bab el he o rdere d by the s i de of him s elf A nd .

the m en won dere d e ach at the oth er A n d he sent .

o rtio ns fro m his tabl e an d th ey s et th e m forth fro m

p ,

him b e fore th e m But Be nj am i n s p ortion was larger

.
’

than the p orti ons of any of th e m ; fi ve p ortio ns : one

was his o wn po rti on : o ne portio n fro m him self one ,

from his wi fe an d two p ortio ns from his two s o ns

, .

A n d th ey drank and we re dru nk e n with him for from

the day wh e n th ey were se p arate d fro m him th ey had
n ot dru nk wi ne n ei th er he n or th ey u ntil th at day
, , .

XLIV A nd he co m m anded M enash eh wh o m he

.
,

had app ointe d i ntendant of his ho u se s ayi ng Fill the , ,

m en s s ack s with co rn as m u ch as th ey can carry and

’
, ,

p u t e ach m a n s m on ey in the m o u th of his ba

’

g A n d .

t m the s il v e r cu i th m o th f th ck
p u
y c u
p, p n e , u o e s a

of the y o u n e st an d his p urch ase m o ney A d h d id

g , n e .

accordi n t o the wo rd which Jo se ph had spok en

g .

Ti nkling ”
or ringing .
XL I V .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 313

The m o rning li ghtened, and the m en were se nt away,

th ey and thei r asse s . They had not gone far fro m the
city, wh en Jo se ph s ai d to Me nas h e h who m he had

appoi nted the i nten dant of his hous e, Ar i se, follo w after

the m en, o v ertak e th em an d say to th em , Why h ave ye

re tu rne d evil for goo d ? I s it not th at fro m which m y
lo rd drinketh, and by which divini ng he divi ne th ?
That which you h ave don e is e v il [JE RUS A L E IL By .

whi ch divi ni ng he divi neth ] . A nd he overtoo k th e m ,

an d sp ak e wi th th em all th e s e wo rds .

They sai d to him , Why does m y lord speak words

lik e thes e ? Far be it fro m thy se rv ants to do su ch a
thing Behol d, the m oney which we fou nd in the
.

m o u th of our b ags we b ro u ght to thee agai n fro m the

land of Kenaan ; how the n sho ul d we steal fro m thy
lord s hou se v es sels of silv er, or v es sels of gold ? With
’

who m soev er of thy se rv ants it s hall be fo und, let him

be gu ilty of death, an d we also wil l be S lav es of thy
lord . A n d he s ai d, According to your words let it be .

With who m soe ver it is fou nd he shall be m y S lave, b ut

yo u s h all b e i nn oc e nt
.

A n d they m ade haste, and b rou ght do wn each m an

his sack u po n the gro un d, and e very m an O p ene d his
s ack . A nd he searche d, b egi nni ng with Reub en, an d
e ndi n
g w i th B e nj a m i n. A n d t he cu p wa s f o u n d in

Benj am in s sack A nd th ey rent th ei r clothes ; bu t

’
.

the stre ngth of fortitu de was giv en to th em and th ey

lade d ev ery m an his ass, and returne d to the ci ty .

’
A n d J ch u da and his b reth re n e ntered into Jose ph s
hou se H e was yet there and they fell before him on
.

the groun d .

A nd Joseph sai d to them , Wh at deed is thi s th at

ou h av e do ne ? Co l d t k o w th t m an like
y u y o u n o n a a

m e divining can divi ne ? A nd Js h u da sai d to him ,

What shall we say to m y lord concernin g the form er
P
XL I V
.
] 0N GE N E S I S . 315

draw m y o fro m within its sheath I wou ld n ot

s w rd ,

return it till I had fil le d all the l an d of Mi z rai m wi th

the slain ; to its s heath I wo u ld not re turn it till I

'

had m ade all Miz rai m des ol ate of inh abi tants b egi nning ,

wi th thy s elf an d e ndi ng wi th Pharoh thy lo rd were it

, ,

not again s t the will of m y father O r hath it n ot .

,

b een heard by thee or n ot tol d thee wh at m y two

, ,

b rothers Shi m eon and L evi did who went u p agai nst ,

the to wn of S hek e m w hile th ey were dwellin g in

s ec u rity an d kill e d e very m ale by the e dge of the
,

s wo rd be c ause th ey had co rru pted D i nah our si ster

, ,

who h ath not b ee n nu m b e re d in the trib es nor h ath ,

p ortion or i nheritance with u s in the divi ding of the

land ? By how m uch m o re th e n ( sh all it be do ne) for
Benj am in ou r b roth e r who is nu m b ered with u s am ong
,

the trib e s an d who h ath po rtio n and i nheritan ce wi th

,

u s in the di v i di ng of the lan d ? A n d m y force is m ore

u nyi elding than thei rs b ecause I h ave b eco m e the
,

s po ns or for the yo u th at the h an ds of m y fath er s ayi ng , ,

I f I b ring him n ot to th ee and set him be fore th ee I

, ,

will be gu ilty with the e an d be re m ov e d fro m thy salu

tation all the day s H ast thou n ot h eard or hath it
.
,

n ot b ee n tol d the e th at in the l and of Kenaan we are

,

kings and pri nce s as th ou art ?

,

[ 1 9 W. h en Jo se p h the b e lo v e d and ho no u rab le saw

, ,

that the stren gth of Jehu da his b rothe r had ri sen u p ,

and th at the thou gh ts o f his h e art c am e forth an d th at ,

th ey re nt thei r garm e nts in th at ho ur b ecko ne d Jo seph

,

to M enas he h his fi rst bo rn and s tam p ed with his s hoe

-
,

and all Jo se p h s p al ace trem bl e d

’
I n that ho ur Jehu da .

sai d I f it had n ot b e en on the s i de of the h ou se o f m y

,

fath e r it wou l d no t h av e b een do ne so

,
Th en b egan .

Jch u da to be m ilder in his words and he sai d My lord , ,

asked his serv ants sayi ng H av e you a fath er or a

, , ,

brother
31 6 or PA L E S TI N E [
'

TA E GL II O RA P .

A nd we tol d m v lord, We have an age d fathe r, an d a

son o f his old age , a little one who se b ro th er is dead, ,

and he only re m ains of his m o ther ; an d his fath er o n

that ac cou nt lo v e th hi m A nd thou sai dst to thy .

servan ts , Bri ng him do wn to m e , an d I w ill set min e

eyes on him for go od [J E E U S A L E II Mi ne e

yes
. s hall .

be gracious u po n hi m ] Bu t we told m y lord, The .

outh cann ot l eav e hi s fath er : for if he leav e hi s father,

y
he will die Y e t thou sai ds t to thy se rvants, I f you
.

bring not yo ur you ngest b rother down, you shall not

again see my face . A n d it was when we went u
p to

thy v
s er ant ou r father, we
lord s relate d to hi m my
’

words A nd our fathe r s ai d to u s, Re turn, and buy us

.

a littl e corn But we tol d him , We cannot go down if

.

our yo un ges t b ro th er be not wi th us when we go do wn,

for we shal l n ot b e abl e to see the m an s face, un les s

’

ou r you nge st b rother he with u s A n d thy servant our .

father sai d to us Y ou kn ow that m y wife bare m e two

,

so ns O ne went fo rth fro m m e an d I sai d S urely he , ,

is dead and I h av e not be h el d him sin ce ; and you will

,

n o w take thi s oth e r fro m b efo re m e and if de ath hap

n to him o u will b ri n d o wn m i ne a e with m o u rning

p e y , g g
to the ho u se of the grav e Therefore thy servant .

b ecam e s ure ty for the y ou th with m y fath er saying If , ,

I restore him not to th ee let m e b e gui lty b e fore m y ,

father all the day s A nd n ow let thy servant re m ain I ,

b esee ch thee as the slav e of m y lord in stead of the

, ,

yo ung m an and let the yo u ng m an go u p with his

b roth ers For how can I go up to m y fath e r and the
.
,

you ng m an be not with us — lest I b ehol d the evil that

will s trike m y fath er thro ugh l
XL V A n d Jo sep h co ul d n ot e ndure not to (be able to)
.

wee p on acco u nt of all who stoo d b efore him

, A nd he .

s ai d L et every m an t f o m m a d n stoo d with

, go o u r e : n n o o e

him while J ose ph m ade hi m s elf k n o wn to his brothers

, .
XL v.
] 0N GEN E S IS . 317

A nd he lifted u p his voice with weeping ; and the

Miz raee h eard, and a m an of the hou se of Pharoh
h eard .

A nd Joseph sai d to his b rothers I am Josep h I s ,

m y fath er yet aliv e ?

Bu t his b rothers co uld n ot answer him a word ; for
th ey were trou b led b efo re him .

A n d Joseph sai d to his b roth ers Com e near I pray , , ,

and exam i ne m e A nd th ey cam e ne ar

. A nd he sai d .

to th em I am Jos e ph you r b ro ther who m you s old

, ,

into Miz raim N ow therefo re b e not grieved nor

.
, , ,

consi de r it a hard thi ng th at you sold m e hi th er ; for

the Lord se nt m e hith er b efo re you to pres erv e you .

For thes e two years b ath the fam ine b een in the m i dst
of the lan d and th ere are yet five ye ars in which th ere
,

will b e n e i ther plo u ghi ng n or h arv est Bu t the Lord .

sent m e b efo re you to set you a rem nant in the land ,

an d to preserv e you by a g reat deliv eranc e .

A nd now it was not you who sent m e hith er b ut it

, ,

was fro m b efore the L ord th at the thi ng was occ asione d ,

that He m ight set m e for a p ri n ce u nto Pharoh a chi ef ,

over his house and a rul er in all the land of Miz raim
, .

Make h aste and go u p to m y fath er and s ay to him

, , ,

Thus sai th thy son Jo seph The Lord h ath set m e for ,

a chi e f o v e r all the Miz raee com e do wn to m e delay ,

not an d tho u s h alt dwe ll in the l and of Go sh en and be

, ,

n ear m e th ou and thy S ons an d thy s o ns chil dren th

’
, , , y ,

shee p th o n and all th at tho u hast A d I w ill

,y xe , n .

s u stain yo u th ere for there are t fi ve y ears of fam ine

ye , ,

lest tho u an d the m e n of thy h o u se and all that thou

, ,

hast b e was te d away A n d b ehold your ey es see and

.
, , ,

the ey e s of m y b ro th e r Benj am i n th at m y m o u th ,

s peak eth wi th you in the l an u a e of the ho u se o f

g g
holiness A n d you m u st sh ow m y fath er all the hono u r
.

Let i t not b e hard in y our e es y .

n u ] 0N GE N E S IS . 31 9

things of Miz raim and ten she as ses laden with corn
, ,

and b read and provisions for his father s journe y

’
, A nd .

he di s m i sse d his b rothers to go and sai d to th e m Do , ,

not conten d abo u t m y h aving b een sol d le st you qu arre l ,

in pass ing along the way .

A n d th ey we nt u p fro m Miz rai m and cam e to the ,

land of Kenaan unto Jakob th eir father A nd th ey .

declared to hi m saying Jos e ph is ye t alive and is ruler

, , ,

over all the lan d of Mi z raim Bu t his h eart was .

divided be cau se he did not b elieve th e m

, [J E E US A L E M . .

A nd his heart was divide d ] A nd th ey told him all the

words of Jo se ph which he had s pok en to th em A nd .

wh en he s aw the waggo ns whi ch Jo seph had s ent to

bring hi m the Spi rit of Prop hecy which had gone u p
,

fro m hi m at the tim e that Jo seph was sold retu rni ng , ,

reste d u po n J akob th e ir fath er A n d I srael sai d M any .

,

benefi ts bath the Lord wrou ght for m e ; H e deli ve re d

m e fro m the h and of E sau and fro m the hand of L ab an ,

an d fro m the han ds of the K en aanites who p ursu e d m e ;

and m any con solation s hav e I se en and h av e exp e cted to

see ; bu t thi s I had n ot e xp e cte d th at Jo se ph m y son ,

shou l d yet be aliv e I will go n ow and behol d him

.
,

before I die [JE E US A L E M A nd Israel said Many

. . .
,

b enefits and co nsolations I had h oped to see ; bu t thi s I

had n ot exp ecte d th at b ehold Jo seph m y son should
, , ,

be yet alive I will go and see him before I di e ]

. .

XLVI A nd Israel j ourneyed with all that he had

.
,

and cam e to Bee rsh eb a and offere d sac rifice s to the Go d

,

of his fath er Iz hak A nd the Lo rd sp ak e to Is rae l in a

.

oph cy f th i h t and s ai d J akob ! an d he sai d

p r e o e n g , , ,

Be hol d m e A n d H e sai d I am God the God o f thy

.
, ,

fathe r ; fear not to go do wn i nto Miz rai m on acco u nt of

the servitu de I h av e de cree d with Ab rah am for a great
p eople wi ll I m ak e th ee there I am H e who in My .

Word will go down with thee into Miz raim ; I will

320 TAE GUI I or PA L E S TI N E [
0mm

regard themiction of thy children and My Wo rd shall

a ,

bring thee u p fro m th ence an d cause thy children to ,

co m e u p ; bu t Jo se ph s h all lay his hand upon thi ne

eyes .

A nd Jakob aro se from Beer de Sh eb a ; and the sons

of I srael jo urney e d wi th J akob their father th eir li ttle
, ,

ones and th eir wiv es in the waggons which Pbarch

, ,

had sent to carry him They took the ir po sses sions .

an d the s u b stance which th ey had go tte n in the land of

Kenaan an d cam e i nto Miz raim Jakob an d all his sons

, ,

with him his s o ns and his s o ns children wi th hi m his

’
, ,

daughters and the dau ghters of his s ons and all his
,

S eed cam e wi th him to Mi z rai m .

These are the nam es of the s o ns of Israel who cam e

into Miz raim Jakob and his s ons The firstborn o f
.

Jakob Reu ben A nd the sons of Reub en Hanok and

, .
,

Phallu H etsron and Karm i The sons of Shim eon

,
.
,

J em u el and J am in c ad J akin Soch er and Shaul , , , ,

he is Zi m ri who m ade the work of the K e naanites in

,

Shitti m A nd the sons of Le vi G ersho n K ehath and

. , , ,

Me rari T he s ons of Je bu da E r O nan

. Shelah , , , ,

Pherets and Zarach , But E r and Onan died on .

,

acco u nt o f th e ir e vil wo rk in the land of K enaan and

Shelah and Zarach had no children in the land of

Ke naan ; bu t the so ns of Pherets who we nt do wn to
Miz raim we re Hetsron an d Cham ul T he sons of .

I s sakar sages and m as ters of reasoni ng th eir nam es

, , ,

we re To la Ph ua Job an d S hi m ron
, The s ons of Zeb u
, , .

lon m erchants m as ters of co m m erc e n o uri shi ng their

, ,

b re thren the s ons of I ssakar and receivi ng a reward

, ,

like thei rs ; and their nam es were Se re d E lo n and , ,

Jahle el T he s e are the s o n s of Leah who m she b are

.
,

u n to J ak o b in Padan A ram wi th Di nah his dau hte r ;

g ,

all the s o u l s o f his so ns an d his dau hter thirty and

g ,

th ree A nd the childre n of Gad S ephe n H aggi S uni

.
, , , ,
 XL III .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 32 1

E z bon, E ri, Ar o di, and Ar ch The children of Ashe r, .

Yim na, Y ishvah, Yishvi, Beriah, and Serach their si ster,

who was c arri e d away while aliv e i nto the G arden ( o f
E den) , b e cause she had ann ou nc ed to Jakob that Jo seph
s till live d I t was she who s av ed the i nh abitants of
.

( the city ) Ab el from the j u dgm ent of death in the day s ,

of Jo ab The s ons of Beri ah who we nt down i nto

.

Miz raim were H eber and Malkicl Th ese are the .

children of Zilpha whom Laban gave to Leah his

,

daughter and she bare th e m to Jakob ; sixte en sou ls

, .

The s o ns of Bab el wi fe of Jak ob Jo seph and Be nj am in

, , .

A nd to Jo se ph were b orn two s ons in the land of

Miz rai m who m Ase nath the daughter o f D inah e du
, , ,

cate d in the h ou s e of Potiphera p ri nc e of Tani s b are , ,

Menasheh and Ephraim The s ons of Benj am in ten ; .

,

an d th eir nam e s accordi n g to the i nte rp re tatio n of

,
“
Jo se ph his brother : Bela who was swallowed u p ,

fro m him ; Bek e r who was the cho se n of his m o th er ;

,

E shbal who we nt i nto cap tiv i ty ; G era who b ecam e a

, ,

s ojo urner in a fo re i n l an d ; N aam an who was l e asant

g p ,

and hono urabl e ; Achi who had a ( twi n ) b rother the

, ,

s on of his m o th e r ; Ro sh who was a chi e f in hi s fath e r 3

’
,

house ; M u ppim who was sold i nto Muph ; Chuppim

, ,

b ecau se at the tim e th at he was separate d fro m him he

was the s on of ei gh te e n y ears and w as eligible for
m arriage ( Cu p /I a tlzalam us n up tialzs ) an d Are d who
’

, ,

des ce nded i nto Miz rai m T hese are the chil dren of
.

Babel who were bo rn u nto J ak ob all the soul s fou rte en , .

The son s of D an abl e m e n ( o r arm e d) an d m erch ants

, ,

of who se n u m b ers th e re is no e n d ( or su m ) A nd the .

s ons of Naphtali Jakz eel G u ni J etse r an d Shill em

, , , , .

These are the so ns of Bilh ah who m Laban gave to

Rah el hi s daugh te r ; and she b are th e m u nto Jakob all ,

the s o uls s e v en A ll the s ou l s which went into

.

The roots of the se nam e s have the m eanings here assigned.

P 5
 0N GE N E S IS . 3 23

XLVII .Joseph cam e and i nform e d Pharoh

A nd ,

and sai d My fath er an d m y b reth re n wi th th ei r S h ee p

, ,

an d oxe n an d all th at they h av e are co m e from the l and ,

of K ena n an d b e hol d they are in the l and o f Go sh e n

, , ,
.

A nd fro m the ex tre m e of his b rethre n he took fi ve m en ,

Ze bul o n Dan N aphtali Gad and As h er and presen ted

, , , , ,

th em b efore P barc h A nd P barc h s ai d to Jo se ph s

’
.

bre thren What is you r work ? A nd they s aid to Pbarch

, ,

Thy servants are p asto rs of shee p b oth we an d our ,

fath ers . A nd th ey sai d to Pharoh To dwe ll i n the l and ,

are we co m e b e c au se th ere is n o p lac e of p ast u re for

,

thy servants sh eep for the fam i ne h ath prevaile d in the

’
,

land of K enaan ; let thy servants therefore no w dwe ll

in the land o f Gosh en .

A n d P barc h sp ak e to Jo se ph sayi ng Thy fath er and , ,

thy b re thren h ave co m e to the e The lan d of Miz rai m .

is before th ee I n the fai re st p art of the land m ak e

.

thy fath er an d thy b reth re n to dwe ll le t th e m dwe ll in

the land of Go sh en A n d if the n k no w any am o ng
.

th em m en of abi li ty appoi nt the m m asters ov er m y

,

flocks .

A nd Jo se ph b rou ght Jakob his father and presente d ,

hi m b efo re Pharoh A n d J akob b less e d P barc h and

.
,

sai d May it pl eas e the Al m igh ty th at the waters o f

,

N ilo s m ay be re pl eni sh e d and m ay the fam i ne p as s ,

away fro m the wo rl d in thy day s ! A nd P barc h s ai d to

Jakob H ow m any are the day s of the years o f thy life ?
,

A nd Jakob answe re d Pb arch The day s of the years of ,

m y pilgri m age are an h u n dre d an d thi rty y ears Few .

an d evil h av e b een the day s o f the y ears of m y li fe ; fo r

in m y yo uth I fle d b efore E sau m y b roth er and so ,

d i l d n ; an d now in the ti m e
j our n e n a an n ot m y o w
of m l d a e hav e I co m e do wn to s ojo u rn h e re A nd
y o g .

m y day s h av e n ot reac he d the day s of the y ears of the

li fe of m y fath ers in the days of th eir pilgri m age A nd .
3 24 TA E GUII or P A L E S T I N E

Jako b blesse d P barch , and went ou t from before

Pharoh .

A n d Jo seph b rou gh t his fath er an d b re th re n to dwell,

and gav e th e m a po sse ssion in the l and of Miz rai m , in a

g oo d ly p art of the co un try, in the co u ntry o f Pilu s in, as

Pharoh had co m m anded .

[J E R U S A LE LL P e lu s i m ] . A n d
Josepb sustain ed his father and his brethre n and all his
fath e r s h ou se wi th b read, accordi ng to the nee d of their
’

fam ili es . But th ere was no bread ( gro wn ) in all the

l and, b ecause the fam ine p rev ail ed gre atly, an d the
inh ab itants of the land of Miz rai m fail e d, and the
dwellers in the land of K enaan, in p rese nce of the fam ine .

A n d Jo se ph colle cte d all the m o ney whic h was fou nd

in the l and of Miz raim , and in the land of K e naan, for
the corn which he sold to th e m ; and Jo se ph bro ugh t
the m oney i nto the tre asure-ho u se of Pb arch . A nd the
m o ney was finish e d fro m the land of Miz raim , and fro m
the land of Ke n aan ; an d the Miz raee cam e to Jo se ph ,
s ayi n , Giv e u s b re ad ; wh s hou l d we die b efo re th ee ?
g y
for all our m o ney is fi ni s h e d [.J E R U S A L E M . A n d h ath
faile d ] A nd Jo seph sai d, Give yo ur flocks, and for
y o u r fl ock s I will
g iv e
yo u p ro v i s io n s, if t h e m o n ey b e

co ns u m e d A nd they brou gh t their cattle to Jo seph,

.

and J ose p h gav e th e m b re ad for th ei r hors es, an d for

the flock s of s he e p, the o xen, an d the asse s ; an d he

s u stai ne d th e m wi th b re ad for all the ir fl ock s for th at

year A n d that y e ar b ei ng e nded, all the Miz raee cam e

.

to hi m , in the s e c ond y e ar, and s ai d to him , We will

n ot hi de it fro m m lo rd, th at the m o ney is fi ni s h e d, an d
y
m y l ord b ath the fl ock s of c attle th ere is no thing l e ft
u s b e fore m
y lo rd e x c e p t ou r b o d i e s , a n d o ur l an d . W h y
s ho u l d we die, and thi ne e e s e ei n i bo h d
y g ( ), t t w e a n

o ur l an d al so ? Buy u s, and ou r land, for b read, and

we and o ur land wil l be se rv ants o f Pharoh, and give
the S ee d of c orn, th at we m av live and n ot die, and the
n vm ] 0N GE N E S I S . 3 25

land be not des olate d A n d Jo se ph bo u ght all the land

.

of Miz rai m for Pharoh for the Miz rae e s ol d e v e ry m an

his po rtio n, b e cause the fam i ne p rev ailed over the m ,

an d the l an d b e c am e the p rop e rty of Pb arc h . A nd the
opl e of a p rovi nc e he re m ov e d to a city, an d the
p e

pe ople of the city he re m oved to a province, for the

s ak e of the breth re n o f J ose ph, th at th ey m i ght not be

called wanderers : th ere fore he m ade th e m m igrate fro m

on e e n d of Miz rai m to the o th e r .
[J E E US A L E M . A n d
the pe ople who were dwelli ng in the p ro v i nce he
rem ov ed i nto the ci ty an d the p e op le who dwe l t in the

city he re m ov ed into the provin ce, th at they m igh t not

deride the s o ns o f Jak ob , and call th e m G alil ean
( w a n d er i n
g) g u e s ts ] O n ly the l and o f th e p ri e s ts he

bo ugh t not, b e cau se th ey had co nsidere d him i nnocent

at the tim e wh en his m as ter was se e kin g to u t him to
p
death, and th ey had deliv ere d hi m fro m the j u dgm ent
of de ath : an d b es i des he had s ai d that a portio n sh o ul d

be give n the m from P barc h . So they ate the p ortion

which Pharoh gav e th e m , and s old not th eir lan d .

A nd Jo seph said to the pe ople, Behol d, I h ave this

day bo ugh t you and you r land for Pbarch : b ehol d, ( I
g iv e)
y o u s e ed co r n to s o w the l an d an d at th e ti m e o f
the ingath e ri ng of yo ur p ro du c e you sh all giv e the fifth
part to Pharoh, and four parts shall be yo urs, for the
s ee din o f yo ur l an d, an d for foo d and for p ro vi s io n for
g
yo ur hou se s and li ttle o nes A nd th ey said, Thou hast
.

p rese rved u s let u S fi nd favour in the ey es of m y lord,

an d we will be Pharoh s serv ants A n d Jo se p h
’
.

e stab lis h e d it a law u nto thi s da

y o v er th e l a nd of

Mi z raim to take to Pbarc h a fi fth p art of the p ro duce,

e x c e p t o nly the l and o f the p ri e sts which was not

Pharoh s
’
.

An d I srael dwelt in the l and of Miz rai m , and th ey

b uilt there sch ools and m ansio ns in the lan d of Goshen,
 ]
XL VI I I . 0N G EN E S I S . 327

A nd Jakob Jose ph : El Shadai re vealed Him

sa d i to
self to m e at L u z in the lan d o f Ke naan and b les se d
, ,

me . A nd H e s ai d to m e Be h ol d I will i ncrease thee , ,

an d m u l tiply th e e an d m ak e th ee an asse m bl age of

,

trib es and will gi v e thi s lan d to thy sons after thee

,

for an ev erl asti ng i nh eritance A n d now thy two s ons .

,

who h av e b ee n bo rn to th ee in the land o f Mi z raim

b efore I c am e to thee into Miz raim are m ine Ephraim
an d M e nash e h as Re u b en an d Shim eo n sh all be
recko ne d u nto m e A nd thy chil dren who m tho u
.

m ay es t b e get after th e m s h all b e thine ; by the nam e

of th ei r b reth re n sh all th ey be call e d in the i r i nh eritance .

A nd I b e see ch th ee to b ury m e with m y fathers Rahe l .

died by m e s u dde nly in the land of Ken aan whil e th ere ,

was yet m u ch gro u nd to c om e to Eph rath n or c ou ld I

carry he r to b u ry he r in the D ou bl e C ave b ut I b uri e d ,

her th ere in the way of Ephrath which is Be thleche m

, .

A nd Israel look e d at the so ns of Jo se ph and s aid ,

From who m are the se born to th ee ? A nd Jo se ph

answered his fath er Th ey are m y so n s which the Wo rd
,

of the Lo rd gav e m e acco rdi ng to thi s writi ng acco rdi ng ,

to which I took As enath the dau gh te r of Dinah thy

dau gh ter to be m y wi fe .

A nd he s ai d Bring th em now n ear to m e and I will

, ,

ble ss them But I s rae l s ey es were h eavy fro m age

.
’
,

and he co ul d not s ee A nd he b rou ght them to him

.
,

and he ki s se d th e m an d e m b race d th e m A nd I srael .

sai d to Jo se ph To see th fac e I had n ot re ckon e d but

y , , ,

be hold the Lord hath also sho we d m e thy s o ns A nd

,
.

Jo seph b rou gh t th e m out from ( b etwee n) his knees and ,

worshipp e d on his fac e u po n the grou nd A nd Jo seph .

took bo th of th e m Eph rai m on his ri ght si de which was

, ,

Israel s l e ft an d Menasheh on his left si de which was

’
, ,
’
I srael s righ t and b ro u ght them to him
, .

A n d I srael stretche d out his ri gh t hand and lai d it

32 8 TA E GUII or PA IE S TI N E [
cnA P .

u po n the head of Eph h he was the im ,

ra thou g
you nger ; and his left h an d u pon the h ead of Menasheh ,

alte ri ng his h an ds for M e nash eh was the fi rstborn

, .

J H e alte re d his hands ] A nd b e bl esse d

[ E R US A L E LL

Jo seph and said

,

T he Lo rd b efore who m m y fath ers Ab raham and

, ,

Iz hak did serve ; the Lord who h ath fe d m e S ince I

,

h ave b een u nto this day be please d that the angel ,

who m tho u di dst o rdain for m e to re deem m e fro m all ,

e vil
,
m ay bl ess the childre n ; and let m y n am e be
c alle d u p on th e m and the n am es of m y fathe rs Ab ra
,

ham an d Iz h ak A n d as the fi she s of the sea i n

.

m u ltiplying are m ul tiplie d in the s ea so m ay the chil ,

dren of J ose ph b e m u ltiplied abu ndantly in the m i ds t

o f the e arth .

A n d Jose ph saw that hi s fath er pl ac ed his ri ght hand

u po n Eph rai m s h e ad an d it was evil b efo re him an d
’
,

he u pli fte d his fath e r s h an d to re m ov e it from off the

’

h ead of Ephrai m that it m i gh t rest o n the head of

,

Me nasheh A n d J osep h s aid to his fath er N ot s o

.
, ,

m y fath e r for thi s is the fi rstborn

,
lay thy ri g ht han d
o n his h e ad But his fath er was n ot willi n g an d sai d
.
, ,

I k no w m y son I k no w th at he is the fi rs tborn and

, , ,

al so th at he will be a gre at p e ople and will als o be ,

m u ltipli e d ; ye t will his yo u nger b ro th er b e greater

than he an d his s ons be gre ater am o ng the nations
, .

A nd b e ble s se d the m in that day saying I n the e , , ,

Jose ph m y son sh all the ho use of Israel bl ess th eir

,

in fants in the day of th eir ci rc u m ci sio n saying The , ,

Lord set thee as Eph rai m an d as Menas he h A nd in .

the num b eri ng of the trib es the pri nc e o f Ep hrai m s hall

be n u m b e re d b e fore the p ri nce of M enash eh A n d be .

appoi nte d th at Eph rai m s ho u ld b e b e fo re M e nash e h .

A nd I srae l s ai d to J ose p h Beh ol d m y e nd co m eth , ,

to die . Bu t the \Vord o f the Lord sh all be yo u r

XL IX .
] 0N GE N E S I S . 3 29

H elper, and restore you to the land of you r fath ers ;

an d I, b eho ld, I h ave iv e n to th e e the ci ty of S hekem ,
g
one po rtio n for a ift abov th b re th re n, which I to ok
g e y
fro m the h and of the A m oraee at the ti m e th at you
went into the m i dst of it, and I aro se and helpe d you
with m y s wo rd and wi th m y b ow [J E R US A L E B
L A n d
.

I, be hold, I h ave gi v en thee on e portio n above thy

b rethren, the rob e of the first Adam Abraham the .

fath er of m y father took it from the h ands of Ni m ro d

the Wicked, an d gav e it to Iz h ak m y fathe r ; and
Iz hak m y fath e r gave it to E sau, and I took it from
the h an ds of E sau m y b ro th er, not wi th m y s word nor
wi th m y how, but thro u gh m y righteo u sne ss and m y

g oo d w o rks
]
XLIX A nd Jakob calle d his so ns an d said to th em ,
.

Purify yo urselve s fro m u ncleanness, and I will S ho w

ou the hi dden m y steri es ,
co nceal e d
the the e nds
y ,

re co m pe nse of re ward fo r the ri ghteo us the re trib u tion ,

of the wick e d an d the bo we r of E de n wh at it is

,
A nd , .

the twelve trib es of I srael gath ere d the m selves to geth er

aro un d the gol de n be d wh ere o n he rec li ne d an d wh ere ,

was re ve ale d to him the S hekina of the Lo rd (tho u gh ) ,

the e nd for which the king Meshiha is to co m e had

been con ce aled fro m him Then said he Co m e and I
.
, ,

will decl are to you wh at s h all b efall you at the e nd of

the day s G ath er yo urselv es to ge th e r and hear ye sons ,

o f J akob and re c e iv e i n s tru ctio n fro m

, Israel yo ur
fath er .

RE UBE N thou art m y fi rstbo rn the b e gi nning of the

, ,

stre ngth of m n a tio n an d th e chi e f e v e nt of m y

y ge er ,

tho u ghts ; To th ee b elon ge d the bi rthrigh t and the ,

hi gh p ri e sthoo d and the ki ngdo m : bu t b ecaus e tho u

,

h ast sinne d m y son the bi rthri ght is giv e n to Jo seph

, , ,

and the ki n do m to J ehu da and the p ri esthoo d to

g ,

Levi I will lik e n th ee to a little garden in the m idst

.
XL I X.
] 0N GE N E S I s 331

the j u dgm ent of Tam ar thou wast free H e dwelleth .

qu ietly and in strength as a lio n ; and as an old lio n

,

wh e n he reposeth who m ay stir him u p ?

, Kings S hall
not ce ase n or ru l ers fro m the ho u se of J ch u da n or
, , ,

sapherim teachin g the law from his se e d till the tim e ,

that the Ki ng the Me s hiha sh all com e the you nge st of

, , ,

his sons ; an d on acco u nt of him S hall the pe opl e s flow

to geth e r . H ow b eau te ou s is the Ki ng the Me shiha ,

who will ari se fro m the ho us e of Je hu da ! H e h ath

g ird e d his lo ins an d de s c e n de d an d array e d the b attl e
, ,

agai nst his adv e rsari es sl ayi ng ki ngs w ith th ei r ru lers ;

,

n e ith er is there any ki ng or ru le r who s h all stand

b efore him The m o u ntai ns b ecom e red with the b lood

.

of th eir S l ai n his garm e nts dipp e d in bl oo d are l ike the

, ,

o utpre sse d j u ice of grapes H o w b eau tiful are the eyes

.

of the ki ng Meshiha as the p ure wi ne , H e cannot look

u pon wh at i s u n cl e an nor on the s he ddi n g of the bloo d
,

of the i nnoc ent ; and his te eth p u rer th an m i lk c ann ot , ,

eat th at which is s tol en or to rn ; an d th e re fo re hi s

m o untai ns are re d with wi ne and his h ill s white wi th ,

corn an d wi th the co tes of flock s

, .

ZE BU L O N sh all dwe ll u po n the b ank s of the sea and ,

h ave do m inion over the h av ens ; he will surm o u nt the

break ers of the sea with ships and his border will ,

e xten d u nto Zi do n .

I S S A K A R is an ass in the law a stro ng trib e k no wing ,

the orde r of the tim e s ; an d he li eth do wn b e tween

the lim i ts of his b rethre n A nd he saw the re st of the
.

worl d to co m e th at it is goo d an d the p orti on of the ,

land of I s rael th at it is pl e asant there fore b owe d b e ,

his shou l ders to lab ou r I n the law and u nto him S h all ,

c o m e his b reth ren b e ari n p s e n ts

g re .

Fro m the house of DA N there is to arise a m an who

will j u dge his p e ople with the j u dgm e nt of truth A ll .

9
0 r, inte ntion .
332 TA E GUII or PA L E S TIN E [
arm s

the tri b es Israel will h eark en to him to gether A

of .

chosen m an sh all ari se fro m the ho u se o f D an lik e the ,

b asili sk which li eth at the divi ding of the way and the ,

s e rpent s h e ad which lu rk eth by the wa h at b iteth

’
y t ,

the horse in his h e e l an d the m aster fro m his terror

,

is thro wn b ack ward Even thu s will S him shon b ar

.

Manovacb sl ay all the hero es of Philistia the horsem en ,

and the fo o t ; he will h am stri ng th ei r horses and hurl

th ei r ri ders b ack wards .

When Jakob saw Gideon bar J ca h and S him shon s

bar Man ov acb who we re es tablishe d to be deliv erers he

, ,

s ai d I ex p e ct n ot the s alv ation of Gi de on nor look I

, ,

for the s alvati on of Shim 8hon ; for thei r salvation will

be the salv atio n of an ho ur ; but for Thy salvatio n have
I waited and will look for O Lord for Thy salvation
, ,

is the s alv ation of e te rni ty .

The trib e of GA D with the res t of the trib e s will ,

arm e d p ass ov er the stream s of Arnou n an d su b du e

, ,

b efore th e m the pillars of the earth and arm ed will they ,

re turn i nto th ei r li m i ts wi th m u ch su b stan c e and dwell ,

in p e ace b eyo n d the p assage of Jardena ; for so will

they choose an d it sh all be to th e m to re ce ive their
,

in h e ritan c e .

H appy is AS H E R who se fruitage is plenteous and

, ,

wh ose l an d ab ou n deth in b al sam s and co stly pe rfum es .

NA PE TA L I is a s wi ft m es sen ger lik e a bind that run ,

n eth on the top s of the m o u ntai ns bringing good ,

ti di ngs : b e it was who anno u nce d th at Jo se p h was

li v i ng ; b e it was who h aste neth to go in to Miz raim and ,

b ri ng the co ntract of the do u bl e fiel d in which E sau

had n o p orti on ; an d wh en he sh all open his m o uth in
the c o ngregati on o f I srael to give p raise he sh all be the ,

cho sen o f all tongues .

JO S E PH m y son tho u h ast b eco m e great ; Joseph my

, , ,

S ee the next chapt er .

 ON GE N E S I S . 3 33

son, tho u h ast b eco m e great and m i ghty ; the end

d i ne d) on h h ho ho l d ) b
( e t e rm t ee was ( t at t u s u s t e

m ighty b e c au se tho u di dst su b du e thy in cl in ati on in

,

the m atter of thy m istres s and in the wo rk of thy ,

b rethren . Thee will I lik en to a vine planted by fo u n

tai ns of wate r which sen deth fo rth her roots an d ov er
, ,

ru nne th the ri dge s of s to n e an d co v ere th

, by her
b ranches all u nfru i tful trees ev en so di dst thou m y s on
Joseph s ubj ect by thy wis do m and thy goo d work s all
the m agici ans of Miz rai m ; and wh en c eleb rating thy ,

r a i se s the dau gh te rs of p ri nce s walking on the hi gh

p ,

l a c es c ast b efore th ee b race l ets and ch ai ns o f gol d

p ,

that thou sho u l dst li ft u p thine ey e s u po n them thi ne ,

eyes tho u wo ul dst n ot li ft u p on on e of th e m to b e co m e ,

g u i l ty in the great day of j u dgm e nt A nd all the m a i .

g
e i au s of Miz rai m were bitter an d angry agai ns t him an d ,

brou ght accusatio ns agai nst him b efore Pbarc h exp ect ,

ing to b ri ng him do wn from his ho no ur They spak e .

against him wi th the sl an de rou s tongu e whi ch is se vere

as arrows Bu t he returne d to abi de in his e arly

.

stren gth and wou ld n ot yi e l d hi m s elf u nto sin

, an d ,

su b du e d his i ncli natio ns by the s tro ng discipli ne he had

re ce iv e d fro m J akob an d th en c e b e cam e wo rthy of

,

being a ru ler and of b eing joi ne d in the engraving of

,

the nam es u pon the ston e s of I srael From the Word .

of the Lo rd S h all b e th h elp an d H e who is c all e d the

y
A ll S ufficient shall bless th e e wi th the bl essi ngs which
-

descend wi th the dew of h eav en fro m above and with ,

the goo d bl ess ing of the fo u n tains of the deep which

ascend an d cloth e the h e rb age from b eneath The .

b reas ts are blessed at which thou was t su ckled and the ,

wom b in which tho u di dst lie The blessings of thy

.

father he added to the blessings wherewith m y fath ers

With triple tongue Com pare the Targum on Psalm ci 5 ;
p
. .

Psalm ex] . 11 E ccles x

. 11 ; and our Introduction, . 12 .
xL Ix . ON GE N E S I S . 335

Iz hak m y father arose the pro fane E sau, m y b ro ther ;

and I am afrai d l es t the re s hou l d be am ong you a m an

who se h eart is se p arate d fro m hi s brethren to go and

w orship b e fo re stran ge i dol s The twelve tribes of
.

Jakob answere d all to geth er, and s ai d, HE A R Us, I S RA E L

O UR F A THE R ! T HE L O R D O UR GO D I s O N E LO R D !
A nd Jakob our fathe r an swere d, an d sai d May His
Great N am e be ble sse d for ev er an d e v er !
[B E UBE N , m y firstborn art the n, m
y stren th, an d the
g
beginning of m y sorrow To thee m y so n Re ub en
.

would it have p ertai ne d to re ce ive thre e po rtio ns abov e

thy brethre n, birthrigh t, p ri e sthoo d, ki ngdo m : b u t
b ecau se thou h ast si nne d, Re ub e n, m y son, the birth
right is giv en u nto Jo seph, the kin gdo m to Jeb u de , and

the hi gh p rie sthoo d to the tribe of L e vi I will lik en .

th ee, m y s on Reu b en, to a littl e garden in to the m i dst of

which th e re enter rapi d to rrents, which it c ann o t b ear,
but is carrie d away b efo re th e m Be re pentan t th en, .

my son Re ub en, wi th good wo rk s, for tho u h ast si nn e d ;

and sin n o m o re, that th at which tho u h as t sin ne d m a
y
be forgi ven thee .

[5 . SH I M E O N LE VI are brothers of the wom b

an d ,

m en who are m asters of sh arp weapo ns ; th ey m ade war

fro m th ei r youth ; in the land of th eir adv e rsary th ey
wrou ght ou t the tri u m phs of war I n th e ir c ou nsel s
.

m y so u l fou nd n o p leas ure ; and in the ir gath eri ng

toge th e r at the city of S hek em to de stroy it th ey were ,

not favou rabl e to m y hon our ; for in th e ir ange r th ey

sle w ki ngs with p ri n ce s an d in th eir wilfu lne ss they sol d

,

Jose ph their brothe r who is co m p are d to the ox

, .

Accurse d was the town of S hekem when Shim eon and

Le vi entere d to destroy it in their wrath for it was ,

stro ng an d in th ei r anger for it was cru e l

, , A n d Jakob .

our fath e r s ai d I f th e se re m ai n to geth er n o p e opl e or

, ,

kingdom can stan d b efore th em I will divi de the tribe

.
3 36 TA RGUII or PAL E S TI NE [ O R AP.

of Shim eon th at th ey m ay b ecom e p reachers and teachers

,

of the law in the co ngre gation of Jakob ; an d I will

disperse the trib e of L evi in the hou se s of i n stru cti on

for the so ns of Israel .

J h ee sh al l all thy b reth ren p rai s e and

[ 8. E H U DA t , ,

from thy nam e sh all all be c alled Je hu dae e thy h and

shall av e nge th ee of thy adv ers ari e s ; all the s o ns of thy

father sh all com e b e fore thee wi th salutation I will .

lik en th ee m y son Jchu da to a wh elp the S on of a li on :

, ,

from the slayi ng of Jo se ph thou wast free from the ,

d e nt of Tam ar the n m y s on was t acqu i tte d H

j g
u m , , e .

re m aineth tranq uil in the m i dst of war as the li on an d ,

as the lioness ; n or is the re p e opl e or ki ngdom that can

stand against th ee Kings shall not cease from the

.

hous e of Jchu da nor sapherim teaching the law from

,

his children s chi l dren u ntil the tim e that the King
’
,

Meshiha sh all com e who se is the kingdom and to who m

, ,

all the ki ngdo m s of the e arth shall b e ob edi ent H ow .

b eau teou s is the King Meshiha who is to arise from the ,

ho use O f Jch u da l
[B i nd i n g h is loi n s an d goi n
, g fo rth t o wa r a g a i ns t
th em th at h ate him he will sl ay ki ngs with p rince s
, ,

an d m ak e the riv ers re d wi th the bloo d of th e ir sl ai n ,

an d his hill s white with the fat o f thei r m i ghty O n e s ;

his garm e nts will b e dipp ed in blood an d he him self be ,

lik e the j u ic e O f the wine pre s s More beauti ful are the
.

ey es of the ki ng Meshiha to b eh ol d th an p u re wi ne ;

th ey will not look u pon th at which is u n cl ean or the ,

sh eddi ng of the b loo d of the i nnoc e nt His tee th are .

em ploye d acco rdi ng to the p re ce p t rath er than in e ati ng

the things of violence and rapi ne his m ou ntai ns S h all

b e re d wi th vines and his press es with his wi ne an d
, ,

his hill s be white wi th m u ch corn and with flocks of

sh ee p .

[ 1 4 I B
.S A K A B is a s tro ng tri b e a n d his lim i,ts s h all b e
XL I X .
] ON GE N E S I S . 3 37

in the m i ds t b etween two bou ndaries A nd he saw the .

“
h ous e of the san ctu ary which i s c alle d Qu i e tnes s
, that ,

it is goo d and the land th at its frui ts are rich ; an d

,

b ared his shou lders to labour in the law and to him ,

shall be all his b re th ren b ri n i ng trib u te

g .

[ 1 7 ( O f D. A N ) H e w i ll b e t h e de liv e re r w h o is t o

ari se S tro ng will he be an d el e vate d ab ove all k i ngdo m s

,

A nd he will be lik e the s erp en t th at li eth in the way ,

and the b as ili sk which lu rk eth at the di vi di ng O f the

ro ad which strik eth the hors e in his h eel and thinketh

, ,

by the terror O f him to thre w his ri der b ack ward H e .

is S him shon bar Manovach who wi ll be a te rror u po n

,

his adv ers ari es an d a fear u pon th e m th at h ate him

, ,

and who will sl ay kin s wi th p rin c e s O ur fath er J akob

g .

s ai d My so ul h ath n ot wai te d for the re de m p tio n of

,

Gideon bar Jcash which is for an hour nor for the ,

re dem p tion of S hi m shon which is a c re atu re re de m ptio n ,

bu t for the Re de m p tion which Tho u h ast s ai d in T hy

Word shall com e for Thy p eopl e the so ns o f Israel for ,

thi s Thy Re dem p tio n m y s o ul h ath waite d .

[ 1 9 F ro.m th e ho u s e o f G A D w ill go fo rth ho s ts

array ed in arm s .The y will b ri ng Israel ov er Jarde na

t th m in po s ses s ion o f the l an d of K e naan an d afte r
p u e ,

wards return i n p eace to th ei r tab ern acle s .

[ O f h a ppy A S H E R h o,w f e r til e i s th e l a n d Hi s l an d

sh all s ati sfy wi th dainti e s the ki n s of the s o ns o f
g
Israel .

[ N A PH T A L I i s a s w i ft m e s s en g e r d e c la r i n
gg oo d ti d i n g s .

H e fi rst decl are d to our fath er Jakob th at Jose ph was

et in life an d he we nt do wn to Miz rai m in a littl e ti m e
y , ,

and b rou ght the co ntract of the D o u b le Fi eld fro m the

al ac e of Jo se ph A n d w h n h p e neth his m outh in the

p . e e O

c o n re atio n of Jakob hi s ton u e is s weet as ho ney

g g , g .

[ 2 2 My s
. o n w h o h as t b e co m e g re a t J O S E P
, H m y s o n , ,

Mem ra/Ia .

Q.
XL IX .
] ON GE N E S I S . 3 39

han ds his arm s, an d he sou gh t m ercy from the

an d

stre ngth of his fath e r J akob , u n der the arm s o f who se

power the trib es O f I srael are le d, and do com e Bl essed .

are the breasts th at s u ck le d th ee, an d the wom b in which

thou di dst lie T he blessi ng of thy fath er he added

.

u pon the e, u pon the bl ess i ngs wh ere wi th thy fath ers

Abraham and Iz h ak who are like m ou ntai ns bl essed thee,

an d u pon the bl es si n g O f the fou r m o th e rs, S arah .

Rivek ah, Babel, and L eah, who are lik e hill s ; let all
th e se b lessin gs co m e, an d m ak e a diadem of m aj e sty
u pon the h e ad of Jo se ph, an d u po n the cro wn of the

m an who b ec am e a chie f an d ru l er in the lan d o f Mi z rai m ,

and the b righ tnes s of the gl ory o f his b rethre n .

[ 1 7 ( O f B E N JA M I N ) I wi ll lik e n him to a rav e n i ng

wolf I n his li m its will the s anctu ary b e b u il de d, and
.

in his inh eritance the glo ry of the Shek ina of the Lord
will dwell I n the m o rni ng w ill the p riests o ffer the
.

continu al lam b an d its obl ati o ns, an d at the going

down of the s u n wil l the pri ests offe r the co ntinu al

lam b an d its o bl ations, and at ev e ni ng divi de the o fferings
of the s o ns of Israel ] .

A ll th e se Trib es of I s rael are twelve : they are all

ri h teo u s to ge th er, an d thi s it is which th ei r fath er
g
sp ak e to th em , an d bl e s se d them ; acc o rdi n g to his

blessin g bl essed he each m an A nd he co m m ande d

.

th em an d sai d to th em , I am to b e gathe re d to m y
pe ople ; b ury m e with m y fathe rs in the cav ern which
is in the fiel d of Eph ron the H itah, in the c av e th at is
in the D o uble F iel d o v er agai ns t M am re in the l an d of
K e naan ; for A b raham b ou ght the fiel d of Ep hron the
H itah for an i nh eri tanc e of b u ri al Th ere they bu ried
.

Abrah am , and S arah his wi fe ; th ere they b u ri e d I z h ak,

and Rivekah his wi fe ; an d th e re I b u ri e d L e ah — the
purchase of the fiel d, and the cave that is in it, of the
sons of H itah .
3 40 T A R GUM or PA L E S TI N E
[
CHA R

A nd Jak ob ceas ed com m and his sons A n d he

to
a th ered u p his fe e t i nto the m i ds t of the b e d an d
g ,

expire d an d was gath ered u nto his p e ople

, .

L A n d J oseph lai d his fath er u p on a c ou ch of ivory

.

which was fram e d wi th p u re gol d an d i nl ai d with ,

p reciou s stones an d se cu re d with c ords of byssu s

, .

There they po ured ou t fe rv i d wi nes an d there b u rne d ,

th ey m o st co stly perfu m e s : th ere s too d the chi efs

o f the ho u se O f E s au an d the chi e fs o f the ho u se

of I sh m ael ; th ere stoo d the Lion O f Jehu da the ,

stren th o f his b re th re n H swere d an d s ai d to his

g e a n .

b rethren Co m e and let u s raise u p to ou r father a tall

, ,

ce dar whose head shall reach to the top of heaven and its ,

b ranch es ov ershado w all the i nhabitants of the earth ,

an d its ro ots exten d to the de pth s o f the aby s s : from it

have arisen the twelv e trib es an d from it will aris e ,

ki ngs princes an d priests in thei r divi sion s to offer

, , ,

obl atio ns and fro m it the L evites in th eir appointm ents

,

for singi ng Then b ehol d; J oseph bowed him self u pon

.
,

his fath er s face an d wep t o v er him an d ki ssed him

’
.
, ,

J U Jo ph l i h c ch of
[ E R S A L E M A n d s e a d im on a ou

ivo ry which was cov ere d wi th pu re gol d and inset wi th ,

p e arl s and spread with cl othe s of byssos and pu rple

, .

There they poured ou t wi ne with choice p erfu m es there ,

they b u rne d aro m atic gu m s ; th ere stoo d the chi efs of

the ho use of E sau ; th ere stoo d the p ri nce s of the ho use
of I sh m ael ; th ere stoo d the Lio n J e hu da the stren gth ,

of his b reth re n A nd Jehu da an s were d and sai d to

.

his breth re n Co m e let u s raise u p to ou r fath er a tall

, ,

cedar who se head sh al l re ach to he av en

,
b ut who s e ,

b ranches u nto the in h abitants of the world Fro m it .

hav e ari s en the twelv e trib es from it the priests wi th ,

th e i r tru m p ets an d the L ev ite s with thei r h arp s A nd .

they we pt an d Jo se ph bo we d hi m s el f on the face o f

,

his fath er and wep t ov er him and ki ss e d him ]

,
.
L .
] ON GE N E S I S . 3 41

Jo seph co m m an ded his servants the phy sicians

A nd
to e m b al m his fath er ; an d the phy sici ans e m b alm ed
Israel A nd the forty day s of e m b alm ing were com plete d
.

to him ; for s o fulfil th ey the days of em b alm ing ; and

the Miz raee l am ente d him se v en ty day s saying one to
an oth er Co m e le t u s l am e nt ove r Jako b the Holy
, , ,

who se ri gh teou sness turne d away the fam ine fro m the
lan d o f Miz rai m For it had b een dec ree d th at there
.

s hou ld be fo rty an d two y e ars of fam i ne b ut th ro ugh ,

the righteou sness of J akob fo rty y ears are wi thh eld from
Miz rai m and th ere c am e fam in e but for two y e ars o nly
,
’
.

An d the day s of hi s m ou rni ng pas s e d A n d J o se p h .

s p ak e with the lo rds of the ho use of P barch sayi n If

g , ,

I m ay fin d fav o ur in you r eye s sp eak now in the ,

hearing of Pharoh s ayi ng My father m ade m e s wear , , ,

s ayi n
g B ehol d I , d ie i n the se p ul ch re which I hav e
, ,

p d f m i th e l and o f Kenaan th ere s h alt tho u

p re are or e n

bu ry m e A n d no w le t m e go u p and b u ry m y fath er
.
,

and I will return A nd Pharoh s ai d GO u p and b ury

.
, ,

thy fath er acco rdi ng as he m ade th e e s we ar

,
.

A nd J o se ph wen t u p to b ury his father ; and all the

se rvants of Pb arc h the el de rs of his ho u se an d all the
, ,

e l ders O f the l an d of Mi z rai m we nt u p wi th him , .

A nd all the m en o f J oseph s h ous e and his b rethren

’
, ,

and his fath e r s h ou seh ol d : o nly the i r chil dren

’
an d ,

their sh ee p an d o xe n le ft th ey in the l an d of Go s he n , .

A nd the re went u p wi th him chariots and horse m en

and a v ery gre at ho st A nd th ey cam e to the thresh .

ing floo r of Atad which is b eyon d the J arden a and , ,

there they l ame nte d wi th a great and m i ghty l am e nta

tio n A nd he m ade th ere a m ou rni ng for his father
.

seven day s A n d the i nh abitants o f the l and of

.

Kenaan b eh eld the m ourning at the threshing floor of -

Atad and they loo sed the girdles of their loins in

,

7 Fiction .
L .
] ON GE N E S I S . 343

th ey com m itted e vil th ee ; but forgiv e, I eseech

aga nst i b
thee, the gu ilt of the serv ants of the God of thy father .

J A L E M A n d th ey i nstru cte d the trib e of Bilh ah

[ E R U S

the h an dmai d of Bab el to say Thy father before he was ,

th ere d co m m an de d sayi ng ]
g a ,

A nd Jo se p h we p t when th ey sp ak e with him A nd .

his b rethre n c am e al so and bowe d the m selves b efo re

,

him and sai d Behold we are thy S erv ants

, , ,
A nd .

Joseph sai d to th em Fe ar n ot for I wi ll not do you

, ,

e vil but goo d

, for I fe ar and h u m b le m y self b e fore the
Lord [JE RUS A L E M A nd J osepb said to them Fear
. .
,

n ot for the e vi l th at ou did m e h ath ende d A re not

, y .

the thou ghts of the so ns of m en b efo re the Lo rd

You inde e d i m agined against m e evil thou gh ts th at ,

wh en I did not re cli ne wi th you to e at it was b ec au e s

I retaine d e nm ity agai nst you But the Wo rd of the .

Lord thou ght on m e for goo d ; for m y father hath

cau sed m e to s it at the h ead and on acco unt of his
,

honour I re ce ive d ; bu t n ow not for the sake of m y

( o w n ) g ri h te ou s n e ss o r m eri t was i t giv e n m e to

wo rk ou t for you deliverance thi s day for the p res erv a

tio n of m u ch p e opl e of the ho u s e o f J akob A nd now .

fear n ot ; I will su stai n yo u and yo ur li ttle o nes A nd .

he com forted th e m and s p ak e consol ation to thei r

,

h eart .

A nd J os e ph dwelt in Miz rai m he an d his father s ,

’

ho use A n d Jos eph live d a h undred and ten years

.

A nd Jo s e ph saw Ephrai m s chil dren of the third

’

g e n er at io n ; a l s o th e s o n s O f M aki r the son O f

M enasheh when th ey were b orn were circu m cised by
, ,

Jo seph .

A nd Jo seph s ai d to his b reth ren B ehold I die ; but , ,

the Lord re m em b eri ng wil l re m e m b er you and will ,

b ri ng you u p fro m thi s l an d i nto the land which H e ,

s ware to Ab raham to Iz h ak an d to J ako b

, , A nd .
344 TA R GU M OF PA L E S TIN E ON GE N E S I S .

Jose ph adj u red the so ns of Israel to say to the ir s o n s ,

Be hold you will be b rou ght i nto s ervitu de in Miz raim

,

b ut you s hall n ot p resu m e to go u p ou t of Miz rai m

u nti l the ti m e th at two D e li v ere rs sh all co m e an d s ay ,

to you Re m em b eri ng re m em b er ye the Lord

, , A n d at .

the ti m e wh e n ye go u p ye S h all carry u p m y b on e s

fro m he nce .

A n d Jose ph die d the s on of a hu ndre d and ten

,

y ears A nd the y em b al m e d him with perfu m es and

.
,

lai d him i n an ark and su b m e rge d him in the m i ds t of

,

the Nilo s of Miz raim [ J E RUS A L E M A nd .th ey e m .

b al m ed him and lai d him in an ark in the land O f

,

Miz raim 9
.

The J erusalem T al m ud records the traditi on that the E g ptians y

e ncl osed the bod y of J ph i
ose n a m etal coffi n, and b uried it in th e N ile ,

that thereb y th e waters of the river m ight be blessed ; and that at

the E xodus the co ffi n was recovere d .

—Sotali , 10 .

EN D O F THE TA R GUM O F PA L E S TI N E

ON THE S E PH E R BE R E S H I T H .
 THE TA RGUM O F O N KE L O S

TH E BOO K S H E M O TH ,

E X OD US .

[ In the Pentateuch the fi rst chapter of E x odus begins the Thirtee nth
S ection of the L aw with the initial S HE M O T H , or N am es ]
I . A N D th e se are the n am e s o ns of Israel
of the s

who c am e i nto Miz rai m wi th J akob ( ea ch ) m an w i th

the m e n of his ho u s e th ey cam e in Reu b e n S hi m eon , ,

Levi an d Jehu dah I ssak ar Ze b ulo n and Beny am in

, , ,

Dan an d N aph tali Gad an d As h er

,
A nd all the souls
.

th at c am e fo rth fro m the thi gh of Jakob were s ev enty

s o ul s with Jos eph who was in Mi z rai m
,
.

A nd Jo seph di e d and all his b reth re n and all th at

, ,

g e ner a tio n ; b u t t he s o n s o f I s rae l i n c re as e d an d pr o

p ga ate d a n d ,b e ca m e g r e at an d v e ry m i g h ty an d t h e ,

land was fill e d wi th th e m .

Bu t a new ki ng aro se over Miz raim who did n ot hol d

v ali d ( or confirm ) the decree of Jo seph A nd he said .

to his pe opl e Behol d the p eopl e of the so ns O f I srael

, ,

are m ore nu m ero u s an d stro nger th an we : com e le t u s ,

deal wise ly by th e m le st th ey m ul tiply and it be th at

, ,

sho ul d war h app e n to u S th ey join them selv e s wi th o ur

en e m ie s and b reak fo rth in the war agai nst u s and go

, ,

u p from the l and A n d they appoi n ted ov er them evil

.

doing gov ernors (ski lton in) to affl ict th em in th eir

labou rs A nd th ey b uilded citi es O f treasure ho uses for
.

Q 5
IL ] ON n ew s 34 7

within it, iver u pon the brink of the

and se t it in the r

s tream A n d his S i ste r statione d herself at a di stance

.
1
,

to know wh at wo ul d be do ne to him .

A nd the daugh te r of Pbarc h cam e do wn to wash at

the ri ve r and her dam sels walk e d on the riv er s b ank ;
’
,

and she saw the ark in the fl oo d and reach e d ou t her

‘
,

arm and took it A nd op eni ng she s aw the child ;

.
,

and b e ho ld the i nfant we p t

, , A nd she had co m passio n .

o n him and s ai d T hi s is o ne of the chil dre n o f the

,

Jehu daee Th en spak e his si ster to the daughter of

.

Pbarch S hall I go and call a nurse wom an of the

,
-

Je hu daee who will su ckle the child for thee ? A nd the

dau ghter of Pharoh s ai d to her GO ; and the m ai den ,
’
went and c alle d the c hil d s m o th er A nd Pharoh s
’
, .

dau gh te r sai d to her Tak e this chil d and nurse it for ,

m e an d I will giv e th ee thy reco m pe nse

, A nd the .

wom an took the ch ild an d su ck l e d him A nd the .

chil d aroh s
’

g re w an d s h e b ro,u
gh t hi m to P h
daughter and he b ecam e to her a son an d s he call ed
, ,

his nam e Mo sh eh sayi ng Becau se I dre w him ou t fro m

, ,

the water .

A nd it was in tho s e day s wh en Mo s heh had grown

th at he we nt ou t to his brethren and b eh e ld th ei r se r
vitu de A nd he saw a Miz raite m an sm ite a m an a
.
,

Jehu dai, ( ) b re th re one

n A n d ofhe tu his
rn e d thi s .

way and th at and saw th at th e re was n o m an ; and

,

s m ote the Miz raite and b u ri e d him in the s an d ,

A nd .

he went o ut the se co nd day an d b ehol d two m e n , , , ,

Jehu dae en co ntended A nd he sai d to the gu ilty one .

,

Why did you strike y ou r co m p anion ? But he sai d ,

Wh o set you a chief m an and a j udge over us ? Will

u who s p eak so ki ll m e as kill e d the Miz raya ?
y o
y ou ,

A nd Mo she h was afrai d and sai d S urely the thing is , ,

k no wn A nd Pbarch heard th at thi ng and sou ght to

.
,

1
S am . V ers
.
, am ong the rushe s
1
I bid .
3 48 G
TA R UM o r O N KE L O S [ O RA P.

kill Mo sh eh ; Mosh eh fled from before Pharoh

an d ,

and dwe lt in the land of M idi an .

A n d he s at by a well ; and the pri nce (rabba) of

Mi dian had seven dau ghters ; an d th ey cam e and dre w
and fill e d the trou gh s to wate r th ei r fath er s flock
’
.

Bu t the sh ephe rds c am e an d drave th em away ; and

Mosh e h aro se and rescu ed them and wate red the flock , .

A nd th ey c am e to Re u el th eir father ; and he sai d ,

Wh at is this th at ye have com e S O quickly to d ay ?

,

A nd they said A m an a Miz raya delive re d u s fro m the

, , ,

hand of the S heph erds and al so dre w for u s and ,

wate re d the flock A n d he sai d to his dau ghters A nd

.
,

where is he ? wh ere fo re h av e you left the m an ? Call

him th at he m ay e at bread
,
A nd Mo sh eh was willi ng .

to dwell wi th the m an ; an d he gav e Zipp orah his

daughter u nto Mo sheh A n d S he b are a s on ; and he
.

call e d his n am e G ershom ; for sai d he I am a stranger , ,

i n a fore i gn land .

A nd it was in m any O f tho se days : and the ki ng of

Miz raim died A nd the sons of I srael gro ane d with
.

the h ard s e rv ic e which was u po n th e m ; and the cry

ro se u p b e fo re the pre sen c e of the Lo rd from their ,

l abo ur An d th eir app eal was heard b efo re the Lo rd ;

.

an d the L ord re m em b e re d His cove nant with Ab rah am ,

with Iz h ak and wi th Jako b

, A n d the servitu de of the .

s o ns of I srae l was k n o wn b e fore the Lord and the ,

Lord sai d in H is Wo rd th at H e wo ul d deliv er them , .

III A nd Mo sh eh te nded the flock of J e thro his

.

father in law the rabb a O f Mi dian an d he le d the flo ck

- -
, ,

to the p lace of the b est p astu res O f the wil de rne ss and ,

cam e to the m o un tain on which was reveale d the glory

of the Lo rd u nto Ho reb , A n d the Angel of the Lo rd .

appeared to him in a fl am e of fi re in the m i dst of a

b ush A nd be gaz ed and b ehold the bu sh b urne d

.
, , ,

wi th fi re b ut the b u sh was not co n su m ed

, A nd .
 ON E XO DUS . 349

Mo sh e h sai d I will now tu rn

, an d see thi s great S i ght,
why the b u sh is not b urned u
p . A n d the Lord saw
th at he tu rn e d to see, an d
Lord called to him from the
the m i dst o f the b us h an d sai d Mo sh e h Mo sh eh !
, , ,

A n d he s ai d Behol d m e
, A nd H e sai d Appro ach not
.
,

hither ; loo se the san dal from thy foot for the place
1
,

wh ere tho u s tan de st is holy A nd H e sai d I am the .

,

God of thy fath e rs ; the God of Ab rah am the God of ,

Iz hak an d the God of Jakob A nd Mosh eh b o wed

, .

with his face for he was afraid to look up to the glory

of the Lo rd .

A nd the Lord sai d The b o n dage of My p eop le who

,

is in Miz rai m is v erily dis close d b e fo re Me and b efore ,

Me is heard the ir cry on accou nt of th eir toil s ; for

thei r afflictions are di s clo se d b efo re m e ; and I h av e
app e are d to deliv e r th e m fro m the h and of the Miz raee ,

and to b ri ng th e m u p fro m th at land unto a land goo d ,

an d large a l an d p ro du cin g m ilk an d hon ey u nto the

, ,

place of the K en aan aee and the Hittaee and the A m o

, ,

raee, an d the Pe riz ae e , an d

Yevu saee the H ivaee, an d .

A nd n ow, b ehold, the cry of the sons of I srael asc end

e th b efo re Me, an d the afflic tio n i s also rev eale d b efo re

Me wh erewith the Miz rae e afflict th em A nd now, .

co m e, I will se nd th e e to Pharoh, an d will b rin f o rth

g
the s ons of Israel fro m Mi z rai m .

A nd Mo sh e h sai d b efore the Lord, Who am I, th at

I should go u nto Pharoh to b ri ng forth the so ns of
I srael from Miz raim ? A nd H e sai d, Becau se My
Word shal l be thy h elp er : and this sh all be the S i gn
that I h av e sen t th ee : I n thy leadi ng fo rth of the
people fro m Miz rai m you shall do service before the
L ord u pon this m o u ntain .

A nd Mo she h s ai d b efore the Lord , Behold, when I

1
S am Vers ,
. . su ddenl y , or, rashl y .

S am Vers
. .
, be fore the face of their task m aste rs .
Uh ] ON E XO D US . 35 1

shall be that wh en you go you shall n ot go em p ty .

But you shall dem and, a wo m an of her neighbo ur and the

inm ates of her hous e, articles of silver and of gol d and
vestm ents, and ppo
u t
n yo ur th em
s o n s and u pon u

your daugh ters and shall m ake the Miz raee e m p ty

,
1
.

IV A nd Mosheh answere d and sai d Bu t behol d

.
, , ,

they will not belie ve m e nor hearke n to m e : for th ey will

say The Lo rd h ath n ot b een re vealed to th e e
, A nd .

the Lord sai d to him Wh at is th at which is in thy ,

h and ? and he said A rod A nd He sai d Cast it to

, .
,

the grou n d ; and be cast it u po n the gro u n d and it ,

be cam e a serpent and Mos heh fle d fro m b efore it A nd

, .

the Lo rd sai d to Mo she h S tretch forth thy hand and ,

se iz e i t b y its tail ; an d he t fo th h is h and and

p u r

as e d it and it b e c am e a ro d in his ban d Th a t th ey

g pr , .

m ay be li ev e th at the Lo rd God of their fath ers h ath

b een rev ealed to thee the God of Ab raham the God of , ,

I z h ak and the God of Jakob

, A nd the Lord sai d ye t .

to him Pu t no w thy h an d into thy b os om

,
A nd he .

ut his h an d in to his b o s o m an d drew it ou t ; an d

p , ,

behold his h and was white a sno w

,
A nd H e sai d s . ,

Retu rn thy hand into thy b os om An d he returned .

his h an d i nto his b oso m and drew it out fro m his b osom , ,

and b e hol d it had tur ne d to be as his o wn flesh

, ,
A nd .

it shall be if th ey will n ot b e li e ve th ee nor receive the

,

voice of the fi rst S i gn th at th ey sh all b eli eve the voice,

of the latte r S i gn But if th ey will not b elie ve either

.

of the se two S i g ns nor re ce ive fro m th ee tak e of the

, ,

water that is in the riv er and po ur it u pon the grou nd ; ,

and the water which thou tak est fro m the river S hall

becom e blood upon the ground .

A n d M osh eh sai d b e fore the Lord I n entreati ng I , ,

am n t
o a m an w h o is ( we ll) s pok e n n e i th e r y e s te rd ay ,

n ro th e day b efo re an d fro m th e t

,
i m e th a t th o u s p ak es t
7
S am . V ers .
,
s trip the Miz raee .
35 2 G
TA R UM or O N K E LO S [
O RA P .

with Thy v
ser ant :for I am heavy of speech and of a
deep tongue
8
. But the Lord sai d to him , Who hath
ap pointed the m o u th of m an, and who h ath appoi nted
the m t
u ,e or th e de af, o r the op e n-si g h te d, or the blind ?
Have not I, the Lord ? A nd now go, and My Word
S hall b e wi th thy m o u th , an d I will te ach thee what to

say . A n d he sai d, I b esee ch the Lord to se nd by the

hand of one who is fi t to b e sent A n d the dis pleas ure
.

o f the Lord was kindl e d against Mo she h an d H e said,

I s not A h aron the L evite, thy b ro th er, k no wn b efore Me

as one who sp e aki ng can S p e ak ? an d also, b e hold, be
co m eth forth to anticipate thee, and will see thee, and
rejoic e in his h e art A nd tho u sh alt s peak with hi m,
.

an d pu t the wo rds in his m o uth ; an d My Word will b e

with thy m o uth an d with his m ou th, and I will te ach

o u what to do A nd he s hall s p eak for thee wi th the
y .

p e opl e, an d sh all be thy i nte rp reter, and thou shalt be

to him a rab and thi s s taff tho u shalt tak e in thy
han d wh ere with to wo rk the signs .

A nd Mo sh e h wen t, an d re tu rned to Jeth er his father

ia law, an d sai d to him , I will now go and retu rn to m y
-

b reth ren who are in Miz raim , and se e if they still live .

A nd Jether sai d to Mosh e h Go in p eace A n d the , .

Lord sai d to Mos heh in Midian Go return to Miz rai m ; , ,

for all the m en who so ugh t to kill th e e are dead An d .

Mosh e h took hi s wi fe and hi s son s and m ade th em ride ,

u po n the as s and returned to the land of Miz rai m

, .

A nd Mo sheh took the s taff with which the m i racle s had

b een done b efore the Lord in his hand A nd the Lord .

s ai d to Mo sh e h I n thy goi ng to return to Miz rai m

,

lo ok to all the wonders th at I have ap poi nte d by thy

h and and do th em b efore Pharoh But I wi ll O b durate
,
.

his h e art and he wi ll not send the p eop le away

,
A nd .

tho u sh al t say u nto Pharo h Th us s ai d the Lord ; I s rael

,

3 “
O r, stam m eri ng.
v .
] ON E XO DUS . 35 3

is My son My firstb o rn A n d I say unto thee L et

, .
,

My son go that he m ay serve b efo re Me ; and if th ou

,

re fu se to se nd him away b ehol d I will kill th son thy

y , , ,

firstbo rn .

An d it was in the way at the place O f lo dgi ng th at , ,

the A ngel of the Lo rd m e t hi m and s ou gh t to kil l him , .

A n d Zipporah took a stone and ci rc u m ci se d the fore ,

ski n O f he r son and app ro ach e d b e fo re him and sai d

, , ,

O n acco u nt of the b loo d of thi s circu m ci sion let m y

h us band b e giv e n (b ack ) to m e A nd when he had .

des isted fro m him she s ai d Bu t for the blo o d of thi s

, ,

ci rc um ci s io n m y hu sb and wou ld h av e b ee n condem ne d

to die .

A nd the Lord s ai d to Ah aron, Go thou to m eet

Mosheh in the desert A nd he went, an d m et him at .

the m o untai n on which was vthe glo ry of the

re e ale d

Lord kiss e d him

, and he . A nd Mo sh e h sho we d Ah aron
all the wo rds with which the Lo rd had s ent him and ,

all the si gn s which he had co m m an de d A nd Mo sh eh .

an d Ah aro n we nt and as se m bl ed all the elders of the

‘

s ons of I srae l and Ah aro n tol d all the words whi c h

the Lo rd had s p ok en with Mo sh eh and did the S igns ,

in the ey e s of the peopl e A nd the p e ople b eli e ve d .

,

and understoo d h e ard) th at the Lord had rem em b ere d

(
the s o ns o f I srael and that th ei r S l av e ry was m anife st
,

be fore him ; an d th ey bo wed and adored , .

V A nd afterward M osh eh an d Aharon went in and

.
,

sai d to Pharoh Th u s saith the Lord the God of Israel , ,

L et My pe opl e go to s ol e m niz e a fe ast (y ea/tap as )

,

b efore Me in the dese rt A nd Pharoh sai d The nam e .

,

of the Lo rd is n ot k no wn to m e th at I s hou ld he arke n ,

to H is wo rd to s e nd Israel away The nam e of the .

Lord is not re v e al e d to m e and Israel I S h all not ,

rele ase A nd they s ai d The God of the Jehu daee hath

.
,

reve aled Hi m s e lf to u s let u s now go three day s jou rney ’

vr .
] ON E XO DUS . 35 5

are b eaten , an d thy

p eopl e S in agai nst us But be sai d ,

You are i dl e yo u are i dle : therefo re you s ay We will go

, ,

and sac rifi ce b e fore the Lord A n d now go work : but .

,

straw I will n ot giv e you y e t the nu m b er of b rick s

h all rende r A nd the ov erseers of the so ns of

you S .

Israel pe rceived th at they were in e vil : for they sai d to

th em You sh all n ot di m i nis h fro m yo ur b rick s the
,

m atter of a day, in a day .

A nd th ey m e t Mo sh eh
Ah aron standing b efore and

th e m in their co m i ng out fro m b ei ng wi th Pharoh And .

they sai d to th e m May the Lo rd m anife st Hi m sel f to

,

u and adj u dge b e c au se h v d vo

1
y o you a e m a e our s a ur

e vil in the ey e s o f P haro h and in the ey es of his s e rv ants

, ,

and h av e pu t a S wo rd i nto th ei r h an ds to kil l u s ! A nd

Moshe h returned b efo re the Lord and sai d O Lo rd why , ,

hast Tho u done e v il u nto thi s p eople and where fore ,

di dst Tho u sen d m e ? an d fro m the ti m e th at I we nt in

to Pharoh to s p eak i n Thy nam e he h ath do ne e vil to
thi s p eople b ut li b e rati ng Tho u h ast not libe rated Thy
,

people VI But the L ord sai d to Mo sheh N ow sh alt

. .
,

thou se e wh at I wi ll do to Pharoh for wi th a strong

hand shal l he se nd th e m away and wi th a stro ng h and ,

drive them from his land .

SECTION XI V .

VA E RA .

Lord spak e to Mosh eh and sai d to him I

A N D the ,

am the Lo rd ; an d I app e are d u nto Ab rah am and to

Iz h ak and to Jakob by ( the nam e) E l S haddai but by -

,

My n am e Jchovab I was n ot k no wn to the m A nd also

’
.

1
S am Vers ,
. . interpret .
1
O nkelos, Yeyd .
35 6 G
TA R UM or O N K E L O S [ O RA P.

I have co nfi rm ed My cov en ant with them to give th em

the l an d of K enaan the lan d of th ei r s ojo u rn i ngs in
,

which th ey s oj o urne d A n d b e fo re Me h ath b ee n he ard

.

the cry of the so ns of Is rael who m the Miz raee m ake to

lab o ur for th em ; and I hav e rem em b ere d My cove nant .

Therefore say tho u to the s on s of I srael I am the

, ,

Lo rd an d I will b ring you ou t fro m the m i dst of

,

the so re l abo ur for the Miz raee an d wi ll deliver ,

o u fro m th e ir s ervi tu de an d re dee m you with a lo fty

y ,

arm an d with gre at j u dgm e nts A nd I wi ll bring .

o ni gh b e fo re Me to b e a p eo ple and I will b e un to

y u ,

ou a God ; an d you sh all kno w th at I am the Lo rd

y
your God who b ringeth you ou t fro m the s ore Miz rean
bo ndage A nd I will lead you into the land which I
.

h ave sworn in My Word to give to Abraham to Iz hak , ,

an d to J akob ; and to you will I giv e it for an i nh eri t

ance I am the Lord A n d Mosh eh so spake with the

.

so ns of Is rae l : bu t th ey re ceiv e d not fro m Mo sh e h

th ro ugh an gui sh O f spirit an d fro m the l abo ur which

,

was h ard u po n th e m .

A nd the Lord sp ake to M o sh eh s ayi ng GO in speak , , ,

wi th Pharoh ki ng O f Miz rai m th at b e send away the ,

sons of I srae l fro m his l an d A nd Mo sh e h s p ak e b e fore

.

the Lord s ayi ng Beh ol d the son s O f Israel h ave not

, , ,

receiv e d fro m m e and how th en will Pharoh re c e iv e and

, ,

I (so) h eavy of speech ? A nd the Lord sp ake to Mo sheh

an d Ah aro n an d gav e th e m co m m an dm e nt to the sons
,

of I s rae l an d u nto P b arc h ki ng O f Mi z rai m for the oin

g g
fo rth of the s o ns of Israel fro m the land of Mi z rai m .

These are the heads of the ho use of their fathers .

The son s of Re ub en the fi rstborn of Israel H anu k and ,

Ph alli H etsron and Karm i th ese are the p rogeny of

,

Re ub e n A nd the sons of S hi m e o n Ye m u el and Yam in

.
,

and Ach ad an d Y akin and Zochar and S h aul the son of

a K e naanitha th ese are the p ro geny of Shi m eo n A nd .

VL ] ON n ew s 35 7

these are the n am es ccordi ng to

of the s o ns of L evi , a

the ir gene ratio ns : G ersho n and K e hath an d M erari .

A n d the y ears O f the li fe o f L e m we re a h u n dred an d

thi rty an d s ev en y ears T he so ns of G erson Lib ni and
.
,

Shim ei after their progenies A nd the s ons of K ehath

, .
,

Am ram an d Iz har and H ebro n an d Uz z iel A nd the .

y ears of the life of K e hath a h u ndre d and thi rty and ,

three y e ars A n d the sons of M e rari M ab e li an d

.
,

M u shi These are the p ro ge nies of L e vi after th ei r

.
,

nerati ons A n d A m ram to ok Y ok eb e d the s i s te r of

g e .

his fathe r u n to him to wi fe and she b are him Ah aron ,

and Mo sheh A nd the ye ars of the li fe of Am ram were

.

an h un dre d and thi rty and se v en y ears A n d the s o ns .

of I z h ar Ko rah an d N e ph e an d Zik ri A n d th s o ns
, g e .

o f Uz z i el Mishael an d Elz aph an and S ithri A nd

, .

Ah aron took Elisheb a the dau gh ter of A m inadab the

S i ste r of N achshon to him to wi fe ; and s he b are hi m

Nadab an d Abihu Elaz ar and Itham ar A nd the s o ns

,
.

o f Ko rah As i r an d Elk an ah an d Abi asaph : the s e are

,

the p ro geny of Korah A n d El az ar the s on of Ah aro n

.

took (one ) of the dau ghters O f Phu tiel to hi m se lf to

wife an d she b are him Pi nh as
, These are the chi e fs of .

the fathers of the L e vaee acco rdi ng to th ei r ge ne ratio ns

,
.

I t is Ah aron and Mo sh eh to who m the L ord had s ai d , ,

Bring forth the sons of Israel fro m the l and of M iz raim

by the ir arm ie s These are they who spake with P barc h
.

king O f Miz raim to let the s o ns o f Israel go forth from

Miz rai m : it is Mosh eh and A haro n .

A nd it was in the day wh en the L ord sp ak e with

Mosheh in the lan d of Miz raim th at the L ord spake ,

u nto Mo sh e h sayi n I am the Lo rd : Sp eak wi th

g , ,

Pharoh king of M iz rai m all th at I h av e s ai d to th ee .

But Mosh eh sai d b e fore the Lo rd Behol d I am h eavy , ,

of S p ee ch and how will Pharoh rece i v e from m e ?

,
Bu t
the Lord s ai d to Mo sheh S ee I have app oi nte d th ee a , ,
VI L ] ON E XO DUS . 35 9

o th fo rth t o th w at n d ta n d to m e e t him on the

g e e ers a s ,

b ank of the river and the ro d that was turne d to a

,

se rp en t ( claezya H eb n ae/eas t ) tak e in thy hand

'

.
, ,

and s ay to hi m The Lo rd God of the Je hu daee h ath

,

se n t m e to th ee s aying Rel e as e My pe opl e th at th ey

, , ,

m ay se rv e b e fo re Me in the desert; and b e ho ld tho u has t , ,

n ot ye t acc e de d Th us saith the Lo rd By this thou

.
,

s h al t k no w th at I am the Lo rd : B ehol d with the rod ,

th at is in m y h and I s m ite the water O f the riv er an d it ,

shall be tu rne d to bloo d : an d the fi s h which are in the

riv er s h all die an d the river b e co m e p u tri d an d the

, ,

Miz rae e try in v ai n to dri nk the water fro m the ri ver .

A nd the Lo rd sp ak e to Mo she h S ay to Ah aron , ,

Tak e thy rod and li ft u p thy h an d ov er the waters of

,

the Mi z raee u p on th ei r ri v ers u pon th eir canals and

, , ,

u po n th e i r l ak e s and u po n all th e i r re se rvoi rs O f wate r

, ,

that th ey m ay be com e bl oo d and th e re sh all b e bl oo d

in all the land of Miz rai m and in vessel s o f woo d and ,

in v e ss el s of S tone A nd M osh e h and Aharon did so

.
,

as the Lord co m m ande d ; and he lifte d the ro d an d ,

stru ck the waters of the ri v e r i n the S i ght of Pharoh , ,

and in the ey e s of his s erv ants and all the waters of the ,

riv er were tu rn e d i nto bl o o d A nd the fi sh of the rive r.

died and the river b e cam e p u tri d

, and the Miz raee

coul d not dri nk o f the water of the ri v er an d th ere was ,

bloo d in all the lan d of M iz rai m A nd the m agicians .

did s o wi th their e nch an tm ents ; and Pharoh s h eart was

’

hardened and he woul d not he ark en to th em as the Lo rd

, ,

had s ai d . A n d Pharoh tu rne d and e ntere d into his

hou se ; ne i ther did he se t his h eart al so u nto this .

A nd all the Miz raee di gge d by the b e ndi ng of the river

for wate r to dri nk ; fo r the water which was in the river
they coul d not dri nk .

A nd seven days were fulfille d after th at the L ord had

stru ck the riv er ; and the Lo rd sai d to Mo sheh Go in ,
3 60 [ G
T A R UM or O N K E L O S O R A P.

u nto Pharoh an d s ay to him Thu s saith the Lord ,

S end away My pe ople that they m ay serve b efo re m e , .

Bu t if tho u re fu s e to s en d th e m away b e hol d I will , ,

s m i te all thy bo rders wi th fro gs and the riv e r s h all ,

m u l tiply frogs ; an d th ey shall c om e u p and e nter i nto

thy ho u s e an d i nto thy ch am b e r the pl ace of S leep and
, ,

upo n thy b e d an d i nto the h ou se of thy s e rvant and

,
s
,

am o ng thy p e opl e and i nto thy o v ens an d thy k neadi ng

,

pans and u po n thee and u pon thy peopl e and u pon all
thy s erv an ts shal l the fro gs co m e u p A nd the Lord .

s ai d to Mo sh e h S ay to Ah aro n U plift thy hand with

, ,

thy staff u po n the s tre am s up on the ri v u l ets and u po n , ,

the l ak e s ; and the frogs shall co m e u p on the land of

Miz rai m A nd Aharo n li fte d u p his hand ove r the
.

waters of the Miz raee and the fro gs cam e up an d ,

covere d the lan d of Miz rai m A n d the m agicians did .

s o wi th th eir e nch antm ents an d m ade frogs to com e u p ,

on the l and o f Miz rai m A nd Pharoh c alle d Mosh eh .

an d Aharo n an d s ai d P ray b e fo re the Lo rd th at the

, ,

frogs m ay be re m ov e d from m e and from m y pe opl e ;

an d I will rel e ase the p e opl e that th e y m ay s acrifice ,

b e fore the L ord A nd Mosh eh sai d to Pharoh D em and

.
,

for thysel f a m iracl e an d app oint m e a ti m e when I ,

”

s h all p ray for th e e and for th ervants and th p e opl e

y s , y ,

th at the fro gs m ay b e fi ni sh e d fro m th ee and fro m thy

hou se and re m ai n o nly in the ri v er
, A nd he s aid To .
,

m o rrow A nd he sai d Accordi ng to thy wo rd ; that

.
,

tho u m ay est k no w th at there is n one as the Lord ou r

God . A nd the fro gs s hal l be re m o v e d fro m thee and
fro m thy ho u s e and thy serv ants and thy p e opl e ; in the
river o n ly sh all th ey re m ain A n d Mo sh eh and Ah aro n .

went out fro m Pharoh ; an d M os he h p ray e d b efo re the

Lord concerning the frogs which he had appoi nted u n to
Pharoh A nd the Lord did acco rding to the wo rds of
.

S am V 1
D id f m . m
e rs .
, ec e or e, or, over e.
vn t .
] ON E XO DUS . 3 61

Mosheh ; and the fro gs di e d from the houses , and fro m

the o
c urts , an d fro m the fi elds A nd th ey gath ere d
.

th em in heap s ( upon) h eaps , an d th ey co rrupte d u p on

the gro u nd .A n d P barc h saw th at there was relief ;

and harden e d his h eart and would not heark en to them , ,

as the Lo rd had sai d .

A n d the Lord s pake to Mosheh S ay unto Aharo n , ,

Lift u p thy rod and sm ite the du st of the earth and it ,

sh all b e co m e inse c ts
‘
in all the land of Mi z rai m
, .

A nd they did so A nd Ah aro n lifted u p his hand with the

.

rod and s m o te the du s t of the earth an d it b e c am e i nsects ,

o n m an an d on c attl e ; all the dust of the earth b ecam e

insects in all the lan d of Miz rai m A nd the m agici ans .

wro u gh t so with th eir e nchantm ents to p ro duc e the

inse cts bu t we re not abl e ; and th ere were inse cts on
,

m an and on b east A nd the m agici ans s ai d to Pharoh

.
,

This is a pl agu e from b efo re the Lo rd Y et Pharoh s .

’

heart was h ardened and he would not hearken to th em

, ,

as the Lord had said .

A nd the Lord sai d to Mo sh eh Arise in the m orni ng ,

and stand b e fo re Pharoh b ehol d he goeth ou t to the ,

waters ; an d say to him Th u s saith the Lord Send My , ,

eop l aw y th at th ey m ay s erv e b efo re Me For if

p e a ,
.

tho u wilt not sen d My p e ople away b ehold I will S end , ,

on thee and on th y servants and on thy p e ople

,
and , ,

up o n th ho he arob a ; an d th ey sh al l fill the

1
y u ses t ,

houses of the Miz raee with the arob a ; and also the
o n d o n w hic h th e y a Bu t I will m ak e a distinc
g r u re .
.

tio n in th at day with the lan d of Go sh en wh ere My

people dwell that the arob a shall not be th ere ; so that
,

th o u y
m a es t k n o w th a t I th e Lo r d do ru le in t he m i dst
of the earth A nd I will o rdain rede m p tio n to My
.

Ci p lzes, Skuzp fiu , L XX
’

‘ ni
Poisonous flies K alm etlm , O N E
—
.

p bably beetles 5 1am; b

. .

Heb , A rab
. ro E gyp tioa, a form ida le and
voracious insect .
 on u onus . 863

b efore Lo rd shall be u po n thy cattle which are in

the
the fi el d ; u pon the ho rses u pon the ass e s u po n the , ,

cam els u pon the o xen

, an d u po n the s h e e p a v ery
, ,

g re at d eath B u t . t h e L or d w il l m a k e d i s ti nctio n

b etween the cattle of Israel and the cattle o f the Miz

race and of all th at the chil dre n of I srae l p osses s

s h all die A nd the L ord se t a ti m e ’

n ot on e .
,

s ayin
g To
, m o rr
-
o w w ill th e Lo rd d o t hi s t hi n g i n t he

land . A n d the Lord did that thi ng on the follo wi ng

day and all the c attl e of the Miz raee di e d ; b ut of the
,

cattl e of the s on s of Is rael di e d n ot one A nd Pharoh .

se nt and b ehold n ot one of the c attle of the s o ns of

, , ,

I srael had die d A nd Pharoh s h eart was h ardened

’
.
,

and he wou l d n ot s en d the p e opl e away .

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mos he h and Ah aro n Tak e you ,

h andfuls of dus t of the fu rnace and let Mo sheh scatte r ,

it to wards the h eav e ns in the p resence of Pharoh and

it will be lik e fi ne po wde r u pon all the l an d of Miz rai m ,

and it sh all be u po n m an an d b eas t an i nflam m ation

g ro w i ng i nt o u lc e rs in all t he l an d o f Mi z raim A n d .

they to ok the du st of the furnace an d stoo d b efore

Pbarch ; and Mosh eh s cattered it to wards the he ave ns ,

and it b e cam e an inflam m atio n of u lc ers m ultiplyi ng on

m an and b e ast A nd the m agician s cou l d not stan d

.

before Mosheh on accou nt of the disease ; for the

,

di s ease was u po n the m agici ans and u pon all the

Miz raee A nd the Lord ob durate d the h eart of Pharoh
.
,

and he wou ld n o t hearken to th e m as the Lo rd had ,

said to Mo sh e h .

A nd the Lord sai d to Mo sh eh Ri se u p in the m orn ,

ing and stan d b efore Pharoh an d say to him Thus , ,

saith the Lord the God of the Jehu daee,

S end My ,

people away that they m ay serve b efore Me : for at this

,

tim e I will send all My plag ues u po n thy h eart and ,

7 S am . V ers .
,
pp i t d
a o n e a testim on y .

I: 2
3 64 TA RGUM or O N K E L O S cm .

u pon thy serv ants and thy people that tho u m ayest ,

k now that th ere is no one lik e Me the Rule r in all the ,

earth For now it is n igh b efore Me to send indeed My

.

s tro ng pl agu e s and s m i te th e e and thy p e op le wi th

,

death an d cut th ee off from the earth

,
For th erefo re .

have I rai se d th ee u p th at I m ay show thee My po wer

, ,

an d th at th ey m ay ack no wle dge the m i gh t of My

n am e in all the earth Until now hast thou ke pt My
.

people down that thou m ayest not releas e them

8
, .

B ehold I will cau se to com e do wn as at this tim e to

, ,

m o rro w h ail m o st m igh ty the lik e of which h ath nev e r

, ,

b een in Miz raim fro m the day that it was fou nded until
n ow . An d n ow se nd gath er in thy cattle and all that
, ,

tho u h ast in the fi el d ; for u pon every m an and b eas t

that m ay b e fo u nd in the fi eld not gathered into the
hou se the h ail wi ll fall an d they sh all die Who feared
, .

the word of the Lo rd am o ng the servants of P h arah

col le cted his servants and his cattle u nto the houses ;
bu t he who did not se t his h e art u po n the wo rd of the
Lo rd l eft his serv ants and his c attle in the field
, .

A n d the Lord sai d to Mosh e h U plift thy h and ,

to wards the h e av ens and th ere sh all be h ail in all the

,

l and of Miz rai m u pon m an and beast and every herb , ,

of the fi e l d th ro u ho u t the l an d of Miz rai m A n d

g .

Mosh eh lifted u p the rod towards the h eavens and the ,

Lo rd sent thu nders ( voices ) and bail and fi re going

, , ,

u po n the o n d a n d th e Lo rd r ai ned hail u pon the

gr u :

land of Miz rai m an d there was bail an d fire flam ing

, ,

am o n t h b ail v y m i h ty ch a th lik e of had

g e e,r g s u s e ,

not b e en in all the l and of Miz raim sin ce the ti m e it

had b ee n for a p e ople A nd the h ail s m ote in all the

.

land of Miz rai m all that was in the fi eld from m an to

cattl e and e v ery h e rb of the field the hail stru ck an d
, ,

e ve ry tree of the fi el d it b rak e Only in the land of

.

S am Vers
. .
, hast dealt deceitfull y with .
 ON E XO D US . 365

Go shen, where the o

s ns of Israel were, there was no

A nd Pharoh sent an d called for Mo sh eh and Ah aron ,

and sai d to th em , I h ave si nned thi s tim e ; the Lord is

ri ghte ou s and I an d m y p e ople are guilty
,
Pray b efore .

the Lo rd th at reli ef m ay b e m u l tipli ed b efo re H im so ,

that th e re m ay be u po n us n o m ore th u nders of m ale dic

tion lik e th ese b efo re the Lord nor h ai l ; an d I will ,

s e nd you away an d wi ll n ot con tinu e to de tain you

, .

A nd Mo sh e h s aid to him Wh e n I sh all hav e go ne ou t

,

of the city I will sp re ad forth m y hands in prayer

,

before the Lord and the th unde rs shall ce ase and there
, ,

shall be n o m o re h ail th at you m ay k no w that the

,

earth is the Lord s Bu t ( as for) th ee and thy ser

’
.

vants I k no w that as et e are n ot hu m b le d b efo re the

, y y
Lord God A n d the flax and the b arley we re sm itten
.
,

b e cau se the b arley was caring and the flax was in ,

flo wer : bu t the wheat and the sp elt were not s m itte n ,

for they were l ater A n d Mo sh e h went ou t of the city

.

from Pharoh an d s pread forth his h ands in pray er

,

b efore the Lord and the thu nders ceased and the bail
, ,

and the rai n which had de s ce nded cam e not ( m ore )

u po n the earth A nd Pharoh saw th at the rai n had

.

cease d and the h ail and the thu nders and he added
, ,

et to sin and h arde ne d hi s h e art he and his s erv ants

y , , .

A nd the h e art of Pb arc h w as h arde ne d and he wou l d ,

n ot se nd away the s ons of I srael as the Lo rd had ,

s ok en by the hand of Mo sh e h
p .
L ] n ouns . 36 7

before the Lord your God : (bu t) who and who shall go ?
A nd Mo sh eh sai d, With our y oung o nes and wi th o ur
old m en will we go with our so n s and wi th ou r dau h ters,
g
wi th our sh ee p and with our oxen, will we go ; for we
have a feast b e fo re the Lord . An d he sai d to them , S o
be the Word of the Lord in y our help wh e n I se nd you
away an d yo u r li ttle on es : b e ware , for the e vil that ou
y
are thi nki ng to do will be turne d agai nst yo ur face s .

N ot s o : b u t le t the m en go and serve befo re the Lord ;

for it was th at which you dem anded . A nd they were
driv e n fro m b efore Pbarch .

A n d the Lord sai d to Mos he h, Lift u p thy h an d over

the l and of Miz rai m , that the locus ts m ay co m e, an d go
up on the l and of Mi z rai m , an d de vo ur e ver h e rb of the
y
earth, e v en all which the hail h ath le ft A nd Mo sheh
.

stretch ed fo rth his rod u pon the l and of Miz rai m , and

the Lord le d an eas t wi n d u pon the l and all th at day and

all the ni ght ; at m o rn the east win d b are the loc u st .

A nd the locu st cam e u p on all the l an d of Miz rai m ,

and abo de in all the bo u ndary of Miz rai m ex cee di ngly

s tro ng . Be fo re him the locust had never b ee n like him ,

n or afterward wi ll he be so ; an d he cov ere d the eye of

the su n of all the earth, an d the earth was darkened ;

an d he de vo ure d e ve ry h erb o f the gro u nd, an d all the

fru it of the tree s whi ch the hail had le ft ; and there did
n ot re m ai n any gre e n on the tree s n or h erb age of the

fi el d in all the lan d of Miz rai m . A nd Pharoh m ade

haste to call Mo she h and Aharo n, and sai d, I h av e
s in n e d b efo re the Lord yo u r God, and you . A n d now,
forgive m y sin o nly this tim e, an d inte rce de b efore the
Lord you r God, th at H e m ay rem ove from m e o nly this
death . A nd th ey we nt ou t fro m Pharoh, and pray ed
b efore the Lo rd A n d the Lo rd turned a we st wind
.

exc ee dingly stro ng, an d it c arri e d the loc us t and drave

him into the sea of S uph, nor di d one locust rem ain in
3 68 G
TA R UM or on xnnos [ 0mm

all the b order of Miz raim Yet the heart of Pbarch was
.

h arden ed , and he woul d n ot se nd the sons of Israel

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mo sh eh, Upli ft thy hand

to wards h eaven, an d th ere sh all be darkness u pon the
l

lan d Miz rai m after the darknes s of the ni ght hath

of

p assed away A nd Mosheh lifted u p his h and to wards

.

heav en and th ere was dark ness of darkness in all the

,

land of Miz raim three days a m an saw not his bro ther ,

n or did any m an ri se u p fro m his plac e three day s , .

Ye t all the so ns of I srael had light in th ei r dwellings

, .

A n d Pharoh call e d Mo sh eh and sai d Go se rve b efore , ,

the Lo rd ; only leave yo u r sh ee p and yo ur oxen yo ur ,

little on es als o m ay go with you Bu t Mosheh said .

,

Thou m u st give i nto ou r hands also the holy victim s

an d holoc aus ts th at we m ay s erv e b efo re the Lo rd o u r
,

God O ur cattle too s h all go with u s and there shall

.
,

n ot rem ai n any th ereo f ; for of it we m u s t take to serve

the Lord ou r God an d we k no w not wi th what we have

,

to do se rvice b efore H im u n til we com e thi th er But the .

’
Lord hardened Pharoh s h eart and he was not willing ,

to s en d th em away A nd Pharoh sai d to him Go from

.
,

me .Be ware for thy sel f S ee m y face no m ore ; for in .

the day th at tho u see st m y fac e tho u sh alt die A nd .

M osh eh said Thou h ast s poken well I will see thy

, .

face n o m o re .

But the Lo rd sai d to Mo sh eh Yet one plagu e wi ll I ,

bri ng u pon Pharoh and u po n Miz raim ; after which he

will s en d you h ence Wh e n sending away be thorou ghly
.

dri vi ng will driv e you from he nce Sp eak now b e fo re .

the p e opl e of I srael th at a m an s hall re q ui re o f his com

p ani on an d a wo m an of her com p anion vessels of si lv er
, ,

A l tac i t/4 ahe m aya, towards the height of the heavens S am .

V
.

”
ers , to wards the height
b
.

V
.

3
S am . ers . , That darkness m ay be rought.
 In ] ON n ew s . 3 69

and vessels A n d the Lord gav e the pe ople

of
go ld .

favo ur in the eyes of the Miz rae e ; als o the m an Moshe h

was very great in the lan d of Mi z rai m , in the ey es o f
the s erv ants of Pharoh and in the ey es of the p eopl e .

A nd M osh eh sai d, Thu s saith the Lo rd, A t the di v idi ng

of the i ght I will be reveale d in the m idst o f Miz rai m
n ,

and all the firstborn in the lan d of Miz raim sh al l die ;

fro m the fi rs tborn of Pharoh who would sit u po n the

th ro ne of his ki ngdo m u nto the fi rstb o rn of the wom an
,

s erv ant who is b e hi nd the m ill s and all the fi rstborn ,

of cattl e A nd there sh all be a great cry in all the

.

land of Miz rai m the lik e of whi ch hath not b een nor
, ,

will be the lik e of it again But any one of the so ns of .

Israel no dog will hurt ev en with his tongue by barking ,

fro m m an an d to b east so that you sh all kno w that the ,

Lord hath distingu i shed b etween the Miz raee and Israel .

A nd all these thy s erv ants sh all com e do wn to m e and ,

beseech of m e saying Go forth tho u and all thy p eople

, , ,

who are with th ee : and after th at I will go forth A nd .

he went ou t fro m Pharoh with v eh e m ent anger .

A nd the Lord s ai d to Mosh e h Pharoh will not hearke n ,

to you ; th erefore will I m u l tiply My wonders in the

land of Miz rai m A nd Mo sh e h and Aharo n wro u gh t
.

all th es e wo nders b efore Pharoh ; b ut the Lord h ardene d

Pharoh s heart that he wou l d not send the chil dre n o f

’
,

Israel fro m his land .

XII A nd the Lord spake to Mo she h and Aharon in

.

the land of Miz raim sayi ng This m o nth sh all b e to yo u

, ,

the b eginning of the m onth s ; the fi rs t it sh all be to you , ,

of the m o nth s of the y e ar Sp eak with all the congre .

ati n f I s rael sayi ng I n the tenth of this m o n th

g o o , ,

th ey sh all tak e to th e m e v ery m an a lam b for the

ho use of a father a lam b for the hou se A nd if the
,
.

house be sm all er than the num b eri ng (requ ired) for the
S om e co pi es , who is in the house of the m ills .

s 5
 ON s xonu s . 3 71

be to you Every ki nd of work m ay not be do ne in

.

them ; sav e what pertai ns to the eati ng o f e ve ry s oul,

th at o nly m ay be done by yo u A nd you shall k eep the .

( feas t of the ) U nl eav e n e d for on thi s v e ry da

y s h all I
hav e b rou gh t your hosts out of the l and of Miz raim and ,
“
y ou s h all k e e p thi s da y to all yo ur ge ne ratio n s for e v er .

I n N isan on the four tee nth day of the m onth in the eve n
,

ing you s hall eat u nl e av ened u ntil the twe nty and first of,

the m onth i n the e v eni ng S even day s l eav en shall n ot

.

be fo un d in yo ur houses ; for whos o ev er will e at of that

which is leav ene d that m an sh all p e ris h from the con
,

re ation of I srae l of the stran er or o f the n ativ e of

g g g , ,

the l and You s hall eat no leavene d (foo d) i n all yo ur

.
,

dwelli ngs you sh all e at u nleav e n e d .

A nd Mo sh e h call e d for all the e l ders of I srael ,

and sai d to th em D raw ou t an d tak e to you from

, ,

the sons of the fl ock for yo u r fam ili e s and kill the ,

p ascha A nd you sh all tak e a b u n dle of hy s sop and

.

dip it in the bl oo d that is in the b asi n and s pri nkle ,

u pon the li nte l an d the two po sts fro m the bloo d which

is in the b asin ; an d you s hall n ot go fo rth fro m the

doo r of yo ur hou se un til the m o rni ng For the Lord .

will be re v eal e d to s m ite the Miz rae e ; an d seein g the

bloo d u pon the linte l an d u pon the two po sts the Lord ,

wi ll b e m e rciful u po n the do or and will not su ffe r the ,

D estroy er ( or destru cti on) to e nter yo u r ho u ses to

sm ite . A nd you sh all ob serv e the thi n g for an o rdi .

n an ce to th ee an d to th s ons for e v er A n d i t sh al l
y .

be wh e n you have entere d into the l and which the

,

Lord will giv e you as H e h ath s aid th at you sh all ( still) ,

keep this service A n d it sh all be wh en yo ur chil dren

.
,

sa
y to you W h a t is this servic e to you ? yo u s h all
,

sa I t is a s ac rific e for co m p as sion b e fore the Lo rd

y , ,

O ther copi es , an ev e rlasti ng ordinance in all y our

pi
.

O ther co e s, any m an from the doo r of his house .

3 72 G
TA R UM or O N K E L O S
[ O RA P .

b ecau se H e had com passion on the house of the of s o ns

I srae l in Miz raim wh en H e s m ote the Miz raee b ut

, ,

s p are d o u r hou ses A nd the p e ople bo we d and wor

.

s hippe d A nd the s ons of I srae l wen t and did as the

.

Lord had co m m ande d Mo sh e h an d Aharo n s o did ,

th ey .

A nd it cam e to p as s at the di vi di ng of the ni gh t th at

the Lord sl e w all the fi rstbo rn in the l and o f Miz raim ;
from the firstbo rn of Pharoh who sh o ul d sit on the
thron e of his ki ngdo m u nto the fi rstbo rn of the captiv e
in the ho u se of the ch ai ne d and all the fi rstborn of ,

cattl e A nd P barch ro se u p in th at ni ght and all his

.
,

s erv an ts an d all the Miz raee ; and th ere was a at c

g re r
y
in Miz rai m b ecause the re was n o ho use in which th ere
,

was not the dead A nd he cri e d to Mo sheh and to

.

Ah aron by ni ght and said Ari se go out fro m am on g

, , ,

m y p eople you an d the son s of I s rael an d go and serve

, ,

b efo re the Lord as you h av e s ai d Yo u r flocks and

, .

you r h erds tak e al so as you hav e spok en an d go and , ,

p ray als o for m e A nd the Miz raee were forcible o n

.

the p e opl e to h as te n to s e nd th e m away for they sai d ,

All of u s are de ad A nd the p e opl e to ok thei r do ugh

.

whi l e not l e av en e d re m ai ning i n the k neading pan s

, ,

bou nd wi th their clo th e s u pon th eir sho ul de rs A nd .

the c hil dren of I s rael did acco rdin g to the word of

Mo sheh and de m ande d of the Miz raee v e ssel s of s ilv er
, ,

and v es s el s of gol d and rai m e nt A n d the Lord gave

, .

the p eopl e fav o u r in the ey e s of the Miz raee an d they ,

dem ande d of th em and le ft the Miz raee em pty

,
7
.

A n d the chil dre n o f I srael jo u rney e d fro m Ram ases

to S u cco th ab ou t six h u ndre d tho usand m en on foo t ,

b esi de s chil dren ( or fam ilies) ; and a m u ltitu de of

s tran e rs al so we n t u wi th th m d fl ck d h erds
g p e an o s an ,

and v ery m u ch c attl e A n d th ey b ak e d the dough

.

7
S am Vers
. .
, stri p ed p .
 n.
xx ] O H nxonu s . 3 73

which they had b ro u ght ou t fro m Mi z rai m ( i n to )

u nleav ened c ake s for it had not b ee n leave ned b e cause ,

they had b een dri v e n out fro m Miz rai m and co uld not
s tay, an d th e y had n ot m ade p ro v i si on A n d the .

dwelling of the s o ns of I srael in th ei r abo de in Miz raim

f h un dre d an d thi rty y ears A d i
( )
w as ou r n t w a s a
. t
the en d of fo ur h u ndre d and thirty y e ars in th at sam e ,

day th at all the ho sts of the Lord went fo rth fro m the
,

land of M iz rai m I t is a ni gh t to be k e p t b efore the

.

Lo rd for b ri ngi ng th e m fo rth fro m the l and of

Miz raim : this is th at night b efore the Lo rd k ep t by all
the c hil dre n of I srae l in th e ir ge nerati ons .

A nd the L ord sai d to Mo sh e h an d to Ah aron Thi s ,

is the rite of the Pasch a Ev ery son of Israel who

.

apo statiz es sh all n ot e at of it ; b u t ev ery m al e se rvant

bo ught with silv er an d thou hast ci rc u m cised him m ay

, ,

e at there o f A soj onru s t and a hireling s hall not e at

.

th ere o f
. I n on e co m pany it s hall be eate n Y o u shall .

no t c arry any o f the fl e s h fro m the ho u se witho ut and ,

a bone sh all n ot b e b rok e n in him All the congrega.

tion of I s rael sh all do this A nd whe n the sojo urner

.

who soj ourne th wi th th e e wil l p erform the p as cha

b efore the Lo rd ev ery m ale of his sh all be circ um cise d
, ,

an d he m ay th e n appro ac h an d perfo rm it he sh all be

as one born in the l an d bu t no ne u ncirc u m ci se d s hall
,

e at of it O ne law shall th e re be for the n ative and for

.

the pro sely te who sojo urne th am on g yo u A nd all .

the chil dre n of Israel did as the Lo rd co m m ande d

Mosheh and Aharon so did they A nd it was on the
, .

s am e da th at the Lord le d fo rth the s o ns of Israel

y
fro m the l and of Miz raim by thei r arm i es .

XIII A nd the Lord spak e wi th M osh eh sayi ng

.
, ,

Sanctify u nto Me all the fi rstborn E v e ry one which .

O pe ne th the wo m b am o ng the chil dre n of I srael of m an ,

and of beast th at is Mine

, A nd Mosheh sai d to the
.
x1 n .
] O H nx onus . 3 76

hous e of servitu de A nd it was when P barc h was

.

O b durate abo u t le tti ng u s go away th at the Lord sle w

all the fi rs tbo rn in the land of Miz raim fro m the first ,

b orn of m an to the firstbo rn of cattl e : the re fore I sacri

fice b efo re the Lord of all that opene th the wo m b the ,

m al es and all the firstbo rn of m y chil dren I ran so m

, .

A nd it sh all be for a si gn u pon thy h an d an d for

Te phillin b etween thin e eyes b ecau se with a m igh ty
,

hand bath the Lord b rou ght thee out of Miz raim .

SECTIO N XVI .

BE S B AL L A CH .

A N D it was wh en Pharoh had s e nt the p e ople away ,

that the Lord le d the m n ot by the way of the l and of
the Philistae e b ec au se it was the ne are s t : for the Lo rd
i
sa d, Lest the people be terrifie d at the s e ei ng of war ,

and return to Miz rai m But the L ord le d the p e ople

.

rou nd by the way of the desert to the s ea of S uph ;

and h arn es se d ( or girde d) went the s ons of I srael u p

ou t of the lan d of M iz rai m A nd Mosh e h b ro u ght up

.

the bones of Jo se ph with him ; for he had adj ure d the

s o ns of Israel wi th an o ath s ayi n
g
, R e m e m b erin
, g the ,

Lord will rem em b er you and you shall carry u p m y

,

bones fro m hence A n d th ey journe yed from S ukkoth

.
,

and e nc am pe d in E th am which is b es i de the de sert

, .

A nd the L ord we nt b efo re the m by day in the col um n

of the clo u d to l ead th e m in the way an d by ni gh t in ,

the c olu m n of fi re to e nligh te n th e m that th ey m ight ,

g o in th e d ay a nd in the ni ght The col u m n of the

.

clou d by da n or the col um n of the fi re by n igh t

y , ,

dep arted not b efore the pe ople .

 37 6 G
T AR UM or O N KE L O S

A nd the Lord spak e to Mo sh eh , sayin g, Sp eak wi th

the sons of I srae l th at they return and enc am p b e fo re
Pum H iratha, b e tween Mi gdol and the se a, b efo re Beel
h phon : you s hall e n cam p b e fo re it by th e se a A nd .

Pbarch will say o f the children of Israel, They are

bewildered in the land, the desert hath got hold of
’
th e m an d
I will harden Pharoh s h e art an d he will ,

sue th em ; and I wi ll b e glo rifi e d in Pharoh and in

p ur

all his ho st and the Miz rae e s h all k now th at I am the

Lord A nd th ey did so A nd it was see n by the king

. .

of Mi z raim th at the p e ople had go ne A nd the heart .

of Pharoh an d of his servants was turne d to the pe op le ;

and th ey s ai d Wh at i s this th at we h av e do ne that we

, ,

hav e se nt Israe l away from servi ng us ? A nd he set

his ch ari ot in o rder and took his p e ople with him
, .

H e took al so six h undre d sel e ct chari ots and all the ,

chariots of the Miz raee and appoi nte d strong m en over

,

th em . A n d the L ord h arden e d the h eart of Pharoh

ki ng of Miz rai m an d he p u rsu e d afte r the children of
,

Israel But the children of Israel we nt forth with

.

u n c ove re d h e ad A nd the Miz raee follo we d afte r th em

.
,

an d o v ertook th e m whil e e nc am pi ng by the s e a ; all the

chari ot horses of Pharoh an d his horsem e n an d his , ,

arm by P m Hi ratha which is b e fore B ee l Ze pho n

y , u .

A n d Pharoh dre w ni gh an d the so ns of Israe l lifte d u p

,

th eir ey es and b ehol d the Miz raee were co m i ng afte r

, , ,

th e m : an d th ey we re gre atly afrai d and the chi ldre n ,

o f Israel c ri e d b e fo re the Lo rd But to Mo sh e h they .

s ai d Was it b e c au s e th ere were n o rav e s in Miz raim

, g
th at thou h ast tak e n u s to die in the w ilderness ?
Wh at is thi s that tho u h ast done to b ri ng us ou t of
Miz rai m ? Was not this the word which we spake
with th e e 1n Miz rai m s ayi n L et u s alo ne an d we will
g , , ,

s erv e the Miz rae e ? for b e tter wo ul d it h av e b een for u s

S am Vera . hath covered them .

m m] on nxonus . 3 77

to v the Miz raee th an to die in the wilderness A nd

ser e ,
.

Mosheh sai d to the peopl e Fe ar n ot stand s till ( or be , , ,

ready ) and see the Lord s deliv erance which H e will

’

work for you this day ; for as you have seen the
Miz raee thi s day you will see them no m ore for ever : the
,

Lord will fight for you the fight and you sh all be qu iet ,
.

A n d the Lord sai d to Mo sheh I have h eard thy prayer ,

.

Speak to the children of Israel th at th ey go onward

an d tho u tak e thy rod an d s tre tch fo rth thy h and ov er
,

the sea and divi de it and the children of Israe l sh all go

, ,

in the m i dst of the sea on dry grou nd A nd I behold .

, ,

I will harden the h earts of the Miz raee and th ey will go ,

in after th em ; and I will be glorified by Pharoh and by

all his arm y b y hi s chariots an d his horsem en ;
, an d

the Miz rae e shall kno w that I am the Lord wh en I have ,

b ee n glorified by Pharoh and his chariots and his

horsem en 9
.

A nd the angel of the Lord who went b efore the c am p

of I srael p as se d by an d cam e b e hi nd th em an d the

colum n of the clo ud p as s e d fro m b efo re the m and abo de

behind them A nd it entered b etween the cam p of the

.

Miz raee and the cam p of Israel ; and was a cloud and
darkness to the Miz rae e bu t u nto Israel a ligh t all the ,

ni gh t : and th at c am e n ot near to thi s all the ni h t

g .

A nd Mo sh eh stretche d fo rth his h and over the sea ;

an d the Lord drave the se a by a m i ghty east win d all

the night and cau se d the s e a to b e dry and the wate rs

, ,

were di sp arte d an d the children of Israel went i nto the

m i dst of the sea u po n dry grou n d ; and the wate rs were
to th e m a wall on th eir righ t h an d and on th e ir le ft .

A nd the Miz raee follo wed and entere d in after the m ,

all the ho rse s of Pharoh and his ch ariots and horse m en, ,

i nto the m idst of the sea A n d it was in the m orning .

watc h that the Lo rd looke d u po n the ho st of the Miz raee

9
S am . Ver
s .
,
“
footm en .
” 1°
S am . V ers ,.
“
a m uni tion.
1v .
] on nxonus . 3 79

Lord is the Lord of Victory in battles

, H is the Lo rd is
N am e The chario ts of Pbarc h and his horse s H e hath
.

cast into the se a, his chosen warriors are dro wne d in the

sea of S aph The dep ths covere d them over, they went
.

down to the bottom as a stone Thy right h and, 0 Lord,

.

is illu strious in power; Thy right hand, 0 Lord, shattere th

the advers ary ; and in the greatness of Thy m ight Thou
h ast b roken do wn th em who arose against Thy p eople .

Thou di dst se nd fo rth Thy wrath, and it co nsu m e d th em

as s tu bbl e in the flam e , and by the wo rd of Thy m o uth

the wate rs , ( as if) wi s e, s too d up like a wall ; the depths

were co ngeale d in the he art o f the sea The advers ary
.

sai d, I wi ll p ursu e, I will ove rtake, I will divi de the

s poil ; m y so ul s h all be satisfie d u pon th e m ; I will

draw m y swo rd, and m y han d sh all destroy the m Thou .

di dst s pe ak by Thy Word, the s ea cov ere d them over,

th ey sank lik e lead in the m i ghty waters There is none .

b es ide Thee, O God, ( who art) glorious in holiness,

fe arfu l in praises, doi n g wo nders Thou di dst u pli ft
.

Thy right h and, the earth swallo wed them u p Thou .

hast le d fo rth in goodness Thy pe ople whom Thou h as t

redee m e d ; Thou wilt b ring th em by Th strength to the
y
dwelli ng of Thy holiness The natio ns wil l h ear it, and
.

be m ov e d ; terror will seiz e on the inhabiters of Pela

s h eth ; th en wil l the p rin ce s of E dom be alarm ed, the

stro ng on es of Moab will be se i z ed with tre m bl ing, an d

they who dwell in K enaan will b e b roken down Fear .

an d dread will fal l u pon th e m , by the gre atn es s of Thy

power they will be silent as a stone, u ntil Thy pe ople, 0

Lord, pass ov er A rnona, u ntil Thy p eople whom Tho u
hast redeem e d p ass ov e r Jarden a Tho u wil t b ring
.

them in, an d cau se the m to dwell in the m o u ntain of

Thi ne inheri tan c e, in the place whi ch Tho u hast ordained
for the house of Thy S hekina, the sanctu ary which T hy
hands , 0 Lord, have prep ared The ki ngdom of the
.
380 TA R GUM or O N KE L O S

Lord en dureth for ev er and for ev er everm ore ! Becau s e

, , ,

when the hors e s of Pb arc h wi th his ch ario ts an d his

horsem en had entered into the sea the Lord caused the ,

waters of the s ea to re turn u pon th e m an d the childre n ,

of I srael walk e d u pon dry lan d i n the m i ds t of the sea .

A nd Miri am the proph etess the sister of Ah aron took , ,

the tim b rel in her hand an d all the wom en went ou t

,

after her wi th tim b rel s an d cho ru ses A n d Miriam .

answere d th em Sing and give th ank s b efore the Lord ,

for H e h ath m agnifi ed Hi m self u pon the p rou d : and

the m aj esty b el ongeth ( on ly ) u nto H im ; the ho rse an d
his ride r h ath H e cast i nto the sea .

A n d Mo sh eh c ause d I srael to rem ov e fro m the sea of

S aph and th ey went forth into the desert of Chagra
, ,

and we nt thre e day s in the de sert b ut fo un d no wate r , .

A nd th ey c am e to M arah an d c oul d not drink the ,

waters of Marah b e cau se they were bitter ; therefore he

called the n am e of it M arah A nd the people were .

fretful agai nst Mo sh eh s ayi ng Wh at sh all we drink ?

, ,

A n d he p ray e d b e fore the L o rd ; and the Lo rd i nstru cted

him (in the p rop ertie s of) a tree an d b e c as t i t i nto the ,

wate rs an d the waters b e cam e s wee t

, There decree d H e .

a s tatu te an d a j u dgm e nt and th ere H e tri e d hi m

, , A nd .

H e sai d If h eark eni ng thou wilt h eark en u nto the Word

,

of the Lo rd thy God an d wil t do wh at is right in His

,

ey e s an d wilt li sten to H is pre c ep ts and k ee p all H is

,

statute s no n e of the m al adi e s which I h av e set u p on

,

Miz raim will I pu t u po n th ee ; for I am the Lord thy

H eale r .

A n d th ey cam e to E li m an d th ere were twelv e wells

,

of water an d s e v enty palm trees ; an d th ey en cam ped

th e re b efo re the waters A nd they jo urn ey e d from E lim

.
,

and cam e the whol e asse m bly of the s ons of I srae l to the
, ,

desert of S in which is b etween E li m and Sinai on the

, ,

fifte e nth day of the s econd m o nth from th ei r o utgoi ng

xv1 . ] ON nxonus . 381

fro m the land of Miz rai m A n d all the congregation of

.

the chi ldren of Israel were trou blo us against Mo sh e h and

agai nst Ah aro n in the des ert ; an d the children of I srael

sai d to th em , 0 th at we had die d b efo re the Lo rd i n the

land of Miz rai m , when we s at by the cal dro ns of flesh,

and co ul d eat b read and be s atis fie d ! Why have you
b rought u s out into this wilderness to kill this whole
as sem

A n d the Lord sai d to Mosheh Behold I will cau se , ,

b read to com e down to you fro m heaven ; and the people

sh all go ou t and colle c t the m atter of the da for the
y
day ; that I m ay p ro v e them wh e th er they will walk in
My law or not A nd in the sixth day when they
, .
,

prepare that which they b ri ng in it shall be two for one,

up o n what th ey collect fro m da to da A nd Mo she h

y y .

and Ah aron sai d to all the chi ldre n of I srael I n the ,

e ve ni n
g y ou s h all k no w th at the Lo rd b ro u h
g yt ou ou t
of the land of Miz rai m an d in the m orni ng shall you
,

see the Glo ry of the Lord ; for yo u r tu m ults are h eard

b efore the Lord : and we—what that you are restive ,

against u s ? A nd Moshe h said Wh en the Lord will ,

iv t v ni n fles h to eat and b read in the

g e y o u a e e g ,

m o rn ing to satis fy while are h eard b efo re the Lord

,

yo ur tu m ults against H im ! For what are we ? yo ur

tu m u lts are not against u s b ut agai nst the Word of the
,

Lord A nd Mosheh sai d to Aharon Bid all the con

.
,

regation of the so ns o f I srael to co m e togeth er b efo re

g
the Lord ; for yo ur tum ult is h eard b efore the Lo rd
‘
.

A nd it was while Aharo n was speaki ng wi th all the

,

co ngre gati on of the s o ns of I srael that th ey turned ,

to wards the desert and b ehol d the glory of the Lord

, , ,

was reveale d in the clo ud .

A nd the Lord sp ak e with Mosheh sayi ng The , ,

tum ult of the children of Israel is heard b efore Me .

3
p
O ther co ies, bf
e ore Him .
z yn .
] on nxonus . 3 83

by b aking b ake , , an d that which you prepare by b oilin g ,

b oil and all the

, re m ain der lay
p to you , a sto re for
u

the m o rni ng . A nd th ey laid it u p till the m o rni ng, as

Moshe h had in structed ; an d it did n ot corru pt , ne ither
were th e re wo rm s in it Mo sh eh sai d E at that to . A nd ,

day fo r thi s day is Sh ab b ath b e fore the Lord ; thi s day

,

o u wo u l d n ot fi nd it in the fi eld S ix day s h ll

y y ou s a .

coll ect it ; b ut on the s e ven th day the Sh abbath th ere , ,

will be no ne A n d it was on the s e v enth day that s om e

.

of the p e opl e went o u t to gathe r b ut th ey fo un d it not , .

A n d the L ord s ai d to Mos h eh H ow long will you he ,

un willin g to k e e p My co m m andm ents an d My laws ?

S ee b ecau se the Lord h ath given you the Sh abb ath H e

,

hath therefo re giv en you on the sixth day the bread for
two day s ; le t e very m an dwell i n his res ting an d not ,

ou t fro m his p lac e on the se venth da A d th

g o y n e .

opl rep o sed on the s eve nth da A n d the ho us e of

p e e y .

Israel calle d the n am e of it Manna and it was as the

see d o f Gi da white an d its tas te was lik e c ake b roil ed
9
,

with honey A n d M osh eh sai d T hi s is the word which

.
,

the Lo rd h ath co m m an de d Fill an o m era of it to be .

kept for yo u r ge neratio ns th at they m ay s ee the bread ,

which I m ade you e at in the des ert when I b rou ght you
forth from the land of Miz rai m A nd Mo she h s ai d to .

Ah aro n Take on e vase an d pu t th ere i n an o m e ra fu ll

, ,

of m ann a an d lay it u p b efo re the Lo rd to be p re s erv ed

,

for your ge nerations A s the Lord co m m an de d so did .

,

Mo sheh ; and Ah aro n laid it up b efore the Testim ony ,

to k ee p A nd the chil dren of Israel ate the m anna

.

forty years u ntil they cam e to the l and i nh abi te d ;

,

they did eat the m anna till they cam e to the confines of
the land of Kenaan A n d one om era is the tenth of .

three see b s .

XVII A nd . all the congregation of the children of

a
H eb .
, Gid, “
coriander. S am . V ers .
,
3 84 G
TA R UM o r om[ nos ORAL

Israel journeyed from the desert of S in accordi ng to ,

th eir itineratio ns by the Word of the Lo rd ; and th ey

e nc am p e d in Re phi di m : b ut the p eopl e had no water to

drink ; and the p e opl e were contentiou s wi th Moshe h ,

an d sai d Give u s water that we m ay drink A nd

, .

Mosh eh s ai d Why do you conte nd with m e ? why do

,

y ou te m p t b efore the Lord ? B ut the p e opl e thirsted

th ere for water and the p e ople were turb ulent against
—
,

Mosheh an d said Why is this to have brou ght us

, , ,

fro m Miz rai m to kill m e and m y chil dre n an d m y cattle

,

wi th thirst ? A nd Mo sh e h p rayed b efore the Lo rd ,

s ayin
g W
, h at sh all I do with thi s p eople ? Y e t a li ttl e ,

and th ey will stone m e ! A nd the Lord sai d to Mo sheh ,

Pass over b efore the p eople and tak e with th ee of the ,

elde rs of I srael and thy rod wh erewith tho u didst

,

sm i te the river tak e in thy han d an d go Behol d I , .

,

will stand b efo re thee th ere u pon the rock in Hore b , ,

and tho u shalt s m ite the rock an d wate r sh all com e out ,

of it th at the p e op le m ay dri nk
, A nd Mo sheh did so .

in the ey es of the el ders of I srael A n d he c alle d the .

n am e of the plac e Te m ptation and Strife b ecau se of

, ,

the stri vi ng of the s o ns of I srael and b ecause they ,

te m pted b efore the Lo rd saying I s the M aj esty of the , ,

Lord am ong u s or not ? ,

A nd A m ale q cam e and warred b attle with Israel in

,

Rephidim A nd Mosh eh sai d to Jehoshu a Choo se for

.
,

u s m en and go forth an d do b attle wi th A m aleq

, To .

m orro w I will stand o n the top of the hill and the rod ,

wi th which the m iracles are wro u gh t from b efore the

Lord shall be in m y hand A nd Jehoshu a did as .

Mosh eh had said to him and he did b attle with ,

A m aleq A n d Mo sh eh Ah aron and H u r asce n ded to

.
, ,

the top of the hill A nd it was th at wh en M osheh

.

lifted u p his hand the hou se of I srael prev aile d ; and

,

wh en he let do wn his h and the ho use of A m d eq ,

xv m]
. 0N nxonu s . 3 85

p rev i
a led But the h ands of Mo sheh b ecam e h eavy
.
,

and th ey took a sto ne and place d it u nder him and he ,

s at u po n it an d A haro n an d H ur h e l d up his h ands

, ,

he re one an d th e re on e ; and th u s were his hands

,

stretch e d o u t in p ray e r u ntil the goin g of the su n .

A n d Je hoshu a shattere d A m aleq and his pe opl e with

the e dge of the s wo rd A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mo s heh :
.

Wri te this m e m orial in the B ook an d se t it b efore ,

—
J ehoshu a That blotting I wil l blot out the m e m ori al
, ,

of A m ale q from u nder the h e av e ns A n d Mo sh eh .

b uil de d an altar an d m inis tere d u pon it b efo re the

,

Lord who had wrough t ( s uch ) m iracles for him A nd .

he sai d Wi th an o ath h ath this b een de clare d fro m

,

b efore the Fearful O ne whose Shekinah is u pon His

lo rio us th ron e ; th at war sh all b e wa e d wi th the
g g
ho use of A m aleq to destroy it from the generations of
,

the worl d .

SECTION XVII .

YE T H RO .

XVI I I A N D Jeth ro the rabb a of Midian the

.
, ,

father in law of Mo sheh had h eard of all that the Lord

- -
,

had done for M osh e h an d for Israel H is p e opl e and th at ,

the Lord had b ro u gh t I srael ou t of Miz rai m A nd .

Jeth ro Mosheh s father in law took Zippo rah the wife

,
’
- -
,

of Mo sh eh after he had le t her go and his two s on s

, , ,

the nam e of the on e G ersho m ; F or he s ai d I hav e b een ‘

, ,

a s oj ou rne r in a strange lan d ; and the n am e of the

other E li ez er ; F or ( sai d he) the God of m fath ers b ath

y
8
x vm .
] oN ax onu s . 3 87

i nstru ction fro m before the Lord Whe n they h ave ( a .

m atter) for j udg m ent they co m e to m e and I adj udicate ,

b etwe e n a m an and his n eighbo ur and m ake th e m to ,

k now the statu tes of the Lord and His l aws Bu t the , .

fath er in law of Mo she h sai d to him The thi ng thou art

- -
,

doi ng is not righ t ; with weari ness tho u wilt be weary ,

tho u and al s o thi s p e opl e who are with thee ; for the
thi n g is too wei gh ty for th e e tho u art not abl e to do it
,

by th yself N ow h earke n to m e I will give thee

.
,

co u nse l and the Word of the L ord sh all be thy h elp er

,
.

Be tho u for the pe opl e the s eek er of i nstru ction fro m

the p re sen ce of the L ord to b ri ng the m atte rs b efo re
,

the L ord : an d tho u sh al t adm o nis h th e m in the s tatu tes

and the l aws an d m ake the m k no w the way in which to
,

walk and the work th at m u st be do ne

, A nd thou .
,

look ou t from the whole p e opl e m en of abil i ty who fear

the Lord m e n o f tru th who abho r to tak e m am m o n
,

an d superappoin t th e m chi efs of thou san ds an d chi efs of ,

h un dreds an d chi efs of fifties and chiefs of te ns A nd

, ,
.

th ey shall j u dge the p e ople at any tim e and e very gre at ,

m atter th ey sh all b ring to th e e bu t e v ery s m all thi ng ,

th ey sh al l j u dge ; an d th ey will li gh ten it fro m th ee and ,

bear it with thee I f thou wilt do thi s and the Lo rd

.
,

te ach th ee tho u wil t be abl e to en du re an d ( o f) all this

, ,

pe ople ( every on e) will go to his pl ace in pe ace A n d .

Mosh e h h earkene d to his fath er in law an d did all th at - -

,

he had sai d A nd M oshe h cho se m e n of ability from

.

all Is rael an d app oi nte d th e m h e ads o v er the p e opl e ;

,

chie fs of tho usands chie fs of h un dre ds chie fs of fi fties

9
, , ,

and chi efs o f te ns ; an d th ey j u dge d the p e opl e at all

ti m e s ; a weighty thi ng th ey b rou ght to Mo sh e h and ,

e v e ry m i no r thi n th ey j u d ed th e m sel v e s A nd
g g .

Mo sh eh se nt his fath er in law away an d he went u nto

- -
,

his l and .

9
S am Vera
. scri es b .
 3 88 A
T R GUM or O N K E L O S [ ALOR

XIX I n the thi rd m o nth o f the o u tgoi ng o f the

.
1

s o n s of I s rae l fro m the l an d o f Miz rai m , o n that day

cam e th ey to the de sert of Sinai A nd they jo u rney ed .

from Re phi di m , an d c am e to the de se rt o f S i nai, and

dwel t the re by the si de o f the m ou ntain A n d Mo sheh .

as c en de d b e fore the Lord A n d the Lo rd call e d to him .

from the yi ng A s th us th ou s halt s pe ak to the

m ou nt, sa ,

hou se o fJakob and s ho w to the so ns o f Is rael : You

,

h ave s ee n wh at I did to the Miz raee and how I bare ,

’
as on e agl es wi ngs an d b rou gh t ou ni h to s erve
y ou y g ,

Me : and n ow if h eark eni ng you will h eark e n to My

,

Word and wil l keep My co ve nant you be fore Me sh all

, , , ,

be m ore b elo v e d than all p e o ple s ; for all the e arth is

M ine A nd you b e fore Me sh all be ki ngs ( and) p ri es ts
.
, , ,

a h oly p e o l e T he se are the wo rds which th o u s h al t

.
p .

spe ak wi th the s o ns o f I srael A n d Mosheh cam e and .

,

call e d the elders of the p eopl e and se t all these wo rds ,

in order b e fore th e m as the L ord had i nstru cted him

, .

A n d all the p e opl e re sp o nde d toge th er and s ai d A ll , ,

that the L ord h ath s p ok e n we wil l do A nd Mo sheh .

b rou g ht b ack the wo rds of the people b efore the Lo rd .

A n d the Lo rd s aid to M os h eh Be hol d I will b e re v eale d , ,

to the e in the darkn e s s o f the c lou d that the p e opl e m ay ,

hear in My sp eaki ng with thee and al so th at th e y m ay

, ,

co nfi de in th ee for e v er A nd Mosh eh sho we d the .

wo rds of the p eopl e b e fore the L o rd A nd the Lo rd .

s ai d to Mos he h Go u nto the p e opl e an d p re p are th e m

, ,

to day and to m orro w and le t the m p urify

- -
,th e ir
cl othi ng ; an d b e ready for the third day ; fo r on the
thi rd day the L o rd will be re v e ale d in the ey e s of all the
pe ople u p o n m ou nt S inai A nd th ou shalt set a li m i t .

for the pe o pl e rou nd ab ou t saying Be ware you of goi ng , ,

u n the m o u ntai n or of ap ro ac hi n t h bo d f it
p o
p g e , r e r o .

Whoe v e r approach es the m ou ntai n slai n he shall be ,

1
S ivan . S am Vers
. wise m en .
3
S am . V ers . , m ake white .
1 1L ] 0N nxonu s . 3 89

i
sla n . No han d shal l tou ch him ; for stone d he sh all be
sto ne d or pi e rc ed he s h all b e pie rc e d ; wheth e r b e as t
,

or m an he s hal l n ot liv e
,
When the tru m p et is pro .

lo nge d th ey s hall be allo we d to go fo rward to the m ou nt .

A nd M osh eh cam e do wn from the m o untain u nto the

pe ople and p re p ared the pe opl e and they m ade white
, ,

th ei r cl othes A nd he sai d to the p e ople Be ready on

.
,

the thi rd day app roach not to a wo m an , A nd it was .

the thi rd day at m o rni ng ; and th ere were voice s and ,

li gh tni ngs and m i gh ty clo u ds u p on the m ou ntain and

, ,

the v o ice of the tru m p e t ex c e e dingly stro ng ; and all the

p e op le tre m bl e d who were in the c am p A n d Mo s h eh .

le d forth the p eople ou t of the cam p to m ee t the Wo rd

of the L ord ; and th ey s too d at the lo wer p arts of the

m o u nt A nd the m o u ntai n o f Sinai was alto gether

.

fum i ng fro m b e fore the re vel ati on of the Lo rd u po n it

in fi re an d the s m ok e we nt u p as the sm oke of a
furn ac e and the whole m o un t trem bled gre atly
,
Bu t .

wh en the voic e of the tru m p e t went fo rth and b ec am e

exce e di ngly s tro ng Mo sh e h s p ak e an d fro m the p re se n c e
, ,

o f the Lo rd b e was ans we re d by a voic e A nd the .

Lord was re veale d u pon m o unt Si nai on the h e ad of ,

the m o u ntai n ; and the Lo rd c alle d Mo sheh u n to the

h ead of the m o unt ; and Mo sh eh went u p A n d the .

Lo rd said to M osheh Go do wn warn the peopl e le st , ,

th ey b re ak thro u gh b efo re the L ord to see an d m any o f ,

th e m fal l A nd let the pri e sts als o who are to m i ni ste r

.
,

b efo re the L o rd sanctify the m sel v es lest the L ord slay

, ,

th em . A nd Mosh e h s pake b efore the Lord T he p e opl e ,

are n ot abl e to com e u p to m o u nt Si nai ; for Th o u hast

warne d us saying S e t a b ou n dary to the m o untai n and

, , ,

sanc ti fy it But the L ord s ai d to him Go descend

.
, , ,

an d c o m e u p th ou an d Ah aron wi th th ee ; bu t le t n ot
,

the p ri ests nor the p eople b reak th rou gh to co m e up

 ON nx o nus . 3 91
’
covet thy neighbo ur s wi fe n or his servant nor his , ,

h andm ai d n or his ox n or his ass n or anything that is

, , ,

thy neighbou r s
’
.

A nd all the p e ople s aw the thu nders an d the flam e s , ,

an d the voice of the tru m p et and the m o untai n ,

s m oki ng ; an d the p eop le s aw and trem b led an d stoo d , ,

afar off An d they sai d to M osh eh S pe ak thou with

.
,

u s an d we will h eark e n ; b u t le t it not b e s pok en to us

,

from b e fore the L ord l e st we die , A nd Mo sh e h sai d .

to the p e opl e F e ar not ; for th at He m ay p rov e you H e

,

h ath reveal e d to you the gl o ry of the Lord an d that ,

H is fe ar m ay be b efore yo ur face that you m ay not sin , .

A nd the p eopl e sto o d afar off bu t Mosheh dre w n igh to

,

the darkne ss wh ere was the glo ry o f the Lo rd .

A nd the L ord sai d to M o s heh Thus sh al t thou s p eak ,

to the chil dre n of I srae l ; Y ou h av e see n th at I h av e

s pok e n to o u fro m the h e av e n s Y u sh all n ot m ak e
y o .

b efore Me i dols of si lv er nei th er i dol s o f gol d shall you

,

m ak e to you A n altar o f e arth s hal t tho u m ake

.

before Me an d sh al t sacri fice u pon it thy b urnt ofier

,
'

ings and thy s ancti fie d v icti m s thy shee p and thy oxen ,
.

I n ev ery pl ace whe re I m ay cause My S heki nah to

dwell thither wil l I s end My bl essi ng and will bl ess
, ,

th e e .A nd if tho u wil t m ak e Me an altar of sto ne

b e fo re Me tho u s h al t no t b u il d it with h ewn stone s
, ,

le st tho u li ft u p thy c u tting to ol u p on it and p ro fane

-
6

it. A n d th ou sh al t no t as ce n d by s te p s to My altar ,

th at thy nake dne ss m ay n o t be di s cerne d u pon it .

L it thy sword .
3 92 T AR GUM or O N K E L O S [ A L
OR

SECTION XVIII .

M I S H PAT IM .

A N D th ese are j u dgm ents which thou shal t set in

the
orde r b e fo re th e m When thou do st p u rch ase a ser
. o

vant a s on of I srael six y e ars he s hall s e rv e

, , an d in ,

the sev en th go forth free for n othin g I f he cam e in alone

, .
,

he sh all go ou t alo ne ; i f the hu sb and of a wi fe his ,

wi fe sh all go ou t with him I f his m aster h av e given

.

hi m a wi fe and she h av e bo rne him sons or daughters

, ,

the wi fe an d the chi ldren are the m as ter s an d he s h all

’
,

g o o u t alo ne B. u t if t he se r v an t s ayi ng shall s a

y I ,

lo ve m y m as te r m y wife an d m y children I will n ot

, ,

g o ou t fre e ; hi s m as te r s h al l b ri n
g h im b e fore th e

j u dges an d sh all tak e him to the doo r eve n to the

, ,

post an d his m aste r sh all b ore his ear wi th an awl

,

and he s h all be to him a worki n g s e rv ant for e ve r .

A nd wh e n a m an s ell eth his dau ghter to b e a h and

m ai d she sh al l n o t go o ut as at the o u tgoi ng of the
,

m e n serv an ts . I f s he be e v il in the eyes o f the m aster

who had cov e nante d wi th he r to b e his the n s h all he ,

m ak e her fre e ; to anoth er m an he sh all n o t h ave

ability to s ell her to do m in e er o ver her A n d if he .

hath co v enante d her to his s on afte r the cu sto m of the

,

dau ghters of I s rae l sh all he act towards her A n d if .

he take another to hi m her fo od he r rai m e nt an d her

, , ,

m arri age du e he sh all n o t re strai n A nd if th e s e three

.

he doth not p erform to her he sh al l re le ase he r fre ely

,

wi tho u t m on ey .

Whosoe v er s trik eth a m an an d k illeth him b e ing ,

kille d he sh all be k ill e d Bu t if it was n ot ( do ne)

.

covertly to him b ut he was delivered into his h and

,
XXL ] oN nx onns . 3 93

from b e fore the Lord, the n I will appoint th ee a plac e

whi the r he m ay fl e e But wh e n a wick ed m an acts
.

to ward his n e i ghbo u r wi th de ce itful nes s to kill hi m ,

eve n from M ine al tar tho u shalt b ri n hi m aw y t t
g a o
p u

hi m to de ath Wh osoever striketh his fath er or his

.

m oth er sh al l b e su rely pu t to de ath A n d who so ev er .

s te al eth a sou l of the ho use o f I srael an d sell eth him

,

or if he b e fo u nd in his h an d, sh all be su rely t t

pu o

de ath A n d he who cu rse th his fath er or his m other

.

s h all su rely be pu t to de ath A n d wh en m en co nte n d, .

an d a m an s m i te th his n ei hb ou r wi th a sto ne or wi th
g
his fist, and he die pon his be d —if he
n o t, b ut fall u

ri s e ( agai n) an d walk abo u t u po n hi s staff he who ,

s m ote him s hall be acqu i tte d o nly he sh all m ak e goo d

his loss of l abou r and de fray the charge of the
,

phy sician .

A nd wh e n a m an sm iteth his serv an t or his h and

m ai d wi th a s taff an d he die u n der his h an d co n
, ,

de m ne d he s hal l b e c onde m ne d But if he survi v e one .

day or two he sh all n ot be c onde m ne d b ecau se he was

, , ,

his m o ney I f m en c onte ndi ng strik e a wo m an wi th

.

chil d an d she m i scarry but die n ot fine d he shall be

, ,

fine d as the h usb an d o f the wo m an m ay s et u po n him

, ,

an d he s h al l g i v e acco rdi n t the se nten c e o f j u d

g o g
m e nt Bu t if de ath tak e place tho u sh alt giv e li fe fo r
.
,

li fe eye fo r eye tooth for tooth hand for h an d fo ot for

, , , ,

foo t b urni ng for bu rni ng wou nd for wo un d b ru i se for

, , ,

bruise A nd if a m an sm ite the eye of his serv an t or

.

his h andm aid and de stroy it he sh all le t him go free , ,

for the sak e o f his eye O r if he b eat out ( c au se to

.

fall) a too th of his s erv ant or a tooth of his h an dm ai d ,

he shall le t hi m go fre e for the sak e of his to oth .

I f an ox go re a m an or wo m an u nto death the ox ,

b ei ng s ton e d s hall be stone d and his fles h m ust not be ,

e ate n ; b u t the m as ter of the ox sh all be acq uitte d .

s 5
xx n .
] O H e x onus . 3 95

the field be consu m ed , he who kindled the fire paying

s hall pay .

Whe n a m an giv eth his neighbou r silver or v essels

to keep and th ey be s tol en from the m an s hou se ; if
’
,

the thief be fo u n d he sh all re p ay do u b le

,
I f the thie f .

b e not fou n d the m as ter of the hou se sh all be b rough t

,

b e fo re the j u dges (to m ak e oath ) th at he h ath not put

fo rth his h and u pon th at which his nei ghbo u r had
deliv ere d to him Up on e ve ry m atter of g uiltiness
.

abou t ox o r ass or lam b or rai m e nt or any thi ng de

, ,

s troy ed of which it m a b e s ai d Thi s is it the cau se of

y , ,

both sh all be b rou gh t b efore the j u dges an d he who m ,

the j u dges sh all co nde m n shal l pay do u b le to his n ei gh

bour I f a m an deliver to his neighbour an ass or an
.

ox or a lam b or any c attl e to k e e p an d it die or be , ,

i nj u red or be carri ed away n o on e seei ng ; an o ath of the

, ,

Lord shall be b etween th e m that he h ath not pu t forth his

h and against th at which his n ei ghb o ur had delivered and ,

the o wner sh all acce pt the o ath an d he sh all n ot re p ay ,

.

But if it be s tole n fro m him he shall rep ay its o wner ; ,

and if it be torn an d he b ri ng witnes ses th at it was

,

to rn he sh all not rep ay

, A n d if a m an bo rro w of his
.

nei ghbo ur an d it be i nj u re d o r die the o wner of it n ot ,

b eing with it rep ayi ng he sh all rep ay But if the

, .

owner be with it he sh all n ot rep ay If it we re hired

, .
,

let it be ( co nsi dered) for its hire .

A nd if a m an sedu c e a vi rgi n who is not b etroth ed

and lie with her he sh all su rely e stab li s h her to b e his
,

wi fe . If he r fath er he u nwilling to giv e he r to him he ,

s hall wei h do wn s ilv er acc ordi n to the do wry of

g g
virgins A n enchantress sh all n ot live Who soever
.
3
.

lieth with a b east sh all be su rely pu t to death Who .

s o ev er sacri fice th to the i dol s of the G e ntil es shall be

p u t to de ath — b u t to the N a m e o f th e Lo rd alo ne .

3
S am . V ers .
,
a pyth oness .
”
3 96 TA R GUM or on a [ os OR A L

An d a stran ge r tho u sh alt not tro u ble nor oppress ;

for you were soj ourne rs in the l and of Miz rai m .

A fllict n ot the w i do w or the o rph an : i f you i ndee d

afilict th e m an d th e y cr b e fo re Me I w ill ly
, y s ure ,

heark en to their cry ; and My displeasu re shall b e

stron g , an d will kill you wi th the s wo rd ; and y our

wiv es sh all b e wi dows an d y o u r chil dren fath e rl ess If .

tho u l e nd m o n ey to My p eopl e to the poor who is wi th ,

th ee tho u sh al t n ot be to him as an u su rer n ei th er

, ,
’

s h al t thou i nflict an i nj ury u pon him I f (as ) a .

,

pl e dge th ou take thy n eighbo u r s garm ent at the going

,
’
,

away o f the s u n th o u sh al t re tu rn it u nto him For it .

m ay be his o nly co v e ring ; for ( the n) it is the clo thi ng

for his ski n : wh ere i n sh all he sl ee p ? A nd it s h all be
th at wh e n he crie th b e fo re Me I wi ll h eark en ; for I am
m erci ful .

Thou shalt n ot revile the j u dges nor c urse the ruler ,

of M p o l Thy fi rstfru its an d th ti th s thou sh alt

y e
p e .
y e

n ot del ay to offe r h e fi rstb o rn of thy chil dre n tho u

( t
sh al t s e p arate b efo re M e ; so s h alt th o u do wi th th
y
oxen and with thy sh ee p Seve n day s shall (the fi rs t
.

ling) be with its m othe r on the eigh th day thou sh alt

s ep arate it b e fo re Me A n d ye sh all be holy m en
.

b efore Me ; and the fle sh torn from a livi ng ani m al you

m ay n ot e at yo u s h all c ast it to the do s
g .

Thou sh alt n ot tak e u p a fal se re p ort n or set thi ne ,

h and with the wicked to b e a fal se witness for him .

Tho u sh alt n ot foll ow the m any to wick e dne ss n e ither ,

sh al t th ou fail to teach th at which in thi ne ey e s is j u d

g
afte r the m any j i y h h l
1
m ent ; ( m a or t ? ) t o u s a t fulfil
j u dgm ent A nd u po n the poor thou shal t n ot be
.

piti ful in j udgin g him .

I f th ou m ee t the ox o f thy ene m y or his ass wan , ,

9
S m V
a . ers x t
.
, an e ac or
.

1
O ther cop ie s, what thou hast h
sou
g t out concerning j u dgm ent .
xxm .
] 0N E XO DUS . 397

dering awa h alt su rely b ring it b ack to him

y , thou s .

Wh en thou seest thine e nem y s as s p ro strate b e neath ’

his b u rde n tho u sh alt fo rb e ar fro m fo rs aki ng him

,

tho u sh al t sure ly abandon wh at is in thy h eart agai nst

hi m an d sh alt deli v er it u nto him
, Thou sh alt not .

warp the j u dgm en t of the po o r m an in his cau se .

F rom a false m atter k ee p distant ; and him who

has b een acqu i tte d and has c o m e fo rth fro m j u dg
m ent u nco n de m n e d th ou sh alt no t kill ; for I wi ll no t
j ustify the guilty A n d thou art not to re ceive a .

b rib e ; for a b rib e b li nds the ey es o f the wise and ,

e rve rts the words of the j u s t A nd tho u sh al t not

p .

di stre ss the soj ou rn er ; for you k no w the m i n d of a

s ojou rn er ; for you we re dwe ll e rs in the l an d of Miz rai m .

S ix y e ars thou shal t sow the l an d and gathe r i n its

ro duc e b ut the s e v e nth y e ar tho u sh al t le t it alo ne
p ,

an d s u ffe r it to rest th at the p oo r of thy p e o pl e m ay ,

e at an d wh at th ey l eav e the b e ast o f the fi e l d m ay e at

, .

So al so shal t thou do with thy vi ney ard an d with thy

olive grou nd S ix day s shalt th ou do thy work an d in
.
,

the se v en th day h av e re st th at thy ox an d thy ass m ay ,

res t an d the s on of thin e h andm ai d an d thy sojo u rner

,

m ay be q ui e t A nd of all th at I hav e spok en to you

.

b e m i n dfu l and the nam e of the i dol s of the G entil es

,

rem em b e r n ot ; let it n ot b e h e ard u po n thy lip s .

Three tim es thou shal t s ol e m niz e fe stiv al b efore Me

in the y e ar Tho u sh al t k eep the festiv al of u nlea
.

v ene d b read Sev en day s sh al t tho u eat u nleav ened

.

cak e as I h av e co m m an de d th e e
, in the ti m e of the ,

m oo n of Ahib a for th erein you went fo rth fro m Miz

,

rai m ; an d ou s h all n ot app e ar b e fore Me e m pty A nd

y .

the fe sti v al of h arvest the fi rst frui ts of thy l ab ours ,

whi ch thou h as t so we d in thy fi el ds ; an d the fe s ti v al of

g a th e ri n
g at the en d of the y e ar wh e n tho u
, g ath erest
S am . V ers .
, wilt thou turn awa to y b
a andon him ?
xx1v .
] 0N E XO DU S . 3 99

th e m b e fore th ee u ntil tho u sh alt be i ncreased and

ou t ,

i nheri t the l and A nd I will appoin t thy bou ndary

.

fro m the se a of S u ph u nto the s ea of the Philistaee and ,

fro m the desert to the ri v er ; fo r I will deli v er the

i nh abitants of the land i nto y ou r h ands and th ou sh alt ,

drive th em ou t b efo re th e e Thou sh alt strik e no .

covenant wi th the m nor with th eir i dol s Th ey shall .

n ot dwel l i n thy l an d l es t th ey c au s e th ee to co m m i t
,

s in b e fore Me ; for if tho u s e rv e th ei r i dol s it wil l b e a ,

stu m bli ng bl o ck to th ee
-
.

XXIV A n d H e sai d to M osheh Co m e u p b efore

.
,

the Lord tho u and Ah aro n N adah and Abih u an d

, , ,

s e v e n ty o f the el de rs o f I srael ; an d th ey sh all wo rs hip

at a di stan c e A nd Mo sh e h s h all draw ni gh alo ne

.

b e fo re the Lord but th ey sh al l not draw ni gh n or sh all

, ,

the pe opl e as c e nd wi th th e m A n d Mo s he h c am e and

.

re cite d to the pe opl e all the wo rds o f the L ord an d all

the j u dgm e nts ; and all the p eopl e an s we re d with one

voice and s ai d A ll the words th at the L ord h ath
,

s pok en wil l we do A nd M osh e h wrote all the wo rds

.

of the L o rd An d he aro se in the m o rni n g an d

.
,

b uilde d an al tar at the lo we r p art o f the m o u ntai n and ,

twel ve pill ars acco rding to the twelv e trib es of I srae l

,
.

A nd he s e nt the firstbo rn s o ns o f I srae l an d they ,

o ffere d holoc au sts an d sac rifi c e d o xe n ( as ) c onse crated

,

victi m s be fore the L ord A nd Moshe h to ok half of the .

blo o d an d set it in b asins an d h al f the bl ood he ,

s pri nkl e d u pon the al tar A nd he took the Book o f

.

the C ov e nant an d re ad b efore the p eopl e ; an d th ey

,

sai d All that the Lo rd h ath s pok e n we will do and

,

ob ey A n d Mo sh e h took the bloo d and spri nkled

.

it u p o n the al tar to propiti ate for the p eopl e an d sai d , ,

Be hol d the Bloo d of the Co v enant which the Lo rd h ath

ratifi e d with you u po n all th e se wo rds .

A nd Mo sheh and Ah aro n N adab an d Abih u and , ,

 TA R GU M or O N K E L O S [ ORA L

v
se e nt y of the el ders of Is rael went u p A nd th ey saw .

the Glo ry of the God o f Is rae l an d u nde r the thro ne o f

,

H is glo ry as the work of a p re ciou s sto ne and as the ,

face of h e aven for its cle arne s s Ye t the p ri nc es of the

.

s on s of I srael were n ot h u rt ; an d th ey saw the Gl o ry o f

the Lord an d rej oic e d in the ir sacri fic es which we re

,

acc ep te d with favo u r as th ou gh th ey had eate n and

,

dru nk .A nd the L ord s ai d to M osh eh Co m e u p in to My

,

Presence in the m ou ntain an d be th ere and 1 will give

, ,

th ee the tabl e ts of sto ne and the law and the p re c e p ts

, ,

as I h av e wri tten ( th em ) th at tho u m ayest teach th e m

, .

A nd Mo she h aros e and Je hoshu a his m i ni ster and ,

Mosheh ascende d the m ou ntain on which was re veale d

the Glory of the Lo rd But to the elders he s ai d
.
,

Wait for us h ere u ntil we re turn to you : and b e hol d , ,

Aharo n and Hu r are with you : who so ev er hath a

( m atte r fo r) j u dgm e nt l e t
,
him b rin
g it b e fo re the m .

A nd M osh eh asc en de d the m o u ntai n and the clou d ,

covered the m ou ntain an d the gl ory of the Lo rd dwe l t

u pon Mo u nt S i n ai an d the cl ou d e nv e lop e d it six day s
, .

A nd H e c all e d to M oshe h 0 11 the sev enth day o ut o f the

m ids t of the clou d . A n d the appearance of the Glo ry
of the Lo rd was as the app e aranc e of de vo urin fi re o n
g
the su m mit of the m o untai n i n the ey es o f the s o ns o f
Israel A nd Mosh eh e ntered into the m i dst of the
.

clou d and ascended the m o u nt ; and Mosheh was in

,

the m ou nt forty day and forty ni gh ts .

 ON E XO DUS .

SECTION XI X .

TE RUMA II .

XXV AN D the Lord

. pake with Mosh eh sayi ng
s , ,

S pe ak wi th the s o ns of Israe l that they se t ap art b efore

Me a s ep arate d p orti on : fro m e v ery m an who is will
ing in his h eart tho u sh al t re c ei v e th at which is set
ap art A nd this is the s e p aratio n th at tho u sh alt tak e
.

of th e m : gol d and s ilv e r an d b rass ; an d hy aci nth

, ,

and p urpl e an d v e rm ili on ( lit b ri gh t colo ur ) an d fi ne

, , .
, ,

line n , an d h air of o ats an d ski ns of ram s m ade

g ,

re d an d skin s of p u rpl e
, and sitti n woo ds ; oil fo r the
,

illu m inators aro m atics for the anoi nti ng oil and aro
, ,

m ati e s for the i nce n s e ; bu rilla ston es an d sto nes th at ,

m ay co m ple te the i nse tti ng o f the e pho d an d the b reast

late A d th ey s h al l m ak e b e fore m e A S A N CT U A R Y in
p . n

which I will dwe l l am o ng th e m Al togeth er as I sho w

.

th ee the p attern of the s anc tu ary an d the pattern of all ,

its vessel s e v en s o sh al t tho u m ak e th em

,
.

A n d th e y sh al l m ak e an A R K of s i tta woo d ; two

cu bi ts an d a h alf its le n gth an d a c u bi t and a h alf its
,

b readth and a c ubit and a h alf its h ei ght A nd thou

, .

sh al t co v er i t with p u re ol d w ithi n an d wi tho u t an d

g ,

tho u shal t m ak e a cro wn of gol d u p on it ro u nd abou t .

A n d tho u sh al t c as t for it fo ur ri ngs of gol d an d s e t ,

th em u p on its four c orners two ri ngs u po n one si de of

,

it and two ri ng s u pon its oth e r si de

, A nd tho u shal t .

m ak e s tav es of s i tti n wo ods an d cov er th e m with gol d

, ,

an d sh al t in s e rt the s tav es i n the rings u p on the si de s

of the ark th at the ark m ay b e c arri e d u po n th e m

, In .

the ri n gs of the ark sh all he the stav e s th e y sh all not ,

be re m ov e d th erefro m A n d th ou sh al t pl ace in the

.

ark the T esti m o ny th at I will give th ee .

xxn .
] 0N nxonus . 40 3

A nd tho u h alt m ake A CA N DE L A BRUM of p ure

s

du c til e gol d sh al t tho u m ak e the c andel ab ru m ; its b ase

an d its sh aft its c up s appl e s and li li es of the s am e sh all
, , , ,

th ey be A nd six branches shall co m e ou t fro m its

.

si de s th re e branch e s of the c andel ab ru m from on e s i de

, ,

an d three b ranch es of the c an del ab ru m 0 11 the s e co nd

si de. Three c up s ( calyxes) figu re d on one b ran ch with

apple an d lily an d th re e c u p s fi ure d on o ne b ran ch
, g
wi th appl e and lily so for the six b ranch es th at c om e
,

ou t from the c ande l ab ru m A nd u po n the candelab rum

.

sh al l be fo u r c u p s fi gu rate d with apple s and lili e s ; an

,

appl e u n der the two b ranch e s of thi s an d an apple ,

un de r the two b ranch e s of that acco rdi ng to the six ,

branches that com e forth fro m the candelab rum Their .

apple s an d th eir b ranch es s h all be of it all b e aten of ,

p ure gol d A nd tho u shal t m ak e its seven lights an d

.
,

kindle its lights th at they m ay s hi ne to wards its face .

A nd its s nu fle rs an d shov els (s h all be m ade ) of pure

'

g ol d . O f a tal e nt o f pu re gol d sh all he m ak e it an d all

these v es se l s A nd l ook thou and m ak e accordin g to

.
, ,

their rese m bl anc e which was di spl ay e d i n the m o u nt .

XXVI A n d thou shal t m ak e T H E TA BE RN A CL E (of)

.

ten c u rtai ns o f fi ne li nen twi ne d and hy aci nth and , ,

u rpl e and v erm ilion ( an d) fi gu re s of k e ru bi m the work

p , , ,

of the artifi cer sh al t thou m ak e th e m The l e ngth of .

one c urtain twe nty an d ei gh t c u bi ts an d the bre adth of ,

o ne c urtai n fo u r c u bi ts the m e as u re of all the cu rtai ns

s h all be o ne Five c u rtains sh all be conj oi ned one with
.

anoth er an d fi ve c u rtai ns co nj oine d one wi th ano th er

,
.

A n d thou shalt m ak e loop s of hy aci nth u pon the e dge

of one c u rtai n in the si de on which it is j oi ne d an d so ,

sh al t th ou do on the border o f the se co nd c urtai n i n the

si de o n which it is joi n e d Fi fty lo op s sh al t th o u m ake

.

in the one c u rtain and fi fty loop s sh al t tho u m ak e in

,

the side of the cur tai n which is in the plac e of the seco nd
40 4 A
T R GUM or O N K E L O S [ ORA L

o pling th at the loop s m ay answe r one with an oth er

c u , .

A nd thou shal t m ake fi fty tache s of gol d an d loop the ,

c urtai ns one with anoth er with the taches th at it m ay ,

be one Tab e rnacl e A n d tho u sh alt m ak e c urtains of

.

g o at s ( h ai r) to stretch ov er the tab e rnacl e ;

’
e l e v en

curtai ns th ou sh alt m ak e th e m The l ength of one cu rtain

.

sh all be thi rty c u bi ts and the b re adth of on e cu rtai n

,

fo u r c u bits ; of one m easure sh all be the el even c u rtai ns .

A nd thou sh al t lo op fi ve c urtai ns together and six ,

curtai ns to gether an d fol d the s i xth cu rtain agai ns t the

,

front of the tab e rnacl e A n d tho u shal t m ak e fi fty loops

.

on the e dge of the o ne cu rtain wh e re it is co njoi ne d and ,

fifty loop s on the e dge of the cu rtai n at the pl ace of the

se co n d conj oin m e nt A nd tho u sh alt m ake fifty tach es
.

of b rass and in tro du ce the tach e s i nto the l oop s and

, ,

conjoi n the tab ernacl e th at it m ay b e on e A nd the .

overplu s which rem ai neth of the tabernacle curtai ns the ,

half cu rtain ( nam ely ) thou shal t stretch over the binder
, ,

si de of the tab ern acl e A nd the c u bi t on thi s an d the

.

cu bit on that ( s ide ) which rem ain in the l ength of the

curtains of the tab ern acle sh all be sp re ad over the si des
o f the tab ern acl e h e re an d th e re to c ov er it
, A nd thou
, .

s h al t m ak e a co v erin g fo r the tab e rnacl e of ram s ski ns

’

dy ed red an d a co v e ri ng of p urpl e s ki ns above

, A nd .

tho u sh al t m ak e the s tandi ng b oards of the tab er nacl e of

-

sitti n wo ods . Te n c ubi ts the l e ngth o f one bo ard an d a ,

cu bit an d a h alf its bre adth Two tenons ( shall th ere.

be ) to e ach b oard fasten e d o v e r again st o ne anoth e r ;

,

s o sh al t th ou m ak e all the b o ards of the tab e rn acle A nd .

tho u sh alt m ak e the b oards for the tab ernacl e twe nty ,

bo ards on the so uth e rn si de A nd forty b ase s of silver

.

sh al t tho u m ak e u nde r the twe nty bo ards two b ases

u n de r on e b o ard for i ts two te no ns an d two b as e s u n de r,

one bo ard for its two te non s A nd for the sec ond si de of
.

the tab e rnacl e on the n orth ern si de twenty bo ards and

, ,
XXVI 0N nxonu s . 40 5

th ei r forty ck e ts o f sil ver ; two sock ets u nder one

so

bo ard an d two socke ts u n der anoth e r A nd for the

,
.

s i de of the tab ernacl e we stward tho u sh al t m ak e six

boards A n d two b oards th ou shalt m ak e at the corners

.

of the tab e rnacle at th ei r e x tre m i tie s ; an d th ey sh all be

u ni te d belo w an d lik e wi s e u ni te d at h e ad wi th o n e ri n
g
so sh all it b e wi th b oth of th e m for the two co rn ers .

A nd the y sh all b e ei gh t b oards and thei r si lv er b as es , ,

si xte e n b as e s ; two b ases u nde r on e bo ard an d two ,

b ases u nder the oth e r bo ard A nd thou shal t m ake .

b ars of si ttin woods fi ve for the b oards of o ne s i de of the

,

tab ern acle and fi ve b ars fo r the b oards o f the se co nd

,

s i de o f the tab e rnacl e and five b ars for the e nd si de of

,

the tab ern acl e toward the we s t A nd the m i ddl e bar

.

in the m i ds t of the bo ards shall p ass from e nd to en d .

A n d the bo ards thou s hal t o v e rlay with gol d and the ,

ri n s m ak e thou of gol d the pl ace for the b ars an d

g , ,

cover the b ars wi th gol d A nd th ou shalt ere c t the

.

tab ernacl e after the m anner o f it which hath b ee n sho wed

th ee o n the m ou nt .

A nd tho u sh al t m ak e A VE I L of hy aci nth and pu rpl e , , ,

and ve rm i li on and fi ne li ne n twin e d wi th the wo rk of

,

the artifice r it sh all be m ade figu red wi th keru bin

, , .

A nd tho u shal t s et it u po n fou r pillars of si tti n cov e re d

wi th gol d and th ei r b ook s sh all b e o f gol d u po n fou r
,

b as es of s il ver A nd thou shal t pu t the v eil u nder the

.

tach e s and sh alt b rin g in thith er withi n the v eil the

,

A rk of the Te stam e nt ; an d the v eil sh all separate to you

b etween the H oly an d the Holy of H olies A n d thou .

s h al t se t the M e rcy S e at u po n the ark o f the Te stam en t

in the H oly of Holie s A nd p lace thou the table

.

wi tho u t the v e il an d the c andel ab ru m ov e r agai nst the

,

table at the south s i de of the tab ernacl e and the table ,

l ac e tho u at the n o rth si de A n d tho u sh alt m ak e a

p .

c urtai n for the do or of the tabern acle of hy acinth an d ,

XXVI I I .
] oN nxonu s .

ward, fi fty cubi ts and fifteen cu bits the curtain s on a

,

s i de th e i r colum ns th ree and thei r b ase s th re e

, A nd .

on the s e co nd si de fi fte en c u rtain s th ei r pill ars th ree , ,

an d th e i r b ase s three A nd for the door of the co urt

.

s h all be an h an i n f t w ty c bi t f hy ci th d
g g o e n u s o a n a n , ,

rple and v erm i lio n an d fi ne lin e n twi ne d the wo rk

p u , , ,

of the e m b roi dere r th e ir pill ars four and th e i r b as es

fou r Al l the pill ars rou nd abo u t the cou rt sh all be
.

u ni te d) wi th ro ds of s il v er th ei r b ook s s h all b e of
( ,

silv e r an d th ei r b as es o f b ras s T he length o f the co u rt

.
,

o ne h un dre d c u bit and the b re adth fi fty and the h ei h t

s
, g ,

fi ve cu bi ts of fine li nen twi ne d and th ei r b as es of brass

, , .

A ll the v es sels of the tab ernacl e and all its s ervic e and all , ,

its u te ns ils and all the pi ns of the court s hall be of

,

b rass .

SECTION XX .

TE TS A VVE H .

A N D thou h alt i nstruct the sons of Israel to b ring to

s

thee the pu re oil of olive s b eaten to illu m in ate th at , , ,

the l am p s m ay b urn contin u ally I n the tab ernacle o f .

ordin an ce withou t the v eil that is b efore the testim o ny

, ,

Ah aro n and his sons sh all se t it in order fro m eve ning to

m o rni ng b efo re the L ord ; a p erp etu al statu te for the
n e ratio n s of the so ns of I s rae l
g e .

XX VIII A nd th ou b ring to th ee Aharo n thy

.
,

bro th e r and his so ns with him fro m am ong the son s of

Israe l that th ey m ay m ini ste r before Me ; Ah aron
, ,

Nadab and Abihu El az ar an d Itham ar so ns of Ah aron

, , .

A n d tho u sh alt m ak e the holy v estm ents for Ah aro n thy

b roth er for glory and for prai se A nd speak tho u wi th .
 40 8 G
TA R UM or O N K E L O S [ O RA L

all the wi se h eart who m I have fill e d with the S pi rit

of

of wi s dom th at th ey m ak e the v e s tm e nts of A haro n to

,

con secrate him to m inister b e fore Me A nd th e se are .

the v e stm e nts which th ey sh al l m ak e ; the b reastplate ,

and the e pho da an d the rob e an d the i nwro u ght tu nic

, , ,

an d the m i tre an d the gi rdle ; an d th ey sh all m ak e holy

,

v e stm ents for Aharon thy b rother an d for his s o ns to

m i n i ster b efo re Me A nd th ey s h all tak e the gold an d
.
,

the hy aci nth an d the v e rm ilion an d the fi ne li nen

, , .

A nd sh all m ak e the E PR O DA of gold hy aci nth an d , ,

v erm ilion and fi ne linen twine d the work of the arti

, ,

fi cer . Two s ho u l de r pie ces do u bl e d (or conjoi ned)

-
,

s h all it h ave at the two si des co njoin ed A nd the .

ado rne d gi rdl e th e re o f which is upo n it sh all b e of the

s am e wo rk an d be o f gold hy acinth v e rm ilion

, , an d , ,

fi ne li ne n twi ned An d thou shal t take two stone s o f

.

ony x ( bu rilla) ; and e ngrav e u p on them the nam es of

.

the sons of I srael S ix o f the ir n am es u p on the one

.

s to n e and the six nam e s which re m ai n u po n the s e co nd

,

ston e acco rdin g to th ei r n ativity

,
By the work of the .

artifice r in p re ci ou s s to ne the wri ti ng s h all be di s ti nc t ;

as the en grav i ng of a rin g so sh al t tho u e ngrav e the

.
,

two stone s wi th the n am es of the s o ns of Is rael ;

inwrou gh t in sockets of gol d sh alt thou m ak e the m .

A nd th ou shal t put the two sto ne s u po n the sho u l ders

of the e ph od sto nes of the m e m o ri al of the so ns o f
,

Israel ; an d Aharon sh all b e ar th eir nam es b efo re the

Lord up on his two shou l ders for a m em ori al A nd .

tho u shal t m ak e s ock e ts o f gol d ; and two ch ai ns of p u re

ol d e n wreath e d s hal t thou m ak e o f twi s te d wo rk and
g ,

sh alt s e t the twi s te d chai n s in the s ock ets .

A n d thou shalt m ak e T H E BR E A srr L A rE or JUD GME N T

'

with the wo rk o f the artifice r lik e the wo rk of the e pho d

,

s h al t thou m ak e it of ol d hy aci nth v e rm ilio d

g , , n an , ,

fine li nen twi ne d sh alt thou m ak e it Sq uare shall it .

XXVI I I .
] 0N nxonu s . 40 9

be ; dou ble d ; a sp an its length and a span its b readth

and thou sh alt fulfil in it the com ple m e nt of ston es

four rows of precious stones the first row, the carneli an,
topaz and s m aragd, the fi rst row ; the se cond row,
the carb uncl e, sapphi re, and o ny x and the thi rd row, the

j acinth , agate, and am ethy st ; an d the fou rth row, the

chry soli te, and b e ryl , an d j asp er th ey sh all be inset in

g ol d in th e i r co m pl ete ne s s A n d .the sto n e s s h all b e

acco rdi ng to the nam e s of the s o ns of I s rael , twel v e

accordi ng to th e ir n am es ; the writin

g d i sti nct as the

e n ravi n f a ri n m cco d i ng to his n am e sh all

g g o g a a n a r

they be, after the twelv e trib es A nd tho u sh alt m ak e on

.

the breastpl ate wreathed chains of twisted work of pure

g ol d, an d u p on the b re astpl ate two
g old e n r i n g s a n d ,

s h al t se t the two rin s u po n the two si de s of the b re ast

g
p la te . A n d t ho u s h al t pu t the two wr e ath s o f g ol d i n to
the two rings o n the si des of the bre astpl ate ; and the
two wreath s which are u p on its two si des tho u shal t se t
in the two sock ets and pu t them u pon the sh oul de rs of
,

the e pho d o v e r agai nst its fro nt A n d thou shal t m ak e

.

two ri ngs of gol d and set the m on the two si de s of the

,

b re a tpl ate at its edges on the si de of the ephod withi n

s .

A n d th ou sh alt m ake two ( other) ri ngs of gol d an d pu t ,

them u pon the two shou lders of the e pho d b eneath ,

over against its conjoin m ent abo v e the girdle o f the

e pho d A nd they sh all u nite the b re astpl ate with its
.
-

ri n s to the rin s of the e p ho d wi th ribb o n of hyaci nth

g g
to b e abov e the girdle of the ephod th at the breastplate ,

be not separated fro m ( being) u p on the ephod A nd .

Aharo n shall b ear the nam es of the sons of Israel on the

breastplate of j udgm e nt u po n his h eart in his goi ng into
the sanctu ary for a p erp etu al m e m o ri al b e fo re the Lord
,
.

A nd thou shalt pu t in (or u pon ) the b reastplate of

j u dgm ent TH E URA I A and ru n TR UMMA IA and the v
H eb rew, E th fia -zirim
'

O r, em erald . cc-e tlz fia-tu m m im .

xx n .
] ON s x o nu s . 41 1

shalt m ak e th e m coverings of fine linen to cov er the

fles h of th eir sham e ; from the loi ns to the thi gh s shall
th ey be A nd they shall be u pon Ah aron and u po n his
.

sons in th ei r e ntering into the tab ernacle of o rdi nance ,

or in app ro achin g to the al tar to m i ni ste r in the s anc

tu ary, that th ey contract n ot guilt an d die (This sh all be ) .

an ev erl asti ng statu te for him an d for hi s s on s after him .

XXIX A nd this is the thing which thou sh alt do to

.

th e m , to consecrate them to m i ni ster b efore Me : Take

one bull ock the you ng of a b u llock and two ram s
, ,

u nblem i sh e d and u nl eav ene d b re ad and u nleav e ne d ,

cak e s m i ngl e d with oil an d wafers u nleav ene d which are

,

an ointe d with oil ; of wh e aten flou r s halt thou m ake

th em . A nd thou shalt pu t the m on one b as k e t and ,

bri ng th em in the b asket and the b ullock and the two ,

ram s and Ah aro n an d his so ns thou s halt b ring to the

,

doo r of the tab ern acle of ordin ance and was h th em ,

wi th water A nd thou sh al t tak e the v estm ents and

.
,

dres s A haron with the tunic and the rob e of the e pho d ,

and the e ph o d an d the b re astpl ate an d sh al t o rdai n him ,

with the gi rdl e of the e ph od A nd tho u sh alt set the .

ti ara on his h e ad and put the diade m of Holi ness u pon

,

the ti ara A nd th ou shal t take the oil of anoi nti ng

.
,

and pou r u po n his h ead to anoi nt him A n d thou sh alt .

bring his sons near and dress the m in the tu nics and
,

i d th e m wi th the gi rdles Ah aron an d his so n s and

g r ,

thou sh alt set on th em the m itres and it sh all be to them ,

a priesthoo d by a perpetu al statu te A n d thou shalt o ffer

, .

the oblatio n for Aharo n and the oblation for his sons ,

an d the b ullock shalt tho u o ffer b efore the tab ernacl e of

ordi nance A n d A haron and his sons shall lay their

.

hands u pon the h ead of the bullock ; and thou shalt

slay the bu llock b e fo re the Lo rd at the doo r of the

tabernacl e of ordinance A nd tho u sh alt take of the

.

bloo d of the b ullock an d pu t it u pon the horns of the

,
'
r 2
41 2 TA R GU M o r oa nca [ A L
OR

altar with thy finger, and all the bloo d ( that rem ains )
thou s halt pou r ou t at the b as e of the al tar A n d tho u .

s halt take all the fat which covereth the inwards and ,

the caul th at is u pon the li ve r and the two kidneys ,

and the fat th at is u pon th em and sacri fi c e th e m u pon ,

the altar A nd the fles h of the bullock his skin and

.
, ,

his dung burn tho u with fire without the cam p ; it is

,

a sin o fferi ng
- A n d thou sh alt take the one ram
.
,

and Aharon and his s ons sh all lay their h ands u pon

the head of the ram ; and thou sh alt ki ll the ram and ,

take his b lood and spri nkle u p on the altar roun d

,

ab ou t .A nd the ram thou shal t divi de b y his m em

b ers and shalt cleanse his inwards and his legs and
, , ,

p ut th em u pon hi s m e m b er s and u po n h is h e ad a n d , ,

thou sh alt sacrifice the ram at the altar it is a holo

canst b efore the Lo rd to be accep te d with fav o ur an, ,

oblation before the Lord An d thou sh alt tak e the .

seco nd ram and Ah aro n and his sons sh all lay th e ir

,

hands u pon the head of the ram An d thou shalt kill .

the ram an d take of his bloo d and pu t it on the tip o f

, ,

Aharon s ear and upon the tip of the ri ght ear of his
’
,

sons an d u po n the th u m b of th eir ri h t h and an d

, g ,

u pon the toe of th eir ri ht foot ; a n d th o u s h al t

g
spri nkle the b loo d u pon the altar ro und abo u t A nd .

thou shalt tak e of the b lood which is u po n the altar ,

and of the o il of anoi nting and drop it on Ah aro n and ,

on his v estm ents and on his son s and on the v e stm ents
, ,

of his sons wi th him and he sh all be conse crated he

, ,

and his v estm e nts an d his sons and the v estm ents of
, ,

hi s sons with him A nd thou sh alt tak e of the ram

.
,

the fat and the tail an d the fat which cove reth the
, ,

inwards an d the caul which is on the liv er and the

, ,

two ki dn ey s and the fat which is on them and the

, ,

ri ht shou l der for it is a ram for o b latio n ; and one

g ,

loaf of bread and one cake of bread (wi th) oil and o ne
, ,
xx 1 x .
] 0N nxonus . 41 3

wafe r from the ba ket of

s the u nlea ene d
v ones which is
b efore the Lord and put thou all u pon the hands of
Aharon and u pon the hands of his sons and u plift ,

th em for an ele vatio n b efore the Lord ; and tak e them

fro m their h ands and o ffer them at the altar u pon the
,

burnt offering that they m ay be recei ved with accep tance

,

b e fore the Lord ; it is an oblatio n b efore the Lord .

An d thou sh alt tak e the b reast of the ram of Aharon s ’

o blations and u p lift it an elev ation b efore the Lord ;

‘

, ,

and it s hall be th po t i n A nd th o h alt n

y r o u. s co

s ec rate the b reast of the elevatio n an d the shoul der

o f sep aration which is u p lifte d an d which is se arate d

p
o f the oblatio n ram of Ah aron and th at of his s ons ;
-

and it sh all be for Ah aron and for his sons by a er

p
tual statu te for the s ons of I srael b c it i
p e e aus e , s a

thing s ep arate d A nd a se p aratio n shall be (taken)

.

fro m the so ns of I srael of their conse crated sacrifi ces ,

( e ven ) the ir se p aratio n b e fo re the Lo rd .

A n d the sacred garm e nts of Aharon shall be his sons

’

after him to be anointed in th em

, ( )
an,d in , th e m to

offer th e ir ob lation s Seven days sh all the priest wear

.

them who of his s ons ( is to he anointed) i nstead of

,

him an d who shall enter i nto the tabernacle of o rdi

,

nance to m ini ste r in the sanctuary A nd the ram of

.

the obl ation s th ou sh al t take an d boil his flesh in the

,

h oly place A n d Ah aro n an d his so ns sh all eat the

.

fl e sh of the ram an d the b read th at is on the b ask et at

the doo r of the tab e rnacle of ordin anc e A nd they .

m ay e at tho se thin gs by whic h propi ti ation is m ade in

o ffe ri ng them as oblation s to conse crate them ; but an
ali en m ay n ot eat b e cause th ey are sacre d
,
A nd if any .

p rt) of the fle s h of the obl ations or of the bread

( a

rem ai n u n til the m orni ng the rem ai nder shall be

,

b urned with fire ; it shall not be eaten it is sacred , .

A nd thou sh alt do ( thus) to A haron and to his sons ,

xxx .
] 0N nxonus . 41 5

b urn fragrant incense of woo ds of si ttin shalt thou,

m ak e it A cu bit its length and a cu bit its b readth

.
, ,

fou r s quare shall it be and two c ubits its height

-
, The .

ho rns of it shall be of the sam e A nd thou shalt cover .

it with fine gold its top and its sides ro und abo ut and
, ,

its horns A nd tho u shalt m ak e to it a crown of gold

.

rou nd abou t an d two rin s of gold shalt thou m ak e to

g ,

it un der its cro wn u pon its top corners at its two si des
, ,

and it sh all b e for the place s of the stav es by which to

carry it An d tho u shalt m ake the staves of sittin

.

woo ds and cover the m with gold

, A nd tho u sh alt .

l ac e it b e fore the v eil which is over the ark of the

p
testi m o ny b e fore the m ercy seat which is over the testi -

m ony where I will appoint My Word to be with th ee

, .

A nd Ah aron sh all b urn there on fragrant in cense fro m

m orni ng to m orning when he se tteth the lam p s i n order
,

he shall b urn it A n d when Aharon kindleth the lam ps

.

b etween the e v enin gs he shall b u rn fragrant i nc en se

,

co ntin ually b efore the Lord in your generations Y ou .

sh all n ot offer u p on it ince nse of s trange p erfum e s no r ,

holocaust nor m incha nor po ur any libatio n u pon it

, ,
.

A n d Aharon sh all ato ne u po n its horns once in the y ear

wi th the b loo d of the sin offering of the atonem ent once ,

in the y ear shall he atone u pon it u nto yo ur genera ,

tio ns I t is holy of holine ss before the Lord

. .

SECTION XXI .

K I TH I S S A .

A N D the Lord spake with Mosheh saying When , ,

thou take st the acco u nt of the so ns of Israel according

to th eir nu m b er th ey shall give every m an a ranso m for
,

his so ul b efore the Lord when tho u nu m b erest them , ,

41 6 U
TA RG M o r O N K E L O S [
ORAL

that the re m ay not b e death am ong th em wh en tho u

b
num eres t th e m Thi s they shall giv e : e ery one who
. v
c om eth o ver to the adnum herm ent a hal f sheke l o f the , ,

shek el of the san ctu ary of twenty m ayi n the sh ek el

, ,

half a shek el shall be set apart before the Lord Every .

one who co m eth o v er to the adnu m herm ent from a son ,

of twenty years and abov e sh al l giv e the s e paratio n

,

before the Lord He who is rich shall not i ncreas e (it)

.
,

and he who is oo r sh all not di m i ni s h fro m the h alf

p
shekel in pres enti ng the se aratio n be fore the Lo rd to
p
propiti ate for your so uls A nd thou shalt take the.

s ilver of the p ropiti atio n from the s o ns of I s rael and ,

appoint it fo r the s e rvi c e of the tab e rnacl e of o rdin ance ;

and it shall be to the sons of I srael for a m em ori al befo re

the Lo rd to propi tiate for yo ur s ou l s .

A nd the Lo rd spake with Mosheh saying Thou sh alt , ,

m ake a LA VE R of brass and its fou ndatio n of bras s fo r

,

p urifyi ng ; and set it b etween the tabernacle of ordi

nance and the al tar and u t water th erei n A n d
,p .

Aharon and his so ns shall pu rify at it their h an ds and

th eir fee t I n the ir e nteri ng i nto the tabernacle o f o rdi
.

nan ce th ey sh all c leanse th e m selv e s with wate r that ,

th ey die not or wh en th ey app roach the al tar to

m i ni ster to o ffe r an oblatio n be fore the Lord

, and ( th us)

th ey sh all pu ri fy th e i r hands and th eir feet th at th ey m ay ,

n ot die A n d it s hall be to th e m an ev e rlasting statu te

.
,

to him an d to his s o ns u nto th eir ge ne ratio ns .

A nd the Lo rd sp ake wi th Moshe h s ayi ng Tak e tho u , ,

als o to thee ch oic e ( fi rst or p ri ncipal) aro m atic s : p ure

m y rrh fi ve hu n dred ( s hek el s wei ght) and s weet cinna

’
,

m o n o ne h alf ( as m uch ) two h un dre d and fi fty ( s h ek e ls )

’
, ,

wei gh t ; of swe e t cal am us two hu ndre d and fi fty ( she

,

k els ) weight ; and cassia five h undred (shekels ) weight

’
,
’
,

of the sh e k els o f the san ctu ary ; an d oliv e oil a hina ,

fu ll ; and m ake it a holy anointing oil m ost fragrant , ,

 0N nxonu s . 41 7

the wo rk ofperfum er ; it sh all be the holy oil

the
for anoi nting A nd thou shalt anoint th erewith the
.

tab ernacl e of o rdi nance and the ark of the testi m ony ,

and the tabl e and all its ve sse ls and the candela ,

b ru m and its ve sse ls and the altar of sweet incense , ,

an d the al tar of b u rnt o fferin a nd all its ve ssels

g ,

an d the lav er and its fo u ndation and co nse crate ,

th em . They sh all be m ost holy ; who ever approach eth

th e m sh all be sanctified A nd Aharon and his so ns .

thou sh alt anoi nt and cons ecrate them to m iniste r

,

before Me A nd thou shalt speak to the sons of Israel

.
,

sayi ng A holy anoi nti n il sh all thus he u nto Me for

, g o

y o ur g e nera tio ns U po n t h.e fl es h o f m an it s h all no t

be poured nor the like to it be m ade ; sacred is it and
, ,

sac re d sh all it be to T h m an w h co m o u n deth

you e o p .

the lik e to it or who pu tte th it u po n an alie n s hall b e

, ,

destroy e d fro m his pe ople .

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mo sh eh Take thee spices , ,

s tachte and o nycha and galb anu m s pice s and pure

’
, ,

frankince ns e we ight for we ight s hall they be ; and thou

,

s halt m ak e it a s weet ince nse fra rant the work of the

g , ,

p e rfu m er m i xed
, p ure fo r co
, n se c ra tio n , A n d tho u .

s hal t b eat s om e of it and m ake it fi ne and u t there o f

p ,

before the te sti m ony in the tabernacle of ordi nance ,

wh e re I will app oint My Wo rd to be with thee ; to you

it shall be m o st holy A nd of the sweet incense which
.

thou shalt m ak e you m ust not m ake the like for yo ur

s e lv e s it shall he s acre d to thee before the Lord The .

m an who m aketh the lik e of it to s m ell thereto shall , ,

b e de stroyed fro m his p eople .

XXXI A nd the Lord spake with Mosheh sayi ng

.
, ,

Behol d I h ave nam ed by nam e Bez alel bar Uri bar Hu r

, ,

of the trib e of Jehu dah and h ave fulfille d him with the ,

spirit of p rophecy fro m before the Lord wi th wisdo m , ,

9
S am . V ers bl
a sam .
"
xxxn .
] 0N nxonus . 41 9

in the v h day res ted and was refreshed

se e nt A nd H e .
lo

ga v e to Mo sh e h wh e n H e h ad fi nis h
, e d t o s p ea k with
him o n Mou nt Sinai two tablets of the testim ony , ,

table ts of stone inscrib e d with the fi nger of the Lord

, .

XXXII But the people saw that Mosh eh delay ed to

.

co m e down fro m the Mo unt ; and the people gathered

to ge th e r u nto Ah aron and sai d to him Ari se m ak e u s , , ,

g o ds
( dac/i a la n pl obj e c ts to b e
, v e ne r ate d
.
) t h at m ay
c e e d b e fo re u s ; f r this Mo sh eh h e m an who
11
p ro o t ,

b rought us up from the land of Miz rai m we kno w not ,

what hath bee n to hi m A nd Aharon said to them .

,

Take off the golden ear ri ngs which are in the ears of -

yo ur wives yo ur sons and your daughters and bring

, , ,

the m to m e An d all the p eople took off the golden

.

ri ngs which were in th e i r e ars and b rou ght th e m u nto ,

Aharon A nd he took them from their han ds an d

.
,

form e d it wi th a grav er and m ade it a m olten calf , .

A nd they sai d These are thy go ds I srael which , , ,

bro ught thee u p from the land of Miz raim A nd .

Aharo n saw and b uilded an altar b efore it ; and

,
1

Aharon p roclai m e d and sai d A feast shall be held ,

b efore the Lord to m orrow A nd they aro se next day - .

,

and sac rifi ce d b urnt offerings and offe red ob lations ; and

the pe op le sat aro un d to eat and drink and ro se u p to ,

disport .

A nd the Lord sp ak e with Mo sh eh Go descend for

‘

, , ,

thy p eo ple wh om th ou b ro u gh tes t u p fro m the l and of

Miz raim have corrupted the m selves they have qu ickly
warp ed fro m the way whi ch I had tau ght them ; the y
have m ade a m olte n c alf and have worshipped it and , ,

sacri ficed u nto it an d h ave s ai d These are thy go ds , , ,

Israel which hav e brought thee up from the land of

,

Miz raim A nd the Lord sai d to Mosheh I t is seen

.
,

10
S am Vers breathed .
” 11
S am . V ers .
, as it m ay lease p us .

V
. .
,
”
1
S am . ers .
, feared .
42 0 TA R GU M o r oN K s L o s [ A L
OR

b efore Me that this p eople are h ck e d A nd now

ard-ne .

re frain fro m thy pra e r b efore Me an d My anger s h all

y ,

re vail agai nst th e m and I wi ll de stroy th em and wi ll

p , ,

m ake thee to a gre at p eople Bu t Mosh e h p rayed

.

b efore the Lord his God and sai d Why Lo rd is Thy , , , ,

an g e r stro n
g ga ai ns t Thy p e op le w h o m Tho u di dst
,

bring u p from the land of Miz rai m with gre at po we r

and with m i h ty h and ? Wh erefo re s ho ul d the Miz raee
g
spe ak to s a
y, W ith e vi l p
( p )
ur o s e H e le d th e m o u t to

kill th em am ong the m o untains and to cons u m e them ,

from the face of the earth ? T urn fro m the s tre ngth o f
Thine anger and revert fro m the evil which Thou hast
,

threatened to do u nto Thy p e op le Rem em ber A braham .

,

Iz hak and Israel Thy servants to whom Thou h ast sworn

, ,

by Thy Word and to whom Tho u hast sai d I will

, ,

m u ltiply yo ur s ons as the stars of the h eav e ns and all ,

this land of which I have sp oken I will give unto yo u r

sons and they sh all own it for e v er
, .

A nd the Lo rd did turn fro m the evil which H e had

threatened to do u nto the p eop le A nd M osh e h re tu rned .

and we nt down fro m the Mo unt and the two tabl ets ,

of testi m o ny were in his h an d : the tablets we re i nsc rib e d

o n the ir two si de s h ere an d th ere were th ey i ns cri be d

,
.

A n d the tablets were the work of the Lord an d the ,

wri ti ng was the writi ng of the Lord set forth di stinctly

u po n the tabl e ts .

A n d Je hoshu a h eard the voice of the p eople as thev

m ade ou tcry and he sai d to Mo sh eh The v oice o f war
, ,

is in the cam p
. But he sai d I t is not the voice of
.
,

m e n who are v icto rio us nor is it the voice of the weak

,

who are b eaten but it is the voic e of re v ell e rs th at I

,

hear . A nd it was that as he dre w ni gh the c am p and ,

saw the c al f and the danci n t h at t h e an ger of M os h e h

g ,

g rew s tro ng, an d b e c as t f ro m h is h a nd s th e tab le ts ,

an d b rak e th em at the decli vi ty of the m ou ntain A nd .

XXXII . ] 0N nxonu s . 42 1

he took calf which they had m ade and burned it in

the ,

fi re and grou nd it u ntil it was po wder and spread it

, ,

on the face of the water and m ade the sons of Israe l ,

dri nk it .

An d Mosheh sai d to Aharon What did this people ,

to th ee th at tho u hast b ro u ght u pon th em so great a

,

s in ? A n d Ah aro n sai d L e t not m y lord s anger be ’

,

v iolent : thou kno west the pe ople that it is prone to ,

evil . A nd they sai d to m e M ak e u s gods th at shall ,

o b e fore u s : for this Mo sh eh the m an who bro u h t u s

g g ,

u
p f ro m th e lan d of Mi z r ai m w e k n o w n o t w h at h a th
,

b een done to him A nd I sai d to them Whoever hath

.
,

g ol d l e t hi m d e liv e r a n d giv e it, t o m e ; a n d I c a st it

i nto the fire and thi s calf cam e forth A nd Mo sheh
, .

saw th at the p e opl e we re u n do ne or m ade em pty

( ) f o r ,

Aharon had u ndone th e m to defile them with an evil ,

n am e in thei r
g e n e rat io ns a n d Mo sh e h st oo d a t th e

g a t e o f th e c am p an d s a i,
d L e t tho s e w h o, fe ar th e Lo r d
co m e to m e A nd all the so ns of Levi gathere d
.

to ge th er to him A nd he sai d to them Th us saith the

.
,

Lord the God of I srael L et every m an pu t his sword ,

u on his thi h p ass th rou h and retu rn from a t t

p g , g g e, o ,

g at e in th e c am p a n d s l a,y a m a n hi s b ro t
,h er a n d a ,

m an his com p anion and a m an his neigh b our , A nd .

the sons of Lev i did acc ordi ng to the word of Mo sheh ,

an d th ere fell of the p e ople in th at da as th ree thou

y
sand m en A nd Mo she h sai d Present you r hands thi s
.
,

day an offeri ng b efore the Lord e very m an with (or on , ,

acco unt of) hi s s on an d his broth er th at ou m a brin

y y g ,

ble ssings u pon you this day .

A nd it was on the day following th at Mosheh said

to the pe ople You h ave sinne d a great sin ; bu t now I
,

will go u p b efore the Lo rd if h aply I m ay propitiate ,

for you r sin A nd Mo sheh retu rned before the Lord

.
,

S om e copies om it y our hands, and read, Present y our offerings .

”
XXXI II .
] 0N e x onu s .

ho use ins truction withou t the cam p

of A nd it cam e.

to pas s th at when Mosh eh went forth to the tab er

nacle, all the people ro s e u , and stoo d, e very m an at
p
the doo r of his tent, and looke d afte r Moshe h until he
had e ntere d i nto the tab ernacle A n d it was when
.

Moshe h had entered the tabernacle, the colum n of

the Clo u d de s cended and s too d at the door of the tab er
n acle, an d H
( ) e s p ak e w i th Mo s h e h A nd all the .

people saw the colu m n of the Cloud standing at the

door of the tab ernacle, and all the people aro se an d
worshippe d, e v e ry m an at the doo r of his tent A nd .

the Lord sp ake with Moshe h wo rd with wo rd, as a m an

s peaketh wi th his co m p anio n A nd he return ed to the
.

cam p ; bu t his m i ni ster, Jehoshu a bar N un, a youn

g
m an, did not re m ove fro m the tab ernacle .

’
An d Mosh e h sai d be fore the Lord, S ee, Thou hast
said to m e, Take this pe opl e u p ; bu t Thou h ast not let

m e kn o w who m Thou wilt send with m e ; yet Thou h ast

sai d, I h ave o rdained the e by nam e, and tho u h ast fo u nd

m e rcy b efore Me A nd if now I have fou nd m ercy

.

b efore Thee, sho w m e, I pray, Thy good way, th at I ’

m ay kno w Thy lovi ng-kindness, and m ay find m ercy

before Thee, and m ake it m anifest before Thee that this
eopl e is Thy peopl e A n d H e s aid, My Sh e kinah
p .

sh all go, an d I will gi v e th e e res t A nd he said b efore

.

Him , If Thy Sheki nah goeth not am ong us, let us not
as ce nd from h en ce A nd in what shall it be known
.

that I and Thy p eople hav e fo un d m ercy b efore The e, if

Thy Shekinah go not u p with us, to m ake for us the
dis tinction, and to di stinguish m e and Thy p eople fro m
e very peopl e that is u p on the face of the e arth ? A nd
the Lord sai d to Mo sh eh, T hi s thing that tho u hast
s poken will I do, b e cause thou h ast fou nd m ercy b efo re

“
O r, the way of Thy Goodness .

”
S am Vers
. .
, to m ake us free .
424 G
T A R UM o r O q L os [ ALOR

Me, and ordained thee by n am e A nd he s ai d

I hav e .
,

Show m e I pray Thy G lory A nd H e sai d I will

, , ,
“
m ake all My Goodn ess pas s b efo re thy fac e and I will ,

proclai m the Nam e of the Lord be fore th ee and I wi ll be ,

gr ac io us to who m I will be
gracio u s an d hav e m ercy on ,

who m I will h ave m ercy A nd H e sai d Tho u canst .

,

not s ee the Face of My Sh eki nah for n o m an can see

Me and abide alive A nd the Lord sai d B ehol d there .
, ,

is a pl ace pre pare d b e fo re Me and thou s halt s tand ,

u po n the rock and it s hall be wh e n My Glo ry p ass eth

, , ,

I will pu t the e in a cavern of the rock and My Word ,

s hall oversh adow the e u ntil I h av e p asse d ; and I will

tak e away the wo rd (dia be mt/l) of My Glo ry and thou ,

s halt see th at whi ch is after Me bu t My As p ect shall

‘3 7
,

not be se e n .

XXXIV A nd the Lord said to Mosheh Hew thee

.
,

two tablets of stone as the first ones and I will write ,

u po n the tabl ets the wo rds th at were u po n the form er

tablets which thou hast brok en A nd be ready in the .

m orning and go u p at m orn to Mo u nt Sinai and stand

, ,

th ere b efore Me on the sum m it of the m ou ntai n L et .

n o m an as ce nd wi th thee ; let no m an be se e n u po n all

the m ou ntain nor s he ep nor oxen be graz i ng u pon the

,

m o untain A nd how two tab lets of s tone lik e the

.

form er o ne s .

A nd Mosheh arose in the m orni ng and a cen ded ,

s

Mou nt Sinai as the Lord had co m m anded him and

, ,

to o k in his hand two tablets of sto ne A nd the Lord .

was rev ealed in the Clo u d and He s tood wi th him there , ,

and H e p roclaim ed the N am e of the Lo rd A n d the 8

.

Lord m ade His Shekinah pass before his face ; and he

S am Vers ,
. . My loving-ki ndness shall go bf e ore , and will lead
thee .

D e- datlzrai .
7
. De -kada m ai .

O r, proclaim ed in the N am e of the L ord .

xx xrv ] . 0N nxo ous . 42 5

proclaim ed The Lord the Lord God Me rciful and

, , ,

Gracio us slow to anger and m aking goo dne ss and

, ,

tru th to ab ound ; Keeping goodness for thou sands of

g ene ratio ns ; Fo r ivi n

g g i niqu i ty and reb ellio n an d guilt ;
Pardoning them who convert unto His law but ac ,

quitting not them who convert not ; Vi siting the guilt

o f fath ers u po n the childre n and u po n the chil dren s
’

children of the rebellio us u pon the third and u po n the ,

fo urth generation A nd Mo she h m ade haste and

.
,

bowed u p on the ground and worship ped .

A nd he said I f now I hav e fou nd m ercy before Thee

, ,

O Lord let I pray the S heki nah of the Lo rd go am ong

, , ,

u s ; for it is a h ard necke d pe ople ; b ut forgi v e T hou-

our guilt and ou r sin and tak e po ssess io n of u s ,

A nd .

H e sai d Be hold I m ake a covenant befo re all thy

, ,

p eople that I will do wo nders which were never created

u pon all the earth nor am ong any of the p eopl es ; and
,

all p e oples am o ng wh om thou art sh all see the work of

the Lord ; fo r te rrible shall th at be whic h I will do with

th e e . Ob serve tho u that which I com m and thee thi s
day . B ehold I will drive out from before thee the
,

A m orae e, and K enaanaee, and Hittaee, an d Pheriz aee,

an d Hivaee, Jebusaee B eware lest thou m ake a
and .

co venant with the inhabitants of the land u pon which

tho u sh alt en ter lest it b ecom e a stu m bling block in the
,
-

m i dst of the e : b ut the ir al tars thou s halt destroy and ,

the ir statu e s b reak and thei r groves cut do wn ; , for 9

tho u shalt not wo rship the i dols of the people s ; for the
Lo rd Zealo us is H is Nam e a z ealo us God is H e Lest
, , .

th o u s trik e a cov en ant with the inhabitants of the land ,

an d go erri ng afte r th eir i dols and to the ir i dols offer ,

sacr1fi ce s an d they invite th ee and tho u eat of the ir

, ,

s acrific e s and tho u tak e of th eir daugh te rs for th so ns

, y ,

an d th ey m ake thy daughters go e rri ng after th eir ido ls ,

9
S am . V ers , . root up.
xxn .
] oN nxonu s . 42 7

b
ta le ts of the tes tim o ny in the h and
Mo sheh in his of ,

descending from the m o unt that Mo sh eh kne w not ,

how gre at was the splendo ur of the glory o f his co un

te nance th ro u gh His s p eaking wi th him An d Aharon .

an d all the s o ns of Israel s aw Mo sh eh and b ehol d , , ,

g r e at w as t h e spl e n d o ur of th e g lo ry o f his co un te nan c e ,

and th ey we re afrai d to approach him But Mo sh eh .

called to the m an d Aharon and all the chi efs of the

,

co ngregation re turne d to him and Moshe h co nv ersed ,

with them A nd afterward all the so ns of Israel drew

.

near and he tau gh t them all th at the Lo rd had s ai d to

,

him on Mo unt Si nai A n d wh en Mosheh had com

.

p le te d to s p e ak w i th th e m h e pu
, t a v e i l u po n hi s face .

Bu t whe n Mosh eh went in b efore the Lo rd to s peak

wi th Hi m he re m ove d the v eil until he cam e o ut
,
.

A n d he went forth and spake wi th the so ns of

I srael of that which was co m m anded A nd the chil .

dren of Is rael saw the face of Mosheh th at the ,

of Mo sheh s face was great ;

’
s ple ndou r of the glo r
y
and Mo sh e h u t the v eil again u po n his face until he
p
went in to sp eak wi th Him .

SECTION XXII .

VA YA K E H E L .

XXXV . AN D Mo sh eh
bled all the congrega
as se m

tio n of the so ns of I srael and sai d to th e m Th es e are

, ,

the thi ngs which the L ord h ath co m m ande d you to do .

S ix days tho u shalt do work but the seventh day (is) a

,
4 28 G
TA R UM or O N K E L O S [
O RA r

holy rest the Sabbath b efore the Lord : ev ery one who
,
1

doeth wo rk there o n shall be pu t to death You m ay .

n ot ki ndle a fire in all yo ur dwellin gs on the da of the

y
S abb ath A nd Mosh eh spak e to all the congregation
.

of the s o ns of Israe l saying Thi s is the word whic h the

, ,

Lord h ath co m m anded saying Take fro m you a se para, ,

tio n (Alp h as/l a tt e ) befo re the Lord of ev e ry on e whose

heart m ay be willing ; let him b ring the se p aration
b efore the Lord : gold and silver and brass and , , ,

hyacinth an d cri m son and scarlet and fine lin en and

, , , ,

o s hair and ram s ski n dy e d re d and pl k

’ ’
g a t , p ur e s in s , ,

and si ttin woo ds and oi l for the i ll u m i nato r and are ,

m atics for the anoi nting oil and for the s weet p e rfum es ; ,

an d ony x sto ne s and co m pl ete stone s for i nse ttin in

g
the e phod and in the b reastpl ate And all the wise .

h earted am o ng you shall com e and m ake all that the

Lord h ath com manded : the tabernacl e its ten t and its ,

coveri ngs its hasp s its boards its b ars its p ill ars and
, , , , ,

its b ase s The ark and its stav es the m ercy seat
.
, ,
-
,

and the v ei l that sh all be sp re ad ; the tabl e an d its ,

s tave s , and all its v essel s ; and the bread of the Pre

s e nce and the can delab ru m for li h t and its v e ssels

, g , ,

an d its l am p s and the oil for i llum i natio n

, A n d the .

altar of swe et inc ens e and its stav es and the oil of , ,

an oi ntin and the i nc e nse o f p erfu m e s an d the c urtain

g , ,

of the doo r of the tabe rnacl e The altar of b urnt .

o ffering and its b rasen grate its stav es and all its ves
, , ,

s el s ; the laver and its b as e The curtains of the court .

,

and its pillars and its b ases an d the h an i n f t h e

, g g o ,

g a t e o f the co u rt Th e nail s
. o f the ta b e rnacl e a n d th e ,

nai ls of the c ou rt and th eir co rdings The v e stm e nts of .

m inistration for m ini steri ng in the sanctu ary the h oly ,

ve stm ents of Aharon the p riest and the v estm e nts of ,

his sons for m ini stratio n .

S habbatha .
x xxv .
] 0N nx onus .

A nd all the congregation of the so ns of I srael went

forth from b efore Mosheh A nd they cam e, every m an .

who was led by his heart, an d e very one whose spirit

was am ple, and b rought their separatio n before the
Lord, for the work of the tabernacle of ordinance, and
for all its serv ice , and for
holy vestm ents A nd they the .

cam e the m en with the wo m en every one who was

, ,

willing of heart and b ro ught ch ains and b racelets and

, , ,

rings and han ds all of old A n d e v ery m an who

, g , .

u plifte d an offerin of ol d b efo re th e Lor d and

g g ,

e very m an with whom was fou nd hy acinth or p urple , ,

’
or crim son or fi ne li nen or goats ski ns or ram s skins
’
, , ,

dyed red or purpled skins b rou ght Every one who

, , .

wou ld o ffer silver or b rass b ro u ght the separation ,

before the Lo rd ; and ev ery on e with whom was fo und

woods of sitti n for any wo rk of the service b rou ght , .

A nd e ve ry wom an wi se in he art sp un with her hands ,

and bro u ht wh at was sp un the hy acinth the p urpl e

g , , ,

the crim so n and the fine li nen

,
A nd all the wo m en .

with whom was will ingness of h eart with wisdo m spun

’
a t s h air A nd the pri nces b rought o nyx sto nes and
g o .

com plete sto nes for the i nse tti ng of the epho d and the

b reastplate and the perfum e and oil for the light and ,

for the oil of anointi ng and the incense of p erfum e s ,

.

E very m an and wom an who se heart led them to bring

for all the work which the Lord had co m m anded to
m ak e by Mo sh eh did the children of Israel b ring
,

willingly before the Lord .

A nd Mo sh eh s aid to the sons of Israel S ee the , ,

Lord h ath ordai ned by nam e Bez alel bar Uri bar Hur ,

of the tri b e of Jehu dah and b ath fille d him with the ,

spirit of prophecy from b efore the Lord with wi sdom , ,

with intelli gence and with knowledge for all handi

, ,

craft and to teach the arts of working in gold and in

, ,

S om e pi
co es om it of p ph y
ro ec .
xxx v1 .
] 0N nx onus . 431

the work of the emb roiderer he m ade them

3
k erubin .

The length of one cu rtain twenty and eight cub its, and
the bre adth of the curtain four cu bits ; there was one
m eas u re for all the curtains A nd he conjoined five .

curtain s one with anoth er, an d fiv e curtai ns conj oi ne d

he one with anoth er A nd he m ade loopings of hyacinth

.

u p o n the border of one curtai n at the e dge of the plac e

of conj unction ; so m ade be u pon the bo rder of the

othe r curtai n at the edge of the seco nd place of con

j unction Fifty loopings he m ade on one cu rtain an d

.
,

fifty loopings he m ade on the b order of the second cur

tain at the p lace of conj unction the loopings were
arrange d the one to correspond wi th the other A nd he .

m ade fifty tach es of gold and co njoine d the curtains one

,

with another b y the tach es and the tabernacle b e cam e one , .

A nd he m ade cu rtai ns of goat s hair to spread over

’

the tab ernacle : ele ven curtains m ade b e the m The .

length of one curtai n thirty cu bits and fou r cu bits the ,

b re adth of one curtain ; one m easure had the eleven

cu rtains An d he conjoined five curtains together and
.
,

six curtains to geth er A n d he m ade fifty loop s u pon

.

the b order of the c u rtain on the si de of the conj unction ,

an d fifty lo op s m ade b e u po n the si de of the se cond cur

tain at the pl ace of co nj uncture A nd he m ade fifty .

taches of b rass to conjoi n the tab ernacle th at it m i ght ,

b e one A nd he m ade the coveri ng of the tabe rnacle of

.

ram s s ki ns reddened and a c overi ng of p u rple s kin s

’
,

abov e A nd he m ade the b oards of the tab ernacle of

.

s itti n woo d stan din

g Te n cu bi t th l n th f a
, s e .e g o

board and a cubit and a half the breadth of one board

, .

Two tenons for one bo ard correspo nding one with the
other ; s o m ade be for all the boards of the tab ernacle .

A nd he m ade the boards of the tab ernacle twenty boards

on the si de to wards the s o uth A nd fo rty sockets of .

S am . V
ers .
,
pi t
c ures of kerubin
.
43 2 TA R GUM or O N K E L O S [ A OR L

v
sil er m ade be under the twenty b oards , two sockets
u nder one board
for its two tenons, and two s ock ets

u nder one b oard

for its two te nons A n d for the .

second si de of the tab ernacle to ward the n o rth he

m ade twenty boards, and the ir forty s ockets of silver ;

two sockets un der one boafd, and two sock ets u nder
one b oard A nd for the si de of the tab ernacl e west
.

ward he m ade six b o ards ; and two b oards m ade he at

the corners of the tab ernacle at th e ir extre m i ti es A nd .

th ey we re co m pacte d in the lower p art to geth er, and

com pacted in thei r u pp er part by one ring ; th u s di d he

at b oth of the two o

c rners . A nd there were e ight
b oards , an d ock ets of silver sixteen sock et two
th eir s ,
s
,

and two u nder e ach b oard

, A n d he m ade bars of sit .

tin woo d fi ve for the b o ards of one si de of the tab ernacle ,

and five b ars for the b oards of the se c ond si de of the

tab ernacl e andfive bars for the extrem ity of the tab e r
, nacle ,

westward A n d he m ade a mi ddle bar to p ass th rou gh

.
,

in the m i dst of the bo ards fro m end to end A n d the .

boards he overlai d with gold and th eir rings m ade he ,

of gold (to he) pl ac es for the b ars and he cove re d the ,

here with gol d .

A n d he m ade the VE I L of hyaci nth and p urple and , ,

crim son and fi ne linen ; of the work of the em b roi derer

,

he m ade it with form s of keru bin

, A nd he m ade for .

it four pillars of sittin and covered (them ) with gold , ,

and their book s of gold and cast for th em fou r s ock ets ,

of silver A nd he m ade a c urtain for the door of the

.

tabernacl e of hy acinth and p u rpl e and crim son and

, , , ,

fine li nen the wo rk of the e m broiderer

, A nd its five .

pillars and their books and he o verlaid their capitals ,

and covered th em an d their j oining ro ds with gold and ,

the ir five b ases ( m ade he ) of b rass .

XXXVII A nd Bez alel m ade the A RK of sittin woods

.

two cu bits and a h alf its length and a cu bit and a half ,
x xxvn .
] oN e x onus . 43 3

its breadth cubit and a h alf its h eight A nd he

, and a .

co ve re d it with p ure gol d wi thi n an d wi tho ut and m ade ,

for it a wreath of gol d rou nd abo ut A n d b e c ast for .

it four ring of gol d u po n its fo ur corners two ri ng on

s
, s

the one si de of it and two ri ngs on the se cond si de

, .

A nd he m ade stav es of sitti n wo od an d cov ered them ,

with gol d A nd he i ntro du c ed the stav es i nto the ri ngs

.

o n the s i des of the ark for c arryi n th a k

g e r , .

An d he m ade the ME R CY SE A T of pu re gold ; two

cub i ts an d a h alf its len gth an d a cu bi t an d a h alf its ,

b readth A nd he m ade two kerubim of b e aten gold

.
,

he m ade th e m at the two si des of the m ercy seat

, O ne .

k eruba on thi s si de and one k erub a on that si de o f ,

the m e rcy seat ; he m ade the k eru baia fro m its two
side s. A nd the keru baia spread out their wi ngs ab ove ,

overshado wing the m ercy seat with thei r wings ; and

thei r face s were one to wards the oth er over against the ,

m ercy se at we re the fac es of the ke ru baia .

A nd he m ade the TA BL E of sittin woods two cu bi ts its

length and a cu bit its b readth and a cubit and a h alf
, ,

its h eight A nd he covere d it wi th p ure gold and

.
,

m ade for it a gol de n c ro wn ro un d ab o ut and m ade ,

for it a rim i ts h eight a sp an ro und abou t ; and he

1
, ,

m ade a c ro wn of gold for its rim rou nd abo ut A nd .

b e cast for it four gol den ri ngs an d set the ri ngs u pon ,

the fou r co rners of its fo ur feet O ver agai nst the rim .

were the rin gs to be the place of the stav e s for c arryi ng

the table A nd he m ade the vessel s which were to be
.

u p o n the tab l e ; its di s h es an d its v as es and its m ea , ,

sure s and the c u p s wi th which (the lib atio ns ) are out

,

p ou red of pu re gold
,
.

A nd he m ade the CA N D E L A BR UM of p ure gold b eaten ,

m ade he the can delab rum its res t its sh aft its cu p s its , , , ,

ap ples and its li li e s were of the sam e A nd six

’
.
,

S am . V ers .
,
a wreath . O r, p
shericles .

U
xxxvm .
] 0N nx onus .

cast fou r i
r ngs for the fou r corners of the b rasen grate ,

the place for the v

A nd he m ade the stav es of
s ta es .

si tti n w oo d, and ov erl ai d th e m with b rass A nd he pu t .

the stav es i nto the ri ngs u po n the s ides of the altar b

y
which to carry hollo w with boards he m ade it
it ; .

A nd he m ade the LA VE R of b rass and its b as e of brass , ,

of the m i rro rs of the wo m en who co m e to p ra at the

y
doo r of the tab ernacle of ordi nance A nd he m ade the .

co urt the s o u th ern si de of whi ch was of h an in s for

, g g
the co urt of fi ne li nen twi ned of a hu ndre d cu bits ;
, ,

the ir pillars twenty and th eir sockets twenty of b rass ;

, ,

the hook s pi llars and th ei r u ni ting rods of s ilver A nd

, , .

for the northern si de ( hangi ngs ) of a hu ndred cu b its .

,

thei r pill ars twenty and thei r sockets twenty of b rass

, ,

the books of the pillars and th eir u nitin g rods 0 3

silv er . A nd for the western si de curtains fi fty cub its ; , ,

th eir pillars ten and thei r s ockets ten ; the b ooks of

,

t h e pillars an d th ei r u niti n
g rod s o f silv er A n d on the .

e aste rn si de eastward fift c ub its T he h an i n s

g g
, y , .

fi fte en c ubits on (one ) si de ( of the gate) thei r pillars ,

three an d th ei r b ases three A nd on the se cond si de

‘

.
,

of the gate of the co urt h ere and there h angi ngs fif , , ,

tee n c ub its ; th e i r pillars three and thei r b ase s th ree , .

A ll the h an gings of the court round about were

of fine li nen twine d A nd the b ases of the pill ars
.

we re of b ras s the hook s pillars and their u ni ti ng ro ds

, , ,

o f silve r and the overlayi ng of the ir beads was of

,

s il v er and th ere were u niti ng ro ds of silv er for all the

,

i ll ars of the court A nd the v eil for the gate of

p .

the court was the work of the em b roi derer hy aci nth , ,

and pu rple and cri m s on and fine li nen ; an d twenty

, ,

cubi ts was its length and the h ei ght in the breadth fi ve

, ,

cu bi ts according (to the h eight of the cu rtains of the

,

court . A n d their pi llars four and their bases fo ur of , ,

brass and their books silver and the overlaying of their

, ,

11 2
43 6 TAR GU M or oN x E L os [
ORAL

h eads an d th eir i
u ni t ng r o ds silv er An d all the pins
, . of

the tab ernacle, and of the co urt ro und ab o ut were , of

brass .

SECTION X XIII .

PE K UDE Y .

TH E S E are the adm eas ure m ents

3
of the Tab ernacle ,

the Tab ernacle of the Testi m on y as they were n u m bered ,

u pon the word of Mo sh eh : the se rv ic e of the Le vi tes

by the h and of Itham ar bar Ah aron the prie st A nd .

Bez alel bar Uri bar H ur of the trib e of Jehu dah m ade
all that the Lord co m m ande d Mosh e h A nd wi th him .

A haliab bar A chisam ak of the trib e of Dan a wood , ,

wo rk er and artificer and e m b roi derer in hyacinth

, , ,

an d i n pu rpl e and in cri m s on and in fi ne li ne n

,
A nd , .

all the gol d which was u se d in m aking all the w ork of

the sanc tu ary and which had b ee n a sep aratio n ( there

,

u nto ) was twenty an d n i ne tale n ts and se v e n h u ndred

, ,

and thi rty sh ek els of the s hek els of the s an c tuary

,
.

A nd the silv er of the nu m b ere d o nes of the co ngrega

tion was a hu ndre d tal ents and a thousan d an d seven ,

h undred and seventy and fi ve shekel in the shek els of ‘

s
,

the s anctu ary The weigh t was ( appointed) by capi ta

.

tio n ; a h alf shek el in the sh ek el of the san ctu ary for

, ,

ev ery one who p assed to the adnum herm ents fro m twenty

years ( old) and u pward for six hun dred and th re e thou
,
.

s and an d fi ve h u ndred and fi fty m en .

A n d the h u ndred talents of s ilv er were for c asting the

b ases of the sanctuary and the bases of the v eil ( or tent) ,
,

a h u ndre d b ases wi th a h u ndre d talents a tale nt for a ,

3
O r, num erations . S om e co pi
es, gold of the offering.
xxxrx .
] oN E xonus . 43 7

b ase A nd with the thou sand and seven hundred and

.

se v enty and fi ve ( sh ek els h de the hook s for the

) e m a

pi llars , and covered thei r capital s , and m ade th eir u niti ng

ro ds. A nd the brass of the oblation was seventy
talents, and two tho usand and four h u ndre d sh ek els .

A n d wi th it he m ade the b as es of the door of the

Tabernacle of Ordinance, and the altar of brass, and the
brasen grate which pertained to it and all the vessels ,

of the altar ; an d the b ases of the co urt rou n d ab ou t ,

and the b ases of the door of the cou rt and all the pi ns ,

of the tab ernacl e and all the p ins of the court ro un d

,

abou t .

XXXIX A n d of the hy acinth, and p urple, and

.

crim so n, th ey m ade the v estm ents of m i ni strati on to

m ini ster in the sanctu ary, and the y m ade the holy v est
m ents of Ah aron, as the Lord co m m ande d Mo sheh .

A n d he m ade the e pho ds of gol d, hyaci nth, and purpl e,

an d cri m so n, an d fine li nen twi ned A nd th ey b eat .

“
ou t the pl ate s o f gold, an d cu t (th em ) i nto th reads, to

insert into the hy aci nth, an d the purple, an d the crim

son, and the fi n e li ne n, the wo rk of the artificer .

Sho ulder-p ieces m ade they for it, conjoine d ; at the two
si des were th ey co njoi ne d A n d the b and of its fasten
.

ing which is pon it was of the sam e according to its

u

work of gold hyacinth and p u rple and cri m son and

, , , , ,

fi ne li nen twined as the Lord had com m anded

,

Mo sh eh .

A nd they w rought the o nyx stones inset in sock ets ,

o f gold engrav e n in distin ct wri ting wi th the nam e s of

, ,

the so ns of I srael A nd he set them u pon the

.

shou lders of the ephoda sto ne s of m e m o rial of the sons

,

of Israel as the Lo rd co m m ande d Mo sh eh

,
.

A nd he m ade the B R E A S TP L A TE the work

of the artificer acco rding to the wo rk of the ep ho ds of
, ,

S am . Vers .
,
“
b roadened .
”
xxx 1 x .
] 0N E x onus . 43 9

A nd he m ade the Ros e o f the epho ds , the work of

the e m b roiderer, alto gether of hyaci nth A nd the o pen .

ing ( m ou th ) of the rob e in the m i ddle of it like the

ope ning of a co rslet with a binding going about its ,

b order that it m ight not be torn A nd they m ade u pon

, .

the he m of the robe p o m egranates of hy acinth and

p urple and cri m son i nwoven An d they m ade bells of .

ure gold and s et the b ells am o n th po m a t

p , g e e gr n a es

u po n the hem o f the rob e rou n d ab ou t am o n t h

g e

p om egranates A b ell and a po m egranate a b ell and a

.
,

p om egranate upon the hem of the rob e round about

, ,

to m inister as the Lord co m m ande d Mo sheh

, .

A nd th ey m ade the tunics of fi ne linen the work of ,

the weaver for Ah aron and for his so ns

, A nd the .

tiara of fine linen and the m itres of beauty of fi ne

,

li nen ; and the drawers of li nen of fine li nen twined , .

A n d the girdle of fine li nen twi ned and hy aci nth and ,

rp le and c ri m son the wo rk of the em b roi derer as the

p u , ,

Lo rd c om m ande d M osheh An d they m ade the plate .

o f the di adem of holiness o f p ure gold an d wrote u po n ,

it as the engravi ng of a ri ng in di stin ct wri ting ,

HO L I N E S S UN TO rR E L oan A nd they pu t upon it a

'
.

rib b o n of hy acinth that it m ight be u po n the tiara

,

ab ove as the Lord co m m ande d Mo sh eh

, .

A nd com ple ted was all the work of the tabernacle ,

the tabernacle of ordi nanc e ; and the sons of Israel did

accordi ng to all th at the Lo rd had com m an ded Mo sh eh ,

s o did they A nd they b ro ught the tab ernacle to

.

Mosheh the tab ernacle and all its vessels its tach es its
, , ,

b oards its bars and its pillars and its bases A nd

, , , .

the coveri ng of ram s skin s redde ned and the c overing

’
,

of p urple ski ns and the v e il for the h angi ng ; and the

,

ark of the testi m ony and its stav es and the m ercy seat ; ,

the table and all its v essels and the bre ad of the Pre ,

s e nce ; the p u re c ande lab ru m and its lam p s the lam ps ,

44 0 TA R G UM or O N KE L O S
[
O RA L

of order , and all its v essels

il for th e lian d
ht
g ; the o

an d the go lden al tar, and the oil of co nse c ratio n, and

the swe et i nc e nse and the hangi ng for the doo r of the
tab ernacl e ; and the b rasen altar and the b ras e n grate
for it ; its stav es an d all its v essels ; and the laver and
its b ase, the h angi ngs o f the co u rt, its pill ars, an d its
s ock ets, an d the v ei l for the gate of the co u rt, its co rds,

and its pi ns, and all the v e s sel s of the s ervice o f the

tab ernacle , for the tab ernacle o rdinance ; the vest

of

m ents o f m i ni stration to m i ni ste r in the sanctu ary and ,

the holy v e s tm e nts of Ah aro n the p riest and the v est ,

m e nts of his so ns to m i nis ter acco rdi ng to all th at the

Lo rd com m an ded Mo sheh s o m ade the sons of Israel all

,

the se rvice A n d Mo she h surv ey e d all the w o rk and,

.
,

b ehol d they had do ne it as the Lo rd had c om m anded

, ,

so h ad th ey do ne ; and Mo sh eh b les se d th e m .

XL A nd the Lo rd s pak e wi th Mo sh eh s aying I n

.
, ,

the day o f the fi rst m o nth in the fi rst o f the m o nth

, , ,

tho u shalt u prear the tab ernacle the tab ernacl e of o rdi ,

nance . A nd tho u sh al t set th e re the ark of the testi

m ony an d o u tspread the v eil b e fo re the ark ; and thou
,

s h al t b ring in the tabl e and arrange the o rde r th e reof

,
.

A nd tho u s h al t b ri ng in the can de lab ru m an d kin dl e ,

its l am p s A n d tho u sh alt pu t the golden al tar of

.

s weet inc ens e b efo re the ark o f the testi m o ny an d s et ,

the v eil o f the door o f the tab ernacl e A n d tho u sh alt

.

u t the al tar o f bu rnt o fferi ng b efo re the door o f the

p
ta eb r n acle t h e ,
ta b e rn a cl e o f o rd i na n c e A n d. tho u

h
s a l t p la ce th e l av e r b e tw ee n th e t a b e rn a cl e o f o rd i na n c e

and th e a l ta r an d, p u t w a ter th er e i n A n
. d tho u s h alt
se t t h e co ur t ro u n d a bo u t a n d ,p u t th e h a n i
g gn at th e

a te of the co urt A nd tho u sh al t tak e the oil o f con

g .

s e cration an d anoi nt the tab ernacl e and all th at is

,

th erei n an d sanc ti fy it an d all its v e ssels an d it sh all

, , ,

be holy .A nd tho u shalt an oint the altar of b u rnt

XL
] oN axonus . 441

o ffe ring, and all its ctify the altar ; and

vessels, an d san

it shall be an altar m o st holy A n d th o u s h al t an oi n t .

the l av e r and its b ase an d sanctify it A nd thou sh al t

,
.

b ring Aharon and his sons to the door of the tab ernac le
o f o rdin ance and lav e th e m wi th water and s h alt clo th e
, ,

A h aro n with the holy v estm e nts and anoi nt him an d , ,

co ns e crate him th at he m a m i ni ste r b efore Me A nd

y
,
.

thou s halt b ri ng his s ons an d clothe th em with the ,

tu nic and co nsecrate th e m as thou di dst co nsecrate

s
, ,

th ei r fath er th at th ey m ay m i ni ste r b efo re Me and that

, ,

it m ay be to th e m the cons ecratio n of a p e rpetu al

”

ri e s thoo d in th eir ti
p g enera on s .

A nd Mos heh did accordi ng to all which the Lo rd ,

co m m an de d s o did he, A n d it was in the fi rst m onth . ,

in the se cond y ear o n the fi rst of the m onth th at the

, ,

tab ernacl e was reare d A nd Mo sh eh reare d the taber .

n

n acle and plac ed its b as es and set i ts bo ards an d fi x e d

, , ,

its b ars and re are d its pill ars ; and b e s pread the tent
,

u p on the tab e rnacl e an d s et the c ov eri n of the tab er

, g
n acle o v er it abo v e as the Lo rd co m m an de d Mo sheh
, ,
.

A nd he to ok and pl ac ed the testi m ony in the ark an d ,

s et the s tave s u po n the ark an d p lace d the m ercy seat ,

u p on the ark abo v e A nd he brou ght the ark i nto the

.

tab e rnacle and pl ac e d the v eil which was sp re ad to

,

o v ersh ado w the ark of the te stim o ny as the Lo rd com ,

~

m e n de d Mo sh eh A nd he pl ace d the tabl e in the

.

tab ernacl e o f o rdi nanc e u po n the si de of the tab ernacle .

n o rth ward wi th ou t the v e il A n d he s et in order u pon .

it the ro ws of b read b efo re the Lo rd as the Lo rd com ,

m ande d Mo sh eh A nd he set the candel ab ru m in the

.

tab e rnacl e of o rdin ance o v er against the tabl e on the

s i de of the tab ernacl e sou th ward A nd he ki ndle d the .

lam p s b e fo re the L ord as the Lo rd com m ande d M osh eh ,

.

A nd he set the gol de n al tar in the tab ernacl e of o rdi

S am V xc ll ce . ers .
, e e en .
 THE PA L E S T IN IAN TA RGUM

TH E BOO K S H E MO TH

E X O D US .

S E CTI O N O F T H E L A W XI I I . TI TLE S H E M O TH .

A N D th ese are the n am es of the o

s ns of Israel who
we nt i nto Miz raim wi th Jakob each with the m en of ,

his ho us e e ntered in : Re ub e n Shi m eo n L evi and , , ,

Jehudah ; I ssakar Zeb ulo n and Benj am in ; Dan and

, ,

Naphtali ; Gad and Asher A nd the nu m ber of all the

.

s ou l s co m ing fro m the thi gh of Jakob s e ve nty s ou ls , ,

wi th Jo seph and his so ns who we re in Miz rai m

, .

A nd Jos eph die d and afte r him die d all his b re thren
, ,

d all that ge neratio n A nd the so ns of Israe l in cre ase d

.
,

and m ul tipli e d children and b ecam e stron g and pre

, ,

vailed greatly and the land was filled wi th them A nd

, .

there aro se a ne w ki ng (other) than he who was for

m erly ov er Miz rai m who took no kno wle dge of J oseph
, ,

an d walke d not in his laws [J E R U S A L E M TA

. R G U M .

A nd a king aro se ( different fro m him who was )

form erly o v er Miz raim who took no kno wl e dge of
,

J osepb an d walk e d not in his laws ] A nd he said to

, .

his p eopl e Behol d now the p eople of the ho use of

, ,

Israel are m any and are stronger than we Com e let

, .
,
444 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TI N E [ O R AL

us tak e cou nsel against them in these m atters to ,

di m inish th e m that they m ul tiply not so as th at s hou ld , ,

war he array e d agai nst u s they b e not adde d to our ,

adv ersari es an d de stroy u s th at n ot one of us b e left

, ,

and they afte rward fo rth fro m the lan d [J E RU

go .

S A L E M A n d they ki ll u s and in p eac e fro m the

.
go u
p ,

land ] A nd they s et o ve r th em work m asters to afflict

.
-

them in thei r servitu de ; an d th ey b u ilde d wall e d ci ti es

to b e co m e Pharoh s tre asu re pl aces Tani s and Pilusin
’
- .
,

[J E R U S A L E M T ani
. s an d P ilu s in ] B u t as m u ch as they .

de p resse d the m so m u ch th ey m ultiplied and s o m u ch

, ,

they p re v ail e d and the Miz raee were troubl ed in th eir

,

live s b efo re the s o ns of Israel A nd the Miz raee .

e ns l av e d the sons of I srael and m ade th ei r liv e s bi tter ,

by h ard service in clay and bricks and all the labo ur of ,

. the fac e of the fi el d ; an d in all the work which they

m ade th e m do was h ardne ss .

A nd P barch told th at he b ei ng asleep had se e n in , ,

his dream an d b ehol d all the land of Miz raim was

, , ,

placed in one scale of a bal ance and a l am b the you ng , ,

of a sh e e p was in the o th er s cal e ; an d the s c al e with

,

the l am b in it o v e rweigh e d F orth with he sen t and .

c alled all the m agici ans of Miz rai m and i m p arte d to ,

them his dream I m m ediately Jan ni s and Jam b res the

.
,

chi ef of the m agl cl ans opened the ir m outh and answered

,

—
Pbarch A certain chil d is abo ut to be bo rn in the
,

congregati on of Israel by who se h and will b e destru c

,
-
t

tio n to all the l an d of Miz rai m Therefore did P barch .

,

ki ng of Miz rai m giv e c ou nsel to the Je hudith m id

,

wiv e s the nam e o f one o f wh om was S hi fra w ho is

, ,

Jokeve d and the n am e of the o th er Pu vah w ho is

, ,

Mi riam her dau ghte r [JE RUS A L E NL A nd the ki ng of

.

M iz rai m told the H eb re w m idwi v es the nam e of the ,

firs t of who m was S hifra and s he was Jok eved and the , ,

nam e of the s e c ond Pu vah s he was Miri am ] A nd ,

 O N E xonus. 445

he sa i d When, you Jehudith wo m en, and se e

atte nd

th em hear, if it be a m ale chil d, you shall kill him ; but

if a dau ghter, you m ay let her live But the m i dwiv es .

feared b efore the Lord, and would not do ac cording to

wh at the king of Miz raim had s ai d to them , bu t they
save d the children A nd the king of Miz rai m called
.

the m i dwives , and sai d to the m , Why have you done

this thi ng, and h ave sav ed the children ? A nd the m id
wives sai d to Pbarch , The Jehu dith wo m en are not as
the Miz raite, for they are sturdy ( or, co urageo us) and
wise -m inded : b e fo re the m i dwife co m eth to the m th ey
lift u p their eyes in prayer, s upplic ating m ercy before
th ei r Father who is in heaven who h eareth the voice ,

of the ir pray er and at o nce th e y are h eard and b rin

, g ,

forth and are deli vered in pe ac e [JE RUS A LE M B ec aus e

, . .

th ey are vi vacio u s and b efo re the m i dwife co m eth to

,

th e m th ey pray b efore thei r Father who is in h eav en ,

and H e answere th the m an d th ey b ri ng fo rth ]

,
A nd .

the Lord did goo d to the m i dwi v es and the p eopl e m ul ,

tiplie d and prevai led gre atly A nd forasm uch as the

.

m i dwiv es feare d b efo re the Lo rd th ey obtaine d for ,

th e m s elve s a goo d nam e u nto the ages and the Word

of the L ord up b uil de d for the m a roy al hous e eve n the
-
,

hous e of the hi gh priesthoo d [J E RUS A L E.M B e c au se .

the m i dwives feare d befo re the L ord th ey ob tai ned for ,

them sel v es a goo d nam e in the m i ds t of the ages and ,

m ade u nto th e m selv es ho u se s —the ho u se of the Le vi tes

,

an d the ho u se of the hi gh pri e sthoo d ] Bu t when

Pb arch saw this he com m anded all hi s people saying
, , ,

E very m ale child th at is born to the Jehudaee you

sh all c ast i nto the ri ver ; b ut e very daughter you m ay

s are
p .

II . Am ram a m an of the trib e of Levi went

A nd , ,

and re tu rne d to live in m arri age wi th Jokeve d his wi fe ,

who m he had pu t away on acco unt of the decree of

 ON E XO DUS . 447

was beloved by her as .

a son ; and she called his nam e

Mo sheh Because , id she I dre w him ou t of the water

, sa ,

of the riv er [J E BUS A L E M I u pli fte d him ]

. . .

A n d in those day s when Mo she h was grown u p he ,

we nt fo rth to his b rethren and saw the angui sh of ,

thei r so uls and the greatness o f thei r toi l

, A nd he saw .

a Miz raite m an s trik e a J ewi s h m e n of his b re thren ;

an d Mosheh turne d and consi dered in the wi sdo m of

,

his m i nd and u nderstoo d th at in no generation wo ul d

,

th ere ari se a p ro sely te fro m th at Miz raite m an an d that ,

no ne of his chil dren s chi ldre n woul d ev er be con

’

verted ; and he sm ote the Miz raite and b uried him in ,

the sand [J E R U.S A L E M A n d Mo sh e h b y the

. Holy ,

S pirit consi deri ng both the young m en saw that

, , ,

behold no p roselyte would ev er spri ng from that

,

Miz raite ; and he killed him and hid him in the sand ] , .

A n d he went ou t the se co nd day and look e d ; an d , ,

b ehol d Dathan and Abiram m en of the Jehu daee con

, , ,
.

tended ; and seeing D ath an p ut forth his h and agai nst

A biram to sm ite him he s ai d to him Wherefore do st
, ,

thou s m i te thy co m pani on ? A nd D ath an said to him ,

Who is he who hath appoi nted thee a chief man and a

j u dge over u s ? Wilt tho u kill m e said he as thou , ,

dids t the Miz raite ? And Moshe h was afrai d and sai d , ,

Verily the thing has b ecom e k nown A nd Pbarc h

,
.

heard thi s thing and sou gh t to kill Moshe h ; and

,

Mo sh eh esc ap ed b efo re Pbarch to dwell in the land of ,

Midian A nd he sat by a well A nd the p ri est of

. .

Midian had seven dau ghters ; and they cam e and dre w ,

an d fille d the wateri ng tro ughs to give dri nk to the -

,

flock s of th eir fath er But the shep herds cam e and

.

drave th e m away A nd Mosh eh arose in the po wer of

.

his m i ght and rescu ed the m and gav e the flock s drink
, , .

A nd they c am e to Reuel their grandfather who sai d to , ,

th em How is it that you are com e (so) early to d ay ?

,
448 TA R GUM or PA LE S TIN E [ A OR L

A nd they plied A Miz raite m an not only

re ,
deliv ered as
.

from the hand of the s heph erds, bu t also hi m s e lf draw- L

ing dre w and watere d the flock A nd he sai d to his

.

’
son s dau gh ters, A n d where is be ? Why did you leave
the m an ? Call him , and let him eat bread But when .

Reuel k new th at Mosh eh had fled from b efore Pbarch,

b e cast him into a pit ; b u t Zipporah, the dau ghter of
his son, m aintained him wi th foo d, secretly, for the tim e
o f ten y e ars and at the e nd of te n y ears b ro u gh t him

ou t o f the i t A n d Mo sh eh went i nto the b e dch am b er

p .

o f Re uel, and av e th ank s and p ray ed b efo re the Lo rd,

g
who by him wo ul d wo rk m iracl es and m i ghty acts A nd .

there was sho wn to him the Rod which was created

b etween the evenings, and on which was engrave n and
s et forth the Great an d Glo rio u s N am e, with which he

was to do the wo nders in Miz rai m , and to divi de the

sea of S ap h, and to b ri ng forth water from the rock .

A nd it was infixed i n the m i dst of the ch am b er, and

b e stretched forth his h and at once and took it Then, .

b eh ol d, Mo sheh was willing to dwell wi th the m an,

an d he gave Zippo rah , the dau ghter of his son, to

Moshe h A nd S he b are hi m a m ale child, and he called

.

his nam e G ersho m , Be cau se, sai d he, a s ojo urner h ave I
been in a strange land which is n ot m i ne .

A nd it was after m any o f tho se days th at the king

of Miz rai m was stru ck ( wi th di se ase ) , and b e com

m e nde d to kill the fi rs tbo rn o f the so ns of Israel , that

he m ight b athe hi m self in their b loo d A nd the s ons
.

of I srae l gro ane d wi th the l abo u r that was h ard u pon

th e m ; and th ey cri e d, and th ei r cry as c ended to the

high h eavens of the Lo rd A nd H e spake in His Word
.

to de liv er th em fro m the travail A nd thei r cry was

.

heard befo re the Lo rd, and b e fore the Lo rd was the

c ovenant rem em bered whic h H e had covenante d with
Ab raham , with Iz hak, and with Jakob A nd the L ord
.
 ON E XO D US . 449

lo ok e d u p onic tio n of the bondage of the so ns of

the affl

I srael ; and the repe ntance was revealed b efo re H im

which th ey ex erci se d in c onc eal m e nt s o as that no m an ,

k ne w th at of his com panio n .

III But Mosheh was keeping the flock of Jethro his

.

fathe r in law the rabb a of Mi di an and he had led the

- -
,

fl ock to a pleasant pl ace of p asturage which is b ehi nd

the desert and had co m e to the m o u ntain on which was
,

re ve aled the glo ry of the Lo rd e v en Ho re b A nd , .

Zagnugael the angel o f the Lord appe ared to him in a

, ,

fl am e o f fi re in the m i dst of the b ush A nd he gaz ed .

,

an d beh old the b ush bu m e d wi th fi re yet the b u sh was

, , ,

neither b urne d nor cons u m e d with fi re [ JE R US A L E M . .

A nd he look e d an d be hol d the b ush b urned wi th fi re

, , , ,

e t re m ai ne d in fres h ness ( o r was m oi st) ne i th er was

y , , ,

it consu m e d ] A nd Mo sheh sai d I will turn aside now ,

and co ns i der thi s great si gh t why the b u sh is not ,

b u rne d [J E RU S A L E M
. I w i ll look at thi s
g rea
. t s i gh t ,

wh erefo re the bu sh is refre sh ed an d not b u rned ] A nd

wh en it was se en b e fo re the Lord th at he tu rne d to
look the Lo rd c all e d to him from the m i dst of the
,

b u s h and sai d Mosheh Mosheh ! A nd he sai d Behol d

, , ,

me . A nd H e sai d Approach not hith er take the S h oe, ,

fro m thy feet for the pl ace on which thou standest is a

,

holy place ; and u pon it thou art to rece ive the L aw to ,

teach it to the so ns of Israel A n d H e sai d I am the .

,

God o f thy fath e r the God of Abrah am the God of , ,

I z hak and the God of Jak ob A nd M osheh cov ere d

, .

his face ; for he was afrai d to lo ok u po n the h ei ght of

the glo ry of the S heki nah of the Lo rd .

A nd H e said The opp ressio n o f My people who are

,

in Miz rai m is verily m ani fest b efore Me and h eard ,

b efore Me is their cry on ac count of the m who hold

th e m in b ondage ; for thei r afflic tio n is k no wn b e fo re Me .

A nd I h ave re ve aled My self to thee this day that by ,

1v.
] 0N Ex onus. 45 1

the God Iz hak and the God of Jakob hath sent me

of
‘

, ,

u nto you This is His Nam e for ever and this is His
.
,

Mem orial to ev ery generation and generatio n .

Go and assem ble the elders of Israel and say to

, ,

th e m The Lo rd God o f yo ur fath ers h ath appeared unto

,

m e the God of Ab raham Iz h ak and J ako b sayi ng

, , , , ,

Rem em b eri ng I h av e rem em b ered you and the inj ury ,

that is done you in Miz rai m and I h av e sai d in My

Word I will b ri ng you u p ou t from the oppression of

,

the Miz raee into the land of the K enaanaee and ,

Hittae e, and A m oraee, and

Pheriz aee, and H ivaee, and
Jebusaee, to the land that yieldeth m il k and ho ney.
A nd they will he ark en to th ee : and tho u and the elders
of I srael shall go to the ki ng of Miz rai m and say to him ,

The Lord God of the Jehu daee hath calle d u s ; and

now let u s go a journey of three days i nto the wilder
ness, to sacrifi ce b e fo re the Lo rd our God But it is .

m an i fe s t b e fo re Me th at the ki n
g of Mi z rai m wi ll n ot
let you go, (no, ) not fro m fe ar of Him who is Mighty,
u nt il that by My Wo rd he shall have been p unish e d
wi th ev il pl agu es A nd ye wi ll be hindere d th ere u n til
.

I h av e se nt forth the s troke of My po wer and hav e ,

s m i tte n the Miz raee wi th all My wo nde rs th at I wi ll ,

do am ong the m ; and afterward he will release you .

A nd I will gi v e thi s people grace in the eye s o f the

Miz raee and it sh all be that when ye go free from
thenc e ye sh all not go e m pty
, Bu t a wo m an S hall ask .

o f her nei ghbo ur and fro m tho se n ext to the wall of

,

her ho use [JE RU S A L E M Fello w resi de nt ] v essels of

,
.
,

silv er and v essels of gol d and v e stm ents

, an d you s h al l
,

set th e m as c ro wns u pon yo ur so ns an d yo ur dau hte rs

g ,

and m ak e the Miz raee em pty .

IV A nd Mosheh answe red and said But b ehold they

. , , ,

wil l not b eli eve m e nor h earken to m e ; for th ey will

,

say The Lo rd h ath not app eare d to th e e

, A nd the .
45 2 TA R GU M or PA L E S TI N E [ or

Lord said to him What is that in thy h and ? A nd

,

sai d The rod

,
A n d H e sai d C ast it on the gro u
.
,

and b e c ast it to the gro u nd an d it b ec am e a s erpt ,

and Mo sh eh fl ed fro m b e fo re it [J E R US A L E M . . 1

He sai d Cas t it 0 11 the gro und ; and b e cas t it on

,

o un d ] A nd the L ord sai d to M osh eh S tre tch fo

g r ,

thy h and and sei z e (it) by its tail [ J E RUS A L E M . . 1

ra p the pl ac e of its tail ] A nd be stretch e d forth

g s .

hand and graspe d it and it b ecam e the rod in his ha

—
,

I n order that th ey m ay b elie v e th at the Lord Go

th ei r fath ers the God of Ab rah am the God of I z l
, ,

an d the God of J akob h ath re v eal e d Hi m s elf to t

,

A nd the Lord sai d to him again Pu t now thy h ,

wi thi n thy b reast ( Gl obe ) ; an d he put it within

b reast and withdrew it and b ehold his han d
, , , ,

lep rou s it was white as s no w

, A nd H e sai d Ret .
,

thy h an d into thy b os o m and he retu r

his h and to his b reas t an d with dre w it fro m his hrs

,

and it had b eco m e cl e an as his fl esh J

[ E R U S A I .

Pu t now thy h and i nto thy b re ast and he pu t his h ,

wi thin his b reast ] A n d if they b eli eve n ot th e se

si gns n or re c ei v e fro m th ee th ou sh alt tak e o f the w
, ,

of the ri ver and p o ur it on the gro u nd and the w ,

th at thou sh al t tak e from the river shall b eco m e bl

upon the gro u n d .

A nd Mo she h s ai d b efore the Lo rd O Lord I pr , ,

I am not a m an of words nor ev er h ave b een bet ,

th at T ho u dids t sp eak wi th Thy serv ant ; for I am c

stagge ri ng m ou th and staggeri ng speech [J E R US A L .

For of a staggeri ng m ou th and di ffi cult speech am

A nd the Lo rd s ai d Who is he who fi rst p ut
,

language of the m o uth i nto the m outh o f m an ? or v

hath appoi nte d the du m b or the deaf the open see ,
-

or the bli nd but I the Lord ?

, A n d now go an d I ,

“
O r, lam e .
 ON E xo nu s . 45 3

My Word will be with the

peaki ng of thy m o uth and s ,

will teach thee what tho u shalt say .

A nd he said I p ray for m ercy b efore the Lo rd

, »
.

S e nd now Thy sendi ng by the h and of Phi nehas by ,

who m it is to be sent at the e nd O f the day s [JE RU .

S A L E M S e nd now b y the h and of him b y who m it is

.

O pportu ne to se nd ] A nd the ange r of the L ord was

k i ndled agai nst Mo sh eh and H e sai d I s it not m ani fest
, ,

b efore Me that Ah aron thy b rother speaking can speak ?

A nd b ehold als o he co m e th fo rth to m eet th ee an d
, , , ,

will see thee and rej oice in his h eart A nd thou sh al t .

s pe ak wi th him and pu t the m atter in his m ou th and

, ,

My Word sh all be with the wo rd of thy m o uth and ,

with the word of his m o uth and I will i ns truct you ,

what you are to do A nd he shall spe ak for thee with

.

the pe ople and be to th ee an i nte rpre ter and tho u to

, ,

him the p ri ncip al seeki ng i nstru ctio n fro m b efore the

,

Lord [JE RUS A L E M He shall be to th ee an i nterpreter

. .
,

an d tho u to him one i nqu i ri ng i nstruc tio n from b e fore

the Lo rd ] A nd thi s re d tak e tho u in thy h and to

.

work there wi th the signs .

A nd Mosheh went and retu rned u nto Jeth ro his ,

father ia law and sai d I wil l now go to m y breth ren

- -
, ,

who are in Miz raim to see how th ey now live , A nd .

J ethro said to Mosheh GO i n p eace A nd the Lo rd ,

.

s ai d u nto Mo she h in Mi dian Go re turn to Mi z rai m ; , ,

for they have com e to nou ght and gone do wn from ,

th eir possessio ns ; b ehold all the m en who so ught to ,

take thy life are re cko ne d as the dead

A nd Mosheh took his wife and his so ns and m ade ,

th e m ri de on the as s and retu rned to the l and of ,

Miz rai m A nd Mosheh took the rod which he had

.

brought away from the cham ber of his father in law ; - -

and it was fro m the s apphi re Th rone of glory in wei gh t ,

forty séin and upon it was engraven and set forth the
v .
] ON E XO DUS . 45 5

An d the Lord had id

Aharon Go and m eet
sa to ,

Mo sheh in the desert A nd he cam e and m et him at

.

the m o u ntai n wh ere was rev eal ed the glo ry of the Lord ,

and b e em braced him An d Mosheh delive red to

.

Aharo n all these wo rds with which he had sent him and ,

all the signs th at he had i nstru cted him to work .

A nd Mosheh and Ah aro n went and gathere d ,

to gether all the elders of the so ns of I srael A nd .

Aharon spak e all the words which the Lord had spoken
with Mo sheh and did the signs in the ey es of the pe o
,

l A n d th e p e ople b eli ev e d and h eard that the Lo rd

p e .
,

had rem em b ered the sons of I srael and that thei r b ond ,

age was m ani fes t b efo re H im ; and th ey bo wed them

selves and wo rshippe d S A L E M A nd th ey k neeled

[ JE R U . .

do wn ] .

V An d after thi s Mosheh and Ah aron went in unto

.

Pharoh and said Thu s sai th the Lord the God of

, , ,

Israel : Release My people that they m ay m ak e u nto ,

Me a festival in the wi ldernes s A nd Pb arc h sai d .

,

The nam e O f the Lord is not m ade kno wn to m e that I ,

sho uld re cei v e H is word to rele ase I srael I h ave not

'

fo und written in the Book o f the Angels the nam e of

the Lo rd O f H im I am not afrai d nei the r wi ll I
.
,

rele ase Israel A nd th ey sai d The N am e of the God O f

.
,

the Jehudaee is i nvok ed by (or u po n) u s We will go, .

then to proceed three day s i nto the des e rt and O ffe r the
, ,

sacri fices of a festival b efo re the Lo rd God that death ,

an d slaughte r b e fall u s not A nd the ki ng of Miz rai m

.

sai d to Mo sh eh and Ah aron Why do you m ake the ,

people cease fro m their labo urs ? GO to you r work .

A nd Pharoh sai d Behold thi s p eople of the land are

, ,

m any whom you wo uld stop fro m th ei r service

,
A nd .

Pharoh that day c om m anded the officers of the people

and th eir exactors sayi ng You S hall no m o re give
, ,

straw to the p eople to cast b rick s as hereto fo re ; let

45 6 G
TA R UM or r am s n x n
'

[
c am

them go and ct straw for th em selves ; b ut the

colle

sam e) n u m b er of b rick s which they h av e h ere tofore

(
m ade ye shall lay u po n th em and not dim i ni sh from it , ,

b ecause they are idle ; therefore th ey clam o ur saying , ,

L et us go to offer the sacri fice of a festival be fore our

God . Make their wo rk strenu ous u po n the m en that ,

the y m ay be occ upied with it and not b e s etti ng their ,

hope s u pon lying words A nd the offi cers and e xactors

.

o f the p e ople we nt fo rth and s ai d to the p eop le Thus

, ,

s aith Pharoh I will not giv e you straw ; you m ust go

,

an d tak e straw wh erev er you can fi nd it ; for yo u r work

will not in any wise b e dim ini sh e d A nd the pe ople were .

s cattered ab ro a d in all the land of Mi z raim to gather

stu bbl e for the straw But the offi cers were p ressi ng
.
,

sayi ng Fulfil yo u r work day by day as you did when

, ,

the straw was given you A nd the exacto rs whom

.

Pharoh set ov er th em as o ffi ce rs beat the sons of Israel ,

s ayi ng Why h av e not yo u fulfil le d yo u r appoi ntm en t to

, ,

cast (the sam e num b er of) b rick s as hereto fore to day ,

-

as y es te rday ? A nd the fore m en cam e and cri e d b e fore ,

Pharoh sayi ng Why hast thou de alt th us with thy ser

, ,

vants ? Tho u hast not given thy servants the straw and ,

sa th ey to u s M ak e the b rick s ; and b e hold th ey

(y ) y
e t , , ,

b eat thy servants and the gu ilty treatm ent of thy people
,

is stro ng — but it go eth u p ! But he sai d You are ,

i dle i dle : th erefore you are saying L et u s go and offer

, ,

the sacri fice of a festi v al before our God A nd n ow go .

, ,

work ; but the straw shall not be giv en you ye t the ,

nu m b er of the bricks you s hall p ro du ce A nd the fore .

m en o f the so ns of I srael saw th at th ey were in evil

'

i his ) s ayi ng Ye are n ot to wi thhold the as s i nm e nt

( n , g
o f yo ur b rick s from day to day A nd th ey m et Mo sheh .

and Ah aro n who sto od b e fo re th e m when th ey c am e

,

out fro m the prese nc e of Pharoh and th ey s ai d to th e m , ,

O ur afflictio n is m anifest b efo re the Lord b ut our ,

~
vr .
] ON E XO DUS . 45 7

un shm ent is
i fro m ou who h av e m ade our sm ell o ffen
p y
s ive b efo re Pharoh an d his serv ants for you hav e occa
s ion e d a sword to be put i nto th e ir h and to kil l u s A nd .

Mo sheh returned b efore the L ord, and sai d, O Lord,

why hast Tho u do ne evil to thi s p eople, and where fore
has t Thou sent m e ? F ro m the hou r th at I went in
u nto Pharoh to s p e ak in Thy nam e, thi s p e ople h ath

suffere d evil, and deliverin Tho u h as t not de li v ere d

g
them .

VI Lo rd sai d u nto Mosheh N ow h av e I

. A nd the ,

seen wh at Pharoh h ath don e : for by a stro ng h an d

s h all he releas e them an d with a s tro ng h and drive

,

the m forth from his land .

SECTION XIV .

VAE RA .

A N D the Lord spak e with Mosh eh and sai d to him , ,

I am the Lord who revealed Myself to thee in the

m i dst of the b ush and sai d to th ee I am the Lord
, ,
.

A nd I was reveale d u nto Abrah am and to Iz hak and , ,

to Jakob as E l S haddai ; but My Nam e Ye ya as it

,
- -
,

discovereth My Glo ry was n ot kn own to them ,

8
.

J d Lo d v l d in His Wo rd
[ E BUS A L E M A n the . r was re ea e

un to Ab rah am to Iz h ak and to Jakob as the God of

, , ,

Heaven ; but the Nam e of the Wo rd of the Lord was

n ot known to th em ] A nd I confirm e d also My cove
.

n ant with them to gi v e the m the land of Kenaan the

, ,

13 nd of th eir soj ou rni ng i n which they we re sojo urners .

O r, in the face of My S hekinah .

X
 v r. ] 0N E XO DU S . 45 9

A n d th ese are the ccording

nam es of the o
s ns o f L evi , a

to th eir rac e : G ersho n and K ehath and M e rari , , .

A n d the years of the life o f L evi a h undred and thirty

and se v e n y ears : he li v e d to see Mo s h e h and Aharo n

the deliverers of Israel A nd the s ons of Gersho n .

,

L ibni an d S he m ei acco rdi ng to th ei r ge nerations A nd

, .

the so ns of K e hath A m ram an d Jitshar and H eb ro n, , , ,

an d Uz z i el A nd the y e ars of the li fe of K ehath the

.

sain t a hu ndre d an d thi rty and th re e y ears

, H e li v e d .

to see Phinehas who is Elij ah the G reat P riest who is

, , ,

to b e se nt to the c ap tivi ty o f I s rael at the e nd of the

days A nd the so ns o f Merari M ah ali and M u shi ;
.
,

th ese are the race o f L evi acco rdi ng to the generatio ns , .

A n d Am ram took Jokeve d his co u si n to wi fe and s he ,

b are hi m A haron and Mo sh e h an d the y ears of

Am ram the saint were a hu ndre d and thirty and seven

y ears H e li ved to see the chil dre n of Rechabia bar
.

G ers hom bar Mo sheh A n d the s o ns of Jitsbar .

ere ) K orah an d N eph e g an d Zich ri A nd the s o ns

( w , , .

o f U z z i el Mishael and E lsaphan and S ithri A nd

, , , .

Aharon took E lish eb a dau ghter of Am inadab siste r of , ,

N achshon u nto him to wife and she b are him Nadab

, ,

and Abih u E las ar and I tham ar A nd the so ns of

,
.

Ko rah Assi r and Elk anah and Abiasaph : th ese are the
, , ,

rac e of Ko rah A nd E lasar bar Ah aro n took u nto him

.

a wife fro m the daugh te rs of J eth ro who is P utiel ,

an d she b are him Phin eh as T hese are the h eads of the .

fathe rs of the L evites acco rding to their generations , .

These are Ah aro n and M os heh to whom the Lord ,

sai d Bri ng forth the s ons of I sra

,
el free fro m the land

of Miz rai m acc ordi ng t

,
o th e ir ho sts — th ese are th ey
who s p ak e with Pharoh king of Mi z rai m that he , ,

s ho ul d se nd out the so ns of I srael fro m Miz rai m — it is

Mosheh the prophet and Aharon the priest ,
.

L evaee .

x 2
46 0 G
TA R UM or PA L E STI N E [
O R AP.

A nd it was in the day wh en the Lord s pak e with

Mo sheh in the land of Miz rai m, th at Ah aro n gave a
listening ear and h eard what He sp ake wi th him A nd
,
.

the Lord s p ak e with Mo sheh and sai d to hi m I am , ,

the Lo rd S ay to Pharoh king of Miz rai m all that I

. , ,

tell th ee .A nd Mo sh eh sai d b efo re the Lord Behold , ,

I am diffi cult in s peaking ; how th en will Pharoh

h eark e n to m e ?
VII But the Lo rd s ai d to Mosheh Where fore art thou
.
,

fearful ? Behold I h av e set thee a terro r to Pharah

, ,

as if thou wast his God and Aharo n thy b ro th e r s hall ,

be thy p roph e t Thou sh alt speak to Aharon that

.

whi ch I com m and th e e and Ah aro n thy b rother shall ,

s p e ak to Pharoh th at he releas e the so ns of Is rael from

,

his land But I will h arden the di sposition of Pharoh s

’
.

heart to m ultiply My si gns and My wonders in the land

,

of Miz rai m N or will Pharoh h eark en to you

. But I .

will shoot am o ng th em the arro ws of death an d inflict ,

the pl agu es of My m igh ty h and u po n Miz raim and will ,

b ring ou t the sons of Israel free fro m am o ng them A nd .

Mo sh eh and Aharon did as the Lord com m ande d th em ,

e v e n so did they A nd Mosheh was the son o f eighty

.

years and Aharon the son of eighty an d thre e years

, ,

at th ei r sp eaki ng with Pharoh A nd the Lo rd spak e to .

Mo sheh and to Ah aro n sayi ng Whe n Pharoh talk e th with

, ,

s ayi ng Give u s a m i racl e thou sh al t sa to Ah aron

y o u
, , y , ,

Take thy rod and cast it do wn b efore Pharoh and it

, ,

sh all b e co m e a b asili sk se pe
r n t — for all the i nh abi ters
- ~
‘

of the e arth shall h e ar the voice of the shriek of Mi z raim

wh e n I sh atter th em as all the creatures heard the shri ek

,

of the serp ent wh en m ade n ak ed at the b eg inning .

J A n d thro w do wn b e fo re Pbarc h ]
[ E RU S A L E M . .

A nd M osh e h and Ah aro n went in u nto Pharoh and ,

did as the Lord had com m ande d A nd Aharon threw .

'

Cl uve chure m an .
vn .
] 0N E x onu s . 461

down the b efore the sight of Pharoh and b efore

rod ,

the sight of his serv ants and it b e cam e a b asili sk

,
“
But .

Pharoh calle d the hach em s and m agici ans ; an d th ey

als o Janis and Jam b e res m agicians of Miz rai m did the
, , ,

s am e by th ei r b urnings of divi natio n They th rew .

do wn each m an his rod and they b ecam e b asili sk s ;

,

b ut were forth wi th ch anged to be wh at they we re at

fi rst ; and the rod of Aharo n swallo wed up th eir rods .

A nd the di sp ositio n of Pharoh s h eart was h arde ne d

’
,

and he wo uld not h earken to th em as the Lo rd had ,

s ai d .

A n d the Lord sai d to Mo sheh The disposition of

’

Pharoh s h eart is obdu rate d in refusi ng to release the

’

people Go u nto Pharoh in the m orning : b ehol d he

.
,

com e th fo rth to ob serv e di v i natio ns at the water as a

m agician ; so sh alt tho u prep are thee to m eet him on

the b ank of the river and Ah aro n s rod that was
’
,

ch ange d to be a serp ent tho u shalt tak e in thy han d .

J E E US A L E M To refresh hi m sel f at the riv er ]

[ . A nd .

tho u s h alt say to him The Lo rd God of the Jehudaee

,

hath se nt m e unto thee saying Release My people th at

, , ,

the y m ay se rve Me in the de sert and behold as , ,

et tho u h ast not h eark e ne d T hu s saith the Lo rd : B

y .
y
thi s S ign thou sh alt kno w th at I am the Lo rd Behol d .
,

wi th the rod th at is in m y h an d I will sm ite the waters ,

of the ri v er an d they sh all be ch ange d i nto b loo d

, A nd .

the fish th at are i n the riv er sh all die and the ,

riv er be co m e fo ul and the Miz rae e shall desi st from

,

drink ing wate r fro m the ri v er .

A nd the Lord sai d to Mo sh eh Te ll Ah aro n Take thy , ,

rod and stretch forth thy h and o v er the waters of the

Miz rae e o v er th eir rivers over their trench es ove r th eir

, , ,

canals an d ov er ev ery plac e for col le cti ng th ei r wate rs

, ,

and they will b eco m e bloo d ; and there sh all be bloo d

a
Chum “.
7 Yi tm z, di s p osition, or design .
 0N E x onu s .

the can als ( JE RU S A L E M Pools ] and I will bring u p

, .
,

the frogs upo n the l and o f Miz rai m A nd Ah aro n .

u p lifte d his hand ov er the wate rs of Miz raim an d the ,

l ue of fro gs cam e u nd c overe d the land of Miz

p g a
p a

rai m . But Mo sh eh ( him s elf) did not sm ite the waters ,

e i th er wi th the blo o d o r wi th the fro gs b e c aus e throu h

g ,

the m ( the waters of the Nil e ) he had ( fo u nd) s afety at

the tim e th at his m other lai d him in the river A nd .

the astrolo gers did lik e wise by their burni ngs an d ,

b ro ught up frogs u pon the land of Miz rai m A nd .

Pbarc h calle d to Moshe h and to Aharon saying Pray , ,

b efore t he Lord that H e m ay rem ove the frogs fro m m e

,

and fro m m y p e ople ; and I will release the pe ople to

offer the sacrifices of a feast b efore the Lord An d .

Mosh eh s ai d to Pharoh Glorify thy self on account of

,

me . A t wh at ti m e do s t tho u re quest th at I sho ul d

ray for th e e and for thy serv ants and for th p e opl e
p , y , ,

th at the frogs m ay be destroye d from th ee and fro m

thy hou se and be le ft o nly i n the river ? A nd he said
, ,

To m orrow A nd he sai d According to thy wo rd

- .
,

th at thou m ay e st kno w th at the re is none like the Lord

o u r Go d .
[ JE R US AL E M Gi v e a S i gn an d.k e e p at a ,

distan ce till I sh all h av e pray ed for th ee ] An d the

, .

frogs s h all dep art fro m th ee and fro m thy h ouse and , ,

fro m thy serv an ts and fro m thy p eopl e ; and thos e o nly
,

th at are in the river sh all re m ain A nd Mo she h and .

A haron went ou t fro m Pharoh and M osheh prayed ,

b e fore the Lord respecting the frogs as he had p roposed ,

to P barc h A nd the L ord did acco rdi ng to the word

.

o f Mosh e h and the fro gs di ed from the ho uses an d fro m

the co u rts and fro m the field an d they colle cte d th em ,

in h e aps an d h eaps [JE RUS A L E M H eaps h eap s ] and

, .
, ,

the lan d was co rrupted A nd Pb arch saw that he was

.

re fre sh e d fro m his m ol e statio n but h arde ne d his h e art , ,

and wo uld not h eark en to them as the Lo rd had sai d , .

464 G [
TA R UM or PA IE S TIN E can

A nd the Lo rd said to Mosheh S peak u nto Aharon , ,

Lift u p thy rod and sm i te the dust of the earth and it ,

s hall b e co m e veno m o us i n sects in all the land of Miz

rai m . But it sh all not be by thee that the ground
sh all b e sm i tte n b ecau se therein for thee was (the
,

m eans of) safety wh e n thou hadst slain the Miz raite and
it rece ived him A nd th ey did so and Aharo n li fted
.
,

u p his han d wi th his rod and s m o te the du s t of the ,

o nd and it be c am e a pl ague of v eno m o u s i ns ects

g r u ,

u po n the flesh of m e n an d o f c attl e ; all the du st of the

earth wa s ch an ge d to b e co m e i nse cts in all the l and of

‘

Miz rai m An d the as trologers wro ught with their

.

b u rni ngs to b ri ng forth the insects but were n ot able ; ,

and the plagu e of insects prev ailed u po n m en and

u po n cattle A nd the as trologe rs sai d to Pbarch
.
,

This is not by the po wer or s trength of Mo s heh and

A h aro n ; bu t thi s is a pl agu e sent from b efo re the Lord .

Ye t the desi gn of Pharoh s h eart was stre ngthe ne d and

’
,

he wo uld not h eark en to the m as the Lord had s ai d , .

A nd the Lord sp ak e to Mo s heh A ri se in the m o rn ,

ing and stand befo re Pbarc h b ehold he goeth forth to

, ,

observe di v inations at the water as a m agician ; and ,

thou sh alt say to him Th us s ai th the L ord E m ancip ate

, ,

My people th at th ey m ay worship b efore Me ; bu t if

,

thou wilt not set My pe ople free b eh ol d I will s ti r u p , ,

am o ng th ee and thy serv ants and thy p e opl e an d thy

, , ,

house a m ixed m ultitude of wild b easts [JE RU S A L E M

, , .

A com m ixtu re ] and the hou ses of the Miz raee sh all be
,

fille d with a swarm of wil d b easts and th ey s h all be ,

u po n the l and also A nd I will do wo nde rs that day

.

in the land of Go sh e n wh ere My p eople dwe ll that ,

h
t er e n o s warm s of w i ld b eas ts s hall be — th at tho u
m ay e s t k no w th at I the Lo rd am the Rul er in the m i dst
of the l and A nd I will app oi nt rede m p tio n for My
K alm a, ym f om ica .
—CA81 E L
‘
. H eb text, kinu im
.
, g us ts .
”
IL ] ON E x onus . 465

p eople and upon thy p eopl e will I lay the plague : to

,

m o rrow this sign sh all be A nd the Lord did so and

.

s ent the m ixed m u l titu de of wil d b easts in stren th to

g
the hou se of Pbarch and to the ho use of his serv ants ;
,

and in all the l and of Mi z rai m the i nh abi tants of the

land were de vastate d fro m the swarm of wild b easts .

A nd Pbarc h call e d to Mosh e h and to Aharon sayi ng , ,

Go worship with festiv al sacrifices b efore the Lord

,

yo ur God in this land But Mosh eh said It will not

.
,

be righ t to do so ; b ecau se we sh all tak e sh ee p which ,

are the abom i natio n of the Miz rae e an d o ffer th em ,

b efo re the Lord ou r God Behold if we offer the .

,

abo m i natio n of the Miz raee b efore th e m th ey wo uld ,

s to ne u s with sto ne s as an act of j u stice We will go .

th re e day s j ou rney i nto the wil derne ss to o ffer the

’

fes tival sacri fices b efo re ou r God as H e hath bi dden u s , .

A n d Pbarc h sai d I wil l rele ase you to sacri fice b e fore

,

the Lord yo u r God in the wilderne ss o nly you sh all ,

n ot go to a greater di stan c e Pray (too ) for m e .

, , .

A nd Mo sheh sai d I will go forth fro m th ee an d pray

, ,

b efore the Lord to re m ove the swarm of wil d b easts

fro m Pharoh and fro m his serv an ts and fro m his
, ,

p e ople to m orrow o nly let not Pharoh add to de ceive

,
-
,

in not rel easing the p e ople to offer the festal sacrifices

before the L ord A nd Mosheh went out fro m Pbarch
.
,

an d p ray e d b efore the L ord and the Lo rd did accord

ing to the word of the prayer o f M osheh and rem ov e d ,

the swarm of wil d b easts from Pbarch an d from his ,

s erv ants and from his p e opl e ; not on e was l eft

, Y et .

did Pbarch stre ngthen the desi gn of his h eart thi s

ti m e al so and released not the p eople
, .

IX A n d the L ord said to Mo sheh Go in to Pb arch

.
, ,

and say to him Thu s s aith the Lord the God of the
, ,

Jehudaee E m ancipate My p eople that th ey m ay worship

, ,

b efore Me But if thou refuse to release and hitherto

. ,

x 5
IX- l 0N E XO DUS . 4 67

My people, th at they m ay worship b efore Me . For at

thi s ti m e I will pon thee a plague fro m the

se nd u

heavens and all My pl ague s wherewith I hav e pl ague d

,

th ee tho u wilt cause to re tu rn u p on thy h eart and u po n ,

thy servants and u pon th p eople (plagu es ) whi ch h ave

, y ,

been se nt from b e fore Me and not fro m the m agic of ,

the s o ns of m en that th ou m ay es t kno w that there is

,

no ne lik e Me in all the earth N ow could I se n d the

.

p gla u e o f My s tre n
g th by j u dg m e nt ( or wi th j u s tice ) to ,

s trik e th ee and th p e opl e wi th death and des troy th ee

y ,

fro m the earth but v e rily I hav e spared th ee ali v e not ,

th at I m ay b e nefit th ee bu t th at My po wer m ay be
,

m ade m anifes t to thee and that My Holy Nam e m ay be

,

m ade k nown in all the e arth Hi th erto has t thou.

tyranniz e d over My p e opl e inste ad of releas in g th e m ,

.

[ J E R U S A L E IL R e le n tle s sly ] B e hol

. d a t thi s ti m e to
,

m orro w I will cau se to c om e do wn fro m the treasures

of the h eav e ns a m i h ty h ail the like of whi c h h ath
g ,

ne ver b ee n in Mi z rai m si nce the day whe n m e n were

se ttle d u p o n it u nti l now Bu t now sen d gather

. ,

to gether thy flocks and all that thou h ast in the fiel d
,

ll f n d in the
( )
f o r u po n a m e n an d c attl e th at are o u

fi eld and not gathered together wi thi n the ho u se will

, ,

the h ail co m e do wn and th ey will die ,

Hiob (Job ) .
, ,

who re v e rence d the wo rd of the Lord am o ng the se r ,

vants of P barc h a th e re d to geth er his se rvan ts and his

g ,

fl ock s wi thin the h ouse But Bile am who did not se t

.
,

his heart u pon the word of the Lo rd l eft his servants ,

and his flock s in the fiel d .

A n d the Lord s ai d to Mo sh eh Upli ft thy han d ,

to wards the h ei gh t of the h e ave ns and th e re sh all be ,

hail on all the land of Miz raim upon m en and u pon , ,

b easts and u pon every herb of the field in the l an d of

,

Miz raim A nd M osheh lifted u p hi s rod toward the

.

height of the heavens and the Lord gave forth th unders

,
46 8 TAR G UM or PA L E S TIN E [
cm .

an d hailstones with flam ing fire u p on the grou n d ; the

Lord m ade the h ail desce nd u pon the land of Miz raim .

An d there was hail an d fire darting am o ng the hail

,

with exceedi ng forc e : u nto it had n e ve r b een the like

in all the lan d of Miz rai m e ver since it was a nation
and a kin do m A nd th e h al l m o t in ll t h land of
g . s e a e

Miz raim whatsoever was in the field of m e n and of ,

cattle and all the h erb a e of the fi el d the h ail s m ote

, g ,

and e v ery tree of the fi eld it S hatte re d an d u proo te d .

Only in the land of Gosh en where the childre n of ,

Israel were there was no hail A nd Pbarch se nt certain

, .

to call Mo sheh and Ah aron ; and he said to them ,

This tim e I have sinne d I k no w that the Lo rd is a .

righteo us God and th at I an d m p eop le h ave de se rved

, y
every one of th ese pla u e s I nt e rc e de b efo re the Lord
g .
,

th at wi th H im it m ay be e nou gh and there m ay be no ,

m o re m al edictory thu nders nor h ail from the p res ence

of the Lo rd ; an d I wil l rel ease you and n o lo nge r ,

hinde r A nd M osh e h sai d to him Wh en I hav e gone

.
,

ou t fro m th e e i nto the ci ty I will ou tsp read m y h ands ,

in praye r b e fo re the Lo rd and the thu nders shal l ceas e

, ,

an d th e re s hall be no m ore h ail ; th at you m ay know

that the earth is the L ord s Bu t I k now th at e re thou

’
.

an d thy s ervants re l e as e the p e opl e th ey wil l h av e to be ,

afrai d b e fore the Lord Go d A n d the flax an d the .

b arl ey were b eate n down b ecau se the b arley was in the

,

e ar an d the flax was m aki ng po ds

, [J E a US A L E M The . .

flax was ( m aki ng) po ds for it had cast its flowers ] But
,

the wh eat and the sp elt were n ot sm itte n b ecau se they ,

are later A nd Mosh eh and Aharo n we nt ou t from

.

P barch to the su b urb an d he stretched ou t his h ands

,

i n p ray er b e fore the Lord and the th u nders of the ,

cu rse we re withheld and the hail and rai n that were

,

de sce ndi ng cam e not on the earth A n d P barc h s aw .

that the rain and hail and the thu nders of the cu rse had
 ON E XO DUS . 469

e nded, and he added to sin, and m ade stro ng the desi gn

o f his h eart, b o th he an d his servants A nd Pharoh s
’
.

heart was m ade obsti nate, and he wo uld not release the
children of Israel , as the Lord had said through Mosheh .

SECTION XV .

BO E L PHA noiI .

A N D theLord spake to Mosheh Go in unto Pbarch ; ,

for I have m ade stro ng the de sign of his h eart and the ,

design of the h eart of his se rvants to set these My ,

s igns am o ng th em and th at in the h eari n f th o

g o
y s ns

and of thy childre n s chil dren m ay be told the wo nders

’

I have done in Miz raim and the signs that I set am ong
,

th em th at ye m ay k no w that I am the Lo rd
, A nd .

Mosheh and Aharo n we nt in u nto Pbarch an d said to ,

him Th us saith the Lord the God of Israel How long

, , ,

wilt thou re fuse to hu m ble thy self before Me ? L et

My people go that they m ay worshi p before Me But if
, .

thou refu se to letMy p e opl e go b ehold to m orrow I b rin g

, ,
-

the locus t u pon thy b orders and they sh all cove r the
,

face of the grou nd so th at it will be i m po ssible to see

,

the gro und and shall destroy the rem ai nder that was
,

sp ared to you from the h ail and destroy e very tree

,

which gro weth for you o ut of the field A nd they sh all .

fill thy ho use and the ho us es of all thy s ervants and

, ,

the ho uses of the Miz raee ( the like of which neither

,

thy fath ers nor thy fore fath ers h ave seen si nce the day
th at they were u po n the e arth unto thi s day A nd he .

tu rned and we nt out fro m Pbarch .

A nd the servants of Pharoh sai d How lo ng sh all ,

x ]
. 0N E xonus . 47 1

n o thi ng green of tree or h erb of the field was le ft in

all the l and of Miz rai m .

A n d Pharoh m ade h aste and sent certai n to c all

,

Mo sheh and Aharon A n d he sai d I h ave si nned b efore

.
,

the Lo rd yo ur God and against you But now pardon .

,

m y sin o nly this once and p ray b efo re the Lord th at H e

, ,

woul d o nly rem ov e fro m m e thi s death A nd he went .

o ut fro m Pharoh and pray e d b e fo re the Lord

, A nd .

the L ord turned a win d from the wes t o f e xcee ding

s tre ngth an d it c arri e d away the loc us t and b are him
, ,

to the sea of S u ph th ere was n ot one loc ust left in all

the bo rders o f Mi z rai m A n d e v en su ch as had b een
.

s al te d in v es se ls for nee de d foo d thos e too the wes te rn

, , ,

wi nd b are away and they we nt

, Bu t the Lord .

s tre ngth e ne d the desi gn of Pharoh s he art an d he wo u ld

’
,

no t re l e as e the chil dren o f I s rae l .

A nd the Lord s aid to M oshe h Li ft u p thy hand ,

to wards the heigh t of the h e av e ns and th ere s h all be ,

dark ne ss o v er all the land o f Mi z rai m in the m orni ng , ,

at the p as si ng away o f the fi rs t dark ne ss o f the nig ht .

J A n d th ey sh all s e rv e in darkness ] A nd
[ E E US A L E M
. .

Mosheh stretched out his hand to wards the height of

the he av e ns and the re was dark dark ne ss in all the
,

lan d of Miz raim th ree day s No m an saw his b roth er

.
,

and none aro se fro m his pl ace th re e days But am on g .

all the s on s of I srae l th ere was li ght th at the wick e d ,

am o ng th e m who di e d m i gh t be b u ri e d and that the ,

ri ghte ous m i ght be occu pi e d with the p re c e pts o f the

law in thei r dwe lli ngs A nd at the e nd of th ree days

.

Pharoh called Mo sheh and sai d Go worship b efo re

, , ,

the L ord ; o nly yo ur sh eep and yo ur oxe n sh all abi de

with m e : y ou r childre n also m ay go with you But .
.

Mo sheh sai d T ho u m u st als o giv e i nto our hands h oly

,

obl atio ns and b urnt offeri ngs th at we m ay perfo rm ,

se rvice b e fo re the Lo rd our God O ur floc ks m ore

'

.
,
47 2 TA R G UM or PA L E S TIN E [
e lm

over, m u st go wi th u s ; n ot one hoo f of th e m shall

rem ai n ; for fro m th em we are to tak e, to do servi ce

b efore the Lord our God . We cannot le ave them ;

for we k now not ( as y et) in what m ann er we are
to worship b e fore the Lo rd u ntil we co m e thither , .

But the Lord m ade stro ng the design of Pharoh s ’

heart and he would not release them A nd Pharoh

, .

said to hi m Go fro m m e
, Beware th at tho u add
.

not to see m y face to s pe ak b efore m e on e of tho se

words th at are so h ard : for in the day th at thou

s ee st m f ace m an er will row s tro ng a ai n s t thee
y y g , g g ,

and I wi ll deliver th ee i nto the han ds o f the m en who

se ek th life t tak e it A nd Mo sh e h s ai d Tho u hast

y o .
,

s p ok e n fairly While I was dwelli ng in Mi di an it was

.
,

to ld m e in a wo rd fro m b e fo re the Lord that the m en ,

who had so u ght to kill m e had fallen fro m the i r m e ans ,

an d we re re ckon e d with the dead A t the en d there .

will be no m ercy u p on thee ; bu t I will p ray and the ,

pl ag ue sh all be restrai ne d from the e A n d n ow I will .

J n d P barc h sai d
s ee th
y fac e no m ore
[ E R US A L E DL
. A
to him Go fro m m e
,
Be ware that thou i ncrease not
.

m y ange r agai nst th ee by sayi ng A re not th e se hard ,

wo rds th at thou s pe ak est to m e ? Ve rily Pbarch

wou l d rathe r die than h e ar thy wo rds Be ware l e st m y .
,

an ge r gro w s tro ng again s t th e e and I de li v e r th e e i nto

,

the h ands o f this p e ople who re q ui re thy life to slay

,

th e e . A nd M osheh sai d Tho u hast spoken truly

, But .

it was certifi e d to m e at the form er ti m e wh e n I dwelt

in Midi an th at all the m en were de ad who so ught to
,

kill m y life A t the e nd there will be no m ercy u pon

.

the e. Ye t I will pray for th ee and thi s pl ague s hall ,

be restrained But a tenth pl agu e is for Pbarc h of

.
,

hich he victi m will b e ) thy fi rstbo rn A d

( w t so n n .

Mosheh said to him Thou hast spoken fairly the truth

,

I will see thy face no m ore ]

XL ] 0N E XO DUS . 4 73

XI A nd the Lord spake u nto Mo sh eh, Yet one

.

strok e will I bring u po n Pbarc h an d u po n the Miz raee,

which sh all be greater than all, and afte rward will he

s e n d ou h e nce w h e n he rele as es, there sh all be to hi m
y
se l f an en d dri v ing, he will drive you fo rth from hence .

Speak now in the heari ng of the people, That every m an

s hall dem and from his Miz raite fri e nd, and ev ery wom an

of her Miz raite fri end, v essel s of sil v er an d v es sels of

g ol d .A n d th e Lo r d gav e th e p e op le favo ur b e fo re the

Miz raee ; al so the m an Mosheh was very great in the

land of Miz rai m b efo re the servants of Pharoh and
b efore people
his .

A n d Mos he h s pak e (o r had spoke n ) to Pbarch

, ,

Thus saith the Lord A t this hou r of the foll owi ng night
,

will I be reveale d in the m i dst of the Miz raee and ,

e v ery firstbo rn in the land of Miz raim sh all die : fro m

the firstb orn of Pharoh who sh oul d sit u p on the thro ne

o f his kingdom u nto the fi rs tborn son of the h u m blest
,

m o ther in Mi z rai m who grindeth behind the m ills and ,

all the firstbo rn of cattle A nd there wi ll be a great

.

cry in all the l an d of Miz rai m b e cau se lik e the pla ue

, g
of thi s ni gh t th ere h ath not b e en an d like the pla u e
g,

of thi s night th ere n ev er wi ll be one But any of the .

childre n of Israel a dog shall not harm by li ftin g up his

to ngu e agai nst ei ther m an or b e as t that they m ay
k no w th at the Lord m ak eth di sti nctio n b etwee n the
Miz raite s and the so ns of Israel A nd tho u shalt sen d
.

do wn all thy servants to m e c om i ng and b esee chi ng m e

, ,

s ayi ng Go forth thou and all the p eopl e who are with
, ,

th ee ; and afterwards I wi ll go A nd he went out fro m

.

Pharoh in great ange r But the L ord said to Mo she h

.
,

P haroh will n ot heark en to you ; that I m ay m ul tiply

My wo nders in the lan d of Miz rai m A nd Mosheh and .

Aharon did al l these wonders b efo re P barch and the

Lord strengthened the desi gn of Pharoh s heart ’
,
XI I ] 0N E XO DU S . 475

Roaste d,] wi thou t horehou nd and lettuce

leav en , with
s h all you eat it E at not of it whil e livi ng neither
.
,

boiled in wine or oil or other fl ui ds neith e r b oil e d in

, , ,

water bu t roaste d wi th fire wi th its h ead and its feet

, , , ,

and its i nwards N or s hall any be le ft o f i t till the

.

m o rn i ng ; bu t what m ay re m ai n of it in the m orni ng

ou s hall c ov e r ov e r and in the dayli h t of the si xtee nth
y ,g
day b u rn wi th fire ; for y ou m ay n ot b u rn the resi du e
of a h oly obl atio n on the feast da A n d acco rdi n
y g .

to thi s m anner you sh all eat it thi s ti m e bu t n ot , ,

in ( oth e r) generati ons : yo u r loi ns sh all be girde d ,

[J E R U S ALE M B ou
. n d by th e p re c e p ts o f th e law ] yo u r ,

s ho es o n yo u r fe et an d y our stav e s in yo u r h ands ; an d

,

ou sh all e at in the fear of the m aj e s ty o f the L ord of

y
the wo rl d ; b e cau s e m e rcy h ath b ee n s ho wn to you from
b e fore the Lord A n d I will be rev e ale d in the land
.

of Miz raim in the m aj e s ty of My glory thi s ni ht an d

g ,

wi th Me ni nety tho u s and m yri ads of des troyi ng angel s ;

and I will sl ay all the fi rstb orn in the l an d of Miz raim ,

o f m an and of b e ast and again st all the i dol s of the

,

Miz raee I will e xec u te fou r j u dgm ents : the m olten

i dol s shall be m elte d the i dols of s to ne be broken the
, ,

i dols of clay sh all be shattere d and the i dol s of woo d be ,

m ade dust that the Miz raee m ay kn ow th at I am the

,

Lo rd A nd the bl oo d of the paschal obl ati on (lik e )

.
,

the m atte r o f ci rc u m ci sion sh all be a b ail for you to , ,

b ec om e a S ign u p on the h ou ses wh ere yo u dwe ll ; and I

w ill lo ok u p o n the worth of the bl oo d an d will spare ,

ou an d the angel of de ath to wh o m is giv en the

y ,

p owe r to des troy shall have no dom i ni on over you in

,

the sl au ghte r of the Miz raee A nd thi s day s hall be to

.

o u for a m e m o ri al and you sh all c e l e b rate it a fe sti v al

y ,

b efore the Lord in yo ur ge nerations ; by a p erpetual

statu te s h all ou s ol e m ni z e i t
y S e v en day s
y ou sh all e at
.

u nl eavene d b read : in the divi di ng of the da whi h

y c
47 6 TAE GUM or PA L E S TIN E [ c am

p recedes the feast you sh all pu t away leaven fro m your

ho uses ; for whosoe ver e ateth what is le avened from ,

the fi r t day o f the fe ast u ntil the seventh day th at m an

s
,

sh all be de s troy e d fro m Israel . A nd on the fi rst day

th ere shall be a holy congre gation and on the se venth
,

day the re sh all be to you a holy co ngre gation No .

wo rk sh all be do ne am ong you o nly th at which m ust be

,

done for e very o ne s eati ng m ay be don e by yo u A nd

’
.

s hall ob serve the feast of the u nleav e n e d bread

y ou ,

because in this sam e day the Lord will b ring o ut your

h osts free fro m the land of Miz raim and you shall
o bserve this day in you r generatio ns a statute for ever
, .

I n Nisan on the fourtee nth day of the m o nth you shall

, ,

kill the passov er and at e vening on the fiftee nth you

,

sh all e at u nl eave ne d b read u ntil the twen t fi rst of the

y
-

m o nth . O n the evening of the twenty seco nd yo u m ay

-

eat le avened b re ad For sev en day s l eaven sh all n ot be

.

fou nd in yo u r h ou s es ; for who soev er eateth o f l e aven ,

th at m an sh all p erish fro m the co ngregatio n of I s rael ,

wh ethe r he be a strange r or ho m e b red in the land

- .

A ny m ixture o f l eav en you sh all not eat ; in e very place

o f yo u r h abitati on s h all eat u nl eavene d b read
you .

A nd Mo sheh called all the el de rs of Israel an d s ai d to

,

th em With draw yo ur h ands fro m the i dols o f the

,

Miz raee and take to you from the oflspring of the flock
,
’
,

according to yo u r ho use s and k ill the p asch al l am b

, .

A nd you s hall take a bu nch of hyssop and dip it in the

,

blood that is in the earthen v essel and u po n the u p per

,

bar witho u t and u pon the two p osts you sh all s p rinkle
of the bl ood which is in the e arth en ves s el and not a ,

m an of yo u m u s t co m e fo rth fro m the doo r of his house

till the m o rni ng . For the Gl o ry of the Lord will be
m ani fes te d in s triki ng the Miz rae e and H e wi ll s ee the
,

blo od u pon the lintel and u pon the two p osts an d the ,

Word of the Lord will spread His protection over the

x11 .
] n ew s . 47 7

door, and the destroyi ng ange l will not be perm itted to

e nter you r hou ses to sm ite .

A n d you s hall ob serv e thi s thi ng for a statu te to thee

an d to thy sons for a m em o ri al for e ver A n d it shall .

be whe n you are com e into the l and that the Lord will
iv t u as H e h ath s p ok e n th at fro m the ti m e o f
g e o
yo , ,

yo ur com ing you shall obse rve this service A n d it .

s h all be th at wh e n at th at ti m e yo u r chil dre n sh all sa

y
to you Wh at is this you r s ervice ? you sh all say I t is
, ,

the sacrifice of m ercy b efore the Lo rd who had m ercy ,

in H is Wo rd up on the hou ses of the so ns of Israel in

Miz raim wh e n H e destroyed the Miz raee and spared our
, ,

hou ses A nd when the ho u se of Israel heard this word

.

from the m ou th of Mo sh eh they bowe d an d worshipped

, .

A n d the s o ns of I srael went and did as the Lord com

m ande d M osheh and Ah aro n so did they h aste n and do
, .

A nd it was in the di v iding of the ni ght of the fi f

tee nth th at the Wo rd of the Lord sl e w all the fi rs tborn
,

i n the land of Miz rai m fro m the firstbo rn son of Pha

,

roh who wo u ld h av e sat u p on the thro ne of his ki n

, g
dom u nto the firstborn s ons of the kings who were
,

ca p tives in the du n e o n as ho stages u n der Pharoh s

’
g
h and an d who for h aving rejoice d at the servitu de of
,

Israel we re pun ished as (the Miz raee ) and all the

,

firstborn o f the c attl e th at did the work of the Miz raee

die d al so .

A nd Pbarch ro se u p in th at ni ght and all the rest of ,

his s erv ants and all the re st of the Miz raee and th ere
,

was a great cry b e cau se th ere was no ho us e of the

,

Miz raee wh ere the fi rstbo rn was not dead A nd the .

border of the lan d of Miz raim extended fou r hu ndred

p h arse e b ut the lan d of Go sh en wh ere Mo sh e h an d,

the s o ns of I srael we re was in the m i ds t of the land of

,

Miz rai m ; and the royal p alace of Pbarch was at the

entranc e of the land of Miz rai m But when he cried to
.
 0N E xonu s . 4 79

tio n . A nd th ey were a b out six h undred tho usand m en ,

j o urn eying on foot n o ne riding on horses except the

,

ch ildren five to ev ery m an

, an d a m u lti tu de of

strangers [JE RUS A L E M A m i xed m ultitu de ] two hu n

, .
,

dre d and forty m yri ads went u p with th e m and she ep , , ,

and oxen an d c attle v ery m any

, A nd th ey divide d
, .

the dou gh which they b ro u ght ou t of Mi z rai m which ,

th ey had carri e d on thei r h eads and it was b ak ed for ,

them by the heat of the su n ( i nto) unleav ene d cake s , ,

b ecau se it had not ferm e nte d ; for the Miz raee had
thru st th em ou t nei ther coul d th ey delay ; an d it was
,

s uffi ci ent for th em to eat u ntil the fiftee nth of the m o nth

Ij ar ; b ecau se th ey had not prepared provision for the

way .

A n d the days of the dwelling of the o

s n s of Israel in
Miz rai m we re thirty week s of years ( thi rty ti m es se v en ,

years ) which is the s um of two hu n dre d and ten y ears

, .

Bu t the num b er of fou r hu ndre d and thirty years (had

p ass e d away since) the Lord sp ake to Ab raham in the ,
3

hour th at H e sp ake wi th him on the fifteenth of Nisan ,

b etween the divi ded parts u ntil the day that they went ,

o u t of Miz rai m A nd it was at the e nd of thi rty ye ars

.

fro m the m aking of thi s cov enant th at Iz h ak was born ; ,

and the nce u ntil they we nt ou t of Mi z rai m four hu n

dre d (ye ars) on the selfsam e day it was that all the
,

ho sts of the Lord went forth m ade free from the l an d of

Miz raim .

Four ni ghts are there written in the Book of Mem o

rials b efore the Lord of the worl d Night the first .
,

wh en H e was re veale d in creating the worl d ; the

se co n d —wh en H e was reveal ed to Ab rah am ; the
,

t ird
h — when H e was rev ealed in Miz rai m His h and
, ,

killing all the firstborn of Miz raim and His right

hand saving the firstborn of Israel ; the fo urth —
,

when ,

3
Five and five .
”
Gen . xv
.
4 80 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TIN E
[
cu m

H e will yet b e rev ealed to li berate the pe opl e of the

house of Israel from am ong the natio ns A n d all these .

are called Ni gh ts to be ob se rv ed ; for s o e xplained

Mosheh , and id thereof I t is to be o b served on

sa ,

accou nt of the li b eration which is fro m the Lo rd to ,

le ad fo rth the peopl e of the s ons of I srael fro m the land

of Miz rai m . This is that Night of p rese rvati on from
the destroyi ng angel for all the sons o f Israe l who were
in Miz rai m and of redem p tion of their generations from
,

their c apti vity .

J U T A R G U M I t is a ni gh t to b e ob served
[ E R S A L E M .

and c el e b rate d for the lib e rati on from b e fo re the Lord

in b ri nging fo rth the s ons of Israel m ade fre e fro m the ,

land o f Miz rai m Fo u r nights are there written in the

.

Book of Me m orial Night first ; when the Wo rd of

.

the Lord was rev eal ed u po n the world as it was c re ated;

wh en the worl d was wi tho u t form and voi d an d darknes s ,

was spre ad u po n the face o f the deep and the Word of ,

the Lo rd ill u m i nate d and m ade it light and he called it

the fi rst ni ght .Night se cond ; when the Wo rd of the
L ord was rev eal ed u nto Ab raham b etween the divided
p arts ; wh en Ab raham was a son of a hu ndred y ears ,

and S arah was a dau gh ter of nin ety y ears an d that

—
,

which the S crip u e saith

t r w as con fi rm e d Ab rah am a ,

hu ndred years can he b eget ? and S arah ni nety years old

, , ,

can s he b ear ? Was not our fath er Iz hak a s on of

thirty and se v e n y ears at the tim e he was o ffere d u pon
,

the altar ? The h eavens were (then) bo wed do wn and

b rou ght low and Iz hak saw their re alities and his eyes
,
‘
,

were blinded at the si gh t and he c alle d it the se cond

’

ni ght . The thi rd night ; when the Word of the Lo rd was

rev eale d u po n the Miz raee at the divi di ng of the ni ht ;
, g
H is right h and slew the fi rstb orn of the Miz rae e and ,

H is ri ght hand spared the firstborn of Israel to fulfil

O r, p erfections .
 ON E xo nus . 48 1

wh at the Sc ripture h ath sai d Israel is My fi rstborn ,

A nd he calle d it the third ni ght Ni gh t the ‘

s on . .

fo u rth when the end of the age will be accom plish ed ,

th at it m i ght b e di ssolv e d the b ands of wick e dness

,

des troy ed and the i ro n yok e b rok e n

, Mosh e h cam e .

fo rth fro m the m i dst of the des ert ; b ut the King

Meshiha ( co m es ) fro m the m i dst of Rom a The Cloud .

p rec eded th at and the Clo u d will go b efore this one ; and
,

the Word o f the Lord wi ll l ead between bo th and th ey ,

sh all proc e ed to geth e r This is the nigh t of the Pascha

.

b efore the Lord to be ob serv ed and cer

, eb rated by the

s o ns o f I s rae l in all th ei r generati ons ]

A sojo u rner or a hired stranger shall not e at there of .

I n his own co m pany he shall eat Tho u sh alt not .

carry an of the fle s h ou t of the hou se from (th ) com

y y
p any nor send a gift one m an to his neighbo ur ; and a
,

bo ne of him shall not be b rok en for the sake of eating

th at which is wi thi n it [J E RU S A L E.M A s ojou rni n
g .

m an and a hireli ng bo rn of the G entil e s sh all not e at of

it ] A ll the congregatio n of I srael sh all m ix together
.
,

this one with that o ne fam i ly wi th anoth er th at they

, ,

m ay pe rfo rm it A nd if a p rosely te sojo u rn wi th you

.
,

an d wo ul d p e rfo rm the p as ch a b efo re the Lord let ,

ev ery m al e b elongi ng to him b e ci rc u m ci sed an d so be ,

m ade fit to p erform it ; and he sh all be as the nativ e of

the lan d : bu t no u nci rcu m cise d one of the s ons of
Is rael shall eat th ereo f O ne law sh all there be as to
.

all app oi ntm e nts for the n ativ e and for the p rose ly te

who soj ou rneth am ong you A n d all the s o ns of

.

Israel did as the Lo rd had c om m ande d Mosh eh and

,

Ah aro n so did th ey
, A nd it was on that sam e day
.

th at the L ord b rou gh t forth the s ons of Israe l fro m the

land of Miz rai m wi th thei r ho sts, .

XI II A nd the Lord sp ak e u nto Mosh eh say ing

.
, ,

S anc tify before Me every fi rstb orn m ale V

l hatsoever
’

Y
x xn .
] 0N E XO DU S . 4 83

w o rk days, not on sa bb aths

ol em nities and by
or s

day not by ni gh t
, [J
. E R US ALEM F ro m th ese day s to
.

th o se m o nths ] A nd wh en I the L ord have b ro u ght the e

.

i n to the land o f the K e naanaee which I hav e s wo rn to

,

th e e an d to thy fath ers to giv e th e e tho u shalt set ,

ap art b e fo re the Lo rd ev ery one th at op eneth the wo m b

and eve ry ani m al th at its dam b e areth and th at openeth

the wom b if it be to the e a m ale th ou shal t s anctify

, ,

before the L ord A nd ev e ry as s that o pe neth the

.

wom b tho u sh al t re dee m wi th a lam b ; an d if th ou

re de em hi m not tho u sh alt cu t him off ; [JE RU S A L E M
, .

Thou shalt kil l him and every fi rstborn m an (chil d)

am on g thy s on s th ou sh alt re de e m ; b u t thy se rv ant

tho u m ay e s t n o t re de e m wi th m oney .

A nd wh e n in fu ture thy s on s h al l ask thee sayi ng , ,

What is thi s ordinance of the fi rstb orn ? th ou sh al t tell

him : By the po we r o f a m i ghty h and the L ord
de liv e re d u s from Miz raim re dee m i ng u s from the
,

ho u se of the servitu de of slav es A n d wh en the Word

.

o f the L ord had h arde ne d the h e art of Pharoh ( th at he

w o ul d) not de live r u s he kill e d all the fi rstbo rn in the

,

lan d of Miz rai m fro m the fi rstb orn of m an to the fi rst

,

bo rn of cattl e therefo re do I sacri fice b efo re the Lord

e v ery m al e th at o p e ne th the wom b and e v ery firstbo rn ,

o f m y s on s I re de em wi th sil v e r A nd it sh al l be
.

i nscrib ed and set forth u p on thy l e ft h and and on the ,

te philla b etween thi n e ey e b rows ; b e c au se by m ighty

s tren th of h an d the L o rd b rou h t us ou t of Mi z rai m
g g .

S ECTIO N XVI .

BE S H A L A C H .

A N D it was whe n P barch had releas ed the p e ople,

th at the Lord did not co ndu c t the m by the way of the
Y 2
4 84 U
TA R G M O F PA L E sTI N E [
O RAP .

l and o f the Phelishtaee , tho u gh that was the n ear one ;

for the L ord s aid, Les t the p eople be affri ghte d in seei ng
th eir b reth ren who were ki ll ed i n war, two h u ndred
thou san d m en of s tren gt h of the tri be of E phraim ,
who
took hiel ds and lances and we apon s of war and went
s , , ,

do wn to G ath to carry off the flock s of the Phelis htaee and

b ecause they transgressed against the statute of the Word
of the Lord an d wen t fo rth fro m Miz rai m th re e y ears
,

b efore the (appointe d) end of their servitu de they were ,

deliv e red i nto the h and of the Phelishtaee who slew ,

the m . Th ese are the dry b ones which the Wo rd o f the

L ord resto re d to life by the m i ni stry (h an d) of Y eche
z ekel the p roph et in the v ale o f D ura ; bu t which if
, ,

th ey ( now) saw the m th ey wou l d be afrai d and return

, ,

i nto Miz raim But the Lord led the people rou nd by
.

the way of the desert o f the se a of S uph and e ve ry one

of the s o ns of I srael wi th fi ve chil dre n wen t u from
, p ,

the land of Miz rai m A n d Mo sh e h carri e d u p the ark

.

in which were the bo ne s of Jos e ph fro m ou t of the Nilos , ,

and to ok th e m wi th him ; b e c aus e adj u ri ng he adj ured , ,

the s o ns o f Israel s ayi ng T he L o rd will su rely re m em

, ,

her you an d you shall c arry u p m y b o nes wi th yo u

, .

A nd th ey jo u rneye d from S uccoth the pl ac e where ,

th ey had b ee n c ov ered wi th the cl ou ds of glory and ,

s oj ourne d in E th an which is o n the s i de of the de sert

,
.

J d W rd of the L ord con

[ E R U S A L E M 1.8 A n th e . o

ducted the p e ople by the way of the de ert of the s ea of s

S ap h ; arm ed in good work s went u p the sons of I srael ,

fre e fro m the land of Miz rai m 1 9 For adj uri ng he . .

, ,

adj u re d the sons of I srae l s ayi ng The L ord re m e m b er , ,

in g wi ll re m e m b er you in H is Wo rd and in His good

, ,

m e rci es . 2 0 Which co m eth u p on the end of the

.

des e rt ] A nd the glo ry of the S heki nah of the L ord

we nt b efore th e m by day in the c ol um n o f the Clo u d to
le ad th e m in the way and at nigh t the colu m n o f the
,

Clou d rem ove d b ehind them to darken on their pur

xI v .
] 0N E xonu s. 485
suers b ehi nd them colum n of fi re to
b ut to be a

e nli gh te n th em b e fo re th at th ey m i gh t go fo rward b y ,

day and by nigh t The colu m n of the Clo u d de parte d

.

n ot by day nor the colu m n of fi re b y ni h t in le adi n

, g g ,

o n b efo re the p e opl e J I c

[ E E US A L E M t .e as e d n ot ] . .

XIV A nd the Lord sp ak e to Mo sheh sayi ng Speak

.
, ,

to the so ns of Israel th at th ey retu rn b ack an d e ncam

, p ,

b efore the Mou ths of Hiratha as they lie c reated after

‘
, ,

the m anner ( lik e ne s s) of the c hil dren of m e n m al e and ,

fe m ale and thei r ey es open to th em : it is the pl ace of

,

Tanes which is between Migdol and the sea b efore the

, ,

i dol Zepho n (Typhon) that is left of all the i dols of ,

Miz rai m For the Miz raee will say More excellent is
.
,

B aal Zephon th an all i dols because it is left and n ot , ,

s m i tten ; and th erefore will they co m e to worshi it

p ,

and will fi nd th at you are e ncam p e d nigh u n to it on ,

the border of the se a .

A nd P barch sai d to D athan an d Abiram so ns of ,

Israel who had rem ained in Miz raim The people of the
, ,

ho use of Israel are b e wildere d in the l an d : the i dol

Ze pho n h ath shut th e m in close u pon the desert .

J A n d th ey sh all return an d e ncam p

[ E E US A L E M 2 . .

b efore the caravansari es of Hiratha between Migdol ,

an d the sea b e fore the i dol of Ze pho n ye sh all enc am p

'

, ,

over against it A n d Pbarch will say co ncerning the

.

e op le of the s o ns of I srael Th ey are lo sin g th e m selve s

p ,

in the wil de rnes s : the i dol of Pe or hath sh ut th em in

be fore the desert ] A nd I will strength en the design
.

of Pharoh s h eart to purs ue after th e m an d I will be glo

’
,

rifi e d u p o n P barch and u pon his ho s ts an d the Miz raee ,

sh all k no w th at I am the Lo rd A n d th ey did so . .

A nd the offi cers who went with I srael anno u nced

7

y
The were two lofty rocks, with a defile between them , called the
i
(p ) m outh of the roek s — R S I z u s xr, i n loco
. . . .

~
7 O ktaraia O ctariou os, p raf ecti m ilitares .
xrv .
] 0N E xo nus . 4 87

for it is b etter for u s to serve the Miz raee than to p erish

i n the de sert .
[J BE US A L E M . 9 But the
. o of Israel
s ns

had gone ou t free Be fore the carav ansaries of

—
H iratha, b efore the i dol Ze phon ] .

Four parties were m ade (am o ng) the sons of Israel on

the shore of the Weedy S e a : one said L et u s go do wn ,

i nto the sea ; anoth er sai d L et u s return i nto Miz rai m ; ,

anoth er s ai d L e t us set agai ns t th e m the lin e o f b attle ;

,

an d ano the r sai d L et u s rai se a cr again s t th e m an d

y , ,

co nfou nd th em Unto the com pany which said L et u s

.
,

o d o wn to the s ea s p ak e Mo sh eh F ear n ot stand still

g , , , ,

an d see the sal v atio n of the Lo rd whi ch will be wro ught ,

for you to day To the com p any which said L et us

- .
,

re tu rn i nto Miz rai m Mo sheh said You sh all not , ,

re turn ; fo r thou h ou see the Miz raee to da

g y , y y o u -
,

will s ee th em n o m ore for e ver To the com p any who .

sai d L et u s set a ai n st th e m the lin e of b attl e sai d

, g ,

Mosheh Contend not ; for the victory sh all be wrought

,

am ong you fro m the p resenc e of the Lord A n d to .

the com p any who sai d L et u s rai se a cry agai nst ,

th em Mo sh e h s aid Be s ilen t ; and give the glory and

, , ,

praise and exaltation to yo u r God

, .

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mo she h Why standest thou ,

praying b efore Me ? Behol d the prayers of My people ,

h ave co m e be fore thy own : speak to the sons of Israel ,

th at they go forward ; an d tho u lift u p thy rod and , ,

stretch forth th h an d wi th it ov er the s e a and divi de

y ,

it an d the so ns of Israel shall go th ro ugh the m i dst of

the sea u po n the gro u nd For b ehold I will harden .
, ,

the desi gn of the h eart of the Miz raee and they wi ll go ,

in after th em ; an d I will b e glorifi e d upon Pbarch and

u p on all his h osts u po n his ch ario ts an d hi s ho rse m en ;
,

th at the Miz raee m ay k no w th at I am the Lord wh en ,

I am glori fied u p on P barch u p on his chariots and ,

horsem en .
48 8 TA R GU M or PA LE S TI N E [
CHAP .

J SA LE M 1 3 Fo u r com p ani es m ade the so ns of

[ E E U . .

Is rael stan ding by the We edy S ea O ne sai d L et us

,
.
,

fall u po n the s ea ; another said L et u s return to ,

Miz raim ; another sai d L e t u s array b attle against

,

th em and anoth er s ai d L et u s sho ut again s t them to

,

confuse th em To that com pany who said L e t us fall

.
,

u po n the s ea Mo s heh sai d F ear n ot ; stand s till and see

, , ,

the salvation of the Lord whic h shall be wro u ght for

y ou this da
y To .th e co m p any who sai d W e will ,

re turn u nto Miz rai m Mosh eh sai d Fear n ot ; for as

, ,

u h ave see n the Miz rae e to day you will s e e th em no

y o -
,

m ore in bondage for ev er To the com pany who said .

,

We will array b attle against them Mosheh sai d Fear , ,

n ot ; the Lord in the glory of H is Sh ek i nah wi ll w

, ork ,

the vi cto ry for you r ho sts To the com p any w ho had

.

sai d , L et u s shou t against th em to co nfou nd them ,

Mosheh s ai d Fear not ; stand and be sile nt ; an d give

,

the glory and prai se and exaltatio n u nto E loha 15

, ,
. .

A nd the Wo rd of the Lo rd sai d to Mosh eh H o w l ong ,

stan dest tho u prayi ng b e fo re Me ? H e ard b efore Me

are thy p ray ers ; b ut the p ray ers of My p eo pl e h ave

prece ded thi ne Speak to the sons of Israel th at they

.

o forward ; and tho u lift u t h rod and stretch forth

g p y ,

thy h an d ] .

A nd the Angel of the Lord who le d the way b efore

the hosts of I srael went and cam e b ehi nd th em ; and
the colu m n of the Clo u d we nt fro m b efore and stoo d
b ehind th em : b e cau se the Miz raee th re w darts and
s to n es at the I sraeli tes but the Clo u d in tercep ted the m ;
,

an d it c am e b etwee n the ho st of Israel and the ho st of

the Miz rae e ; a clo u d one h alf of which was li gh t and

,

one h alf dark ness O n the one side it darke ne d u pon

.

the Miz rae e and on the o th er si de it shi ne d u p on I srael

,

all ni gh t ; and one ho st did not attack the oth er all the

ni ght .
 x rv .
] O N E xonus . 489

A nd Mosheh ch ed out his hand ov er the sea

stret ,

wi th the great and glorio u s rod which was c re ated at the

b eginning and on which were e ngraven and set forth
,

the G reat and Glo riou s Nam e and the te n signs which ,

had smitten the Miz raee and the th re e fath ers of the,

wo rld and the six m oth ers and the twelv e trib es of
, ,

Jakob : and strai ghtway the Lord bro u ght a v ehem ent
e as t wi n d u po n the se a all ni h t and m ade the se a dr ;
g y ,

an d divi de d the wate rs i nto twe lv e divis io ns accordi n

g ,

to the twelv e tri b e s o f J aco b [ JE R U S A L E M 2 0 . A n d . .

the clo ud was h alf ligh t and h al f dark ne ss : light it ,

e nligh ten e d u po n I srael ; and dark ness it darken ed ,

u pon Mi z rai m A n d thos e c am e not agai nst these to

.
,

se t b attl e in o rder all the ni h t 2 1 A n d he s tretc hed

g , . .

fo rth ] A nd the childre n of I s rael went throug h the m i dst

.

of the sea u po n the grou n d an d the waters were con ,

g ea le d lik e a w all th ree h u n d

,
re d m il e s o n th e i r ri gh t
h and and on th eir left .

A n d the Miz raee fo llowed an d went in after the m all ,

the h orses of P barch and his ch ario ts an d ho rse m en

, ,

i nto the m idst of the sea A nd it was that in the .

m o rni ng watch at the ti m e th at the powe rs on hi gh

,

co m e to offer praise the Lord lo ok ed forth with anger

,

u po n the ho sts of the Miz raee fro m the c ol u m n of fi re ,

to h url u po n them flakes of fire an d h ail and fro m the ,

.

colum n of clou d an d confou nded the h ost of the

,

Miz raee and He b rake (or m ade ro ugh ) the wh eel s of ,

Pharo h s carri ages s o th at th ey drave the m with h ard

’
,

s hip an d th at th ey we nt on an d le ft th e m b ehi n d
, A nd .

the Miz raee sai d one to anoth e r L et u s fl ee fro m the ,

people of the hou se of Israel ; for thi s is the Wo rd of

the Lord who fo u ght for th em in Mi z raim .

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mo sh eh S tretch forth thy h and ,

ov er the se a th at the waters m a re tur n u pon the

, y
Miz raee upbn their ch ariots and u pon thei r horse m en
, .

r 5
xv ]
. 0N E xonus . 4 91

XV Behold : th en sang Mosh eh and the sons of

.

Israel this song of praise before the Lord and saying ,

Thank sgiving and praise we b ring b efore the Lord

Mo s t High who is glorified ab ove the gloriou s and
, ,

exal te d abov e the exalte d who pu nisheth by His Wo rd

whom so ev er glorifieth hi m self b efore Him .

The refore wh en Pb arch the wick ed b are hi m self

p ro u dly b efore the Lo rd an d being u plifted in his
, ,

h eart followed after the p eople of the sons of I srael

, ,

th eir ho rs es and the ir chario ts H e thre w and b urie d in

the sea o f S uph .

[ J E R US A L E M Th e n
. s an g Mo sh e h an d the s o ns of

Israel the praise of this song b efore the Lord saying , ,

to s ay : Th ank sgivi ng and p rai se b ri ng we b efo re the

Lord who is high ab ov e the highest and glorifie d abo ve
, ,

the glo rio us and who pu nishe th by H is Wo rd whom

,

s oe v e r glorifi e th hi m s e l f b e fore H im The horses an d

.

th e ir riders b e cause th ey b are them selv es prou dly and

,

follo we d after the peo pl e of the ho us e of I srael H e h ath ,

th ro wn and b u ri e d in the s ea of S u ph ] .

The Lo rd is Mi ghty and greatly to be feare d over all

,

the world H e spake i n His Word an d be cam e to m e a

.
,

God of salvation .

Fro m their m others breasts even the children h av e

’

iv n i ns with th ei r fi n e rs to th ei r fath ers an d sai d

g e s g g , ,

Thi s is our God who no uri sh e d u s with honey fro m the

,

rock an d wi th oil fro m the stone of clay at the ti m e

, ,

wh en ou r m oth ers went forth u pon the face of the fi el d

to giv e u s b irth and l e av e u s th ere ; an d H e s ent an
,

an gel who was hed us and e nwrapp e d u s and now wi ll

we p rais e H im : H e is the Go d of ou r fath er an d we s

,

will e xalt H im .

The s ons of Israel sai d The Lo rd is a m an m aking

,

war for us : fro m generation to ge neration He m ak eth

4 92 TA R UM G or PA L ES TIN E [ cu m

k nown His p ower u nto the people of the hou se of Israel .

The Lord is H is Nam e ; accordi ng to H is N am e so is ,

H is powe r ; His Nam e shall be blessed for e v e r and

ev er.

The chariots of Pharoh and his hosts He hath cast

into the sea ; the goodliest of his you ng m e n hath He
thro wn and drowned in the sea of S uph The deep .

covered th em over, they went down, and are b u ried in

the de ths p of the ilent as a stone

sea, an d are s .

Thy right hand 0 Lord how glorio us is it in power !

, ,

Thy right h and 0 Lord hath cu t off the adv e rsaries of

, ,

Thy p eople who ro se agai ns t them to do them hurt .

A nd in the plenitu de and greatness of Thy m ajesty

Thou hast destroye d the walls of the enem ies of Thy
people .

Thou wilt p our u pon th em Thy fi erce anger Thou ,

wi lt consu m e them as the b urni ng fire prevai ls over the

stub ble For by the Wo rd fro m b efore Th ee the waters
.

b ecam e heaps ; they stood as if bou nd like skins that ,

confine flowing water and the depth s were congealed in

,

the floo d of the great sea .

Pbarch the wicked the h ater and adversary di d say

, , ,

I will follow after the p eo ple of the sons of Israel and ,

will lay waste th eir cam p on the b ank of the sea : I wi ll

se t war in array a ain st th em an d k ill th em m a ll a n d
g , s ,

reat despoil th em of m u ch sp oi l b ri n t h m b ck i t
g , g e , a n o

g re a t c ap tivi ty an d d
,i v i d e th e i r su b s tan c e a m o n
g m y
people who m ake war : and when m y soul is satisfied
with the bloo d of th e ir slain I will sheathe m y s word , ,

having destroyed th em with m y right h and .

[ J E E U S A L E M T h e Lo
. rd is Mi g ht y a n d gr ea tly
, t o b e

prai sed and feare d ov er all the world H e spake in .

His Word and for u s b e cam e salvatio n

, .

[ F rom the ir m oth ers b re as t s h

’
av e e v e n th e chi ld ren

iv e n si ns wi th their fi n ers unto the fathers and have

g g g ,
xv .
] 0N E xonus . 498

sa i d to th em This is our Father who nouri shed us with

, ,

ho ney fro m the rock and gave u s oil fro m the stone of
,

clay .

[ Th e s o ns o f I sr a el a n s w e re d an d s ai d one to ano th er ,

H e is o ur God and we will prai se Him ; the God of our

,

fath e rs and we will exalt H im

, .

[T h e Lo r d i n th e gl o ry o f Hi s Sh e ki n a h is H e w h o

worketh victo ry for you r arm s Fro m one generati on

.

to ano th er H e m ak eth k no wn H is po wer to the p eople

of the hou se of Is rael .

[ H is N a m e i s th e Lo r d : a s is H is N a m e ,s o is H is

p ower ; let H is nam e be glorified for ever and ever .

[U po n th e ch a rio t s o f Pharoh an d his h os t H e s ho t

~

arro ws in the sea ; his goo dly yo ung m e n and hi s m e n

o f strength H e h ath dro wne d in the s ea of S u h H ow

p .

g lo r io u s i s Thy ri g ht h a n d 0 ,Lo rd i n ,
po w e r w hich,

h ath broken and shattere d the walls of the enem ies of

Thy p eople !
P b c h the wicked the h ate r and adv ersary did s a
[ a r , , y ,

I wi ll follow afte r the p eople of the sons of Israel and ,

wil l ov ertak e them enc am p e d at the si de of the sea I .

will lead the m captive i nto gre at c aptivity and despoil ,

them of great spoil ; I will divi de th ei r s ub stance

am o ng m y m en of war ; and wh en m s o ul sh all b e
y
s ati sfied wi th the m I will sh eath e m s word wh en I
, y ,

sh all have de stroy e d th e m wi th m y ri h t h and ]

g .

Thou di dst blo w with the wi nd from b efo re Thee O ,

Lord an d the wav es of the sea cove red them th ey

,

went down and sank as l e ad in the pro ud wate rs

, .

Who is like Thee am ong the e xalted go ds 0 Lord , ,

who is like Th ee glorio u s in holi ness fe arful in prai se s

, , ,

doi ng wonders and m ani festatio ns for Thy p e opl e the ,

ho u se of I srael ?
The sea spak e to the earth Re ceive thy children ,

but the earth sp ake to the sea Receiv e thy m urderers : ,

xv .
] 0N E XO DU S . 495

T hy p eople whom Thou didst ranso m sha l l h ave cro ssed

the divi ding current of Jab ek a .

Thou wilt bring th em in and plant them on the ,

m o u ntai n of Thy sanc tu ary the place which Th ou h as t ,

rovi de d b e fo re the th ro ne of Thy lo y the ho use of

p g r ,

Thy holy Shekinah which Tho u O Lo rd h ast p rep ared

, , , ,

T hy s anctu ary th at wi th both h ands Thou h ast

e stablish e d .

When the p eople of the house of Israel beheld the

si gns and m ani festati on s which the Holy O ne who se ,

N am e be p rai se d had do ne at the sea of S aph and the

, ,

o w er of H is h an d the chil dren of the c ap ti v e s ans wer

p ,

ing sai d one to the o ther Co m e an d le t u s set the , ,

crown of m aj esty on the h ead of ou r Re dee m er who ,

m aketh to pass ov e r and p ass e th not ; who ch angeth

, ,

and is n ot ch ange d ; who se i s the c ro wn of the ki ng

dom ; the Ki ng of kings in thi s wo rl d ; whose too , ,

is the ki ngdom in the wo rl d to co m e for e ver and ,

e v er .

J Tho u wilt m ak e the te rro r of

[ E R U SAL E M 1 6 . .

de ath to fall u po n th e m an d u ndoi ng by the po wer of ,

Thy m i ghty arm that they shall be as silent as a sto ne

, ,

u nti l thi s p eopl e who m Tho u h ast re dee m e d s h all h ave

o ne ov er the di v i ding stre am of J che k a an d th at o f

g
Jardena ; till thi s p e opl e sh all h ave p asse d o ver whom
Tho u h ast rans om e d for Thy Nam e 1 7 Thou wilt . .

b ri ng th em in and wi lt pl ant th e m i n the m ountai n of

,

Thy inh e ri tan c e the dwelli ng of the gl ory of Thy

,

holiness which Tho u O L ord hast p rep are d for Thy s elf
, , , ,

the sanc tu ary of the Lo rd that with bo th h an ds H e

h ath establis hed 1 8 Wh e n the ho use of Israel had
. .

b eh el d the si gns and wo nders th at the Holy O ne B lessed ,

b e H e had wrou ght for th e m at the borde r of the

,

se a ,
— let H is great N am e be bl ess e d for ev er an d ev er ,

th ey gav e glo ry and th ank sgivi ng and exaltatio n u nto

496 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TIN E [cu m

th e ir God . The s o ns of Israel answere d an d said one

to an other Co m e , , let u s
cro wn u pon the head of set the
the Re deem er who cau seth to pass over b ut is not
, ,

pas sed who changeth but is not change d the King of

, , ,

kings m thi s world whose too is the cro wn of the

, , ,

ki ngdo m of the world to co m e and who se it will be for ,

e ve r and e v e r ]

For Pharoh s horses with his ch ariots and ho rse m en

’

went in to the sea and the Lo rd m ade the waters of the

,

se a to re turn u po n th e m b ut the sons of Is rael walked

u po n the land in the m i ds t of the se a and th ere did ,

s pring u p s wee t fo untains an d trees yieldi ng foo d and

verdure and rip e fruit (even) on the gro und of the s

,

sea .

An d Miri am the prophetess , the i

s ste r of A haron,
took a tam b ou rine
h an d and all the women
in her ,

cam e out after her danci ng wi th tam b o urines and play

,

ing on i ns tru m e nts [J E R US A L E M . W ith t am bo uri nes .

dan cin g ] A nd Mi riam sang to th e m L et u s give ,

th ank s and p rai se b efo re the Lo rd for m igh t and ,

s up re m acy are H is ; ab ove the p ro u d H e is g lo ri fied ,

an d above the lo fty He is exalte d When the wicked .

Pharoh in his p ri de followe d after the pe ople of the

so ns of I srael his horses and his ch ario ts did H e cast
,

and dro wn in the sea of S uph .

A nd Mo sh eh m ade Israel go forward from the sea of

S uph and they we nt fo rth i nto the wildernes s of
,

Chalu tsa [JE RUS A L E M T he way of Chalu tsa ] A nd th ey

. . .

jo urneyed three days in the desert e m p ty of i n struo ,

tio n and fo und no water

,
A nd they c am e to M arah .
,

b ut could not drink the waters of M arah b ec ause th ey

were bi tte r ; th erefore he c all e d the nam e of it Marah .

A nd the p eopl e m urm u re d agai nst Mo sh eh sayi ng , ,

What sh all we drink ?

[J n nu s a u cm A nd the p e ople

co nten de d
] A n d he p ray e d b e fo re the L o rd a n d t he ,
xv .
] ON E XO DUS . 497

Lord showed him the b i tter tree of A rdiphne ; and

he wrote u po n it the great and glo riou s N am e and cast ,

i t into the m i dst of the waters and the waters were ,

re ndere d s wee t A nd th ere did the Wo rd of the Lord

.

appoi nt to hi m the o rdi nanc e of the sabb ath and the ,

s tatute of ho no u ri ng fath er an d m o th er the j ud m ents

g ,

concerning wou nds and b ruises and the p u nish m ents ,

wh ere wi th o ffe nde rs are p u ni sh e d ; an d th ere he tri ed

h e m ) wi th the te nth tri al an d sai d I f you wil l truly
( t , ,

he arken to the Word of the Lord yo ur God and do th at ,

which is righ t b efo re H im and will listen to His prec epts ,

an d k ee p all H is statu tes all tho se e vil thi ngs that I ,

lai d u pon the Miz rae e I will n ot lay u pon th e e but if

tho u wilt transgress agai nst the wo rd of the law u pon ,

th ee sh all th ey be sent If tho u co nvert I will rem ove

.
,

th em fro m th ee ; for I am the Lo rd thy H e aler .

( J E R U S A L E M 2 5 A.n d M oshe h . p ray ed b e fo re th e

Lord and the Word of the Lord sho we d him the tree
,

of A rdiphe ne and he c ast it i nto the m i ds t of the

,

waters and the waters were m ade sweet

, Th ere did .

the Wo rd of the Lord show u nto him statutes an d

orders of j u dgm ent and there H e tried him wi th tri als
,

in the te nth trial 2 6 For I am the Lord who healeth

. .

thee by My \Vord ] A nd they cam e to Elim an d in

.

Elim were twelve fo u ntains of water a fou ntain for ,

each tri b e ; an d se v en ty p alm trees corresp o ndi n wi th

g -
,

the s eventy el ders o f I srae l : and th ey en cam p e d th ere

by the waters [JE RUS A L E M A nd th ey cam e to Eli m
. .
,

wh ere were twelve foun tai ns of water ans we ri ng to th ,

The A rdipl me , H irdoPIz, and som e tim es

Rododap l me, is descri ed b
in S hem oth Ra bba as a tree which grows beside water, and bears
fl owers lik e lilies , of a bitter taste The nam e is given also to the
bitt h b t with th p
.

er er s ea en e as sover. P esachi m , The ol d

t t i th Y l/ t y
co m m en a or n Thi e a cu sa s, s was one m iracle wi thin another,
— bi t w t m d w t by bitt
t er a ers a e s ee a. er tree .
”
xvn ] ON E xonu s . 4 99

s at s f
i y that your co m pl ainings wh erewith you com pl ain
,

ag ai ns t H im are h eard b e fo re the Lo rd A nd we .

,

wh at are we accou nte d ? You r com pl ai nts are not

agai nst us but agai nst the Wo rd of the Lo rd
, A nd .

M osh eh sai d to Ah aron Bid all the congregatio n ,

o f the so ns of Is rael draw ni gh b efo re the L ord ; for

y o ur m urm u ri n s are h e ard b e fore H im

g .

A nd it was whil e A haron was s p e aki ng wi th all the

c ongregation of Israel th at they turned towards the
d e s e rt , an d b e ho
, ld th e
g lo ry ,o f th e m a j es t y o f th e

Lord was revealed in the clo u d of glory A nd the .

L o rd sp ak e to Mo sh eh sayi ng H earing I h av e h eard , ,

the m u rm u rings of the S o ns of Is rae l b efo re Me Speak .

tho u wi th th e m saying Be tween the ev eni ngs ( s u ns)

, ,

h all eat fles h and i n the m o rn i n h ll t

y o u s , g s a
y o u ea

b read and shall kn o w that I am the Lo rd you r God

, .

A n d it c am e to p ass th at in the e veni ng the phe a,

sants
9
cam e u p an d covered the cam p ; an d in the
m o rn ing there was a fall of holy dew p re pared as a ,

table ro un d abo u t the c am p : an d the clo u ds asc en de d

,

an d cau sed m anna to desc e nd u po n the de w ; and th e re

was u po n the face of the desert a m i nu te (su b stance) in

li ne s,
10
m i n ute as the b oar fro st u po n the gro und .

[ J E R U S A L E M A s h .oar fro s t ] A n d th e s o n s. o f I sra e l

b ehel d and wondered and said a m an to his com
, ,
'

p a n io n M
, an H u i’
for t h e y
1
k n e w n o t w h a t i t w as .

A nd M oshe h s ai d to the m I t is the b read which hath ,

b een lai d u p for you fro m the b eginni ng in the h eavens

o n hi gh and n ow the Lo rd will giv e it ou to e at
, y .

This is the word whic h the Lo rd h ath dictated : Y ou

are to gath er of it e v ery m an accordi n to t h e n m b er
, g u

o f yo u r s ou ls ; e v ery m an acc o rdi n t th e m o th f th e

g o u o

n u m b e r of the p e rs o ns o f his tab ernacl e are ou to take

y , .

A nd the S o ns of I srael did s o and gathere d m anna ,

P laieyonin .
1°
Meeargal .
“
Wh t i a s it ?
60 0 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TIN E [O RAP .

m o re less ; but wh en they m easure d b y the

or ,
ho mer
n o thi ng re m ai ne d abov e the m easu re of hi m who had .

ath ere d m u ch ; and he who had gath e re d li ttle, wante d

g
n o thi ng of the m easu re : e v ery m an acco rdi n t th e
g o

m ou th of his eating, so they gath e re d A nd Mosheh .

sa i d to the m L et no m an m ak e a reserve of it till the

,

m o rn i ng But (so m e of them ) h eark e ne d n ot to

.

Mosh eh : D athan and A biram m en of wick e dness did , ,

re serv e o f it till the m o rni ng ; b ut it p ro du c e d worms

and pu trefi e d and Mo sh e h was an gry wi th them .

A nd they gathere d fro m the ti m e of the dawn u ntil the

fo u rth h our o f the day e v ery m an acco rdi ng to his
,

eati ng ; bu t at the fo u rth hou r whe n the s u n had ,

waxe d hot u pon it it liqu e fied and m ade S tream s of

, ,

water [JE RUS A L E M Be cam e as s tream s ] which flowed

, .
,

away i nto the G reat S ea ; and wil d ani m als th at were

clean and cattle cam e to dri nk of it and the s o ns of

, , ,

Israel h unted and ate them A n d it cam e to p ass on

, .

the s i xth day they gathe re d double b read two ho m ers a ,

m an ; an d all the p ri nc e s o f the co ngregation c am e and

tol d M osh eh A n d Mo she h s ai d to th e m Thi s which
.
,

the L ord h ath tol d you do To m o rro w is the re s t of

, .
-

the holy S abb ath b efo re the Lo rd : Th at which is n ee d .

ful to h ave to b ake for to m o rrow b ak e to day and -

,
-

wh at is ne e dful to bo il for to m o rro w boil to day : and ,

-

all wh ate ve r re m ai neth of th at which you eat to day la

y
-

it u p and it s h all be p re serv e d u nti l the m orning

, .

A nd they lai d it u p u ntil the m orni ng as Mo s h eh had ,

di rec ted the m ; an d it did not c orru p t and n o worm ,

was i n it A nd Mosh e h said to the m E at to d ay

.
, ,

b ecause this is the S abb ath day b efore the Lo rd This .

day you will not fi nd any in the fi el d S ix day s you .

s h all ath e r b ut on the se v e n th da w hic h i th S ab

g , y s e ,

b ath n o m anna will co m e do wn A nd it was that on

, .

the s e ve nth day so m e of the wick e d of the p eo le went

p
x vn .
] ON E XO DU S . 5 01

fo rth to gath er m anna, bu t th ey fou nd none A nd the .

L ord sai d to Mosheh, H ow long will ye refuse to kee p

My c om m andm ents an d My laws ? Behold, b ecause I
hav e gi v e n you the S ab b ath, I gav e you on the sixth
day b re ad for two day s L et e very m an abide in his
.

pla c e, a n d n ot w an de r fro m o ne loc ali ty to a n o th e r,

b eyo nd fo u r y ards n or let an m an go fo rth to wal k

y
b eyond two tho u sand y ards on the sev enth day ; for the
eople sh all re po se on the sev enth day
p .

A nd the ho use o f I s rae l calle d the nam e of it M ann a ;

an d it was lik e the s e e d of co ri ander, whi te, and the
‘

tas te of it lik e prep aratio ns of ho ney [J E R US A L E M . .

Like the s eed of co ri ander, and the taste of it like con v

fections of honey ] A nd Mo she h s ai d, Thi s is the

—
.

thing which the Lo rd h ath c om m anded to lay u p of i t

a ho m e r-full to k ee p in yo ur ge nerations ; th at p erv erse
neratio ns m ay se e the b read which you h av e e ate n in
g e

the wi lderne s s, in y ou r co m i ng fo rth o ut of the lan d of

Miz rai m A nd Mo sh e h s ai d to Aharon, Tak e o ne
.

e arth e n v ase, an d pu t th e rei n a full ho m era o f m an na,

and lay it u p b efo re the Lord to be k e p t u nto yo u r

n atio n A s the Lo rd co m m ande d Mo sh e h, so did

g e er s .

A haron lay it u p b e fo re the testi m o ny to be k ept .

A nd the c hil dre n of I srael ate the m anna forty ye ars,

u ntil th ey cam e to an i nh abite d l an d m an na did they
e at fo rty day s after his de ath, u nti l th ey had p as s e d the

J ardena, and entere d u po n the b orde rs of the land of

Kenaan A nd a ho m era is one tenth of th re e scabs
. .

XVII A nd all the congregation of the so ns of I srael

.

j ourneye d from the desert of S in by their j o urneyings

acco rdin g to the wo rd of the Lo rd and th ey e n c am p e d ,

in Rephi dim a place where the ir h ands we re i dl e in the

,

co m m andm ents of the law an d the fo u ntain s we re dry

, ,

and th ere was n o water for the p eopl e to dri nk A nd .

Garm idee . E ns ebar.

x vn .
] ON E XO DU S . 5 03

battl e in array agai nst the hos ts of Am ale k To m orrow .

-

I will stan d prepared wi th fasti ng with the ri ghte ou s

, ,

fath ers of the chie fs of the p eople and the ri gh teous ,

m oth ers who are lik e the hill s wi th the ro d wi th whi ch ,

the m i racl es hav e b ee n wro u ght fro m b efore the Lo rd ,

in m y hand A nd Jehoshu a did as M osh eh had hidden

.

him to wage war with A m ale k

, A nd Mo she h and .
,

Ah aro n and H ur we nt u p to the top of the h eight

, .

A n d it was wh en M osh e h li fte d u p his h an ds in p ray er

, ,

th at the h o u se o f I srael pre v aile d ; and whe n he res te d

his h and fro m p rayi ng th at the ho u s e of A m al e k pre
,

v ailed A nd the h ands of Mo sh e h were h eavy b ecause

.
,

the conflict was p rolo nge d til l the m orro w and the ,

de liverance of I s rael was n ot pre pare d on th at day ; and

he co uld n ot hol d th e m u p in p ray er ; on which acc ou nt
he wo ul d h ave afflicte d his s o u l A nd th ey took a .

sto n e an d pl ace d it u n der him

,
and he s at u p o n i t ;
,

an d Ah aron an d H u r s u p porte d his h ands this the ,

on e, and th at the oth e r ; an d his h ands we re o u t

s tretc he d wi th fi rm ne s s ( or fi de lity ) in p ray e r and fast

, , ,

ing u nti l the goi ng down of the su n

,
A n d J eho sh u a .

s h attere d A m al e k and cut off the h e ads o f the stron g

,

m en o f his p eopl e by the m ou th o f the Word o f the

,

Lord wi th the slau gh ter of the sword [JE RUS A

, .

LEM .1 1 A nd it was th at wh e n M osh eh li fted u p his

.

hands in p ray er the ho use of I srae l prev ail e d ; an d

,

wh e n his h ands de cline d fro m pray e r Am al ek p re vail ed ; ,

and ( I srael ) fe ll i n the li n e of b attl e 1 2 A nd the . .

h an ds o f Mosh e h we re li fte d u p in p ray er ] .

A n d the L ord s ai d u nto M osheh Wri te this m e m o ,

ri al i n the b ook of the e l ders th at were o f old and ,

th e se wo rds in the h e ari ng of J ehos hu a th at blotting I , ,

will b lo t o u t the m e m o ry o f A m al e k fro m u n der the

heave ns A nd Mo sh e h b uil de d an al tar and calle d the
. ,

nam e of it The Wo rd of the L ord is m y b anner ; for

,
5 0 4, G
TA R UM or P A L E S TI N E [ CHAP .

the Sign which H e h ath wro u ght (in this) plac e was on
m y b eh alf .A nd he sai d B ecause the Wo rd of the
,

Lord h ath swo rn by the th ro ne of His glo ry that He ,

b y His Word will fight agai nst those of the hous e of

Am alek and destroy the m u nto three ge ne ratio n s ; from
,

the ge neratio n of thi s wo rld fro m the gene ratio n of the

,

Meshiha and from the ge neration of the w orld to come

, .

[J E E U S A L E M 1 6 A n
.d h e s ai d
. Th e o ath h ath com e ,

forth from b eneath the throne of the Great O ne of all ,

the wo rl d the L ord ; the firs t ki ng who will s it upon

the th ro ne of the kingdo m of the so ns of I srael S hanl , ,

the S on of Ki sh will s et the b attl e i n array against

,

the ho u se of Am al ek an d will slay th em ; an d tho se of

,

th e m th at re m ai n will Mardekai and E sthe r des troy .

The Lord h ath s ai d by H is Wo rd th at the m e m ory of

A m alek S hall p eri sh to the age of ag es ]

SECTI ON XVII .

JE TH RO .

AN D J ethro p rince of Mi di an the fath er in law of

, ,
- -

Mosheh h e ard all that the L ord had done for Mosheh
,

and fo r I s rae l His p e opl e an d th at the Lo rd had b ro u ht

, g
forth Israel fro m Miz rai m A n d Jeth ro the fath e r ia
. -

law of M osh eh took Zippo rah his wi fe wh o m Mo sheh ,

had se nt b ack from him after goi ng i n to Miz rai m and ,

his two s ons the n am e of the one of who m was G e rs ho m

, .

B ecause he had sai d I am a dweller in a s trange land

, ,

whic h is not m i ne ; and the nam e of the o the r E li ez er ,

F or ( he had s ai d) the God of m fath ers was m h e lper

y y ,

an d sav e d m e fro m the sword of P barch A nd J e thro .

x vn I .
] 0N E XO DU S . 5 05

the fath er-in-law Mosheh and the sons of Mosheh

of , ,

an d his wi fe c am e to Mo sh e h at the desert in which he

,

was sojo urni ng hard by the m o u ntai n u pon which the

lo ry o f the L ord was re ve al ed to Mo sh e h at the be
g
i nni ng A n d he s ai d to Mos heh I th fath er ia law
g y
.
- -
, ,

J ethro have com e to thee to be a prosely te ; and if tho u

,

wilt not receive m e on m y own acc ou nt rece i v e m e for ,

the s ake of thy wi fe and of her two s o ns who are with

her . A nd Mo sh eh c am e forth from u nder the clo u d of
l ory to m ee t his fath e r in law an d did ob ei san ce an d
-
g
-
, ,

kissed him an d m ade him a proselyte ; and they asked

,

of e ach o th er s wel fare an d c am e to the tab e rnacl e the

’
, ,

ho use of in structi on A nd Mosheh recou nte d to his

.

fath er in law all that the Lord had done to Pharoh an d

- -

to the Miz raee on b eh alf of I srael ; all the hardship they

had fo und in the way at the s ea of S u ph and at M arah
, , ,

and at Re phi di m and ho w Am al e k had fo u gh t wi th th e m

, ,

an d the Lo rd had de liv e re d the m A nd Je thro rej oice d .

o v er all the goo d which the Lord had do ne u nto I srael ,

an d th at H e had gi v en them m anna and the well and , ,

th at He had sav e d th em fro m the h an d of the Miz raee .

A n d Je thro sai d Ble ssed be the Nam e of the Lord who

,

h ath sav ed you fro m the h and of the Miz raee and fro m ,

the hand of Pharoh and bath save d the p e ople fro m

,

u n de r the tyranny of the Miz raee N ow h av e I k no wn .

th at the Lo rd is stro nger than all gods ; for by the v ery

thi ng by which the Miz raee wickedly wo ul d hav e
u ni sh ed I srael b y ( dro wni n th em in) the s ea u pon
p g ,

the m selv es cam e the p uni sh m ent in b eing p uni sh ed in ,

the sea A nd Jethro took b urnt offeri ngs and holy

.

sacrifi ces b efo re the Lo rd and Ah aron and all the el ders ,

of I srael cam e to eat b read wi th the father ia law of - -

Mosheh b efore the Lord ; and Mo sheh stoo d and m inis

tere d b efo re them .

A nd the day after the day of reconciliation Mo sheh

, ,

z
 x1 x .
] 0N E xonUs . 5 07

c ase ) as the Lord shall give th ee i nstruction thou wil t ,

b e able to continu e to h ear th e m and Ah aron al so an d

his so ns an d all the elders o f thi s peopl e will resort to
, ,

the plac e of j u dgm ent in pe ac e A n d Mosh eh h e ark e ne d .

to his fath e r in law an d did all that he had sai d

- -
, A nd .

M o sh eh sel e cte d able m en from all I srael and appointe d ,

them chie fs ove r the p eopl e rabbans of tho u s ands six , ,

hu ndre d ; rabbans of hu n dre ds six tho usand ; rabbans

.
,

o f fifti es twelv e tho usand,

an d rabbans of te ns s ix ,

m yriads A n d th ey j u dge d the p e ople at all ti m e s ; a

.

hard case th ey b rought to M os he h but e very li gh t

m atter th ey j u dge d it A n d M osh eh p arted from his
.

fath er in law and he went and hi m self m ade pro se ly te s

- -
, ,

of all the chil dren of his lan d .

XI X I n the thi rd m o nth o f the Exo dus of the s o ns

.

o f Israe l fro m the land o f Miz rai m o n th at da t h

y e , ,

first of the m o nth cam e they to the desert for th ey had

,

jo urney ed from Rephi di m and had co m e to the de se rt of ,

Sin ai ; and I srael encam p ed the re in the desert of o ne ,

h eart ni gh to the m ountain A nd Mo she h o n the

,
.

s e co nd da we nt u t the su m m it o f the m ou nt ; and

y p o

the Lord c alle d to him fro m the m o u nt sayi ng Thi s , ,

shalt tho u speak to the m en of the ho use of Jakob and ,

instruct the hou se of Israel [J E E US A L E M A n d . .

Mosh e h we nt u p to seek instru ction fro m b e fore the

Lord and the Wo rd of the Lord anticipated him fro m
the m ou ntai n sayi ng Thus sh alt tho u spe ak to the m e n
, ,

of the hou se of Jakob and teach the co n regatio n o f

g ,

the s ons of Israel ] .

Ye h ave seen wh at I did to the Miz raee and how I

bare you u pon the clou ds as u p on eagles wi ngs from ’

Pel usin to tak e you to the place of the sanctu ary the re
, ,

to solem niz e the Pascha and in the sam e ni gh t b rou gh t

o u b ack to Pelusin and fro m th en c e h ave b ro ught
y , y ou

n i gh to (receiv e) the doctri ne of My law

, A nd now .
,

2 2
5 08 G
T A R UM or PA L E S TIN E ( om .

if yo u will truly hearke n to My Word and k ee p My

co v en ant you sh all be m o re beloved b efo re M e th an all
,

the p e opl e s on the face of the earth A nd b e fore Me .

ou s h all b e c ro wne d ki ngs and s anc tifie d p ri ests and a

y , ,

holy p eople These are the words tho u s halt S peak to

.

the s on s of I srae l A nd Mosheh cam e that day and

.
,

call e d the e lde rs of the pe ople and se t i n order be fore ,

th e m all th ese wo rds which the L ord had c o m m anded .

A nd all the p e ople res po nde d toge ther an d sai d All , ,

that the L ord h ath spoken we will do .

A n d Mos h eh carri ed back the words of the people

b efo re the Lord A nd the Lord said to Mo she h Be hold
.
, ,

on the third day I will re v e al My se lf to th e e i n the de pth

o f the c lo u d of lo ry th at the pe opl e m a h e ar whi le I

g , y
s p e ak wi th th ee and m a b elie v e in th ee for e v er A nd
y , .

Mo sh eh delivere d the wo rds of the p eople befo re the L ord .

[J E R U S A L EM 4 Y .ou h av e seen wh at v e n e an ce I have

.
g
tak e n of the Miz raee an d ( how) I b are you u po n the
,

li gh t cl ou ds as u pon e agles wings and b ro u gh t you ’

,

ni gh to the doctrin e of My law A nd now if yo u will .

,

truly h e arke n to the v oice of My Wo rd an d wi ll k eep ,

My co venant you shall he u nto My Nam e a disti nct

,

e opl e and b e lo v ed as a p re cio u s tre as u re abo v e all

p ,

p eople ; for all the e arth is to the Nam e of the L ord

s .

A nd to My N am e sh all you be ki ngs and p rie sts and a

holy pe ople These are the wo rds thou sh al t s peak
. .

A nd Mo sh e h c am e and called the s ages of I srae l and ,

se t in o rde r b e fo re th em all th es e wo rds which the Word

of the Lo rd had co m m an de d him A n d all the p eople .

an s were d to geth e r in the ful ness of th ei r h eart an d said , ,

All th at the Wo rd of the Lo rd h ath spoken we wi ll do , .

A n d Mo she h re turned the wo rds of the people in p rayer

be fo re the Lord A nd the Word of the Lo rd sai d to
.

Mo sheh Beh ol d My Wo rd will be revealed to thee in the

, ,

thick ness of the clo ud that the p eople m ay h ear while ,

xrx .
] 0N E x onUS . 5 09

I S peak wi th th ee and m ay also b elieve for ever in the

,

w o rds of the proph e cy of thee My servant Mo sh e h A nd, .

M o sheh deli vered the words of the people in prayer

b efo re the Lord ] .

A nd the Lo rd sai d to Mosh e h on the fou rth day Go ,

u nto the p eopl e an d p re p are th e m to day an d to

,

m o rro w le t them wash their rai m e nt and he prep are d ,

o n the thi rd day ; for o n the thi rd day the Lo rd wi ll

rev eal Hi m se l f to the ey es o f all the pe ople u pon the ,

Mount of Sinai A nd thou shalt set lim its for the peo
.

le that th ey m ay s tand ro u nd abo u t the m ou ntai n and

p , ,

s h alt say B e ware th at you as ce nd n ot the m o u nt nor

, ,

co m e ne ar its confi nes ; whoev er co m eth ni gh the m ou nt

wil l be s urely pu t to de ath Tou ch it not with the .

hand ; for he wi ll be sto ne d with hailsto ne or be pi erced ,

wi th arro ws of fi re ; wh ether beas t or m an he will not ,

live . But wh en the voice of the tru m pet is h eard they ,

m ay go u p (fo rwards) to wards the m ou nt [J E RU S A .

L E M No m an sh all to u ch it wi th the h and ; fo r stone d

.

he will be stone d or fi ery arrows will flee agai nst him ;

,

whether b e as t or m an he will not li v e

, When the .

tru m pet sou n de th th ey m ay go u p to ward the m ou n

,

tai n ] . A nd Mo she h went do wn th at day to the pe ople ,

an d p re pare d the pe ople and th ey blanch e d their clo th es

, .

A nd he sai d to the p eopl e Be ready for the thi rd day ;

,

ab stai n fro m the m arri age be d [J E R USA L E M

- A n d h
. e .

s ai d to the p e ople Be ready for the thi rd day ; ab stain

,

fro m the m arri age be d ] -

A nd it was on the thi rd day on the sixth of the ,

m o nth i n the tim e of the m orni ng that o n the m ou n

, ,

tai n th ere were voices of thu nders and lightni ngs and , ,

m i ghty clou ds of s m oke and a voice of a tru m p et

,

ex c ee di ng lo u d an d all the p eople in the cam p

tre m ble d A nd Mo s heh b rou ght fo rth the peopl e fro m
.

the cam p to m eet the glorio u s Prese nce of the Lord ;

xx . ] O H E XO DUS . 5 11

[ JE RUS A L E M A nd . th e W o rd of the Lo rd S p ak e all

the exc ell ency of th ese words sayi ng

‘
,

The fi rst word as it cam e forth fro m the m o u th of

,

the H oly O ne who se Nam e be ble ssed was lik e s torm s

, , ,

and lightni ngs and flam e s of fi re wi th a hum in light

, g ,

on H is righ t h and and on H is left I t wi nged its way .

th rough the air o f the h e avens and was m ade m anifest ,

u nto the cam p of I srael an d returne d and was en rav en

, g ,

o n the table s of the coven ant th at were iv en by the

g
h and of M osh eh an d were tu rned in th em from side
,
7

to side and th en calle d H e and s ai d ,

Son s of Israel My p eople I am the Lo rd your God , ,

who b rou ght you ou t free fro m the land of Miz rai m ,

fro m the hou se of the bo ndage of slaves The seco nd .

wo rd which cam e forth from the m o uth of the Holy

O ne wh ose nam e be b lesse d was like sto rm s and ligh t
, , ,

nings an d flam es o f fire

,
A burning li ght was on H is
.

ri gh t hand and on H is l eft and was hom e thro ugh the air,

of the h eav e n s retu rn e d and was m ade m ani fest u nto the
, ,

c am p of Is rael ; it re turn e d and was e ngrav en on the ,

tables of the c ovenant and was turned in them fro m si de

,

to si de Then called He and said Hou se of Israel My

.
, , ,

people Tho u shalt have n o o th er God b esi de Me You

,
.

s h all not m ak e to yo urselv es i m age or fi gu re or any si m i ,

l itu de o f what is in the h eav e ns above or on the e arth ,

b eneath or in the waters u nder the earth You shall

,
.

n ot bo w down to th e m or wo rship b efo re th em ; for I

,

the Lord you r God am a j ealo u s God and an av enger ,

pu nishing with vengeance reco rding the guilt of wicke d ,

fath ers u p on re belliou s chil dre n u nto the thi rd and

u nto the fou rth generatio n of th e m who h ate Me bu t
k eeping m ercy an d goodness for thousands of genera
tio ns of the ri gh te o u s who love Me and who keep My ,

com m andm ents and My laws .

She baeh, p raise.

” 7
M thfiap lci}: behest .
 G
TAR UM or PA LE S TIN E [ O RA P
.

My people of the house of Israel L et n o on e of you ,

swe ar by the n am e of the Wo rd o f the Lord yo ur God

in v ai n ; for in the day of the great j u dgm e nt the Lord

will n ot hol d guiltles s any one who swe areth by His
nam e in vai n .

My pe ople of the house of Israel Rem em b e r the day ,

of Shabb ath s to sanctify it

,
S ix day s you s h all labour
.
,

and do all you r service : but the s e ve nth day is ( for)

re st and qu i etu de b efo re the Lo rd yo ur God : yo u shall

n ot pe rform any wo rk you and y our s o ns

, , an d y our ,

dau ghte rs and your serv ants and yo ur h andm ai ds and

, , ,

your sojourners who are in your cities For in six days .

the Lord c re ate d the h eav ens an d the e arth and the
, ,

s ea and wh ate v er is th e re i n and re s te d on the se v enth

, ,

day : therefore the Lord hath ble sse d the day of Shah
batha and sanctified it
, .

My p eople the hou se of Israel L et e very m an be

, ,

ins tru cted in the ho nou r of his father and in the ho nour
o f his m oth e r : that you r day s m ay be m ultipli e d u pon

the l and wh ich the Lo rd yo u r God gi v eth you .

My p eople the sons of Israel You shall not be m ur

, ,

de rers ; you sh al l not be co m p anions of or p artakers

with m u rde rers : in the co ngregati ons of Is rae l th e re
s h all n ot b e se en a m u rde ro u s pe opl e ; ne i th er sh al l

y ou r sons ri se u p after you and teach one anoth er to

tak e p art wi th m u rdere rs : for on accou nt of the guilt
of m u rder the s wo rd co m eth forth u pon the wo rl d .

My peopl e of the ho use of I srael Be ye n ot adul ,

te re rs nor c om p anions nor p artak ers with adul te rers

,

n o r i n the con gre gati ons of Israel s h al l th ere be s ee n an

adu l te rous p e opl e th at your s ons m ay not arise after

,

o u to te ach on e ano th er to h av e p art wi th ad ul te rers

y
for th ro u gh the gui lt o f adulte ry death co m e th forth
u p o n the worl d .

So ns of Israel My p eople Ye sh all not be thie ves

, ,
xx .
] 0N E XO DUS . 5 13

nor co m panions n or
p artake rs wi th thie ves h all
: th ere s

not be seen in the co n regatio ns of I s rael a thi e v i s h

g
p eople ; that your sons m ay not arise afte r you to teach
one ano th er to h av e p art with thi eves : for on acco u nt

of the ilt f th e ft fam ine co m th fo rth u po n the

g u o e

wo rl d .

Sons o f Israel My people Ye sh all not te stify against

,

your neighbo urs a te stim o ny of falsehoo d n or be com ,

p anions or partakers with thos e who hear fal se witne ss

n or sh all th e re be s ee n in the co ngregatio ns of I srael a

e opl e who te sti fy a te stim o ny of false hoo d ; n e i th er

p
s h al l yo ur so ns ari s e after ou to te ac h one an oth er to
y
h av e part with those who te stify falseho od : for b ec au se
o f the g uilt of fal se te stim o ny the clou ds o u p and the
g
rai n co m e th not do wn a nd dry ne ss co m eth u p on the
,

wo rl d .

Sons of Israel My people Ye shall not be coveto u s

, ,

n or co m p anions or partakers with the co v e tou s n or s h all

th e re be seen in the congre gatio ns of I srael a co v eto u s

p e ople th at you r sons m ay not arise after you to teach
o ne ano th er to h av e art wi th the co v e to u s : n either
p
s h all an a m o ng c v t th w i fe of his n e i ghbo ur
y y o u o e e ,

n or his serv an t no r his h an dm ai d n or his ox n or his

, , ,

ass nor any thi n

, g th at b e lo n ge th t o his n eighbour

b e cause thro ugh the guilt of co v etou sness the gov em

m ent b reak eth in u po n the po ssessi ons of m e n to tak e
th em and the we al thy are m ade poo r an d slav e ry
, ,

co m eth u po n the wo rl d .

A nd all the p eopl e saw the th u nders and we re turned ,

b ack every one as he h eard them com i ng forth from the

,

m i dst of the li gh ts an d the voic e of the tru m p et as it

,

will raise the dead and the m o u ntain sm oki ng ; and al l

,
'

the people s aw an d drew h ack an d stoo d twelv e m iles

,

off . A nd th ey sai d to Mosh eh Spe ak thou wi th u s , ,

and we can h ear ; bu t let it not be S poken wi th us an

y
2 5
XXL ] 0N E xonns . 5 15

thou workest wi th iron

pon it thou wilt pro fane it
u , .

You also the p riests the sons of Ah aro n who stand

, , ,

and m i ni s te r b e si de Mi ne al tar sh all not asc end by step s

,

u nto Mine altar lest your S h am e b e di sclo se d u po n it

, ] .

SECTION XVIII .

XXI A N D these are the o rders of j udgm ents which

.

thou sh al t o rder b efore th e m I f thou shalt h av e

.

bought a son of I srael on account of his theft six

, ,

years he shall serve and at the incom ing of the seventh

,

he shall go ou t free wi thout price I f he cam e in alone .

,

he sh all go ou t alone : bu t if ( he be ) the h u sb and of a

wife a dau ghter of I srael his wife sh all go out wi th
, ,

him . I f his m aster give him a wife an handm ai d and , ,

S he hear hi m s ons or dau ghters the wife and her ,

c hil dre n S hall b elong to his m as ter and he m ay go ou t ,

alo ne . But if the servant shall afll rm and say I love ,

m y m aste r m y wife and m y children (and) I will not

, , ,

t f th n his m aster shall brin him b fo th

g o o u ree e , g e re e

j u dges and shall receive from them the power and

, ,

b ring him to the door that hath posts ; and his

m aster shall pierce his right ear with an awl ; and he
s h all be a s ervant to s erve him u ntil the u bela
j A n d .

if a m an of I srael sell his daughter a littl e h andm ai d , ,

s he shall not f o rth acco rdin to th oi fo t h f

g o g e g n
g r o

the s ervants of the K enaanae e who are set at lib erty ,

on account of the tooth or the eye bu t in the y ears of

re m i ssion and wi th tok en s and at the b ela and on
, j,u ,

the death of her m aster and by redem ption with m oney

, .
5 16 G
TA R UM or PA L E ST IN E [
on e

If she h ath no t fou nd fa vour before her m as ter who

b ou ght her then
,
de em he r ; b
her fath e r m ay
u t to a re

forei gner he sh all not hav e p ower to se ll her ; for as a

v ess e l of he r L ord he h ath po wer over her A nd if he .

had i nten de d her for the s i de of his son, he sh al l do by

he r afte r the m anner of the daughters of I srae l If he .

tak e anoth e r dau gh ter of Israel to him b esi de her, her

foo d, her adorni ng, and hall not
her co nj u gal ri ghts , he s

wi thhol d from her J A nd if he take

[ E E US A L E M . .

an other wife b esi de her of he r foo d he r adorn i ng and , , ,

he r going in and co m i ng ou t wi th him he s h all not ,

de p riv e he r ] A n d if the se three thi ngs he do th not

.

for her to covenant her to hi m sel f or to his s o n or to

, , ,

re l e ase her i nto the h and o f her father she s h al l go free ,

witho u t p ay m ent and a wri ti ng of releas e he shall give

,

her .

Whosoev er s m iteth a s on or a dau ghter of I srael so ,

as to c ause de ath shall be pu t to de ath wi th the s word

, .

Bu t he who did not attack him but m i schan ce fro m ,

b e fore the Lo rd b efell him at his h and I will appoint ,

th e e a pl ace wh ere he m ay flee Bu t if a m an com e .

m alicio usly u po n his nei gh bo u r to kill him with craft

—though the priests are m inistering at My altar thence
,

thou sh alt tak e him and slay him with the s word , .

J E LL But if a m an de v ise th a ai nst his n ei h

[ E R U S A L g g
—
bou r to kill him by guile thou gh the high p rie st were ,

s tandi ng to m i ni ster b e fore Me from th e nce th ou sh al t ,

b ring him and pu t him to death ] A nd he who

,
.

wou n deth his father or his m other sh all die by

stran gli ng
8
A nd he who ste aleth a soul of the chil dre n
.

of I srae l an d s elleth him , or if he he fou n d in his ,

p os ses sion sh all die by strangling A nd he who

, .

c u rseth his father or his m othe r by the Great Nam e ,

’

9 “
by su ffocation with the towel
”
L it .
, .

O r, by the N am e of Manifestation ; the Sirens H am ep boraeh .

xxr .
] 0N E xonns . 5 17

dying he l die by b eing stoned wi th stones A nd

shal .

wh en m en strive togethe r and one sm ite his n ei ghbo u r

,

with a stone or with his fist so th at he die not but

, , ,

fall ill if he ri se agai n fro m his ill ness and walk in the
, ,

stre et u pon his staff he who s m ote him sh all be acqu i tte d
,

fro m the pe nalty of de ath ; only for his cessatio n fro m

labo u r his afflictio n his i nj ury his di sgrace and the
, , , ,

hi re of the physici an he shall m ake good u ntil he be

,

cu re d A nd when a m an h ath s m itten his K enaanite

.

m an servant or m ai d serv ant wi th a staff and he die the

- -
,

s am e da u nde r his hand he sh all be j u dged with the

y ,

j u dgm ent o f death by the s word But if the wo unded .

p erso n continue one or two day s from tim e to ti m e he ,

s hall not be ( so ) j u d e d ; be cau se wi th m o ney he had

g
bo u ght him I f m en when striving strike a wom an
.

wi th child and c au se her to m i scarry bu t not to los e

, ,

her life the fine on acco u nt of the i nfant which the

,

hu s b and of the wo m an s hall lay u po n him he sh all pay ,

according to the s enten ce of the j u dges But if de ath .

b efall he r then thou shalt j u dge the life of the killer

,

for the life of the wo m an The v alu e of an eye for an

.

e ye the valu e of a tooth for a tooth the val ue o f a h and

, ,

for a h and the valu e of a foot for a foo t an e qui v alent

, ,

o f the p ai n of b u rni ng for b u rni ng an d of wo un ding ,

for woun ding and of blo w for blo w

, A nd when a m an .

strik es the eye o f his K e naanite s e rvan t or h an dm ai d ,

and cau s e th bli ndne s s he shall let him go free

,
on ,

accou nt of the eye A n d if he strik e ou t the too th of

.

his K enaanite m an or m ai d servant he S h all m ak e the-

,

se rvan t free on acco u nt of the too th .

A nd if an ox goreth a m an or wom an to cau se death ,

the ox m u st be s to ne d bu t sh al l not be kille d th at his

,

fl es h m ay be e ate n ; an d the owner of the ox shall be

e xe m p t fro m the co nde m natio n of death an d al s o fro m ,

the price of the servant or handm aid Bu t if the ox .

xx u .
] 0N E XO DUS . 5 19

fro m his hand restoring he sh all restore If he h av e

,
.

not wh ere with to re sto re the b eth din sh all s e ll him for
,

his the ft u ntil the year of releas e I f b efore witnesses .

the thi ng stol en was fo u nd in his po sses si o n fro m an ,

ox or an ass u nto a sh e e aliv e he sh all res tore two for

, p ,

one . I f a m an break in u pon a fi el d or a v ineyard an d ,

sen d in his b east to fe e d in anoth er m an s fi el d the

’
,

be st of his fi el d and the b est of his vi ney ard he S h all

res to re I f fi re b reak out and catch thorns and con
.
, ,

su m e the sh eave s or wh ate v er is standi ng or the field

, , ,

whoe v er kindl e d the fi re s hall s u rely resto re .

When a m an confideth to his neighb our silver or ,

vesse ls to keep wi tho ut recom pense for the care and

, ,

th ey be stol en fro m the m an s ho u se if the thi ef be

’
,

fou nd he sh all re tore two for one

,
I f the thi ef be not
s .

fou n d the m aste r of the ho u se shall be b ro u gh t b efo re

,

the j udge s and sh all s we ar that he h ath not pu t forth

,

his own h and u p o n the p rop e rty of his n ei ghbo u r .

A n d ab out whate v er is i nj u re d cove rtly wheth er ox or , ,

as s or sh ee p or raim ent of wh ate v er is ( s o) lo s t he

, , , ,

S h all m ak e o ath wh en he s ai th th at so it is ; an d when

the thi ng s tol en sh all be afterward fou nd in the h and of

the thi ef the cau s e of bo th sh all be b rou gh t b efore the
,

j u dges the cau se of the h ou s eholder and the cau se of

,

the thi ef ; and who m the j u dge s shall co nde m n the ,

thi e f s h all re sto re twofol d to his n eighbo u r If a m an .

deliver to his ne ighb our an ox or a sheep or any , ,

ani m al to k e e p ( if) he is to k ee p it wi tho u t re com pe nse

, ,

an d it die or be torn by wil d b eas t or be c arrie d off

, , ,

an d n o wi tne s s se ei n g who can tes ti fy it ; an o ath of

the Lord s hall be b etwe e n th em both th at he h ath not ,

u t fo rth his h an d u po n the p rop erty of his n ei ghbo u r ;

p
an d the o wn er o f the thi ng sh all accep t hi s o ath an d he ,

s hall not ( he re qui re d to) m ake it good But if it be .

s tolen fro m him who was to receiv e reco m p ense for the
5 20 TA R G UM or PA L E STIN E [
cum

care, he h all
s m ak e owner If it hath
it good to its .

b een torn by
a wild b east, let him
bring witnesses or ,

bring him to the carcase be cau se for th at w hich is (so)

to rn he sh all not m ak e resti tuti on [J E E U S A L E II 1 2 . . .

I f it hath b een really kille d he shall b ring of its ,

m em b ers as a te sti m o ny and for th at whic h is killed

, ,

he s hall n ot m ak e res titu tion ] A nd if a m an borrow .

any thi ng of his nei ghbou r an d the v essel b e b rok en or

, ,

the ani m al die and the o wner b e n ot with it he shall

, ,

certainly m ak e it good If the o wner be with it he

.
,

shall not m ak e it goo d : if it had b een le nt fo r p rofit ,

its lo ss cam e on accou nt of its hi re .

If a m an se du ce a vi rgin u nb etro th ed an d h av e cri ,

m inal co ndu ct wi th he r endo wing he sh all e ndo w her

, ,

to b e hi s wife [JE E U
. S A LE M 1 5 I f a m a n s e d.u ce a .

virgin u nb etro thed an d have cri m inal con du ct with

, ,

her endo wing he sh all endow her to be a wi fe ] If

, , .

thi s doth n ot app e ar to him (to be desi rab le ) or if her ,

fathe r he n ot willing to gi v e her to him fifty s ile en of ,

s il v er shall be lai d u p on him acc ordi ng to the e n dow ,

m e nt o f a vi rgin Sons of My peopl e Israel whoso

.
,

e ve r p ractiseth witchc raft you s h all n ot su ffer to live .

Whosoev er lieth with a b east sh all be sto ne d to death .

Whosoev er sacrificeth to the i dols of the G e ntil e s shall

be sl ain wi th the swo rd and his goo ds be destroye d ;
,

for ye S hal l worship o nly the Nam e of the L ord A nd .

the s tranger you sh all not vex with wo rds nor ,

distress him by taki ng his go ods : Re m e m b er s ons ,

of Israel My people that you were strange rs in

, ,

the l and of Miz raim You shall not i m poverish

.

the wi dow or the o rphan If tho u i m po v eris h her

.
,

b e ware ; for if they rise u p and cry against you in

p ray er b efore Me I will he ar the voice of th eir
,

p ra y e r a
,
n d w ill a v e n g e th e m an d My a n g e r w i ll
,

be ki ndle d and I will slay you wi th the s word and

, ,
 0N E XO DUS . 5 21

you r wive s sh all be wi do ws and yo ur children be ,

o rp h ans .

I f tho u len d m o ney to (one of) My p eople to ( one ,

of) the h u m b le of My p eopl e tho u sh alt n ot be to him ,

as an u s ure r n eith er lay it u p on him th at th ere shall be

,

witnes ses agai nst him or that he giv e ple dge s or

, ,

e q uiv al ent s
or u su r
, y [J E E US A.L E M 2 4 If tho u le nd . .

mo ney to My people to the poor of yo u r pe ople you

, ,

s h all n ot be to him an oppre s s iv e credi to r or la u pon

y ,

him e ith er eq ui v alents or u su ry ] I f thou tak e ( at all) .

for a ple dge the garm ent of thy nei ghbour tho u sh alt ,

re sto re it to him b e fo re su n set ; for it m ay be his taleth

which alo ne cov ere th him ; (or) it is his o nly garm e nt

i n which he re sts whi ch falle th u pon his ski n and if
,

tho u tak e the coverlet o f the b ed whereon he li es and ,

he b e h eard b efore Me I will h earken to his p rayer ;

,

for I am E loah the M e rci fu l .

So ns of Israel My peopl e ye shall not re vil e your ,

j u dges nor cu rse the rabban s who are appoi nte d rulers
,

am ong thy p e ople The fi rsts of thy fru its an d the

.
,

fi rsts of thy wine press tho u shalt not del ay to bri ng

-
,

u p in th eir ti m e to the pl ac e o f My h ab itati on The .

fi rstlings of thy m ales tho u shalt separate b efore Me .

So sh alt thou do with the firstlings of thy oxen and

sh eep ; sev e n day s it sh all be s u ckle d by its m o th er ,

and on the e i gh th day thou s h al t se parate it b e fo re Me .

A nd holy m e n tasti ng u nco nse crate d things i nn oce ntly

, ,

s h all you be b efo re Me ; b ut fl esh to rn by wil d b e asts

aliv e you m ay n ot eat bu t throw it to the dog as his

,

p ortio n .

XXIII Sons of Israel My p eopl e take n ot u p lying

.
,

wo rds fro m a m an who acc use th his n e ighbo ur b efore

th ee nor put thi ne h an d wi th the wick ed to b ec o m e a
,

false witn ess Sons of Israel My people you sh all not

.
,

9
Bekurey .
x x1 n .
] 0N E XO DUS . 5 23

Tho u s halt not op press the stranger ; for ye k no w the

si gh of a strange r s so ul ; b e c au se ye were sojo urners
’

in the land of Miz rai m .

S ix y e ars tho u sh alt sow thy land and gather the ,

ro du ce ; b ut the sev e nth y e ar thou shalt e xe m pt it

p
fro m l abo u r and gi ve up the fru it of it to be e aten by
,

the po or of My people ; and wh at th ey leaVe s hall be

e ate n by the b e asts of the fi el d A nd in li ke m anne r .

sh al t tho u do wi th thy vi ne and ol iv e gro unds Six .

day s do thy work and on the seve nth day rep ose that
, ,

thy ox and thy ass m ay rest and th at the u ncirc u m ci sed,

son of th h andm ai d and the s tran er m a re s t A d

y g , y n , .

of all the p re ce pts th at I h av e spok e n to you be care ,

ful ; an d the nam e s of the i dols of the G e ntiles re m em ber

n ot n or le t th e m b e h eard u po n yo ur lip s
, .

Three tim es in the y ear thou shal t keep fe stival

b efore Me The feast of u nleav ene d cakes tho u shalt
.

k eep Seven day s tho u art to e at u nl e av ened bread as

.
,

I have instructed thee in the tim e of the m onth of ,

A biba b e caus e in it thou c am est forth fro m Miz rai m ;

,

and you s hall n ot appear b e fore Me e m p ty An d the .

feast of the h arv est fi rst fruits of the wo rk tho u di dst

-

sow in the fiel d ; and the feast of gathe ring at the ,

e nd o f the y ear wh e n th ou h ast gath e re d in thy work

,

from the fie ld Th ree ti m es in the y ear shall all thy

.

m ale s appe ar b e fo re the Lo rd the Rul e r o f the wo rl d .

Sons of Israel My p eople while there is leave n in ,

yo ur hou se s you m ay not i m m olate the blo ody sacri fice

o f My Pas ch a nor sh all the fat of the s ac rifice o f My

Pasch a rem ain without the altar u ntil m orning nor of ,

the fle sh th at you e at in the e v e ning The fi rs t of the .

choice fruits of thy gro und tho u sh alt b ring to the

sanctu ary of the L ord thy God My p eople of the .

ho u se of I srael you are not p erm i tte d to dre ss or to

,

eat of fles h and m ilk m i ngl e d to gether lest I be greatly , .

5 24 G
TA R UM or PA L E sTrNE [
a r
.

di splease d ; and
I p repare you the wh eat and the straw

together for your food .

Behold , I will send an keep A ngel b efore thee, to

thee in the way and to b ri ng th ee in to the place of
,

My habitation which I have prepared Be circu m spect .

b efore Him and ob ey H is word and be not rebellious

, ,

agai ns t His words ; for H e will not fo rgi v e yo u r sins ,

b ecaus e His word is in My Nam e For if thou wilt .

indee d hearken to H is word and do all that I s peak by ,

Him I will be the ene m y of thy e ne m y and wi ll trouble

, ,

th e m who trou ble thee For My Angel shall go b efore

.

th e e and b ri ng thee to the A m oraee and Phe riz aee

, , ,

and K enaanaee H ivaee and Jebusaee ; an d I will de stroy

, ,

th e m Thou s halt not worship their i dol s n or serve

.
,

th e m nor do after th eir evil works ; bu t thou shalt

'

u tterly de m oli sh the ho use of th e ir wo rship an d b reak ,

the statues o f their im ages A nd you shall do s ervice .

b efore the Lord y our God and H e will bl e ss the pro ,

vi sion of thy food and thy dri nk s and re m ov e the bi tter ,

la ue fro m am on g th e e No n e sh al l be abo rti v e or

p g .

b arren in thy l and ; the nu m ber of the day s of thy life

I wil l fulfil fro m day to day My terror will I send .

b efore the e and will perturb all the peopl es to whom

,

tho u co m est th at thou m ay est wage b attl e agai ns t th e m ;

,

and I will m ak e all thy en em i e s turn b ack befo re th ee .

A n d I will se nd the ho rnet b efore thee to driv e out the

H ivae e and K e naanae e an d H itaee fro m b e fo re th ee
, , , .

I will not expel them b efore thee in one year l est the land ,

b e co m e a wil derness and the b e asts of the fi eld m u l tiply

,

u po n th ee wh e n th ey co m e to eat th ei r carc as s e s and

, ,

i nj ure the e By li ttle and little I will driv e th e m o ut

.

b efore th ee u nti l tho u art i ncre ased and i nhe rit the
, ,

l and A nd I will set thy bou ndary fro m the s ea of

.

S u ph to the s ea of the Philistaee and from the des e rt

, ,

u nto the Phe rat ; for I will deliver i n to yo ur h an d all

xx1 v ]
. 0N E xonu s . 5 25

the i nh abitants of the land and tho u shalt drive the m ,

o u t fro m b efore th ee Thou sh alt m ake no cov enant

.

wi th th em nor with th e ir i dol s

, Thou shalt not let .

them dwell in thy l and lest th ey cau se th ee to err and , ,

to sin b e fore Me wh en tho u dost worship their i dols ;

,

for th ey will b e a stum bl ing block to the e - .

XXIV A nd Michael the Pri nce of Wisdom said

.
, ,

to Mos h e h on the se v e nth day of the m onth Co m e u p ,

b efore the Lord tho u and Aharon Nadab and Abih u

, , ,

and s ev enty of the el ders of I s rael an d wo rship at a ,

dis tance A nd Mo she h alone sh all app ro ach b efore the

.

Lord ; but they shall not draw nigh nor m ay the ,

people com e u p with him .

A nd Mo she h cam e and S et b efore the p eopl e all the

w ords of the L ord and all the j udgm e nts ,
A nd all the .

e opl e ans we re d with one voice an d sai d All th at the

p , ,

Lord hath spok en we will do A nd Mo sheh wrote the .

wo rds of the Lo rd and aro se in the m orning and ,

b u il de d an altar at the l ower p art of the m ou ntai n ;

an d twelv e pill ars for the twelve trib e s of I srae l A nd .

he sent the fi rs tborn of the sons of I rael s — for u ntil ,

that hou r had the firstborn had the ( ofli ce of pe rform

ing) wo rship the tab e rnacle of ordi nance not (as ye t)
,

b ei ng m ade nor the p riesthoo d giv en u nto A haron ;

,

an d they oflere d b u rn t offeri ngs and conse c rate d obla

'

tions of oxe n b efore the Lord A nd Mo she h took h alf .

of the b loo d of the offeri ng and

p u t it i n basi ns a nd , ,

half of the b loo d of the offeri ng he s prinkle d u pon the

altar . A nd he took the Book of the Cov enant of the
L aw an d read be fore the people ; an d th ey sai d All the
, ,

words which the Lord hath s pok en we will perform and

ob ey . A n d Mosheh took half of the bloo d whic h was in
the b asi ns and spri nkled u po n the altar to expi ate the
, ,

people and sai d Behol d this is the blood of the Covenant

, , ,

which the Lord hath m ade with you up on all these words .
x xv .
] ON E XO DU S . 5 27

th ere be j u dgm e nt b ri ng it to th e m
any m atter of , .

A n d Mo she h we nt u p i nto the m ou nt and the Cl ou d of ,

Glory co v ere d the m o u nt A nd the gl ory of the Lord s

.
’

Sh eki nah abode u p on the m ou ntain of Sin ai and the ,

Clou d of Glo ry co v e re d it six day s A nd on the .

s e venth day H e call e d to Mo sh e h from the m i ds t of the

Clo u d A n d the appearance of the spl e ndo ur of the

.

lo ry of the L o rd was as b urni ng fi re wi th fl ash e s o f

g
de v o u ri ng fi re ; and the so ns of Is rael b e h el d and were
awe stru ck
- A n d M osh eh e nte re d i nto the m i dst of the
.

Clou d and as ce nde d the m ou ntai n ; and Mo sheh was

,

u po n the m o u ntai n forty day s an d fo rty ni hts l e arni n

g g ,

the words of the L aw fro m the m o uth o f the Holy O ne ,

who se Nam e be p raised .

S E CTI O N XI X
‘
.

TE RUM A H .

XXV AN D the Lord spak e with Mosheh saying

.
, ,

Sp eak u nto the children of I srael th at th ey S hall set ,

ap art ( tak e ) b e fore m e 3 S e p aratio n of ev e ry o ne who se

heart is willi ng but n ot by constrai nt ye shall take m y

, ,

s ep aratio n A nd thi s is the se p aratio n which you sh all

.

tak e of them : gold an d sil v e r and b rass ,

and ,

hyacinth and pu rpl e and cri m son and fine linen and
, , ,

o ki ki dy e d re d nd p urpl e d
’
g ats s ns a n d s n s of
,
ram s a ,

s kins and woods of sittin and oli ve oil for the li gh t

, , ,

an d arom atic s for the co nfe c tio n of the p ure anoi nti ng

oil and of the fra rant inc e ns e ; ge m s o f b eryl th at are

, g
m s of p erfe cti on f en grav ing an d i nsertion in the
g e o r ,

e
phoda and in the breastplate .
5 28 TA R GUM or P A L E S TIN E [
O RAP.

A nd they h all
s k
S anctuary to My Nam e that
ma e a ,

My Shekinah m ay dwell am ong th em According to .

all th at I s h ow the e the likenes s of the tab ernacl e and

,

the lik e ne ss o f all its v es s el s s o sh al t tho u m ak e

, And .

th ey sh all m ak e an ark of si tta woo d ; two c u bits and

a h al f its len gth a c u bi t and a half its b re adth and a
, ,

c ubit and a h alf its h eight And thou s halt cover it

.

wi th p ure gold within and wi tho u t and s h alt make ,

u po n it a c ro wn of g ol d rou n d abo ut [JE R US A L E IL .

A c oro nal of gol d shall su rrou n d it ] A n d thou shalt .

cast for it fou r ri ngs of gol d and s et th e m u po n its four

,

corners ; two rings for one si de and two ri ngs for the ,

s eco nd si de .A nd thou sh al t m ak e s tave s of sitta

woo d and c ov e r th e m wi th gol d ; and thou s h al t intro
,

du ce the stav es i nto the ri ngs on the si de s o f the ark ,

th at the ark m ay be c arried u p on th em T he stavss .

S h all be i nl ai d i n the ri ngs of the ark an d n ot be ,

re m ov e d from it A nd th ou s hal t pu t withi n the ark

.

the Te stam e nt that I will gi v e th ee .

A nd th ou shal t m ak e a (lcap fiortfia) m ercy seat of -

p u re gol d ; two cu bits an d a hal f the l ength and a ,

cubit and a h alf the b readth and its depth s h all be a ,

h andbreadth (p usfieka) A nd thou shalt m ake two

.

k erub in of p ure b e ate n gol d sh al t thou m ak e the m on

,

the two si de s of the m ercy seat Thou shalt m ak e one

-
.

k eru ba on thi s si de and one k e ruba on th at s i de o f the

,

m e rcy se at ou sh all m ak e the k e ru baia o n its two

y
-

si de s
. A n d the k erubaia sh al l stretch fo rth th e ir wings
abo v e th ei r h eads o v er agai n s t e ach o th er th e i r wi ngs
, ,

overshado wi ng the m e rcy seat and th eir faces o v er-

,

agai nst e ach o th er ; to wards the m e rcy seat s h all b e the -

face s of the k eru baia A n d thou shal t put the m e rcy

.

s eat abo v e u p on the ark an d withi n the ark tho u sh alt

,

lay the Tabl e s of the Te stam e nt that I will giv e thee .

A nd I will appoint My Wo rd wi th thee there and will ,

x xv .
] 0N E XO DUS . 5 29

s p e ak with th ee fro m ab ove the m ercy seat b etween the -

,

two k eru baia that are o v e r the ark of the te stam ent con ,

cerning all that I m ay c om m and thee for the sons of Israe l .

A n d tho u sh alt m ak e a TA BL E of si tta woo d ; two

c ubits its l ength an d a c ubit its b re adth and a cu bit
, ,

an d a h alf its h ei gh t A n d th ou sh al t ov e rl ay it wi th
.

p u re gol d and m ak e for it a rim of gol d rou n d ab ou t

, .

A nd tho u s h al t m ak e to it a b order a han db readth ,

hi gh ro u nd ab ou t an d m ak e a golde n wre ath for its

,

b o rder rou nd abo u t [ J E E US A L E M

. A b o rde r o f a s
’
p an .

s u rro u ndin d h ou s h al t m ak e for it fo u r o

g] A n t g ld e n

ri ngs ,and se t the ri ngs in its fo u r co rn ers which

are at its fo u r feet Ov er against the b order s hall the

.

rings be for the pl ac e o f the s tav es to c arry the tabl e

, , .

A nd tho u sh alt m ak e its dish e s an d its spoo ns its ,

tank ards and its m e asu re s wh ich are fo r the s erv ic e of

,

lib ation ; of pu re gold sh al t tho u m ak e the m A nd .

u p on the tabl e th o u s h al t set in o rder the i n te ri or b re ad

b efo re Me c onti n u ally .

A n d tho u sh al t m ak e a CA N DE L A BRU M ; of pure b e aten

g ol d s h al t tho u m ak e the c an de l ab ru m ; its b as e an d

shaft its cu ps and appl e s an d lilies sh all be of the

, ,

s am e . S ix b ranche s s h all s p re ad out fro m its si des ;

th ree b ranch es o f the c an de l ab ru m from one si de and ,

thre e b ranch e s o f the c andel ab ru m on the se co nd si de .

Th ree calyxes adorne d wi th th eir figu rations on one

branch with apple and lily an d th ree c aly xes ado rned
,

wi th thei r fi gu ratio ns o n the oth e r b ranch wi th apple ,

and lily s o for the s ix b ranch e s that s p re ad ou t fro m

the c an de l ab ru m A n d u p on the c andel ab ru m th e re

.

sh all be fo u r c alyxe s ado rne d wi th th e i r fi gu ration s ,

th e i r appl es and lili e s A n d the re sh all be an app le

.

u nder two b ranc hes of it an d an app le u nder two

,

b ranches of it and an appl e u nder two b ranches of it

, ,

for the six b ranches which extend from the cande

A A
xxvr .
] 0N E XO DUS . 5 31

Mi sh na ; an d s al t
h i h curtai n over the front
fold the s xt

o f the tab ernacl eA nd thou sh alt m ake fi fty loop s u pon

.

the e dge of one c urtai n at the si de of the pl ac e of

cou pli ng ; and fi fty lo o p s in the e dge of the seco nd

curtai n at the pl a ce of cou pli ng A nd thou shal t m ak e .

tach es of b rass fi fty and pu t the tach es into the loops

, , ,

and co njoi n the tabernacl e that it m ay be o ne , .

A n d the su rplu s which rem ain eth o f the cu rtai ns of

the Tab ernacl e the h alf cu rtai n which rem ai neth tho u
, ,

s h alt s p re ad over the b inder p art of the Tab ernacle .

J nd the su rpl u s ] A nd the cu bit h e re

[ E RUS A L E IL A
an d the c u bi t th ere of that which re m ai ne th in the
,

curtai ns of the tabe rnacle shall hang over the si des of ,

the tabe rnacl e h ere and there to co v er it A nd tho u ,

.

s h al t m ake a cove ring for the tab ern acl e of ram s

’
s ki ns

dyed re d and a co v e ri ng of pu rple s ki ns abo v e

, A nd .

thou s h alt m ak e the bo ards of the tab ern acle of si tti n

woo ds ; th ey sh all stand u p afte r the m anner of th eir ,

plantation [JE E US A L E M Slab s ] Ten cu bi ts the le ngth

. .

of the bo ard and a c u bi t and a h al f the b readth of one

,

board Two tenons to one b oard each in its si de

.
,

ans we ring to the other : so sh alt tho u do for all the

b oards of the tab ernacle A nd thou shalt m ake the .

boards of the tab ernacle twenty b oards towards the wind

,

on the s o u th si de A nd tho u sh alt m ake forty b ases of

.

silv er [J E E US A L E IL B ases of silver] b ene ath the twenty

b oards ; two b as es b eneath one board with its two

te nons an d two b as es u nde r the o the r bo ard with its
,

two teno ns A nd for the s e con d si de of the tabe rnacle

.

to wards the no rth wi nd twenty bo ards and th eir fo rty ,

b ases of silver ; two bases u nder one and two b ases ,

u n der the o th e r bo ard A nd for the si de of the tab ernacle

.

wes tward tho u s halt m ak e six b oards A nd two boards .

s h alt th ou m ake at the co rners of the tab ernacle at the i r

ends . A nd they sh all be co njoine d b eneath and in one ,

2 A 2
5 32 T A RG UM or P A L E S T I N E ( can .

m anner sh all be co njoined at th e ir h e ads wi th one ring; so ,

shall it be wi th th e m bo th ; for the two c orn e rs sh a ll they

be . A nd the re sh all be ei ght bo ards an d th e ir silver
bases ; si xte en b ases two b ases un der o ne b oard and two ,

b ases u n de r another b oard A nd thou sh al t m ak e bars

'

of s i ttin woo ds fi ve for the bo ards of one s i de of the

,

tab ernacl e an d fi ve b ars for the b oards o f the s econd

,

si de of the tab ernacl e an d fi ve b ars for the si de of the

,

tab ernacl e at th e ir extre m ity towards the west [ J E B! ! .

S A L E M A nd fi ve b ars for the bo ards o f the s i de of the

.

tab ernacle stre tching to the west ] A n d the m i ddle bar

in the m idst of the boards p assi ng fro m e n d to end
sh all b e fro m the tre e whic h Ab rah am plan te d in Bears

of S h e b a : for whe n I srael had cro sse d the s e a the ,

angel s cu t do wn the tre e an d cas t it i nto the s e a and it ,

floate d on the face of the waters An d an angel pro

.

cl aim ed and sai d This is the tree which Abraham planted

, ,

i n Be ara of She b a and pray e d th e re i n the nam e o f the

,

Word of the Lord A nd the s on s of Israel sh all take

.

an d m ak e there o f the m i ddl e bar s e v e nty c u bi ts in ,

le ngth and wi th it shall wondro us thi ngs be do ne : for

,

wh e n they hav e reare d u p the tab ernacl e it S hall go ,

ro u nd it lik e a s erp e nt am o n th e b oards o f the taber

g
n ae le an d wh e n th ey take it do wn it sh all b e co me ,

s trai ght as a ro d A n d the b oards th ou sh al t o v e rlay

.

with gold an d m ake of gol d the ir rings for the pl ace of

,

the b ars and sh al t o v e rl ay the b ars with gol d

, A nd .

tho u sh al t re ar the tab e rnacl e acc ordi ng to the m an ner

s ho we d the e in the m ou ntai n .

A n d tho u s halt m ak e a VE I L of hy aci nth and p u rple , ,

and c ri m s on an d fi ne li ne n e ntwi n e d
, the wo rk of the
artifice r sh al t th ou m ak e it with fi u re s of k eru bin
g , .

A n d tho u shalt range it u po n four pill ars of si tta co v e red ,

wi th gol d the ir books of gol d u p on fo u r bas es o f s il v er

, , .

[ J E RU S A L E M A n
. d th e i r hook s of g ol d ] A n d th o u .
XXVI I .
] 0N E xoDUs . 5 33

s h al t plac e the v ei l u nder the tach es and b ri ng in thither ,

wi thin the v eil the ark o f the te stam e nt : and th ou shalt

s pre ad the v eil fo r o u b e twe e n the H oly and the H oly
y
o f Holies . A nd thou s hal t pl ace the m ercy s eat wi th
the k erubaia p ro duc ed o f b e ate n wo rk for it in the Holy
o f Holi es .

A nd tho u sh alt set the TA BL E o utside o f the v e il and ,

the CA N DE L A BRUM o v er agai nst the tabl e on the sou th ern

si de of the tab ernacl e bu t the tab le th o u sh alt arrange
o n the no rth ern si de A nd tho u sh alt m ak e a curtai n for
.

the doo r of the tab ernacle of hy acinth pu rple and cri m

, , ,

s on an d fine li ne n twine d the work of the e m b roi derer

, ,
.

A n d th ou shalt m ake for the c u rtain five pillars of sitta ,

an d co v e r th e m wi th gol d an d th ei r nails S h all b e of

,

g ol d and tho u sh alt c ast for th em fi ve b ases of b ra s s .

XXVII A nd tho u shalt m ak e the A L TA E of woods

.

o f sitta ; five c ubits the l ength an d fi ve c ubi ts the

,

b readth : sq uare shall be the al tar and its h eight three ,

cu bi ts . A nd tho u sh al t m ak e its horns u pon its four

co rne rs : the ho rns sh all be o f it th ey sh all ri se u p ward
, ,

an d tho u sh alt cov er it wi th b ras s A nd tho u shalt .

m ak e its po ts to carry away its ashes and its sho v els , ,

and its b asi ns and its th uribl es ; all its ve s se ls tho u

,

s h al t m ak e of b rass J A d ho u sh alt
[ E
. E U S A L E M n t .

m ak e its p ots to c arry its ash e s and its s coop s and ,

b asi ns and its fleshhooks and its thurib les all

, ,

i ts v es sel s tho u sh alt m ak e of b rass ] A nd th ou .

s h al t m ak e for it a rate of n e twork of b rass and u po n

g ,

the n etwo rk fo ur b rass ri ngs u p on its fou r co rners .

J E E US A L E M A grate ] A nd tho u sh alt p lace i t u nder

[ .

the s urro u ndi ngs of the altar b e neath th at the ne twork

, ,

m ay be to the m iddl e of the al tar th at if any fragm e nt , ,

o r fiery co al fall fro m the altar it m ay fall u p o n the grate

, ,

and n ot tou c h the gro u nd and th at the p ri e sts m ay

,

tak e it from the grate and replace it upo n the altar

,
.
XXVI I I .
] 0N E xonns . 5 35

SECTION XX .

TE TS AVVE H .

A N D thou h lt instruct the sons of Israel to b ring

s a

the p u re olive oil b eate n for ill u m i nation th at the

, , ,

lam ps m ay b urn continu ally I n the tabernacle of the .

cove nant witho u t the v eil that is b efo re the testim ony
, ,

Aharon and his sons sh all set it in order from evening

u ntil m o rning b e fo re the Lo rd an eve rlastin t t t t
g s a u e o ,

yo ur ge ne rations of the hou se of Israel .

XXVIII A nd thou b ring n ear to th ee Aharon thy

.
,

broth er and his sons with him from am ong the sons of
, ,

Israel to m i ni ste r b efore Me : Aharon Nadab and

, , ,

Abih u Elaz ar and Itham ar the sons of Aharon A nd

, , .

thou shalt m ake garm ents of holi ne ss for Ah aron thy

brother for glory and for praise A nd thou shalt
, .

s p eak with all who are wise of he art and who m I h ave ,

filled with the S piri t of wis do m that th ey m ake the ,

vestm ents of Ah aro n to conse crate him to m inister

b efore Me A nd thes e are the v estm ents they shall
.

m ake : the b reastpl ate and epho da an d the rob e and , ,

the em b roi dere d tu nic s the m itre s and gi rdles ; an d

,

th ey sh all m ake the holy garm ents for Ah aron thy

b rother and for his sons to m inister b e fore Me
, , .

A nd they sh all tak e from their tre asures gold and ,

hyacinth and pu rple and cri m son an d fi ne li nen A nd

, , , .

th ey sh all m ake the epho d of hy acinth an d purple and , ,

cri m son and fine linen twined the wo rk of the arti

, , ,

fi cer. T wo sh oul der ( pi eces) s h all it have conjoine d to ,

its two si des and (s o) it sh all be u nite d

, A n d the .

ornam ente d gi rdle which is to be u p on i t S h all be of

the sam e work ; of gol d hy acinth p u rpl e and cri m s on

, , , ,

and fi ne twi ne d li nen sh all it be A nd tho u sh alt take

, .
5 36 TA E S UII o r PA L E S TI N E [
O RAP.

two gem s of o ny x,
'

and engra e u v pon them the nam es of

the s o ns of I srael S ix of th eir n am es S hall be engraven

.

u pon one gem , an d the s ix re m aini n g n am e s u po n the

se c o nd e m ; th e s h all be s et in the o rder of their

g y
nativi ty The engrave d ge m s s hall be the wo rk of the
.

artifice r, e ng rav e n, an d the e ngravi ng be di sti n c t as the

e ngra v ing o f a r ng i ; tho u s hal t e ngrave the two gems

a cco rding to the n am es of the s ons o f I srael in their

wo rk rou nd abo ut ; i ns et in gol d sh al t tho u m ak e them .

A nd tho u sh al t fix the two ge m s u po n the s ho ul ders of

the epho d to be se t for a m e m orial o f ri gh te o usnes s for
,

the s ons of I s rael ; an d Aharon s hal l bear the n am es

of the s o ns o f Israe l u po n his two sh ou l ders for a m e m o

ri al . A nd th ou shalt m ak e the s ocke ts o f gol d A nd .

two ch ains of p ure gol d m e as ure d s halt th ou m ake ,

the m of twi ste d work and i n s ert the twi sted ch ai ns in

, ,

the sock ets [J E E US A L E M

. Ch ai ns ] .

A nd thou sh al t m ak e the BRE A S T P L A TE O F JUD G M E N T ,

by which are m ade k nown the j u dgm e nts th at are hi dden

from the j u dge s ; and the orde r of the v ic tori es of their
b attles and am ends that are m ade for the j u dges ; the
,

work o f the artifi ce r ; as the work of the e p hod th o u s h alt ,

m ak e it o f gol d hyacin th an d p urpl e and c rim s o n and

, , , ,

fi ne li ne n twi ne d thou s h al t m ake it ,

Square s h all it .

b e do ubl e d ; a s p an its l e n gth and a s p an its b re adth

, , .

[ J E R U S A L E M A h an d s b
. re adth
] A nd th ou s hal t fill .

it wi th a fu l ness of p re ci o us stone s : fo u r ro ws o f pre

ci ons ge m s ans we ri ng to the fo u r regions of the wo rl d
,
.

T he firs t row c arnel ian to paz c arb u n cl e and o n them

, , ,

S h all be e n rave n and e xp re s s e d the n am e s o f the trib es

g
Re u be n S he m eon and L e v i
, [ J E R US A L E M
,
A nd tho u . .

s h al t fill it with a fil li n o f sto ne s fo u r ro ws o f p re ci ou s

g ,

s ton e ; the fi rs t row c arneli an an d top az and car, , ,

b u nele writte n with e xp re ssi o n u pon it ( sh all be ) the

n am e of the th ree tri bes Reub en S hem eon L e vi ] , , ,
xx v m .
] 0N E x onUS .

A nd the n am e of the cond ro w, s maragd, an d sa

’

se
p
phire , and
chalcedo ny ; and u p on them shall be
e ngrave n and e xp re s se d the nam e s o f the th ree trib e s ,

Jeh u dah Dan and N ap htali

, A nd the nam e of the
, .

third row li gu re an d agate and am ethy st ; and u po n

, , ,

th em s hall be writte n and e xp re s se d the nam e s of th re e

trib e s Gad an d Asher an d I ssakar
, ,
A n d the nam e of , .

the fo u rth row chrysoli te ony x and j as p er ; and u pon , , ,

th em sh all be writte n an d e xp resse d the n am es of three

trib e s Ze b ul on J ose p h and Be nj am i n
, S et in gol d
, , .

S h all th ey be i n th ei r co m pl etene ss J U
[ E R
,
S AL E M . .

A nd the se cond row carb u ncl e and sapphi re an d , , ,

am e thy s t ; in writi n x p resse d u p on th e m the n am e of

g e ,

the th ree tri be s Je hu dah I ssakar an d Zebul on A nd

, , , .

the third row l i gure an d b e ryl and s m aragd ; wri tten , , ,

e xp re s sly u o n th e m ( s h all be ) the n am e of the three

p
trib es D an Naphtali an d Gad
, , A n d the fourth row , .
,

c hryso li te b delli u m an d m argelite

, Writte n e xpre ssly , .
’

u p on th em sh all be the n am e of the th ree trib e s Ashe r , ,

The three Chaldee Targum s var yi n the translati on of the nam es of

these gem s . F or the con ve nie nce of the stu de nt I will set them down
in one view .

H E B RE W TE X T .O dem pitedah, bare k eth

1 . , . 2 . N ophek, sapphir,

yahalon . 3 . L eshem , shebo, achlam ah 4 . . T arshish, S hoham ,

ashepheh
y .

O N KELO S . 1 . S am kan, j arke n, or j arktha barkan , . 2 . I z m argadi n,

s chabz iz ,
sibhalom . 3 . K enkire, tarkaj a ain igla
,
-
. 4 . K erum ym
-
a a,
b urella, pantiré .

J O AT HA
N S im uktha, yark etha, barketha 2 I z m orad, saphi
N . 1 . . .

rinon, k adekodin 3 K ank erinun arekin, ain -egel

. 4 K erum - am a
.
, . . y
rabba, birlevath-chala, m argen ith-apantirin .

J E E US A L E H S am k etha, yarke tha, barketha

. l
2 K adkedana,
. . .

M phuryana, ein -igla 3 Zoz in, berulin, z em argedi n 4 K erum . . . .

yam a, hedolcha, m argalitha We cannot re nder som e of these by the .

n am es of stone s with whi ch we are fam iliar with absolute certaint y .

Much curiou s m atter on this chapter m ay be found in,

“
D ie Urine and

Thu m m i m , die dltesten Gem m en . Von J J . . BE L L E RH A N N . Berlin .

1 824 .

2 A 5
XXVI II .
] 0 N E XO D US . 5 39

Great and Holy Nam e by which were created the three

h undred and te n wo rlds and which was engraven and
,

ex p res se d in the fou ndatio n sto ne wh e re wi th the Lord

of the worl d sealed u p the m ou th of the re at dee p at

g
the b e ginning Whosoever rem em b ere th that holy
.

n am e in the hou r o f n e c essity sh all be deliv ere d A nd .

th ey sh all be u po n Aharon s h eart in the ti m e th at he

’

e nte reth b efore the Lo rd ; and Aharon s h all b ear the

j udgm ent of the sons of Israel before the Lord con

A n d thou h alt m ake the m antle robe (m is te r m ile )

s -

of the e pho d o f twin e d thread of hy aci nth ; an d an

,

o rifi c e sh all be i n the m i ddle of its u pp er p art ; a border

sh all be u p on its op eni n rou nd ab ou t its o ri fi ce the

g ,

wo rk of the sewer ; as the o rifice of a co at of m ail it

s hall be th at it m a n ot be re nt J d
, y [ E BUS A L E M A n . .

an orifi ce sh all be in the m i ddl e of its he ad ; a b order

s h all s urro und the orifi ce the wo rk of the s ewe r ; like

,

the op ening of a coat of m ail sh all it be th at it be not ,

torn ] . A nd tho u shalt m ak e u pon the hem of it pom e

ran ate s of hy aci nth an d p u rple an d c rim son u po n its
g , , ,

hem rou nd abou t and b ell s of gol d am ong the m ro u n d

, ,

ab ou t A golden b ell and a po m egranate of hyacinth

.
,

and c rim so n ; a gol den b el l an d a po m egranate of hya

,

cinth and c rim so n u po n the b order of the rob e ro u n d

abou t ; th eir n u m b e r se ven ty and one

, A nd it sh all .

be a v estm ent u pon Ah aro n to m i ni ster and its voice ,

s h all be h e ard at the ti m e th at he h ath en tere d the holy

pl ace b efore the Lord and at the ti m e that he co m eth

,

o ut that he di e n ot by the flam i ng fire

,
.

A nd th ou shal t m ak e a pl ate ( or crown) of pu re gold ,

an d en grav e u po n it with di sti nc t en grav i ng HOLI ,

N ESS TO TH E LORD A n d thou sh alt put it on a

.

twin e d ribbo n of hy acinth to m ake am ends for bol dness

,

of fac e ; and it sh all be on the m i tre abov e the tephillin

5 40 TA R GUM or PAL E ST IN E [
onAP.

of the head , h all it be A nd it

in front of the m itre s .

s h al l be i n the front o f A h aro n s fo re h e ad from ti m e to

’
,

ti m e as it co m e s ; an d Aharo n s hall b e ar the i niquity of

the conse crate d thi ngs whic h the s o ns o f I srael may
c onsec rate ; e v en of all th eir s ac re d gi fts in which they
have b een insi ncere A nd it shall be u po n the front
.

continu ally for their re concili ation b efo re the Lord

, .

An d th o u shalt weav e the tu nic o f fi ne li n en to expi ate

for the sh e ddi ng of i nnoce nt b loo d ; an d shal t m ake the
ti ara of fi ne l i nen to expi ate for the p ri de of thei r
th ou ghts and the girdl e sh alt tho u m ake of the work of
the e m b roi de rer A n d for the s o ns of Ah aro n thou
.

sh alt m ak e tu nic s and gi rdl e s and m itre s

,
fo r gl ory , ,

and for p rai s e A nd wi th th e m th ou s h al t i nv est

.

Aharo n thy brothe r and his so ns with him an d an oi nt

, ,

th e m that th ey m ay offe r th eir obl ati ons an d s anctify

,

th e m to m i ni ste r b e fore Me A nd tho u s hal t m ak e for

.

the m u nde r garm e n ts o f fi ne line n to c ov e r the fl e s h of

-

th eir s ham e ; from the gi rt of the gi rdl e o f th ei r loins

u nto th e i r thi gh s th ey s hall be J
[ E R US A L E M D raw e rs . .

o f fi ne li ne n ] A nd th ey s hall be u p o n A haro n and

.

u p o n his so ns at the tim e whe n th ey e n te r the taber

n ae le o f te sti m ony or wh e n th ey app ro ac h t he al tar to

,

m i ni s ter i n the s anctuary th at th ey m ay n ot re c e i v e the

,

p u nish m en t of flam i ng fire T hi s is an e v erlas ting .

s tatu te for him an d for his s ons after him .

XXIX . A n d thi s is the thi n g that tho u s halt do to

th e m to c ti fy th e m that they m ay se rv e b e fore Me
s an , .

Take o ne bu llock the you ng o f a b ull ock wi tho u t s pot ;

, ,

an d two ram s u nb le m i s he d ( p e rfe c t) ; and u nl e av e ne d

,

b re ad and u nleav e ne d cakes m ingl e d wrth oli ve o il ;

, ,

and wafe rs of u nl e av e n ed b re ad an oi nte d wi th oliv e o i l ,

an d wi th fl o u r of wh e at s hal t th o u m ak e the m A nd .

th ou sh alt pu t th e m u p on o ne b as ke t an d o ffe r th e m in ,

the bask e t and the b u ll ock an d the two ram s th ey s hall

,
xxn .
] 0N E XO DU S . 5 41

b ring in a vehicle A nd Aharon an d his two sons thou

.

s h alt b ri n g n e ar to the door o f the tab ernacle o f te s ti

m o ny and was h the m in fo u r m e a u re s o f li vi ng wate r

, ,
s .

A nd tho u shal t take the v e s tm e nts and cl othe Ah aro n ,

wi th the tu nic and the rob e of the e pho d and the

, ,

e pho d and the b re as tplate an d gi rd him ( or o rdai n

, ,

him ) with the girdl e of the e ph od A nd tho u shalt s et .

the m itre o n his he ad an d pu t the di ade m u p o n which

,

i s e ngrav en the N am e of H oli ne s s u pon the m itre .

A n d th ou s h al t take the anoi nti ng o il and p ou r it u p on ,

his h e ad and anoi nt him A nd thou s halt b ri ng his

.

s o ns n ear an d dre s s th e m in the tunics

, and i ndue ,

( o rda i n th e m wi th the
) g i rdl e s Ah aron an d hi s s o ns , ,

an d wrap on the m the m i tre s and the p rie s tho od shall

be the irs by an e ve rl asti ng s tatute .

A nd tho u sh al t offer the obl ati on o f Ah aron and the ,

obl ation o f his s ons A n d tho u sh alt bri ng the b ullock

.

b e fore the tabe rnacle o f o rdinance an d Aharon an d his ,

s o ns s hall lay th e i r han ds u po n the h e ad o f the b u ll ock

‘

an d tho u s hal t k ill the b u llock b e fore the doo r o f the

tab e rnacle o f o rdi nanc e ; and tak e of the bl ood of the

b u llock and put ( it) o n the horns o f the altar with thy
,

fi nger and all the ( re m ai ni ng) bloo d thou shalt po ur

,

o u t at the foot o f the al tar A nd thou sh al t take all .

the fat that c ov e re th the i nwards and wh at re m ai ne th ,

u pon the c au l o f the liv er and the two ki dney s and the, ,

fat which is u p on the m an d se t the m in o rde r u p on the

,

altar . A nd the fle sh o f the b u ll ock and his ski n and , ,

his dung th ou s hal t b u rn wi th fire w ithou t the cam p ;

,

it is a sin o ffe ri ng A nd the o ne ram th o u shal t take

.
,

and Ah aro n and his s o ns sh all lay th e i r h an ds o n the

h e ad of the ram A nd tho u shalt kill the ram and

.
,

tak e his bloo d and sp ri nkl e o n the al tar ro un d abo u t .

A n d the ram s halt thou div i de accordi ng to his m e m

b ers ( div idings) and wash his i nwards and his legs and
, ,
xxI x .
] 0N E xoD Us . 5 43

thy portio n [J E E.US A L E M T he b re ast

] A n d
. tho u

sh al t c onse c rate the b re ast o f the el ev atio n and the

s ho ulder of the s e p arati on which h av e b een u p li fted an d

,

s e p arate d fro m the ram of the obl atio n fro m the h and of

Aharon and fro m the h and of his son s A n d it shall be .

for Ah aron and for his s o ns by a p erp etual s tatu te for the
'

so ns of I s rael ; b e c au s e it is a sep aratio n and a se p ara ,

tio n it sh all be fro m the son s of I srae l fro m the o ffe r

i ngs of their conse crati on their separatio n before the ,

Lo rd A nd the holy ve stm e nts of Ah aron sh all be to

.

his so ns after him to b e an o inte d in the m and in th em

, ,

to ofle r th eir oblations S even day s sh all the p riest

'

we ar the m who ari seth afte r him from his sons but not
, ,

from the Le vi te s at the ti m e wh e n he entere th in to the

,

tab ernacl e of ordi nance to m ini ste r in the sanctu ary .

A nd thou shal t take the ram of the oblatio n and boil ,

its fle sh in the holy place ; and Ah aro n and his so ns

s h all e at the fl e sh o f the ram and the b read th at is in ,

the bask et at the doo r o f the tab ernacl e of ordi nanc e .

A n d th ey shall eat thos e things by which ato ne m e nt

was m ade for th e m in offe ri ng th ei r obl ations to s anc tify
th em to m i ni ster b efo re Me : b ut the p rofane s h all not
e at for th ey are holy A nd if any of the fle sh of the
.

oblation an d of the bre ad rem ai n u ntil the m orning ,

tho u sh al t bu rn th at which re m ai ne th wi th fire it s h all

n ot be e aten ; for i t is sacre d A nd thu s th ou sh alt do to
.

Ah aron and to his so ns accordi ng to all that I have pre

s c rib e d to thee ; se v e n day s th o u s h al t offe r th ei r obl a

tio n . A nd a b ullock for a sin o fferi ng tho u s halt o ffer

daily for atone m e nt and sh al t anoint the al tar in offeri ng
,

the ato nem e nt u po n it ; th ou shal t anoi nt it to conse ,

crate it S ev en days m ake tho u atonem en t u po n the

.

altar to c on se crate it ; an d it shall be the altar of the

Holy of Holi e s E very one of the sons of Aharon who

.

app roach e th to the altar m u st be h oly ; to the rest of

5 44 G
TA R UM or PA L E S TI N E [
s um

the p e ople it is not lawful to app ro ach lest they be ,

burned with the fiery fl am e which com eth fro m the holy
place .

A nd thi s is the oblation which thou sh alt perform

u po n the al tar ; two l am b s of on e y e ar daily e ve rm ore , ,
.

The one lam b thou shalt perfo rm in the m o rni ng ; and

the seco nd lam b tho u sh al t p e rform b etwee n the even
i ngs A nd the te nth of flo ur m ingl e d with oil of olives
.

b eaten ; ( with) the fo urth o f a hi na and the libation of ,

a fo urth of a hi na for the o ne l am b A nd the s econd.

lam b tho u sh alt pe rfo rm b e tween the e v e nin gs : it shall

b e as the m incha of the m orni ng and as the libation ,

tho u sh alt do it to b e re c eive d with acc e p tan c e an

, ,

oblatio n before the L ord ; a p erpetu al holocau st for

you r generations at the doo r o f the tab ernac le of
ordinance b efore the L ord ; where I wi ll appoi nt My
Wo rd to ( m eet) thee there to speak with thee there , .

A nd th ere I will app oi nt My Word (to m ee t) wi th the

s o ns of I srael an d I wil l be s anc tifi e d i n th e i r ru l e rs for
,

My gl ory A n d I wil l sanctify the tab e rnacle of

.

o rdinance an d the altar ; and A haron and his s o ns will

I san ctify to m inister b e fore Me : and My S he kinah
sh al l dwe ll in the m i ds t of the s ons of Is rael an d I will ,

b e the ir God A nd the s o ns o f I srael shall k n o w that I

.

am th e i r Go d who le d th e m ou t fre e fro m the l an d of

,

Miz rai m to m ake My Shekinah dwell am ong th e m I .

am the Lo rd th e i r Go d .

XXX A nd th ou s hal t m ak e an al tar on whi ch to

.

b urn i ncense of perfu m e s of si tta wood shalt th o u m ake

it
. A c ubit its l en gth an d a c ubit its b readth ; fo ur
,

s qu are s h all it be : an d two c u bi ts i ts h e igh t : and

its u pri ght ho rns sh all b e o f it A nd thou sh al t o v e rl ay

.

it with p ure gol d its top and its wall ro und ab ou t

, , ,

and i ts ho rns ; and m ak e for it a border o f gol d ro u nd

abo u t A nd two gol de n ri ngs m ake th o u fo r it b eneath

.
xxx ] 0N E XO DUS . 5 45

its border at the two co rners thou sh alt m ak e u po n its

,

two si de s to be the pl ace for the stav e s by which it

,

m ay be carri e d .A nd th ou sh al t m ak e the stav e s of

s i tta woo d an d co v er th e m wi th ol d A n d th ou sh alt
, g .

place it b e fore the v eil which is over the ark of the tes
ti m ony b efore the m e rcy se at th at is u pon the te sti
,

m ony wh ere I will appoi nt My Word to be wi th th ee

, .

A nd Ah aron sh all b urn s we e t i n ce nse u po n i t fro m

m orning to m orni n g : when he o rdereth the l am p s he ,

sh all b urn it . A nd wh e n Ah aron ki ndl eth the lam ps

between the e v eni ngs he sh all bu rn s we et in cen se pe r
,

etu all b f th L d i n yo t i T ho
p y e ore e or u r
g e n e ra o n s u .

shal t n ot offe r th ere on the s wee t i nc e nse of stran e

g
pe oples n or offer u p on it b urn t offerin gs or m inchas
, , ,

n or pou r lib atio ns A nd Ah aro n sh all e xpi ate upon its

.

horns once in the year with the bl ood of the sin offerin g
.

for an e xpi ation once in the y e ar shall he m ak e ato ne

m e nt u p on it o n the day of atone m e nt in y our genera
tio ns it sh all be m os t holy b efore the Lord .

SECTION XXI .

K l TH IS S A .

A N D the Lord spak e o Mo sh eh saying Wh en

u nt , ,

th o u tak e st the s u m of the s on s of I srael acco rdi ng to

th eir n u m b e r th ey sh all gi v e e v ery m an the ran s o m of
,

th e i r s o ul s b e fore the L o rd wh e n th o u n u m b eres t th em ;

th at th e re m ay n ot be am o ng th e m the c alam i ty o f de ath
wh e n th ou dos t nu m b er th e m [J E
. E U S A L E M W h e n .

tho u tak est the head of the nu m b er of the su m s of the

xxx ] 0N E xonUs . 5 47

J A L E M A n d tho u tak e to the e the chie f oo dly

[ E R U S .
g
s pi ce s ,choice m yrrh in wei ght fi ve h un dred m i nas of
,

s h ek el s ] A nd thou sh alt m ake o f it a h oly an oi nti ng

oil p erfu m e d wi th p erfum e the work of the p e rfu m er
, , ,

of co m p ou nde d p erfu m e s : a h oly anoi nti ng oil s h al l it

be . A nd wi th it anoint tho u the tab ernacl e of o rdi n

n ance and the ark of the tes ti m ony an d the tabl e an d

, ,

all its vessels and the can de lab ru m and its v e ssel s and
, ,

the al tar of s wee t i nc e nse and the altar of b urnt offeri ng

,

an d all its v es s els an d the le ver an d its fou ndati on an d

, ,

co nse crate them and th ey sh all be m o st holy

, E very .

one of the pri ests who appro ach e th to th e m sh all be san c

tifi e d; b ut of the res t of the tribes ( wh oev er tou che th ,

th e m ) sh all be c onsum e d by the fie ry flam e from b efore

the Lord Bu t Ah aron and his so ns anoi nt th ou and
.
,

co nsecrate th em to m inister be fore Me A n d speak .

thou to the sons of I srael sayi ng Thi s shall be a holy , ,

anoi nti ng oil b e fore Me u nto y o ur ge nerati ons U p on .

the fles h of m an it m ay not be p ou re d an d the lik e of it ,

o u sh all n ot m ake to resem b le i t ; u nto you it sh all be

y
m os t s ac re d The m an who com po u n de th the li ke of it
.
,

o r p utte th it u pon the u nco ns e c rate d who are not of the

s ons o f Ah aro n sh all be des troy e d from his p eople

, .

A nd the L ord sai d to M osh eh Tak e to th ee spices , ,

b al sam and o nych a and galb anum choice spice s and

, , , ,

pure franki nce nse wei ght for weigh t sh all it be [JE RU
, .

S A L E M B al s am s pik e n ard m yrrh an d galhan u m ]

.
, A nd
-
,

confe ct therewith a fragrant i ncense the work of the ,

co m po u nder a p ure an d sac red m ixture [JE RU S A L E M

, . .

Co m m i xe d ] A nd b eat and m ake it s m all and of it

.
, ,

s om e sh al t tho u u t b e fo re the te sti m o ny in the tab e r

p
nacle of o rdi nanc e wh ere I will appoi nt My Word to,

b e wi th thee Most sacre d sh all it be to you A nd of

. .

the s weet i ncens e thou s hal t m ak e the l ike sh all n ot be ,

m ade am o ng you it sh all be sacred to you b efore the

5 48 G
TAR UM or PA L E S TI N E [
cam

Lord : the m an who m ak eth the lik e of it to smell

th e reto sh all be destroy e d fro m his pe ople .

XXXI A nd the Lord spak e with Mosh eh saying

.
, ,
“
Look M osheh I h ave calle d by nam e the g oo d Bez alel
, ,

bar Uri bar H u r of the trib e of Je h u dah and have

, ,

fulfilled him with the Spi rit o f holiness fro m b efore the
Lord in wisdo m and in i ntelligen ce in k no wle dge and
, , ,

in all work m anship ; to thi nk in th ei r th ou ghts so as to

work ( p e rfectly ) in gold an d in silv e r and in b rass ;
, ,

and in the cu tti ng of j e we l s fo r th ei r i nse tti ng and in ,

the ca rv i ng of wo ods to m ake all m anne r o f work

, .

S e e Mo sh e h b ehold I h av e an oi n te d and
[ J E RUS A L E M .
, , ,

c alle d by a goo d nam e Bez alel ] A nd b ehold I have .

, ,

appointe d with him A haliab bar A chisam ah o f the ,

tribe of Dan ; and in the h e art of e ve ry o ne wise

h earte d I h ave added the Spirit of wisdo m th at they ,

m ay p e rform all wh ate v e r I h av e co m m ande d thee .

The tab ernacle of o rdinanc e and the ark of the te sti ,

m o ny an d the m ercy se at whic h is ov er it

, an d all the

v essel s of the tab ern acl e ; an d the tabl e an d all its ,

v e ssels ; and the al tar o f s weet incense and the altar ,

o f b urnt offe ri ng and all its v es se ls ; and the le v er and

, ,

its foot ; and the v e stm e nts for m ini strati on the holy ,

v es tm e nts of Ah aro n the p rie st and the vestm e n ts of his,

s on s for m i ni stry ; and the oil o f anoi nti ng ; and the

s weet i nce nse for the s anc tu ary ; e v en all whate v er I

h av e c o m m anded th ee they shall m ake

, .

A nd the Lo rd sp ake wi th M osh eh s ayi ng Al s o s peak , , ,

thou wi th the so ns of Is rael sayi ng Ye sh all k e e p the

, ,

day o f My S abb ath s in dee d ; for it is a s i gn b e tween

My Word and you that you m ay k now that I am the
,

Lord who sanc ti fy you Ye s hall keep the S abb ath

.
,

b ec ause it is holy to you ; wh osoever profane th it dyi ng ,

he shall die ; wh os o doeth work the re in th at m an s hall ,

O r, I have called by a good nam e Bez alal .

xx xn .
] 0N E xonUs . 5 49

b e destroye d fro m his p e ople S ix day s ye hall do . s

wo rk bu t the s e v e nth day is Sabb ath, the h oly Sab bath

b efo re the Lord Whoso doe th work u p on the S abb ath
.
,

dyin g he shall die by the casti ng of s to ne s , T he s ons

of I srae l sh all th ere fore k e e p the S abb ath to perfo rm ,

the deligh tfu l e xe rci ses of the S abb ath ; ( it is ) for y our

g e n e rati o ns an e v e rl asti n
g sta tu te ; b e tw e e n My W o rd
an d the s on s of I srael it is a si g n for e v e r For in six .

day s the Lord c re ate d and p erfe cte d the heav ens and
the e arth ; and in the s e v e nth day H e rested an d re
fre sh e d .

A nd H e gav e to M osheh wh en H e had fini she d to ,

s p eak with him in M ou nt S i nai the two tabl e ts of the ,

te sti m ony tabl ets of sapphi re stone from the th ro ne of

,
-

l y w i hi f ty i i c ib d by h fi f h
'

g or , e
g n
g or s e n n s r e t e n
g,er o t e

L ord .

XXXI I But the p eople saw th at M osh eh del ay e d to

.

co m e do wn from the m ou nt and the pe ople gathe re d ,

to ge th er u nto Ah aron wh en th ey s aw th at the ti m e he

,

had ap poi nte d to th e m had p as sed an d S atana had

co m e an d c ause d the m to err an d perverted their h earts
, ,

wi th p ri de A n d they s ai d to him Ari se m ak e us

.
, ,

o d s th at shall go b e fore u s ; for as for thi s M osh eh the

g ,

m an who bro u g ht u s u p from the l an d o f Mi z rai m he ,

m ay h av e b e e n c onsu m e d in the m ountain by the fi re

which flam eth fro m b efore the L ord (and) we kno w n ot ,

what h ath b e fall en him in his e nd A nd Ah aro n sai d .

to th e m Delive r the gol de n ri ngs th at are in the e ars

,

o f o u r wi v e s y ou r sons an d y ou r dau h te rs an d b ri n
y , g , g ,

th em to m e A nd th eir wi v e s de ni ed th e m sel v e s to give

.

th ei r o rnam e nts to th ei r h usb an ds ; and all the p eople

at o nc e de li v ere d u p the gol de n rin gs which were in

th ei r e ars and b ro ught the m to Ah aro n

, A nd he took .

th e m fro m thei r h an ds and b ou nd th em in a wrapp er, ,

and wro u h t it with a tool havi n m a d a m olt n c lf

g g e e , a ;
xxxn .
] 0N E XO DU S .

Shoul d Thy wrath O L ord p revail agai nst Thy people

, , ,

who m Thou di dst b ring u p from the l and o f Mi z raim ,

with gre at p o wer an d wi th a m igh ty h and Why .

sho u l d the Miz rae e who are rem ai ni n g s ay I t was ,

for ev il th at H e le d th em ou t to kill th e m am o ng the ,

m o u ntai ns of Tabo r an d H e rm o n and Sirio n and Si nai , ,

an d to destroy th e m from the fac e of the e arth ? Tu rn

fro m Thy stro ng ange r and let th ere be rele nti ng b efo re
,

Thee o ver the evil that Thou hast threatened to do u nto

Thy p eople Re m e m b er Abraham and Iz h ak and
.
, ,

I srael Thy serv ants to wh om Thou didst swear in Thy

, ,

Word and didst say to th em I will m u ltiply you r

, ,

chil dre n as the stars of the h e av en s an d all thi s lan d of ,

which I h av e tol d you will I gi v e to yo ur so ns an d ,

th ey sh all i nh e rit for e v er A n d th ere was rele nting .

b efore the Lord ov er the e vil which H e had th ou ght to

do u nto H is p eople A nd M osh e h tu rned and went
.
,

do wn from the m ou nt and the two tabl e s of the te sti

,

m ony were in his hands i ns cribe d on th eir two si des , ,

h ere and there were th ey i nscribed A nd the tables .

we re the work of the L ord and the writing was the ,

Lord s writi ng in sc ribe d and m ani fested u pon the

’
,

tables .

A nd Jehoshu a h eard the voice of the people exu lting

wi th joy b efore the c alf J D i e vil ]
[ E R US A L E M o n
g . . .

A n d he sai d to M osh eh Th ere is the voice of b attl e in

,

the cam p . Bu t he sai d I t is n ot the voice of the,

s tro ng who are vi c toriou s in b attl e n or the voic e of the

, ,

weak who are o verco m e by the ir adversaries in the

,

fi ght ; b ut the voice of th em who serve with strange

service an d who m ak e m erri m en t b e fo re it th at I h ear
, ,
.

J U S A L E M The voic e of th e m who p rai se in s trange

[ E R .

se rvic e ] A nd it was wh e n Mosheh cam e ne ar the

cam p and s aw the cal f and the i nstrum ents of m u sic
, ,

in the hands of the wicked who were dancing and ,

 G
TA R UM O F PA L E S TI N E

b owing b efore it, and S atana am on g th e m danci ng and

le aping b e fo re the pe ople, the wrath of M osheh was
s u dde nly ki n dl e d, an d he cast the tabl e s fro m his h ands,

and b rak e t h a
e m t the fo o t o f the m ou tai n
n — the holy
wri ti ng th at was on th e m ,
ho wev er flew an d was car
, ,

ri e d away i nto the air o f the h eav en s — an d he c ried ,

an d sai d Woe u p on the p e o pl e who h e ard at Si nai from

,

the m onth of the Holy O ne Thou shal t n ot m ake to

,

thy sel f an im age or fi g ure or any lik e ne s s

, ,
— and yet ,

at the e n d of fo rty day s m ak e a u sel ess m ol te n calf!

,

A nd he took the c al f which th ey had m ade and b urned ,

it in fi re and bru i se d it i nto po wder an d cas t ( it) upon

, ,

the fac e o f the water o f the stream and m ade the sons ,

o f I s rael dri nk ; an d whoe v er had

gi v e n t h e reto any

trink et of gol d the si gn of it c am e fo rth u p on his

,

no stril s . A nd M osh e h s ai d u nto A h aron What did ,

this p eopl e to thee th at th ou h as t brou gh t u po n them a

,

nd Aharon s ai d L e t n ot m l ord s anger

’
reat sin A
g , y
be s tro ng : tho u k nowest the p e opl e th at th e y are the ,

chil dren of the J ust ; b ut e vil co ncu pisce nce h ath m ade
the m to e rr : an d th ey s ai d to m e M ak e us go ds that
,

m ay go b e fore u s ; for thi s M osh eh the m an who ,

b rou gh t u s up from the land of Miz raim is c ons umed ,

in the m ou n tai n by the fl am i ng fi re fro m b e fo re the

,

Lord and we k now n ot wh at h ath b ee n done to him in

,

his e nd . A nd I sai d to th e m Wh oe v e r h ath g ol d let

, ,

him del iv e r and gi v e it to m e ; an d I c ast it i n to the

fire and S atana e ntered i nto it and the re c am e ou t of
, ,

it the si m ili tu de o f th is calf ! A n d M osh e h s aw that

the peopl e we re nake d ; for th ey had b een strippe d by
the han d of Aharon o f the h oly c rown which w as u pon
th ei r h e ad insc rib e d and be autifie d with the gre at and
,

g l o ri ou s N am e ; an d th at th ei r e vil rep o rt w oul d

go

fo rth am ong the n atio ns of the e arth and th e y would ,

g e t t o th e m an e vil nam e u nto th e i r

gen er ati o n s
[ J E RU .
xxxn .
] 0N E XO DUS . 553

SALEM . A nd Moslieh p eople that they were

saw the
u ncovere d ; for th ey had b ee n stripp e d o f the l den
g o

cro wn which was upon th eir he ad where o n the Nam e ,

had b e e n engrav e n and set forth at Mo unt H oreb ] ,

.

A nd Mosheh stood in the sanhedrin gate of the c am p ,

an d sai d Who feareth the L ord le t him com e to m e

, , .

A nd there gathere d to hi m all the sons of Levi A nd .

he said to th e m Thus h ath s ai d the Lo rd the God of

, ,

I srael Whosoev er h ath sacri ficed to the i dols of the

,

G e ntil es le t him be slain with the sword A nd now

, .
,

o p as s thro u gh fro m the gate o f the sanh e dri n to the

g ,

ate o f the ho u se of j u dg m e nt in the c am p and wi th

g , ,

ray er b efo re the Lord th at He will for i v e u thi s sin

p g yo ,

take vengean ce upo n the wick e d wo rkers of stran ge

w orship an d sl ay even a m an his b roth er an d a m an
, , ,

his com panio n and a m an his nei ghbou r A n d the

, .

s o ns of L evi did accordi ng to the word of Mo she h an d

o f the p e opl e who had the m ark in th eir no stril s the re

fell that day by the slau ghte r of the s word ab out the
n u m b er of th ree thou sand m e n .

A nd Mosh eh sai d O ffe r you r oblation for the

,

s he ddi ng of the b loo d that is u p on you r h an ds an d ,

m ake ato ne m ent for yo urs elv e s b efore the L ord ,

b ecause you h av e sm itten a m an his s on or his b rother ,

an d th at you m ay b ri ng a bl e s si ng u p on ou thi s day

y .

A nd it cam e to p ass on the day foll owi ng th at M oshe h ,

s ai d to the p eople You hav e si n ned a great sin ; bu t

,

n ow I wil l go u p and will p ray b e fore the Lo rd i f ,

h aply I m ay ob tain forgi veness of yo ur sin: A n d

Mosh eh returned and pray ed b efore the L ord and
, ,

sai d I su pplic ate of Th ee Tho u Lord of all the worl d

, , ,

b efore whom the dark ness is as the light ! N o w hav e

thi s pe ople sinned a great sin and h av e m ade to them ,

o ds of ol d but now if Thou wilt fo rgi v e th eir s in

’

g g , ,

forgiv e ; but if not b lot m e I pray fro m the b ook of

, , ,

B B
XXXI I I ]
. ON nx o nns .

se t forth the great Nam e ; and which had b een giv en

th em a gi ft fro m Mou nt Hore b

,
A nd Mo sh eh to ok
.

an d hid th e m in his tab ernacle of i ns tructio n But .

the tabernacle he took away from thence and spread it ,

witho ut the c am p and re m o v ed it fro m the cam p of the

,

people to the distance of two th ousand c ubits and it

was called the Tabe rnacle of the Ho use of Instru c tio n
and it was th at wh en any one tu rn e d by rep entanc e

wi th a true h eart b e fore the Lord he went forth to the ,

Tabernacle of the Ho u se of Instruc tion that was witho ut

the cam p to co nfess and pray for the p ardon of his
,

si ns ; and p raying he was fo rgiv en

,
A nd it was when .

Mosheh passed forth from the cam p to go to the tab er

n acle th at all the wick e d pe ople aro se and stoo d ev ery , ,

m an at the doo r of his tent and looked with the evil ,

e e after Mo sh eh
y w h e,n he e n tere d th e tab ernacl e .

A nd it cam e to p ass wh en Mo sh e h had gone into the

tab ernacl e the colu m n of the glorio u s Clo u d desc en ded
,

and stoo d at the door of the tab ernacle an d the Word

o f the Lo rd sp ak e wi th Mo sheh A nd all the p eople

.

behel d the colu m n of the Cloud standi ng at the door of

the tabernacle and the wh ol e pe op le at onc e rose u p
,

and wo rshipp ed towards the tab ernacle standi n every

g ,

m an at the doo r of his tent .

A nd the Lord spak e with Mo sh eh word for word ,

the voice of the word was h eard but the M aj esty of thé
—
,

P res e nc e was n ot seen in the way th at a m an con

,

v erseth wi th his co m p anio n : an d after the sp e aki n

g
voice had ascended he re tu rne d to the cam p an d deli
, ,

v ered the word to the congregation of Israel But his .

m ini ster Jehoshua bar N u n a yo u ng m an re m ov ed not

, , ,

from the tabernacle [ J E n u

. sm u B ut his m ini ster .
,

Jehoshua bar N un a yo ung m an pas sed n ot from

, ,

within the tab e rnacle ]

A nd Mosheh sai d before the Lord Lo what hast , ,

2 B 2
55 6 U
TA R G M or PA L E S T I N E [
cum

Tho u i d to m e Take thi s p eopl e u p ? bu t Thou hast

sa ,

n ot m ade m e to k n o w who m T ho u wilt s e n d wi th m e .

By Thy Word T ho u h as t sai d I h ave o rdai n e d thee with ,

a goo dly n am e and tho u h ast foun d favo ur b e fo re Me

, .

But n o w I pray if I hav e fo u nd m e rcy b e fore Thee

, ,

m ake m e to k no w the way of Thy goo dnes s to u nder ,

s tan d Thy m ercy wh en in Thy de alin w i th j u st m en it

g
falleth to th em as it (fall eth ) to the gu ilty and to the ,

il ty t t h e j u s t ; bu t on the co ntrary h w it
g u a s o , o
,

( i n d ee d) b efal le th t h e j u s t a cc o rd i n
g t o t h e ir ri hte o us
g
n ess and the il ty a cc ording to th e ir gu il t ; that I
, g u

m ay fin d m ercy b efo re Thee and it be m ade m an i fest by

,
.

Thee that this peopl e is Thy p eople A n d H e said .

,

Await u ntil the face of My displeasure shall hav e gone

,

away and afterward I will

, g i v e t h e e res t A. n d he said

to Him I f Thy wrath go not fro m u s s uffe r u s n ot to

, ,

g o u
p fr o m h e n c e u n de r th e fro wn of T h
y di s p le asur e .

I n wh at will it be k nown th at I h av e fo u n d m e rcy

b e fo re Th ee but in the c onv erse of Thy Sheki n ah with
u s th at di s ti n ui s hi n i n s m a be wro u h t for u s in
, g g g s y g ,

the wi thh ol dm e nt o f the S pirit o f p roph e cy fro m the

n ati ons and by Thy sp e aki n by t h e H oly S pi rit to m e
, g
and to Thy p e ople th at we m a b e di sti ngui sh e d from
, y
all the p eopl es u p on the fac e of the e arth ? A nd the
L ord sai d to M osh eh This thi ng al so which tho u h ast
,

sp oke n of will I do
, for tho u h as t fou nd m ercy b efore
tIe , an d I h av e o rdaine d th ee wi th a goodly n am e .

And he s aid S h ow now u nto m e Thy gl ory : bu t He

,

said Be hol d I will m ak e all the m e asu re of My o od

, , g
nes s p ass b efore th ee an d I will giv e u tteranc e in the
,

nam e of the Word of the L ord b efore th ee an d I will

h ave com passio n u p on who m I see it ri gh t to h ave

com p assion and will be m erciful to wh om I see it
,

ri h t to h av e m ercy J d H i d
g [ E n u
. s a u m .A n e s a ,

Be hol d I will m ake all the m eas ure of My goo dness to

,
xxx n .
] ON E XO DUS . 557

p ass b e fo re th ee , giv u tterance in the

an d
e I will

g o od N a m e of th e L ord b efo re th ee a n d I will ,

h av e co m passio n u pon who m I see it right to h ave

co m p assion and will be m erciful u po n whom I see it
,

ri gh t to h av e m e rcy ] A nd H e sai d Tho u cans t not

.
,

s ee the vi sa e o f My face ; for n o m an can see Me and

g
abi de ali v e A nd the L ord sai d B ehol d a place is
.
, ,

prepared be fore Me and thou shalt stand upo n the

,

rock . A nd it shall b e th at when the glory of My

Shekinah p asseth b efo re th ee I will pu t thee in a ,

cav ern of the rock and will o v ershadow thee with My

,

Word un til the ti m e that I have p ass ed by [JE RU .

S AL E M . A nd I will o v e rsh adow wi th My han d ] A n d .

I will m ake the ho st of angels who stan d and m inister

b efore Me to p as s by and tho u sh alt s ee the hand ,

b orde r of the tephilla of My gloriou s Shekinah ; b ut the

face of the gl ory of My Sh ekinah tho u canst not be able
to see .
[J E R US A L E M A nd I will c au se the ho sts of
.

angel s who s tan d and m i ni ster b efo re Me to p ass by ,

and will m ak e k no wn the o racle ; for the lo ry of My

g
Sheki nah thou art not abl e to b ehold .

XXXIV A nd the Lord s ai d to Mo sheh H ew thee

.
,

two tables of ston e as the form er an d write u p on the

, ,

tabl e s the wo rds th at we re u pon the form er tabl es which

th ou dids t bre ak ; and b e ready in the m om and at

m orni ng as ce nd tho u Mo u nt Sinai and stand th ere b efo re ,

Me on the su m m i t of the m o u ntai n No m an sh all .

asce n d wi th the e nor any m an be seen on all the

,

m o u ntai n nor sheep nor oxe n graz i ng on the side o f

, ,

the m o u nt A nd he h e we d two tabl es of sto ne like the

.

fo rm er : and Mosheh arose in the m orning and ascende d

Mount Sinai as the Lord had i nstru cte d him and took
,
.
,

in his h and the two tables of stone .

A nd the L ord re v eale d Hi m self i n the clou d of the

l ry of His Sheki nah an d Mo sh e h stoo d with H im
g o ,
xxx rv .
] ON nxonus . 559

thi ngs in the tim e whe n th ey go i nto c aptivity b y the

rivers of B av el : for I will bri ng th em u f o m th nc
p r e e ,

an d m a e k th em dwell fro m wi thi n the

iver Sam batio n r

an d like wo nders s h all not be created am o n all th

g e

i nhabitants of the earth nor am o ng any n ation A nd , .

all the p e opl e am ong who m tho u wilt dwell sh all see in

th at day the work of the Lord ; for te rribl e is the thing

that I wil l do with th ee .

Ob se rve thou that which I com m and thee this day

b eh old I drive out from be fore thee the A m oraee and
, ,

K en aanaee, and H ittaee, and Pheriz aee , an d Hivaee, and

Jebusaee Tak e hee d to thee, le st tho u strike covenants
.

wi th the i nhabi tants of th at l an d i nto which tho u art to

e nte r ; th at it m a n ot be a stu m b li n -block u nto th e e
y g .

Bu t thou s h alt rat er h des troy thei r

high places and ,

b reak their statues and cu t down their groves ; for it

,

is not lawful for thee to wo rs hip othe r gods ; for the

Lord is z ealous and avenge ful ; His Nam e is God the ,

Zealou s and the Avenger Lest tho u strike covenant .

wi th the dwelle rs in the l an d and they draw th ee astray ,

afte r th ei r idols an d th ey sacrifice to th eir i dols and

, ,

invi te thee an d thou eat of the sacri fices of their i dols ;

,

an d tho u tak e of th eir daugh te rs for thy so ns and wh en ,

th eir dau ghters wander after th eir i dol s th ey m ake thy

s ons al so go astray afte r th e ir i do ls [J E RUS A L E M A n d . .

th ey cau se to e rr ] M olte n go ds you sh all notm ake to you

. .

You sh all obse rve the feas t of the u nleav ened S eve n .

days th ou shal t eat u nl e avene d ( cak es ) as I h av e ,

com m ande d th e e in the ti m e of the m o nth Ahib a ; for

,

in the m onth of Ahib a you c am e ou t free fro m Miz rai m .

Whatev er openeth the wom b is Mine ; and of all c attle

tho u art to c o nsec rate the m al es of oxen and of sh ee p , , .

But the fi rstling of an ass thou m ayest redee m wi th a

lam b ; bu t if th ou re de e m him not thou sh alt cut him ,

off with the blade A nd each fi rstborn of thy sons tho u

.
5 60 TA R GUM or rans srm n [
cam

m u st re dee m ; an d pp ear be fore Me

th ey s hall not a

e m p ty J JERU S A L E M A ll firs tlings op e ni n g the womb

.
[ .

thou s hal t sancti fy u nto My N am e ; all the fi rstborn of

yo u r m al es the fi rst that b reak eth thro ug h the wom b
, ,

o f oxe n and of sh ee p 2 0 My p eople of the ho use of

. .

Israel it sh all not be allowed you to see the Lo rd your

,

God e m p ty of any p rec ep t ) .

S ix days sh alt thou wo rk and in the s eve n th day ,

have rest ; in plou ghi ng tim e and in h arv e st th o u shalt

rest [JE R US A L E M I n plo ughi ng ] The fe as t o f weeks
'

. .

also sh al t tho u m ake to th ee in the ti m e of the fi rs ts of

the wh eat harve st ; an d the fe ast of i ngatheri n g at the

c onclu sio n of the y ear Three ti mes in the y e ar shall
.

all thy m al es app ear b e fo re the Maste r o f the wo rl d the ,

Lo rd God of Israel For I will drive out the natio ns from

.

b efore th ee and e nlarge thy borders and n o m an shall

,

co v et thy land at the tim e of thy going up to app ear b efore

the L ord thy God thrice in the y ear .

You sh all not sacrific e the vic tim of My p as sover

b e fore you hav e done away with leaven ; nor su ffer the
fat o f the pasch al sacri fic e to re m ai n ab ou t the al tar till
the m o rni ng [J E R US A L E M You sh all not sac rifi ce with
. .

le ave n the blo od of the p as chal victi m n or su ffer the ,

fl esh which you s acrifi ce o n the ni ght of the feast o f the

fi rst o f Pas cha to rem ai n from the e v e ni ng till the
m orni ng ] The b e s t of the fi rs tfru its o f yo ur land ye sh all
b ri ng to the sanctuary of the Lord your God Yo u are not .

all owe d to b oil or to eat fl esh an d m il k m ixe d to ge th er ,

l est My disple as ure be ki ndle d against yo u an d the ,

frui t of you r tree s with the grapes in th eir b ranche s and

,

th ei r l e av es be l aid waste togethe r

, [J E RU S A L E M The . .

fi rst (b est) of the firs tfru its o f yo u r p ro du ce ye shall

b ri ng to the sanctu ary of the L ord yo u r God .

My peopl e of the hou se of Israel ye sh all not be ,

allo we d to boil or to eat flesh and m ilk m ixe d to ge ther ] .

 '

xxxn .
] ON E xonus . 5 61

A nd the Lord said t. Mosheh Write thou these ,

wo rds ; for u po n the expression of th ese words have I

s trick e n My cov enant wi th th e e an d wi th the p eopl e of
,

I srael A nd he was th ere b e fore the Lo rd forty days

.

an d fo rt i h t h t b d did h e dri nk
y n
g s ; e a e n o rea n or ,

water and he wro te u pon the other tabl es the words of

the c ov e nant the Ten Wo rds which had b een writte n
,

u on the form er tabl es

p .

A n d it was at the ti m e wh en Mosheh cam e do wn

fro m the m ountain o f Si nai with the two tabl es of the
,

te s ti m o ny i n the hand o f Mo sh eh in his des cendi ng fro m

,

the m o u nt that M osh eh kne w not th at the vi sage ( form )

,

of his fac e sh one wi th the s l e ndo ur which had co m e

p
u pon him fro m the b ri h tness of the ory of the Lord s
’
g gl
S h eki nah in the tim e of His sp eaking wi th him [JE R U .

S A L E M Th at the b e am s of his face did shi ne ]

. A nd .

Ah aron and all the s ons of Israel saw Mosheh and , ,

b ehol d the glory of the form of his face shi ne d an d

, ,

th ey we re afraid to c om e near to him A nd Mo sh eh .

call e d to the m and Ah aron and all the p rinces who

,

had b een appoi nte d chi efs in the co ngre gatio n returne d ,

an d Mo sh eh c onverse d with th e m A n d afterward dre w

.

ni h all the s o ns of Is rael and he tau h t th e m all th at

g , g
the Lo rd had sp ok e n to him on Mo unt S i nai A nd .

wh e n Mo sh eh had fi ni sh e d to sp e ak with th e m he p ut ,

over the form of his fac e a veil [JE RUS A L E M A clo th ]

. . .

A n d when Mo sheh we nt in b efore the Lord to sp eak

wi th H im he rem ov ed the v e il from his counte nan ce
,

u ntil he c am e forth ; an d he cam e fo rth an d spak e to

the s o ns o f I s rael wh at had b e en co m m ande d A nd .

the s ons of I srael saw the c ou ntenanc e o f M osheh that ,

the gl ory o f the fo rm of Mosheh s fac e was shi ning

’
.

A nd M osheh repl ac e d the v ei l upo n his face u ntil the

ti m e of his goi ng in to speak with Him .

2 13 5
xxxv .
) on E xonus . 5 63

ing and the table, vessels

and its s ta es, and all
v its ,

and the b read for the Prese nce ; and the can delabrum

for illu m i nation with the lam ps and the oil for the
, ,

li ght ; an d the altar of sweet incense and its staves and , ,

the anoi nti ng oil and the s wee t i ncense and the c urtain
, ,

for the door of the tabernacle of ordinance ; the altar of

bu rnt offering and its b rasen grate with its staves and
, , ,

i ts v e ssels and the laver with its b ase ; and the cur
.

, ,

tai ns of the court with its pillars and b as es and the

, , ,

h angi ng for the gate of the c ourt and the pi ns o f the ,

tab ernacl e and the pi ns of the co urt and th ei r c ords

, ,

the v estm e nts of m inistration for m i nisteri ng in the ,

s anctuary and the holy v es tm e nts for Aharon the p ri e st

, ,

and the v estm ents of his s o ns for m i nisterin A nd all

g .

the co ngregation of the sons of I srael went ou t fro m

b e fore Mo sheh .

A nd e v ery m an whose heart m ov ed him and e very ,

one who was filled with the Spi rit of prophecy cam e and , ,

brou gh t wh at he had for a separation b efore the Lord

for the work of the tabernacl e of ordi nance and for all ,

its se rvice and for the ho ly ve stm ents

,
A nd wi th the .

m e n cam e the wo m e n every o ne who se heart was m ov ed

, ,

an d b rou gh t chai ns and n eckl ac es rin gs b race le ts and

, , , ,

ev ery o rnam ent of gol d e v ery one o fferin g u p the

o fferi ng of gold before the Lord An d e very one wi th .

wh om was found hyacinth or p urple or cri m s o n or , , ,

fi ne li ne n go ats hair or p urpl e ski ns brou g ht the

’
, , ,

s e paration b efore the Lord ; and all with whom were

fou nd woo ds of sitta for all the wo rk of the service

b rought A nd every wom an whose heart was wise spun
.

wi th her hands and brou gh t the sp un work of hy aci nth

, ,

an d p u rpl e and crim so n and fine li nen

, A nd all the, .

"
wo m en whose h earts were m oved in wi sdom sp u n go ats
hai r (while) upo n th ei r b odies and sh eare d th e m b eing , ,

alive. A nd the clou ds of heaven went to the Phison and ,

5 64 rA ne u n or PA L E ST IN E [ O RA P .

drew u p fro m the nce ,

f infilli ng,
onyx stones
or and ston e s

to e nch ase the eph od and the bre astplate, and S pread
th em u pon the fac e of the wilderne ss ; an d the p rin ces of
I s rael went, and brou ght th em for the need of the work .

A nd the clou ds o f h eave n returned, and went to the gar

de n o f E den, an d took fro m th ence choice aro m atics, and
oil of olives for the light and pu re b al s am for the ,

anoi nti n oil d f th w t i c Ev m an a

g an or , e s e e n e n se e r
y . ,

so n of I srael and ev ery wo m an a dau h te r o f I srael

!
( , ) g , ,

who was m ove d in heart brou h t for all the work which
g ,

the L ord by M osh e h had com m anded to be m ade ; so

b rought the children of Israel the votive gift be fore the
Lord .

A nd Mosh e h s ai d to the sons of Israel S e e the , ,

Lord hath o rdaine d wi th a good nam e Bez alel bar Uri

bar Hu r of the tribe of Jehu dah and bath fi ll ed hi m
, ,

wi th the Spiri t of p roph e cy fro m b e fo re the L ord in ,

s dom in ”u nde rstanding in k nowl edge and in all

, , ,

h andicraft ; and to i nstruct artificers to work in gold ,

and in s il v e r and in b rass

, an d in the cu tti ng of
,

precio us stones to pe rfect by them the work and in the

, ,

fabricatio n of woo d to wo rk in all the wo rk o f arti

,

ficers .
[J E E US A L E M A n d i n t h.e c u tti n
g o f p re ci ous

stone s for co m pl etio n and the work m anship of wood

, ,

to wo rk in all the wo rk of the artificer ] A nd to teach .

art work to the res t of the artificers he i m p arte d s kill to

-

his heart and to ( th at of) A haliab bar A chi sam ak of

, ,

the tribe of Dan H e fille d them with wis do m of

.

heart to m ake all the work of the carpe nter and the
e m b roi de re r in hy aci nth and in ur le an d in c ri m s o n
, p p , , ,

and in fi ne li ne n ; and of the s e wer to fashio n all the ,

wo rk and to te ach the work m e n

, .

XXXVI A nd Bez ale l an d A haliab wro ugh t and

.
,

e v e ry m an wi se in h e art to wh om the Lord had i v en

, g
wi s do m and in tell ige nc e to u nderstand and to m ak e all
xxxn .
] O N E xonus . 5 65
the wo rk for the vice of the sanctuary according to
ser
,
all that the Lo rd had co m
m an de d A n d Mo sheh cal led .

Bez alel and A haliab and eve ry m an wise in heart to

, ,

who se h eart the Lord had iv n w i d o m v y n e

g e s e e r o ,

whose heart was m ove d to draw near and do the work , ,

i elf A nd they took fro m before Moshe h all the

ts .

se p aratio n th at the children of Israel had b ro u ht for

g
the work of the servic e of the sanctu ary to m ake it .
,

A n d they still b ro u ht to him the vol untary ift l norn

g g ,

i ng after m orning fro m their posse ss ions

, [J E B U S A L E M . .

The gi ft ] A nd all the wi se m e n who did all the work

.

of the s an c tuary c am e each m an fro m the wo rk which

,

he had done ; and they sai d to Mos heh The pe ople

,

abo u nd in b ri n in o o h ic
g g ( m re ) tha n i s e n u g fo r th e ser v e
of the wo rk which the Lord h ath ordain e d A nd
, .

Mosheh co m m anded and they m ade proclam ation ,

th rough the cam p sayi n Ne ither m an nor wom an m a

g , , y
m ak e any m o re work for the holy sep aration : and the

p eople ceased from bringing For what had bee n do ne .

was acc ordin to the s uffi ci e ncy of all the work d

g ; a n
they did it and had m ore th an eno u h
,
g .

A nd all the wi se in heart m ade the TA BE RN A CL E ; ten

c urtains of fine li nen and hy acinth and p urple and
, , ,

s carl et fi gured with keru bin the work of the

, ,

e m b roi de rer he m ade the m

, The length of one cu r .

tai n twe nty and eight c ubi ts the su m of one c urtain ; ,

the m eas ure was one for all the c urtai ns A nd he con .

joined fi ve curtains o ne with another and (the other) ,

fi ve c urtai ns co njoi ned he one wi th ano ther A nd he .

m ade loops of hyaci nth u po n the e dge of one c urtain at ,

the p lace of co nj u nction in the side s o m ade he i n the

s i de at the place of co nj u nction in the o the r c urtai n .

[ J E RU S ALE M I n the joi ntu re

.
] Fi fty loop s he m ade in
.

o ne c urtai n and fi fty loop s m ade he at the place of

,

j unc ture of the edge of the second cu rtain ; the loops

xxx v n ] . ON E x onus .

joine d together were they at th eir top s with one ring ; so

m ade be bo th of th em at the two co rne rs [J E RU S A L E M . .

A nd they were twi ns ] A nd ei ght b oards there were and ,

thei r s ock ets of silver sixteen sockets ; two socke ts and

, ,

two sock e ts under one b oard A nd he m ade b ars of si tta.

woo d fi ve for the bo ards o f one si de of the tab ernacle ,

and fi ve b ars for the b oards of the se co nd si de of the

tab ernac le and five b ars for the b oards of the tabernacle
,

at the ends we stward; A nd he m ade the m i ddle bar to

m orti s e in the m i dst of the boards fro m end to e nd — of ,

the tree which ou r fath er Ab rah am planted in Beira of

Sheba prayi ng there in the Nam e of the Word of the
,

Lord the everlasting God [JE E US A L E M A nd he m ade

, . .

the m i ddle b oard to go along am ong the b oards ] A nd

the b oards he overlai d with gol d and the rings he m ade ,

of gol d as the p lace for the b ars ; and he cov ered the
,

b ars with gold .

A n d he m ade the VE I L of hyacinth and p urpl e and , ,

cri m son and fine li nen twi ne d the work of the arti
, ,

fi cer figured with kerubin he m ade it A nd he m ade .

for it four pi llars of sitta woo d and covere d them with ,

ol d and th ei r b ooks of gold an d c ast for th e m fo u r

g , ,

s ockets o f silver A nd he m ade a cu rtai n for the doo r

.

o f the tab ernacle of hy acinth and p u rp le and c ri m so n

, , , ,

and fi ne li nen twi ne d the wo rk of the e m b roi dere r an d

, ,

its fi ve pillars and th ei r five b ooks ; and he covered

,

their capi tals and their joinings wi th gold and th eir five ,

b as es wi th b rass .

XXXVII A nd Bez alel m ade the A RK of sitta wood ;

.

two cu bi ts and a half its le ngth and a cubit and half ,

its b readth and a cu bi t and hal f its hei ght

, A n d he .

covered it with pure gold within and witho ut and m ade ,

for it a crown of gold ro und about A nd be cast for it .

fo ur golden ri ngs upo n its fo ur corners ; two ri ngs

u o n one side of it, and two ri n s u p o n its seco nd si de
p g .
5 68 [
'

TA R GUM or PA L E S TIN E CHAP.

A nd he m ade the staves of it of itta woo d an d covered

s ,

the m with gol d, and pu t the staves into the ri n s u on

g p
the s i de s of the ark, to carry the ark .

A nd he m ade the ME RCY SE A T of pure gold ; two

cu bits and a h alf the l ength and a cu bit and h alf its ,

b readth ; bu t its thick ness was a span A n d he m ade .

two ke rubin of p u re gol d b eate n m ade b e th em on the

, ,

two si de s of the m ercy seat O ne keruba on this side

.
,

and one k eru b u on th at si de of b eaten wo rk an d the

,

k e rubin were face to face They were not se parated

.

from the m ercy seat ; but by the wi s dom of the S piri t of

prophecy he m ade the ke rubin on its two s i des And
,
.

the ke rubaia sp re ad forth the i r wings with the ir h eads ,

u p ward o v ers h ado wi n th m e rcy seat with th e ir wings

, g e ,

and th ei r fac es were to ward e ach o ther over again st the ,

m ercy seat were the fac es of the k erubaia .

A nd he m ade the TA BL E of s itta woo d two c u bits it ,

s

length and a c ubit its b readth and a cu bit and h alf its
, ,

h ei ght A nd he co v ered it with p ure gol d an d m ade

.
,

for i t a gol den cro wn ro und abou t A nd he m ade a .

b orde r for it its height a sp an rou nd ab ou t [JE E U

, .

SALEM . A border a span arou nd and he m ade a

, ,

coronal o f gol d for the surrou ndi ng border ] A n d he .

m ade a c ro wn of gol d fo r the b order ro u nd abo u t .

A nd be cas t for it fo u r gol de n rings an d s et the rings ,

u p on the fo ur c orners o f its fou r fe et Over against .

the b order were the ri ngs the pl ace for the s tav es in
,

carrying the table A nd he m ade the staves of sitta

.

woo d an d co vere d th em with gol d for c arryin g the

, ,

table . A nd he m ade the ve ssel s to b e u po n the table ,

i ts dish e s an d its b owl s and its m easu res and its c up s

, , ,

for the lavings o f p u re gol d

7
, .

A nd he m ade the CA N DE L A BR U M of p ure gol d b eate n ,

m ade he the c andel ab ru m ; its b ase and its sh aft its ,

7
Caste l, col . I 332 .
XXXVI I I .
] 0N E xonu s .

c ups its appl es and its lilie s were of the sam e A nd

, , .

six b ranch e s cam e forth fro m its si des ; th re e b ranc he s

of the c an delab ru m on one side and th ree b ran ch e s of ,

the c an delab ru m on the se co nd si de Three e m bosse d .

c up s with their figu rations on one b ranch with the ,

appl e and lily an d th ree em bo s se d c u p s wi th th ei r

,

fig urations on the other branch wi th the appl e and ,

lily ; s o the six b ranches whi ch p roceede d fro m the

can del ab ru m A nd upon the candelab rum
. fo ur ,

em b os se d cu p s wi th th e ir figu rations of appl es and

lilies A nd an appl e ( was) u nder two branch es of the

.

s am e an d an appl e under two b ranch es of the sam e

, ,

an d an appl e u n der two b ranch es of the sam e for the ,

six b ran ch e s th at p ro c e e de d from it Th ei r apples and .

th eir b ranch es we re of the sam e all of it on e b eate n

.
,

work of p ure gol d : of a talent of p ure gol d m ade b e it ,

an d all its v e ss el s .

A n d he m ade the A L TA E 0 F S WE E T IN CE N S E of si tta

wo od a c u bit its l ength and a cu bit its b readth four
, , ,

s q u are and two c u bi ts was its hei gh t

, its two up ri ght
h orns we re o f the sam e A nd he ov erl ai d it wi th p ure
.

ol d its top an d its si de s ro und abo ut and its h orns ;

g , ,

an d he m ade fo r it a gol den c ro wn ro u nd abo u t A nd .

two gol de n rings he m ade for it u nder its crown at its ,

two c orne rs u p on its two sides to be the pl ac e of the

, ,

stav es by whic h to c arry it A nd the s tav es he m ade

.

of sitta w o od and overlaid the m with gol d A nd he

, .

m ade the sac re d oil of anointi ng and the p u re s weet ,

i ncense the work of the perfum er

, .

XXXVI II A nd he m ade the AL TA R 0 E BURN T

.

O F F E RI N G of sitta wood ; fi ve cubi ts its length and fi ve ,

c u bi ts its b readth fo ur squ are and three cubi ts its

,
-
,

h eight A nd he m ade horn s u pon its four corners ; of

.

the s am e we re its ho rns s tretchi ng u p ward ; an d he

cov ered i t wi th b rass A nd he m ade all the v essel s of
.
XXXVI I I .
] 0N E xonus . 5 71

door of the court , here and th ere, at the gate of the

cou rt cu rtains fifteen cubits th eir
, , pi llars th ree and
th ei r b as es th ree A ll the cu rtai ns of the cou rt rou nd
.

abo ut were of fi ne linen twi ne d A nd the b as es of the .

pillars were of b rass the books of the pillars and th eir

,

ro ds of silver and the ov erl ayi ng of their capi tals

,

silv er and the ro ds silv er ; so were m ade all the pill ars
,

of the cou rt A nd the h angi ng for the gate of the

.

co urt wa m ade of em b roi dered work in hyacinth and

s
,

pu rple and crim son and fine linen twin ed ; and twenty
, ,

c ubits (was) the le ngth and the h eight on its breadth ,

fi ve cubits correspo nding with the curtains of the court

, .

A n d th eir pillars four and th ei r b ases fou r of brass ;

, ,

th eir b ooks si lv er and the overl aying o f thei r capitals

, ,

and th eir rods sil v er But all the pi ns of the taber

, .

n acle and of the co urt rou nd abo u t were of b rass

, , .

SECTION XXIII .

TH E S E are the s um s, wei gh ts, and nu m ers of b the

Tabe rnacle of the Testim ony which were cou nte d by ,

the wo rd of the m ou th of Mosh eh But the service of .

the Le vite s was by the h and of Itham ar bar Aharon the

pries t A nd Bez alel bar Uri bar H ur of the trib e of
.
,

Jehu dah m ade all that the Lord had co m m anded

,

Mosh eh ; and wi th him A haliab bar A chisam ak of the , ,

trib e of Dan a worker in woo d and an artificer and an

, , ,

em b roi dere r in hy aci nth and in p urple and in cri m son , , ,

and in fi ne linen .
5 72 TA R GU M or PA L E ST I N E

Al l the gold th at was u sed in m aki ng the whole work

of the sanctuary , an d it was the am o unt o f the gol d of

the oblati on ( was) twenty and nine talents an d seven

, ,

h undred and thirty shekel s in the shekel o f the sanc ,

o

tuary . T his was the gol d of the oblatio n which every ,

m an of the sons o f I srael wh ose h eart was wil ling had

, ,

offere d as a separati on A nd the sil v er of th e m who

.

we re nu m bere d of the so ns of I srael who gave at the ,

ti m e wh e n Mosh eh nu m b ered the m e very one for the ,

re de m ptio n of his so ul a h undred tal en ts

,
and a ,

tho usand and seve n h un dred and seventy and five

shek els of the sh ek e l of the sanctuary
,
A drach m a for .

( e ach ) h e ad a,
h alf s h e k e l o f the s h e k e l o f the s an c tu ary ,

for e v ery one who passe d to the nu m berm en ts from ,

twenty y ears and u p wards for six h undre d an d thirty

,

thou sand and fi ve hu ndred and fi fty ( m en) A n d there .

were a h undre d tal ents of silv e r for c asting the b as e s of

the sanc tu ary and the b ases of the v eil a h u ndred
, ,

bas e s ans we ring to the talents a tale nt for a b ase

, , .

A n d wi th the tho u sand and se v en h u ndre d and sev enty

and fi ve sh ek e l s he m ade ho ok s fo r the pill ars an d the
, ,

overlaying of their capital s and th ei r ro ds A nd the .

b rass of the oblati on was se venty talents an d two thou ,

s and au d fou r h u n dre d sh e k el s A nd he m ade with it

.

the b ase s of the gate o f the tab e rn acle of ordi nance ,

an d the b rase n al tar and the b ras e n grate for it and all
, ,

the v e s s el s of the al tar A n d the b ases of the co urt

.

ro u nd ab ou t and the b ase s of the gate of the co u rt and

, ,

all the pi ns of the tab ernacle and all the pi ns of the ,

co urt rou nd ab out .

XXXIX A nd of the hyacinth and purpl e and

.
, ,

crim son they m ade the v e stm e nts of m i nis tratio n to

, ,

m i ni ste r in the sanctuary A nd th ey m ade the h oly

.
.

v es tm e nts of Aharon the p ri est as the Lord had co m ,

m ande d M osh e h A nd he m ade the ephoda of gold

.
,
xx xrx ] . 0N E x onu s . 5 73

hyaci nth and purpl e and fi ne li ne n twi ned A nd they

, ,
.

b e at out the plates of gol d and cut the m i nto threads ,

to in wo rk wi th the hyaci nth an d the p u rple and the , ,

c ri m son and the fine linen the work of the artificer

, ,
.

S houlderpieces m ade th ey for i t co nj oi ned ; u p on its

two si des were they conjoi ne d A nd its o rdered b and .

th at was u po n it was of the sam e it was acco rdi ng to

its wo rk of gol d hyacinth and p urpl e and cri m son
, , , , ,

an d fine li ne n twi ne d ev en as the L ord had c om m ande d ,

Mosheh A nd they wro u gh t the j ewels of o ny x

.
,

e nch ased s e t i nwro ught grav e d wi th grav en wri ti ng

, , , ,

s etti n f or th t h nam e s of the s ons of I s rael A nd he

g e .

set th e m on the shou l ders of the e pho ds as sto nes o f ,

m em orial for the so ns of Israel as the Lo rd com m ande d ,

Moshe h .

A nd he m ade the BRE A S TPL A TE the wo rk of the arti ,

fi cer acc ordi ng to the wo rk of the ephoda o f gol d

, , ,

hyacinth and p urpl e and c ri m son and fi ne li ne n

, , ,

twi ned Fo ursquare was it ; dou bled they m ade the

.

b reastplate a span its length and a span its b readth

, , .

[ J E R U S A L E M A p al m .its l en th
g a n d a p alm its ,

b readth doubled ] A nd they filled it with fou r ro ws

,
.

of p re ci ous gem s ( m arg aly am) co rres po ndi ng wi th the

,

fou r corners of the worl d The first row carn elian .

, ,

to p az and carb u ncl e row one : and u po n th em were

, ,

e n rav e n an d exp ressed the nam e s of three tri b es

g ,

Reu ben Shi m eon and Levi

,
A nd the nam e of the
,
.

se cond row s m ara d and sapphi re and chalcedo ny

g , , ,

and u po n the m was i nscrib ed an d set forth the nam e

of th ree trib es Jchu de k Dan an d N aphtali

,
A nd , , .

the nam e of the third row ligure agate and am e thys t , , ,

and u pon th e m i ns c rib ed and set fo rth the nam e of

th ree t ibes Gad As h er and I s sakar A nd the nam e

p
.
, , ,
’
of the o urth row chry solite and o ny x and j asper : and
, , ,

O r, girdle of ordination.
XXXI X .
] 0N E xonu s . 5 75

u pon the b order of the m antle robe round about am ong -

,

the po m egranates a b ell an d a po m egranate a b ell and ,

a po m e granate all of them se v e nty u pon the b ottom of

,

the u ppe r rob e ro und abo ut to m i ni ster in as the Lord

com m ande d Mosh eh .

An d th ey m ade the plate of the cro wn of holines s of

ur ol d and wrote u pon it i nscrib ed e n raven and
p e g , g , , ,

se t forth HOLI N E SS TO T HE
,
LO RD A nd they .

se t u pon it a twi ned ribbo n of hy aci nth to put it u po n ,

the tiara above the forehead ; as the Lord co m m anded

Mosheh .

A nd all the work of the tabernacle the tab ernacle of ,

ordinance was co m pleted : and the sons of Israel did as

,

the Lord co mm anded Mo sh eh s o did they A nd they , .

b ro ught the tabernacl e to Mosh eh at his hous e of

i nstru ction (bet/l M idrash ) where sat Mosheh and
,
.
,

Ah aron and his sons where he gave di re ctio n to th em

, ,

co ncerni ng the order of the priesthoo d ; and there ( also )

sat the e lders of I s rael A nd they b ro ught to him the

.

tab ernacl e and all its v essel s ; its taches its bo ards its , ,

b ars its pillars and its bases and the cov ering of
, ,

re ddene d ram s ski ns and the cov eri ng o f p u rpl e ski ns

’
, ,

an d the v e il th at was to be s pre ad ; and the ark of the

te sti m o ny and its staves and the m ercy se at and the

'

, , ,

kerubaia p rodu ced of be aten wo rk of the sam e the one ,

h ere and the o ther there ; and the tabl e and all its ves
, ,

sel s and the b read of face s ; and the candelab ru m and

, ,
'
its l am ps the l am ps of order which were ordai ned to
, ,

corres pond to the seven stars that ru le in their pre ,

s crib ed places in the firm am ent by day and b y ni gh t ;

and the oil for the li h ts and the ol den altar and the
g g , ,

co nsecration oil and the sweet i ncense and the hanging

, ,

for the, doo r of the tabernacle ; and the b rase n altar and ,

its b rase n grate and its staves and all its utensils ; and
, ,

the le ver and its base ; the curtai n work of the court
,
-
,
5 76 T A R GUM or P A L E STIN E [
cu m

and its pillars , b ases and the v eil of the gate of

and the ,

the co urt its co rds and pi ns and all the v e ss e l s for the
, , ,

s e rvic e of the tab ernacle e v e n the tab ern acle o f ordi

,

n anc e ; and the v e stm e nts of m ini stratio n for m i nister

ing in the sanctu ary the holy v e stm e nts of Ah aro n the
,

ri e st and the v estm e nts of his s ons to m i ni ster

p , , .

According to all that the Lord had c o m m anded

Mo sheh so had the sons of Israel m ade all the ser
,

vic e . A nd Mo sheh surv eye d all the service and , ,

b ehold th ey had m ade it as the Lo rd had c o m m anded

, ,

s o had th ey m ade it A nd Mo sheh bl ess e d th e m and

.
,

sai d May the Sh eki nah of the Lo rd dwell w i thi n the

,

wo rk of yo ur han ds
XL A nd the Lo rd sp ak e with M osheh saying O n
.
, ,

the day of the fi rst m o nth th at is the m o nth o f Nisan

, ,

on the fi rst of the m o nth tho u sh al t rear u

, p th e tab er

n e ele the tab ernacl e of o rdi nance

,
A n d th ou shalt set
.

there the ark of the te sti m ony and o v e rlay the ark with
,

the m e rcy s eat A nd thou s hal t b ri ng i n the table on

.

the no rth si de b e cau se fro m th enc e are gi v e n rich es ; for

,

from the nc e distil the drop s of the l atte r rai n u p on the

h erb s for the fo od of the inh abi ters of the wo rl d and
,

thou shalt arrange its o rders two rows of b re ad com , ,

p ri si ng six c ak es in a ro w answeri ng to the trib es of

,

Jakob A nd th ou sh alt b ring in the candelab rum on

.
,

the so uth si de b e cau se th e re are the path s of the s un

,

an d of the m oo n an d the p ath way s of the lu m i nari es ;

,

and th e nc e are the tre as ure s of the wi sdo m which

resem ble th the li gh t A nd tho u sh alt ki ndle the s e ven
.

lam ps corresp ondi ng to the sev en stars which re se m bl e

,

the j u st who shi ne u nto eterni ty in the ir righte ou sn ess

, .

A nd th ou sh al t pl ace the gol de n al tar for sweet i n c ense

b efore the ark o f the testim ony b ecaus e the wise who are
diligent in the law h av e a p erfu m e fragrant as the s weet
i ncense A nd thou s halt set the veil at the gate of the
.
 XL ] 0N E xonus . 5 77

tab ernacle ; b ecau se the ri gh teou s so covereth with their

ri hte ou sne ss the p e opl e of the h ou se of Israel A nd
g .

tho u sh alt pl ac e the altar of b u rnt o fferi ng before the

door of the tabernacl e of ordi nance ; b ecaus e the rich ,

who sp re ad the tab le b e fore th ei r doors and fee d the

poor shal l hav e their sins fo rgiven wh at ti m e they m ake
,

the o fferi ng u p on the altar A nd th ou shalt place the

.

lav er b etwe en the tab ernacle of o rdinance and the altar ,

and u t water th e re in for the si ns of su ch as c on v ert by

p
rep entan ce and po ur off th eir p erversi ty li ke water
,
.

A nd tho u shal t pl ace the court ro u nd abou t b e cau se of ,

the m erit of the fath ers of the wo rl d which e ncom ,

a s se th the p e ople of the h ou se of I srael ro u nd abo u t

p .

A nd tho u sh al t s et the h anging of the gate of the court

on accou nt of the m erit of the m o th ers of the wo rld ,

which spreadeth at the gate of Gehennam th at no ne ,

m ay enter th ere of the s o u l s of the chil dren of the pe o

p le of I srael A n d
. tho u sh al t take the conse cration oil -
,

and anoi nt the tab ernacl e an d all th at is therein an d

, ,

sh alt sanc ti fy it on acco u nt of the c ro wn of the kin do m

, g
of the h ou se of J ehu dah and of the Ki ng Meshiha who
, ,

is to redee m I srael at the end of the days A nd tho u .

sh alt anoi nt the altar o f b urnt o fferi n an d all i t

g s v es ,

se ls and co ns e crate the al tar that it m a b e an altar

, y ,

m ost h oly on acc ou nt of the cro wn of the pri esthoo d of

,

Ah aron and his sons an d of Elij ah the great Pri est

, , ,

who is to be se nt at the e nd of the captivity A nd tho u .

sh alt anoi nt the lever and its b as e and co nse crate it on

, , ,

accou nt of J eho shu a th m inister chie f of the sanhe dri n

y ,

of his p e opl e ; by who se h an d the l and of I srae l is to be

partitio ned : and of Meshiha bar Ephrai m who shall ,

s p ri n
g fro m hi m b y w h os,
e h and the ho use of Israel is

to v anq ui sh Gog and his co nfe derates at the end of the

days .
 DUS 0N E XO 5 79
.

in the tab ernacle of ordi nan ce ov e r agai nst the tabl e ,

u po n the si de of the tab ernacle so uth ward and ,

ki ndl ed the lam p s b e fore the L ord as the Lord com ,

m en ded Mo sh eh A nd he s et the golden al tar in the

.

tab e rnacl e of o rdi nanc e b efore the veil and b urne d swe et ,

i ncense u po n it as the Lo rd co m m an ded Mo sheh A nd

, .

he se t the h angi ng at the gate of the tab ernacl e A nd .

the al tar o f b urnt o ffe ri ng he pl ac ed at the gate of the

tab ernacl e and o ffere d th ereon the b u rnt o ffe ri ng and
,

the obl ati on as the Lo rd co m m ande d Mo sh eh

,
A nd he .

se t the le ver u pon its fou ndation b etwe e n the tab e rnacl e

of o rdi nance and the altar an d p ut li v i ng water th erei n

,

for pu rification th at it m ay not fail nor b eco m e corrupt

, ,

all the day s A nd M osh eh and Aharo n and his so ns

.
, , ,

took from it for th ei r abl u ti ons and sanctifie d th ere ,

with their h ands and th eir feet ; at the ti m e th e y

e ntere d i nto the tab e rnacl e of o rdi nan ce or app ro ach e d ,

u nto the altar th ey p urifi ed th em se lv es

, as the L ord ,

c o m m ande d M osh e h A nd he reared up the co urt

.

round ab ou t the tab e rnacle an d the al tar and plac ed the ,

hangi ng which was for the gate of the tabernacle A nd .

Mo sheh com pleted the wo rk .

Then the Clo ud of Glory overspread the tab ernacle of

o rdinance and the glory of the Shekinah of the Lord
,

fille d the tab ernacl e A nd Mosh e h was not able to

.

e nter the tab ernacle o f o rdi nanc e b e cau se the Clo u d of ,

Glory reste d u po n it and the glory of the Lord s

,
’

Sheki nah filled the tabe rnacl e .

A t the tim e when the Clo u d of Glory ascende d fro m

the tab ernacle the S o ns of I srael we nt fo rward in all th eir
,

jo urneys ; bu t if the Clo ud of Glory we nt not u p th ey ,

did not go fo rward unti l the day when it ascende d For .

the Clo u d of the Glo ry of the Lo rd o v erspread the tab er

nacle by da nd as a col um n of fire it
y a ,( ) ga v e li gh t in

2 c 2
5 80

the ight that all the sons of

n ,

the ir jo urney s [J E E US A LE M
. .

Glory of the Lord s Sheki nah overspread the tabernacle

’

by day and a fire shi ned apon it all the n ights ; all the
,
.

sons of Isra el seeing in all their jo urneys ] .

E N D O F TH E PA L E S TI N I A N TA R UM G
ON T HE S E P H E R S HE MO TH .

L O N D ON : PR I N T ED Er WI L A
LI M N IC HO L S, n, Ho xro n S QUA E S .
 O TH E R WO RK S O F DR . E TH E RID GE .

1 . H om e A ra/m atcce b ein g O u tlin e s on the S he m etic

L an gu ages ; A ram aic, as adapte d by the H ebrews ; Dial e cts of the
A ram aic ; S tud y of the L anguage , &C Dem l 2m o
. y
Price 48 6d . . .

L ongm ans .

2 . T he S yri an Chu r ches the ir e arl

y H i stor , L itu rgie s ,
y
and L iterature . With a literal Translati on of the Four 60 s ,

from the Peschi to, or Canon of H ol y S cripture in use am ong the

O riental Christians from the e arliest Tim es . Dem y 1 2m o .

Price 7s 6d . . L o ngm ans .

3 . T he A p os to li cal A cts and E p is tles , from the Pe schi to,

or A ncient S yi r ac : to whi ch are adde d, the rem ai ning E pistles, and

Book of Re v elati on, afte r a later S yi r an te t x . Prolegom ena and

I ndi ces . D em y 1 2m o . Price 73 6d . . L ongm ans .

Jerus ale m and fi berias S ara an d Cordoe a a S ur v ey

of the Religiou s and S cholastic L earning of the Jw e s ; designed as

an I ntroduction to the S tu d y of H eb rew L iterature . Dem y 1 2m o .

Price 6d . L ongm ans .

5 . T he L ife of the R e v A dam O la/rice , L L D . . .

,
E EL S ,

M 131 4 &c Post 8vo Price 63 Mas on

,
'

. . . .

6 . T he L if e of the R e v T hom as Cok e, . Po st 8v o .

Price (is M ason. .

7 Conte mp lations on the M ercy of God ; re

g arde d es
p e

cially in its A spects on the Young . Ro y l 1 8m

a o. Price 2s 6d . .

Mason .